White, W. C.; White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 28, 1902 Portions of this letter are published in PM 313-314. Dear Willie and Edson,—
I have been trying lately to write on the life of Solomon, and I have two manuscripts ready for the copying.
(18LtMs, Lt 1, 1903, 1)
I have read Edson’s little book The Story of Joseph, and I am certain that it is books of this kind that are needed in the Southern field.
(18LtMs, Lt 1, 1903, 2)
It is several years since light was given me in regard to the need of publishing small books containing Bible stories and others containing some part of the Bible printed as a whole. It pains me to see so many magazines in the homes of the people. Those who cultivate an appetite for such reading do themselves great harm. Can we not provide something better for them?
(18LtMs, Lt 1, 1903, 3)
The books of Daniel and the Revelation should be bound together and published. A few explanations of certain portions might be added, but I am not sure that these would be needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 1, 1903, 4)
This is the suggestion that I made to Elder Haskell, which resulted in the book that he published. The need is not filled by this book. It was my idea to have the two books bound together, Revelation following Daniel, as giving fuller light on the subjects dealt with in Daniel. The object is to bring these books together, showing that they both relate to the same subjects.
(18LtMs, Lt 1, 1903, 5)
Lt 2, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 176; ML 52. Dear Son Edson,—
I wish to write you a few words in regard to your proposition with reference to the first four chapters of Patriarchs and Prophets. I cannot promise to do what you ask; for the preparation of these chapters would take the time that I need for writing on the life of Solomon and the history of Israel following his reign. I want to move intelligently and wisely, not hurriedly.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 1)
I suppose that W. C. is with you. Counsel with him. He will be able to tell you better than I could what should be done about this matter. I should do nothing without his judgment.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 2)
Yesterday morning we heard that the Review and Herald Publishing building has been burned to the ground. How sad this is! The financial loss that the fire will be to the cause, we do not yet know. I hear that nothing was saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 3)
This disaster may make a decided change in affairs. I hope that our brethren will heed the lesson that God is trying to teach them, and that they will not rebuild the publishing house in Battle Creek. God means that we shall not locate in the cities; for there are very stormy times before us.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 4)
We have no time now to spend in contention; the moments are too precious.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 5)
Do nothing, my son, that will give any one occasion to speak evil of you. And if any one speaks evil of you without occasion, do not retaliate; it will not pay. Let us cherish the tenderness and love of Christ. We are to accuse no man wrongfully, and if we are wrongfully accused, we are to refuse to be provoked. We are to utter no word in retaliation.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 6)
Try to live peaceably with all men, and let the atmosphere surrounding your soul be sweet and fragrant. The Lord hears every unwise word that is spoken. If you will battle against selfish human nature, you will go forward steadily in the work of overcoming hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. By patience, longsuffering, and forbearance you will accomplish much. Remember that you cannot be humiliated by the unwise speeches of someone else, but that when you answer unwisely, you lose a victory that you might have gained. Be very careful of your words.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 7)
I shall be willing to do almost anything that you and Brother Palmer, after consulting with Willie, think is best. I should like to give you something that would help the South. But it will be best for you to counsel with W. C. in regard to preparing books for this field.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 8)
I cannot write more today.
(18LtMs, Lt 2, 1903, 9)
Lt 3, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear Son Edson,—
I have just read your letter in which you propose to take your printing work away from the Nashville publishing house, and in which you make inquiry in regard to the advisability of securing a printing press and the other facilities necessary for printing your books. I can see, as well as you, that if there is not an entire change in sentiment, the only thing you can do is to withdraw your work from the office there. If you have to do this, be careful not to show any spirit of triumph or retaliation.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 1)
But if you disconnect from the publishing house, and still remain in the Southern field, will not some of the brethren try to hinder the sale of your books? If you remain, I think it is best for you to be given the same position of influence that you have held in the past. This is your right. Three times the Lord has presented to me, in symbols, that you should not be set aside as one who has no voice in the management of the work in the Southern field.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 2)
If the same spirit that has been manifested will continue to be manifested, it might be best for you to sever your connection with the Southern work. Leave the field, if compelled to, and give into the hands of your brethren the work that you have been carrying forward. By all means quietly step out, giving your brethren the field, if they make it too hard for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 3)
I am writing you this after reading your letter in which you propose going away where you can be by yourself. You cannot endure constant friction. I know this would not be best for you or for your brethren. I hardly know how to advise you, as I have had no special light from the Lord. If your work is to be hedged up, if you are to be subjected to constant annoyances, I wish you could leave that section of the country, and take up a work in Southern California—possibly in San Diego, or in Fernando, where the Conference school is located. This winter you could come to “Elmshaven” and take up work on my books, or write books, as you might choose. We should be glad to have you connect with us and would find a place for you. However, these are merely suggestions.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 4)
My dear son, follow the leadings of the Holy Spirit. Walk humbly with God. Value His favor more highly than everything else. Remember that the Lord Jesus is your best Friend, your constant Guardian.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 5)
With love.
(18LtMs, Lt 3, 1903, 6)
Lt 4, 1903
Caro, Brother and Sister [E. R.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 3, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear brother and sister Caro,—
God calls for the service of the whole being. He will not accept a divided heart, a service given partly to Him and partly to self. When the lawyer came to Christ with the question, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Christ answered, “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” And he answering said, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thy self.” And Christ said, “Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:25-28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 1)
Christ came to reinstate in the earth the divine government, to vindicate God’s holy law, to make an end of transgression, and to bring in everlasting righteousness for His people. The completeness of His atonement is the assurance that as we give ourselves to God, we shall be accepted in the Beloved.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 2)
The Saviour is now pleading before the throne of God in our behalf—our compassionate, sympathetic, faithful high priest. “It became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through suffering.... In all things it behoved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted.”“We have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities, but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.” [Hebrews 2:10, 17, 18; 4:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 3)
In order to be our Redeemer, Christ must know by experience what we suffer. He must know what is meant by a wounded, bleeding heart. He learned obedience by the things which He suffered. He was made perfect through suffering. He knows how to sympathize with and help a suffering church. Then let those who are in trouble bring their sorrows to one who can help them—One who is too wise to err and too good to do them harm.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 4)
In order to become acquainted with the disappointments and trials and griefs that come to human beings, Christ reached to the lowest depths of woe and humiliation. He has traveled the path that He asks His followers to travel. He says to them, “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] But professing Christians are not always willing to practice the self-denial that the Saviour calls for. They are not willing to bind about their wishes and desires in order that they may have more to give to the Lord. One says, “My family are expensive in their tastes, and it costs much to keep them.” This shows that he and they need to learn the lessons of economy taught by the life of Christ
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 5)
One family that indulges expensive tastes will spend in self-gratification money sufficient to support two families with proper economy. I would advise those whose tastes are so expensive not to connect with a work that calls for constant self-denial and self-sacrifice.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 6)
To all comes the temptation to gratify selfish, extravagant desires, but let us remember that the Lord of life and glory came to this world to teach humanity the lesson of self-denial. Just before His ascension He gave His disciples the work to which they were to make all else subordinate. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 7)
Think of the greatness of the work before God’s people. The world is to be warned. To all parts of the earth the message of present truth is to be carried. This work calls for means. Those who are inclined to be extravagant must overcome their desire to indulge self. Only thus can they be true followers of Christ. Those who take the name of Christian are to follow their Leader. He resigned His high position in the heavenly courts. Laying off His kingly crown and royal robe, He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might lay hold of divinity, becoming partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. He died for sinful human beings, that they might live forever in the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 8)
I ask those who live in the vanity of self-indulgence, Will you continue to act as if there rested on you no responsibility to practice self-denial? For what purpose are you living? What good are you accomplishing? Can you afford to live for self? Can you gain eternal life while you live thus? Has not God a place and a work for you? Is there not something more for you to do than merely to please and gratify self?
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 9)
Sister Caro, you are not a happy woman, because you do not view things in a right light. You are not satisfied. Forget self, and work for others. Use in unselfish service the powers of body and mind. Thus you will find true happiness. Thus is the use that God intended you to make of the human machinery, and upon this use of it depends its harmonious action.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 10)
There are higher attainments for you. No longer cherish such an exalted idea of yourself that you are unwilling to do for others the work that your Lord and Master did while on this earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 11)
There is much for us to learn from God’s great book of nature. Notice the loveliness of the roses and the lilies and the pinks. Educate yourself to love these beautiful things. Draw from them lessons of trust, and teach these lessons to your little one. Pointing to the lilies, Christ said, “Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow, they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?” [Matthew 6:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 12)
My sister, do not rest content to be merely an ornament. Such a life will never satisfy a mind created to grasp eternal realities. Within your reach are God’s choicest blessings. You can have them if you will awake to the thought that you have a higher life to live than you have been living. Will you not use your physical, mental, and moral powers in the Master’s service? Your husband needs your help in planning to reduce the expenses of his family. In the near future this will have to be done. Help your husband by personal activity. Do not live for self-gratification. This will never bring you real happiness.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 13)
I am intensely desirous that you shall rise above the dwarfing ideas that you have entertained with regard to what constitutes a lady. These ideas are altogether out of harmony with God’s ideas, and therefore your mind is sick, diseased. It does not meet the mind of Him who has bought you with a price. You yourself are not satisfied with your attainments. How can you be? As you are now, life’s prospects cannot appear altogether inviting. Life’s realities must be painfully oppressive to your sensitive, discouraged feelings.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 14)
But it is not too late for you to make an effort to be a useful wife and mother. With the simple, childlike confidence that it is the privilege of every Christian to have, believe that you will yet see the goodness of the Lord in the land of the living. Remember that the Lord designed your life to be a blessing to those around you. He has a higher standard for you to reach than you have yet reached. Do not spend your time and strength in the effort to be a lady in the eyes of the world. She who is a true lady in God’s sight is the one whose life is filled with good works.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 15)
You need not be an invalid, and you will not be unless you allow wrong ideas and habits to make you thus. If you would bring into your life the principles of genuine health reform, this would have a saving influence on yourself and your husband.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 16)
Christ prayed for His disciples, “I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” [John 17:15.] This prayer is the rule by which you are to regulate your life. Those who receive the Spirit of Christ realize that there is in His words more than appears on the surface. The Christianity of the true believer looks beneath the surface and sees in Christ’s teaching a religion perfectly adapted to every human being—a religion ever actively engaged in doing good.
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 17)
The cultivation of the intellect is not of the right order if it lifts the mind above the simplicity of the gospel of Christ. We need to exercise faith, faith in hearing God’s Word and faith in practicing it. No one who lives is at liberty to do as he pleases. Christ has pointed out the path in which every one is to travel. “Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 18)
I entreat you and your husband, my dear sister, to be trees of righteousness. Profession is worthless without corresponding practice. Christ declares, “Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, and figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.” [Verses 16-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 4, 1903, 19)
Lt 5, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 85, 132; TMK 351, 8T 97-101. + Dear brother Daniells,—
Today I received your letter in regard to the destruction of the Review and Herald Office. I had already received news of the disaster from Brother C. H. Jones, who wrote to me in regard to the telegram that you sent. I am afflicted with all who are afflicted. I know that this must be a very trying time for the brethren in charge of the work and for the employees of the office. I feel very sad as I consider the loss to the cause. But I expected to hear the news even before now. In my diary I had written out the description of a scene that had been presented to me, in which I saw an angel standing with a sword as of fire stretched over Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 1)
This morning I was drawn out in earnest prayer that the Lord would lead all who are connected with the Review and Herald office to make diligent search, that they may see wherein they have disregarded the many messages God has given.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 2)
Some time ago you wrote to me in regard to putting an addition to the Review and Herald on a piece of land from which an old building had been removed. At the time I wrote you regarding the inconsistency of erecting more buildings in Battle Creek. I had no courage to send this letter, knowing that it would have no greater weight than other testimonies that have been sent. I did send one letter then. I will find the one I did not send and let you have it. In it I said that if those who were in favor of adding another building to the Review and Herald had the future mapped out before them, if they could see what would be in Battle Creek, they would have no question in regard to putting up another building there. God said, “My word has been despised; and I will turn and overturn.”
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 3)
At the last General Conference in Battle Creek, the Lord gave all evidence that the testimonies were of divine origin. Minds were convicted, and hearts were touched; but thorough work was not done. If stubborn hearts had then broken in penitence before God, there would have been seen one of the greatest manifestations of the power of God that has ever been seen. But God was not honored. The testimonies of His Spirit were not heeded. Men did not separate from the practices that were in decided opposition to the principles of truth and righteousness, which should ever be maintained in the Lord’s work.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 4)
The messages to the church of Ephesus and to the church in Sardis have been often repeated to me by the One who gives me instruction for His people. “Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks, I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 5)
“And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars, I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 6)
Never have Scriptures been more strictly fulfilled than these have been. We have been given two fulfilments of these warnings. How many more shall we have to have?
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 7)
You ask me, Elder Daniells, if I have any advice to give. I answer, Not now. I have given the advice that God has given me, hoping to prevent the falling of the fiery sword that was hanging over Battle Creek. Now that which I dreaded has come.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 8)
Men may erect the most carefully constructed, fireproof buildings, but one touch of God’s hand, one spark from heaven, will sweep away every refuge.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 9)
I dare not give advice. A few weeks ago, while the council meeting at Battle Creek was in session, I was walking my room at night, in an agony of spirit, bowed down under a heavy burden. I would not place on paper all that was presented to me at that time, neither do I feel at liberty do so now. Some of the things presented to me have come to pass. But by the turning of the wheel of providence, God has prevented many things that otherwise would have been worked out.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 10)
I shall never, never be able to describe the scenes presented to me. For three nights in succession, I thought that the last hours of my life had come. Then relief came. But again scenes were presented to me, and night after night, an awful weight rested on me. At last the Lord in His great mercy lifted the burden from me. When the news came of the burning of the Review and Herald, I felt no surprise, and I had no words to speak. What I have had to say from time to time in warnings has had no effect, except to harden those who heard; and now I can only say, I am so sorry, so very sorry, that it was necessary for this stroke to come. What you should do, I am not the one to say. Light enough has been given. If it were acted upon, further light would not be needed. Go to God for yourselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 11)
We are pilgrims and strangers in this world, traveling a path beset with dangers from those who have rejected the only One who could save them. Ingenious subterfuges and scientific problems will be held out before us, to tempt us to swerve from our allegiance, but we are not to heed them. Everyone must now seek God for himself. Christ visited John on the lonely isle of Patmos and gave him instruction for the church in these last days. Let us become acquainted with this instruction. Let us have more to say about it.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 12)
To our people, ministers, and lay members, I am instructed to say, “Seek ye the Lord, while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near; let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord”—for many ministers and people are walking in strange paths—“and He will have mercy upon them; and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 13)
This is the only message I have now to give. Let every soul be on the alert. The adversary is on your track. Be vigilant, watching carefully lest some carefully concealed and masterly snare shall take you unawares. Let the careless and indifferent beware lest the day of the Lord come upon them as a thief in the night. Many will wander from the path of humility, and, casting aside the yoke of Christ, will walk in strange paths. Blinded and bewildered, they will> leave the narrow path that leads to the city of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 14)
A man cannot be a happy Christian unless he is a watchful Christian. He who overcomes must watch; for with worldly entanglements, error, and superstition, Satan strives to win Christ’s followers from Him and to keep their minds employed with his devices. It is not enough that we avoid glaring dangers and perilous, inconsistent moves. We are to keep close to the side of Christ, walking in the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice. We are not to allow our spiritual perceptions to be blinded, as they often are, by a strong, determined will. And in order to detect the artifices of Satan and to withstand his unexpected attacks, we must have the grace of Christ and the impartation of His Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 15)
We are in an enemy’s country. He who was cast out of heaven has come down with great power. With every conceivable artifice and device he is seeking to take souls captive. Unless we are constantly on guard, we shall fall an easy prey to his unnumbered deceptions.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 16)
We are stewards, entrusted by our absent Lord with the care of His household and His interests, which He came to this world to serve. He has returned to heaven, leaving us in charge, and He expects us to watch and wait and prepare for His coming. Let us be faithful to our trust, lest coming suddenly He find us sleeping.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 17)
God’s Word warns us that we have manifold enemies, not open and avowed, but enemies who come with smooth words and fair speeches, and who would deceive if possible the very elect. Thus Satan comes. And again, when it suits his purpose, he goes about as a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. Man’s will, unless kept in subjection to the will of God, is as often on the enemy’s side as on the Lord’s side. Therefore watch unto prayer; watch and pray always.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 18)
The experience of the disciples in the garden of Gethsemane contains a lesson for the Lord’s people today. Taking with Him Peter and James and John, Christ went to Gethsemane to pray. He said to them, “My soul is exceeding sorrowful unto death; tarry ye here, and watch. And He went forward a little, and fell on the ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from Him. And He said, Abba Father, all things are possible unto Thee; take this cup from Me; nevertheless, not what I will but what Thou wilt. And He cometh and findeth them sleeping, and saith unto Peter, Simon, Sleepest thou? couldest not thou watch one hour? Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.” [Mark 14:34-38.]
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 19)
Read these words carefully. Many today are fast asleep, as were the disciples. They are not watching and praying, lest they enter into temptation. Let us read and study those portions of God’s Word that have special reference to these last days, pointing out the dangers that will threaten God’s people.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 20)
We need keen, sanctified perception. This perception is not to be used in criticizing and condemning one another, but in discerning the signs of the times. We are to keep our hearts with all diligence, that we may not make shipwreck of faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 21)
The Laodicean message is applicable to our churches. Many of God’s people have strengthened themselves in their own way, following the impulses of their own minds, and refusing to heed the admonitions of the Lord. Many who were once firm believers in the truth have become careless in regard to their spiritual welfare, and are yielding, without the slightest opposition, to Satan’s well-laid plots.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 22)
It is time for our people to take their families from the cities into more retired localities, else many of the youth, and many of those older in years, who put their trust in their own capabilities, will be ensnared and taken by the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 23)
The dangers thickening around us demand from those who have an experience in the things of God a watchful supervision. Those who walk humbly before God, distrustful of their own wisdom, will realize their danger and will know the power of God’s keeping care. Those who do not realize their danger, because they do not watch, will pay, with the loss of their souls, the penalty of their presumption and their wilful ignorance of Satan’s devices.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 24)
Let us trust fully, humbly, unselfishly in God. We are His little children, and thus He deals with us. When we draw near to Him, He mercifully preserves us from the assaults of the enemy. Never will He betray one who trusts in Him, as a child trusts in its parents. He sees the humble, trusting souls drawing near to Him, and in pity and love He draws near to them and lifts up for them a standard against the enemy. “Touch them not,” He says; “for they are Mine. I have graven them upon the palms of My hands.” He teaches them to exercise unquestioning faith in His power to work in their behalf. With assurance they say, “This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.” [1 John 5:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 25)
Let every believer closely examine himself, to ascertain what are his weak points. Let him cherish a spirit of humility and plead with the Lord for grace and wisdom and for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Let us cast away all self-confidence. God has no place for it in His work. Many have so high an opinion of their own abilities and attainments, and so firm a reliance on their own judgment, that they believe themselves capable of bearing responsibilities in any emergency. But they leave their appointed work, forget the precautions God has told them to take, and entangle themselves in difficulty. They make crooked paths for their feet and incur the displeasure of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 26)
This is the warning that comes to all, especially to those in positions of trust: “Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.” [1 Corinthians 10:12.] Self-confidence leads to a lack of watchfulness, to perplexity, and to the doing of a work that the Lord has not given.
(18LtMs, Lt 5, 1903, 27)
Lt 6, 1903
Caro, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 4, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 455. + Dr. E. R. Caro Dear Brother,—
I have read your letter to Willie, and from some expressions and statements in it, I have come to the conclusion that you have not yet learned what you must do to inherit eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 1)
My brother, Christ gives to you the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor, and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me: for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Rest is found in yoking up with Christ. Those who learn from Him His meekness and lowliness will bear witness that His yoke is easy and His burden is light. But you will not find rest so long as you think that you are not included in Christ’s invitation, and that you can take with you into the Christian life your hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 2)
I sincerely hope that you will not connect with the Wahroonga Sanitarium until you decide that a thorough reconversion must take place in your heart. Do not, I beg you, make the work harder than it must necessarily be for those who are working to advance the cause of God, and who in their work are brought in contact with worldly people. They must keep the Word of God in hand and heart, that they may tell those they meet how to gain salvation. Do not do anything that will hinder the accomplishment of their work.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 3)
My brother, we could not consent to have connected with the Wahroonga Sanitarium a physician who would not set a right example. He who serves as a physician in one of our medical institutions is to be a sign pointing out the way to heaven, telling his fellow men that God has only one standard—His holy law.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 4)
Through disobedience Adam fell. The divine government had been dishonored, and justice demanded that the penalty of transgression be paid. To save the race from eternal death, the Son of God volunteered to bear the punishment of disobedience. Only by the humiliation of the Prince of heaven could the dishonor be removed, justice satisfied, and man restored to that which he had forfeited by disobedience. There was no other way. Christ, equal with God, “the brightness of the Father’s glory, and the express image of His person” [Hebrews 1:3], clothed His divinity with humanity and came to this earth to suffer and die for man. For every one of the angels in heaven to have come to this earth to pass over the ground where Adam fell would not have sufficed. They could not have removed the stain of one sin nor brought to man one hour of probation.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 5)
The law of God had been broken. Justice demanded the humiliation of the Lawgiver Himself. God humbled Himself in the humiliation of His only begotten Son and became obedient unto death, even the death of the Cross. Therefore He could say, I restored that which I took not away. He restored holiness to the law of God’s kingdom, dignity to the divine government; and by bearing in His own body the curse of sin, He placed happiness and immortality within the reach of all. One honored of all heaven must come to our world to stand in human nature, at the head of humanity, testifying to all heaven and to the unfallen worlds that through the divine help that has been provided, every human being may walk in the path of obedience to God’s commandments. The experience of the Son of God in our world must exemplify the love that every pardoned sinner must feel in his heart and reveal in his life—the love which Christ said that His disciples must show for one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 6)
In giving this commandment on the night of His betrayal, Christ addressed His disciples as “little children.” They were full-grown men, but, like all the rest of the human family—rich and poor, high and low—in comparison with God they were little children. “Little children,” Christ declared, “yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek Me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [John 13:33, 34.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 7)
This was a new commandment because the Saviour had not yet given His disciples the full revelation of His love for them. After His agony in Gethsemane, His betrayal, and His trial; after His abuse at the hands of His murderers, and His sufferings on Calvary’s cross, His disciples realized more fully how much He loved them. His love for them could not have been put to a severer test than that which he bore. The love He manifested is infinite, measureless. Greater love could not have been shown.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 8)
Having given His disciples the new commandment, “Love one another, as I have loved you,” Christ foretold the sure result: “By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [Verses 34, 35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 9)
Continuing His instruction, He said: “As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments and abide in His love.” A wonderful statement is this! What can exceed the infinite love that Christ has shown toward the fallen race? “These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:9-14.] Obedience is the evidence of man’s friendship with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 10)
“Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth; but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you.” [Verses 15, 16.] Christ’s love for those who obey His commandments is unchangeable, unparalleled.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 11)
Some may think that they can follow Christ’s example, and at the same time indulge in self-gratification, display, and expensive habits of living. Let every such an one study the Scriptures, in order that he may learn what is required of him by the Lord. The apostle Paul writes:
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 12)
“What shall we then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things? Who shall lay any thing to the charge of God’s elect? It is God that justifieth. Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us. Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? As it is written, For Thy sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter. Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” [Romans 8:31-39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 13)
To those who selfishly desired to follow Him in order that they might receive of His bounty from day to day, Christ declared:
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 14)
“I am the bread of life: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. But I said unto you, That ye also have seen Me, and believe not. All that the Father giveth Me shall come to Me; and him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven, not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. And this is the Father’s will which hath sent Me, that of all which He hath given Me I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day. And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 15)
“The Jews then murmured at Him, because He said, I am the bread which came down from heaven. And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How is it then that He saith, I came down from heaven? Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves. No man can come to Me, except the Father which hath sent Me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day. It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto Me. Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father.” [John 6:35-46.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 16)
Christ’s next statement is a wonderful one: “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life.” [Verse 47.] Such a belief requires much more faith than that which is shown by many who claim to believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 17)
“I am that bread of life,” the Great Teacher continued. “Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 18)
“The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us His flesh to eat?
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 19)
“Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 20)
“These words said He in the synagogue, as He taught in Capernaum. Many therefore of His disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it?” [Verses 48-60.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 21)
“Jesus knew ... that His disciples murmured” at the words He had spoken, and He explained more fully His meaning. “It is the spirit that quickeneth,” He declared; “the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [Verses 61, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 22)
Of His disciples Christ says: “He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me: and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him. Judas saith unto Him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that Thou wilt manifest Thyself unto us, and not unto the world? Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love Me, he will keep My words: and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him. He that loveth Me not keepeth not My sayings: and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Father’s which sent Me.” [John 14:21-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 23)
These Scriptures are sufficient to show the folly of pretending to serve God while indulging self and giving but little evidence that Christ abides in the soul temple. How can any one who claims to believe God’s Word think that he can live a life of self-indulgence, setting up a standard of his own, following the desires of his natural heart, and at the same time be regarded by the Lord as one of His disciples? He who has lived a life of self-pleasing may become a true disciple only by accepting the Master’s invitation to wear His yoke of obedience and to learn of Him His meekness and lowliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 24)
The Son of God died for the just and for the unjust. For us He has suffered all that any man can possibly suffer. Wonderful—almost too wonderful for man to comprehend—was the Saviour’s mission in our behalf. And His sacrifice was called for. When we realize that His suffering was necessary in order to insure our eternal wellbeing, our hearts are touched and melted; for His love for us grows out of the relation that He sustains to us as our Surety. He has pledged Himself to accomplish our full salvation in a way satisfactory to the demands of God’s justice and consistent with the exalted holiness of His law. No sacrifice less holy than the Only Begotten of the Father, the One innocent of any taint of sin, would have been efficacious to cleanse all—even the whole world—who accept the Saviour as their Atonement and become obedient to heaven’s law. Nothing less could have reinstated man in God’s favor and have met the standard of His holy law. If we are obedient to the requirements of this law, Christ’s sacrifice atones for our transgressions, and we are clothed with the robe of His righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 25)
Yes, my brother, Christ suffered for you and for me. How wonderful is the love He has shown by His willingness to suffer for us! “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 26)
When I read your letter to Willie, I first thought that I would have nothing to say in regard to your proposed connection with the Sanitarium near Sydney. Afterward, however, I have been instructed that it would not be wisdom to employ you as a physician in this institution. You would neither be helped yourself, nor would you be able to render the help that is required in one of our sanitariums, because of your expensive habits of living and your spiritual condition.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 27)
My dear brother, I would that you could see yourself as the Lord sees you. He regards you as neither cold nor hot. You are not in open opposition to the truth, and yet you are not a faithful steward of your soul. You continue to venture—as formerly—to follow your own ideas and plans. Thus you reveal that you are in need of genuine, Bible religion before you can be a safe medical missionary, or before you can, in your home life, set a proper example before the patrons of one of our medical institutions. While you cherish sentiments that give evidence of your half-converted condition, it would be unwise for you to occupy the important position of a leading physician in our new Sanitarium in Australia.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 28)
God desires you to be a wise steward of the talents He has lent you, that you may minister to men and women as a faithful physician of the soul and of the body. But a complete transformation must take place in your heart before you are fitted for the stewardship required of you. If you would repent and do a thorough work, God would bring you into close, tender relationship with Himself. In order to reach His exalted standard, you need to be thoroughly cleansed from self. Through the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, you may be born anew. Then you would be like a little child—willing to be led. You now feel that you are qualified for the highest position. The Lord says, Nay.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 29)
Let the completeness of Christ’s character be the completeness of your character. In your disposition are mingled contrary traits. When it is to your interest to be so, you are kind, compassionate, tender. When your way is crossed, the spirit you manifest is often the opposite.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 30)
Oh how wretched and hopeless would have been our condition, how fearful and certain our doom, had not Jesus suffered in our behalf! Our destiny depends on our own choice. If we choose, we can escape the sorrow, the mourning, and the woe that will come to those who refuse to accept Christ as their personal Saviour. Let us remember that we are to follow in the way that Christ has marked out, and not in our way of self-pleasing. Will any one decide to run the risk of living a life of extravagance while laboring in the Lord’s cause? God forbid!
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 31)
No, my brother, a follower of the meek and lowly Jesus expends no more for himself than is necessary. Both because of the principles involved and the example you would set, it would be neither to your soul’s profit nor to the advantage of the Wahroonga Sanitarium for you to maintain an expensive home while working in this institution. Our sanitariums are to be strictly guarded against influences that are not wholly sanctified to God. It would be a mistake to consent to your connecting with this Sanitarium while you permit your family to live extravagantly. Your influence would be contrary to the Bible truths you claim to believe, contrary to the self-denying life of Christ, who gave Himself, a living sacrifice, in order that we might become pure, spotless, holy—the children of His covenant promise.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 32)
We may claim to be Seventh-day Adventists, and yet fail of realizing how exalted is the standard to which we must attain in order to deserve this name. Some have felt ashamed of being known as Seventh-day Adventists. Those who are ashamed of this name should never connect with those who feel it an honor to bear this name. And those who are Christ’s witnesses, standing where the truths of the Bible have placed them, are worthy of the name they bear. Our Redeemer declares, “Whosoever therefore shall confess Me before men, him will I confess also before My Father which is in heaven.” And He further declares: “Whosoever shall deny Me before men, him will I also deny before My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 10:32, 33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 33)
Oh, if Christ had not sacrificed Himself to redeem the fallen race, there would be for man no forgiveness with God, no acceptance, no peace, no hope, no heaven. Our Redeemer is now standing in the presence of His Father as a compassionate, sympathetic High Priest, pleading for the heritage He has purchased with His life-blood. “It became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.... Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted.” [Hebrews 2:10, 17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 34)
“We have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities.” [Hebrews 4:15.] Christ offers every encouragement to those who are determined to be faithful in His service; but He shows no favor toward those who misrepresent Him in their daily life. What a wonderful High Priest we have! My brother, in order to perfect a Christian character, you must, as it were, lay your hand upon the bleeding sacrifice, and confess your every sin; you must lay your bosom bare, disclosing your heartfelt sorrow. The psalmist says, “The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit: a broken and a contrite heart, O God, Thou wilt not despise.” [Psalm 51:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 35)
Shall we not learn to obey Christ? To those who desire to follow Him, He says: “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] Many respond coldly to His invitation. But He will not accept half-hearted service. He withheld no part of the price, but gave Himself as a whole offering, a sacrifice fragrant with the incense of His righteousness, which has ascended to God as a sweet-smelling savour. And His complete sacrifice was made to redeem poor, sinful mortals. What self-sacrifice are we practicing for His sake? The life of every one whose character is being fashioned after the divine similitude is, in word and deed, fragrant with the rich perfume of Christlike love.
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 36)
My dear brother, imperil not your soul’s salvation by sanctioning extravagance in your home life. I wish you could realize how much you would gain by being an overcomer. Consider the words of the Lord Jesus to those who compose His church on the earth:
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 37)
“He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God.” [Revelation 2:7.] Is not this an inspiring promise? And of the overcomer He further declares, “I will give him the morning star.” [Verse 28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 38)
The message to the church in Smyrna is also for our encouragement: “These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is alive; I know thy works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the synagogue of Satan. Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death.” [Verses 8-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 6, 1903, 39)
Lt 7, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 8T 104-106. + Elder A. G. Daniells Dear Brother,—
I have fully decided not to attend the General Conference, or the camp-meetings, unless clear light comes to me that I should go. I dare not go; for it unfits me for my writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 1)
Those who have had great light have not walked in the light. The other day, at noon, I was writing of the work that might have been done at the last General Conference, if the men in positions of trust had followed the will and way of God. But the meeting was closed, and the break was not made. Men did not humble themselves before the Lord as they should have done, and God’s Holy Spirit was not imparted.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 2)
I had written thus far when I lost consciousness and seemed to be witnessing a scene in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 3)
We were assembled in the auditorium of the Battle Creek Tabernacle. Prayer was offered, a hymn was sung, and prayer was again offered. Most earnest supplication was made to God. The meeting was marked by the presence of the Holy Spirit. The work went deep, and some present were weeping aloud. One rose from his bowed position, and said that in the past he had not been in union with certain ones, and had felt no love for them, but that now he saw himself as he was. With great solemnity he repeated the message to the Laodicean church, “Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing.” In my self-sufficiency this is just the way I have felt, he said. “And knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.” [Revelation 3:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 4)
I now see that this is my condition. My eyes are opened. My spirit has been hard and unjust, and I have thought myself righteous. But my heart is broken, and I see my need of the precious counsel from the One who has searched me through and through. O how gracious and compassionate and loving are His words! “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Verse 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 5)
The speaker turned to those who had been praying, and said, We have something to do. We must confess our sins, and humble our hearts before God. He made heart-broken confessions and then stepped up to several, one after another, and extended his hand asking their forgiveness. Those to whom he spoke sprang to their feet, making confession and asking forgiveness, and they fell upon one another’s necks, weeping. The spirit of confession spread through the entire congregation. It was a Pentecostal season. God’s praises were sung, and the work was carried on till a very late hour, until nearly morning.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 6)
The following words were often repeated, with clear distinctness: “As many as I love I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me.” [Verses 19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 7)
No one seemed to be too proud to make heartfelt confession, and those who led in this work were the ones who had influence, but had not before had courage to confess their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 8)
There was rejoicing such as never before had been heard in the Tabernacle.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 9)
The words were spoken to me: “This might have been. All this the Lord was waiting to do for His people. All heaven was waiting to be gracious.”
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 10)
Then I aroused from my unconsciousness and for a while could not think where I was. My pen was still in my hand. I thought of where we might have been had thorough work been done at the last General Conference. An agony of disappointment came over me as I realized that what I had witnessed was not a reality.
(18LtMs, Lt 7, 1903, 11)
Lt 8, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 280-283. Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I wish to send you a few lines in this mail. I have written to Dr. Caro and his wife, and I will send you copies of these letters, that you may see just how I regard the question of their connection with the Wahroonga Sanitarium. Have you evidence that a radical change has taken place in Dr. Caro’s life? If so, this is enough. Has he been converted? If he has not, he would not, if connected with the Sanitarium, rightly represent the truth for this time. His influence would stand in the way of bringing the institution to that place where it will meet the mind of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 1)
In my former letters I have spoken in regard to this matter, and now I speak to you again, saying, Be guarded in giving Dr. Caro encouragement to connect with the Sanitarium. In his letter to Willie he says, “You know, I have an expensive family.” He seems to think that we shall take it for granted that this is something that cannot be changed. To connect such a family with the Sanitarium would be to bring in an undercurrent of influence that would undo what you will try to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 2)
Unless all the workers in the Sanitarium will stand firm for truth and righteousness, you might just as well not have a sanitarium. The work and influence of unconsecrated workers would cause much trouble and heartache and create difficulties that you could not handle, difficulties which would exert a strong influence for evil, but which you would not be able to take hold of as something tangible. Such things would bring into the Sanitarium the leaven of evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 3)
Secure, if possible, humble men and women as workers for the Sanitarium. At one time I thought that Dr. Kellar would connect with this institution, but neither he nor his wife is obtaining the experience that the physicians connected with this institution should have. Every physician and every helper in other lines in the Sanitarium should have a genuine religious experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 4)
Those who are children of God will work the works of God. But he who shuts the Holy Spirit away from his life should not be brought into connection with the Sanitarium. The workers are to be carefully chosen and then tried. Those who cannot bear the test should not be encouraged to stay. Workers who are loath to fulfil the requirements of God’s Word will be vacillating, sometimes serving the Lord and sometimes serving the wicked one.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 5)
I see that many difficulties present themselves before you. But you cannot afford to run any risks. Those who are by themselves in families have opportunity to connect with them those who need spiritual help and to work for them. But it is different in a sanitarium where so many are brought together.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 6)
We reason, We must take men as they are, not waiting for them to become as they ought to be; and make them better if we can, remembering their infirmities. But we are not to forget the object for which our sanitariums are established. It is that the light of testing truth may be shed abroad, that the sick and suffering who come may receive physical and spiritual healing. How carefully then should the workers for such an institution be chosen. Every word and act of each worker exerts an influence either for good or for evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 7)
Those who stand at the head of the institution have a strong molding influence, and the utmost care is to be shown in the selection of these men. There are those who have excellent qualifications, but who follow a course of action that robs their influence of all fragrance. They refuse to see that they are not just what they should be. They cannot see that anyone is wiser than they are. Such ones could not be a help in our Sanitarium.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 8)
In regard to moving the Food Factory from Cooranbong to Sydney, do not do this, Brother Burden, till the matter has received further consideration. I shall not be reconciled to this movement until clearer evidence is presented that it is the best thing to do. I wish that the Sanitarium, instead of being nearer Sydney, could have been farther away. When certain points become clearer in my mind in the future, I may be able to speak more definitely in regard to the Food Factory. I think some health food manufacture should be carried on at Cooranbong. How much, of course, is the question. Make changes slowly.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 9)
As far as I can see now, Dr. Kress will have to act as physician-in-chief at the Wahroonga Sanitarium. If in the future the burden proves too heavy for him, a change will have to be made.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 10)
You and your family should be connected with the Sanitarium. The institution must have a manager, and I think that you should occupy this position.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 11)
I fear that I may confuse you by my letters. If I do, please pardon me. I am intensely desirous that the work of the Wahroonga Sanitarium shall be a success. The labor of a faithful minister is to be connected with the labors of the physicians. All the workers are to consecrate their talents to the building up of the institution. If they will reflect the light of heaven, souls will be converted. God is to be made first and last and best in everything. The proclamation of the truth for this time is to be the one great interest. It was for this that the Sanitarium has been established.
(18LtMs, Lt 8, 1903, 12)
Lt 9, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 6, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 93; 5MR 185. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I wish that I could send you some money to help you in your work, but I have been so situated that I could not consistently call for means for Australia. And I have no means of my own to send. During the past year I have received very little from by books. The reason for this I do not know. Some tell me that it is because so strong an effort has been put forth to sell Christ’s Object Lessons. Everywhere this book has occupied the field, and it has had a large sale. For this I rejoice, though its sale has brought me nothing except the satisfaction of knowing that I have been able to be the helping hand of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 1)
I feel very thankful for the help of Sister Marian Davis in getting out my books. She gathers material from my diaries, from my letters, and from the articles published in the papers. I greatly prize her faithful service. She has been with me for twenty-five years and has constantly been gaining increasing ability for the work of classifying and grouping my writings.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 2)
Sister Davis is as much pleased as I am to think that Christ’s Object Lessons and Steps to Christ fill the place that they do in the Lord’s vineyard. I praise the Lord for the privilege of giving the book Christ’s Object Lessons for the advancement of His work. I believe that souls will be saved in the kingdom of God as a result of the circulation of this book. And our own people have been greatly blessed as they have given their time to its sale. The Review and Herald and our Union Conference papers abound with testimonies relating the precious experience gained by those who have handled the book. The Lord is good. To His name be all the glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 3)
Since I came to this country my expenses have been heavy. Lately we have had an addition built on to our house—a room that I could use as an office. The kitchen roof was raised, and over the kitchen my room was built. This was necessary; for in order to preserve my health I must have a room which has an open fireplace. The building of this room, together with the repainting of the whole house and the reshingling of parts of the roof, cost one thousand dollars.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 4)
I now have a very pleasant room in which to do my work. It is light and airy. On the east side there is a large bay window, and on bright days I have an abundance of sunshine. The open fireplace in the room is a great comfort to me, and I find that since I moved into this room I have had no dizziness, and my heart does not trouble me nearly so much as when I was living in a room where there was a stove.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 5)
I look after my own fire entirely, at night covering the coals with ashes and in the morning building the fire and putting on a large log that has been brought up and left on the hearth. I get up at all hours of the night, some times at twelve, sometimes at one, and sometimes at eleven, and when I rise I build my fire and then sit down to write. Lately I have been sleeping till two and three o’clock.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 6)
I go up and down stairs as quickly as any member of my family, and do this many times each day. I feel very grateful to the Lord for providing this refuge for me. In the daily papers we read of how other parts of America are suffering from extreme cold. In many places there are blizzards and hurricanes. But nothing of this kind has come near us.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 7)
If I had to move from here, I should want to go to Cooranbong. As I read of the fearful drought in Australia, and of the loss of life and property resulting from it, and then hear of the prosperity attending the Avondale School farm, I praise the Lord. How fresh in my mind are the words spoken by One of Authority, as some were presenting the objectionable features of the school land: “Cannot God spread a table in the wilderness?” [Psalm 78:19.] He certainly has done this by blessing the orchard and the vegetable garden. The abundance with which the school land has produced its treasure testifies that God’s prospering hand is with His people. I am as thankful for this as though I were still there. I thank the Lord in behalf of my brethren and sisters in Australia. Not one thing has failed of that which He was promised. Let us take courage and rejoice in the Lord. Let us look ever on the bright side.
(18LtMs, Lt 9, 1903, 8)
Lt 10, 1903
Palmer, E. R.; Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 8, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in ChL 27-28. + E. R. Palmer and A. G. Daniells My dear Brethren,—
I wish to say a few words to you this morning. I have been disappointed and grieved over the course that both of you have followed. It is a course which tends to discourage the workers in Nashville and Melbourne, and which tends to gather more responsibilities to the men in Battle Creek. Only a few days ago there came to my notice a leaflet containing the correspondence that passed between the Echo office, Brother E. R. Palmer, and the brethren in South Africa, in regard to the book business in South Africa. I was surprised that I had not received any intimation of this matter before. But since I read this correspondence, the very thing that I have been expecting has come. The publishing plant in Battle Creek has been burned to the ground. I now feel that the Lord has taken matters into His own hands, and that I have nothing more to say.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 1)
I have felt called upon to write some things to the brethren in Australia, in response to a letter from Brother and Sister Kress requesting me to give them any light that I might have in regard to the medical faculty of the Wahroonga Sanitarium. But I have not yet written one line to the brethren in Australia in regard to the light that the Lord has given me concerning matters in South Africa. I have had no correspondence with any of the parties concerned in Australia or in South Africa, although in the last mail I received communications from the brethren of the Echo office asking for advice and counsel. My burden has been to save you, if possible, from doing a strange work—a work that the Lord has not give either of you to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 2)
Three nights in succession after the council I had with you here, my mind was in an agony of distress. For a month or more afterward, I could not sleep after twelve o’clock at night, and I arose then to write out the representations that were given me, the half of which I have not told, and may never have to tell.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 3)
By means of one Agency, Christ Jesus, God has mysteriously linked all men together. To every man He has assigned some special line of service; and we should be quick to comprehend that we are to guard against leaving the work given us in order that we may interfere with other human agencies who are doing a work not precisely the same as our own. To no man has been assigned the work of interfering with the work of one of his fellow laborers, trying to take it in hand himself; for he would so handle it that he would spoil it. To one, God gives a work different from the work that He gives another.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 4)
Let us all remember that we are not dealing with ideal men, but with real men of God’s appointment, men precisely like ourselves, men who fall into the same errors that we do, men of like ambitions and infirmities. No man has been made a master, to rule the mind and conscience of a fellow being. Let us be very careful how we deal with God’s blood-bought heritage.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 5)
To no man has been appointed the work of being an overseer of his fellow men. Every man is to bear his own burden. He may speak words of encouragement, faith, and hope to his fellow workers; he may help them to bear their special burdens by suggesting to them improved methods of labor; but in no case is he to discourage and enfeeble them, lest the enemy shall obtain an advantage over their minds—an advantage that in time would react upon himself.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 6)
By the cords of tender love and sympathy the Lord has linked all men to Himself. Of us He says, Ye “are laborers together with God. Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] This relationship we should recognize. If we are bound up with Christ, we shall constantly manifest Christlike sympathy and forbearance toward those who are striving with all their God-given ability to bear their burdens, even as we endeavor to bear our appointed burdens.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 7)
In our several callings there is to be mutual dependence on one another for assistance. A spirit of authority is not to be exercised, even by the president of a Conference; for position does not change a man into a creature that cannot err. Every laborer entrusted with the management of a Conference is to work as Christ worked, wearing His yoke and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. A Conference president’s spirit and demeanor, in word and in deed, reveal whether he realizes his weakness and places his dependence on God, or whether he thinks that his position of influence has given him superior wisdom. If he loves and fears God, if he realizes the value of souls, if he appreciates every jot of the help that the Lord has qualified a brother worker to render, he will be able to bind heart to heart by the love that Christ revealed during His ministry. He will speak words of comfort to the sick and the sorrowing. If he does not cultivate a masterly manner, but bears in mind always that One is his Master, even Christ, he can counsel the inexperienced, encouraging them to be God’s helping hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 8)
The feeble hands are not to be deterred from doing something for the Master. Those whose knees are weak are not to be caused to stumble. God desires us to encourage those whose hands are weak to grasp more firmly the hand of Christ and to work hopefully. Every hand should be outstretched to help the hand that is doing something for the Master. The time may come when the hands that have upheld the feeble hands of another may in turn be upheld by the hands to whom they ministered. God has so ordered matters that no man is absolutely independent of his fellow men.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 9)
To us comes the message that was given to the church at Ephesus: “Thou hast left thy first love.” This message comes at a time when, in our supreme self-importance, we suppose that we are advancing heavenward. Gradually we have been losing sight of the fact that we are only God’s little children, and that daily we must receive strength and help from Him, if we remain Christlike in behaviour, and act as those that have been born again. And because we have lost sight of this, God’s message to all our churches, which have received great light, is, “Nevertheless, I have somewhat against thee, because thou has left thy first love.” [Revelation 2:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 10)
When the Holy Ghost came upon the early disciples, and three thousand people were converted in one day, there was love and fellowship in the Christian church. “All that believed were together, and had all things in common; ... and they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, praising God, and having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.” [Acts 2:44, 46, 47.] They lived in the simplicity of the gospel of Christ. But after a time, the evil leaven of criticism and fault-finding was introduced into the church, finally resulting in their leaving their first love.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 11)
Thus it is with God’s church today. We have left our first love. And to us, as to the church at Ephesus, is spoken the warning message: “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 12)
My brethren, I beg of you to humble your hearts before God, and make thorough work of repentance yourselves. Thus you can set an example that will help others to understand how to humble themselves before God in repentance and turn away His wrath from being visited upon His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 13)
If the Review and Herald office had been thoroughly cleansed, the present showing before the world would not have been. The brethren connected with this institution have not heeded the Testimonies of the Spirit of God. They have braced themselves against them.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 14)
I will mention one matter that has been presented to me as an object lesson showing how the word of the Lord is regarded. For many years the special articles that He has been giving to His people have occupied the first place in the pages of our church paper, the Review and Herald. But suddenly their position was changed. For a time, objectionable illustrations occupied the place that these articles formerly occupied. Many, many have spoken to me of this change, and of the grief it has brought to their hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 15)
Several months ago, in the visions of the night, the word of the Lord came to me, saying, “This is an acted parable. The removal of these articles from the first page of this paper, and the publication of inappropriate illustrations on this page speaks louder than words. This is a parable showing the estimation in which are held the words of the one whom God appointed to act a part in founding the paper in the early days of the message, and whose testimonies from the Lord have been coming to His people since the first issue of the paper. The displacement of God’s word for these objectionable illustrations reveals the moral taste of those who have made the change. God has taken notice of this.”
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 16)
I have not mentioned this matter before, to anyone, although the change is marked, and has been commented upon by many of our people and others. If it pleases my brethren to give to the world, in this acted parable, their estimation of the Lord’s word, I have nothing to say.
(18LtMs, Lt 10, 1903, 17)
Lt 11, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PC 18-19. Dear son Edson,—
Your meeting may be over before this reaches you, but I want to tell you that I am intensely desirous that you shall do everything in your power toward reconciliation. Act with the God-given dignity of a Christian gentleman. Make your explanations in humility and gentleness, laying no blame on others; and in the same way acknowledge any mistake you may have made. Then you will have acted your part. Keep yourself under the supervision of God. Never utter an impatient word, whatever may be said to you or of you. Do not criticize your brethren unkindly, even though you know them to be unjust in their treatment of you. You may not be guilty of the things of which they accuse you, but do not retaliate. Do not get angry or excited. This will not give you one inch of vantage ground. Remember that it is not the men you are meeting, but the principalities and powers of the enemy. Take this into account. Pray that men may be led to humble themselves before God and to open the door of the heart to Jesus. He could do more in five minutes with the healing leaf of the tree of life than you or any other human being could do in a lifetime.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 1)
Do not speak the hasty words you will be tempted to utter. To speak these words would be as flint striking flint.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 2)
Read the study the seventh chapter of John. “After these things Jesus walked in Galilee; for He would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill Him.” [John 7:1.] When men give themselves up to the control of the spirit of the enemy, they know not what they do. They are insane. But if Christ bore false accusations without retaliating, cannot they of His household?
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 3)
Speaking to the Jews, Jesus said, “Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill Me?” [Verse 19.] Angrily they replied that they did keep the law. They thought themselves very particular and exact in their observance of the law. But they did not keep it in a way that glorified the Lord. They were very particular about minor matters of their own invention. Forms and ceremonies were strictly observed. But the great principles of the law—justice, mercy, and love—were disregarded.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 4)
The followers of Christ are to avoid contention. They are to live the life of Christ. He is our Saviour. His pure, holy life is our example. Then, my son, do not descend to cheapness or commonness in word or act. Let all your words be the words of a Christian gentleman. Keep watching; for you are treading among the quicksands. One false, unguarded step may place you in fearful danger.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 5)
You and your brethren are in trouble in regard to the Southern work. I entreat you to be very careful of what you say in the meetings you attend. Remember that silence is eloquence. Let your words be few and well chosen. The enemy will be close by your side, trying to make you feel that you are misrepresented. Keep calm.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 6)
One thing I know: you ought to be perfectly reconciled to your brother. Your lack of union with him, your lack of brotherly love, is one of the things that make the leading brethren think that you must certainly be in the wrong. They know W. C. White to be an honorable, unselfish man, who would suffer wrong in silence rather than do wrong. Your alienation from your brother is not right. It is an evidence that you can be estranged from those to whom you should be most closely linked. I know how the Lord regards your brother. You have allowed yourself to become estranged from him, and the brethren, seeing the way in which you treat him, make a handle of it. They say, If he has so little regard for his brother that he cannot harmonize with him, it is not surprising that he cannot harmonize with those who are not his kindred.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 7)
My son, for the sake of your soul, stop and consider how God looks upon the estrangement of two brothers. In your hatred of your brother—for it is nothing less than this—you have certainly shown that you have not been led and controlled by the Spirit of God. You have not been backward about showing dislike and lack of respect for your brother. This is not right; it is not reasonable or sensible. You have exaggerated matters and have placed a wrong construction on them, letting your brother stand in an objectionable light before others.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 8)
Frank Belden is well pleased to see you cherishing such feelings. Dr. Kellogg knows how you regard your brother, and it has its influence on him.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 9)
You cannot expect the Lord to sustain you in your position regarding your brother. God has appointed him to do a work that others would not do. I know of no one but your brother whom I could trust to do this work. I have written to you on this point before, but I do not think that what I wrote had the effect on your mind that it should have had. I shall not let this matter rest, because I know that the stand you have taken is greatly to your injury. I have feared that I might die and leave you and Willie standing in your present attitude toward one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 10)
Before our Lord went to His agony on the cross, He made His will. He had no silver or gold or houses to leave to His disciples. He was a poor man, as far as earthly possessions were concerned. Few in Jerusalem were so poor as He. But He left His disciples a richer gift than any earthly monarch could bestow on his subjects. “Peace I leave with you,” He said. It was the peace that had been His throughout His life on earth—the peace which had been with Him amidst poverty, buffeting, and persecution, and which was to be with Him in His agony in Gethsemane and on the cruel cross. He linked Himself closely to the friends He was leaving, giving them that which brings true happiness. “My peace I give unto you,” He said; “not as the world giveth, give I unto you: let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.” [John 14:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 11)
Edson, in regard to your proposition about the first four chapters of Patriarchs and Prophets, I cannot feel that it would be safe for me to move without laying everything before Willie. Talk matters over with him. I cannot, at my own impulse, take up a work and launch out into it. I have to be impressed by the Spirit of God. I cannot write unless the Holy Spirit helps me. Sometimes I cannot write at all. Then again I am aroused at eleven, twelve, and one o’clock; and I can write as fast as my hand can move over the paper.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 12)
I must throw off as far as possible the burden of the work in Nashville. It is too great for me to carry. I must drop it from my soul. I have carried the burden of the Southern field till I can carry it no longer. I shall have to lay it off, else I shall be unfitted for my writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 13)
I cannot advise you to separate from the work in Nashville, but if, after praying over the matter, you feel that this is the best thing to do, do it, and leave the result with the Lord. But to establish a separate work on your own bit of land will not help the difficulty. Do nothing hastily. The Lord will work. He will bring glory to His name.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 14)
It may be best for you to step out of the field altogether and let the whole weight of the work rest upon the other laborers there. I think that you have carried the load long enough. If you can feel free to do so, go to another field.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 15)
I cannot help the work in the Southern field financially. I am thousands and thousands of dollars in debt, and I am obliged to keep borrowing continually in order to pay my running expenses. I draw from the General Conference only fifty dollars a month of my wages. During the past year I have received scarcely any royalties. I am in a very strait place financially. My trust is in God, but I must begin to think where the money is coming from with which to pay my workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 16)
I would ask you once more, Edson, to keep very quiet. Do not look upon yourself as blameless, but confess your faults, and in this do thorough work. You now have opportunity to show that you cherish the forgiving love of Christ. If the Lord in His great mercy vindicates you in certain things, you can show great weakness, or you can do as you were represented to me as doing, when in the night season I saw One who has authority laying His hand on your shoulder and leading you to the front rank. This broke your heart. You wept and confessed your sins and mistakes, asking pardon for the hasty words you had spoken. And reconciliation was made between you and your brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 17)
My son, if at all times you had spoken as a Christian gentleman, if you had not cherished bitter feelings, there would have been far less prejudice against you. Will you not during this meeting put self out of sight? Be humble, as one of God’s little children. Your work has not been perfect before Him. In speech and deportment you must reach a higher standard. When you descend to cheapness, you destroy the influence that as a minister of the gospel you should exert.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 18)
I have been given words for you that I wish you to engrave upon your heart: “The meek will He guide in judgment, and the meek will He teach His way.”“I will instruct thee, and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go; I will guide thee with Mine eye.” [Psalm 25:9; 32:8.] “Thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel, I am the Lord thy God, which teacheth thee to profit, which leadest thee by the way that thou shouldest go.” [Isaiah 48:17.] “The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him, and He shall show them His covenant.” [Psalm 25:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 19)
May God help you, my son, to pursue a right course, to be meek and lowly. The experience through which you are passing may be the means of saving your soul, if you will watch unto prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 20)
The Lord is present in every meeting, marking the course of each one. He watches the movement made, and He will direct in all the changes made, if His servants will follow His guidance. Our missions and commissions are all different. No two persons are given precisely the same work. Each has his own manner of performing his work, and that manner must be Christlike.
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 21)
God must show us every step of the way. Every hour we must have the new impulses of His Spirit. Love for Him should be the mainspring of our actions. Every hour has its duties and every movement its cares. Let a controlling power from above check the hasty speech. Let your heart be filled with the kindest, most tender compassion. Never allow yourself to be ruled by impulse. Never get out of patience. New scenes are opening before us, and we need to hear a voice from heaven, directing us to the right or to the left, saying, “This is the way; walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] God’s will, not ours, is to control. “A man’s heart deviseth his way; but the Lord directeth his steps.” [Proverbs 16:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 11, 1903, 22)
Lt 12, 1903
White, J. E. St. Helena, California January 11, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 19. + My dear son Edson,—
I have just read your letters. I want the reformatory work of which you speak to be carried on firmly and decidedly. This can only be done by following the counsel of the great Teacher, who gave His life for the world, and whose we are by creation and by redemption. His directions are full and complete. “Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 1)
When our duty is so plainly marked out, why do so many church members go contrary to a plain “Thus saith the Lord,” and speak of their difficulties to those who know nothing in regard to them or in regard to those whom these difficulties concern? Jesus the great Teacher has told us what our duty is. Our gifts, our prayers are not acceptable to God while we leave this duty undone, and let the poison of envy, evil surmising, and jealousy take possession of our souls and spoil our union and happiness. Oh, how much unhappiness would be spared, and how many evil thoughts would be quenched, if believers would take up the work that Christ has said must be done to prevent evil thinking and evil speaking.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 2)
A few words of explanation might change entirely the views of those who have been at variance, cherishing bitter feelings. We cannot be obedient to the law of God until we put out of the mind all differences, until we allow our hearts to be softened and subdued by the Spirit of Christ. Our prayers are hindered by our pride of heart, by our refusal to confess faults and to remove wrong impressions. We are to make every effort in our power to remove every stumbling block from before the feet of our neighbor or our brother. My son, make every concession that it is possible for you to make. Do not leave on a suffering mind a misconception that an advance in humiliation and tenderhearted interest would remove. Satan will be sure to come to that mind with the temptation to misconstrue and to make a mountain out of a molehill. A mind that easily stumbles over hurt feelings will conjure up mistaken ideas of all kinds.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 3)
The Lord Jesus has given special directions as to what each of His “little children” is to do. When we pray, “Forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us,” do we do our part to answer this prayer? [Matthew 6:12, 14, 15.] Let us remember that if our brother has aught against us, we are to leave on the altar the gift we have brought to God and be reconciled to our brother. Then we are to come and offer our gift. This is the only way in which we can keep in our hearts the peace of God. And is it not worth an effort to have this peace? Were not Christ’s directions given to be carried out to the letter; and if they were carried out, would not much sorrow and alienation and misunderstanding be spared?
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 4)
“The meek will He guide in judgment; the meek will He teach His way.” [Psalm 25:9.] How thankful we should be for such favors. It makes the heart light to try to remove burdens from other hearts. We are enjoined to cultivate peace and unity. Our prayers are not efficient while we suffer a fellow worker to misapprehend us. If we are not to blame for the misunderstanding that exists, we can perhaps make an explanation that will remove the misunderstanding. If we are to blame, we are certainly under obligation to God to relieve the suffering of one of the members of His family. If we have left a wrong impression on his mind, we must do all in our power to remove this impression.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 5)
There are certain duties that we must perform in order to answer our own prayers. We ask the Lord for His grace and blessing. Then we must see if there are in the way of our receiving this blessing any obstacles that we must remove. Before we can be free, we must take these obstacles away.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 6)
“Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] Thus man becomes a laborer together with God, removing every stumbling block from his own way and from his brother’s way so that nothing shall hinder their spiritual progress. This he must do, or his own soul will be under condemnation.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 7)
“This is the victory that overcometh the world, even your faith.” [1 John 5:4.] I will pray for you, my son. I remember the church and work in Nashville in my prayers as we assemble for morning and evening worship. I want you all to remember that you are to live your prayers. Daily you are to strive to live in unity with one another. Allow no variance or strife to enter the church. “All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] You can have sweet fellowship with one another if you will that this shall be. Never, never lose sight of the light and glory of God. Strive for unity. This is the best medical missionary work that can be done.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 8)
I wish to say to you, Edson, and to brother W. O. Palmer, that while you are to be a help to each other, I do not regard it as advisable that you engage together in the same line of work. Brother Palmer is a man of leading mind. He thinks and moves independently. It is the same with Edson White; therefore each should have his own line of work, over which he has supervision. Each should feel that he has opportunity to use his faculties to plan for his appointed work and to carry his plans through to success. If you both try to plan for the same line of work, you will get in each other’s way. Will you please remember this? You can labor in separate lines of work, and it is best for you to do this.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 9)
Brother Palmer must not take on himself much responsibility until his health is such that he can do this with safety. At present, he is to keep himself as free as possible from perplexity and taxing labor. Edson, be careful not to encourage Brother Palmer to do too much. He must guard himself. His circulation is not good, and when his mind is worried and perplexed, he is injured physically. He should have work that will enable him to stay out of doors in pleasant weather.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 10)
You are both men that can do much more, and with greater satisfaction to yourselves, if your work is pleasing and in no way forced.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 11)
May the lord help you to consider these suggestions. You should each work where you can have elbow room, and where there will be no weakening of your individual capabilities. A word to the wise is sufficient.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 12)
My heart is drawn out in prayer for you both. May the Lord abundantly bless you; for you are both under His orders, pledged to do His will. I pray that the mist that has been gathering may roll away, and that each worker may see the saving grace of Christ. Look unto Jesus. Have faith in God, and He will be your exceeding great reward.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 13)
I will now close this letter and see if I can get it in tonight’s mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 12, 1903, 14)
Lt 13, 1903
Knox, W. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 13, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Elder W. T. Knox Dear Brother,—
I have received a letter from Brother T. S. Whitelock in regard to the Potts’ sanitarium property in Paradise Valley near San Diego. I will send a copy of this letter to you, so that you can read it and decide what to do. I hope that it will be thought advisable to secure this property for sanitarium purposes. Perhaps it would be well for you to communicate with Brother Henry W. Kellogg in regard to the matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 1)
When properties so suitable for sanitarium work, in places where we desire to build up our medical missionary work, are offered to us for much less than their original cost, we should regard such offers as providential. The Lord has manifestly prepared the way for us at San Diego.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 2)
I am so situated that for some months to come I shall be unable to advance anything to help purchase this place. Scarcely anything has come in from the sale of my books, and about all that I have with which to meet my running expenses is the fifty dollars a month that I receive from the General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 3)
If I could, I would sell my place in Healdsburg, but as yet I have had no opportunity to do so. I am not worrying over my inability to help the brethren at San Diego, because I know that my heavenly Father knows how I am in every possible way trying to advance the work in new fields.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 4)
When money does not come in from the sale of my books, I do not have sufficient to pay my workers. Because our brethren do not walk in the counsel of the Lord, much of my time must be devoted to the writing of letters. We have had much of this to do since coming to America. As a result, the preparation of my writings for publication has been delayed. Many of the testimonies have not been issued in a form for general circulation, having been sent only to the ministers and other workers. But I am not discouraged over financial matters. When it seems best for me to sell my present home, I will do so cheerfully. I have been able to hire money at a low rate of interest with which to lift the mortgage on it. The bank offered me money at eight percent, but I secured a loan from my brethren at four percent.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 5)
I now wish to know whether you intend to take any steps toward the purchase of the Paradise Valley property. I am greatly surprised that the terms are so favorable—only eight thousand dollars. Can you not write something to the brethren there at once in regard to what you think should be done? I do not desire to have them continually writing to me; for I can say no more than I have said; and money I have not. If Brother H. W. Kellogg would buy this place for us, and wait a little while for the money, I think we could raise the means and return it to him. Just now, other matters seem to demand our first attention. The burning of the Review and Herald office leaves the leading brethren in perplexity as to what should be done next.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 6)
Have you found a place yet for holding the General Conference? Many have asked me in reference to this, but I have not heard anything definite.
(18LtMs, Lt 13, 1903, 7)
Lt 14, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 13, 1903 Previously unpublished. Mr. Henry W. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
I have received several letters from Dr. T. S. Whitelock in regard to the Potts’ sanitarium property in Paradise Valley, a few miles south of San Diego. He knows my mind fully—that to purchase this property would be a wise move.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 1)
Dr. Whitelock writes that they are doing as good a business in the San Diego treatment rooms as is possible in the limited quarters they have at present. In a letter I received two or three days ago from him, a copy of which I am enclosing to you, he states that the Paradise Valley property is now offered on still more favorable terms than it has been offered heretofore. We can now secure it for eight thousand dollars, as you will learn by reading his letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 2)
I think it would be a great mistake for us to overlook the providence of God that has placed so valuable a property within our reach. If I could, I would heartily share the financial burden of buying this place; but for months I have received almost nothing from the sale of my books. About all the income I have now is the fifty dollars a month sent me by the General Conference. I have workers that must be paid. Occasionally I have an opportunity to borrow a little money, which I use in partially paying my workers and in preparing new books. But I am handicapped for lack of means and have nothing to advance on the purchase price of the Potts’ sanitarium property.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 3)
Brother Kellogg, if you would help us pass through this narrow place by securing this property for yourself and for us, I fully believe that it would be the right thing for you to do. I am sending to you a copy of a letter I have just written to Elder W. T. Knox.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 4)
I regard as a great favor the efforts of the agent to induce the owners of this property to make to our people so low an offer. I am feeling so thoroughly worn out by the burdens brought upon us by our brethren who view matters from a wrong standpoint, that I cannot write you much in regard to this offer; but it is resting on my mind, and therefore I write these few lines to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 5)
If you could advance something to help buy this place, perhaps we could find others who would be glad to unite with you in raising the amount required.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 6)
I have not slept much the past night. I woke up at one o’clock and could not sleep after three. I was drowsy, but could not fall asleep. In the visions of the night I was laboring with my brethren, encouraging them to buy this property at once. I was saying that there would be no objection to the plan of two or three brethren uniting in buying it, if they were “picked” men, men who would not adopt a “rule or ruin” policy.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 7)
My brother, think this matter over, and drop me a line in regard to what you decide is advisable to do under the circumstances, for this will set my mind at rest.
(18LtMs, Lt 14, 1903, 8)
Lt 15, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 13, 1903 Previously unpublished. Mr. H. W. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
I have already written a short letter to you this morning. I wish to tell you that I can see no hope in looking to any one except you for financial aid in securing the Potts’ sanitarium property near San Diego. I believe that you can devise some way in which to raise the money for obtaining this property at the price it is now offered us. Could not you hire the money of yourself to buy this property? or else hire part of it from some one that you know would be willing to unite with you in this enterprise? I cannot think of anyone excepting yourself. But I think money could be hired in Iowa and Nebraska, and if you decide not to close this bargain yourself, I will at once make an appeal to my brethren and sisters there. If we dally now, our chance may soon be gone.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 1)
The Potts’ sanitarium property is just what we need for a medical institution near San Diego. It is none too far from the city and in many ways is suitable for our work. You have seen it for yourself. At one time it was offered to us for eleven thousand, if we would take it at once. Now, as you can see from Dr. Whitelock’s letter, it is offered for eight thousand—three thousand less than the lowest previous offer. Should we wait any longer? I see no reason whatever why we should wait. We need a sanitarium at San Diego, and here is a building admirably suited for our needs—a building that we may occupy without delay. Can you not devise some plan whereby this property shall be obtained? It is all that we could ask for. I hope you will in some way secure it; for it is so desirable and just what is needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 2)
Light has been given me that we should diligently search for properties that the Lord has prepared for us, properties that we can utilize at once without investing a large amount of money. Think what the Sanitarium in Boulder cost—more than eighty thousand dollars! Here is a building offered us for eight thousand—a building not so fanciful and showy as is the Boulder Sanitarium, but in many respects much more valuable.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 3)
If you can possibly arrange to do so, I hope you will purchase this property. I will interest myself to see that others become interested. In Australia I had to push every step of the way in order to advance; and it seems as if I shall have to do so in California.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 4)
I think that after having written these letters to you, my mind may be at rest. I know not where Elders Knox and A. T. Jones are. My son W. C. White will not be here before the last of January.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 5)
I do not think that the proposition to rent the building would relieve the situation; for the owners have come to a point where they are compelled to offer the place at one half the price they offered it to us while we where there, which was $16,000. The agent is doing his best in our behalf. At the price they now offer to sell for, they will not wait long.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 6)
But I will not write more now. I think that I have written sufficient to lay the situation before you.
(18LtMs, Lt 15, 1903, 7)
Lt 16, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 163; 1MR 40-41, 58-59; 7MR 401; BTS 06/1903, 07/1903. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have begun letter after letter to you, but every time something has pressed in that demanded immediate attention; and this made it necessary for me to lay aside your letter, which would always become lost among many other manuscripts.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 1)
My mind has been burdened over the matter of writing on Old Testament History. I am troubled to see my brethren and sisters bringing into the daily life so little Bible truth. I tell my dear friends that in order for us to be overcomers, we must realize that there is a battle to be fought. We rejoice to know that through the strengthening power of God’s grace we are sure to win. God is stronger than all the powers of the fallen foe.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 2)
The apostle Paul says: “And now abideth faith, hope, and charity (love).” In all our words and acts these three Christian graces are to be interwoven. “The greatest of these is love.” [1 Corinthians 13:13.] If we will cultivate Christlike love, we can have this grace in large measure.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 3)
The early Christian church left their first love. To John on the Isle of Patmos was given the message: “Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 4)
As members of God’s remnant church, we must pray with firm faith for the gift of the grace of love. Love is the fulfilling of the law and is manifested altogether too little among those upon whom has been shining great light. Genuine religion is life and light to every believer.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 5)
The Christian graces are given not as ornaments to win admiration, but as talents to be used in accomplishing a work for God. We are to heed the words of Paul, “Quit you like men, be strong.” [1 Corinthians 16:13.] “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God: praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 6)
If it were impossible for us to meet these requirements, they would never have been given. In divine grace there is a wonderful power. It can subdue the outbursts of passion in professing believers.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 7)
No one should ever permit his mind to get into such a state that he will speak words prompted by Satan. To accuse the brethren, to discourage them in their work, is to personify Satan and to be his helping hand by putting into the minds of others the evil leaven of criticism, as leaven is put into meal. This evil leaven, so thoughtlessly introduced, leavens the whole lump. The apostle Paul says: “Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord: looking diligently, lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” [Hebrews 12:14, 15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 8)
How long will those who claim to be Christians tolerate the evil of listening to the criticisms of their brethren and in turn communicate these criticisms to others, thus strengthening one another in an evil work? How long will they question the good work that is being done by a few and stand in the way as hindrances? To clear the pathway of the accumulated rubbish placed there by accusers of the brethren takes precious time and robs faithful workers of their strength and hope and faith. God’s work can be carried on among unbelievers with far greater success than among those who, like the Pharisees, desire to have all things shaped and carried on in accordance with their ideas and preferences.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 9)
Plain, definite instruction has been given us. When the disciples came to Jesus, saying, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?”“Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.” [Matthew 18:1-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 10)
Again: “Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven.” [Verses 15-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 11)
If this instruction is not heeded because we choose to disobey, doing the very opposite of that which Christ has told us to do, how will it be with us in our religious life? We shall be found communicating to one another the faults of our brethren in the church, and these evil reports will spread. Thus evil surmisings and suspicions of dishonesty will be passed from lip to lip, notwithstanding the plain directions given by Christ not to sow the seeds of evil by speaking evil of our brethren. Those who pursue a course contrary to this instruction are creating within their own hearts the evils that they condemn in others, and thus are themselves brought under condemnation. The Bible plan of avoiding and remedying difficulties among brethren is the only safe plan. Christ is grieved to see some disregarding this instruction, following their own plans—plans opposed to His. When those who claim to be Christians work in harmony with divine instruction, there will be far less evil surmising and evil speaking in the church.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 12)
Brother and Sister Haskell, dwell upon the lessons that Christ dwelt upon. Present them to the people as He presented them. Dwell upon questions that concern our eternal welfare. Anything that the enemy can devise to divert the mind from God’s Word, anything new and strange that he can originate to create a diversity of sentiment, he will introduce as something wonderfully important. But those things that we cannot clearly comprehend are not a tenth as important to us as are the truths of God’s Word that we can clearly comprehend and bring into our daily life. We are to teach the people the lessons that Christ brought into His teachings from the Old Testament Scriptures. The language of divine truth is exceedingly plain.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 13)
Christ sent His angel from heaven to teach John the Revelator in regard to the message that must be understood by us—a message of warning that concerns all who live in the last days of this earth’s history. We are to study the testing message given for this time. John declares: “The temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament.” [Revelation 11:19.] This ark contains God’s law, the ten commandments. A knowledge of this law is of great consequence to all who have light and to all who minister in word and doctrine.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 14)
Christ desires every minister, every one who lives by faith in Him, to realize that upon him there rests a sacred responsibility. To all who have enlisted in God’s service is given the gospel commission to carry to all nations a knowledge of the truth for this time. To inspire us with confidence, God has preserved for us a record of the giving of this commission. After His resurrection, Jesus spake unto His disciples, saying, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 15)
Brother and Sister Haskell, we must not permit ourselves to be taken unawares. Satan has come down with great power and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to work against the advancement of the truth. Every soul who believes the truth and who has had great light should be on guard, lest he be enlisted in Satan’s army of workers. The enemy will strive to cause believers to search out matters of minor importance and to dwell at length upon these matters in committee meetings and council meeting. But by turning their attention to questions of so little consequence, the brethren hinder the work instead of advancing it. We are to proclaim the third angel’s message to a perishing world, and we are not to permit our minds to become diverted by minutiae that practically amount to nothing. If our brethren would consider the important matters pertaining to eternal life and eternal death, many of the smaller matters that they desire so much to adjust, would adjust themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 16)
The Lord calls upon His ministering servants to proclaim the message of truth, dwelling upon those things that are of great importance. When Jesus shall lead us by the side of the living waters flowing from God’s throne, He will explain to us many of the mysteries of the Bible that we cannot now comprehend. He is the Great Teacher of His Word, which cannot be fully understood in this life, but which in the future life will be clothed with the brightness of the light of clear understanding.
(18LtMs, Lt 16, 1903, 17)
Lt 17, 1903
Arthur, Judge Jesse “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 14, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 120-128. + Judge Jesse Arthur My dear brother in Christ,—
I received your letter today and after reading it wished very much that I could be with you and talk with you.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 1)
My nephew Frank Belden has written me several letters regarding matters in Battle Creek, but these letters I have not read, for his own sake, and for the sake of those who, when I send the reproofs that God gives, are liable to be tempted to think and say, “Somebody has told her or written to her.” I shall not read these letters of Frank Belden’s now, and perhaps not at all. It is not best. Notwithstanding all the evidence that men have had that the testimonies given me are of God, when their own plans are interrupted and hindered by these testimonies, they say, “Somebody has told her.” The testimonies cannot help those whose faith is of this texture, and I am obliged to lose confidence in them as trustworthy men who will be true to themselves and to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 2)
I know that matters in Battle Creek are in a most precarious condition. For two months recently I suffered great distress of mind. For more than a month I was unable to sleep past twelve o’clock, excepting once or twice. At a council held at my house here, I spoke words which gave liberty for certain things to be done in a certain place. I was reproved by the Lord. For three nights in succession scenes were presented before me in which I saw what the result would be of following the plans of men instead of the plans of God. A horror of great darkness came upon me. As soon as possible I wrote a letter saying that I had been wrong in sanctioning these plans, that God did not endorse them.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 3)
In one of the scenes presented to me, I saw a sword of fire stretched out over Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 4)
But the terrible burden that came upon me at that time was taken away. The next news I heard was that the Review and Herald Publishing House had been destroyed by fire.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 5)
I am sure that nothing in regard to Review and Herald matters will be decided until the next General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 6)
I do not now expect to attend the General Conference. I should not dare to go; for I am very much worn with the responsibilities that I have been carrying since the Fresno camp-meeting. It is like this: When I stand before congregations of our people, I feel very intensely, because I understand the peril of those who as blind men have followed their own counsel. Were I to go to the Conference, I should be compelled to take positions that would cut some to the quick. It greatly hurts me to do this, and it is a long time before I recover from the strain that such an experience brings on me. When the Lord bids me speak, I am obliged to lay aside my own inclinations, and bear the testimony that He sends, whether men will hear or whether they will forbear, whether they are pleased or displeased.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 7)
You, my brother, know but little by personal experience of me and the work that the Lord has given me. But some of those who know of my experience, and who have had all the evidence that the Lord will ever give them, evade the truth when the straight testimony comes to rebuke some of their plans. They say, “Someone has told Sister White.” I cannot place any dependence on the faith of such ones in the Lord’s word. When all is in their favor, they may appear to believe. But when the Lord in His mercy shows them that their course is not in accordance with truth and righteousness, when their plans are interfered with, they give way to unbelief, showing that they have no real confidence in the word of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 8)
I am glad that you could be with us in the meetings held when you were at St. Helena, because you have had little opportunity to learn of the character of the work that the Lord gave me when I was but sixteen years old, work which ever since He has sustained me in doing. I know that the Lord gave me the words to speak that you heard when you were here. His power and grace sustained me. His power was with me all the way through the last General Conference, and had the men in responsibility felt one quarter of the burden that rested on me, there would have been heartfelt confession and repentance. A work would have been done by the Holy Spirit such as has never yet been seen in Battle Creek. Those who at that time heard my message, and refused to humble their hearts before God, are without excuse. No greater proof will ever come to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 9)
The result of the last General Conference has been the greatest, the most terrible sorrow of my life. No change was made. The spirit that should have been brought into the whole work as the result of that meeting was not brought in because men did not receive the testimonies of the Spirit of God. As they went to their several fields of labor, they did not walk in the light that the Lord had flashed upon their pathway, but carried into their work the wrong principles that had been prevailing in the work at Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 10)
The Lord has marked every movement made by the leading men in our institutions and conferences. It is a perilous thing to reject the light that God sends. To Chorazin and Bethsaida heaven’s richest blessings had been freely offered. Day after day the Prince of life had gone in and out among them. The glory of God, which prophets and kings had longed to see, had shone upon them. But they refused the heavenly Gift, and of them the Saviour said:
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 11)
“Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted to heaven, shalt be thrust down to hell.” [Luke 10:13-15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 12)
So today, upon those who have had light and evidence, but who have refused to heed the Lord’s warnings and entreaties, heaven’s woe is pronounced.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 13)
The Lord bore long with the perversity of Israel, but the time came when the people passed the boundaries, and fearful punishment fell upon those who, having had great light, refused to repent and be converted, that Christ should heal them.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 14)
Brother Arthur, I feel the most tender interest in you and in your connection with the Seventh-day Adventists. I am aware that you have seen among our people many things of an objectionable nature. You have seen them cherishing that which, considering the sacredness of their faith, they should not tolerate. The Lord Jesus looks upon you very tenderly, with great compassion and love. There is a narrow path for you to travel and a strait gate for you to pass through. And One is your Leader, even Christ. Remember always that He is acquainted with every temptation that comes to you. Ever trust Him and ever follow Him in meekness and humility. He is able to do as He has promised. “Behold the Lamb of God,” John said, “which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 15)
My brother, when you were in St. Helena, plain evidence was given you that the message of the Lord came at that time to His people. Then will you not hold fast to the truth, and believe the word of the Lord, whatever others may say or do to counterwork that which the Lord has declared to be His will?
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 16)
As I prayed for you in your home at Battle Creek, did you not have evidence that the Lord heard my prayer? I know that Jesus came into the room where we were. I know that He took away my weariness. It was no small suffering that I was trying to brace myself to bear. In the strength of the blessing then received, I traveled more than three thousand miles, speaking twenty-three times during the twenty-three days of my journey, sometimes speaking twice a day and sometimes three times.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 17)
I know that at that time blessing came to you in a healing current. I know that the Lord blessed and healed us both. You cannot have forgotten this experience. Was it not an assurance that the Lord was with His servant?
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 18)
My brother, your part is to cleave to the Lord. Do not be afraid to acknowledge His goodness and His love. Give to Him all the praise and glory. Remember that in these days of peril and unbelief and skepticism your safety depends on believing in and trusting Christ as a personal Saviour. The experience you are to gain is to strengthen you in the faith. You have had a decided experience. You gave yourself to the Lord to be led and guided by Him. Cleave to Christ as a personal Saviour. Hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end. With the dear family who believes with you, live for God, and you will all win a crown of immortal life. Never lose eternity out of your reckoning, and trust the Lord implicitly.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 19)
The injunction to cleave to the Lord will be precious to us if we will understand and obey it. Trust constantly in God. Have unswerving faith in Him because of the unmistakable evidence given you of His love and power. Never does one stretch out his arms in faith to the Saviour, but there are placed around and underneath him the everlasting arms, and he is comforted and sustained.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 20)
My brother and sister, lean your whole weight on Christ. He will bear you up. Fortify your children by wise instruction and by steady advancement in spirituality. Let them see that you have firm faith in the truth and a genuine love for Him who bears you up in His arms. Christ is your life, your light, your crown of rejoicing. His Spirit, striving with you, daily gives you a fresh and constantly growing experience in the knowledge of God and of Christ. Daily you learn lessons that keep you clinging so closely to the Life-giver that no power can shake you off.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 21)
My brother, you can be a great help by speaking words in season to the feeblest of God’s children, the poor and needy, and not to these only, but to those in the higher classes. We are liable to forget how some of this class long for some assurance, some spiritual hope.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 22)
Love is the connecting link between your heart and the heart of Christ. We love Him because He first loved us. Repeat often to your children the lessons of the Saviour. Christ holds you as a family in His arms of love. From Him your heart received the life-current. Let it be seen that this is actually a part of your daily experience. Spasmodic impulses are not reliable. Christ’s work has in it good reason and wise method. Do not allow your hope in Him to be affected by circumstances. Educate yourself to persevere in receiving grace from Him and imparting it to others. Thus you can exert a strong influence for good. You can be a great blessing if you will obtain the rich treasures of grace, and give them to others, speaking wise, appropriate words, leading, drawing souls to Christ, teaching them to love and appreciate Him whose they are by creation and by redemption. Lay up treasure beside the throne of God by bringing souls to Christ. This is the work that the Saviour values. Those who faithfully do this work will one day sit with Him on His throne.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 23)
What a good work we may do if we cleave earnestly to the Lord. My brother, fasten your heart to the heart of Christ. Teach your dear ones to love Jesus. In simple words tell them of His love. O how many there are who need to be taught to love Jesus. How many there are who need to be helped by words spoken in season, who are longing for something that will bring to an end the monotony of their aimless lives, but who fear to speak of their longing. Go to them with a heart overflowing with love and sympathy. In helping them, great blessing will come to you. Simply and earnestly tell them of your experience. Simplicity of godliness means much.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 24)
We are to cultivate a keen appetite for righteousness. God’s Word declares, “Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled.” [Matthew 5:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 25)
Now a few words on another subject. My brother, you need not afflict your soul with regard to your future work. Hide self in Christ. Do not worry. The storm will come, but Christ is at the helm. The ship is not left to the guidance of inexperienced hands. Your help will be needed in the work of reconstruction to be done in the future. I pray that you may be weighted with the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 26)
“Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for He is faithful that promised;) and let us consider one another to provoke to love and to good works; not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another; and so much the more as ye see the day approaching.” [Hebrews 10:23-25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 27)
May the Lord help us to hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering. And may He help us to provoke one another to love and to good works. It is the unselfish love and compassion that we manifest, the tender interest that we show, that provokes to love and to good works. And these efforts bear fruit to the glory of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 28)
Rest your soul on the Lord. Be assured that Jesus has a care for you and for your family. He knows the end from the beginning. He thought of us before we thought of Him. His heart is stirred with divine compassion for all who need His words of encouragement and hope. His love for us was fully manifested in the sacrifice that He made to redeem us. He gave His life as a ransom for sinners. He so loved the lost race that He died for them. Those who are walking in His footsteps will, by tender compassion and unselfish interest, provoke one another to love and to good works.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 29)
Satan strives to bring into the church envy, suspicion, and evil surmisings. We are hoping and praying that the church may be purged from this evil and that the compassion of Christ may be kindled in every heart. Christ has left us an example, that we should follow in His steps. He always drew near to the most needy, the most hopeless, and, attracted by His sympathy, they came close to Him. He assures every suffering, needy, sinful soul that he will never want for a great Physician to give him spiritual help. We stand too far away from suffering humanity. Let us draw nearer to Christ, that our souls may be filled with His grace, and with a desire to give this grace to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 30)
My brother, look to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. Leave yourself in His hands. He is your hope, your crown of rejoicing.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 31)
In much love to you and your wife, and to your children, whom I love, and in whom I have a deep interest,
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 32)
Yours in the Master’s service.
(18LtMs, Lt 17, 1903, 33)
Lt 18, 1903
Brn-Srs. in America “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 23, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in MMis 01/1903. My dear brethren and sisters in America,—
I have received letters from several of the leading workers in regard to a property in England which is well adapted for a sanitarium, and which may now be purchased for a very reasonable sum. Light was given me that such properties would be brought to the notice of our people, and that they should look upon it as a special providence to be able to purchase at far less than their original cost places in which work can be begun without delay.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 1)
The Lord has many times presented to me the necessities of England, Ireland, and other parts of the European field. These places need means for the advancement of the Lord’s cause. Will you aid in the good work of establishing a sanitarium in England? Will you give of the means the Lord has entrusted to you to help to advance this enterprise? I am heart and soul in harmony with this enterprise, and I ask you, my brethren and sisters, to co-operate with us and with the Lord by giving what you can for the establishment of an institution that will be a great blessing to the people of England. Invest the Lord’s money in this enterprise. You will find that it will bring rich returns.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 2)
All that you possess is the Lord’s property, His lent treasure. He now calls for part of it to help to advance His work in England. I pray that God will give you liberal hearts, that you may be led to open your hands and give freely of your means. As a people standing distinct and separate from the world, you are, by your imitation of Christ’s self-denial and sacrifice, to give evidence to the world of the power of the truth to transform and sanctify the character and to cleanse the heart from selfishness. When you joined the church of God, you placed yourself under the laws and principles of a higher world. You took your place in the divine theocracy, under an Authority higher than any earthly authority. You pledged yourself to unite with the great Medical Missionary and to labor in co-operation with Him. You are to do all that you can in His service, working to the utmost of your ability. Whenever the Lord brings destitute fields to your notice, and gives you opportunity to help, you are never to neglect the opportunity.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 3)
Heed the call that now comes to you. Your usefulness and helpfulness in this case will depend on the distinctness of the line of demarcation that separates you from the vanity and selfishness of the world. Give back to the Lord His own, and thus acknowledge that a Supreme Will controls your will, filling you with the self-sacrificing spirit of Christ. Do this heartily, as unto the Lord. Do we not believe that the end of all things is at hand; and should we not, therefore, hold our possessions subject to the Lord’s order?
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 4)
We are never to give unwillingly. We are to show to the heavenly universe and to the world that we are willing to make any sacrifice for Christ’s sake. We are to be imparters as well as receivers of His precious gifts. By following the example of Him who gave Himself without reserve to save a perishing world, we are silently to condemn the selfishness and covetousness of the world. Thus we proclaim that we are under the absolute control of a Power higher than human responsibility, even a Supreme Will. Thus, too, we show that we are co-operating with the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 5)
In no way can the mission and work of the Great Teacher be better represented than by the establishment of sanitariums in places where there are no such institutions. By the erection of sanitariums and houses of worship, we extend the triumphs of the cross.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 6)
As the calls for help shall come, may the Lord help us to remember that by self-sacrifice in the daily life, by a careful expenditure of His money, we are enabled to help His work in times of emergency. Your acts of helpfulness at times when help is so much needed are an evidence that you are building with the Lord Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 7)
Keep in view the nobler world by revealing the self-denial and self-sacrifice of Him who gave His life that He might take away the sin of the world. Oh, in a work of self-denial and self-sacrifice, men and women can stand, as if within the open portals of the city of God, surveying the glory within, and saying, “Come; for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 8)
“I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 9)
This is our message. And for the proclamation of this message we must have facilities. My brethren and sisters, you must impart if you would continue to receive the gifts of God. Arouse, and heed the call for help that comes from England. Give all that you can, and the Lord will bless you in giving.
(18LtMs, Lt 18, 1903, 10)
Lt 19, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 23, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Daniells,—
Your letter was received a few days ago. For several reasons I decided not to reply and had written you to this effect, but will not send the letter now.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 1)
Dr. Kellogg has just telegraphed me to write something in regard to raising means for the purchase of a sanitarium property in England. When I received the message, I said to myself decidedly, “No, I have done enough begging; and, besides, I do not feel well enough to write now.” But a voice seemed to speak to me, “Take your pen, and write. I will help you.” I obeyed, and wrote an urgent appeal for means to establish a medical institution in England. I am now having this appeal copied, and will send a copy to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 2)
I have also just written something in regard to the way in which our cities in America have been passed by and neglected—cities in which the truth has not been proclaimed. The message must be given to the thousands of foreigners living in these cities in the home field.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 3)
I have not admired your wisdom nor the wisdom of those who have so little burden to take up the work that the Lord has for years been keeping before me—the work of giving the message of present truth in the Southern states. Few have felt that upon them rested the responsibility of taking hold of this work. Our people have failed to enter new territory and to work the cities in the South. Over and over again the Lord has presented the needs of this field, without any special results. And when I passed through my recent experiences in connection with the Southern work, I felt as if I could no longer bear the burden of this work. I thought that if men would continue to do as they had done, I would let matters drift, and let those who have so much confidence in their own plans go on as they chose to go. I intended merely to pray that the Lord would have mercy upon the ignorant and those who are out of the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 4)
But the Lord has a controversy with our ministers and people, and I must speak, placing upon them the burden of the Southern work, and of the cities of our land. Who feels heavily burdened to see the message proclaimed in Greater New York and in the many other cities as yet unworked? All the means that can be gathered up is not to be sent from America to distant lands, while there exists in the home field a dearth of means and of laborers. Much remains to be done within the shadow of our doors—in the cities of California, New York, and many other states. I am sick at heart, but I will say no more upon this point; for I fear that if I were to write more, it could not be copied in time for the mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 5)
Yesterday the question as to where the General Conference should be held was brought before me, and an urgent petition was made that it be held in Healdsburg. The Healdsburg church say that they will entertain the delegates free of charge, and they are very anxious that the meeting be held there. I did not know till recently that they thought they would be able to entertain the delegates; but they say that they can do this, and they wish me to use my influence to have the meeting held there.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 6)
Seeing that the church is willing to entertain the delegates free of charge, would it not be better to hold the Conference in Healdsburg instead of in Oakland? The meeting will not be as large as the last General Conference, and I think that perhaps Healdsburg would be a more favorable place than Oakland. But I merely present the earnest petition of the Healdsburg church, as I was requested to tell you of their great desire that the meeting be held in that place.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 7)
For myself, I have little to say about where the Conference should be held; for it is a question with me whether I shall attend at all. I have been and I am still carrying very heavy burdens, and I want no more. My soul is sick and discouraged at the outlook.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 8)
I will say no more. Only I cannot see why, since Healdsburg pleads so hard for the Conference, it cannot be held there. I know that it would be very difficult to find accommodation for all the delegates in Oakland; for every nook and corner seems to be filled.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 9)
Please understand that in referring to this matter, I am speaking for others, not for myself; for I do not expect to attend the Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 19, 1903, 10)
Lt 20, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in HP 179; 7ABC 468-469; 7MR 123-124. Dear brother and sister Kress,—
I will try to write you a few lines this evening. The question has been raised as to whether Dr. Kress should attend the coming General Conference. This meeting will be but a small one, and I cannot see any light in our brother’s taking so long a journey at this time. The Wahroonga Sanitarium will need him; indeed I cannot see how he can be spared from the work there. As much as I should like to see many of the workers from Australia, I cannot say to them, Drop your work, and come to Conference. Dr. Kress is needed at the Sanitarium. Brother and Sister Burden are needed there also. I think that if Brother Irwin and Brother Salisbury come, Australia will be well represented.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 1)
With regard to the sanitarium work, my advice is that Brother Burden be chosen as manager of the institution. He should not be loaded down with the burden of the health food work. And with regard to the question as to where the health foods should be manufactured, let this be done at Avondale, as it has been in the past, until you have unmistakable evidence that a change will be for the best.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 2)
I wish to tell you, my dear friends, that the work here in America is to be greatly enlarged. So many times there is presented before me the work which ought to have been done in America, but which has not been done, that my soul is very heavily burdened. City after city should have been worked, and if this had been faithfully done, there would have been brought into the truth those who could have gone forth to win other souls to Christ. In every city there should be memorials for God. But the way in which the work has been managed has resulted in a depleted treasury. The lack of effort to plant the standard of truth in the cities of America has brought about a condition of things in which the consuming is larger than the producing; and how the work shall now be carried forward is a difficult problem.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 3)
The field is all ripe for the harvest, but there is no money in the treasury. Calls are coming from Europe for means to advance the work there. From England comes an urgent call for money to help to purchase a building for sanitarium work. We know not how to answer these calls. Unless the work in America is managed in a way different from the way in which it has been managed in the past, we cannot possibly send means in response to the calls for help.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 4)
Oh, my heart aches as there is presented before me the work that might have been done in many places, but which has not been done, because the doing of it demanded money that the treasury could not furnish. And more than this: many of those who claim to believe the truth are merely nominal believers. Their faith will not stand test and trial; unless they are reconverted, they will fall under the deceptions of these last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 5)
God’s people require a deeper, more thorough teaching than man can give. Every church member must learn to work. Every one must learn to stand in his lot and place as a burden-bearer. This all must do before they can be rooted and grounded in the truth. There must be cherished in the heart the fixed conviction that the truth for this time is a life-and-death question, not merely a round of ceremonies. We must be filled with a determined purpose to receive power from the Source of all power, that we may impart it to others. Christ must dwell in our hearts by faith. His life must circulate through us, just as the blood circulates through the body as a vitalizing current.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 6)
An occasional glance at God’s Word is not enough. The Word must be planted in the heart, that it may bring forth fruit unto life eternal. Truth abiding in the soul will spread outward, covering with the beauty of holiness the life of the child of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 7)
There is absolutely no safeguard against evil but truth. No man can stand firm for right in whose heart the truth does not abide. There is only one power that can make and keep us steadfast—the power of God, imparted to us through the grace of Christ. Self must be conquered by the truth, else Satan will be victorious.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 8)
It is the humble, patient, Godlike worker who will have something to show for his labors. It is not the man himself that makes the doing of the work acceptable to God. It is his earnest efforts to work out the will of God, which he has studied and intelligently accepted as his authority.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 9)
What is the ransom that was paid to preserve, in the deliverance of the transgressor, the honor of Eternal Justice? An infinite sacrifice, even the precious blood of the Son of God. To save the race from ruin, Christ became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. “Ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation, received by tradition from your fathers; but with the precious blood of Christ; as of a lamb without blemish and without spot; who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you, who by Him do believe in God, that raised Him up from the dead, and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.” [1 Peter 1:18-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 10)
What right has Christ to take the captives out of Satan’s hands? The right of having made a sacrifice that satisfies the principles of justice by which the kingdom of heaven is governed. On the cross of Calvary He paid the redemption price of the race. And thus He gained the right to rescue the captives from the grasp of the great deceiver who, by a lie framed against the government of God, caused the fall of man [] who thus forfeited all claim to be called a loyal subject of God’s kingdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 11)
Satan refused to let his captives go. He held them as his subjects because of their belief of his lie. He had thus become their jailor. But he had no right to demand that a price be paid for them; because he had not obtained possession of them by lawful conquest, but under false pretenses.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 12)
God, being the creditor, had a right to make any provision for the redemption of human beings. Justice demanded that a certain price be paid. The Son of God was the only One who could pay this price. He volunteered to come to this earth and pass over the ground where Adam fell. He came as the redeemer of the lost race to conquer the wily foe, and by His steadfast allegiance to right to save all who should accept Him as their Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 13)
“In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.”“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:1-4, 14, 16, 12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 14)
“Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an example that we should follow in His steps: who did no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth; who, when He was reviled, reviled not again; when He suffered, he threatened not; but committed Himself to Him that judgeth righteously; who His own self bore our sins in His own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness; by whose stripes ye were healed.” [1 Peter 2:21-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 15)
“God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them, and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation. Now then we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us; we pray you in Christ’s stead, be ye reconciled to God. For He hath made Him to be sin for us who knew no sin, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.” [2 Corinthians 5:19-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 16)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 17)
“I have made a covenant with My chosen, I have sworn unto David My servant, Thy seed will I establish forever and build up Thy throne to all generations.” [Psalm 89:3, 4.] God entered into a covenant to deliver the beings He had created. In this covenant both heaven and earth are concerned.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 18)
After all that has been done for the race, how, think you, does God look upon the world? How does He regard the beings whose salvation from irretrievable ruin cost Himself and His only begotten Son so much? Will those who have learned of the great price paid for their salvation, and who claim to have received Christ as their Saviour, pass by with indifference those who are perishing without God and without hope? This is the word that comes to the people of God today, “Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited.” [Isaiah 54:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 19)
A word further in regard to your work in the Sanitarium. You will probably have to begin small. In all financial matters, economy will have to be the rule. The work will be uphill work, but God will bless you as you strive to make the institution what He desires it to be. Remember that it is to save the souls as well as the bodies of men and women, that at the cost of great sacrifice and much taxing labor, sanitariums are established.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 20)
You may have to brave the unbelief of men and women who have become hardened in guilt. Be merciful; but never lower the standard one inch. In word and example show the tempted ones how to obtain the victory over sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 21)
I would warn you again, Dr. Kress, not to come to America without plain evidence that it is your duty to do this. I know that you are needed where you are.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 22)
May the Lord bless you and your wife and sanctify you to His service, and may He help you to walk and work in humble faith, with thankful, contrite hearts, is the prayer of
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 23)
Your sister in Christ Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 20, 1903, 24)
Lt 21, 1903
Those Who Chose Australia as Their Field of Labor “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 26, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 116; 1MR 18-19; 6MR 67; BTS 11/1909. To Those Who at the Last General Conference Chose Australia as Their Field of Labor Dear Brethren,—
I wish to speak to you as God’s messenger. Some things have been presented to me in regard to your relation to the laborers already in the field when you reached there. Matters have been presented to me in figures and symbols, and I must say to you, “Ye do err, not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God.” [Matthew 22:29.] You are in danger of looking upon yourselves as superior to those who were in the field when you reached there. Do not yield to this inclination. I thank the Lord that He raised up these faithful men to labor with us. True, their work has in some respects been imperfect, but so also has yours. They have been ready to receive counsel and have ever tried to harmonize with their fellow workers. We highly appreciate these laborers. We have been with them in hard places. Together we have lifted the responsibilities that must be borne in a new field. And when after the last General Conference you were sent to Australia, we were glad to think that these workers were to have so much help. You did not go to labor for those who already knew the truth, but to unite with the workers in aggressive warfare in proclaiming the truth in new places.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 1)
Our church members are to be educated to depend on themselves, not on the ministers. They are to be taught to work in such a way in the neighborhood in which they live that prejudice will be removed, and souls will be won to Christ. The churches are to receive some help, but the burden of your work is not to be for them. It is not your place to listen to those church members who tell who their favorite minister is, and why they do not like such and such an one. Those who talk thus dishonor Christ in the person of His delegated ministers. Be careful not to encourage church members to give expression to these foolish preferences.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 2)
I thank my heavenly Father that though all men have not the same traits of character, they may all be worked by the same Spirit, even the Spirit of Him who is the Head of the church, and who in heaven teaches the angels how to minister to the members of His church on earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 3)
Jesus is ministering in the heavenly sanctuary, but He is with His workers also; for He declares, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] He is the spiritual Director of His church on earth, and He longs to see the members filled with a determination to labor harmoniously for the advancement of His kingdom. He has raised up a succession of workers who derive their authority from Him, the great Teacher. He has chosen for His work men of varied talents and varied capabilities. Some of these might not be the men you would choose, but you will pass through an experience that will lead you to see that God exalts men whom you would regard as inferior to yourselves. When the judgment shall sit, and the books are opened, many will be surprised by God’s estimate of character. They will realize that God sees not as man sees, that He judges not as human beings judge. He reads the heart. He knows the motives that prompt to action, and He recognizes and commends every faithful effort put forth for Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 4)
The Lord uses varied gifts in His work. Let no worker think that his gifts are superior to those of another worker. Let God be the judge. He tests and proves His workers, and He places a just estimate on their qualifications. He has placed in the church a variety of gifts to meet the varied wants of the many minds with which His workers are brought in contact.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 5)
The Lord has given to every man his work, and every man is to do the work that the Lord has given him. All have not the same gifts or the same disposition. All need to feel daily the converting power of the Holy Spirit, that they may bear much fruit for the Lord. It is not the one who preaches the gospel that provides the efficiency that makes his efforts successful. It is the Unseen Worker standing behind the minister who brings conviction and conversion to souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 6)
My brethren, you did not go to Australia to supersede the workers already there, but to be their companions in labor. These workers have done pioneer work, preparing the field, and this work has called for much self-sacrifice. They have given themselves without reserve to the Lord’s service. They have united with one another and with God; and He has blessed their faithful efforts. You who have entered into other men’s labors are to be very modest and very kind in your opinion of those who have prepared the way before you. Be courteous to them. Show them all the kindness that you would have them show to you. They are God’s husbandry, God’s building. You who have but lately come to the field are not to set yourselves up as judges of their work. You are all to be laborers together with God. Not one vestige of selfishness or self-exaltation is to be brought into your work.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 7)
You have much to learn. Elder Tenney, Elder Farnsworth, Elder Starr, and other excellent laborers are men to whom I know God has given a treasure of knowledge. These men have their infirmities. Every day they need a fitting up for the great work to which they have been called. But they realize their weakness, and therefore their danger is not as great as the danger of some who have more recently gone to Australia and who know so little of the battles that must be fought in a missionary field.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 8)
I have been instructed to speak words of encouragement to the men who have been fighting the battles that must be fought by the pioneer worker. There were times when the work went very hard, when it was difficult to obtain means, and when, in response to the call, “Add new territory to the Lord’s kingdom,” these workers sacrificed their earnings. The Lord has greatly blessed their faithful efforts and has given them a precious experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 9)
I say to you, my brethren, in the name of the Lord, Be sure that you are worked by the Holy Spirit. The Lord desires you to appreciate your fellow workers. Do not attempt to estimate them by your human measurement. This is not the work given you by God. Labor as wise men, who have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. You know not which shall prosper, this or that. Men may be added to the Lord’s working force who, though they may be regarded as of little worth to you, will be of great value to the Lord’s cause. Strip yourselves of self-exaltation and spiritual pride, and walk humbly with God. Have confidence in those who were in the field before you. Treat them as fellow laborers should be treated. Link up with them, even though you feel that your capabilities are greater than theirs. Remember that God, not man, is the judge of such matters. These men have been receiving counsel from the Lord, and they have followed His instruction. At times they have become confused, but, thank God, this was not for long.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 10)
The Lord loves these men. Their hearts are in His work. They are willing to make any and every sacrifice for the sake of saving souls. God did not call you to Australia to take the place of these self-sacrificing men. No, No! He sent you there to unite with them in enlarging His work, in breaking up new soil. You were to work by their sides; for more laborers were needed in the field. They know more of the field than you do, and you are to go to them for counsel and advice in reference to the work, showing them that it is your sincere desire to strengthen their hands.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 11)
Let all who go to new fields walk humbly with God. They are not to supersede the workers already in the field, but are to stand shoulder to shoulder with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 12)
When a fellow worker inquires about his place of labor, you are not to say, “We shall not need you here or there.” Say, “My brother, go to the Lord. Ask counsel of Him who is too wise to err and too good to leave your petitions unanswered. Then go to the place for which He lays on you a burden.”
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 13)
The Lord calls upon His workers to love as brethren, to be tenderhearted, pitiful, courteous. Read carefully the eighteenth chapter of Matthew, and for your present and eternal good learn the lessons there taught.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 14)
There are those who have to contend against many difficulties and discouragements in their work of preaching the gospel of the grace of God. Remember that a worker is none the less approved of God because he is in trouble. His trouble drives him to God, and He never turns His face from him. Reaching out His hand, He draws him close to His heart of infinite love.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 15)
In Australia and America, and in every part of the world, a straightforward message is to be proclaimed in the power of the Holy Spirit. God says to His workers everywhere, “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] We need to feel the importance of proclaiming the gospel message with earnestness and fervor, not with tame, lifeless utterance. Our testimony is not to be borne in smothered tones. It is to be clear, decided, stirring. The messengers must know the life and power of salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 16)
Ministry means much more than sermonizing. It means earnest, personal effort. And there are many different kinds of work to be done. Those who have gained an experience in God’s service are to take young, inexperienced workers with them into the harvest field, teaching them how to work successfully for the conversion of souls. They are to exhort the church members to qualify themselves for service. Those in the church who are fitted to carry responsibilities are to bear the burdens of the church work, leaving the ministers free to go forth into aggressive labor, taking with them younger men, whom they are to train for active service.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 17)
Each one has his own work. God’s servants are to cherish a strong, unselfish love for their fellow workers, gladly uniting with them. But this does not mean that one worker is to tread in the footsteps of another, imitating his manner of speech, and fashioning his life after his life. This God does not require.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 18)
God calls for evangelists. A true evangelist is a lover of souls. He hunts and fishes for men. Pastors are needed—faithful shepherds—who will not flatter God’s people or treat them harshly, but who will feed them with the bread of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 19)
The work of every faithful laborer lies close to the heart of Him who gave Himself for the redemption of the race.
(18LtMs, Lt 21, 1903, 20)
Lt 22, 1903
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 25, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear brother and sister Starr,—
I should much rather see you than write to you, but you are far away. Sometimes I wish that you were in America, and then again, when I think of the work that there is to be done in Australia, I am glad that you are there. You are the Lord’s evangelist, and He will surely be your comfort and your helper and your guide and your exceeding great reward. Let not your hearts be at all discouraged. I am glad that you have not written to me of any faintheartedness or depressing trials. I hope that you will both be full of comfort and hope and light and joy in the Lord. We shall see much that will cause sadness of heart, but let us not become downcast or discouraged. Let us bend our energies to expel sin from our souls, and then the Spirit of God will enter to work out for us poor, weak, fallible mortals perfection of character.
(18LtMs, Lt 22, 1903, 1)
I have written an article to be read in the churches in Australia and New Zealand. I will send you a copy. Please read it to the church in the place where you may be when this letter reaches you.
(18LtMs, Lt 22, 1903, 2)
Lt 23, 1903
Members of the North Fitzroy Church “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 25, 1903 Previously unpublished. + To the Members of the North Fitzroy Church Dear brethren and sisters,—
I speak to you with my pen because I cannot reach you with my voice across the broad Pacific Ocean. Remember that though you may have excellent qualifications, if the love of God is not the prevailing sentiment in your hearts, you cannot be laborers together with Him; for He is love.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 1)
The Lord desires me to call your attention to the thirteenth chapter of First Corinthians. Read this chapter every day, and from it obtain comfort and strength. Learn from it the value that God places on sanctified, heaven-born love, and let the lesson that it teaches come home to your hearts. Learn that Christlike love is of heavenly birth, and that without it all other qualifications are worthless.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 2)
“If I speak with the tongues of men, and of angels, but have not love,” Paul declares, “I am become sounding brass or a clanging cymbal. And if I have the gift of prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge; and if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing. And if I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and if I give my body to be burned, but have not love, it profiteth me nothing.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 3)
How beautiful the earth was when it came from the Creator’s hand. God presented before the universe a world in which even His all-seeing eye could find no spot or stain, no defect or crookedness. Each part of His creation occupied the place assigned it and answered the purpose for which it was created. Like the parts of some great machine, part fitted to part, and all was in perfect harmony. Peace and holy joy filled the earth. There was no confusion, no clashing. There was no disease to afflict man or beast, and the vegetable kingdom was without taint of corruption. God looked upon the work of His hands wrought out by Christ and pronounced it “very good.” [Genesis 1:31.] He looked upon a perfect world, in which there was no trace of sin, no imperfection.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 4)
But a change came. Satan tempted Adam, and he fell. He who in heaven had become disloyal and had been cast out made lying reports of God to the beings He had created, and they listened to his reports and believed his lie. And sin entered the world, and death by sin. The consequences of our first parents’ disloyalty we now have to meet as we work for God, and until the close of this earth’s history our labors will become more and more trying.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 5)
I entreat the members of our churches not to make the work more trying than it necessarily is by watching one another for a word or an act upon which to comment unfavorably. Let them, if a report is brought to them about someone, make it a rule to do just as Christ has said should be done in such cases. Let them follow the counsel of the great Teacher who gave His life for the life of the world. His directions are plain. “If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.] “Tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” [Matthew 18:15.] Without delay make every effort to heal the wrong that exists. Do not, by speaking unwise words, give the enemy opportunity to arouse suspicion and evil surmising in the mind of your brother. Be determined to do all in your power to make the wrong right. Do not tell to a third person the story of the difficulty. Go directly to the one who has erred, and “tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” Go to him, not to condemn, but to seek for reconciliation, because Christ has told you to love one another as He has loved you.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 6)
Our gifts, our prayers, are not acceptable to God while we leave this duty undone, and let the poison of envy and evil surmising take possession of our souls, to destroy our union and happiness. O, how much unhappiness would be saved, and how many evil thoughts would be quenched, if believers would take up the work that Christ has said must be done to prevent evil speaking. We pray, “Forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.” [Matthew 6:12, 14, 15.] Do we do our part to answer this prayer? We are to make every effort in our power to remove every stumbling block from before the feet of our brother. But too often our prayers are hindered by our pride of heart, by our refusal to confess faults and to remove wrong impressions. Let us remember that our prayers are not acceptable to God while we suffer a fellow worker to misapprehend us. If we are not to blame for the misunderstanding that exists, we can perhaps make an explanation that will remove the misunderstanding. If we are to blame, if we have left a wrong impression on a brother’s mind, we are certainly under obligation to do all in our power to remove this .
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 7)
In the churches in Australia and New Zealand there have been many unwise, talkative ones who through much talking have separated very friends. The churches need to be purged of this element; for where the unruly tongue finds room to do its unholy work, the joy of the Lord cannot abide.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 8)
Let the suspicious ones, who think and speak evil of their brethren, remember that they are doing the devil’s drudgery. Let each member of the church work with earnest determination, and with prayer for help, to cure the diseased member—the tongue. Let everyone feel that it is his duty and privilege to pass over little differences and mistakes without comment. Do not magnify the small mistakes made by some one, but think of the good that is in him. Each time these mistakes are thought of and talked about, they grow larger. A mountain is made out of a molehill. Ill feeling and a lack of confidence are the result.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 9)
To many these words are applicable: “Why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:3-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 10)
So great is the intemperance in speech that much instruction has been given on this subject by the greatest Teacher the world has ever seen. He has given special directions for the discipline of the tongue. Study and obey these directions. Check the unwholesome words that if spoken would create differences and alienation. Speak words that will cement hearts, not estrange them; words that will heal, not wound. When difficulties arise among church members, let them be cleared away before the Sabbath comes. This should be regarded as a Christian duty by every church member. “Let the peace of God rule in your hearts, ... and be ye thankful.” [Colossians 3:15.] Are you troubled and perplexed? Sweep away the rubbish that has been accumulating before the door of the heart, and open the door, inviting Jesus to come in and abide as an honored guest. Bring peace and comfort into your own hearts and the hearts of others. This is most blessed missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 11)
The Lord has instructed me to say, not only to the church in North Fitzroy, but to every church in Australia and New Zealand, Work for perfection. Do nothing that will cause disaffection to spring up in hearts. Do not work for the fallen foe. Strive to overcome your inclination to find fault and condemn. Give no place to him whose delight it is to accuse the brethren. Remember, my beloved brethren and sisters, that you are pleasing and helping Satan by every word you utter that discounts your brother.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 12)
I greatly desire that you shall follow the directions which Christ has laid down. As you do this, He will certainly help you to adjust the difficulties that exist. He will help you not to make dissension by magnifying little mistakes. The light that the Lord has given me is that He will greatly bless the members of the North Fitzroy church if they will not think or speak evil of one another, but go directly to the one they think is in the wrong, and in a kind, compassionate manner point out his mistake. May the Lord help those who have learned to criticize to learn to think no evil and to speak only good words, words of comfort and healing. Then they will rejoice; for they will have evidence that they are laborers together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 13)
Christ loved the church, “and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.” [Ephesians 5:25-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 14)
My brethren and sisters, I beseech you to give diligent heed to these words, because the day of the Lord is right upon us. You have no time to lose. Do not neglect the word of God to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 15)
“We then, as workers together with Him, beseech you that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. (For He saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succoured thee.)” [2 Corinthians 6:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 16)
Will you not, as servants of the most high God, give heed to these words? Will you not respond to God’s mercy and compassion and love toward you by loving one another as Christ has loved you?
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 17)
“Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation. Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed.” [Verses 2, 3.] Remember that when you speak words that disparage one another, the ministry is blamed. The lack of power in the church is charged to the ministry, when often it is directly chargeable to the members, because they do not mix faith with their hearing of the Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 18)
The ministers are to be men of faith, men who give expression to the pure love of God. And the members are to give no offense in anything, “that the ministry be not blamed.” [Verse 3.] No unkind dealing or harsh words are to find a place in their experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 19)
“In all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings.” [Verses 4, 5.] We should be preparing for these things; for they will come. Those who share in Christ’s glory must share in His sufferings.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 20)
“By pureness, by knowledge, by long-suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report; as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, yet possessing all things.” [Verses 6-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 21)
Read these words carefully, and ask yourselves if you have not been leaving undone much that God expects you to do, much that you should do as those who have the light of truth. Will you not be thoroughly converted, that you may shine brightly for the Lord amidst the moral darkness of the world?
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 22)
May the Lord lead every minister and every lay member to turn to Him with full purpose of heart and make diligent work for repentance. Thus only can they obtain the sanctification of the Spirit. How true are the words of Paul: “Ye are not straitened in us, but ye are straitened in your own bowels.” [Verse 12.] Many complain of others because their own hearts are not in unity with the Spirit of God. When self is crucified, Christ will take possession of the soul-temple.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 23)
“Now for a recompense in the same, (I speak as unto my children,) be ye also enlarged.” [Verse 13.] It is narrow, contracted spiritual devising that causes dearth of soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 24)
“Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? and what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? ... for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [Verses 14-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 25)
“Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh, and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.” [2 Corinthians 7:1.] Let every one humble his heart before God, and make a surrender of body, soul, and spirit to Him, that He may give His people His rich grace abundantly. Let the heart be closed against all sin and selfishness. Let us follow the example of Christ. If we fail of doing this, we shall fail of receiving a welcome into the city of God. He who continues to be a transgressor of the law of God, even though he break but one precept, can have no place in the royal family.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 26)
I entreat those who have given so much time to talking of the faults of others to cease this cruel work, and obey the words, “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life.” [Matthew 5:39.] The divine directory, God’s holy Word, is in our hands. Amidst the toil of business and the unceasing activity of daily life, this Word is to be our guide. This Word is appreciated by him who is striving to overcome. It is to him a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 27)
Let the Lord’s people set a perfect example, honoring Christ in every place, in every difficulty following His directions. Then at last a crown of life will be given them, and they will be received into the family of the redeemed.
(18LtMs, Lt 23, 1903, 28)
Lt 24, 1903
Faulkhead, N. D. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Faulkhead,—
I thank the Lord for the mercies and blessings that He bestows on me. I thank Him for the health that He gives me. I am very active for one of my age. I am seventy-five years old, but I can go up and down stairs as quickly as anyone in the house. Often in the early morning, before anyone else is awake, I go downstairs, lamp in hand, and bring up some wood. I build my fire every morning. Clarence Crisler, my faithful helper, sees that my woodbox is kept well supplied with wood, but sometimes I go down to the kitchen for a little light wood.
(18LtMs, Lt 24, 1903, 1)
Since I came to this country, I have not been without trials. The first year we had no fruit. The buds were killed by a late frost. Last year the prune trees yielded abundantly, and we sold the whole crop, about forty tons, to a young man, a neighbor of ours, who bought them for drying. The prunes ripened late, and the rains came early, and many of the prunes spread out on trays in the field were destroyed. The young man failed in business, and my loss, as well as the loss of the others from whom he bought prunes, will be severe.
(18LtMs, Lt 24, 1903, 2)
For the past year I have been closely pressed financially. Very little has come in to me from the sale of my books, and ten pounds a month is all that I have received from the General Conference. I have been obliged to borrow money to meet my running expenses. I hope that soon some money will come to me from Australia. I am in great need of means.
(18LtMs, Lt 24, 1903, 3)
Lt 25, 1903
Faulkhead, N. D. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TMK 128, 196, 202, 210; ML 28. Dear brother Faulkhead,—
Christ demands that those who take His name honor that name in spirit and word and deportment. In thought, word, and deed they are to be Christlike. Those who claim to be Christians and yet do not reveal in the life the virtues of Christ’s character bear witness against the Saviour. They dishonor Him, putting Him to open shame.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 1)
The Lord’s invitation is, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor, and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Those who respond to this invitation realize that they are under obligation to reveal Christ’s character in the daily life. The revelation of His grace in humanity is an evidence of the power of the truth. Those who profess to follow Christ, and yet do not reveal this grace, failing to hold the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end, must know that their profession is a fraud.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 2)
He who claims to be a follower of the meek and lowly Jesus, and who has been placed in a position of trust, is to honor His Master by being in all things what a disciple should be. He is to strive lawfully, never trying to gain advantage for himself; never grasping for the highest wages, because he realizes that if he did this, he would be robbing the treasury of means needed for the support of the work in new fields; never swerving a hair’s breadth from strict loyalty to the commandments of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 3)
A professing Christian cannot descend to the world’s level without dishonoring the religion of Christ and making himself disloyal. Such an one is offensive to God. The Lord cannot own him as His disciple.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 4)
The Christian is to stand on vantage ground, as a laborer together with God. But he is never to exalt himself. He is firmly to refuse the inducements presented by those who have no love for truth and righteousness, but his refusal is to be made in a Christlike spirit, not Pharisaically, with an attitude which says, “Stand aside; I am holier than thou.” [Isaiah 65:5.] He must show that he cannot enter into sin because he is pledged by a most holy profession to honor the Lord Jesus Christ. By precept and example he is to discountenance all departure from Bible principles. But at the same time, by the manifestation of Christlike love, he is to make the religion of Christ attractive. He is to allow no bigotry to be seen in his life, but is to reveal tender compassion for those who have wandered away from Christ. Brother Faulkhead, while you are connected with the Echo office, let your every word and act show that you are governed by the principles laid down in the Word of God. We are nearing the judgment, and we cannot afford to neglect one of the opportunities offered us to improve the capabilities and talents that God has given us.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 5)
My brother, never say or do anything that you will be ashamed to meet in the judgment. You and those connected with you in the management of the Echo office are in a most important position. Be sure to reveal the spirit and love of Christ. The Lord will be your efficiency, your strength, and your exceeding great reward, if you will trust constantly in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 6)
While we are in this world, trials will come to us. But let us not give Satan cause for encouragement by letting him see that he can make us miserable. The Lord is good, and greatly to be praised. Walk and work in the spirit of Christ. Stand ever on guard; for temptations will come, and the Lord’s disciples are to be as true as steel to principle. The Word of God is to be our guide. About the truths that this Word contains there is no guesswork. Let us not leave this unerring guide in order to seek for something new and strange to present as a wonderful message. There are many such doctrines that have not for their foundation, “It is written.” They are but human suppositions. It was with the word, “It is written,” that Christ met every temptation of Satan in the wilderness, and armed with this weapon, He could say to the enemy, “Thus far shalt thou come, and no farther.”
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 7)
We cannot with safety accept the opinions of any man, however learned, unless they are in harmony with the words of the great Teacher. The opinions of erring men will be presented for our acceptance, but God’s Word is our authority, and we are never to accept human teaching without the most conclusive evidence that it agrees with the teaching of God’s Word. We are to know that we know that we are standing on the platform of eternal truth—the Word of the living God.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 8)
I am instructed to say to our people, There is marrow and fatness for all who seek for truth as the miner seeks for gold. Who is it that God will instruct? Isaiah tells us: “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.... For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him; I hid me, and was wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart. I have seen his way, and will heal him; I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him, and to his mourners”—those who see the evil of their unconverted characters, and repent, mourning over the life that has so poorly represented Christ. [Isaiah 57:15, 17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 9)
Let the understanding that God has given you of His Word encourage you and cause you to rejoice in Him. Gather into precious unity the precious rays of light shining around you, and focus them in one blaze upon the Word, and truths hidden from the casual reader will stand forth plainly and distinctly.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 10)
All over the field of revelation are scattered grains of gold—the sayings of the wisdom of God. If you are wise, you will gather up these precious grains of truth. Make the promises of God your own. Then when test and trial come, these promises will be to you glad springs of heavenly comfort. As you study the Word, it will become to you a wellspring of wisdom. Thus you eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 11)
Ask God to reveal light and truth to you by His Holy Spirit, that you may understand what you read in His Word. When, after the resurrection, Christ walked with the disciples to Emmaus, He opened their understanding, that they might understand the Scriptures. The same divine Teacher will enlighten our understanding, if we keep the windows of the heart opened heavenward and closed earthward. The office of the Holy Spirit is to bring all things to our remembrance and to guide us into all truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 12)
The Lord loves us, and we are to love Him with the whole heart. Ask Him to guide you into all truth. He will do this. He longs to do it. He is waiting for you to ask Him with true humility and a firm belief that He will hear and answer you.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 13)
The psalmist prayed, “Open thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy law.” [Psalm 119:18.] The Lord heard him; for how full of assurance are the words, “How sweet are Thy words unto my taste! yea, sweeter than honey to my mouth!” [Verse 103.] “More to be desired are they than gold, yea, than much fine gold; sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.” [Psalm 19:10.] And as the Lord heard and answered David, so He will hear and answer us, making our hearts full of gladness and rejoicing.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 14)
I speak to you, my brother, as to one in a responsible position in the Lord’s work. Walk humbly with God. He has enabled you to make decided changes in your life. Follow Him constantly, wearing His yoke gracefully, and you will learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Keep close to the side of Christ. He desires you and your wife and children to be a self-denying, self-sacrificing company, preparing for the soon-coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven. Pray, my brother and sister, for your children, that it may be their highest desire to learn to please the Lord Jesus Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 15)
My brother, I have a most earnest desire that you shall constantly follow on to know the Lord, that you may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Keep your mind free and your heart full of the love of Christ. Give to others that which will strengthen and refresh and bless them. May the Lord help you and all who are in responsible positions to strengthen and help one another, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 16)
In much love to yourself and your family.
(18LtMs, Lt 25, 1903, 17)
Lt 26, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 10, 1902 [filed 1903] This letter is published in entirety in 4MR 74-78. Dear brother and sister Burden,—
The Lord desires you to be of good courage. He has a work for you to do in evangelistic lines, a work demanding more distinctly spiritual efforts than the work in which you have been engaged. The greatest and most important work in which we can engage is the preparation of a people to stand in the day of God, upon which we are just entering. May the Lord help you, my brother, to devote your God-given capabilities to winning souls to Christ. Rest in God, and walk humbly with Him. You will need much of the rich grace of the Saviour, and a deep, settled conviction that the work of the people of God is to prepare for the events of the future, which will soon come upon them with blinding force.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 1)
In the world gigantic monopolies will be formed. Men will bind themselves together in unions that will wrap them in the folds of the enemy. A few men will combine to grasp all the means to be obtained in certain lines of business. Trades unions will be formed, and those who refuse to join these unions will be marked men.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 2)
It is time for us to take our work out of the cities. Our sanitariums should be furnished with facilities for giving the sick the best of care, and they should be properly conducted; but they should be as far as possible from the cities. The whole world is to be tested, and obedience to the law of God is to be the test.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 3)
Unionism has revealed what it is by the spirit that it has manifested. It is controlled by the cruel power of Satan. Those who refuse to join the unions formed are made to feel this power. The principles governing the forming of these unions seem innocent, but men have to pledge themselves to serve the interests of these unions, or else they may have to pay the penalty of refusal with their lives.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 4)
These unions are one of the signs of the last days. Men are binding up in bundles ready to be burned. They may be church members, but while they belong to these unions, they cannot possibly keep the commandments of God; for to belong to these unions means to disregard the entire decalogue.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 5)
“Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.] These words sum up the whole duty of man. They mean the consecration of the whole being—body, soul, and spirit—to God’s service. How can men obey these words and at the same time pledge themselves to support that which deprives their neighbors of freedom of action? And how can men obey these words and form combinations that rob the poorer classes of the advantages which justly belong to them, preventing them from buying or selling, except under certain conditions? How plainly the words of God have predicted this condition of things. John writes, “I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.... And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.” [Revelation 13:11, 16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 6)
The forming of these unions is one of Satan’s last efforts. God calls upon His people to get out of the cities, isolating themselves from the world. The time will come when they will have to do this. God will care for those who love Him and keep His commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 7)
Brother and Sister Burden, we must now put on the whole armor of righteousness. We must be as true as steel to principle, standing steadfastly against every species of corruption. It is this steadfast adherence to principle that is to distinguish those who bear the seal of the living God from those who have the mark of the beast.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 8)
I write you this that in a guarded but decided way you may advise our people to keep out of the cities. But the cities must be worked; yes, and our people have been asleep, while Satan has been sowing his tares.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 9)
I have said little in regard to moving the Food Factory from Cooranbong to Sydney or even to Wahroonga, because I do not see what advantage there would be in doing this. The farther away we are from the cities, the better it will be; for they are filled with men who have no sense of honor or true elevation, men who are ambitious for gain and who to obtain gain will resort to any means.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 10)
Even some among those who profess to believe the truth will through following wrong principles become greedy for advantage. There are those in our institutions who have for so long worked for selfish ends that they cannot be trusted. They have no sense of honor or truth holiness or righteousness. Selfishness and greed have expelled from the heart the sanctifying principles of the truth. They have lost all sense of distinction between right and wrong. And because they are in responsible positions, as if position made the man, they say, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we”—holy because we are handling holy things. [Jeremiah 7:4.] But the fact that they occupy an exalted position of trust only makes their guilt a hundredfold greater.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 11)
Those who love God and keep His commandments will not grasp for the highest wages. But there are those who strive to add to their wages without stopping to ask themselves whether in so doing they are not robbing a fellow worker whose lines have not fallen to him in pleasant places. Those who reason from this selfish standpoint will receive punishment with the open sinner, only they will be punished more severely, because they had opportunities and light that the open sinner had not.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 12)
There are many who will so outrage conscience and the law of God that in their hearts the pure, holy principles of truth will be corrupted. Between righteousness and truth and unrighteousness and fraud they will see no difference. Their judgment is perverted, and the position of trust they occupy is made a means of doing dishonest transactions when they think that they can do this without detection.
(18LtMs, Lt 26, 1903, 13)
Lt 27, 1903
Jones, A. T.; Jones, C. H.; Wilcox, M. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 27, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in PC 124-125. Alonzo T. Jones, C. H. Jones, and M. C. Wilcox My Dear Brethren in Positions of Trust,—
I received your letter this morning and will respond at once.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 1)
Brother Harper came to St. Helena last week especially to lay before me the question of the location of the General Conference soon to be held. He told me that the brethren and sisters of the Healdsburg church offered to entertain the delegates free of cost if the General Conference would be held there. He asked if I had any preference to express. I told him that if the Healdsburg church proposed to entertain the delegates free, the Conference would be held at Healdsburg, if I had any voice in deciding this matter; for to hold it there would be much more in accordance with the light given to leave the cities, as much as possible, than holding it in Oakland would be.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 2)
I thought that if the brethren and sisters at Healdsburg would do what I was told they were so desirous of doing, to hold the Conference there would be much more desirable than to hold it in Oakland at this time of the year. I knew that accommodations in Oakland for entertaining so large a company were very limited and expensive.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 3)
I desire my personal preferences to have no special influence in determining where the Conference shall be held; for unless specially convinced by the Spirit of the Lord that it is my duty to be present, I will not attend, no matter where the meeting may be held. If I knew that I should have to attend the Conference, I might express my preference for Healdsburg as the location; for I could drive over and have my horse and carriage there to use at any time and to return when necessary.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 4)
At present, I most decidedly dread to attend either camp-meetings or Conferences. When present at such meetings, I am reined up to speak plainly and strongly in regard to matters; for I dare not do otherwise than to tell the truth. The burden that comes upon me at such times is very heavy. The experiences I have passed through in attending meetings since returning to America have been most afflicting; for it seems as if my efforts are of none effect. The testimonies borne bring upon me a great burden of soul and seem to accomplish so little to change the order of things. The testimonies are speculated upon and do not reform existing evils.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 5)
Just now my courage is not the best. Since the Fresno camp-meeting, I have carried the burden of the Southern field in direct opposition to the plans of leading brethren. I have lost confidence in some of these men as being taught and directed of God. If they are thus taught and directed, I am not teaching the way of the Lord. Therefore I am convinced that my place is at home. I can continue to write, if I avoid the crushing burdens that overwhelm me. And these burdens come upon me whenever I attend a meeting where there are men whom I know are not walking in the counsel of God. I care not to face such matters any longer; for it seems useless. I long for retirement, and I mean to have it, if it be the Lord’s will to give it to me.
(18LtMs, Lt 27, 1903, 6)
Lt 28, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 21, 1902 [filed in 1903] Previously unpublished. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
We have not forgotten you, and I write to express our deep interest in you and our love for you. We are glad that Sister Tuxford can be with you in the same line of work in which you are engaged.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 1)
My dear brother and sister, keep your eyes fixed on Christ. We are travelling over a dangerous path to a city that we see by faith. Strict watchfulness is necessary, else our feet will stumble. In order to be in the world, but not of the world, we must be ever on guard. We are to keep our light shining brightly. “Ye are the light of the world,” Christ declared. “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 2)
In giving His Son to this world, God has bestowed upon all who accept Christ as their Saviour the treasures of heaven. We need at this time the faith that reaches within the veil. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.] Our faith in the reality of these unseen things, which we believe will soon be ours if we are faithful, fills the children of God with hope and courage in the midst of trial and affliction.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 3)
Our present and future welfare depend on the faith that we bring into the daily life. We need faith that will stand the fire of Satan’s assaults. Most terrible things are happening all around us, and only by the power of God, through faith, can we be kept.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 4)
God sees the end from the beginning. He knows the future. Let us trust to His guidance. Let us remember that we are under the command of Christ. Let us never attempt to take the wheel and guide the ship through the perils that will come. The Captain of our salvation is the only One who can do this. “Thus saith the Lord” must be our watchword if we would reach the longed-for port.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 5)
I will send you with this letter copies of what I have written lately. You will see that I am doing as much work as I have ever done in my life. And I know that you are doing all that you can to awaken in those with whom you come in contact an interest in the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 6)
I am glad to be able to tell you that there is a most encouraging condition of things at the Sanitarium. We have worked very hard to place matters in order, and we believe that the institution is greatly improved. The spiritual atmosphere has entirely changed. The Lord is co-operating with our efforts.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 7)
Dr. Winegar is as a nail in the right place. She stands firm for principle, and although she is so firm, she is so kind and courteous, so persuasive in word and manner, that she wins the patients. She teaches the patients’ class in the Sabbath school, and a number are becoming interested.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 8)
One such worker as this in a sanitarium is a host. I am so glad that we can have Dr. Winegar here. Brother Taylor is an excellent evangelistic worker. His heart is in the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 9)
I believe that our Sanitarium is being brought out of darkness into the light. Sanitarium work, properly conducted, is a means of great good. If the nurses place themselves in right relation to the work of the institution, there is developed in them self-forgetfulness, thoughtfulness, patient continuance in well-doing. Their earnest desire to help others carries with it a sympathy that is healing in its influence.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 10)
Our God has mysteriously linked the members of His family together. And while every man has his own burdens to bear, let no one forget that in helping others, he helps himself. The opening words of Christ’s sermon on the mount are an illustration of the principles laid down in His teaching. “Blessed are the poor in spirit,” He said; “for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:3.] He came to our world to bless men by pointing out the path of self-denial. In His life He showed the power of kindness and courtesy and self-sacrifice. By no word or act did He encourage self-sufficiency. In His work He has given us an example of what our work should be. No duty, however small, was neglected by Him. And He says to us, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.] In order to do a great good in the world, we must be faithful in little things. Those who faithfully perform the small duties of every-day life can safely be trusted with larger responsibilities. Sanctification is not the work of a day, but of a lifetime. “This one thing I do,” Paul said, “forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 3:13, 14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 11)
My dear brother and sister, be of good cheer. Walk humbly and trustfully before God, remembering that He is the source of all power. Have faith in Him, and expect much. Doors will open through which you may enter to reach those not of our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 28, 1903, 12)
Lt 29, 1903
Churches in Australia and New Zealand “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 6MR 30-31; 9MR 238. To the members of the churches in Australia and New Zealand Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I speak to you with my pen because I cannot reach you with my voice across the broad Pacific Ocean. Remember that though you may have excellent qualifications, if the love of God is not the prevailing sentiment in your hearts, you cannot be laborers together with Him; for He is love.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 1)
The Lord desires me to call your attention to the thirteenth chapter of First Corinthians. Read this chapter every day, and from it obtain comfort and strength. Learn from it the value that God places on sanctified, heaven-born love, and let the lesson that it teaches come home to your hearts. Learn that Christlike love is of heavenly birth, and that without it all other qualifications are worthless.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 2)
“If I speak with the tongues of men, and of angels, but have not love,” Paul declares, “I am become sounding brass or a clanging cymbal. And if I have the gift of prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge; and if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing. And if I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and if I give my body to be burned, but have not love, it profiteth me nothing.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 3)
How beautiful the earth was when it came from the Creator’s hand! God presented before the universe a world in which even His all-seeing eye could find no spot or stain, no defect or crookedness. Each part of His creation occupied the place assigned it and answered the purpose for which it was created—like the parts of some great machine, part fitted to part—and all was in perfect harmony. Peace and holy joy filled the earth. There was no confusion, no clashing. There was no disease to afflict man or beast, and the vegetable kingdom was without taint of corruption. God looked upon the work of His hands, wrought out by Christ, and pronounced it “very good.” [Genesis 1:31.] He looked upon a perfect world, in which there was no trace of sin, no imperfection.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 4)
But a change came. Satan tempted Adam, and he fell. He who in heaven had become disloyal, and had been cast out, made lying reports of God to the beings He had created, and they listened to his reports and believed his lie. And sin entered the world, and death by sin. The consequences of our first parents’ disloyalty we now have to meet as we work for God, and until the close of this earth’s history our labors will become more and more trying.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 5)
I entreat the members of our churches not to make the work more trying than it necessarily is by watching one another for a word or an act upon which to comment unfavorably. Let them, if a report is brought to them about some one, make it a rule to do just as Christ has said should be done in such cases. Let them follow the counsel of the great Teacher, who gave His life for the life of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 6)
His directions are plain. “If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.] “Tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” [Matthew 18:15.] Without delay make every effort to heal the wrong that exists. Do not, by speaking unwise words, give the enemy opportunity to arouse suspicion and evil surmising in the mind of your brother. Be determined to do all in your power to make the wrong right. Do not tell to a third person the story of the difficulty. Go directly to the one who has erred, and “tell him his fault between thee and him alone.” Go to him, not to condemn, but to seek for reconciliation, because Christ has told you to love one another as He has loved you.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 7)
Our gifts, our prayers, are not acceptable to God while we leave this duty undone and let the poison of envy and evil surmising take possession of our souls to destroy our union and happiness. O how much unhappiness would be saved, and how many evil thoughts would be quenched, if believers would take up the work that Christ has said must be done to prevent evil speaking! We pray, “Forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us.” [Matthew 6:12, 14, 15.] Do we do our part to answer this prayer? We are to make every effort in our power to remove every stumbling block from before the feet of our brother. But too often our prayers are hindered by our pride of heart, by our refusal to confess faults and to remove wrong impressions. Let us remember that our prayers are not acceptable to God while we suffer a fellow worker to misapprehend us. If we are not to blame for the misunderstanding that exists, we can perhaps make an explanation that will remove the misunderstanding. If we are to blame, if we have left a wrong impression on a brother’s mind, we are certainly under obligation to do all in our power to remove this impression.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 8)
In the churches in Australia and New Zealand there have been many unwise, talkative ones who through much talking have separated very friends. The churches need to be purged of this element; for where the unruly tongue finds room to do its unholy work, the joy of the Lord cannot abide.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 9)
Let the suspicious ones who think and speak evil of their brethren remember that they are doing the devil’s drudgery. Let each member of the church work with earnest determination, and with prayer for help, to cure the diseased member—the tongue. Let every one feel that it is his duty and privilege to pass over little differences and mistakes without comment. Do not magnify the small mistakes made by some one, but think of the good that is in him. Each time these mistakes are thought of and talked about, they grow larger. A mountain is made out of a molehill. Ill feeling and a lack of confidence are the result.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 10)
To many these words are applicable: “Why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.” [Matthew 7:3-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 11)
So great is the intemperance in speech that much instruction has been given on this subject by the greatest Teacher the world has ever seen. He has given special directions for the discipline of the tongue. Study and obey these directions. Check the unwholesome words that if spoken would create differences and alienation. Speak words that will cement hearts, not estrange them; words that will heal, not wound. When difficulties arise among church members, let them be cleared away before the Sabbath comes. This should be regarded as a Christian duty by every church member. “Let the peace of God rule in your hearts, ... and be ye thankful.” [Colossians 3:15.] Are you troubled and perplexed? Sweep away the rubbish that has been accumulating before the door of the heart, and open the door, inviting Jesus to come in and abide as an honored guest. Bring peace and comfort into your own hearts and the hearts of others. This is most blessed missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 12)
The Lord has instructed me to say to every church in Australia and New Zealand, Work for perfection. Do nothing that will cause disaffection to spring up in hearts. Do not work for the fallen foe. Strive to overcome your inclination to find fault and condemn. Give no place to him whose delight it is to accuse the brethren. Remember, my beloved brethren and sisters, that you are pleasing and helping Satan by every word you utter that discounts your brother.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 13)
I greatly desire that you shall follow the directions which Christ has laid down. As you do this, He will certainly help you to adjust the difficulties that exist. He will help you not to make dissension by magnifying little mistakes. The light that the Lord has given me is that He will greatly bless His people, if they will not think or speak evil of one another, but go directly to the one they think is in the wrong, and in a kind, compassionate manner point out his mistake. May the Lord help those who have learned to criticize to learn to think no evil and to speak only good words, words of comfort and healing. Then they will rejoice; for they will have evidence that they are laborers together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 14)
Christ loved the church “and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy, and without blemish.” [Ephesians 5:25-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 15)
My brethren and sisters, I beseech you to give diligent heed to these words, because the day of the Lord is right upon us. You have no time to lose. Do not neglect the Word of God to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 16)
“We then, as workers together with Him, beseech you that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. (For He saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succoured thee.)” [2 Corinthians 6:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 17)
Will you not, as servants of the most high God, give heed to these words? Will you not respond to God’s mercy and compassion and love toward you by loving one another as Christ has loved you?
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 18)
“Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation. Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed.” [Verses 2, 3.] Remember that when you speak words that disparage one another, the ministry is blamed. The lack of power in the church is charged to the ministry, when often it is directly chargeable to the members, because they do not mix faith with their hearing of the Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 19)
The ministers are to be men of faith, men who give expression to the pure love of God. And the members are to give no offense in anything, “that the ministry be not blamed.” [Verse 3.] No unkind dealing or harsh words are to find a place in their experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 20)
“In all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, ... in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings.” [Verses 4, 5.] We should be preparing for these things; for they will come. Those who share in Christ’s glory must share in His sufferings.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 21)
“By pureness, by knowledge, by long-suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report; as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, yet possessing all things.” [Verses 6-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 22)
Read these words carefully, and ask yourselves if you have not been leaving undone much that God expects you to do, much that you should do as those who have the light of truth. Will you not be thoroughly converted, that you may shine brightly for the Lord amidst the moral darkness of the world?
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 23)
May the Lord lead every minister and every lay member to turn to Him with full purpose of heart and make diligent work for repentance. Thus only can they obtain the sanctification of the Spirit. How true are the words of Paul: “Ye are not straitened in us, but ye are straitened in your own bowels.” [Verse 12.] Many complain of others because their own hearts are not in unity with the Spirit of God. When self is crucified, Christ will take possession of the soul temple.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 24)
“Now for a recompense in the same, (I speak as unto my children,) Be ye also enlarged.” [Verse 13.] It is narrow, contracted spiritual devising that causes dearth of soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 25)
“Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? and what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? ... for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [Verses 14-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 26)
“Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh, and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.” [2 Corinthians 7:1.] Let every one humble his heart before God, and make a surrender of body, soul, and spirit to Him, that He may give His people His rich grace abundantly. Let the heart be closed against all sin and selfishness. Let us follow the example of Christ. If we fail of doing this, we shall fail of receiving a welcome into the city of God. He who continues to be a transgressor of the law of God, even though he break but one precept, can have no place in the royal family.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 27)
I entreat those who have given so much time to talking of the faults of others to cease this cruel work, and obey the words, “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life.” [John 5:39.] The divine directory, God’s holy Word, is in our hands. Amidst the toil of business and the unceasing activity of daily life, this Word is to be our guide. This Word is appreciated by him who is striving to overcome. It is to him a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 28)
Let the Lord’s people set a perfect example, honoring Christ in every place, in every difficulty following His directions. Then at last a crown of life will be given them, and they will be received into the family of the redeemed.
(18LtMs, Lt 29, 1903, 29)
Lt 30, 1903
Murphet, E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CD 178; 3MR 329-330. Dear Brother Murphet,—
I often think of our meeting in Tasmania, where we first saw you. The Lord was present at that meeting. We were glad to meet you, the Lord’s aged servant, and we have since felt so grateful that you were willing, in a time of great stress, to be His helping hand. We have rejoiced that you were moved by the Holy Spirit to acknowledge your stewardship by supplying means to help in establishing the work in Australia, and especially the work of erecting the Wahroonga Sanitarium. You will receive a blessing from the Lord, and so also will your son, who has stood by your side, to aid you in carrying out the purpose of your heart to advance the Lord’s work. Your assistance has greatly encouraged the workers, who have often been greatly perplexed, and indeed, put to their wit’s end, to know how to obtain the means necessary for the advancement of the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 1)
Let these words of Holy Writ be your consolation: “Whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock.” [Matthew 7:24, 25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 2)
In responding to the call to give of your means to help forward the Lord’s work in a time of great necessity, you have been laying up treasure beside the throne of God. Neither flood nor fire can consume this treasure. It is laid up in heaven “where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal.” [Matthew 6:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 3)
You have invested your money in the establishment of an institution that will bring into the truth those who will be producers as well as consumers. May the Lord in His providence lead you to see what He has wrought. May He lead you to realize that you have invested your means in a line of work that He has ordained should be done. In the Sanitarium that your money has helped to establish, workers are to be trained to be laborers together with God, to carry out the teachings of the great Medical Missionary.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 4)
Christ desires His people to be medical missionaries, able to do His will because they are acquainted with His principles of healing and are prepared to use the remedies that He Himself has provided in the form of sunshine, pure air, and water. Thousands who go down to the grave might be healed if they would go to the Lord’s dispensary rather than to the drugs that man provides.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 5)
Lately I have read in the daily paper of the death of many men in important positions in this country, men forty, fifty, sixty, and seventy years of age. Their death is almost always attributed to failure of the heart, but in reality it was caused by intemperance in eating and drinking. Doubtless many of these men were smokers and liquor-drinkers and by the use of tobacco and liquor had poisoned the system. Had their habits of eating, drinking, and sleeping been regular, and in accordance with the principles of strict temperance, they might have lived for many years longer.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 6)
“What, know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] O that our sanitariums all over the world may reveal that they are founded on the principles of health reform. The light on health reform that the Lord has permitted to shine upon us is very precious and is to be appreciated and followed by all who accept the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 7)
The Lord forbid that for the sake of obtaining patronage, those in charge of the Wahroonga Sanitarium should allow in the institution that which is contrary to the principles of health reform. May this Sanitarium be a place in which Christ can abide, the healing, restoring influence of His life pervading every room, for the restoring of soul and body.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 8)
Brother Murphet, I address you and your son. Thank God for our Sanitarium in Australia. And may the Lord, who moved upon your hearts by His Holy Spirit, giving you a desire to be His helping hand in returning to Him His own, greatly bless you, my dear brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 9)
I thank the Lord for the health that He gives me. I can walk up and down stairs as quickly and easily as a young girl. I eat only two meals a day. But I do not think that the number of meals should be made a test. If there are those who are better in health when eating three meals, it is their privilege to have three. I choose two meals. For thirty-five years I have practiced the two-meal system. The Lord preserves my brain power and enables me to write, and I thank Him with heart and soul and voice.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 10)
In the Word of God we have most precious truth. Let us praise and glorify His holy name. We are almost home. A little while longer, and we shall see our Redeemer. We may not live till He comes, and yet we may, though old age is telling upon us.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 11)
May the rich blessing of God rest upon you, and upon those associated with you in family relation, is my earnest prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 30, 1903, 12)
Lt 31, 1903
Robinson, Brother and Sister [A. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 28, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear brother and sister Robinson,—
I can write you only a few lines; for the mail goes today at noon. We should be very much pleased to see you and talk with you. But we are a long way from you, and all that we can do is to trace with the pen words that express our love for you and our deep interest in you. You have our sympathy as you labor in Queensland, where the work must be very hard, on account of the long drouth from which the country has suffered. My dear brother and sister, look on the bright side. Trust in God with a confidence that will not fail or be discouraged.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 1)
I should indeed be glad to see you and talk over with you the strange experiences through which we have passed during the past two years. Ever since I came to America, I have been engaged in taxing labor. I cannot but feel deeply in regard to the condition of things in our institutions. In some of them we can see but little in the way of reform. But we must continue to urge them to make determined efforts to reach the highest standard.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 2)
I am so situated that I could do a large work in preparing my writings for publication in book form, if it was not that my energies are divided. Much of my time has to be spent in writing words of reproof and counsel to those who, though occupying positions of trust, have not carried successfully the burden of the work, but have needed to be worked by the Holy Spirit. I feel deeply pained by the indifference manifested in regard to setting in operation plans of work that would carry the truth to thousands who have never heard the third angel’s message. As I have thought of the work that is left undone, I have been unable to sleep. From the time that I came to this country until now, it has been a terrible battle. At one time, I was so sick that I almost gave up hope of recovery. But I kept praying, and although not raised up, I was made wondrously able to depend on my Saviour, though suffering intense pain. At that time I lost about thirty pounds in weight and have not yet regained this.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 3)
The lack of love among believers is one of the surest evidences that Christ is not dwelling in their hearts. There is a strong desire to hinder and repress some one who is doing a good work. This is the most bitter, grievous spirit that I have ever had anything to do with. One accuses another, and one worker wants another worker, who occupies a higher office, to be removed from his position. It seems as if the spirit of accusation, of thinking and speaking evil, is now in every place. Let us give no place to the enemy. Let us refuse to think or to speak evil. Let us take the Word of God and give it in strong portions to those who are mischief makers, who know not what they are about. The Lord has nothing to do with the plans that are devised to separate brethren. These are the enemy’s devices and must be met and condemned. It has cost me much mental anguish to do this; for I know that the Spirit of the Lord has been and still is grieved.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 4)
Christ’s instruction to the disciples, recorded in the eighteenth chapter of Matthew, is right to the point. God does not desire any man to draw apart from his brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 5)
In the messages to the churches, given in the first, second, and third chapters of Revelation, is given the history of Satan’s effort to bring dissension into the church. I know something in regard to these difficulties, which must be met today. The members of the church in Ephesus, the message to which is given in verses one to five of the second chapter, possessed excellent qualifications, and these are mentioned by the true Witness. But Satan through his subtlety succeeded in destroying much of the good that had been accomplished. Christ was therefore compelled to say to them: “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 6)
The message to the church in Sardis is full of instruction for us: “These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Revelation 3:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 7)
The explanation of the condition existing in the churches today is given more fully in the message to the Laodicean church: “These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold not hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Verses 14-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 8)
This is the work that we must do. Let us rest not until it is completed—until the loss of love for Christ and for the brethren is repented of as a grievous sin. I pray that God’s people may put away this wrong; for it is the seal of death to the spirituality of the church. There will be a dearth of spirituality until the sin of evil speaking among our people is repented of and forsaken. This sin must no longer exist in the church. We must take hold of this masterly element and deal with it uncompromisingly, yet not in such a way as to lose our love for our brethren and sisters. With kindness and courtesy let us give strict attention to this matter and bring to an end the satanic activity of those who by their own sinful imaginations make their fellow beings guilty.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 9)
Brother and Sister Robinson, let us do what we can to correct this evil. Let us pray that there shall be a crucifixion of self in our churches and that we shall have the vital breath of the Christ-life in the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 10)
I shall not be able to write more now. May the Lord bless and strengthen you. I desire very much to see you, but will await God’s time.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 11)
In love to you both and to Gladys.
(18LtMs, Lt 31, 1903, 12)
Lt 32, 1903
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 83-85; 9MR 303. Dear brother and sister Farnsworth,—
I have just been reading the ninth chapter of Matthew. If our churches could but understand the wonderful things there related, what a history of experience would be opened before us.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 1)
“Behold, they brought to him a man sick of the palsy, lying on a bed; and Jesus seeing their faith said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, be of good cheer; thy sins be forgiven thee. And behold, certain of the scribes said within themselves, This man blasphemeth. And Jesus knowing their thoughts, said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (then saith He to the sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house. And he arose and departed, to his house. But when the multitudes saw it, they marvelled, and glorified God, which had given such power unto men.” [Verses 2-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 2)
All this Jesus did while standing at the head of the human race, his divinity clothed with humanity.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 3)
We look back at the preceding chapter and see how wonderfully He wrought. After stilling the water, He went into the country of the Gergesenes, and “there met Him two possessed with devils, coming out of the tombs, exceeding fierce, so that no man might pass by that way.” [Matthew 8:28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 4)
Satan drove these insane men into Christ’s presence. But as they met the Saviour, they found that they were bound with something stronger than the chains that they had broken, and they cried out, “What have we to do with Thee, Jesus, Thou Son of God? Art Thou come hither to torment us before the time?” [Verse 29.] At the name of Christ, even the devils believe, and tremble. They acknowledge that He is the Son of God, and yet they are devils still, and how greatly this increases their condemnation!
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 5)
“And there was a good way off from them an herd of swine feeding. And the devils besought Him, saying, If Thou cast us out, suffer us to go away into the herd of swine. And He said unto them, Go. And when they were come out, they went into the herd of swine; and, behold, the whole herd of swine ran violently down a steep place into the sea, and perished in the waters.” [Verses 30-32.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 6)
Then the keepers of the swine went into the city, and told the people what Jesus had done, how He had cast the evil spirits out of the men, and how these spirits had entered into the swine, causing the loss of the entire herd. Satan was working against Christ through these men, making the people believe that He had destroyed their property. The whole city came out to meet Jesus, but instead of welcoming Him to their homes, instead of bringing their sick to be healed by Him, “they besought Him that He would depart out of their coasts.” [Verse 34.] Their covetousness made them wish to get rid of Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 7)
“And He entered into a ship, and passed over, and came into His own city.” [Matthew 9:1.] He took the people at their word. Never does He force His presence on any one.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 8)
The Gergesenes desired Christ to depart. They of Capernaum received Him, and among them He wrought wonderful miracles.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 9)
Christ has all power in heaven and in earth. He is the great Physician, upon whom we are to call when suffering from physical or spiritual disease. Over the winds and the waves and over men possessed with demons, He showed that He possessed absolute control. To Him have been given the keys of death and of hell. Principalities and powers were made subject to Him, even while in His humiliation.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 10)
Paul writes, “Wherefore I also, after I heard of your faith in the Lord Jesus, and love unto all the saints, cease not to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my prayers; that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him; the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of His mighty power, which He wrought in Christ when He raised Him from the dead, and set Him at His own right hand in heavenly places, far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come; and hath put all things under His feet, and gave Him to be the head over all things to the church, which is His body, the fulness of Him that filleth all in all.” [Ephesians 1:15-23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 11)
Why do we not exercise greater faith in the divine Physician? As He worked for the man with the palsy, so He will work today for those who come to Him for healing. We have great need of more faith. I am alarmed as I see the lack of faith among our people. We need to come right into the presence of Christ, believing that He will heal our physical and spiritual infirmities.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 12)
We are too faithless. O how I wish that I could lead our people to have faith in God. They need not feel that in order to exercise faith, they must be wrought up into a high state of excitement. All they have to do is to believe God’s Word, just as they believe on another’s word. “He hath said it, and He will perform His Word.” Calmly rely on His promise, because He means all that He says. Say, He has spoken to me in His Word, and He will fulfil every promise that He has made. Do not become restless. Be trustful. God’s Word is true. Act as if your heavenly Father could be trusted.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 13)
This morning I have been reading of your success in Adelaide. Praise the Lord. Keep the work progressing. I am so glad that the church in Adelaide has been given an opportunity to recover from the terrible work done there by the enemy, which caused so much division and strife.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 14)
As a church, we have received great light. This light the Lord has entrusted to us for the benefit and blessing of the world. To us has been given the ministry of reconciliation. With power from on high we are to beseech men to be reconciled to God. We are encouraged to pray for success, with the divine assurance that our prayers will be heard and answered. “If two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father who is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Matthew 18:19, 20.] “Ask of Me, and I will answer your requests.”
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 15)
The promise is made on condition that the united prayers of the church are offered, and in answer to these prayers there may be expected a power greater than that which comes in answer to private prayer. The power given will be proportionate to the unity of the members and their love for God and for one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 16)
Men are appointed to proclaim the truth in new places. These men must have funds for their support. And they must have a fund to draw upon for the help of the poor and needy whom they meet in their work. The benevolence that they show toward the poor gives influence to their efforts to proclaim the truth. Their willingness to help those in need gains for them the gratitude of those they help and the approval of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 17)
These faithful workers should have the sympathies of the church. The Lord will hear prayer in their behalf. And the church should not fail to show a practical interest in their work.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 18)
No one lives to himself. In God’s work each one is assigned a post of duty. The union of all strengthens the work of each. As the faith and love and unity of the church grow stronger, their circle of influence enlarges, and ever they are to reach to the farthest limit of this influence, constantly extending the triumphs of the cross.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 19)
God calls upon us to burst the bands of our precise, indoor service. The message of the gospel is to be borne in the cities and outside of the cities. We are to call upon all to rally round the banner of the cross. When this work is done as it should be, when we labor with divine zeal to add converts to the truth, the world will see that a power attends the message of truth. The unity of the believers bears testimony to the power of the truth that can bring into perfect harmony men of different dispositions, making their interests one.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 20)
The prayers and offerings of the believers are combined with earnest, self-sacrificing efforts, and they are indeed a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Men are converted anew. The hand that once grasped for recompense in higher wages has become the helping hand of God. The believers are united by one interest—the desire to make centers of truth where God shall be exalted. Christ joins them together in holy bonds of union and love, bonds which have irresistible power.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 21)
It was for this unity that Jesus prayed just before His trial, standing but a step from the cross. “That they all may be one,” He said; “as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [John 17:21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 22)
God calls upon those who are half awake to arouse and engage in earnest labor, praying to Him for strength for service. Workers are needed. It is not necessary to follow rules of exact precision. Receive the Holy Spirit, and your efforts will be successful. Christ’s presence is that which gives power. Let all dissension and strife cease. Let love and unity prevail. Let all move under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. If God’s people will give themselves wholly to Him, He will restore to them the power they have lost by division.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 23)
May God help us all to realize that disunion is weakness and that union is strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 24)
This is the message God has given me for the churches: “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 3:18-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 32, 1903, 25)
Lt 33, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 29, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear children Edson and Emma,—
Maggie has just come in to tell me that the mail must go in ten minutes. I shall try to write you a few lines, in answer to the letter which I received from you yesterday. I have decided to attend the Conference, because of special impressions made on my mind last night. I had decided not to go, but I dare not now hold to this. If my health continues to be as good as it is now, I shall attend.
(18LtMs, Lt 33, 1903, 1)
I agree with what you say in regard to the importance of your work at Nashville, and I shall not urge you to come to Conference; for you would have to leave work essential to be done. I am thankful for the change in the work in Nashville. I rejoice that as a result of the meeting held there, the outlook is more favorable. Do not let the enemy have any chance to counteract the good that has been done.
(18LtMs, Lt 33, 1903, 2)
Today I am sending you some copies. Please use wise judgment in the use you make of them.
(18LtMs, Lt 33, 1903, 3)
Remember me to Brother W. O. Palmer and his wife. Tell them that I mention them often in my prayers. Encourage all to have hope and courage in the Lord. Be of good cheer, and do not forget to praise the Lord for His blessings.
(18LtMs, Lt 33, 1903, 4)
In much love to you both.
(18LtMs, Lt 33, 1903, 5)
Lt 34, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I sent you a short letter a few days ago telling you that I had decided to attend the General Conference. I believe that the Lord will give me words to speak to the people. I told you in my letter that I saw no reason why you should not remain away from the Conference, if you wished to do so on account of your work in Nashville. But I have thought since that I was too quick to respond. Every move that we make at this time means much. Before beginning to build the tower, we must sit down together and count the cost, to see whether we shall be able to finish it.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 1)
I am desirous that both of you shall attend the Conference. The work that has been begun at Nashville is important, but it is not yet fully understood by our people generally, and for this reason I do not think that it would be best for you to remain away from the Conference. For many years the Southern work, and the way in which it has been neglected, has been kept before me. I have been instructed in regard to the work that is to be done in the various cities of the South. You know much in regard to the field and can speak intelligently about its needs. You can now do for the field more than ever before, because you are willing to sink self out of sight.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 2)
Your silence when accused has given your brethren a confidence in you that otherwise they would not have had. Your effort to control your natural impetuosity has done more to assure your brethren that you have a genuine experience than anything you could have said, however wise or however true.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 3)
I do not say that you must come to the Conference. But I do say that this meeting will give you an opportunity to do much for the work in the South by presenting those features of the work that others are not prepared to present. And when you speak of these features, let your brethren see that you are not seeking to condemn them, but to place the facts before the people. We all have infirmities to contend with, and no worker is to look upon himself as superior to his fellow workers. God’s work is to be carried forward in love and harmony.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 4)
The Lord will teach us His will and His way, if we are willing to be taught. Your brother and I have as strong reasons to urge as any one for not wishing to attend the Conference. But we desire to move harmoniously and to be in line, and we shall meet with our brethren and sisters at this meeting, that we may know how to take up the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 5)
At that time the work for two years must be carefully considered and prayerfully taken up—not rashly, but in the fear of God. The Southern work and the publishing work will both receive consideration, and your knowledge of these lines of work will be needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 6)
The work in which we are engaged is the Lord’s, and if we have success in it, we must take counsel of the Lord. We are His workmen, and we must be taught of Him and led of Him at every step. And we must also counsel together, that we may labor in harmony. We are living in trying times, and we need to realize the importance of united effort.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 7)
Now, my son, I do not wish to enforce anything upon you, but I wish you to have a full understanding of what you are working to achieve. Till Jesus comes, our warfare will be an aggressive one. Every true Christian will meet with severe trials. An increasing capacity to enjoy the privileges of the Christian life means an acquaintance with suffering. The Christian is like his Master—a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. Those who in heaven share in Christ’s glory must in this world share in His suffering. Yet we are never to forget that it is our privilege to sit together with Christ in heavenly places.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 8)
Tuesday, February 3
Today we are having a snowstorm—the first real snowstorm that I have ever seen in California. Yesterday and the day before the sun shone brightly. Today the snow has been falling since eight o’clock this morning.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 9)
W. C. [White] is suffering from a severe cold on his lungs. He has taken treatment at the Sanitarium, and I think he will soon be better. We have had no special talk together since his return, but he thinks as I do about your coming to Conference. There are many things to be settled at this meeting, and you will wish to know about them. Then, too, we can talk over our book work together.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 10)
I cannot write more today. I slept very little last night, and I am greatly in need of rest. Will write to you again soon.
(18LtMs, Lt 34, 1903, 11)
Lt 35, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 64. + Dear Sister Hall,—
I hoped to receive a letter from you telling me where to address you. I have been troubled much with my eyes. I have had a serious time with them. I thank the Lord that they are much better now, but I dare not tax them. I cannot venture to use them much; for when I do, I am soon reminded that I have overstepped the bounds.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 1)
I am very anxious to receive words from you, that I may know where you are. We pray for you, that the great Physician may say to you, Be whole. You have had a very busy life and have not spared yourself. I am glad that the Lord understands the true situation of every one of us. He knows how to help us.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 2)
Come to us as soon as you can settle up your business in Battle Creek. Your room is waiting for you. Sister Nelson came home, by her own request, the day before yesterday. She takes right hold just as if she had not been away for nearly three months. We are glad that she is in her old place again.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 3)
I am so sorry that on account of my eyes I cannot do the writing that I desire to do. If I could do this writing, I think my mind would be relieved of its heavy load. The petition of my heart is, “Lord, give me my eyesight.” I believe that He will hear my prayer. For weeks I have not been able to write anything, but for the last few days I have been improving. I ride out every day, but this does not relieve my eyes. It seems to make them worse.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 4)
I will send you a copy of my book on Education as soon as I know where you are. We expect to receive some copies of the book the last of the week. Marian has been home for about two weeks.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 5)
I am carrying a very heavy burden. Some nights I sleep but little. I am not sure that it will be wisdom for me to attend the General Conference. If I went, I could not give any further evidence, in any wise, than I gave at the last General Conference. Then the Lord gave me a message for His people, and if they desire to know their spiritual standing, they can read the Bulletin of the last Conference, and then see themselves as a people who have had light, but have not walked in it; a people to whom the Master’s will has been made known, but who have refused to do it. Since the Conference, many who might have made diligent work for repentance have added to their guilt by refusing to be converted. They knew their Master’s will, but did it not.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 6)
I do not feel it my duty to go through the same amount of labor that I went through at the last General Conference. The opportunities and blessings of heaven have covered men as a canopy, but they have not received the rich impartation of the Spirit of God. They did not follow the Master in self-denial and sacrifice, lifting the cross, and, in so doing, placing themselves on vantage ground; and increased light would be to them increased condemnation.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 7)
My work is very clearly presented—to put into print all the light that I am capable of giving in behalf of the truth. I am sure that many will be brought into trying places. Because they have not walked in the light, because they have not followed on to know the Lord, they will be deceived by the enemy. He will lead them to call darkness light and falsehood truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 8)
Like the Jews in the days of Christ, many today hear and believe, but are not willing to step out upon the platform of obedience and accept the truth as it is in Jesus. They are afraid of losing worldly advantages. Their minds assent to the truth, but to obey means to lift the cross of self-denial and sacrifice, and to cease trusting in man and making flesh their arm; and they turn away from the cross. They might sit at the feet of Jesus, learning daily of Him whom to know aright is life eternal, but they are not willing.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 9)
Every one who is saved must surrender his own plans, his ambitious schemes, which mean self-glorification, and follow where Christ leads the way. The understanding must be yielded up to Christ for Him to cleanse and refine and purify. This will always be done when a right reception is given to the teachings of the Lord Jesus. It is hard for self to die daily, even when the wondrous story of God’s grace is presented with the wealth of His love, which He unfolds to the soul’s necessity.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 10)
O how much we need a more intimate acquaintance with the Lord Jesus. We need to enter into His will and carry out His purposes, saying with the whole heart, “Lord, what wilt thou have me to do?” [Acts 9:6.] O how I long to see our churches in a condition different from the condition in which they now are—grieving the Holy Spirit day by day with their lukewarm religious life, a life neither cold nor hot. Christ says, “I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] O how greatly Christ would be honored and glorified before irreligious, worldly men and women if His followers were what they claim to be—true Christians, the love of Christ constraining them to make Him known before an idolatrous world, showing the marked contrast between those who serve God and those who serve Him not.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 11)
I see such loftiness of spirit in those who profess to believe in Christ! I am pained, deeply pained, by night and day, to see them more like worldlings than like Christ. God expects to receive from all who believe in Him the love of a heart filled with devotion.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 12)
We shall find it profitable to be distrustful of ourselves. Christ has revealed Himself as wise, patient, longsuffering, full of divine pity. Be assured that He will not break the bruised reed. He will tenderly lead your steps in safe paths into all truth. He will gladden the hearts of all who will give themselves to His guidance. He will impart to them gracious instruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 13)
O how I long to speak these words to those who are not so lofty in their own ideas that they have lost their appetite for the precious grace of Christ’s love. This is the instruction that we so much need, that we may impart it to worn, weary souls. You and I must be where we can feed the souls who are longing to hear words of light and life. We shall feel heart-sore and sad as we see so many who might be earnest, successful workers in taking the light to others, unwilling to do what it is their privilege to do. Nevertheless, we are to tell others of the love of Christ, and in order to do this, we must know by experience what it means to have this love in the heart. All will find abundant opportunities to work if they will improve the opportunities that come to them. Eternity, eternity is before us. There is eternal life for us to gain. In no case must we lose an opportunity to speak a word in season to one that is weary, an opportunity to sow the seeds of truth. Christ, the Majesty of heaven, clothed His divinity with humanity and came to this world to stand at the head of the human race, that He might make men and women partakers of the divine nature, giving them grace to overcome as He overcame. The promise is made, “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verse 21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 14)
“The grace of God, that bringeth salvation, hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world; looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works.” [Titus 2:11-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 35, 1903, 15)
Lt 36, 1903
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 22, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 03/10/1903.
An Appeal in Behalf of the Washington, D.C. Church
Dear Brethren and Sisters,—
I have been pleased to learn, through reading the Review, and from letters from Elder J. S. Washburn, that a church building in Washington, D.C., formerly known as the Central Methodist Protestant Church, has been purchased by the Second Seventh-day Adventist Church of this city. A house of worship was greatly needed by our people in the section of the city where this property is situated. The purchase of this church will provide a suitable place in which witness can be borne to the truths we advocate. The building will stand as a memorial for God.
(18LtMs, Lt 36, 1903, 1)
This property must now be paid for. Some payments have already been made, but a large sum must yet be raised to complete the payments. We therefore ask those who have means to act as the Lord’s helping hand by doing something to help to free this church from debt. Every penny given will help. If all will give what they can, the indebtedness will soon be liquidated. We pray that those who can help in this enterprise may be constrained to do so by their love for Christ. We regard the purchase of this church property as a wise step, and your co-operation in assisting the brethren there to pay for it will bring you into harmony with the beneficent purposes of the gospel.
(18LtMs, Lt 36, 1903, 2)
Let those who have means use it wisely. It is a talent lent them by the Lord to be used when called for to advance His cause. In the place of spending money for selfish pleasure, let every one deny self and lift the cross. God’s blessing will follow.
(18LtMs, Lt 36, 1903, 3)
Do not all of our people desire to share in the privilege of paying for the house of worship in Washington, D.C.? If every one of the many believers in this country would give something, the necessary sum would be raised, and the amount given by each would scarcely be missed. Let us help our brethren in the national capital; for they are too poor and too few in number to bear the burden alone. Those who share in this missionary enterprise by making gifts large or small, according to their ability, will ever after feel a deeper interest in the progress of the Lord’s cause in Washington. Those who respond to this call, making gifts to the Lord for the purchase of this church property, will receive rich blessing for so doing.
(18LtMs, Lt 36, 1903, 4)
NOTE: All gifts should be sent to Elder J. S. Washburn, 1728 Fourteenth St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
(18LtMs, Lt 36, 1903, 5)
Lt 37, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 172-173; 5Bio 225. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
We have had no letter from you for some time. We should be pleased to receive a letter, if you are able to write to us. We have often prayed for you and at times have felt anxious in regard to your whereabouts. I do not know where to direct this letter so will send it in care of the Pacific Press office in New York City.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 1)
My eyes have been troubling me so severely that for some time past I have not been able to use them. I can write a little now, but am unable to tax my eyesight much yet. Will you not unite with me in asking the Lord to heal me? I am praying for the Lord to speak the word, saying, “Be healed of thine infirmities.”
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 2)
Since the last General Conference held in Battle Creek, I have carried a very heavy burden, because I have keenly realized the great lack in the publishing plant there. For weeks I did not sleep past twelve o’clock. This was before the plant was burned. Light was given me that the spiritual blindness manifested by those connected with this institution was caused by their neglect to do a thorough work of confession and repentance, with contrition of soul seeking the Lord most earnestly. I was instructed that there was so manifest a disregard of the word of God, given in the Testimonies of His Holy Spirit, that the Lord would turn and overturn, visiting Battle Creek with His judgments.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 3)
While at Los Angeles last September, it was presented to me that in our institutions there were many things that needed to be reformed. The truth was not exalted. The name of the Lord was not honored by those who, professedly, were doing His service; and therefore He could not honor the names of these unfaithful stewards. Many were defiled by unfair dealing. I carried this burden until I was unable to obtain sleep after twelve o’clock; yet I kept writing, tracing these matters on paper during the early morning hours and all through the day, as I was moved by the Spirit of God to make a record of many things that I may have to use.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 4)
I have received very long letters from Dr. Kellogg and from my nephew Frank Belden; but I dare not read these letters, lest in them there might be some things that would sadden my heart. Anything that causes me to feel sad is a great injury to me physically. My head becomes hot, as if it were a heated furnace, and my nose bleeds. Then for a time all work has to cease.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 5)
I am recovering somewhat, slowly regaining strength. After the news came that the office of publication was burned, relief came to my mind. All through the fall council meeting held in Battle Creek, I was trying to warn the brethren. I wrote day and night. In the visions of the night it was represented to me that a sword of fire was drawn over Battle Creek; and in the daytime, while my pen was in my hand, I lost consciousness, and it seemed as if this sword of flame were turning first in one direction and then in another. Disaster seemed to follow disaster, because God was dishonored in the devising of men to exalt and glorify themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 6)
But I must not write any more. The condition of my head forbids it. Please write to me; for I cannot write much. We expect you to attend the General Conference. We shall be glad, so glad, to see you.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 7)
In love.
(18LtMs, Lt 37, 1903, 8)
Lt 37a, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Oakland, California April 1, 1903 [?] Portions of this letter are published in TDG 100. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I have written a lengthy letter to Brother and Sister Kress and it is for you as well, but I thought I would trace a few lines to you. We are in the midst of our Conference and we are very, very much in earnest that everything shall move off rightly. The people attending the Conference need so very much transformation of character, for this will impart a moral elevation and purity of faith in the truth for this time which is in our religious service beyond all price. It will confirm our energies, it will tend to raise us up above common tittle-tattle and will intensify our actions; and the wisdom of Christ will be expressed in all our movements.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 1)
I wish to speak of Brother Sharp. Give him enough to do, and keep him from going back to the world. We must help one another, we must be kind, attentive to each other, cultivating an interest in each other. I do not wish Brother Sharp to link up with Dr. Caro. Every soul needs so much connection to God every day—true surrender of the soul to God. All the speculations of commercial life, all the schemes of moneymaking—these are snares.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 2)
The Lord is soon to come. We have none too much time to prepare to meet our Saviour coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. All of us individually must face the question, Are we ready? Have we washed our robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb? There is no discharge in this war. All the wealth of the world could not purchase for us one hour of time to prepare for the great issue. My brother, do not, I beg of you, become entangled in any enterprises that shall in any way cloud your faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 3)
“And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.”Revelation 20:11, 12.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 4)
Consider these great and solemn truths that concern us. The plain facts are set before us for a purpose, that we shall not be negligent to prepare for that great, grand review. For those whose names are written in the book of life it is no judgment at all. Every case has been decided, and all those whose names are not written in the book of life shall be judged according to their works.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 5)
Now in 1903 we have a most solemn work before us on our own account. “Is my name written there?” Let not cares be so magnified that the time shall be occupied in many cares that are not positively essential. The seriousness of this question presses upon my mind with an intensity that I cannot express. Time is passing, and when I am presented with the many churches that are not prepared to work for the Master but are in a careless, unconcerned state, I am alarmed, and inquire, What can I say, what can I do to change this order of things? I can say, “What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?”Mark 8:36, 37.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 6)
I think none of us is in a state to realize we must be laborers together with God. Many do not understand what true conversion means, what it involves. And now I address you and your family, that you may be aroused and impressed with the solemn duty to seek to arouse them to a sense of the need of most diligent watching and seeking to save perishing souls out of Christ. Every day warn someone who knows not that the end of all things is at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 7)
Not one jot or tittle of God’s holy requirements will ever be changed to meet man in his unready condition. His holy Word will never change or be done away. The world is asleep in their sins. Heaven and earth shall pass away, but His Word can never pass away. All of us must be guided by the Word of God. What a work is before us, and professed Christians realize it not! “Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.”Matthew 18:3.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 8)
This truth stands forth as the words of our Redeemer in all their moral force and deep solemnity. There are many who are employed in doing service in many lines of religious work, but they are not converted. Oh, shall we lead the five virgins who went forth to meet the bridegroom without oil in their vessels with their lamps? The heart work needs to be done. Envy, evil surmisings, speaking evil, thinking evil—their souls lifted up unto vanity, loving to be exalted!
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 9)
How few realize the influence of the little things in this life. Those who can bear the test, the proving of God, will be acknowledged of Christ. The truth, saving truth, of God’s Word, lived, will fit us for the company of the redeemed. God help us to appreciate moral excellence. Refined mental qualities, sanctified, are of more value than the gold of Ophir. The formation of a true moral standing with God is the work of a lifetime. Teach this, my dear brother and sister, by precept and example.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 10)
I wish you were with us. In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 37a, 1903, 11)
Lt 38, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 70; 12MR 254. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I was pleased to get your letter saying that you would be at the General Conference. I wish that Brother Palmer also could attend, but I do not know whether he would be able to leave his home.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 1)
Lately my eyes have troubled me so much that I have been unable to use them without much suffering, so you will have to excuse a short letter. Will you remember me in your prayers? I suffer much with pain in my head and eyes. I have committed my case to the Lord. He can work in my behalf. I am praying to Him as my merciful Physician, and I believe that He will work for me.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 2)
W. C. [White] is doing all that he possibly can to prepare for the General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 3)
Dr. Willie Jones came in this morning and surprised us. He is at present a patient at the Sanitarium here. He has been sick for three weeks with a fever at Longbeach, Southern California. He came home about a week ago and will take treatment for a while at the Sanitarium.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 4)
We pray for you in Nashville, and we plead that the Lord will every day work to prepare His people to do honor to their Redeemer. O how many times I think, If we would but seek the Lord with all the heart, and work and walk in faith, what a blessing we should receive!
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 5)
We must not allow ourselves to become so weary that we easily lose our self-control. When we lose self-control, we speak without due reverence or respect for one another. We are Christ’s representatives, and our words must be well chosen. They must be words that will bless and encourage those who hear. How many ways there are in which we can co-operate with the Saviour by bearing one another’s burdens! As we wear Christ’s yoke of restraint and obedience, and learn of Him His meekness and lowliness, we shall find rest. He says, “My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 6)
My children, watch unto prayer, and become more and more careful in regard to your words and your deportment. “Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.” [Mark 14:38.] It is poor policy to give the enemy the slightest advantage. My son, be gentlemanly, and you will strengthen your influence over those with whom you work. Never speak unadvisedly. Let your respect for yourself as Christ’s representative keep you from giving way to anger. If we respect ourselves by wearing Christ’s yoke, we shall increase our influence tenfold.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 7)
Human nature will continue to be human nature, but it can be elevated and ennobled by union with the divine nature. It is by partaking of the divine nature that men and women escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 8)
Truth must be practiced in order to be a power in the world. When truth abides in the heart, the daily experience is a revelation of the controlling power of Christ’s grace. Never keep the truth in the outer court. Let the Holy Spirit stamp it on the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 9)
The Bible is the most precious lesson book that you can study. In studying it, you hold communion with God. If you are an earnest Bible student, you will, when standing before a congregation, speak with power and assurance.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 10)
Reverence God and His purchased possession. Be careful of your manners, because you are Christ’s representative. Guard your words carefully, and labor earnestly for the conviction and conversion of sinners. Keep the heart uplifted to God in prayer. When unkind, untrue words are spoken to you, do not lose control of yourself. Remember that “a soft answer turneth away wrath,” and that “he that rules his spirit” is greater “than he that taketh a city.” [Proverbs 15:1; 16:32.]
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 11)
A true Christian is a gentleman. Those who are filled with conceit think it their privilege to say many things that might better be left unsaid. Fewer words and more kind actions would make them a power for good. God declares, “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.] All our words and deeds, good or evil, are passing in review before God. How solemn the thought!
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 12)
The Word of God warns us not to provoke one another to wrath. But there is one kind of provoking that is justifiable. Paul writes: “Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised:) and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works.” [Hebrews 10:23, 24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 13)
“Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made you free, and be not entangled again in the yoke of bondage.” [Galatians 5:1.] There are those who speak words that to them are a yoke of bondage. But those who walk in the liberty of the Spirit bear witness to their freedom by the choice, profitable words that they speak.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 14)
“The foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are His. And, Let every one that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity.... The servant of the Lord must not strive; but be gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves, if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth; and that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who are taken captive by him at his will.” [2 Timothy 2:19, 24-26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 15)
Please read to your fellow workers such parts of this letter as you think will be a help to them. I feel deeply in earnest. There is a great work to be done in many places. The Lord will be with you as long as you will be with Him. When you are tried, as you will be, do not retaliate. The one who does wrong shall himself suffer for the wrong that he hath done. Do not become discouraged. There is at the present time a dearth of means. We must walk and work by faith, not by sight. The Lord will test and prove His people, and He will open ways whereby His truth shall be wonderfully advanced. The charge of Paul to Timothy, I repeat to you: “Preach the word, be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.” [2 Timothy 4:2.] May God bless you, and give you strength to walk wisely in safe paths.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 16)
Your mother.
(18LtMs, Lt 38, 1903, 17)
Lt 39, 1903
Wessels, John J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 67; UL 73. My dear brother John Wessels,—
I have received and read your letter. About a week ago I took the letter over to your wife, that she and her mother might read it. We were all pleased with the spirit in which the letter was written, and we have been and are still hopeful that you will fully return to the Lord and will not allow the enemy to steal a march on you.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 1)
I have felt very sorry for you, because you have walked contrary to the will and way of God and have done despite to His grace. In the past I have been deeply grieved by your course of action in regard to my work, and especially in regard to the report that you made to Dr. Kellogg. This report was not true, and the impression left by it on the doctor’s mind was in no way helpful to him. O how sorry I felt to think that you should lose your spiritual discernment and do me such harm by false representation, when I had tried in every way to be your friend.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 2)
The Lord gave me a testimony for you, and had you received and obeyed this testimony, had you exerted all your influence to draw your mother and your other relatives from Africa, how changed all would now be. From the light given me, I know that had you remained away from Africa, you could have drawn your mother and your brothers away from the fascinating temptations prepared by the enemy to ruin them. It was the Lord’s desire that every member of your family should be out of Africa during the Boer war, and this is why I pressed the matter so urgently. I did not then see all the results, but I was shown in figures that you were in great danger of giving up the faith; and afterward, you did practically give it up.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 3)
You are now in Africa again. My brother, be as firm as a rock to principle, unmoved by the seductive influences that have led your brothers to become untrue to the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of satanic agencies. I cannot help weeping as I think of how merciful the Lord has been to you, notwithstanding your perversity. His hand has ever been stretched out to save you. I am much encouraged by the stand that you have taken. And I have hope for Philip, I have hope for Peter, I have hope for Henry and Dan and Andrew. God has not given them up to be lost. In His great mercy He still suffers His Spirit to strive with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 4)
In the visible creation, divine wisdom is manifested in an endless variety of processes. Uniformity is not the rule that is followed in the kingdom of nature. Neither is it the rule that is followed in the kingdom of grace. In different ways God works to attain one purpose—the saving of souls. By different methods the gracious Redeemer deals with different minds. The change of heart is as truly wrought out by one process as by another. It is the Lord working upon minds and molding characters.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 5)
All are not led to the Lord in precisely the same way. Human beings are not to define, arbitrarily and narrowly, the characteristics of God’s working on minds. It may be given to one to gain spiritual strength and discernment easily, while another has to contend with “a thorn in the flesh,” and at times is ready, apparently, to step off the heights over the precipice. [2 Corinthians 12:7.] Yet who dare say that God does not still love and regard as His child the one so sorely beset and that His hand is not still stretched out to save?
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 6)
The heavenly Shepherd knows where to find the lambs that are straying from the fold. He will gather them in. He calls upon ministers and lay members to arouse to their responsibility and unite with Him in this work. It is the special duty of Christians to seek and save the lost. Ministers and laymen are to encourage and help those who, sorely beset by temptation, know not which way to turn. My brother, through the grace of God you may become one who is able to bring back to the fold the wandering ones.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 7)
As in the days of Elijah God had seven thousand who had not bowed the knee to Baal, so today He has in the world many who are walking in all the light they have received. A whole firmament of chosen ones has He in reserve that will yet shine forth amidst the darkness. In places where there might be expected only briers and thorns, fruit-bearing trees of righteousness will appear. In such places as these there are those who will bloom more sweetly for the Lord than many who live in more favored places. All around them they will shed the fragrance of His grace as they bloom in most unpromising places.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 8)
Everywhere divine grace is to make itself felt. In places that are now spiritual deserts, there will be found those of whom the servants of the Lord can say, “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 9)
God has souls to be saved in Africa. There are many to be sought out and kindly and tenderly labored for. At present, some may not be ready for the revelation of Christ’s grace; but the sons of mother Wessels—the subjects of so many prayers—may be saved if they will break up their present associations which have led them to disregard heavenly things. I was shown that the Wessels family, if they will, may be transformed into the Christlikeness. The Lord is waiting to be gracious to every member of this family. But in order for them to place themselves where He can work for them, they must leave their present surroundings, one going here and another there, placing themselves under influences more favorable to the growth of grace in the soul. Pride, folly, and extravagance can find no place in the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 10)
My brother, while you are in Africa, do all that you can to change the order of things. By your prayers and your repentance toward God, show the transformation that His grace has wrought in your character. Heaven—eternal life—is worth more than ten thousand times ten thousand worlds. I thank God for you, my brother, that your eyes are being opened to discern the truth. “It is the Lord; let Him do what seemeth best unto Him.” [1 Samuel 3:18.] Walk carefully before God. Many eyes will be upon you. Your desire to accumulate means has been a snare to you, and this desire must be separated from your life.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 11)
“Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race set before us, looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. For consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds. Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. And ye have forgotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him; for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not? ... No chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous, but grievous; nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruits of righteousness unto them which are exercised thereby.” [Hebrews 12:1-7, 11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 12)
My brother, will you study and obey this instruction? Encourage faith in the truth for this time. Walk by faith, not by sight. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.] You need at every step the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. This faith quickens and uplifts the soul by the nobility of holy practice. It is essential to every one who is running in the race for eternal life. It raises the soul into a purer, holier atmosphere, enabling its possessor to look forward to higher and still higher attainments and to discern clearly the dangers of a life of self-indulgence. Look by faith above yourself, and see in the work of God the way to gain the riches that can be laid up beside the throne of God. O the height and depth of the knowledge that may be obtained by unreserved consecration to God. The Lord will have the whole man, or none at all. His favor cannot be purchased with gifts of money. He calls for the gift of the whole heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 13)
It is not necessary for us to know the results of our course of action before we surrender wholly to God. We do not need to see the way or to know what the future will be. One thing we do know, because God has said it—the man that fears God and works righteousness will be accepted by Him. This is enough for us to know. Day by day walk before the Lord in humility and contrition. Your future destiny depends on your own course of action. “Choose ye this day whom ye will serve.” [Joshua 24:15.] “If the Lord be God, then serve Him; but if Baal, then serve him.” [1 Kings 18:21.] Be one thing or the other. “Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” [Matthew 6:24.] Your present happiness and your future well-being depend on your own choice. If you choose to follow Jesus, you must obey the Word, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 14)
Eternal life is for all who eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God—living by every word that proceeds out of His mouth. Those who do this will gain a clear understanding of what it means to be one with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 15)
“The wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:17, 18.] Two people may engage in the same acts of outward worship, yet the service of one, when weighed in the golden scales of the sanctuary, may be found wanting, while the service of the other may be accepted. Only the service that is performed in sincerity, with a humble, contrite heart, is acceptable to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 16)
My brother, neither you nor I can afford to do haphazard work. We must make Christ our Alpha and our Omega, the first, and last, and best in everything. He is ashamed of those who have no desire to follow Him. He prepares for them no mansion in the city of God. He will not accept them as His. They can never be acknowledged as heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ to the immortal inheritance.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 17)
No sacrifice is too great to make for the truth, for Christ, for heaven. Not a farthing of the money that we handle is our own. All is the Lord’s, entrusted to us to test us, to see if we will make a right use of the Lord’s goods. He who in this life does not prove true and faithful will have no second trial. Those who choose the world will perish with the world. A cloud of heavenly witnesses is watching the conflict between good and evil. Those who live for their own pleasure must one day answer to the Judge of all the earth for their misspent privileges and neglected opportunities. They will lose an eternity of bliss and the riches of everlasting life. God forbid that any should delay until it is too late, and should at last have to say, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and I am not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 18)
May God help you, John, to help others. “Lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord; looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” [Hebrews 12:12-15.] Walk straight forward in the path of duty. Show those with whom you associate that you will not turn from your integrity to gain advantage for yourself. Fix your mind on the things of heaven, saying, I must see the King in His beauty. He gave His life for me, and I will not, to please any human being, exert my influence against the truth of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 19)
All are being tested and tried. God will heal the spiritual infirmities of all who sincerely strive to obey Him, at any cost to themselves. The Lord calls upon His people to live the life of Christ. This all must do who enter the gates of the city of God. No one can be a Christian, and at the same time live in conformity to the world. Will you remember, John, that eternal life begins in this world? Our course of action is to be in accordance with the divine similitude. We are to have in us Christ’s life, which is eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 20)
I leave these lines with you. We shall pray for you. Our word to you is, Courage in the Lord. Whatever course your brothers may take, place your feet in the footprints of Christ. Follow the Saviour in the path of self-denial, lifting the cross and bearing it after Him; and thus show your brothers a better and more desirable way than the way of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 21)
May the Lord bless you, my brother. May He give you strength to walk in the path of duty, and may He fill your heart with love and faith and hope and courage.
(18LtMs, Lt 39, 1903, 22)
Lt 39a, 1903
Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell My dear Brother in Christ Jesus,—
I have received your letter and will say to you, Let us not look on the dark side of things. The Lord knows all. Let us prove His faithfulness by obeying the commission that He gave to His disciples, looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 1)
I feel urged to write to you, Elder Haskell, to attend the meeting of the Southern Union Conference to be held at Nashville. You should stand by the side of Elder Butler and bear a plain, decided testimony.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 2)
The Lord has instructed me that some will seek to displace the aged servants of God who have been with this message from its beginning. Those who are inclined to set Brother Butler to one side are not in harmony with the mind of the Lord. God has brought him forth from seclusion, as one chosen to fill an appointed place. He is sound in the faith. The Lord is with him. And if he will be careful not to work too hard, he can nobly fill his place as a man chosen of God to bear important responsibilities in His work. Let no one try to displace Elder Butler, for the Lord has given him his appointment.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 3)
I am more pleased than I know how to express that you two aged soldiers of the cross, men of gray hairs, are still left to us and are able to lift up your voices in the proclamation of solid Bible truth. You have vital truths to present to the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 4)
I am instructed to say to you and to Elder Butler, Do not preach too long at a time. Let your sermons be short and frequent. Be ready to speak whenever any crisis arises. Fanciful doctrines will be presented by some as food for the flock of God. I am instructed to warn our people to be on their guard against false teaching.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 5)
I have recently written a letter to Elder Butler, but it is mislaid, so I will send these few words to you and ask you to read them to him. We remember you both by name in our prayers. We also pray for Edson who is in great danger of carrying too many burdens.
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 6)
With much love to yourself and wife
(18LtMs, Lt 39a, 1903, 7)
Lt 40, 1903
Braucht, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 22, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 44-46. Dear brother Braucht,—
I have wished so much that I might have an opportunity to talk with you. Could I see you, I should say to you what I have been saying to you recently in the visions of the night. You were apparently undecided as to what you would do in the future. I asked, “Why are you perplexed?” You replied, “I am perplexed in regard to what is the best course for me to pursue.” Then One who has authority stepped up to you and said: “You are not your own. You have been bought with a price. Your time, your talents, every jot of your influence is the Lord’s. You are His servant. Your part is to do His bidding and learn daily of Him. You are not to set up in business for yourself. This is not the Lord’s plan. You are not to unite with unbelievers in medical work. Neither is this the Lord’s plan. His word to you is: ‘Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.’” [2 Corinthians 6:14-7:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 1)
You are to receive the grace of Christ, the great Medical Missionary. His divine wisdom will be given to you if you will refuse to yield to the inclination to link up with the world. God desires you to place yourself where you can work in connection with other physicians. You and the one with whom you are associated may not be of the same temperament. It is better if you are not. That which one needs the other may supply[, i]f each will learn to wear the yoke of Christ. “Take My yoke upon you,” He says, “and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 2)
My brother, choose to obey Christ. In His meekness and lowliness receive His counsel. Stand shoulder to shoulder with your brethren, and this will encourage them to stand shoulder to shoulder with you. Hide self in Christ, and the Saviour will be to you a present help in every time of need.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 3)
God’s people have many lessons to learn. They will have perfect peace if they will keep the mind stayed on Him who is too wise to err and too good to do them harm. They are to catch the reflection of the smile of God and reflect it to others. They are to see how much sunshine they can bring into the lives of those around them. They are to keep near to Christ, so close that they sit together with Him as His little children, in sweet, sacred unity. They are never to forget that as they receive the affection and love of God, they are under the most solemn obligation to impart it to others. Thus they may exert an influence of rejoicing, which blesses all who come within its reach, irradiating their pathway.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 4)
This is where the people of God make so many mistakes. They do not express thankfulness for the great gift of God’s love and grace. Selfishness must be expelled from the soul. The heart must be purified from all envy, all evil surmising. Believers must constantly receive and impart the love of God. Then unbelievers will say of them, “They have been with Jesus, and have learned of Him. They are living in intimate companionship with Christ, who is love.” [See Acts 4:13.] The world has keenness of perception, and will take knowledge to some purpose of those who sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. The character of God’s human agencies must be a transcript of the character of their Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 5)
Many things were said—things that made my heart burn within me. I awoke praising God.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 6)
I write this to you, my dear brother, in the hope of helping you. You are in an unsettled state of mind and are tempted to do a strange work, which God has not appointed you to do. None of us are to strike out alone; we are to link up with our brethren and pull together, and God will give us influence and self-control. We are to draw near to God, that He may draw near to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 7)
No one can gain completeness in Christ, who, having the means of gaining a deeper experience in the things of God, fails to realize that every ray of heavenly light, every jot of blessing, is given to him to give to all who come within the sphere of his influence. If we are qualifying ourselves to live in heaven, we are daily drawing nearer and nearer to our Redeemer. We are to represent Christ in every phase of character.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 8)
What is the Bible test of character? “If a man love Me, he will keep My words; and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him.” [John 14:23.] No one need perish in spiritual blindness. A plain “Thus saith the Lord” has been given for the guidance of all.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 9)
My brother, I send these words to you in the love of Christ, and I pray that you will act upon them.
(18LtMs, Lt 40, 1903, 10)
Lt 41, 1903
Braucht, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California February 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 47-48; UL 69. Dr. F. E. Braucht My dear Brother,—
There is need for every physician closely and critically to examine himself. What is his religious experience? Does he allow self to rule? Does he make his own wishes and desires supreme? Does he keep the glory of God ever before him? Is he learning daily of Jesus? If this is your experience, those with whom you are connected will be led nearer to the Saviour. Why?—Because you are constantly beholding Him who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. You will not need to try to shine. You will not be able to help shining. As you behold Jesus, His brightness comes into your life. In your words there is elevated thought and sanctified intelligence. Those with whom you associate take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him, for you reflect His image. You have esteemed His words more than your necessary food. You have sat at His feet and learned of Him. Your words and works testify to your union with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 1)
I wish to say that there is danger of our physicians’ taking themselves into their own hands, thinking that they understand best what they should do. They think that those who offer them counsel do not understand their capabilities or appreciate their value. This is the stumbling stone over which some, at least, have fallen. You are not beyond the temptation of thinking that you can do better work alone than when linked up with your brethren. The very ones who think this are the ones who need the companionship and help of a fellow laborer.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 2)
My brother, the Lord needs your help in His work. Will you not be His helping hand? It would be a serious mistake for you to accept a worldly position, where it would not be possible for you to do the medical missionary work that God desires you to do. Do not make this mistake. Place yourself under the guidance of the greatest Medical Missionary the world has ever known. Under His direction you will gain increased capabilities for doing His work.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 3)
The Lord’s people are to testify, by Christlike lives, that God has a people on the earth who represent the pure and holy company that will meet around the throne of God when the redeemed are gathered into the holy city. Those who in this earth love and obey God will be accounted true and pure and loyal, worthy to dwell with Him in the heavenly courts.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 4)
Will our people awake to their individual accountability? Will they realize that as those who have a knowledge of present truth their work is clearly defined? We are to be laborers together with God. We are to show plainly that we are on the Lord’s side, fully identifying ourselves as believers in the principles that called us out from the world to take our stand on the platform of eternal truth. We are to proclaim the message for these last days—the message that the coming of the Lord is near. Let every one resolve to be like Jesus. Let us wait and watch for the coming of our Lord in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. Christ is the Head of His church. He alone is to be exalted and honored. When His ambassadors fail to honor Him by refusing to give evidence that they are God’s peculiar people, they are going backward and not forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 5)
“Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] Soon this will come to pass; for we are near the close of this earth’s history. “But ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, and holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light; which in time past were not a people, but now are the people of God; which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversation honest among the Gentiles; that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.” [1 Peter 2:9-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 6)
I pray that the people of God may not cast aside the peculiarities of their faith. Christ is glorified by a life of constant, well-defined faith. Paul declares, “The life which I now live, I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me.” [Galatians 2:20.] Christ is to be glorified by the living, working faith of His people. The just shall live by faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 7)
Christ has not left His people to stumble along in darkness. He has marked out the way before them. He says, “He that will come after me, let him deny himself, take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] It is along the path of self-denial, the royal highway cast up by the Redeemer, that God’s people are to travel.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 8)
My brother, bow in submission before Him who has brought life and immortality to light. Let your will and the will of Christ be one. Talk this, pray this, live this. God’s word to us is, “Go forward,” and this word we are to obey, though we shall meet with obstacles seemingly as insurmountable as the Red Sea. [Exodus 14:15.] Let us trust the Lord God of heaven to open the way before His people. “Commit thy way unto the Lord; trust also in Him, and He will bring it to pass.” [Psalm 37:5.] This patience of the soul is the rest of faith. The Lord will bless His tried, faithful people. He will not leave them to become confused.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 9)
In the last great day every word, every act, will be subjected to the crucial test of the Judge of all the earth. The new covenant that God has made with His elect will not cover one trace of evil. God says, “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthiness and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you; and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. And I will put my Spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgments, and do them.” [Ezekiel 36:25-27.] The beginning of all true reformation is the inward cleansing of the Holy Spirit. It is this regeneration that constitutes men and women children of God. Thus they are prepared to worship Him in spirit and in truth. Those whose souls are lifted up unto vanity dishonor the name of Jesus. They are not transformed in character, and therefore they are not prepared to show what it means to be a medical missionary working in connection with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 10)
The Lord calls for heartfelt repentance from those who claim to be His people. Self-indulgence is to find no place in their lives. The church of God is to be jealously guarded from every phase of dishonesty, every taint of corruption. The love of Christ is directly opposed to all avarice, all pride, all pretense. The Lord calls for humble, contrite hearts. He will work by His Holy Spirit upon all who will be worked, all who love Him and keep His commandments. And they will make the presence and power of God so manifestly to appear that the enemies of the truth will be compelled to say that God and His angels are indeed the friends and helpers of those who serve Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 11)
Schism and division are not the fruits of righteousness; they are of the wicked one. The great hindrance to our advancement at this time is the selfishness that prevents believers from having true fellowship with one another. The last prayer that Christ offered for His disciples before His trial was that they might be one in Him. Satan is determined that this oneness shall not be; for it is the strongest witness that can be borne that God did indeed send His Son to reconcile the world to heaven. But the union for which Christ prayed must exist among God’s people before there can be in the church here below the enlargement and power that God longs to see.
(18LtMs, Lt 41, 1903, 12)
Lt 42, 1903
Friend “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 10, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Friend,—
I am sending you by mail a copy of my new book, Education. Please accept it as a token of friendship. I pray that the Lord will make this book a blessing to the many Christian homes where true education is a subject of living interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 42, 1903, 1)
My courage and hope are in the Lord God of Israel. I have written much of late regarding the duty of the church to carry the gospel to all the world. I rejoice that the coming of the Lord is near at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 42, 1903, 2)
Wishing you joy and peace, and praying that you may have power to walk with the Lord, I am,
(18LtMs, Lt 42, 1903, 3)
Yours in the Master’s service.
(18LtMs, Lt 42, 1903, 4)
Lt 43, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 6, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 28, 175, 358, 366-367; WM 132; Ev 402; UL 79. Dear Sister Hall,—
I have received your letter, and I feel greatly relieved. When we did not hear from you as soon as we thought we ought to, we were very anxious, fearing that you might have taken cold and were unwilling to let me know in regard to your situation. We have prayed constantly for you. Your letter has relieved me of a great burden of anxiety. I thank the Lord for His goodness. We hope that you will not be exposed on your journey to Battle Creek. We pray that the Lord will graciously care for you and that your health will greatly improve. I hope that you will be successful in disposing of your place. Then come to us; for we miss you very much.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 1)
I am hoping that you will be able to settle up your business in time to attend the Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 2)
Last night Brother Irwin and Sister E. M. Graham arrived from Australia. Brother Irwin is staying at Willie’s. Miss Graham makes her home with us. She is occupying your room.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 3)
Sara and Maggie will go with me to Conference. Clarence will go to act as one of the reporters for the Conference. We shall miss his help.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 4)
For the last two or three days I have been better in health than for some time past. Soon after you left there came to me from Attorney Green a leaflet containing the statement that Mrs. White is getting rich, that among our people there is great dissatisfaction as to how her money is obtained, and that a thorough investigation is to be made of her business. The accusations contained in this leaflet were cruel and unjust. As I read them, I felt a shock go over me. I came near falling to the floor. Ever since, I have been unable to write or to have matters of perplexity requiring thought brought before me. When Clarence found out how I was feeling, he brought me some pamphlets containing a vindication of Elder and Mrs. White, proving their integrity and asking for one instance of where they had dealt unfairly. Reading these pamphlets relieved my mind somewhat; but for two weeks, yea, three weeks, I have been unable to exercise my mind, for when I did, my nose would bleed. I was afraid that I would not be able to overcome the terrible feeling in my brain. Reading letters that required thought would immediately bring a rush of blood to the head, making my brain feel like a seething furnace; and nosebleed would follow.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 5)
If I keep free from every perplexity, I feel nothing of these sensations. But I have been obliged to stop my writing almost entirely.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 6)
After the camp-meeting in Fresno, I was as a cart pressed beneath sheaves. At the time of the last council held in Battle Creek, there came upon me such an overwhelming sense of the condition of things that for eight weeks I did not sleep past twelve o’clock.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 7)
I worked constantly—writing out matters that must be brought before the brethren. I had just reached the place where I thought that perhaps I should be able to have rest of mind when the cruel communication from Attorney Green came.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 8)
I do not claim as my own one bit of the property that I own. I owe twenty thousand dollars, which I have borrowed to invest in the Lord’s work. Of late years, comparatively few of my books have been sold in the United States. I must have money for running expenses, and I must pay my workers. The money that otherwise I should have to pay for rent, I now pay as interest on the money which I borrowed to secure this home. I am ready to let my place go as soon as the Lord signifies that this is His will and that my work here is done.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 9)
The lack of means does not worry me; for the Lord is my witness that His work has ever been dearer to me than my life.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 10)
I have hoped that my books would sell, not that I might be rich, but that the solemn, sacred truths which the Lord has entrusted to me might be given to the people. I shall be so grateful if my books can be circulated as the Lord desires them to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 11)
I have given and am still giving to the work all the royalties on my translated books sold in foreign countries. This means an annual offering of hundreds of dollars.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 12)
While in Australia I invested much money in building meeting houses and in establishing the Avondale school. In every possible way I helped to advance the work. At one time when we were in a great strait for means, fourteen hundred dollars came to me for some property sold in America. Not one dollar of this money did I use for myself. Some of it I invested in meeting houses, and some of it I gave for the purchase of a tent for camp-meeting work. The rest of it went into the Avondale Health Retreat.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 13)
This is the way in which Sister White is getting rich.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 14)
I praise the Lord that I am now somewhat relieved of the burden that came upon me when I first read the cruel, unjust charges in the pamphlet sent me. Yesterday for the first time Willie ventured to read to me some letters from Elder Daniells and Brother E. R. Palmer and to tell me something of his experience while in the South. I am praying most earnestly that Christ, the great Physician, will heal my afflicted head and eyes and strengthen me to write out the instruction He has given me on Bible subjects. I am asking Him to preserve my eyesight.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 15)
Sometimes I think that perhaps it is time that I felt released from constant writing. I have been trying to write on the life of Solomon. But I have been kept from this work by the consideration of matters pertaining to the Southern field, which have been exceedingly painful to me. The destruction of the Battle Creek Sanitarium and the Review and Herald office stand out before me as lessons too plain and forcible to be misunderstood or dismissed from my mind. I try to present before my brethren the instruction that the Lord gives me concerning these things, but it seems that they will not receive this instruction. When they begin the work of reformation at the heart, out of which are the issues of life, they will begin aright, and the work will be lasting. But I fear that a sense of their real spiritual condition will not come to them till it is too late for them to make the preparation that all must make who are received into the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love His appearing.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 16)
O that the Holy Spirit would take hold upon the hearts of the men in responsible positions in the work of God—those who for so long have been under the deception of the enemy. O that they could see themselves as God sees them. Then there would go forth from unfeigned lips the entreaty, “Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me.” [Psalm 51:10.] And quickly would come the response, “A new heart will I give you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 17)
When will men learn that the Lord, He is God, that He is a personal God, and that He alone is to rule the conscience? O that those in positions of trust would realize that they are but weak, fallible beings. All who would enter the gates of the celestial city must be born again. In no other way can they be saved. The first thing to be done is to make the heart right with God. The work must be genuine. To make believe in this matter is like building on the sand.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 18)
There is a fearful deception upon minds. But how little men realize their peril. As they are now, they are without God and without hope. They are building on sliding sand, and the storm is coming to beat upon their house and sweep it away. It is time for those whom God has been calling and warning for years to begin to ask themselves how they stand before God. How terrible it is to think of a soul lost, eternally lost, when Christ has purchased human beings with His life-blood, and says to them: “Ye are not your own. I gave My life that you should not perish, but have a life that measures with the life of God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 19)
In the night season I am repeating to certain ones the words that Christ spoke as He wept over the impenitence of Jerusalem, “If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day the things which belong unto thy peace!” When the Saviour had spoken these words, He paused. The glorious destiny that might have blessed Jerusalem had she accepted her Redeemer rose before Him. But the bright picture faded from His sight. He realized that she was under the Roman yoke, bearing the frown of God, doomed to His retributive judgement; and He took up the broken thread of His lamentation: “But now they are hid from thine eyes.” [Luke 19:42.] I cannot but feel intensely as I think that of some, unless they change, these words must at last be spoken. This is why I do not wish to attend the General Conference. Ever since I came to America I have been carrying a heavy load, and it seems almost impossible to gird myself for another effort, when my brethren fall so far short of what they ought to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 20)
But I dare not decide not to attend the Conference. If the Lord impresses me that I must go, I shall go, even though I can but fear the result on my physical strength. It seems that the termination of one duty is but the signal for the beginning of another.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 21)
Could I arouse our people to Christian effort, could I lead them to engage in medical missionary work with holy zeal and divine perseverance, not in a few places, but in every place, putting forth personal effort for those out of the fold, how grateful I should be! This is true missionary work. In some places it is attended with little success, apparently; but again, the Lord opens the way, and signal success attends the effort. Words are spoken which are as nails fastened in a sure place. Angels from heaven co-operate with human instrumentalities, and sinners are won to the Saviour. I look at Washington, D.C. and wonder that more has not been done by our people to proclaim the third angel’s message in this important city, the capital of the nation. Why has not a sanitarium been established there? Such an institution would have a powerful influence on the people of the city. In New York, Detroit, and many other large cities, little has been done. The cities of the South, though kept before our people in the testimonies of God’s Spirit, have been neglected. While I would not stay the hand that is stretched out to labor in far-off countries, I would have our people understand that there is a work to be done in the home field. God has a controversy with the believers living in such places as Battle Creek. Why cannot they see that they have something to do for places close at hand? I warned them that God can scatter their forces.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 22)
We are not to become weary in well-doing. Why is not more zeal manifested in preparing the way of the Lord, establishing memorials for Him in prominent places by public and private efforts, gathering into the truth men and women from the highways and the byways. Where are the workers to enter new places? Battle Creek has been warned. Scarcely anything would move the people living there. In places that have not yet been worked, the third angel’s message is to be proclaimed. Earnest efforts are to be put forth to arouse the sleeping churches, that men and women may be led to step out in obedience to the truth and to give themselves unreservedly to the work of warning a doomed world.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 23)
We must learn the meaning of the destruction of two of our largest institutions. We cannot afford to look with indifference on these things. What lesson is God teaching us? Is He not trying to show us the need of closely examining ourselves, that we may see whether we be in the faith or not? Is He not trying to lead us to give more thought to the subject of the time in which we are living? The signs of the times fulfilling all around us show us that the end of all things is at hand. Intense earnestness should take possession of us. Our slumbering energies should be aroused by persevering effort. Consecrated workers should go forth into the field and move understandingly forward, clearing the King’s highway, obtaining victories in new places. Let the Lord’s workers labor in faith and trust. Some for whom they work will listen to the message and accept the truth. Let them do what God has commanded them to do. Proportionate to their faith will be their success. The Scriptures declare: “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 24)
How strange it is that those who have had the light of truth for so many years have not carried the torch of truth into the dark places of the earth. The whole world is astir. The Lord calls upon His people to awake out of sleep. My brethren and sisters, stop criticizing others, but criticize severely your own words and motives. We have no time to spend in using the enemy’s methods. We are to hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. Envy, malice, hatred, unbelief, which have been growing into sturdy plants in the garden of the soul, are to be uprooted and cast out and their place supplied by love, patience, forbearance, kindness, benevolence, tenderheartedness, meekness.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 25)
The Result of Self-Denying Effort
Let not self-denial be so rare as it has been in the past among the people of God. The Lord will co-operate with every one who is truly in earnest. What may be accomplished by self-denying effort is shown by the result of the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. In giving us this book, the Lord gave us a great blessing. I praise Him with heart and soul that He put it into my heart to give this book for the relief of the schools. I praise Him that our publishing houses acted so generous a part in the work of preparing the book for sale. And I praise Him that our people have put their hand so nobly to the work of its circulation. The Lord has greatly blessed them. In the effort to sell this book, they have learned by practical experience what they can do for the advancement of the work. And they have learned also how to speak to strangers about the truth. Through the lessons contained in this book, sinners have been warned, convicted, and converted.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 26)
While the men of the world are idolizing money, and making it their trust, the Lord in His providence has brought forth from His treasure house a precious treasure and has placed it within the reach of all. He has given His people an opportunity to take to their friends and neighbors and to strangers a book containing the precious lessons of Christ. As those who have never tried to sell books have thought of going out with this book, a dread has come into their hearts. But the Lord has led and guided them as His little children. He has taught old and young, men and women, how to give the light of truth to those who know it not.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 27)
And the purchasers have been blessed. Their hearts have been softened as they have listened to the story of the self-denying effort to free our schools from debt. By the sale of this book many sermons have been preached. Those in the highways as well as those in the hedges have been reached. As men and women of every age have gone forth to sell Object Lessons, and in simple words have told what they were trying to do, a deep impression has been left on minds. Hearts have been touched. Worldly, self-indulgent men and women have been convinced of their selfishness and have bought a copy of the book. Some have bought several copies, that they might give them to their friends.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 28)
How grateful we should be that the Lord devised this means of bringing hope and comfort to starving souls. He makes this book a leaf from the tree of life to those who turn to Him. Through it He will change the hearts of men and women living in worldliness and self-indulgence. As a result of the effort to sell it, some—yes, many, will be converted and brought to a knowledge of the truth. Many who might never have an opportunity to hear a discourse from the living preacher will be fed with the bread of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 29)
Christ’s command is, “Go out into the highways and hedges and compel them to come in, that My house may be full.” [Luke 14:23.] The effort to sell Object Lessons has taken to many the invitation to the feast that God has prepared.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 30)
The Lord put it into the heart of Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland to devise means for the circulation of Object Lessons. Thus much good has been and will be accomplished. The circulation of this book is the Lord’s missionary work, and it will make joyful the hearts of all who engage in it. To some the cross at first seemed heavy, but they found that in lifting it, it lifted them and brought peace and joy to their souls. Their testimony has been, “His yoke is easy, and His burden is light.” [See Matthew 11:30.] In willing, unselfish service they have found rest to their souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 31)
Christ has placed upon His church a sacred charge, the fulfilling of which calls for self-denial at every step. When those who believe in Him are seen lifting the cross and bearing it after Him in the path of self-denial, willingly doing all in their power to bring blessing to those for whom Christ died, witness will be borne to the power of Christianity, and in the hearts of many now unbelievers will spring up faith in Him who gave His life to save a guilty world from eternal ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 43, 1903, 32)
Lt 44, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 9, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 259-260; TDG 77; 7BC 943, 963; OHC 32. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I should have been very much pleased to meet you at Conference, but I learn that you are not coming; therefore I will write you a letter to go by this mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 1)
I understand that you are having at the Sanitarium some difficulty in regard to the diet question. I am very sorry for this, because I know that unless the workers can agree, their differences will be a source of constant temptation. You and Dr. Kress and his wife are to co-operate. Things would have come to a strange pass should either of you say, We cannot work together, because we do not see alike on the diet question. Be sure that you are heeding Christ’s prayer for unity. He says: “They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone; but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word, that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent me.” [John 17:16-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 2)
Since the oneness of Christ’s followers is of such weighty consequence, be sure that you come to an agreement. By your unity you bear witness to the world that God has sent His Son to save sinners. Only the power of Christ’s grace could work the miracle of bringing into perfect harmony men of different dispositions and ideas. The truths of God’s Word, brought into the practical life, will enable believers to live together in complete unity.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 3)
It is well for Brother and Sister Burden and Brother and Sister Kress to have strong minds. Each is to maintain his individuality. Each is to preserve an individuality that will not be submerged in the individuality of another. No human being is to be the shadow of another human being. But God’s servants are to labor together in a unity that blends mind with mind. Do you think that this unity can exist among the workers in the Sanitarium unless you all take a judicious, sanctified position?
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 4)
“The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one.” [Verse 22.] Are you willing to make sacrifices to answer this prayer? Or will you, because there is a difference of opinion regarding certain articles of food that one or the other thinks should or should not be set on the table, or regarding the hours for meals, will you say that you cannot work together? Is this Bible sanctification?
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 5)
“I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one, and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verse 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 6)
What a wonderful statement. The thought is almost too great for the mind to comprehend. But the promise is to be believed and acted upon by Christians, that Christ’s prayer may be answered.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 7)
The Saviour says, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you.” This is the restraining of the human will, human appetite, human inclination. “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] The will is to be yielded to the will of Christ. As this is done, rest is found, and the testimony is borne, “Christ’s yoke is easy, and His burden is light.”
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 8)
My brother, a firm will is a good thing when it is sanctified. But I know, from the light that the Lord has given me, that you and your wife need to yoke up with Christ and to learn that in some respects your ideas and plans and methods would be improved if modified.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 9)
The Sanitarium has been established that all classes may be reached by the truth. I ask you and Brother and Sister Kress to do all in your power to bring into the Sanitarium the unity for which Christ prayed. Reveal His love. Let the truth rule in the heart, and you will be one with Christ in God.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 10)
You say that you are dyspeptics. Is it not possible that your plan of eating may not be the best? I am instructed to say that you need to change in some things, else you will injure your digestive powers. I do not say what you shall or shall not eat. But if, while eating the things you choose, you have dyspepsia, I think you ought to make a decided change.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 11)
If you are convinced that your habits of eating are just as they should be, and that there is no possibility of your being able to make a change for the better, you could try perhaps [to] board by yourselves instead of in the institution. But if I were a dyspeptic, I should make changes in my diet until I knew for a certainty that I was eating the food that my stomach could best care for. A craving for certain things may need to be brought into subjection. Self is rebellious and must be strictly disciplined.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 12)
Be regular in your habits of eating, and be sure not to overburden the stomach by eating too many kinds of food at one time. Stop eating before you feel entirely satisfied. The stomach is the most abused organ of the whole body. It is often wearied by the effort to take care of food that should not be eaten at the same time. A disturbance is created by the kinds of food brought together. Soon there is an all-gone feeling, and many think that this is hunger. But it is not. The trouble is that the stomach has too much to do. Let it be given less to do, and it will recover its healthy tone. The simpler the food eaten, and the fewer the kinds, the easier is the stomach’s work.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 13)
The same rules of eating cannot be made for all. I make it a rule never to eat custards; for when I eat them, they always make a disturbance in my stomach. But there are those in my family who suffer no inconvenience from eating custards, and because I cannot eat them, I do not say that they ought not to eat them. We must each experiment and know for ourselves what is best for us to eat.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 14)
We may have to abstain from many things that others can eat without inconvenience.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 15)
The Education of Israel
The Lord chose Israel for His own people. When He brought them out of Egypt they were a people just set free from slavery. For four hundred years they had been bondmen under the discipline of force. Now, under the instruction of Christ, the One who had pledged Himself to redeem the world, they were to learn the philosophy of heaven. They were to become an educating power in the world. Through them God designed to make known the laws of His kingdom and His rules of government.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 16)
The Lord Jesus took this despised race out of the house of oppression and slavery to make them His own peculiar people. He took them away from the kingdoms of the world and for forty years led them in the wilderness to prepare them to be a representation of what His people should be. Through them He manifested His supreme authority. All other nations were afraid of them, because Jehovah was with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 17)
Their journey through the wilderness was to be to them a school of preparation, a training. They were to learn under the special supervision of Christ. Enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, He gave them instruction through Moses. By a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night He guided them. The record says: “Moreover thou leddest them in the day by a pillar of fire, to give them light in the way wherein they should go.” [Nehemiah 9:12.] The ark containing the law of God led the way. The place of encampment was indicated by the descent of the pillar of fire. As long as the cloud rested on the tabernacle, the people remained in camp. When it lifted, they pursued their journey.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 18)
At Sinai God sought to impress Israel with the holiness of His character and requirements and the exceeding guilt of transgression. But the people were slow to learn the lesson. Accustomed as they had been in Egypt to material representations of the deity, and these of the most degrading nature, it was difficult for them to conceive of the existence or the character of the Unseen One. In pity for their weakness, God gave them a symbol of His presence. “Let them make me a sanctuary,” He said, “that I may dwell among them.” [Exodus 25:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 19)
It was under His direction that the tabernacle was built. Great was the privilege and honor granted Israel in the preparation of the sanctuary; and great also was the responsibility. A structure of surpassing splendor, demanding for its construction the most costly material and the highest artistic skill, was to be erected in the wilderness by a people just escaped from slavery. It seemed a stupendous task. But He who had given the plan of the building stood pledged to co-operate with the builders.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 20)
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah; and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship.... And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahismach, of the tribe of Dan; and in the hearts of all that are wise hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee.” [Exodus 31:1-3, 6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 21)
The education of the Israelites included all their habits of life. Everything that concerned their well-being was the subject of divine solicitude and came with the province of divine law. It was because the Lord desired to make them His representatives that He provided them with a special bill of fare. They were placed under careful restrictions in regard to their diet. The use of flesh food was almost entirely prohibited. The people were to be holy, and the Lord knew that the use of flesh meat would be a hindrance to their advancement in spiritual life. By a miracle of mercy He fed them with the bread of heaven. The food provided for them was of a nature to promote physical, mental, and moral strength; and though so many of them rebelled against the restriction of their diet and longed to return to the ways “when,” they said, “we sat by the flesh pots, and when we did eat bread to the full” [Exodus 16:3], yet the wisdom of God’s choice for them was vindicated in a manner that they could not gainsay. Notwithstanding the hardships of their wilderness life, there was not a feeble one in all their tribes.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 22)
If the Israelites had been given the diet to which they had been accustomed while in Egypt, they would have exhibited the unmanageable spirit that the world is exhibiting today. In the diet of men and women in this age there are included many things that the Lord would not have permitted the children of Israel to eat. The human family as it is today is an illustration of what the children of Israel would have been if God had allowed them to eat the food and follow the habits and customs of the Egyptians.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 23)
Lessons for Us
The history of the wilderness life of Israel was chronicled for the benefit of the Israel of God till the close of time. The record of God’s dealing with the wanderers in all their marchings to and fro, in their exposure to hunger, thirst, and weariness, and in the striking manifestations of His power for their relief is fraught with warning and instruction for His people in this age. The varied experiences of the Hebrews was a school of preparation for their promised home in Canaan. God would have His people review in these days, with a humble heart and a teachable spirit, the trials through which ancient Israel passed, that they may be instructed in their preparation for the heavenly Canaan.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 24)
The record of the journeyings of Israel in the wilderness contains communications direct from heaven. These lessons are for us. Let us read and understand. There the divine laws are plainly stated. There are recorded sacred principles of morality, justice, reverence for God, respect for man made in the image of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 25)
The teachings of the representative men of Israel, who received their message directly from God, is not Yea and Nay, but Yea and Amen. The instruction that they received we are to bring into our service for God today. The words were spoken by the same Christ who afterward came to the world to stand at the head of the race as a divine-human Saviour; and these words are as verily spoken to us as to them. They are given to help us to reach the standard of righteousness, to show us how to advance in conquest of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 26)
In His Word God reveals what He can do for human beings. He molds and fashions after the divine similitude the characters of those who will wear His yoke. Through His grace they are made partakers of the divine nature and are thus enabled to overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. It is God who gives us power to overcome. Those who hear His voice and obey His commandments are enabled to form righteous characters. Those who disregard His expressed commands will form characters like the propensities that they indulge.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 27)
*****
On Which Side Shall We Stand?
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 28)
In the world there are but two parties. One acknowledges as its head the prince of darkness, who caused the fall of our first parents. The other stands under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. The great movements of providence will bring out a people who are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Let us be sure under which banner we are standing, the banner of Satan or the banner of Christ. There is no middle ground. All in the world are standing on one side or the other.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 29)
There are those who, though professedly serving God, are witnessing against Him. To them the message to the Laodicean church is given. Christ says to them, “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot.” [Revelation 3:15.] When the avenging angel shall pass through the land, Christ cannot say of them, “Touch them not. I have graven them upon the palms of My hands.” [See Isaiah 49:16.] No; of these halfhearted ones He says, “I will spew them out of my mouth. They are offensive to me.” [See Revelation 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 30)
Halfhearted Christians are worse than infidels; for their deceptive words and noncommittal position lead many astray. The infidel shows his colors. The lukewarm Christian deceives both parties. He is neither a good worldling nor a good Christian. Satan uses him to do a work that no one else can do.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 31)
The line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth him not is ever to be kept clear and distinct. To be a Christian is to link up with Christ. To those in the service of God who stand half with believers and half with unbelievers, God says, “Stand aside. I cannot endorse your influence. Your course is misleading. The service of such as you has made many infidels. Stand aside.”
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 32)
The time will come when all will show plainly on whose side they are standing. Moses and Aaron were often compelled to stand on the mount of advantage, in opposition to their brethren, decidedly asserting their loyalty. Today God’s servants are to show plainly where they are standing. Those who have any part to act in the education and training of the people of God, who are to act so important a part in the last work to be done for the world, must be faithful and decided and wholly in earnest. Those who stand wholly on the Lord’s side will be given the clear light of truth. There will be no uncertainty in the minds of others as to where they are standing. God will give strength to those who will stand fast in the liberty wherewith He makes free all who choose to stand with Him. He will give them His insignia and will give them freedom from all bondage. He will give them wisdom to use their capabilities for Him. He will help them to speak inspiring, uplifting words to those who need encouragement—words that will give believers and unbelievers confidence that they bear a message of importance from the throne of God. Such workers do not seek to exalt self, but to glorify the Lord of heaven. They have a deep experience in the things of God. The message that they bear means something to them and to those who hear.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 33)
It is for our present and eternal good to bear aloft the banner on which is inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.] Those who do this exert a strong influence on the side of right. But a halfhearted confession of faith will never rebuke unbelievers for their transgression of God’s law. God says: “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 34)
“Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 7:1.] Our present and future welfare call for this entire separation from the world. Those who occupy positions of trust in our institutions are to give evidence that they are thoroughly converted. Those who do not give this evidence should not be allowed to mold the work of God. Those who are connected with this sacred work should never play a double game, exerting an influence on both sides.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 35)
God is not pleased with the position that His people are taking. Instead of gathering with Him, they are scattering abroad. They are using common fire instead of the sacred fire of the Lord’s kindling. God would save them from their sins. He would keep them from wasting their endowments and from the bitter remorse that will come to them if they do not make their life the success that God desires them to make it. There are those who, if they do not immediately retrace their steps, will at last bear the sad message: “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.] In many things they are unwise and unfaithful. Their voices strengthen unbelief; and because they make strange paths for their feet, many are cast into uncertainty and confusion.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 36)
God calls upon His people to stand out upon the platform of eternal truth. To those who will put on the whole Christian armor, placing themselves unreservedly under God’s control, will be given strength to honor God day by day, to do His will and follow His way. Such ones will gain the mastery over the deceptions and insinuations of satanic agencies. They will discern the enemy’s falsities and enticements.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 37)
The worldly minded and unrighteous see in the truth only confusion and a mixed-up jumble of opposites. Christ has no beauty that they should desire Him. We shall be compelled to leave some in the entanglement that for years they have been preparing themselves. There are those that we must allow nothing to hinder us from reaching—the sorrowful and the brokenhearted. We have a message to bear to those who will be benefited. We cannot exhaust our powers upon those who will not hear. Many close their eyes in death who might have been spared had they been relieved of the burdens placed on them by the course of those who refused to come to Christ. I am obliged to say, “Some are joined to their idols; let them alone.” [See Hosea 4:17.] If they continue to feel that they are in no need of change, the change that they must have before they can be saved will never come to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 38)
I entreat our people not to allow the enemy to take advantage of them, so that believers will have no confidence in the work that since 1844 the Lord has been doing in our world. There are those claiming to believe the truth who are lost in the wilderness of unbelief, as was Baalam. Baalam was once acknowledged by God as a prophet of the Lord, but he proved unfaithful to his trust; and had the Lord permitted, he would have placed the people of God in a false light.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 39)
The true follower of Christ alone has the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come. The lowliest disciple of Christ will stand higher in the kingdom of God than the one who, in seeking to exalt himself, has left a wrong impression on the minds of unbelievers. The humbleminded one, who is willing to wear Christ’s yoke, will learn His meekness and lowliness and will keep in subordination the natural desire to be first. His character will be after the divine similitude, and God will exalt him above those who strove to exalt themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 40)
Looking to Jesus for help and guidance, seeking to understand and to proclaim the message for this time—this is our work. God says to us: “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sin.” [Isaiah 58:1.] “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people; but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising.” [Isaiah 60:1-3.] We need to awake. Many have long been in a state of confusion and uncertainty. Christ came to seek and save that which was lost. When the spirit of the third angel’s message takes hold upon the hearts of Seventh-day Adventists, there will be a work done that God can approve.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 41)
In this time of peril we need men who serve God with all the powers of body, mind, and soul, and who will stand firm for the right. God will give such men power to be faithful sentinels over themselves. But He cannot trust His work to halfhearted, halfconverted men, men who cannot discern between righteousness and unrighteousness, truth and error, men who, though they have had great light and many opportunities, reason in a way that leads minds into confusion. The cause of God needs men and women who will stand on the platform of truth without wavering, and who will hold the banner of truth firmly aloft, so that no one can fail to see on which side they are standing. Their position is to be clearly defined. Their hearts are to be pure and holy, free from pretense or deception. Those who cannot give the plain “Shibboleth” [Judges 12:6], those who know not the meaning of the ministry of godliness, God cannot accept, whatever their profession may be.
(18LtMs, Lt 44, 1903, 42)
Lt 45, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 10, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 37-43. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have just written a letter to Brother and Sister Burden, a portion of which will be sent tomorrow. This letter to them is as much for yourselves as for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 1)
I have seen expressed in writing the idea that if you two families cannot be agreed upon some points in connection with the diet question, the only alternative is separation; for you believe that under such circumstances you could not work together. I felt sorry to see this statement. I understand the situation. God desires you to unite in working for men and women of varied minds—for infidels, and for church members of all denominations. This is a field in which you both can work to advantage; but you fear that a difference of opinion on a few minor matters is sufficient cause for you to break up your co-operative influence. If you could know how sad this makes my heart, you would begin to make a somewhat closer investigation of yourselves than you have made.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 2)
There is nothing that bears comparison with the aim and purpose of Christian instrumentalities laboring for the salvation of souls. At the time of baptism in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, the will, the purpose, the inclination is pledged that the whole life—body, mind, and soul—shall be dead to the world and to all selfishness and shall become subordinate to the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 3)
The apostle Paul says: “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 4)
Is Christ divided? Is a trifling difference of opinion of sufficient consequence to part asunder very friends, so that they cannot unite in doing a good work? Are individual opinions to be regarded as being so infallible as not to admit of any change? This is certainly spiritual weakness. Let each worker humble his heart before God. As no one’s opinion is always without a flaw, do not act as if you could not talk the matter over together and concede to one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 5)
Brother and Sister Kress, I wish to present for your consideration a few points that have been revealed to me since first there arose the difficulties connected with the question of discarding flesh meat from the tables of our medical institutions. Other questions demand even more serious consideration, but I will now write in regard to this one.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 6)
I have been plainly instructed by the Lord that flesh meat should not be placed before the patients in our sanitarium dining rooms. Light was given me that the patients could have flesh meat, if, after hearing the parlor lectures, they still urged us to give it to them; but that, in such cases, it must be eaten in their own rooms. All the helpers are to discard flesh meat. But, as stated before, if, after knowing that the flesh of animals cannot be placed on the dining-room tables, a few patients urge that they must have meat, cheerfully give it to them in their rooms.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 7)
Accustomed, as many are, to the use of flesh meat, it is not surprising that they should expect to see it on the sanitarium table. You may find it unadvisable to publish the bill of fare, giving a list of the foods supplied at the table; for the absence of flesh meat from the dietary may seem a formidable obstacle to those who are thinking of becoming patrons of the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 8)
Let the food be palatably prepared and nicely served. More dishes will have to be prepared than would be necessary if flesh meat were served. Other things can be provided so that meats can be discarded. Milk and cream can be used by some.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 9)
I make myself a criterion for no one else. There are things that I cannot eat without suffering great distress. I try to learn that which is best for me, and then, saying nothing to any one, I partake of the things that I can eat, which often are simply two or three varieties that will not create a disturbance in the stomach.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 10)
Let us remember that we have had a long time to become accustomed to the health reform diet. We cannot expect anything else than that in our sanitariums it will be necessary to furnish dishes prepared somewhat differently from those prepared for our own use; for we have learned to relish plain food. It is necessary to plan more liberally for a medical institution than for a private family. Many things must be taken into consideration, and concessions must be made to meet the peculiar needs of the many classes of patients coming to our sanitariums. A straitjacket is not to be put on the appetite suddenly. When you become acquainted with these people, and understand their true condition, prescriptions can be given to meet the individual requirements.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 11)
In all our sanitariums a liberal bill of fare should be arranged for the patients’ dining room. I have not seen anything very extravagant in any of our medical institutions; but I have seen some tables that were decidedly lacking in a supply of good, inviting, palatable food. Often patients at such institutions, after remaining for a while, have decided that they were paying a large sum for room, board, and treatment, without receiving much in return, and have therefore left. Of course complaints greatly to the discredit of the institution were soon in circulation.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 12)
There are two extremes, both of which we should avoid. May the Lord help every one connected with our medical institutions not to advocate a meager supply of food. The men and women of the world who come to our sanitariums often have perverted appetites. Radical changes cannot be made suddenly for all these. Some cannot at once be placed on as plain a health-reform diet as would be acceptable in a private family. In a medical institution there are varied appetites to satisfy. Some require well-prepared vegetables to meet their peculiar needs. Others have not been able to use vegetables without suffering the consequence. The poor, sick dyspeptics need to be given many words of encouragement. Let the religious influence of a Christian home pervade the Sanitarium. This will be conducive to the health of the patients. All these things have to be managed carefully and prayerfully. The Lord sees the difficulties to be adjusted, and He will be your Helper.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 13)
To every one who is connected with the Wahroonga Sanitarium, I would say, as Paul said to Timothy, “Take heed to thyself, and to the doctrine.” We need to heed the added injunction, too: “Continue in them; for in so doing thou shalt both save thyself, and them that hear thee.” [1 Timothy 4:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 14)
My brother, my sister, the Lord has greatly blessed you both. Your cheerful, happy temperament will be as a medicine. Have faith in God. Move, step by step, onward and upward. And as you associate with the patients and minister to them by imparting God’s word of comfort and hope, may the words of truth be to them as a leaf from the tree of life. Lead them on to have faith in Christ Jesus. Thus many souls will decide to count the cost of their sinful indulgence of intemperate habits and sensual propensities—indulgence that, if continued, would prove the ruin of soul as well as of body.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 15)
Sister Kress, talks to mothers given by you will be all the more appreciated because you are a mother. O if we only could make those in ignorance understand that mothers—yea, fathers too—are themselves to a high degree responsible for the texture of the fabric of character that they give to their children! By their own words and actions, by the temper they manifest, they exert over their little ones a molding influence. If they would only receive the help that Jesus offers them, both fathers and mothers may be a blessing to their children, by giving studious attention to the cultivation of right habits and practices physically, intellectually, and morally. True education is thus brought into the practical life.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 16)
March 11, 1903
I have just had placed in my hand the letter you sent me. Thank you. I have read it. My heart leaps with joy and hope to learn that you are so cheerful. I have not had time yet to read the pamphlets sent by Sister Irwin, but will write on these things more fully at some other time, if I can do so.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 17)
Yesterday I wrote to you some things that I hope will in no wise confuse you. I may have written too much in regard to the importance of having a liberal dietary in our sanitariums. I have been in several medical institutions where the supply of food was not as liberal as it should have been. As you well know, in providing for the sick we must not follow one set regimen, but must frequently vary the bill of fare and prepare food in different ways. I believe that the Lord will give all of you good judgment in the preparation of food. I have confidence to believe that He will give you wisdom to work unitedly, and that you will not weaken your influence by failing to co-operate with one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 18)
In our family we have breakfast at half-past six o’clock and diner at half-past one. We have no supper. We would change our times of eating a little, were it not for the fact that these are the most convenient hours for some of the members of the family. I eat but two meals a day and still follow the light given me thirty-five years ago. I use no meat. As for myself, I have settled the butter question. I do not use it. This question should easily be settled in every place where the purest article cannot be obtained. We have two good milch cows, a Jersey and a Holstein. We use cream, and all are satisfied with this.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 19)
The evidence you have that the blessing of God attends faithful efforts made to restore the sick by those having limited facilities are the very same that we had years ago in Battle Creek. Before our Sanitarium there was established, my husband and I went from house to house to give treatment. Under God’s blessing, we saved the lives of many who were suffering from attacks of diphtheria and bloody dysentery. Even physicians were burying their own children. Instruction was given to me by the Lord in regard to the kind of treatment I should give, and we had success.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 20)
What I have written, I desire you to regard as advice given to men and women whom I believe to have good, sanctified judgment. I know that one of the greatest dangers is in eating too much, thus making the stomach do too heavy work. I am sure that when an abstemious diet is practiced judiciously, excellent results follow.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 21)
I must now close, or I shall not be able to get this into the mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 22)
With much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 45, 1903, 23)
Lt 46, 1903
Evans, I. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June, 1901 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Evans,—
Elder Daniells has written to me in regard to an old wooden building used by the Review office as a storehouse. He says that you and he and others have considered the matter of removing this old building and putting up in its place a brick building. I have written a few words to Elder Daniells regarding this matter and will now write to you. I am much surprised that such a proposition should be made, after all that was said at the last General Conference. The buildings piled up in Battle Creek by our people stand as an offense to God. Much has been crowded into this city and has served as a decoy, while many other cities of America have been left unworked. This condition of things testifies to the unfaithfulness of the stewards to whom God entrusted the work of seeing that all parts of His vineyard received a proportionate amount of attention.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 1)
The course of those who had the management of the work makes it hard for me to think that they see this matter as it is. It has cost me great pain of heart to look on these buildings, to think of their history for the past twenty years, and to realize how God regards some of the transactions that have taken place in connection with His work. I have been sorely grieved as I have seen God’s work tainted and corrupted with selfishness, until God has permitted prosperity to cease from His institutions. From the record they have made, it looks as if the blind had been leading the blind.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 2)
Had those who listened to the message sent to the Lord’s people at the last General Conference cleared the King’s highway, had they confessed the sin that made the reproof necessary, how greatly the Lord would have blessed them. But they turned away from the truth to follow their own human wisdom. My brethren, your words and actions are recorded in the books of heaven. I tell you that the Lord will soon turn and overturn, and you will have evidence that He means what He says in the warnings that He sends. For Christ’s sake do not, I beg of you, add another building to the Review and Herald office.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 3)
I dare not give you all the light given me. You could not bear it. The commercial work brought into the Review and Herald office is defiling the institution that God declared should be kept free from all moral and spiritual defilement. It is for the commercial work that more facilities and workers are demanded. You will surely have fewer buildings. Before you are aware, the Lord’s hand will be stretched out to destroy rather than to create and add to.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 4)
For years the youth in the Review office have been treated in a way that is displeasing to God. These youth come to the office to be trained for service, to become masters of their business. Thoroughly trained, efficient printers can find employment in any country. But the slack, inefficient training given to the youth in the Review and Herald office is far from the training that God wants them to receive. Some of the matter they handle is of satanic origin and brings continual temptation to them. Thus Satan is sowing his seeds in their minds. The management has been destitute of proper discipline. Some of the language often used is a shame to any office. The harsh ordering that is heard, the masterly authority exercised, are giving the youth a terrible education.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 5)
When a certain work is committed to a number of people, each should act his part in such a way that light will shine out amidst the moral darkness. Let each one guard himself strictly, standing in his lot and place, to do his appointed work. Let no hasty, condemnatory words be spoken in the Lord’s institutions. Let those for whom Christ has died respect and help one another, treating all with kindness and patience. This world is a school, in which we are to be prepared to enter the higher school in the courts above. If one forgets his place, and speak harshly to a fellow worker, let him remember that he has wounded Christ in the person of one of His children. Let not the one who has been hurt retaliate. Let him be so kind and considerate that the one who has spoken discourteously will feel ashamed of himself. “Greater is he that ruleth his spirit than he that taketh a city.” [Proverbs 16:32.] He has conquered self—the strongest foe with which man has to deal.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 6)
The Saviour understands every feeling of the human heart. He hears every word uttered. He measures the temptation that one member of His family on earth places before another member.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 7)
I wish to speak about the light given me after the General Conference. It was at the time of this Conference that those connected with the publishing work should have been thoroughly converted. Special heed should have been given to the Testimonies of the Spirit of God. Had there been a break at the time of the Conference, everything would have been changed. The Spirit of God would have worked upon hearts. But since the Conference, the evils that existed before have continued to exist, because in the changes made, men were placed in positions of influence who needed to be converted. Sins have been left unconfessed. The spirit manifested since the Conference has, in many respects, been as objectionable as the spirit manifested before the Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 8)
Commercial work, of a character that is displeasing to God, has been accepted and handled in the Review office. Matter containing principles that lead to false doctrines has been brought into the office. Stewardship of this kind shows that men are blinded, that they are lacking in spiritual discernment. The desecration that the printing of these sentiments has brought into the office has had an influence like the influence of the desecration of the temple in Christ’s day.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 9)
The taking in of so large an amount of commercial work called for new presses and other facilities, which in turn called for more commercial work. And by some of this commercial work the minds of the workers have been poisoned. Some have left the office because their wages were not as high as they thought they ought to be. They asked, Why should not we receive the pay that the workers in the printing offices of the world receive when they do the work that we do. Would they have felt thus if there had been in the office the reformation that the Lord calls for?
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 10)
Had the standard been kept as high as it ought to have been, nothing that militates against the truth would have been received into the publishing house. Angels of God are walking through every room of the office. Every worker in the institution should have been filled with the thought of the nearness of Christ’s second coming and the necessity of preparing for this event. It was to proclaim the message of His coming that our publishing houses were established, not to send out to the world errors that have a seductive influence on human minds.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 11)
The spiritual atmosphere pervading a printing office will be of the same character as the matter brought into it. The matter received into our printing offices is to be the pure truth of God, cleansed from all heresy. It is an offense to God for the time and ability of the workers in our publishing houses to be given to printing error of Satan. When they do this, they are not laboring with God, but with the enemy of all righteousness. There are important, elevated themes upon which we are to dwell. The subject of the incarnation of Christ should receive more of our thought. Christ came to the world to stand at the head of humanity, that humanity might partake of divinity. The Majesty of heaven humbled Himself to teach His followers the lesson of humility. He was tempted in all points like as we are, that He might know how to succor them that are tempted.
(18LtMs, Lt 46, 1903, 12)
Lt 47, 1903
Gilbert, F. C. Oakland, California March 28, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 152-155. My dear brother,—
I read your letter this morning. It is full of rich things, which encourage and bless.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 1)
We came to Oakland last Monday to attend the General Conference. The Conference proper does not open until Friday, but the preliminary councils had already begun when we arrived. In this meeting there will be many important questions to consider. We shall require the wisdom that God alone can give. We have been praying that the Lord will richly bestow His grace upon us. We need His leadership at every step. We must follow closely in the footprints of Jesus. He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] I have been deeply impressed that there must be much less talk, much less criticism, and much more earnest soul-hunger for the words of Bible truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 2)
Our clearest conceptions cannot reach to a full understanding of the things of God. But I know that there is much more knowledge for us if we will only seek for it by faith, believing the promises. We are too easily satisfied with a little. If we overcome in the battle with the powers of darkness, we must daily receive light and grace from on high. Before we can fulfil the requirements of God, we must receive power from the Source of all power.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 3)
We are not merely to enjoy selfishly the contemplation of heavenly things. We are to grasp much that, to those who are weak in faith, we may speak words that will encourage them to press toward the mark of the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus. We must gather divine instruction from the teachings of our Lord, that we may flash light upon the pathway of those who are struggling against what seem to them to be insurmountable difficulties. We must reach out for refined, elevated, ennobling language with which to express spiritual ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 4)
Christ is to be our Example in all things. He clothed His divinity with humanity and came to this earth to be afflicted in all points on which human beings are afflicted. He has passed through the experience through which we are called to pass. But there is one experience through which He has never passed—the experience of sinning. It is because, though tempted in all points like as we are, He was yet without sin, that He is able to succor those that are tempted. The divine-human Sin-bearer—He can take away our sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 5)
The thought is too great for our comprehension. O how honored we are in having a Saviour who can save to the uttermost all who come unto God by Him. “Unto the uttermost”—these words comprehend and include all. [Hebrews 7:25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 6)
The Lord Jesus can communicate to us spiritual truths that no words of ours can adequately express. The brightness of the celestial world, the splendor and joy of the Christian’s hope, which make our hearts glow within us, we can but feebly portray.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 7)
The apostle Paul was taken to the third heaven, and while there was given a view of celestial things. When he returned to a consciousness of earthly things, he found that it was impossible for him to describe the enrapturing scenes that had passed before him. But he kept in his soul the wonderful picture of what he had seen.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 8)
So long as God gives me power to speak to our people, I shall continue to call upon parents to leave the cities and get homes in the country where they can cultivate the soil and learn from the book of nature the lessons of purity and simplicity. The things of nature are the Lord’s silent ministers given to us to teach us spiritual truths. They speak to us of the love of God and declare the wisdom of the great Master-artist.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 9)
I love the beautiful flowers. They are memories of Eden pointing to the blessed country into which, if faithful, we shall soon enter. The Lord is leading my mind to the health-giving properties of the flowers and trees.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 10)
How wonderful the lesson taught by the water lily which, growing amidst debris and driftwood, strikes its channeled stem and roots downward to the sand beneath and upon the bosom of the lake opens its flowers of spotless purity and loveliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 11)
The heavens declare the glory of God. The stars speak of Him. The sun, the ruler of the day and the moon, with its softer light, declare His glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 12)
We are to look through nature to nature’s God. Let us open our hearts to understand the lessons of these teachers. To those who are in touch with God, the works of His hands speak of the kingdom that is eternal in the heavens. Let us enter by faith the holy of holies, and hold communion with our heavenly Father and with our Redeemer, the Saviour of sinners, who will wash us and make us white in His blood.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 13)
As the things of nature show their appreciation of the Master-worker by doing their best to beautify the earth and to represent God’s perfection, so human beings should strive in their sphere to represent God’s perfection, allowing Him to work out through them His purposes of justice, mercy, and goodness.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 14)
This world is our school—a school of discipline and training. We are placed here to form characters like the character of Christ and to acquire the habits and the language of the higher life. Influences opposed to good abound on every side. The developments of sin are becoming so full, so deep, so abhorrent to God, that soon He will arise in majesty to shake terribly the earth. So artful are the plans of the enemy, so specious the complications that he brings about, that those who are weak in the faith cannot discern his deceptions. They fall into the snares prepared by Satan, who works through human instrumentalities to deceive if possible the very elect. Only those who are closely connected with God will be able to discern the falsehoods and the intrigues of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 15)
There are in this world only two classes, those who serve God, and those who stand under the black banner of the prince of darkness. Those who enter the gates of the city of God must in this world live in union with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 16)
The principles of God’s government—the only principles that will endure from everlasting to everlasting—are to be followed by those who are seeking for entrance into the kingdom of heaven. The line of demarcation between those who serve God and those who serve Him not is to be kept clear and distinct.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 17)
Think of the glory awaiting those who overcome! They will see the face of Him in whose presence there is fulness of joy and at whose right hand there are pleasures for ever more.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 18)
Let us allow God to control our minds. Let us not say or do anything that will turn a fellow being from the right way.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 19)
I feel very sad as I think of how few there are who show that they have tasted the deep blessedness of communion with a risen, ascended Saviour. Men of the world are striving for the supremacy. God’s followers are to keep Christ ever in view, inquiring, Is this the way of the Lord? A holy desire to live the life of Christ is to fill our hearts. In Him dwells all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. In Him are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 20)
O that our people could realize what advantages would be theirs if they would look constantly to Jesus! “We all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 3:18.] He is our Alpha and our Omega. Pressing close to His side and holding communion with Him, we become like Him. Through the transforming power of the Spirit of Christ, we are changed in heart and life. His words are engraven on the tablets of the soul, and we are His witnesses representing Him in the daily life.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 21)
Such a life is the only true religious life. It is only by living this life that we can form Christlike characters.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 22)
Many claim to be religious. But it is quite another thing to be a true Christian. Paul was a religious man before his conversion. Afterward, he was a Christian. The Saviour revealed Himself to Paul, and Paul was converted. Ever after, Christ was to him the chiefest among ten thousand, and the one altogether lovely.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 23)
I am much encouraged by your letter. It has been a strange thing to me that there were so few who felt a burden to labor for the Jewish people, who are scattered throughout so many lands. Christ will be with you as you strive to strengthen your perceptive faculties, that you may more clearly behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. The slumbering faculties of the Jewish people are to be aroused. The Old Testament Scriptures, blending with the New, will be to them as the dawning of a new creation, or as the resurrection of the soul. Memory will be awakened as Christ is seen portrayed in the pages of the Old Testament. Souls will be saved from the Jewish nation as the doors of the New Testament are unlocked with the key of the Old Testament. Christ will be recognized as the Saviour of the world, as it is seen how clearly the New Testament explains the Old. Many of the Jewish people will by faith receive Christ as their Redeemer. To them the words will be fulfilled, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] They will be changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord. They will be made partakers of the divine nature. The image of divinity will be stamped on their souls. If they will continue to learn of Christ, they will attain to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 24)
O that many of the Jewish people may open the chambers of the mind, and let the light of heaven shine in to irradiate the whole being.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 25)
I am glad that you are so successful in your work. I pray that God will work with all of us. Let us gain strength by exercising increased faith, moving onward and upward step by step, from victory to victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 26)
Be of good courage in the Lord. May He continue to bless you, as He has blessed you in the past, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 27)
Your sister in the faith and in the love of the truth
(18LtMs, Lt 47, 1903, 28)
Lt 48, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] Oakland, California April 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in HP 72; 7BC 958; 4MR 451. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
The Australian mail leaves tomorrow, and I thought I should try to send you a short letter. My health is much better than when I wrote last. I have been well since coming to Oakland, notwithstanding that for the last week the weather has been very unpleasant. I am determined to do my best to keep well and in working order.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 1)
I and my workers are on the ground, attending the General Conference. My son Willie came to Oakland the 22nd of March. Sara, Maggie, and I came the next day. Clarence Crisler came a day or two after that. The General Conference asked for Clarence’s services during the meeting, and Dores Robinson is working for me in his place. He assists Maggie in reporting my talks and is a great help. When the council meetings began, there were only a few delegates present. Some of them were delayed by late trains.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 2)
I have spoken six times since coming down.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 3)
We intended to bring a horse and carriage from St. Helena, but we found that the care of the horse would be some trouble, and we decided to rent a wheel chair during the meetings. Sara found a good one, and in it I am wheeled to and from the meetings by different ones—Willie, Sara, Maggie, and by one and another of our ministers.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 4)
For nearly a week the rain has fallen steadily. Today the sky is clear and the sun shines brightly. We hope for good weather now. If the weather continues fair this week, I think I shall plead for a large tent to be pitched, so that all who attend the meetings shall be able to hear what is said. The Oakland church is a very hard one to hear in. This has been a great disadvantage. The effect of the social meeting is largely lost, because it is impossible to hear what the different ones say.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 5)
I expect to take part in the meetings daily. There are many important questions to be settled. We should sometimes feel discouraged if we depended on our own wisdom and understanding. We are looking to God. The Holy Spirit will do His own work in and for the people of God at this meeting. He will graciously bring their hearts under the power of the truths for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 6)
Christ made an infinite sacrifice—even the sacrifice of His own life—to redeem us. It is our privilege to taste the sweetness of communion with a crucified and risen Saviour. But in order for this to be, self must be surrendered to God. Self-indulgence means that Christ is not followed in self-denial and cross-bearing. When self strives for the highest place, the spiritual perceptions become dimmed. The eyes are turned from Christ to the poor picture of self. We cannot afford to become separated from Christ. We must keep looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith. Beholding Him by faith, we become changed into His image. We are made partakers of the divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 7)
Beholding Christ means talking with Christ and working with an eye single to His glory. It is as we commune with Christ that precious, holy light shines into our souls, until every chamber is lighted up, and we become bright lights in the world, reflecting to others the glory of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 8)
We are to keep Christ before us as the example of perfection. When we allow our minds to dwell upon the supposed imperfections of others, we become sinful in word and deed. Our own souls become filled with the leaven of evil. Every one who dwells upon the faults of others commits sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 9)
“Lord, who shall abide in Thy tabernacle? Who shall dwell in Thy holy hill? He that walketh uprightly, and worketh righteousness, and speaketh the truth in his heart. He that backbiteth not with his tongue, nor doeth evil to his neighbour, nor taketh up a reproach against his neighbour. In whose eyes a vile person is contemned; but he honoureth them that fear the Lord. He that sweareth to his own hurt, and changeth not. He that putteth not out his money to usury, nor taketh reward against the innocent. He that doeth these things shall never be moved.” [Psalm 15:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 10)
We may pray, “Lead me, O Lord, in thy righteousness because of mine enemies; make Thy way straight before my face. For there is no faithfulness in their mouth; their inward part is very wickedness; their throat is an open sepulcher; they flatter with their tongue. Destroy Thou them, O God; let them fall by their own counsels; cast them out in the multitude of their transgressions; for they have rebelled against Thee. But let all those that put their trust in Thee rejoice; let them ever shout for joy, because Thou defendest them; let them also that love Thy name be joyful in Thee. For Thou, Lord, wilt bless the righteous; with favor wilt Thou compass him as with a shield.” [Psalm 5:8-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 11)
We shall meet with many difficulties, but if we keep our minds and hearts fixed upon the precious Saviour, if we talk of His love and power, the perplexities will pass away, and we shall become happy in the assurance of a Saviour’s love. We are not dependent upon the world and its changeableness. He in whom dwelleth “all the fullness of the Godhead bodily,” and “in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge,” is our joy and crown of rejoicing, our peace, our power, our satisfaction. [Colossians 2:9, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 12)
Then let us rejoice, whatever may happen, within or without. From the Sun of Righteousness subduing, yet cheering rays of light are shed upon us and are reflected back by us to the throne of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 13)
O how sad it is that Christians think and talk of the little differences existing among them, allowing them to depress the soul. We must obtain that grace that will make us able to dwell together in love and unity in this life, else we can never dwell together in the life to come. I am trying to show our people the need of the unity for which Christ prayed. I have tried to impress upon them the need of their souls’ bowing beneath the thought of the preciousness of the truth which, if practiced, will enable us to attain to Christian perfection and to live consecrated lives. The soul must fully own the power and authority of the Word of God. Then, though we may make mistakes, we always have a touchstone by which to test our ways and a standard by which we may, by true service, recall the heart and conscience. Christ, the perfect example, is ever before us. To Him we may look for grace and power to overcome every fault. We shall get ready for the great day of God by carrying out in the daily life the perfect principles presented before us in the life of Christ. We are called and chosen by Him to be His representatives. We are God’s children. By spiritual adoption we are His sons and daughters. By spiritual adoption we are to live in conformity to His will, representing Him in life and character.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 14)
“Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of God, and the seven stars, I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Revelation 3:1.] God called upon this church to make a change. They had a name to live, but their works were destitute of the love of Jesus. O how many have fallen because they trusted in their profession for salvation! How many are lost by their effort to keep up a name! If one has the reputation of being a successful evangelist, a gifted preacher, a man of prayer, a man of faith, a man of special devotion, there is positive danger that he will make shipwreck of faith when tried by the little tests that God suffers to come. Often his great effort will be to maintain his reputation.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 15)
He who lives in the fear that others do not appreciate his value is losing sight of Him who alone makes us worthy of glorifying God. Let us be faithful stewards over ourselves. Let us look away from self to Christ. Then there will be no trouble at all. All the work done, however excellent it may appear to be, is worthless if not done in the love of Jesus. One may go through the whole round of religious activity, and yet, unless Christ is woven into all that he says and does, he will work for his own glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 16)
Self, self, self is continually intruding upon us. O what a mockery is a name to be religious, while the life is not hid with Christ in God, while there is no sense of the presence of the Saviour. We need so much to dig deep and lay our foundation upon the Rock Christ Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 17)
It is the purity that Christ imparts that gives sacredness and elevation to our work. The work that is done with a zeal that is not according to knowledge does not bear the divine impress. We need the sanctification of the Holy Spirit, which imparts a distrust of self and throws the helpless soul upon Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 18)
May God deliver us from the slavery of trying to maintain our dignity. May He give us grace to walk humbly with Him, doing all with the constant realization that we are ever in His presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 19)
We are on trial for our lives. I am instructed to say that unless there is an entire change in our attitude, we shall not stand faultless before the great white throne. Perfect conformity to the will of God is the condition upon which eternal life is given. Peter writes, “Giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” This is our life insurance policy. “Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth.” [2 Peter 1:5-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 20)
I must close this letter now; for the mail goes tomorrow morning. I would that both of you could be in our meetings. We are waiting upon the Lord, hoping for a much greater manifestation of His love and power.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 21)
May the Lord bless you, my dear friends.
(18LtMs, Lt 48, 1903, 22)
Lt 49, 1903
Daniells, A. G. and his Fellow Workers “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 98; 4MR 293; 8MR 194-196; 10MR 355-356; 5Bio 254, 263-264. To Elder Daniells and his fellow workers Dear brethren,—
I am home again. I thank the Lord that I am in my own room once more. A great sadness is upon me. I see that some in God’s service are inclined to find fault and to work selfishly, using the Lord’s goods to please and glorify self. Some do this in one way and some in another. Some try to gather all the means that they can to invest in the work in some place in which they are interested, forgetting that the Lord has pointed out where the means should be used. Let every one be careful, especially in regard to the fields which God has said should be worked, but which have been neglected. When a beginning has been made in a new field, it is not to be treated as some who occupy positions of responsibility treated the work in the Southern field.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 1)
I am much perplexed. I expected to say some things in the meeting on Sunday morning, but I was instructed that I would better not say anything that would arouse resentment.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 2)
I entreat Brother Daniells and Brother Prescott to say nothing that will drive Dr. Kellogg to desperation. He may be saved, to do the work of repentance, if he is not driven into a corner. But if he is driven to desperation, we shall all have a very hard time.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 3)
My brethren, I beseech you to walk humbly with God. Do not use the words that I have spoken under great perplexity and distress to hasten a crisis. Be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves. Understand that the Spirit of the Lord can work on minds, that God’s hand is on the wheel, and that much must be left with Him to work out as He will.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 4)
There are so many who do not see the things that work for their good. The Lord would have every man stand in his lot and place. One man is not to step out of his place to do something that the Lord has plainly stated He has given to another man to do. To every man is given his work. And if all will attend to their individual duties, looking to Jesus and seeking counsel of Him, they will be guided aright. And they will have that confidence in their brethren which they desire their brethren to have in them. But he who would uproot a man in order to carry out his own ideas is doing a work that God has not given him.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 5)
The Scriptures declare, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 6)
This promise is ours. Let us believe it. Christ is our personal Saviour. We are not to look to men, asking them to tell us what our duty is. God is to be sought after. His promise, so definite and so full, is not a mockery. He who asks in faith and in the name of Christ will receive that for which he asks. If a brother comes to him, and seeks to weaken his faith in God, he is not to accept his ideas. He has received directions from God.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 7)
Let us be careful how we press our opinions upon those whom God has instructed. “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God.” [Verse 5.] Brother Daniells, God would not have you suppose that you can exercise a kingly power over your brethren. “Lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord; looking diligently, lest any man fail of the grace of God, lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” [Hebrews 12:12-15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 8)
I have been interrupted many times since I began this letter, but the impression is still with me that I had when I began to write—the impression that just now we must step softly and wear the gospel shoes. “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.” [Ephesians 6:14, 15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 9)
There must be more praying among us. And we must have increased faith. Then God will work for us when we are in difficult places. God can soften the hardest heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 10)
Be careful, my brethren, not to do anything rash. Under the pressure that was upon me last Sabbath, I felt that the time had come to warn our people against being taken advantage of in any way. But I was admonished that the course which I had pursued during the meeting was the right course, and that I must not say anything that would stir up confusion and strife in the Conference. I was forbidden to say the things that I thought I must say on Sunday morning. Light came into my mind, and I was given a subject to present. I was instructed that I must try to lead the minds of the people away from the difficulties and perplexities around them.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 11)
The Lord requires us to do all that is possible to save Dr. Kellogg. We are to seek, by revealing a conciliatory spirit, to save him from himself. Give him no occasion to wrench himself from the faith. You are not to sanction wrong. You are to have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness. But while you are to stand firm for truth and righteousness, you are to remember your own danger, and walk humbly with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 12)
There is an important work to be done in Battle Creek in the coming councils. If you can move so wisely as to save Dr. Kellogg, and yet not sacrifice one principle of truth, if you can pass through this crisis without the loss of one soul, it will be because the Lord has worked with minds. A great and wonderful victory will be gained because the Lord has been accepted as the Guide and Leader of His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 13)
*****
I am drawn out to call upon our people to make every effort to save souls. We need increased faith. The hearts of our church members should be drawn out in prayer for those who are preaching the gospel. And ministers must take time to pray for themselves and for the people of God, whom they are appointed to serve.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 14)
We are lamentably deficient in faith. We need a firmer belief in the words, “As the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower and bread to the eater; so shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth; it shall not return unto me void; but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.” [Isaiah 55:10, 11.] We must pray more earnestly than we have done in the past for the deep moving of the Holy Spirit. We must not depend upon money as our means of success. All the riches in the world could not save one soul. But we can, through the Holy Spirit’s power, draw near to souls and lead them to look away from the things of earth to the things of heaven, to lift their eyes to Christ. We must consecrate all the powers of our being to the work of rescuing those whom Satan is seeking to draw to destruction. And in this work Christ is to be exalted as all and in all.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 15)
Prayer is acceptable to God only when offered in humility and contrition and in the name of Christ. He who hears and answers prayer knows those who pray in humbleness of heart. The true Christian asks for nothing except in the name of Christ, and he expects nothing except through His mediation. He desires that Christ shall have the glory of presenting his prayers to the Father, and he is willing to receive the blessing from God through Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 16)
The Spirit of God has much to do with acceptable prayer. He softens the heart; He enlightens the mind, enabling it to discern its own wants; He quickens our desires, causing us to hunger and thirst after righteousness; He intercedes in behalf of the sincere suppliant. “The Spirit also helpeth our infirmities; for we know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us with groanings which cannot be uttered. And He that searcheth the heart knoweth what is the mind of the Spirit, because He maketh intercession for the same according to the will of God.” [Romans 8:26, 27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 17)
“He that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:6.] The human being must draw nigh to God, realizing that he must have the help that God alone can give. It is the glory of God to be known as the hearer of prayer because the human suppliant believes that He will hear and answer.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 18)
Christ declares, “All things whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive.” [Matthew 21:22.] Paul’s language is explicit and encouraging: “Be careful for nothing”—that is, Do not worry or fret—“but in everything by prayer and supplication let your requests be made known unto God.” [Philippians 4:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 19)
The prayer of faith is the key that unlocks the treasury of heaven. As we commit our souls to God, let us remember that He holds Himself responsible to hear and answer our supplications. He invites us to come to Him, and He bestows on us His best and choicest gifts—gifts that will supply our great need. He loves to help us. Let us trust in His wisdom and His power. O what faith we should have! O what peace and comfort we should enjoy! Open your heart to the Spirit of God. Then the Lord will work through you and bless your labors.
(18LtMs, Lt 49, 1903, 20)
Lt 50, 1903
Kellogg, J.H. Refiled as Lt 177, 1900.
Lt 51, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 3, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dr. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
Be sure that you have a sound faith, a sound doctrine. You have virtually united yourself with those who do not keep the commandments of God. The Lord has manifested Himself to you in a remarkable manner. Was it that you should exalt yourself? No; it was that the truth which you claimed to believe might be magnified.
(18LtMs, Lt 51, 1903, 1)
If you had twenty times the assurance that you now have, which leads you to repudiate those who do not accept your propositions as correct, it would not save your you. You need to feel the converting power of God. This would humble your heart. You need to heed the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Behold Him; for He is the One who will test your work, to see whether it is genuine. He says of you, “You are weighed in the balance, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 51, 1903, 2)
Jesus of Nazareth is the great pattern medical missionary, the greatest minister of righteousness. He preached the gospel and practiced the gospel. He spent whole nights in prayer. In this world, bearing our human nature, He lived a life of unsullied purity and perfect holiness. He opened the way for all other medical missionaries to labor. When His workers take their eyes off Him to follow Dr. Kellogg’s or any man’s methods, however wise that man may seem to be, they are leaving the safe path. He works to refine and ennoble His people, to heal the wounds and bruises that sin has made in their hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 51, 1903, 3)
Lt 52, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. Oakland, California April 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 292-293; 11MR 313-314; 5Bio 292. + Dr. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
I wish to present before you some things. I have words to speak to you. Is it possible that you do not realize that Satan is playing the game of life for your soul? You are certainly in danger. You have not walked perfectly before the Lord. You have been ambitious and have opened before worldlings that which you should not have opened to them. You have made with them a confederacy wholly displeasing to the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 1)
Had you humbled your heart before the Lord, and made thorough work for repentance, in accordance with the reproof of the Lord, He would have been glorified in you, but you have vindicated your course when you have done unrighteously.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 2)
God would have you a thoroughly converted man. The work of conversion is to begin in your heart and to work outward in your life. You are no longer to exercise a kingly power, as you certainly have done in the past. Thus saith the Lord, You have made your own paths, and now the hill Difficulty has to be climbed.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 3)
Every man who, placed in a position of influence, begins his years of service with a spirit like that of Jehu will surely reap that which he has sown. It becomes men in responsible places to heed the words, “Without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 4)
My brother, your work is to understand why the displeasure of God came upon the Sanitarium. I have been shown that it was because of your own departure from the way of the Lord. Every word spoken in your favor is, you think, just as it should be. Those whose lips speak your praise do you decided injury, but you count all such as your friends. But you place those who differ with you in the catalogue of enemies.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 5)
You need to inquire in regard to the burning of the Sanitarium, and heed the lesson that God is teaching you. This matter is to be carefully and prayerfully studied. Unless you humble your heart before God, your eyes will never see the kingdom of God. You need to be cleansed in spirit, in language, in judgment. Your ideas are so mystical that they are destructive to the real substance, and the minds of some are becoming confused in regard to the foundation of our faith. If you allow your mind to become thus diverted, you will give a wrong mold to the work that has made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists. When you permit your mind to take this range, it is led and deceived by Satan’s specious views of realities that God does not design shall be spiritualized away.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 6)
[The additional material below is found in the handwritten original, but was not included in the letter when it was copied in 1903.]
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 7)
This was the danger with you when you first were in service in the Sanitarium. The matter was presented to me to be presented to you. [Doctors] Fairfield and Sprague never recovered their standing. I warn you, having the word of the Lord for your counsel, not to make warfare against the true landmarks God has given us.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 8)
Had you, yes, you, J. H. Kellogg, heeded the word of the Lord, the Lord would not have permitted that sanitarium to be consumed. You would have exerted your influence to make plants in the cities in America and then (as has been repeated to you over and over again) the many plants in different states would have had sufficient influence to have given character to the work and double forces would have created treble forces and thus the [work] would have swelled until there would have been God's memorials in many cities where they are not.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 9)
There would have been strong forces converted to the truth to work in medical missionary lines connected with the gospel to be preached as Christ after His resurrection gave His commission to His disciples: “Teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world” (Matthew 28:19, 20). This is the work that should have been done.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 10)
You have kept the medical missionary work too much a distinct work, separate from the ministry of the Word. God is not in this peculiar phase of the work. The gospel and its ministry in medical missionary work is one work to accomplish the proclamation of the last message of mercy to our world. God has made the work one and you have not blended with the gospel ministry as you should have done.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 11)
There needs to be a decided change on both sides because of the oppression of the enemy. The Lord has given us light that should be recognized in the missionary work that is to be done united with the preaching of the gospel. Years have the warnings been coming to you line upon line, precept upon precept, but you have been breaking away from all restraint. Soon, unless you shall take heed, the Lord will say to you, “He is joined to his idols, let him alone.” [Hosea 4:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 12)
We hold you fast as yet. Notwithstanding, I have seen the enemy in disguise as an angel of light, bending over you and talking with you all kinds of falsehoods and theories. You do not believe the messages of truth God has given to His people but you have been walking in your own counsel. Yet the Lord has given you a chance as He did Judas. You will now in your present theories be weaving into every mind as secretly as possible your falsehoods against the truth. You are not to be considered [any] longer a believer in the faith that has made us as a people what we are.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 13)
You are losing all faith in present truth. You say you are loyal, but this is a falsehood. You act contrary to the truth. Then can you be surprised that we cannot assimilate with you? The Living Temple is a mild expression of your true bearings. You do not understand the truth. You have followed the lead of John Kellogg when I have told you the medical missionary work (as it is termed) in many things is far below that which its name implies. You are a dupe of Satan's lies and yet you are not known as this. Oft times have I seen you linked up with satanic agencies and Satan personified in humanity. He was praising you and extolling you and presenting before you subterfuges—unprincipled workings and deceptive theories. Next I have seen you carrying out the plans of Satan just as you have worked them, and he helped you. When you have opened your eyes and seen where you are, you will be surprised at your infatuation.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 14)
Your brethren do not know these things I am writing to you, but they must soon know it all. For the Lord says, “My flock, My beautiful flock, is this man whom I chose as My physician if he would heed My admonitions that have been given him through My chosen messenger. But he has had self-exaltation to do a wonderful thing, to be ambitious, to be as God. He will very soon be greatly humbled unless he will break away from the father of lies and no longer repeat the suggestions of Satan. My flock shall not be spoiled; I will take them out of his hands; I will keep them; I will appoint over them true teachers and faithful physicians. He has made it exceedingly hard for My ministers. He has brought confusion where no difficulties used to be. My vineyard has been neglected. He has worked to discourage them for many years. [Even] when he has for so long a time created dissension and strife by his own crooked course of action and presentations of methods, yet I have given increased light and evidence. But he would not heed or acknowledge Me, and reform. If his way did not succeed he would make a change, but work to the same object in a different way.”
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 15)
The time is come when many will be deceived by the father of lies, and some strange, principal theories will be introduced as precious heavenly truth when it is the subtleties of corrupting principles working on human minds. In regard to the marriage relation, Satan has fixed up his deceptive theories. It is spiritualizing. The theories are destructive to truth, destructive to holiness, and originated by the devil.
(18LtMs, Lt 52, 1903, 16)
Lt 53, 1903
Physicians and Managers of Our Medical Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 15, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 297-300. + To the physicians and managers of our medical work,—
I address you as men upon whom the Lord has bestowed great blessings. I must tell you that some of your business transactions are not pleasing to God. Some of your ways of working He cannot endorse. In order to secure advantages for certain lines of work, unsanctified, ambitious projects have been resorted to. But the carrying out of these projects will bring a heavy retribution to those responsible for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 1)
The Lord calls upon you to work in holy, upright lines, in every transaction following the pure, elevated principles given in the Word of God. No business that will misrepresent God and harm His people will bring a particle of honor to you or to the cause which you love. The less you have to do with plans and documents drawn up in accordance with the policy of lawyers, the better it will be for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 2)
In business transactions you have complied with the customs of the lawyers whom you have employed, arranging matters in a way that you think will guard the work in which you are engaged against the possibilities and probabilities that might occur. Ought you to be surprised, then, that the watchmen that God has placed on the walls of Zion should also endeavor to fulfil their God-given responsibility, seeking to make all pertaining to our institutions perfectly secure? The word was spoken by my Instructor: “God’s watchmen, who should have been wide awake, who should have understood the condition of our institutions, have been blind as to how things were being carried on by our medical missionary workers in responsible places.”
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 3)
God calls upon our pastors and teachers to be wide awake and not stand as blind watchmen. Let them obtain from Christ the eyesalve that will enable them to see all things clearly. Then let them examine the foundation timbers of our institutions. Not all pertaining to our work is being carried forward in an elevated, upright way. God wants His people to have a clear understanding of all the important transactions pertaining to His cause, that they may know that they are following a course that He can approve.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 4)
Business transactions should not be veiled with so many technicalities that the real bearing of the agreement is not clearly understood. For years one thing after another has been brought into the Medical Missionary Association—business propositions that are received as fair and just, but which are not. These propositions may prove to be a pit of disappointment for certain ones who did not know that there was the least danger.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 5)
There certainly must be a careful investigation of the foundation of our institutions, especially of the sanitariums. We must not stand by any unfair proposition or allow advantage to be taken of the ones whose money is received in our institutions. Better far would it be to suffer disappointment in our plans than to have means to use as we please and lose the crown of the overcomer. Better far the cross and shattered hopes than to sit with princes and forfeit heaven. “What shall it profit a man if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 6)
We seemed to be assembled in a meeting. Our Instructor looked upon the doctors present, and said, You are not all faithful stewards, else there would have been brought into the medical missionary work only that which will build up its reputation, only that which is in harmony with its high title. Those who have the living truth in their hearts will not accept some of the documents which you have approved. Long documents, filled with blind specifications and technical conditions, may serve to place men where, if they wish to take unfair advantage, they can do a work that God cannot approve. These papers may be worded so as to be difficult of understanding, and the common people may be deceived. It may appear that provisions have been made to secure from loss those of whom means are solicited, while at the same time the means may be bound up in such a way that it cannot be obtained without great difficulty.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 7)
You have been very particular to have things securely bound about, so that no undue advantage should be taken of the institution. Is it not right that those who in good faith place their means in the institution should have just as good security on their side, that no unfair advantage can be taken of them?
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 8)
The Word of the Lord is our guide under all circumstances. It points out our duty to God and to our fellow men. It is the standard for all. It is perfectly adapted to our necessities. It is the light placed in our hands to guide us to the heavenly home. It tells us that in order to be heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ, we must obey the commands that God has given. Any group of men, whatever their standing or position, however high their profession of godliness, who follow practices that God disallows, cannot be approved of heaven. The Lord cannot accept the service of those who are grasping and selfish in their dealings, like men of the world who have no acquaintance with the things of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 9)
The Lord’s people are not to follow the customs of worldly men, taking advantage of circumstances to gain advantage for themselves or for the work which they represent. Neither are they to follow an unfair course of action. Christ said: “Woe unto you also, ye lawyers! for ye lade men with burdens grievous to be borne, and ye yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers.... Woe unto you, lawyers! for ye have taken away the key of knowledge; ye entered not in yourselves, and them that were entering in ye hindered.” [Luke 11:46, 52.]
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 10)
God says to every minister of the gospel, to every medical missionary worker, to every other worker in His cause, Take your stand on the elevated platform of truth and justice. God will not serve with any man who draws threads of selfishness and unfairness into the web, by his example leading others astray. Our ministers and doctors are to put on the garment of Christ’s righteousness. They are to wash their robes of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 11)
He who has lost his sensitiveness of character is in danger of losing his soul, and with it an eternity of joy. God will not be trifled with. He will not sanction the least approach to underhand dealing to secure advantage for any branch of His work. The actions of our medical missionaries are to be as clear as the day. These workers are to do all in their power to proclaim the gospel message. They are not, by following a misleading, scheming course, to assure the worldly man that under certain circumstances his course of unjust dealing is justifiable and advisable. Compliance with customs founded on a false basis is to be shunned by every medical missionary.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 12)
We are preparing for a life that measures with the life of God. Never should a Seventh-day Adventist medical missionary do anything that will dishonor the name that he bears. Every medical missionary is to show to the world, to lawyers, to doctors, to the church, and to the gospel ministry that he is a Christian, bound by a solemn covenant to be upright in word and action, to follow a course free from all deception and subterfuge. His life is to be holy. He is to respect his God-given talents, using them in a way that will honor the One who gave His life to redeem humanity from all iniquity and to purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. There must be in his life no taint of dishonesty, no perversion of the holy principles of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 13)
In the world men are tried by the standard of wealth and position. Men worship men who meet this standard. But is this the true standard of character? No, no. It is not riches, but purity of heart and life, that will gain for human beings entrance into the city of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 14)
To all our medical missionary workers the Lord says, Lift up the standard of truth higher and still higher. Hold fast to your integrity. Let your lives bear a good report regarding your Saviour’s keeping power. Keep no position at the expense of conscience. Smile not at falsehood. Consent not to any dishonest practice. Say to the tempted, Get thee behind me, Satan; and say it with so much meaning, so much decision, that he will see that you have emptied your soul of every falsehood. Do not rest satisfied until you are a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Go to the Word of God to find out your duty as medical missionaries, else you are not worthy of the name. You are to be “not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord.” [Romans 12:11.] Those who combine these three essentials are on safe ground.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 15)
Let every minister, every doctor, every medical missionary worker remember that he is not to put his conscience to the rack to favor any business transaction that is not straightforward on the part of any man. Whatever his calling or profession, a man is not a Christian unless he follows the example of Christ, by His grace holding fast to his integrity. He who works for God is to be filled with a spirit of love and humility, not of boasting and parade. His life is to show that he has accepted the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 16)
One is our Master, even Christ. We have pledged ourselves to live to His name’s glory. God grant that the veil that separates us from Him may be drawn aside, and that we may accept Him as our Companion and Teacher. We are not to look upon ourselves as gods, able to carry out our own will, our own devising. We are to remember that in order to be successful in our work, we must be sustained by God, we must have the power that Christ gives to all who believe in Him—the power to become sons of God. We are faithfully to discharge the duties enjoined on us in the Word of God, shunning everything that would make us in character like the archdeceiver.
(18LtMs, Lt 53, 1903, 17)
Lt 54, 1903
Those in Council at Battle Creek, Michigan “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 16, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 301-303. To those in council at Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brethren,—
The members of the Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association and the responsible men of the General Conference are now to act in concert in regard to the work to be carried on. All must now awake and seek the Lord, lest the powers of the enemy shall obtain the victory. There are much greater depths of spiritual truth to be reached by experience. Christ will lead us to higher and still higher planes, where spiritual perception and spiritual action shall enter into unquestionable discoveries, and where the sacred truths of the gospel shall be understood in all their bearings.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 1)
As God’s Word is received as food for the soul, the character in spiritual lines will correspond to the truths of the gospel that have been eaten and digested. Thus our spiritual strength will be refreshed as we become partakers of the divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. The nutritious properties of the heavenly food may be compared with the strength-restoring properties of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations. Seek for unity, and seek it in faith. Faith we must have, in order that we may walk by faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 2)
My mind is deeply impressed by the Spirit of God. Instruction is given to me in clear lines. Our work is not left in the hands of finite men. God rules, and He will turn and overturn. He will not allow His work to be carried forward as it has been. His medical missionary work is not to be ruled, controlled, and molded by one man, as for some years it certainly has been. The exercise of such a power, if continued, will mar the work and will be the certain ruin of the man exercising control. God will work with the men entrusted with large responsibility, if they will take the Lord’s way as humble, obedient servants, waiting wholly upon Him. But if any man sets himself up as being above God, and takes the work under his finite supervision, the watchmen standing on the walls of Zion must discern the danger and take heroic action to save the man and the cause.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 3)
Yesterday I read the following incident: “A notable painter was adorning the frescoes in the dome of a cathedral. When a certain portion of his work was done, he stepped backward upon the small scaffold of planks on which he stood to admire the effect of his skilful craft. Suddenly a comrade who was with him rushed forward to the picture and with the brush in his hand smeared and spoiled the delicate work so painfully accomplished. Rushing forward, the artist cried angrily, ‘What is that for?’‘Look,’ said his companion, ‘one more step backward, and you would have fallen, bruised and mangled on the pavement far below.’” The artist was thankful that his life was spared. Will our brethren in peril consent to be saved from the dangers they are in?
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 4)
In no case does God require His servants to bear burdens that He has not given them. He does not require them to gather to themselves more responsibilities than they can patiently and successfully carry. Those professing Christians who do this dishonor the name they bear and lower the standard of Christianity.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 5)
By the managers of the Sanitarium, and the leaders in the medical missionary work, there has been a binding up with the world, which has led to entanglement. There has been much working upon a wrong policy. One man has embraced so many responsibilities that it is impossible for him to give to each the proper thought that a careful performance of the Lord’s work requires. Men who will carry forward in right lines the work for this time should rally around the leaders of the work, sharing the responsibilities that they are now carrying, and thus encouraging them to stand as counsellors with their brethren, bringing all their plans before their brethren for consideration. Whenever one man devises plans and seeks to carry them out in a manner so determined that his work savors of oppression, there is need of bringing into connection with him other minds that will keep uplifted the high standard suggested by the name we bear.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 6)
Many plans have been devised that God has not ordained. The root from which these plans have sprung is the mind of finite man. God’s watchmen have been blind. They should have been wide awake to see that one man’s mind, one man’s judgment was becoming a power that God could not and would not endorse. To invest one man or a few men with so much power and responsibility is not in accordance with God’s way of working.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 7)
There must be a reorganization. Supreme power must not be vested in a group of men connected with a few large institutions. At the General Conference of 1901 the light was given, Divide the General Conference into Union Conferences. Let there be fewer responsibilities centered in one place.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 8)
Let the work of printing our publications be divided.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 9)
The principles that apply to the publishing work apply also to the sanitarium work. Students should not be crowded into Battle Creek to receive an education in medical missionary lines. It is not best to encourage the gathering together in one institution of so large a company of people as have been gathered together in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Let medical missionary plants be made in many places.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 10)
The youth who desire to become medical missionaries should not be brought in large numbers to Battle Creek. Provision should be made that they may receive an education out of and away from Battle Creek, in places where there is a different religious atmosphere. By fire the Lord removed the great argument in favor of gathering many students to Battle Creek. He swept away the Sanitarium to prevent the carrying out of the idea that Battle Creek was to be the great center for the training of medical students. To carry out this idea would be out of harmony with the work for these last days and with the plans of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 11)
God works by means of instruments, or second causes. He uses the gospel ministry, medical missionary work, and the publications containing present truth to impress hearts. All are made effectual by means of faith. As the truth is heard or read, the Holy Spirit sends it home to those who hear and read with an earnest desire to know what is right. The gospel ministry, medical missionary work, and our publications are God’s agencies. One is not to supersede the other. But you have sought to make the medical missionary work the whole body instead of the arm and hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 12)
Let the living gospel be taught in our schools. Let students be educated in its principles, that they may be prepared to impart the truth to others. Let them learn to minister to the spiritual and physical needs of those whom they will meet in their work. By the ministry of the Word, the gospel is preached: by medical missionary work, the gospel is practiced. The gospel is bound up with medical missionary work. Neither is to stand alone, bound up in itself. The workers in each are to labor unselfishly and unitedly, striving to save sinners.
(18LtMs, Lt 54, 1903, 13)
Lt 55, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 15, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 119; 2MR 242-243; 13MR 303; 17MR 284-285; 5Bio 268. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I wish to write you some things that are greatly burdening my mind. I could not speak of your dangers in open conference. And I can not now say all that I have to say. Three times during the conference, after passing sleepless nights, I decided to present some things, not all, to the conference and to you in as careful a manner as possible; but when it came to the time to speak, I could not say what I had thought I must say, because I feared that some souls would not understand, and therefore might stumble over what I would have said. Some would have talked with one another unwisely in regard to things that they could not understand and that I had not spoken of. I must now write to you; for I dare not keep silent any longer. You should do earnest work to make matters plain and straight and to place the Sanitarium in the clear, safe position where it belongs. I hope and pray that you will do thorough, faithful work in this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 1)
What can I say that will in any way affect you? In some respects you have been pursuing a strange course during the last two years. This cannot continue. You must not longer remain in the attitude in which you have been standing. The Lord will not again send you such a message as He sent you before the General Conference of 1901. What a strange position I was placed in at that meeting! I was bidden to bear a public testimony that would show the churches where they had made their mistake and lead them to appreciate your value and the good you had done. You had received messages showing where you had erred.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 2)
If at that meeting you had fallen on the rock and been broken, you would since that time have had a much deeper spiritual experience. But since that Conference things have continually been occurring that show that your mind is far from being free from evil. Had you obtained that deep religious experience that every medical missionary should have, you would have followed a course different from the course that you have followed.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 3)
Yesterday I read the following incident: “A notable painter was adorning the frescoes in the dome of a cathedral. When a certain portion of his work was done, he stepped backward foot by foot upon the small scaffold of planks on which he stood to admire the effect of his skilful craft. Suddenly a comrade who was with him rushed forward to the picture and with the brush in his hand smeared and spoiled the delicate work so painfully accomplished. Rushing forward, the artist cried angrily, ‘What is that for?’‘Look,’ said his companion, ‘one more step backward, and you would have fallen, bruised and mangled, on the pavement far below.’”
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 4)
This artist was proud of his work far more justly than you can be proud of your work since the last General Conference in Battle Creek. Upon reflection, tracing your work since that Conference, can you look up to heaven, and say, “It is well with my soul”? In many of your ways God takes no pleasure. He has been displeased with those developments in your character which have led you, in word and act, to misrepresent His character. These developments in your character have made you subject to the temptations of Satan. Your food business, which has been your great pride, has also been your snare. God takes no delight in many of your plans and movements regarding the food business.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 5)
It has not been well for your own sake nor for Christ’s sake that the line of work with which you are connected should bear so much of your individual impress. Were you worked wholly by the Spirit of God, there would be a showing altogether different from that which now exists. If you continue to weave yourself into the work, you will have less and less of the companionship of Christ. I greatly desire that your soul shall be saved. You should no longer feel that your individual judgment is to be the criterion by which others are to be guided in carrying forward the medical missionary work. It has been your desire to have this work ever carried on as a great whole, but this is not the way of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 6)
There must be a reorganization. Supreme power must not be vested in a group of men connected with a few large institutions. At the General Conference of 1901 the light was given, Divide the General Conference into Union Conferences. Let there be fewer responsibilities centered in one place. Let the work of printing our publications be divided.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 7)
The principles that apply to the publishing work apply also to the sanitarium work. Students should not be crowded into Battle Creek to receive an education in medical missionary lines. It is not best to gather together in one institution so large a company of people as have been gathered together in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Let medical missionary plants be made in many places.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 8)
The youth who desire to become medical missionaries should not be brought in large numbers to Battle Creek. Provision should be made that they may receive an education out of and away from Battle Creek, in places where there is a different religious atmosphere. By fire the Lord removed the great argument in favor of gathering many students to Battle Creek. He swept away the Sanitarium to prevent the carrying out of the idea that Battle Creek was to be the great center for the training of medical students. To carry out this idea would be out of harmony with the work for these last days and with the plans of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 9)
God works by means of instruments, or second causes. He uses the gospel ministry, medical missionary work, and the publications containing present truth to impress hearts. All are made effectual by means of faith. As the truth is heard or read, the Holy Spirit sends it home to those who hear and read with an earnest desire to know what is right. The gospel ministry, medical missionary work, and our publications are God’s agencies. One is not to supersede the other. But you have sought to make the medical missionary work the whole body instead of the arm and the hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 10)
Let the living gospel be taught in our schools. Let students be educated in its principles, that they may be prepared to impart the truth to others. Let them learn to minister to the spiritual and physical needs of those whom they will meet in their work. By the ministry of the Word the gospel is preached; by medical missionary work the gospel is practiced. The gospel is bound up with medical missionary work. Neither is to stand alone, bound up in itself. The workers in each are to labor unselfishly and unitedly, striving to save sinners.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 11)
Your religious teachings are not to be depended on or accepted as a “Thus saith the Lord.” It has been unwise for the people to rely upon you as they have done; for you are not a safe guide in spiritual matters. You have planned too much labor and responsibility for yourself in endeavoring to grasp and direct the whole medical missionary work. You must not continue to do this; for God forbids it. The work must be set in order, after the divine similitude.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 12)
My brother, I beseech you to give heed to the messages that for many years have been coming to you, admonishing you to walk and work in the counsel of God. Let Him be your fear and let Him be your dread. Will you not take time to stop to consider that by your ambitious course you are surely not exalting the medical missionary work? Will you dishonor this work by leaving your imperfect human mold upon it?
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 13)
Some feel that those who question your judgment and your plans should be severely reproved. This is not right. You have so long supposed that it is your place to carry the responsibility of many things and mold them largely according to your own judgment, that you have become lifted up. I greatly desire that you shall understand your danger. The Lord would have no man presume to exercise the power and the responsibility that you are assuming, by bringing the various interests of the medical work under your personal supervision, as if you owned the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 14)
The enemy is frequently working your mind. He has endeavored to implant in your mind the same desires that he cherished when in the heavenly courts he occupied the position of covering cherub. Christ is the express image of His Father’s person, and the angels could see in the Son a perfect representation of God. Lucifer coveted the honor and glory given to Christ. He became so self-exalted that he supposed that he could do anything he desired to do because of his high position as covering cherub, and he tried to obtain for himself the position given to Christ. But Lucifer fell. He was cast out of heaven; and now he works on human minds, tempting them to follow in his footsteps. He strives to fill minds with feelings of self-exaltation and to lead them to dishonor God by turning from their allegiance to the truth and inventing many things not after God’s order.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 15)
O why did you not at the last General Conference at Battle Creek humble your heart and heed the admonitions of God, putting aside your way for God’s way? Does not the sweeping away of the Sanitarium by fire mean much to you? Such a manifest token of God’s displeasure should lead you to most earnest self-examination. In this God has given you an admonition in order that every soul connected with the Sanitarium work may take heed to this expression of His reproof. Study to find out why this punishment has come. Allow not this rebuke to pass by unheeded, lest it be followed by still sterner punishment. Discern wherein you have departed from God. Be zealous, and repent.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 16)
I say to you as a messenger from God that the things which belong to your peace are strangely neglected. They are pushed from their proper place. Are you not leading many astray by your example? You have no right to load yourself down with so many burdens. You have no right to become absorbed in so many schemes, some of which should never see the light of day. A man for whom the Lord has done so much should honor Him in every word and act. All his transactions should be pure, considerate, and just. He should not do or say anything that he will be loath to meet when he stands before the Judge of all the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 17)
You have wrapped yourself about with many business entanglements and objectionable plans. You have formed plan after plan, reaching further and still further. The ends of the earth seem not too remote for you to reach. But, my brother, there is a work for you to do between God and your own soul. Men have looked to you for religious guidance and for a correct example. Does your development of character make you a safe guide? God expects you to be strict and particular in all business matters, not following the maxims of the world, not swayed by cupidity. But if you follow the policy that you are tempted to follow, you will be led to dismiss the Word of God from your councils. Unless you make a decided change, the word of the Judge of all the earth to you, in the last great day, will be, “Weighed in the balances, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 18)
Will you continue to follow the strange course in which you have been pressing on, driving and rushing matters as you have done? You need to move more steadily. Your lips and your tongue need to be sanctified, that you may make correct statements only. You need to ponder your ways, and to remember that God’s servants are to use in His service only the sacred fire of His own kindling.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 19)
Those who have linked up their interests with you have not always been faithful to tell you the truth. There are those who have done you an injury by receiving your exaggerated statements and by failing to speak words of caution. You may be tempted, because of what I say to you, to present me in a most unfavorable light to those whom you are leading. Yet I dare not let you go further in your strange course without speaking to you in warning. Will you not make a determined effort to break the spell that is upon you? You have been binding yourself up with the great deceiver. Can it be possible that you do not understand this? Can it be possible that you do not discern your danger? Will your associates continue to be silent in regard to your strange devisings, allowing many things to pass unquestioned?
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 20)
What has been done to you, that you should think to revenge yourself to doing that which will ruin your soul? What excuse can you give to God for working out Satan’s plans? Will it pay to follow the course that you are planning to pursue? Will it gain for you the welcome, “Well done, good and faithful servant”? [Matthew 25:23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 21)
Throughout every department of His work God will vindicate His honor, His righteousness. Will you not stop right where you are, and consider diligently your ways? The Lord cannot endorse your spirit or your course of action. His hand is on the lever. Your plans are not His plans. Do not make others err by leading them to harmonize with your ideas and carry out your plans for the supremacy. Now is your time to repent. Lose not the opportunity. Cherish principles of the purest integrity. Then your spirit will change. You will be upright in your dealings with your fellow men because you are upright in your dealings with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 22)
My brother, do not feel that it is below your dignity to make a decided change. You must place yourself at the feet of Christ as a learner, else you will surely fail of obtaining the overcomer’s reward. Lay off your commanding, kingly authority, and become one of God’s little children. Until you are willing to study and obey God’s will, you will be overcome by temptations and led to do strange things, which will disqualify you for filling a position of influence. Will you not repent and be converted? Will you not act every moment with the realization that you are under the divine scrutiny? Will you not make God your companion in all your work? His holiness, His justice, His truth should purify your words and actions.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 23)
You need to stop and consider that there is a God. He has spoken good in your behalf, and He will be much displeased if you deal unjustly with His heritage. He calls upon you to turn to Him with full purpose of heart. Pray, for your soul’s sake, pray; for you have been so many times self-deceived and led by deceptive influences, that you are tempted to regard with favor those who will flatter and extol you and with disfavor those who would point out your errors and dangers. Many times you have almost gone over to the wrong side; but before the throne has stood your Saviour, the prints of the nails in His hands, interceding in your behalf. Pray for yourself, in the name of Christ. Pray earnestly, fervently, sincerely. I hope that your life may be spared and that you may give yourself wholly to repentance. Come to the Lord, and surrender all to Him. You must, or you will be taken captive by the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 24)
I cannot but write these words; for One of the highest authority has made this appeal to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 55, 1903, 25)
Lt 56, 1903
White, J. E. Des Moines, Iowa May, 1901 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 337, 353. + Dear Son Edson,—
I speak to you because I feel an intense interest in the Southern field. That neglected vineyard of the Lord must be cultivated. The fields in the South need faithful, persevering workers, not merely preachers, but those who can minister. It is not depth of reasoning that is to be productive of the most good; the world by human wisdom knew not God, but holy men spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 1)
No amount of reasoning or explanation can tell the whys and wherefores of the creation of the world. It is to be understood by faith in the great creative power. By faith we must believe in the mighty-working creative power of God through Jesus Christ. “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear” (are not present to the eye). [Hebrews 11:3.] This is a matter that can be stated, but mere reasoning will never convince one of the truth of the statement. Reasoning we must have. It is one of the great masterly talents entrusted to the human agent and is a great advantage at every step we advance from earth to heaven. The faculty of reasoning, trained and cultivated as a precious entrusted gift, will be taken to heaven with all its improvements and sanctified abilities, to be perfected more and more in the heavenly school above.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 2)
Paul reasoned out of the Scriptures. Jesus reasoned with His hearers out of the Scriptures. “For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.”“As it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.” [1 Corinthians 1:21; 2:9, 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 3)
This is the faith, that although we do not see, we believe His Word and sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him. He speaks as One having authority—“It is written.” He Himself was the Author. The motive power of the gospel is the science of penitence, love, faith, prayer, obedience, hope, and the joy of Christ in the human soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 4)
The Word
The possession of the Word is a talent, a treasure house of knowledge; and in all who believe, it creates a responsibility to impart. Receive the seed in good soil, and then let it spring up, first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear, then the harvest. You may have much work before you, but go no faster than you can move solidly. Teach the Word in the very simplest way possible. You will need to illustrate to the colored people with cheap pictures. This will be a necessity. If they had been educated to read, then the illustrations would not be necessary. May the Lord help you, my son, to walk and work, trusting in Jesus Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 5)
But the fact must be understood that the Scriptures do not depend upon a process of reasoning in bringing souls from darkness to light, from sin to repentance, but it is faith that accepts the divine, God-given testimony that the Scripture is the great power of God expressed. Many things are affirmed. (John 1:9[-12]): “That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him (by faith as the Son of God), to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.”
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 6)
Believers are to be developed. This is the mission of our publishing work. There is much to be done in this line, especially in some parts of the country. The matter—Bible truth—must go forth as a light that burneth. Gather up the rays of light, put the truth in its simplicity, and carry on your publishing in the Southern field as the ignorance of the people demands. You have the facilities and therefore can do this. It needs talent that has been engaged in making books. You understand this. Brother Palmer has a quick mind. You know what you need to meet high and low. Well, take hold like men that have souls before you to save, and God will help you.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 7)
I will write you this before I leave Battle Creek. The Lord give you wisdom and great grace is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 8)
Edson White, I must urge you to be exceedingly cautious. You have men of capability, men to plan. The Lord has entrusted to them talents. If they will honor God, God will honor them. Now work in the name of the Lord God of Israel. I speak to these men my message, Come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. Who is the mighty Satan? He works with all his determined interest. Now work, now pray, now watch and work. Souls are to be saved. You cannot afford to be trammeled as you have been by any printing plant. It has been used as God never desired it. God will not have ways and openings closed because selfishness enters, and men devise and plan without seeking counsel of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 9)
In regard to the printing matter in the plant that has already been established to handle publications in a limited manner, if the publishing house will give you any fair show, take over the books, do with them all you possibly can, whether you gain a dollar’s advantage or not, and leave your endeavors with the Lord to help you dispose of these books. You will not meet with a great loss, but as you have not yet even a beginning to work with, you must in this taking-over business count the cost, for you are in no condition to waste anything. You must seek the Lord in prayer. Tell the Lord all about your purposes. Give your whole hearts—Brother Palmer, yourself, and all connected with you—to the Lord with kindly hearts. Bring all tenderness and compassion into your work. Be true, be clean in principle. You cannot afford to saddle on you a debt, unless your chances are favorable to meet it. Watch and pray. You cannot depend on human wisdom. God will lead you if you fully trust in Him. He will never leave nor forsake a soul who trusts in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 56, 1903, 10)
Lt 57, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma Refiled as Lt 223, 1899.
Lt 58, 1903
Brethren in Council at Battle Creek St. Helena, California April 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 303-304. + To our brethren in council at Battle Creek,—
Some way must be devised in which our medical institutions shall be helped. According to the light given me, the Lord will institute ways and means by which the Battle Creek Sanitarium can be helped. When our watchmen shall recover from their blindness and reason from cause to effect, God will help them to devise ways and means for the relief of our medical institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 1)
If we put our trust in the Lord, if we walk in His ways, the Battle Creek Sanitarium can be placed on vantage ground. When the Sanitarium is placed on its proper foundation; when our people can see that it stands as when first established; when they can understand that the institution belongs to the work of the Lord, and can see that no one man is to have control of everything in it; then God will help them all to take hold with courage to build it up.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 2)
Our leading brethren, the men in leading positions, are to examine the standing of the Battle Creek Sanitarium, to see whether the God of heaven can take control of it. When, by faithful guardians, it is placed in a position where He can control it, let me tell you that God will see that it is sustained.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 3)
God wants His people to place their feet on the eternal Rock. The money that we have is the Lord’s money; and the buildings that we erect with this money, for His work, are to stand as His property. He calls upon those who have received the truth not to quarrel with their brethren, but to stand shoulder to shoulder, to build up, not to destroy.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 4)
The light that God has given me is that there are proper ways that the Conference shall devise to help the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. I wish that a portion of the work of this institution had been taken elsewhere. But the Sanitarium has been erected in Battle Creek, and it must be helped. God will institute ways and means by which it can be helped. But He does not wish His people to invest their money in bonds.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 5)
One night it seemed to me that we were assembled in council with the leaders of the medical work at Battle Creek. One of authority rose and holding up a long paper read from it many things that perplexed me. Neither I nor many others could discern the meaning of that which He read. Then He who read from this paper said: “These are men who have allowed this paper to pass as a legal piece of business, as a security for the issuing of bonds to secure money. That long list of conditions is not necessary, but they show unsafety for those who invest their means.”
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 6)
This is not the kind of work that should be placed before those who have the utmost confidence in the men bearing responsibilities, supposing them to be faithful, intelligent guardians of the people. Many things will be managed after this same order unless a reorganization shall take place.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 7)
There are those who will have nothing to do with the bonds issued, but there are many who will accept them without criticism, because they have confidence in the medical missionary association as being loyal to the high principles that it advocates. They will not question the things that they cannot understand, because they have faith in the original Seventh-day Adventist Medical Missionary Association.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 8)
No document should be accepted which is so worded as to make it possible for the medical missionary workers in office so to manage affairs that injustice will be done to those putting confidence in the Medical Missionary Association. These matters must be carefully examined into by the men in position of responsibility in the Medical Missionary Association and the General Conference. There is a snare in these documents, and I am to say, Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. The standing of the Sanitarium and its relation to the cause of God is to be ascertained. Everything regarding its organization is to be closely examined, that Seventh-day Adventists may know the true standing of the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 58, 1903, 9)
Lt 59, 1903
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 263-265. + Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother,
I am sending to you three manuscripts to be read to the brethren assembled at Battle Creek in council. These I desire that you shall read to the brethren when you discern that the time has come. You know my anxiety regarding the work—my desire that everything possible shall be done to establish unity and drive out dissension. We must do all in our power to save Dr. Kellogg and his associates from the result of the mistakes they have made, and to help them to see and understand the way of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 1)
Last Friday I sent you an article addressed to the physicians and managers of our medical work. I hope that you have already found opportunity to read this. There was also sent an incomplete copy of an article addressed to those in council at Battle Creek. I have added some things to this and now send you a complete copy. Please return to me the one sent Friday.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 2)
Today there will be sent to you still another manuscript addressed to the brethren in council at Battle Creek. This follows the other two and should be read at the first favorable opportunity.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 3)
I am also sending to you a copy of a letter that I have written to Dr. Kellogg. In it there are very many plain admonitions. Some of these it may be difficult for the doctor to understand. I have not yet sent him a copy of this letter, nor shall I do so at present. My wish is that you shall talk and pray with him, and then read the letter to him when you think that the time has come.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 4)
I greatly desire that he shall see his danger and turn to the Lord, for there is peace and power for him if he will walk humbly before God. If he continues to carry things as he has done, his brethren must seek the Lord for wisdom to know how to carry forward his work intelligently, in accordance with the light given in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 5)
I could not speak of his dangers in open conference; for there were some present who would have misunderstood and stumbled, making an unwise use of any statements made that were unfavorable to him. Please read carefully what I have written to him, and take your position wisely as a friend of the medical missionary work who feels a proper burden to see that work put upon a basis that will bear the endorsement of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 6)
I have been shown that Dr. Kellogg has had papers drawn up by lawyers, the wording of which was such that few would see beneath the surface and discern their final influence upon the work. Neither the managers of the medical work nor their legal counsellor have taken upon them the responsibility of studying in a correct light the wording of the specifications and conditions of these papers. The leaders in the medical missionary work have failed to make sure that the wording of the legal papers pertaining to the business of the Battle Creek Sanitarium is so clear and decided that there is no danger of the property’s being lost to its original owners.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 7)
Our Counsellor said to the doctors: “You need to learn to be as true as steel to principle. Watch carefully and truly, and guard your brother, that he shall not sell his birthright in order to carry himself to the highest point of influence.”
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 8)
Then the Speaker turned His eyes with such a look of sadness and sympathy upon the doctor, and said, “Repent now, while you have opportunity, lest soon you become so laden with business entanglements that you will care little as to what is your record for eternity. You are defrauding your own soul. The business transactions and opportunities which are presented to you are becoming so numerous that they prevent your giving your earnest attention to the momentous concerns of eternity. Only a little longer will mind and body bear the strain that you are imposing on them. You now hold only a fragment of religion. The business transactions that you mingle with your medical missionary work are so great a temptation that you seem to have no power to go from the snare. The name medical missionary can be applied only to a part of your work, but the Lord desires that the sanctified wisdom of heaven should be diffused all through and through your work.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 9)
“True godliness is obtained by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. Thus we are made partakers of the divine nature. No enterprise, no devising, that will not bear the signature of heaven will be of the least value in this life or in the life to come. Inquire while you may, Am I not sinning against my own soul and against the God who has done so much for me?”
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 10)
Brother Jones, study these statements, and read them to Dr. Kellogg if you think best.
(18LtMs, Lt 59, 1903, 11)
Lt 60, 1903
Rice, Brother and Sister [J. D.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 444, 552-553. + My dear Brother and Sister Rice,—
I am glad you are engaged in the work in Berkeley. The Lord has opened before you a work in that place. He would have you come before the people with His message, relating encouraging experiences and preparing the way for the Lord’s coming. Brother Rice should educate himself to speak right to the point, and not at too great length. Sister Rice can then share the time with him. The Lord has given her a work to do in connection with her husband. She can be a great blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 1)
Very many souls are in the darkness of error. There is abundant work for all who know the truth. Approach the people in a persuasive, kindly manner, full of cheerfulness and love for Christ. Christ is ever passing by with grace and power to enable you to present the gospel of salvation, which will bring souls out of the darkness of unbelief into His marvelous light. Reach out after the souls ready to perish. Call the attention of the people to the “Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 2)
No human tongue can express the preciousness of the ministration of the Word and the Holy Spirit. No human expression can portray to the finite mind the value of understanding, and by living faith receiving the blessing that is given as Jesus of Nazareth passes by. Many have a deep sense of need—a need that earthly riches or pleasures cannot supply; but they know not how to receive that for which they are longing.
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 3)
The gospel of Christ is from beginning to end the gospel of saving grace. It is a distinctive and controlling idea. It will be a help to the needy, light for the eyes that are blind to the truth, and a guide to souls seeking for the true foundation. Full and everlasting salvation is within the reach of every soul. Christ is waiting and longing to speak pardon and impart the freely offered grace. He is watching and waiting, saying as He said to the blind man at the gate of Jericho: “What wilt thou that I should do unto thee?” [Mark 10:51.] “I will take away thy sins; I will wash you in My blood.”
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 4)
In all the highways of life there are souls to be saved. The blind are groping in darkness. Give them the light, and God will bless you as His laborers.
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 5)
Since coming home, I have had nervous prostration, and even today have been very weak, but I thought I would write to you not to be discouraged. God will help you in your efforts to save the lost.
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 6)
In love.
(18LtMs, Lt 60, 1903, 7)
Lt 61, 1903
Kellogg, M. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 18, 1903 Previously unpublished. M. G. Kellogg Dear Brother Kellogg,
Sara told me that you called yesterday while I was lying down. I am sorry that I did not see you.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 1)
She tells me that no work has been assigned to you. I am sorry for this, but I shall not let the matter rest as it is.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 2)
Just now I am so weak and prostrated that I can do but little. I have been writing some things for the Council at Battle Creek and have also written some letters. At the Conference it was necessary for me to preserve my strength for important matters that I alone could handle.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 3)
Have courage in the Lord, my brother, and do not, I entreat of you, lose faith. Some work will open up for you. You could do evangelistic work in San Francisco or in other places. You can speak to the people. Let your talks be short and frequent. Do not speak of things that they cannot understand. Give them the simple truths of the Bible, and the Lord will bless and strengthen you.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 4)
I will do something for you as soon as I am able. I will lay your case before the brethren. In those great cities there is surely something you can do, or the Lord will open some other door for you. Did not your brother John have some suggestion for your work?
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 5)
You are having a trying experience with your eyesight. But looking unto Christ, believing in Him who is the Light of the world, will bring you comfort and joy and peace. If today Christ were among us, as when He, the great Medical Missionary, walked the earth, you would go to Him for comfort and healing. Today no curious multitudes flock to the desert places to see and hear the Christ. His voice is not heard in the busy streets. No cry is heard from the wayside, “Jesus of Nazareth passeth by.” [Luke 18:37.] But this word is true to us today. He walks unseen through our streets. We are to realize that Christ is in our world, a practical Worker. With messages of mercy, He comes to the homes of those who will receive Him. Thank God, He stands ready to be found of every one who humbly and earnestly seeks Him. He will breathe the Living Spirit into every hungry heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 6)
Be of good courage in the Lord, my brother. Wait patiently, and the Lord will open the way before you. I send encouraging words to your wife and her mother. Do not despond, but hope in the Lord. I am thinking of you, and I will pray for you all, as well as for myself.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 7)
In faith, hope, and courage, I write these words to you. May the Lord be your Helper and your Strength is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 61, 1903, 8)
Lt 62, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 21, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CD 490-491; 8MR 399-400. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I have a deep interest in you and in your family, and I pray for the prosperity of your work. I have words to write to you cautioning you about employing Sister Tuxford in a position where she might unconsciously exert an influence to lower the standard and introduce rich, unhealthful dishes and expensive provisions into your vegetarian restaurant. When I first heard that Sister Tuxford was connected with you in your work in the restaurant, I was glad. In the past she had given as an excuse for not being a thorough-going health reformer the reason that she could not cook, as she otherwise would, on account of her mother’s being unable, because of her age and feebleness, to make a change in her diet. This reason no longer exists, and I hoped that Sister Tuxford would make a thorough change in her way of cooking and eating.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 1)
Should her advice be followed as to the food that should be provided for those who patronize the restaurant, there is danger that the restaurant will become a consumer instead of a producer. When it is seen that an enterprise is running behind, a change should be made so that money enough will be brought in to cover expenses. If this cannot be done, it would be better for the enterprise to be closed.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 2)
Be very careful that unhealthful, rich preparations of food are not presented as a sample of health-reform cooking.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 3)
You have said that you are a dyspeptic. I see no reason why you should be thus, if your preparations of food are wholesome and if you eat at the right hours. I ask you to look carefully into these matters. I appreciate you most highly, my dear brother and sister. But I must tell you that you have lessons to learn in regard to your eating that you have not yet learned. I advise you to study closely into these things, and then give the stomach the best of care. For thirty-five years I have made it a practice to eat only two meals a day. Occasionally when travelling, I have eaten irregular meals, when I have been thrown out of line by not being able to get my meals at the regular time. I am seventy-five years old; but I do as much writing as I ever did. My digestion is good, and my brain is clear.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 4)
Our fare is simple and wholesome. We have on our table no butter, no meat, no cheese, no greasy mixtures of food. For some months a young man who was an unbeliever, and who had eaten meat all his life, boarded with us. We made no change in our diet on his account; and while he stayed with us he gained about twenty pounds. The food which we provided was far better for him than that to which he had been accustomed. All who sit at my table express themselves as being well satisfied with the food provided.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 5)
Both you and Sister Burden need to be careful. God will help you to do the work He has given you. But the starting and conducting [of] restaurants to provide food for the public is not your special work. You have a work of soul-saving to do. In your work in connection with the restaurant, have you been able to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth? God would have you stationed where the influence of every one in your family will be exerted on the side of soul-saving. I do not want your earnest efforts to be lost. I do not want you to be weighed in the balances and found wanting. I entreat you and the other members of your family not to follow the example of any one who in Christian experience is a short pattern. In no case are you to measure yourselves by the world or by the opinions of men. Neither are you to place yourselves where you are so tied up that you can not give yourselves to the work of saving the souls ready to perish. It has been my thought that you could do a good and acceptable work in connection with the Sanitarium at Wahroonga.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 6)
In regard to the health food work, I will say that I have received no light that would warrant the establishment of a health food factory in or near Sydney.
(18LtMs, Lt 62, 1903, 7)
Lt 63, 1903
Brethren at the Medical Missionary Council “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 262-266; MM 129-130. + To our brethren at the Medical Missionary Council,—
I speak to our leading brethren, to our ministers, and especially to our physicians. Just as long as you allow pride to dwell in your hearts, so long will you lack power in your work. For years a wrong spirit has been cherished, a spirit of pride, a desire for pre-eminence. In this Satan is served, and God is dishonored. The Lord calls for a decided reformation. And when a soul is truly reconverted, let him be rebaptized. Let him renew his covenant with God, and God will renew His covenant with him. My brethren, show true repentance for departure from God. Let angels and men see that there is forgiveness of sin with God. Extraordinary power from God must take hold of Seventh-day Adventist churches. Reconversion must take place among the members, that as God’s witnesses they may testify to the authoritative power of the truth that sanctifies the soul. Renewed, purified, sanctified, the church must be, else the wrath of God will fall upon them with much greater power than upon those who have never professed to be saints.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 1)
Those who are sanctified through the truth will show that the truth has worked a reformation in their lives, that it is preparing them for translation into the heavenly world. But so long as pride and envy and evil surmising predominate in the life, Christ does not rule in the heart. His love is not in the soul. In the lives of those who are partakers of the divine nature there is a crucifixion of the haughty, self-sufficient spirit that leads to self-exaltation. In its place the Spirit of Christ abides, and in the life the fruits of the Spirit appear. Having the mind of Christ, His followers reveal the graces of His character.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 2)
Nothing short of this will make men acceptable to God. Nothing short of this will give them the pure, holy character that those must have who are admitted to heaven. As soon as a man puts on Christ, an evidence of the change wrought in him is seen in spirit and word and act. A heavenly atmosphere surrounds his soul; for Christ is abiding within.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 3)
“Verily, verily I say unto you,” Christ declared, “he that believeth on Me hath everlasting life.” [John 6:47.] O how few there are who reveal in their lives the principles of this life! They profess to believe the most sacred truth ever given to mortals, but in their lives they dishonor God. “He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father; so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me.” [Verses 54-57.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 4)
Do you believe these wonderful statements? Do you receive the words of Christ? I tell you that when in truth you receive them, you will practice the truth in accordance with the teachings of Christ. But as surely as you do not avail yourselves of the privileges presented in these words, so surely will you misrepresent Christ by a half-hearted religious life. So surely you will set before the youth you are educating an example that will not be safe for them to follow, and you will bear the condemnation of their unchristlikeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 5)
My soul is burdened day and night; for I fear that I have not been as explicit as I should have been. In the night season I pray, “Lord, help me; Lord, teach me. Have compassion on the sheep and the lambs of Thy pasture. Abandon not the unsanctified, unholy, professing Christians in Thy church to their own perverted, corrupt way.”
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 6)
A few nights since, I dreamed that I was praying in a meeting. O how earnestly my heart was drawn out in supplication! “Lord,” I pleaded, “let not this people claiming to believe so sacred a truth follow on in their mistaken ideas until their names are blotted out of the book of life and recorded among the names of the unjust. Help them to see that by their unlikeness to Christ they are greatly dishonoring the Lord.”
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 7)
I call upon the people of God to awake to a realization that their condition is plainly marked out in the message to the Laodicean church. Those who are striving to overcome will while on this earth be pursued by satanic agencies. The enemy will tempt them to corrupt the principles that they must maintain if they would reach the high standard that God has set before them. We can overcome only in the way in which Christ overcame—by whole-hearted obedience to God. Real virtue of character cannot, will not, act by halves. The Christian graces, all cherished, form a beautiful, symmetrical character. True religion is obedience to all the commandments of God. Obedience brings salvation; disobedience, ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 8)
It pays to examine the whole conduct of the life. What manifestation do we give our fellow men as God’s medical missionaries, teachers of the gospel? What evidence do we give that we are Christ’s medical missionaries, imbued by His Spirit? Do we show that we are preparing for a life that measures with the life of God? With the opportunities and privileges that we have had, we should be in advance of any people in the world. But what spirit are we bringing into our work? Are we bearing witness to the world to the blessedness of bringing the life of Christ into our individual lives? Do we fear lest, after a promise being left us of entering into God’s rest, some of us should seem to come short, because we do not love Him?
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 9)
The lives of medical missionaries should be in harmony with the name they bear. Their words and acts should be an interpretation of all that the name embraces. The world has a right to expect from those who claim to be medical missionaries a course of conduct corresponding to all that the name signifies. In this present life God’s servants are to give to the world an example of the preparation that those must make who obtain eternal life. But many of those claiming to have advanced knowledge of the Word of God have given to the world a sample of character that He cannot approve.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 10)
It behooves us to live in the fear and love of God. God is supreme, and He co-operates with those who represent Christ in life and character, those who are kind, thoughtful, self-denying, and self-sacrificing. Christ says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 11)
Make your life preparation for eternity. You have not a moment to lose. Do you keep God’s commandments? Do you fear to offend Him? Do you feel your dependence on Christ? Do you realize that you must be kept every moment by His power? Is your life filled each day with submission, contentment, and gratitude?
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 12)
Medical missionary workers are acknowledged by Christ, not because they bear the name they do, but because they are under the guardianship of the Chief Missionary, who left heaven to give His life for the life of the world. He says, “If ye love Me, keep My commandments.... He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me, and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and manifest Myself to him.” [John 14:15, 21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 13)
Then, as witnesses for God, give proof that you are under the discipline and training of the great Medical Missionary; that you have placed yourselves in His hands, to manifest His Spirit, to shew to the world the sacred character of His great work, and to reveal to unbelievers the advantage of being under His guardianship. A medical missionary is not of value to the cause of God unless all the principles embraced in the name that he bears are developed in his life. The gospel of Christ is to be brought into the daily life. We are to make our life in this world an example, as far as we possibly can, of what the life in heaven will be. This Christ expects of all who claim to be medical missionaries. They are not to cherish one principle that bears a taint of selfishness. They are to stand before the world as followers of Christ, partaking of His self-denial and humiliation, and heralding His coming.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 14)
Christ might have astonished the world by a display of His glorious divinity. But He concealed this, to place Himself at the head of humanity. He was tempted in all points like as we are, that He might know how to succor those who are tempted. He requires His followers to submit to no inconvenience and self-sacrifice to which He did not submit. He might have come escorted by ten thousand times ten thousand of the heavenly host; but no! He clothed Himself in the habiliments of humanity. He made Himself of no reputation. He humbled Himself at every step. “He was wounded for our transgressions; He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 15)
It is possible for us to represent Him. We need not by wilful, unsanctified lives continually deny Him and by unprincipled actions put Him to open shame, while claiming to be medical missionaries. May God have mercy upon us, bestowing repentance and healing; for if we continue to dishonor His great and holy name, refusing to humble our hearts, refusing to heed His admonitions, and bracing our souls in pride and self-sufficiency, His judgments upon us will be repeated.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 16)
Monday, April 20, 1903
This morning between twelve and one o’clock, I awoke from sleep calling upon the Lord in prayer, both in my own behalf and in the behalf of my brethren. I felt a wonderful nearness to God. These words were sounding in my ears: “Jesus of Nazareth passeth by.” [Luke 18:37.] “If Thou wilt, Thou canst make me whole.” [See Matthew 8:2.] In my hand and arm there was a feeling which I did not at first understand, a feeling of freedom and power for service. I continued the prayer that I had been offering in my sleep and then arose and dressed. The exhaustion from which I had been suffering since the Conference in Oakland was gone; my head was rested and my mind was clear. The day before, I had felt deeply burdened, and in the afternoon I wrote thirteen pages in my large diary. As fast as my pen could trace the words I wrote the first part of this, and other things to our brethren in the medical work, who have been holding responsible positions in our institutions. I thank the Lord for healing, and for strength necessary to the performance of the work He has given me to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 17)
In our institutions there has been a departure from pure, holy, sanctified principles in business management, and the Lord has come near to His people in rebuke and judgment. He sends to them the messages:
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 18)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen and repent and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 19)
“And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore, thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Revelation 3:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 20)
Keeping daily guard over ourselves, over thought and word and act, facing God’s law as we face a mirror, seeing if we are true to God’s requirements—this is the part we are to act. And when we discover an inconsistency in our life, we are to repent before God and correct the wrong, else our whole experience will be leavened with evil. We are not to forget the revelation of the divine mirror. We are to remember that nothing that the Lord declares impure or false can help to make our lives more fit for the kingdom of God. We are not our own, and we are to search the Word of God diligently, that we may know what are the duties enjoined by that word. That which God expects of His children here below is plainly outlined and urged upon us in the Word. His instruction is sustained by promises scattered all through the Word, from the beginning to the end. The Lord knows how to deal justly and truly with the members of His family.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 21)
In all your councils and labors, remember that nothing is to be done through strife or vainglory. God will surely call to account any one who treats a member of His family in an arbitrary or unkind manner.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 22)
The words of the Psalmist are strikingly definite: “Lord, who shall abide in Thy tabernacle? who shall dwell in Thy holy hill? He that walketh uprightly, and worketh righteousness, and speaketh the truth in his heart. He that backbiteth not with his tongue, nor doeth evil to his neighbour, nor taketh up a reproach against his neighbour.” You may not have originated the reproach, but even taking it up brings condemnation upon you. “In whose eyes a vile person is contemned; but he honoureth them that fear the Lord. He that sweareth to his own hurt, and changeth not. He that putteth not out his money to usury, nor taketh reward against the innocent. He that doeth these things shall never be moved.” [Psalm 15:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 23)
Those who violate the principles of heavenly origin, and disregard the plain injunctions of God; those who do not respect the rules of God’s family government, who in this world of test and trial do the opposite of what He has told them to do, determined to follow on in an evil course, could not be received as members of His heavenly family. They would create the same disturbance in the heavenly courts that they have created here below. They would stir up a second rebellion. So the Lord gives human beings their trial in the lower apartment. Those who will see His face, those who will be admitted to the glorious courts above, must here live the Christ life.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 24)
“If ye forgive men their trespasses,” said our Saviour to His disciples, “your heavenly Father will also forgive your trespasses. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your heavenly Father forgive your trespasses.” [Matthew 6:14, 15.] The Lord’s requirements are plainly stated, and they are without a flaw. At the day of judgment, no one will have any excuse for saying, “I did not understand.” The duty of dedicating all to God is clearly enjoined in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 25)
“I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.” [Romans 12:1.] Our all is the measure of the consecration that God accepts. He claims the service of those whom He has redeemed, whether they give themselves to Him or to the enemy. But He does not force them to obey His call. Each one must choose for himself whether he will receive or reject the Saviour, whether he will have eternal life or eternal death.
(18LtMs, Lt 63, 1903, 26)
Lt 64, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 22, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
At times I have a great desire to see you and talk with you, but this I cannot now do. I can talk to you with my pen only.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 1)
The General Conference is in the past. It pleased the Lord to give me strength to attend this meeting. He is very merciful and gracious. Although I had many perplexing questions to consider, I was strengthened to bear my testimony. If after presenting to our people the words that God gives me I could have sure evidence that these words are received, I should be relieved of a heavy burden. But I greatly fear that the watchmen, whose business it is to be on guard, who should be quick to perceive the dangers before the people of God and to take every possible means to prepare them to withstand the temptations of the enemy, are some of them blind.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 2)
In all our institutions watchmen of experience are needed to guard every post of duty, lest the enemy steal in and cause an influence to pervade our institutions that will do injury to many souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 3)
I plead with God, in the name of Christ, to help his people not to continue to occupy the position pointed out in the message:
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 4)
“These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God, I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot, I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.” [Revelation 3:14-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 5)
Shall this continue to be the condition of the people claiming to be Seventh-day Adventists? No one need remain in this condition, which makes men so abhorrent to the Saviour that He cannot take their names on His lips. God is weighing the actions of men. Will His people continue to slight His messages of mercy. Will those who claim to be leaders of His people mistake the path that He wants them to follow? Christ says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 6)
God sent to the church at Sardis the message: “Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:2, 3.] Wherein was their deficiency? It is shown in the words, “I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Verse 1.] They had a name to live, but as far as exerting a saving influence is concerned, they were dead. They had a form of godliness without the power.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 7)
There are today in the flock of God shepherds who do not discern their spiritual need, who do not keep the pure principles of truth uncontaminated by worldly influences. They are careless in regard to their own spiritual standing. To them comes the urgent message, “Be watchful, and strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Verse 2.] Remember how you have received and heard the truth. Receive the messages of warning brought by the Lord’s ambassadors. Let not these warnings become dim in your memory. “Hold fast and repent.” [Verse 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 8)
Jesus declares that the Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. The Holy Spirit understands man’s every necessity. He will bestow upon the earnest seeker that for which He hungers and thirsts. The blessings that God has to bestow are unlimited. We cannot comprehend their height and depth and breadth. All heaven is at the command of those who, realizing their lack of wisdom, come directly to the source of all wisdom. To such ones God gives liberally and upbraids not. But let them ask in faith, nothing wavering. “For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed.” [James 1:6.] The one who receives wisdom from on high is the one who holds fast to the promise, the one who feels his need and will not be turned aside.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 9)
Divine grace can be forfeited by a misapplication of the rich treasure. Every teacher in our schools, every medical worker, every shepherd of the sheep and lambs is in positive need of the Holy Spirit. Let God’s servants work in sincerity, with humility and with purity of purpose. God has spiritual power in store for every diligent seeker. There is power for all who will seek for it with an intensity of earnestness. These will become partakers of the divine nature; for they have cooperated with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 10)
“Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” [Philippians 2:12.] All self-sufficiency, all desire to dictate to others, all pride and selfishness, must be cast out; these things belong to the enemy’s stock in trade. All may have hope who desire to be laborers together with God in His great plan for soul-saving. “For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Verse 13.] Spiritual influence is given to them to be increased by a right use. They will be given an enlargement of power proportionate to their desire to do the will of God. The influence given them will greatly increase their usefulness, unless they forfeit the blessing by selfishness by a misuse of the entrusted gift.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 11)
The Lord is greatly dishonored when wrong practices are carried on by the ministers or the lay members of His church. These wrong practices arouse a spirit of alienation and strife and faultfinding. God sees beneath the surface. He reads the heart of every one who is following evil ways. He says to all, “I know thy works.” [Revelation 3:1.] How many times those misusing the precious gifts of heaven read these words and yet make no change in the life. We must arouse from our spiritual slumber. We must be born again. There is a lamentable decay in religious experience. A truly godly life is rarely seen. The sins of the church are charged upon the church by One who never makes a mistake. The sins of a wrongdoer will remain upon him until he clears his soul from the impurity and falsehood and makes straight paths for his feet.
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 12)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Verse 4.] What higher honor could be bestowed on human beings? “They shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” Because of their faith this honor is bestowed on them. In this life they did not boast or lift up their soul unto vanity. With intensity of desire, with a pure and holy faith, they grasped the promise of eternal riches. Their one desire was to be like Christ. Their earnestness was proportionate to their intensity. Ever they kept the standard of righteousness uplifted. To them is given an eternal weight of glory, because on the earth they walked with God, keeping themselves unspotted from the world, revealing to sinful human beings the righteousness of Christ. Of them the Saviour declares, They shall walk with Me in white, in robes of honor and glory, in the world that I have prepared for them. “He that overcometh the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verse 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 13)
Christ is their Redeemer, the Captain of their salvation. He leads them to the Father, saying with triumphant joy, “Here am I and the children whom Thou hast given Me.” [Isaiah 8:18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 14)
“And I looked, and lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with Him an hundred and forty-four thousand, having His Father’s name written in their foreheads. And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder; and I heard the voices of harpers harping with many harps, and they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders; and no man could learn that song, but the hundred and forty and four thousand which were redeemed from the earth. These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they that follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile; for they are without fault before the throne of God.” [Revelation 14:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 15)
“After this, I beheld, and lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, saying, Amen: blessing and glory and wisdom and thanksgiving and honor and power and might be unto our God forever and ever.” [Revelation 7:9-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 64, 1903, 16)
Lt 65, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 19, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 68-71. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I wake in the night, and my heart is drawn out after you. I ask myself, “Should his life end suddenly, would I be guiltless if I do not now do all in my power to lead his mind away from the world?” I find myself sitting up in bed, sending heavenward the petition, “Lord, open his eyes, that he may see wondrous things out of Thy law. The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [See Psalm 119:18; 19:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 1)
I have a sense of your danger, and you need to have a sense of it. If we should sustain you in a wrong course, we would ourselves be committing sin. You may have the confidence and approval of men, but the praise of human beings is no evidence of the approval of God. It furnishes no evidence that they see as He sees. Those who trust to the praise and approval of men will end their lives without having obtained a preparedness to meet God.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 2)
My brother, I have the deepest interest in you, knowing the value of the human soul, and I entreat you to turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart. In the night season I am pleading with you to heed the Scripture, “Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know ye not your own selves, how that Jesus Christ is in you, except ye be reprobates?” [2 Corinthians 13:5.] I am waiting and longing to hear from you in regard to your individual experience. It is not feeling, but genuine faith and works, that lay hold upon unseen realities. True faith is substantiated by a sure “Thus saith the Lord,” by the word, “It is written.”
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 3)
The instruction that Christ gives in the eighteenth chapter of Matthew is the very best education that you or I can ever obtain. “At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven.” [Verses 1-4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 4)
Who needs, then, to err? Who needs to be in darkness, when Christ has spoken words so simple and so easily understood? Will you not show, in your daily experience, that your dependence is in God? Will you not show that you are not seeking to be first? Will you not esteem others better than yourself, because the word of Inspiration declares that you should do this? It is not by taking the position that Christ has declared we should take that you will give evidence that you are a true child of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 5)
You are inclined to exalt yourself, to cherish a spirit of censoriousness. You show contempt for those who are chosen of God and precious, because they differ with you in some things. It is in the order of God that in some things they should differ with you. But because they do not agree with all your plans, you sometimes feel that you want nothing to do with them. Do you realize the danger of despising Christ in the person of His saints? God is light, and when He gives instruction to human beings that does not please them, shall they regard with scorn and contempt the messenger who, as a faithful steward, has had the courage to speak to them the truth? Will you, my brother, become the enemy of the Lord’s messenger, and say many things that are untrue of the one who has told you the truth?
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 6)
O that you would sit as a humble learner at the feet of Christ! Then you would reveal a character that God could approve. What a change there would be in the atmosphere surrounding your soul! You need so much the softening, subduing influence of the Holy Spirit. It is for your present and eternal good that you become soundly converted, through the sanctifying influence of the truth as it is in Jesus. Examine and prove yourself. Do not let any man deceive you. However highly a man may appreciate you, he cannot read your heart. Pray now, without delay, that you may not deceive yourself or be deceived by others.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 7)
I tell you the truth; I lie not. You need a renewed heart. Pray that your eyes may be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, that you may discern the true character of your religious faith and experience. Have you that faith which works by love and purifies the soul? Are you striving to reach the standard that God has set before you? If you choose, you can make the Word of God of no effect to many souls, leading them away from the safe path. But I want you to stand on vantage ground before God. I want you to sit at the wedding feast clad in the wedding garment—the righteousness of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 8)
You have had many, many opportunities to become acquainted with the truth as it is in Jesus. Will you not hold the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end? Will you not look to Jesus as your pattern in character building? Then the structure that you rear will not be weak and imperfect, but solid and symmetrical. Study carefully the life of Christ. Constantly compare your way of viewing things with the way in which they are viewed in the Word of God. Do not in character misrepresent the character of Christ. Never, never depart from the way of the Lord; for “what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 9)
There are many who dishonor Christ by their unsanctified lives. But there are men who have lived with their eyes fixed on the Saviour. There are faithful ones who have served the Lord with uprightness of heart. Their lives have borne witness to the truth of the words: “The statutes of the Lord are right, rejoicing the heart; the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes. The fear of the Lord is clean, enduring forever; the judgments of the Lord are true and righteous altogether. More to be desired are they than gold; yea, than much fine gold; sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.” [Psalm 19:8-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 10)
One who knew by blessed experience the value of God’s law thus expressed his thanksgiving: “How sweet are Thy words to my taste; yea, sweeter than honey to my mouth!”“Whom have I in heaven but Thee, and there is none upon earth that I desire beside Thee?”“Be glad in the Lord, and rejoice, ye righteous, and shout for joy, all ye upright in heart.” [Psalm 119:103; 73:25; 32:11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 11)
This may be your experience if you will separate from you all that is marring your character. I beseech you to make an unreserved surrender to God, and to make it now, just now. When you make this surrender, you will have an experience entirely different from the experience that you have had for many years. Then you will be able to say with the apostle Paul, “I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ.” [Philippians 3:8.] “I delight in the law of God, after the inward man.” [Romans 7:22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 12)
Every privilege is opened before you. Christ presents His loveliness of character for you to copy. When you make Him your example, your pride and self-assurance will be removed. You are becoming weak in spiritual power through cherishing an unforgiving spirit and indulging wrathful feelings that place you under the control of Satan. These things are bearing sorry testimony against you. When you are converted, your masterly spirit, which leads you to judge and condemn and censure, will be changed.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 13)
Will you not accept the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] Christ’s life, from beginning to end, was a life of meekness and humility. He was the Majesty of heaven, yet He came to our world to take His position at the head of the fallen race, and in human nature to reveal the character that all must form who are admitted into the city of God. He came to show the power of the sanctification of body, soul, and spirit that we must possess if we gain the life that measures with the life of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 14)
Christians must exemplify before the world, before angels, and before men the keeping power of the grace of Christ. You are intelligent in regard to the capabilities of body and mind and in regard to the victories that may be gained over the appetites and passions. You are a prominent member of the Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association. What you say and do carries a weight of influence. This influence should ever be exerted on the side of obedience to Bible truth. You should ever point the way heavenward, giving those whom you seek to educate the gospel remedy for pride and self-exaltation. This you can do by exemplifying in your life the virtues of Christ, the great Healer, the Medical Missionary sent by God to reveal the power of the grace that God’s tried and tempted children can have in this life, preparatory to entering into the city of God, to take their place as little children in His kingdom. We are given opportunity to be learners of Christ here below, that we may be His students in the courts above, learners of Him through the ceaseless ages of eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 65, 1903, 15)
Lt 66, 1903
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 22, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder A. T. Jones My dear brother,—
I have written another letter to Dr. Kellogg, which I send to you, with the request that you read it to him at the first favorable opportunity. I greatly desire that every effort possible shall be made to encourage him to listen to the warnings, the counsels, and the encouragements which the Lord has given to me for him; and I know that if this letter falls into his hands at a time when he is weary, or worried and perplexed, its true spirit and meaning may not be understood. If you seek a suitable opportunity to read it to him, and your prayers and entreaties are mingled with the words of entreaty which the Lord sends through me, there may be more hope of a lasting impression for good.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 1)
Tomorrow I will send to you two testimonies which ought to be read to our brethren assembled at Battle Creek attending the Medical Missionary Council. Several copies will be sent to you, so that after the MSS. have been read, copies can be placed in the hands of those who ought to have them. Single copies will also be sent to Elder Daniells and Dr. Paulson. It will be well for you to counsel with them as to when and how these matters should be brought before the Council in the way that will do the most good.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 2)
I appeal to you, Brother Jones, to bring forcibly before the leading medical men the necessity of their doing thorough work at this time in the matter of investigating the true business standing of our medical institutions. Let there be no superficial work. It is also the duty of our medical men to study into the reasons why the managers of the Boulder Sanitarium have not made payment to the General Conference Association of a portion of the indebtedness of that institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 3)
If in the management of the medical missionary work there has been a grasping spirit to receive as much as possible from the General Conference, and then to hold every advantage without consideration of the financial condition of the Conference, our medical men in responsible positions should not close their eyes to it, or consent to have this condition of things continue.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 4)
After the Conference, I was very weak; but the Lord is giving me strength day by day to write the things which I am sending forward to the Council. I pray that there may be a humbling of proud hearts before the Lord; that there may be confession of sins and a turning to the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 5)
I shall be glad to hear from you when you have time to write.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 6)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 66, 1903, 7)
Lt 67, 1903
Brethren at the Medical Missionary Council “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 142. + To our brethren assembled at the Medical Missionary Council at Battle Creek,—
The work committed to us by the Lord will advance rapidly only when we labor in unity. In unity there is a life, a power, that cannot be obtained without it. United with one another, working together in harmony for the salvation of men, we shall indeed be “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 1)
“Yes,” says one, “this is exactly what I believe in—consolidation.” But Christian unity is not what the world calls consolidation. Unity among brethren results in consolidation with Christ and with the heavenly angels. Such consolidation is heavenborn. It is that for which Christ longed when He prayed for unity among His disciples.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 2)
Last July, in the night season, it seemed as if I were speaking to a large company of brethren and sisters. Before me were some who had superior tact and ability to reach souls—men and women who, if consecrated, could have awakened many of the careless, the indifferent, the godless. But these church members had lost their hold on Jesus. They desired to command, not to serve. No longer were they united with love for one another and for perishing souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 3)
While I was speaking, a heavenly Messenger came forward, and said: “Have you forgotten the scenes of Gethsemane? Christ passed through His last terrible trial in order that you might not perish, but have eternal life. ‘Hereby perceive we the love of God, because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren.’ [1 John 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 4)
“By your failure to work in harmony, you are greatly dishonoring God. The enemy of your souls delights to see you working at cross-purposes with one another. You need to cultivate brotherly love and tenderness of heart. If you could draw aside the curtain veiling the future, and see the result of your present course, you would surely be led to repent. By repentance you can save yourselves much sorrow.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 5)
“Would it not be well for you to seek the Lord as the disciples sought Him before the day of Pentecost? After Christ’s ascension, His disciples—men of varied talents and capabilities—assembled in an upper chamber to pray for the gift of the Holy Spirit. In this room ‘all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication.’ [Acts 1:14.] They made thorough work for repentance by confessing their own sins. Upon them was laid no burden to confess one another’s sins. Settling all differences and alienations, they were of one accord and prayed with unity of purpose for ten days, at the end of which time ‘they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.’ [Acts 2:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 6)
“The Holy Spirit cannot be revealed to you while dissension and strife exist. Would it not be well for you to lay ‘aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings,’ and ‘as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the Word, that ye may grow thereby’? [1 Peter 2:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 7)
“If you would unitedly put away your unchristlike, hereditary and cultivated traits, and work together, the Lord could work through you. But souls will not be convicted and converted until you come into unity and Christian fellowship. Lose sight of self. Keep your eyes fixed upon the Redeemer.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 8)
“The representation that you make before believers and unbelievers is one of variance and strife. Clear away this rubbish. Press together. Be satisfied with nothing less than a thorough work of humiliation and repentance. Work as for your lives to overcome every evil trait of character. You are not placed in the Lord’s vineyard to create dissension and alienation. Sweep away the evils that have crept in. ‘Consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works.’ [Hebrews 10:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 9)
“The Lord designs that all His children shall blend in unity. Do you not expect to live together in unity in the same heaven? Is Christ divided against Himself. Will He give you success before all the rubbish of evil surmising and discord is swept away; before the laborers with unity of purpose devote heart, soul, mind, and strength to the work so holy in God’s sight? ‘As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation.’ [1 Peter 1:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 10)
“In Christ’s prayer for His disciples He petitioned His Father: ‘Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy Word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.’ Who is being sanctified through the truth? ‘Neither pray I for these alone,’ He continued, ‘but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved me.’ [John 17:17-23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 11)
“The prayer of Christ is not yet answered. There is a work that still remains undone. Although engaged in the Master’s service, many laborers are envious, full of strife, destitute of the love that should be in their hearts. Those who claim to be Christians but who reveal the characteristics of worldlings are dishonoring the name of Jesus. Will you not consider the representation that you are making before unbelievers? Will you not seek for the blessing of the Holy Spirit, that you may answer the prayer of Christ? Would it not be well for you to pray that you shall not disappoint the Lord Jesus by failing to be His instrumentalities? When in word and deed you answer His prayer, putting away all variance, His Spirit will bear witness that you are His instrumentalities, and the world will take knowledge of you, that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 12)
“The Lord calls upon those now working in connection with His cause to repent and be converted. Many, standing in their own light, are wasting precious opportunities. There is great need of coming together with deep humiliation and sincere repentance because of the lack of unity and brotherly love that has been manifested. In the Word, Christians are instructed not to neglect the assembling of themselves together. If need be, come together with fasting. Make most diligent search for the cause of your soul-sickness, which must be healed. Until in every sense of the word you are Christians in your association with one another, until you love as brethren, how can your efforts for unbelievers be acceptable to God? Your first work is to be converted yourselves.”
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 13)
*****
God says, “If those who have allowed a wrong spirit to control them will come to Me in repentance, and will confess their sins, I will hear their prayers and will pardon them. But if they do not come to Me, if they consult human agencies, and allow themselves to be leavened with the leaven of human malice and evil surmising, they will surely be separated from My work.”
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 14)
The stubborn and hardhearted, unless they repent, will be separated from the work. The Lord Jesus cannot accept the labors of any man who has left his first love. He may have the capabilities essential for the work, but unless the love of Christ is burning on the altar of his heart, the want of that love will be seen in all his work, and Christ will be misrepresented.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 15)
How thankful we should be that the Lord is willing to accept every one who manifests repentance toward God and faith in Jesus Christ! Let us never place bars in the way of any soul, so that he will not have the courage to engage in the good warfare against Satan’s temptations. Instead of criticizing one another, let us deal sternly with self. With the closest introspection let us examine our peculiar temperament and weaknesses of character. Let us deal decidedly and bravely with our perverse disposition, so that we shall not dishonor God. Let us remember that we are all members of one body, and that among these members there is to be no crowding, no judging, no measuring of one gift by another.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 16)
God calls for light-bearers who will fill the world with the light and peace and joy that come from Christ. God will use humble men, men who will cherish a sense of their weakness, who will not think that the work of God depends on them. Such men will remember what the service of God demands from them—the propriety of speech and action that God calls for. They will reveal that Christ dwells in the heart, imparting purity to the whole being.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 17)
My brethren, will you not realize that there is much at stake? Will you not conduct the work in so healthful and wholesome a manner that all the threads now tangled and knotted will be straightened out? Forget not to “consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works.” [Hebrews 10:24.] If you will now draw nigh to God, many of those who are in serious perplexity because of their self-confidence will confess that they have manifested an unchristlike spirit and will turn to Jesus, placing their confidence in Him. Realizing their own weakness, they will wear Christ’s yoke and learn of Him. Receiving His strength, they will become sons of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 18)
“Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things, which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you.” [Philippians 4:8, 9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 67, 1903, 19)
I am sorry that any one has written to you disparagingly of Brother W. O. Palmer. Why should this be done? No one is free from mistakes. I might present many things in criticism of those with whom I associate. But what would be gained by this?
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 1)
I know that there are many who cherish feelings of criticism toward Brother Palmer. But I have been instructed that in the sight of a holy God his case is not one-tenth part as injurious to the cause as the cases of some to whom God has given great light and many opportunities, but who refuse to walk in the light if it does not suit their own ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 2)
There are those who are doing what the Lord calls a strange work. They need the divine enlightenment. They need to be converted. Their testimony should not be allowed to lead to the rejection of those who are striving to serve God. They are not living in the light of God. They are not obeying His commands. Between them and Him there is a barrier that cannot be removed without a complete change of heart. Only by such a change of heart can they be brought into right relation with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 3)
There is but one path to heaven—the strait and narrow way. Of those who enter this path the Lord says, “Ye are My witnesses.” [Isaiah 43:10.] Those only who love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves can walk in this way. Christ says, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] We are to follow Christ in everything, conforming our lives to His teachings.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 4)
It is the duty of all to press toward the light, ever keeping in view the perfection of Him whose words and works bear the impress of divinity.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 5)
Paul writes, “But what things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ. Yea doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung that I may win Christ, and be found in Him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith: that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death; if by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. Not as though I had already attained, either were already perfect: but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus. Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 3:7-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 6)
That righteousness is of no real value that goes no further than external form. It was in this righteousness that the religion of the Pharisees consisted. Upon this they relied for salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 7)
“Let us therefore, as many as be perfect, be thus minded: and if in anything ye be otherwise minded, God shall reveal even this unto you.” [Verse 15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 8)
By the counsel of His grace He will show them their mistakes. They must receive the truth in the meekness of holiness. Pride and self-importance must die.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 9)
The child of God is to reach out for higher and still higher attainments. He is to confess every sin, that by his example others may be helped to confess their sins and to cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. He is to be constantly on guard, never standing still, never turning back, but ever pressing on toward the mark of the prize of his high calling in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 10)
There is a crown of immortality for the children of God to win. He will give them power to conquer in the strife with evil. When danger comes to them, angels are beside them, to help them; for the angels are “ministering spirits, sent forth to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation.” [Hebrews 1:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 11)
Watch vigilantly, swerving not to the right hand or to the left. Never give up to despair. “Whereunto we have already attained, let us walk by the same rule, let us mind the same things.” [Philippians 3:16.] “God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.... As many as walk according to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and upon the Israel of God.” [Galatians 6:14, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 12)
A man is not one whit the safer because he occupies an exalted position and has been given great privileges. He is exposed to Satan’s attacks and is liable to fall into grievous sins and to make serious mistakes. Knowing his weakness, he should be very kind, very compassionate in dealing with others. In tenderness and love he should strive to reclaim the erring, doing nothing that will drive them away from Christ. When he sees a fellow worker in danger of making mistakes, he should not draw away from him, allowing him to stumble on in darkness. This would be revealing a selfishness most abhorrent.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 13)
Let men beware how they use their God-given talents to magnify the wrongs of others and to vindicate their own course. It may be that their own faults are more grievous in the sight of God than the faults of those they criticize.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 14)
Those who turn from the counsel of the Spirit of God, to follow their own counsel, counterwork the efforts of the Holy Spirit to guide their feet in the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. They will surely lead other souls astray. God will place them among the chief of sinners. They had great light and many opportunities, but they exalted themselves to their own ruin. When sentence of condemnation is passed on them, they will have no one but themselves to blame. Seeking earthly distinction and advantages, they lost the crown that fadeth not away.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 15)
A man may distinguish himself by doing many praiseworthy things when it is agreeable to his feelings to do them, and then again may use strange fire which comes not from heaven, and which he has been forbidden to use. Men clothed with holy vestments may greatly dishonor their Creator by exalting the human above the divine. Unless those who do this repent, the wrath of God will come upon them.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 16)
This life is our time for eternity. The good seed that day by day we sow, because we believe in Christ and receive Him as our Saviour, will spring up and bear fruit unto eternal life. We shall be given power to become sons and daughters of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 17)
Those who are created anew in Christ do not live to themselves. They do not aspire to do some great thing that will bring them before the world. They are filled with a longing to practice the lessons of Christ. They pray constantly for conformity to His likeness. And not only do they pray; they work.
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 18)
Every day we should test our motives and opinions and course of conduct by the Bible rule. As we do this, bringing our wills into harmony with God’s will, He is glorified in us. He rejoices in the evidence of purity and self-denial that appears in our lives. Those who walk as Christ in His humanity walked, revealing His meekness and lowliness, bear with them that which makes them light in the world. They obey the word, “Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 68, 1903, 19)
Lt 69, 1903
Van Horn, Charles “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 122; 3BC 1154. My dear brother,—
I have words of encouragement for you. Jesus loves you. He gave His precious life that you should not perish, but have everlasting life. Then lift your eyes to Him. Look on the bright side. It will do you no good to look on the dark side. Be patient, come what will. You may gather strength from Jesus, for in Him all fulness dwells. When despair would sweep over your soul, continue to look to Jesus. Cast your helpless soul upon Him. He ever liveth to make intercession for you. You are precious in His sight. He who looks with interest upon the little, brown sparrow looks in love and pity upon His tried, afflicted child.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 1)
It is for our present happiness and our future good that God subjects us to discipline. The greatest blessing that His children have is the discipline that He sends them. He never leads them otherwise than they would choose to be led if they could see the end from the beginning and discern the glory of the purpose that they are fulfilling as workers together with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 2)
The divine Worker spends little time on worthless material. Only the precious jewels does He polish after the similitude of a palace, cutting away the rough edges. The process is severe and trying; Christ cuts away the surplus surface, and putting the stone to the polishing wheel, presses it close, that all roughness may be worn off. Then, holding the jewel up to the light, the Master sees in it a reflection of Himself, and He pronounces it worthy of a place in His casket.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 3)
Blessed be the experience, however severe, that gives new value to the stone, causing it to shine with living brightness.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 4)
My dear brother, look ever to Jesus, and bring heaven into your life here below. The road to heaven is narrow and the gate strait; but all who will may pass through the gate and walk in the narrow path. If we reach heaven at last, our heaven must begin here below. The more of heaven that we bring into our life here, the greater will be our happiness in the home above.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 5)
Let your mind dwell on the goodness of God, on the great love wherewith He has loved you. If He did not love you, He would not have given Jesus to die for you. His everlasting arms are underneath you. In all your afflictions He is afflicted.
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 6)
“Strong is the strength that God supplies, through His eternal Son.”
(18LtMs, Lt 69, 1903, 7)
Lt 70, 1903
Walling, Addie; Walling, May “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 27, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in ML 42, 5Bio 259-262. + Dear children Addie and May Walling,—
I have written once or twice to you lately, but as I have received no reply, I fear that my letters must have been misdirected. I will write only a few lines now, but will write more when I know that you are receiving my letters.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 1)
My strength was severely taxed while at the Conference, but the Lord sustained me through the meeting, and by His blessing I am recovering from the strain. I could have borne the work of the meeting very well, had not many perplexities arisen to describe which would require the pen of a ready writer. While in Oakland I contracted a severe cold. Sara gave me thorough treatment, and this broke it up; but it still comes and goes, as colds often will.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 2)
During the first week of the Conference, rain fell nearly every day, but for some time the weather has been very pleasant.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 3)
The prospects of the Sanitarium here are more encouraging than they have been for some time. The patients are well-to-do, and all the higher-priced rooms are taken. The patients who have recently come express themselves as being well pleased with everything about the institution. Some who have travelled much say they never before saw such beautiful scenery or so fine a location. They roam over the hills and are enjoying their stay very much.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 4)
Dr. Evans and his wife are the chief physicians. Both are pleased with their work and are well thought of by others. Dr. Winegar is connected with the institution. She has lately married a Mr. Simpson from Battle Creek. Dr. Zelinsky and wife are also connected with the institution. The interest in religious lines seems to be good. Elder Taylor, the chaplain, is a faithful worker, and all seem to like him.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 5)
Brother Hicks was buried last Sunday. He died from a hemorrhage of the lungs, having been confined to his house only a short time. We shall miss him. Ever since the Sanitarium was built, he has shown an interest in its work.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 6)
Brother and Sister St. John live in a home of their own. Their daughter Hattie and her three children live with them. Mary Chinnock Thorpe, with her husband and his mother, live on the hillside.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 7)
Sarah Peck and her mother live in a small cottage near our house. We intended using this building for our workers, but it proved to be too small for the office work, so I built a plain, neat structure with eight rooms for our workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 8)
Sarah Peck teaches the Sanitarium church school. There are about forty pupils in attendance. Sister Peck has the reputation of being an excellent teacher. Her discipline is good, and all are well pleased with her work. The school house is built among the trees and rocks on a piece of ground at the foot of the Sanitarium hill a little removed from the road. All think it a delightful location. I was unable to give money to help in starting the school, but I have given the land for as long a time as the church may desire to use it for school purposes. When they wish a larger building, if I am able, I will take the present one off their hands.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 9)
Ella May White has been canvassing in Sacramento for the Desire of Ages and has sold a good many books. Our people in that place are well pleased with the spiritual influence she has exerted, and put her in as superintendent of their Sabbath School.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 10)
Mabel is not well all of the time. The doctors say she cannot endure the confinement of a school room and must not use her eyes in reading or studying. Some doctors fear that she may become blind if her eyes are taxed too severely. This has been very discouraging to her. She attended the Conference in Oakland and helped in the dining tent as waitress. She received four dollars a week and her board. She has a very good address, and the Food Company desired her to remain and help them in restaurant work. However they have not opened a new restaurant in Oakland as they intended, and Mabel came home yesterday. For a year or two she has been working in the Food Factory here, but its noise and its atmosphere were very disagreeable to her; and she has been desirous of getting work somewhere else.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 11)
The twins are hearty boys. It is difficult to distinguish one from the other. Grace, the baby, is a strong, healthy girl with a good disposition. She is now nearly three years old.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 12)
Brother James, who has charge of the work on our farm, occupies a cottage near us with his family of eight children. They are a nice family. He is assisted by a faithful, intelligent man from Australia.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 13)
I have quite a company of workers with me. W. C. White takes charge of the business of my book work. He uses excellent judgment in deciding what shall be published. His brethren have wanted him with them in council meetings, and in the past I have let him go. But I have decided that he can help the cause of God more by assisting me in my work than by attending council meetings.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 14)
Marian edits the books that are prepared. Maggie Hare and Clarence Crisler prepare the articles for the papers. Miss Helen Graham does the typewriting. Dores Robinson, a son of A. T. Robinson, has lately come to help in the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 15)
Marian is sick at the Sanitarium. One evening while at the Conference in Oakland, she visited the Observatory. Not having sufficient wraps, she took a severe cold. We sent her up to the Sanitarium, and ever since she has been sick in bed. A nurse has been with her night and day. She has had a very severe illness, and at one time we feared she might die. I have been sick myself, and I was unable to go up to see her until last Friday when I went with W. C. White. Her room is on the fifth storey, and I had to tax my strength severely to walk up the last flight of stairs. We had a season of prayer for her.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 16)
Sabbath was a hard day for me. I could not sit up, and my head troubled me much. I feared that I would have to give up my work and go to bed. But yesterday morning, Sunday, my head was better, and I was thankful to be able to do some writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 17)
This morning, Monday, I am up early writing these lines to you. I should be tempted to go away somewhere for a change, but the change might make me worse, and besides, I must be with my workers to decide what matters shall be published. I want to make my time count for as much as possible while I have the strength to help.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 18)
I have several books in anticipation. I want to get out a book on the acts of the apostles, to follow the life of Christ. I have much matter written that I wish to put in book form. I sometimes fear that a fire will come and I shall lose much of the precious matter that I desire to print.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 19)
I can say but little in reference to the Conference at Oakland. It was a profitable occasion, and the Lord certainly helped us in the meeting. Some serious questions which arose were left to be decided at the meeting of the Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association in Battle Creek, which is now in session. We have been waiting with intense interest for news from them.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 20)
April 28
This morning a telegram came from Dr. Kellogg and Brother Daniells, saying, “Peace established according to Ephesians 2:14-22.” We are very grateful for this. We have prayed most earnestly and have tried to exercise living faith that a work might be done in Battle Creek which would establish unity. But until this morning we had received no word from the meeting. The Lord is good. I praise His name that there is unity in place of dissension.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 21)
I would like to hear from you often, for I am interested in you both. I thought that perhaps you would come to Conference, but perhaps it is as well that you did not. I would like to see you, but many miles separate us. God be with you, and bless you.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 22)
Your Aunt.
(18LtMs, Lt 70, 1903, 23)
Lt 71, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TSB 49-52; UL 132. + Dear brother and sister Haskell,—
I expected to see you at the Conference in Oakland, but I have not a word of reproof to give you for not coming, because the Lord knows what is best.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 1)
All through the meeting, from the beginning to the end, I carried a very heavy load. Since returning home, I have been able to write some important matters to the brethren assembled in council in Battle Creek, and to Dr. Kellogg. These letters and manuscripts I sent to Elder A. T. Jones to read to Dr. Kellogg and his fellow workers. There must be an altogether different showing in many lines. Matters must come into an altogether different shape. I believe that the Lord will work. I lie awake at night, praying that at this time the Lord will manifest His power in all our institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 2)
The Lord desires us, His little children, always to be learners in His school, meek, lowly, and obedient. Then He can say to us, “Ye shall find rest in an experience that daily brings you nearer heaven.” His yoke is easy and His burden is light.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 3)
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. As God’s children, we have been given a higher, nobler work than disparaging one another. To disparage others will surely place us where we shall be disparaged in the courts of heaven, because we know not the things that make for our peace.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 4)
I entreat you not to be discouraged. Let people say what they will. If what they say is not in your favor, say, “I will not please the enemy by allowing these words to stir me up to retaliation or to depress me. The enemy’s work shall be a failure as far as I am concerned. I will prove his words false. I will not be disturbed.”
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 5)
Then the Lord will draw near to you and will give you a rich measure of love and peace and joy so decided, so divine, that even in the midst of the trial of your faith, you will be a witness to the truth of the word of promise. You have a sense of the divine presence. You know that the Word of God is no cunningly devised fable. Your mind is moved by the Holy Spirit and enlightened by heavenly truth. The eyes of your understanding have been opened, and the truth that at times you have seen but dimly you now see clearly. The quickening influence of the Holy Spirit is to you as precious as fine gold. You can tell the story of the cross with a deep appreciation of the Saviour’s love; for this love has melted and transformed your heart. You bear about with you in the daily life the sign that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 6)
But I must stop for the present.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 7)
April 28
For several days and nights the Lord has been giving me special experiences. In the future we are to pass through very strait places, and we shall understand the value of having some workers who have been through the giving of the first, second, and third angels’ messages. The voices of these workers are to be heard in distinct utterance, saying, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full.” [1 John 1:1-4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 8)
During the past night many things were presented to me. While I was calling upon the Lord to reveal His grace and His miracle-working power among us as a people, I fell asleep, and I was in conversation with several of our ministering brethren. I addressed my remarks to W. C. White. I told him that we must begin to work in a way different from the way in which we had been working in regard to the precious light that God has given us in the testimonies of His Spirit. I said, “As a people we do not show sufficient appreciation of this God-given instruction. We do not make the best use of the light given. The matter that has been brought before the people must be brought before them over and over again. The articles that are printed in our papers are soon forgotten by the readers. They must be brought together, reprinted in book form, and placed before believers and unbelievers.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 9)
“There will be those once united with us in the faith who will search for new, strange doctrines, for something odd and sensational, to present to the people. They will bring in all conceivable fallacies, and will present them as coming from Mrs. White, that they may beguile souls. The light that the Lord has given me should be in the hands of our people, that they may see that the reports made are false, that there is in the testimonies nothing of what these men declare to be in them.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 10)
“The precious light that the Lord has given in reproof and warning is to be given to His people. Errors will be corrected by the messages given to the erring. The Spirit of the Lord will be in the message, and doubts existing in many minds will be swept away. The testimonies themselves will be the key that will explain the message given. Many will read with eagerness the messages reproving wrong, that they may learn what they must do to be saved. From all directions will come the cry, ‘What must I do to be saved?’ [Acts 16:30.] Light will dawn upon the understanding, and the Spirit of God will make an impression on minds as Bible truth is clearly and simply presented in the messages that since 1846 God has been sending His people. These messages are to find their place in hearts, and then transformation will take place.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 11)
“The spiritual growth of many has been dwarfed. They have not brought forth in their lives the fruits of righteousness and peace and joy, but have been as the fruitless fig tree. If those who have received the light will appreciate and respect the testimonies of the Lord, they will see the religious life in a new light. They will be convicted. They will see the key that unlocks the mysteries that they have never understood. They will lay hold of the precious things that God has given them to profit withal and will be translated from the kingdom of darkness into God’s marvellous light. The messages that have come to them will be to them as a voice speaking from heaven. The light will shine forth line upon line, precept upon precept, as represented by Isaiah in the words, ‘Whom shall He teach knowledge? and whom shall He make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, here a little, and there a little.’” [Isaiah 28:9, 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 12)
This morning, after I had talked with Willie, we received from Elder Daniells and Dr. Kellogg the following message, “Peace established according to Ephesians 2:14-22.” I am so thankful to our heavenly Father that the Holy Spirit has wrought to bring about unity and love.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 13)
I must stop now. I cannot write more today, but at another time I will send you more upon the same subject upon which I have written in this letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 71, 1903, 14)
Lt 72, 1903
Watson, Addie S. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TSB 49-52; UL 132. Mrs. Addie S. Watson
Rome, Maine My dear sister,—
I have received your letter telling of your discouragement. I write to tell you not to look on the dark side, not to think or talk unbelief. Study the following Scripture:
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 1)
“As the hart panteth after the water brooks, so panteth my soul after Thee, O God. My soul thirsteth for God, for the living God; when shall I come and appear before God? My tears have been my meat day and night, while they continually say unto me, Where is thy God? ... Why art thou cast down, O my soul? and why art thou disquieted in me? hope thou in God; for I shall yet praise Him for the help of His countenance.... Deep calleth unto deep at the noise of Thy waterspouts; all Thy waves and Thy billows are gone over me. Yet the Lord will command His lovingkindness in the day time, and in the night His song shall be with me, and my prayer unto the God of my life. I will say unto God my rock, Why hast Thou forgotten me? Why go I mourning because of the oppression of the enemy? As a sword in my bones, mine enemies reproach me; while they say daily unto me, Where is thy God? Why art thou cast down, O my soul? And why art thou disquieted within me? Hope thou in God; for I shall yet praise Him, who is the health of my countenance, and my God.” [Psalm 42:1-3, 5, 7-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 2)
My sister, our Saviour is a present help in every time of need. Do not distrust Him. Do not take your troubles to human beings. Take them to the Lord. You may think that others should sympathize with you in your downcast feelings, but you will sometimes be disappointed. Jesus never disappoints one who comes to Him for help.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 3)
Are you one that makes mistakes? Go to Jesus, and ask Him to forgive you, and then believe that He does. “If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” [1 John 1:9.] Ask the Lord to pardon your errors. Then rejoice in Him. It will not help you in the least to keep mourning over your defects. Say, “Lord, I cast my helpless soul on Thee, and Thee alone. I will not worry, because Thou hast said, ‘Ask, and ye shall receive.’” [John 16:24.] Believe that you do receive. Believe that your Saviour is full of compassion, full of tender pity and love. Let not little mishaps trouble you. Small mistakes may be ordered by the Lord to save you from making larger mistakes.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 4)
Act your part in helping yourself, as all must do who would be blessed. Believe that Christ helps you. Refuse to speak a word of unbelief. When the enemy tells you that the Lord has forsaken you, tell him that you know He has not; for He declares, “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 5)
Jesus says, “Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.] Then, my sister, dismiss the enemy. Tell him that you will not dishonor God by doubting His mercy, His goodness, His love. Never argue with Satan; for he has wonderful powers of deception. If, when he went to Adam and Eve, they had kept repeating the words of God, saying, “He hath said, and I believe His word; I will not distrust Him,” they would not have been overcome.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 6)
Instead of bemoaning your weakness and talking unbelief and feeling that you are hardly used, begin to sing. Talk of the mercy and love of God. To all who labor and are heavy laden Christ gives the invitation, “Come unto Me, ... and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] This is the lesson that Christ desires you to learn, and in learning it you will find rest.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 7)
When discouraging words are spoken to you, do not reply unless you can return a pleasant answer. When you are tried and tempted by unkind words, do not retaliate. Say to yourself, “I will not disappoint my Saviour.” Every man who is a Christian is a gentleman; and every woman who is a Christian is a gentlewoman. The law of kindness is ever on the lips of the Christian woman. She utters no hasty words. To speak gentle words when you feel irritated will bring sunshine into your heart and will make your path more smooth. A school girl, in answer to a question, said, “Meek people are those who give soft answers to rough questions.” Christ says, “Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth.” [Matthew 5:5.] They will be fit subjects for the kingdom of heaven, because they are willing to be taught.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 8)
You say that your husband is not yet converted to the truth. Show him in your life the advantage of taking Christ at His word. By patience, forbearance, and kindness you may win your husband to the Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 9)
In the power of God’s grace you may obtain most precious victories. You are not to treat your life as a romance, but as a reality. You are to be a laborer together with God in forming a character that He can approve. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” Does the charge end there?—No, no, thank God! “For it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] You are to be a co-worker with Him in the saving of your soul. You are to will to do the will of God. Then do not spend your time and strength in murmuring, in talking unbelief and finding fault with God. Encourage confidence in Him. Speak kindly of Him. Honor Him who “so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 10)
Be sure to perform your smallest duties in the fear and love of God, with faithfulness and cheerfulness. God declares, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.] Faithfully discharge your home duties, and then leave yourself with God, saying, “I commit the keeping of my soul to Him. I will not take the ordering of my life out of His hands. I will leave myself in His keeping.”
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 11)
Study the life that Christ lived while on this earth. He did not disregard the simplest, smallest duty that fell to Him. Perfection marked all that He did. Look to Jesus for help, and this will enable you to perform your daily duties with the grace and dignity of one who is seeking for a crown of immortal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 12)
We dwell much on the grandeur of Christ’s life. We speak of the great things that He accomplished, of the miracles that He wrought, speaking peace to the tempestuous waters, opening the ears of the deaf, raising the dead. But His attention to small things is even higher proof of His greatness and His compassion. Listen to Him speaking to Martha as she comes to Him with the request that He bid her sister help her with the serving. He entreated her not to allow the cares of her household to disturb the peace of her soul. “Martha, Martha,” He said, “thou art careful and troubled about many things; but one thing is needful; and Mary hath chosen that good part, which shall not be taken away from her.” [Luke 10:41, 42.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 13)
Listen to the words that He spoke as the weary mothers brought their children to Him to be blessed. The disciples, unwilling that their Master should be disturbed, were sending the mothers away. But Christ said, “Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 19:14.] And taking them in His arms, He blessed them. Could the future of these children be opened before us, we would see the mothers recalling to their minds the scene of that day and repeating to them the loving words of the Saviour. We would see, too, how often, in after years, the memory of these words kept them from straying from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 14)
Think of the wonderful words that Christ spoke to one woman in Samaria. He was sitting by Jacob’s well as this woman came there to draw water. Christ asked a favor of her. “Give Me to drink,” He said. [John 4:7.] He wanted a cool draught, and He wanted also to open the way whereby He might give to her the water of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 15)
“How is it,” said the woman, “that Thou being a Jew askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? For the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans.” Jesus answered, “If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give Me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of Him, and He would have given thee living water.... Whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again; but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life.” [Verses 9, 10, 13, 14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 16)
How much interest Christ manifested in this one woman! How earnest and eloquent were His words! When the woman heard them, she left her water pot and went into the city, saying to her friends, “Come, see a man which told me all things that ever I did: is not this the Christ?” We read that “many of the Samaritans of that city believed on Him.” [Verses 29, 39.] And who can estimate the influence that these words have exerted for the saving of souls in the years that have passed since then?
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 17)
My sister, this same Jesus is your Saviour. Have faith in Him. He is acquainted with your every trouble. Take your burdens to the Burden-bearer, and leave them with Him, knowing that He will carry them for you. He is the Christ, the One who bears the sins of the world. I say to you, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 18)
In obedience to God there is a converting, sanctifying grace that makes a wicked man a Christian. God asks us to believe in Him as One able to save from all sin. And He asks us to bring into our lives the grace that will keep us from sin. There is no limit to the measure of grace that Christ is willing to bestow on us. He can give you grace that will enable you to show to the world that Christianity is a divine system which uplifts and ennobles human beings.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 19)
All that God expects of you and all other Christians is that you live out your profession. Show that Christ’s word is true, that He can keep human beings from sin. Conform your life to His pure, beautiful, holy life. Obey His commandments. This will bring you practical godliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 20)
Do not dwell upon the hardships of the Christian life. Do not talk of your trials; for if you do, you will become more and more inclined to complain of God. Talk of the love of Christ, bringing it into your heart and life. Be thankful that the Lord has spared you, that you have not been cut off without having gained a preparation for entrance into the heavenly kingdom, where there is no sin, no sorrow. You have only one life in which to perfect a Christian character. If you reveal the grace of God in your character, if the law of kindness is ever on your lips, if you constantly thank the Lord for His goodness to you, you are preparing to praise Him in the home above.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 21)
My sister, the Lord asks you to speak no unkind words of your Saviour. Come to Him in faith and trust. Be cheerful. Bring all the sunshine possible into your life. Jesus is your helper. Trust Him all the time. Leave with Him all your perplexities. Do not speak one despondent word; for such words please Satan. When he puts into your mind thoughts of discouragement, talk of Christ’s goodness and tell of His power. Words of trust and hope and thankfulness are as easily spoken as words of distrust and complaint. Close the windows of the soul earthward, and open them heavenward. Put away all repining, and rejoice in the Lord; and then write me another letter, telling me whether you do not feel His light and love and joy in your soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 22)
Your sister in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 72, 1903, 23)
Lt 73, 1903
Brn. in the Ministry and Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 41-42; PM 359; MRmnt 92. + To my brethren in the ministry and in the medical missionary work,—
Since returning from Conference I have been almost prostrated by a severe cold contracted in Oakland. For a time there seemed to be a sleepy lethargy upon me, and although I slept more than the usual number of hours during the night, yet during the day I would fall asleep pen in hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 1)
Ever since returning from the Conference, there has been upon me a burden that I cannot find words to describe. At night time and during the day, by myself, and at family worship, I have prayed most earnestly that God would show me what to do. About a week ago I was instructed to leave my case, with all my perplexities and difficulties with the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 2)
During the years that my life has been devoted to the work of God, from my first experience in it, the Lord has been giving me special light. By His Spirit He has given messages of warning and reproof, consolation and uplifting, to preserve in the earth the principles of heaven and to magnify the distinctive features of true godliness. That which has been presented to me from time to time, here a little and there a little, is of the greatest consequence to the people of God. Much of this instruction is in manuscripts, and much that has been published in our periodicals is not accessible to those who need it. I have been instructed to gather up the precious testimonies that God has given to correct evil and publish them in book form, in the least expensive way, that our people may have them for study and reference, and that they may become better acquainted with the way in which, these many years, the Lord has been directing His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 3)
As the testimonies of warning and reproof are brought before our people, they will be a savor of life unto life to many who have not known of them. They will help them to avoid making mistakes. Many of our people are ignorant of the way in which the Lord has tried to save our institutions from corrupting influences and from the false judgment of men who have refused to be converted. God will be honored as the testimonies are presented which show how plainly He has spoken against the principle that He cannot endorse, and how decidedly He has exalted the pure, sacred principles that are in harmony with His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 4)
The articles that from week to week are printed in our papers are soon forgotten, because there are so many things to divert the minds of the readers. These articles are to be gathered together, reprinted in book form, and placed before believers and unbelievers.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 5)
While at the Conference in Oakland I suffered the most intense mental agony. At times it seemed to me that I could not live, to think that the cause of God bears so much the imperfection of human minds, and that I must open before the world the faulty character of much of the work done for the last twenty-five years. I thought, What will be the result of doing this? Then the word came, You have a message to bear to the churches. It is not possible that the dishonor that has been brought upon the cause and work of God will escape the notice of the world. The reproofs and warnings that God has given must be published, that it may be seen how elevated is the position that He designed His cause and work to occupy in the world. The instruction of the past and of the present, which God has given to make His people pure and keep them pure, must be placed on record. The Lord is greatly displeased by the manifestation of pride and selfishness that for years has been seen in His work. He is dishonored by the low ebb of piety and sanctified ability. Soon every possible effort will be made to discount and pervert the truth of the testimonies of God’s Spirit. We must have in readiness the clear, straight messages that since 1846 have been coming to God’s people. There will be those once united with us in the faith who will search for new, strange doctrines, for something odd and sensational to present to the people. They will bring in all conceivable fallacies and will present them as coming from Mrs. White, that they may beguile souls. The light that the Lord has given should be in the hands of our people, so that they may see that the reports made are false, that there is in the testimonies nothing of what these men declare to be in them.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 6)
Those who have treated the light that the Lord has given as a common thing will not be benefitted by the instruction presented. There are those who will misinterpret the messages that God has given, in accordance with their spiritual blindness. Some will yield their faith and will deny the truth of the messages, pointing to them as falsehoods. Some will hold them up to ridicule, working against the light that God has been giving for years, and some who are weak in the faith will thus be led astray. But others will be greatly helped by the messages. Though not personally addressed, they will be corrected and will be led to shun the evils specified. Their errors will be reproved by the warnings given to the erring. The Spirit of the Lord will be in the instruction, and doubts existing in many minds will be swept away. The testimonies themselves will be the key that will explain the messages given, as Scripture is explained by Scripture. Many will read with eagerness the messages reproving wrong, that they may learn what they may do to be saved. From all directions will come the cry, “What must I do to be saved?” [Acts 16:30.] Light will dawn upon the understanding, and the Spirit will make an impression on minds, as Bible truth is clearly and simply presented in the messages that since 1846 God has been sending His people. These messages are to find their place in hearts, and transformation will take place.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 7)
The spiritual growth of many has been dwarfed. They have not brought forth in their lives the fruits of righteousness and peace and joy, but have been as the fruitless fig tree. If those who have received the light will respect and appreciate the testimonies of the Lord’s Spirit, they will see the religious life in a new light. They will lay hold of the precious things that God has given them and will be translated from the kingdom of darkness into God’s marvelous light. The messages that come to them will be to them as a voice speaking from heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 73, 1903, 8)
Lt 74, 1903
Brethren in Battle Creek “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 1, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 05/19/1903. + To my brethren in Battle Creek,—
I am bowed down and greatly troubled. I am in sore distress. My whole being is full of pain. At times it seems to me that I can not live. The thought of the terrible spiritual destitution among our people presses heavily upon me. God’s judgments have fallen upon our institutions in Battle Creek; but how little has this done to move hearts to repentance! Must the rebuke of God still continue to be felt, and will it still continue to be without effect? I am amazed at the apparent indifference of many who should see and understand. I know not what to say or do. Seeing that the judgments of God have made so light an impression on the minds of those occupying important positions, fear and trembling takes hold of me as to what will be the next revelation of God’s displeasure.
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 1)
Men have dishonored God by choosing their own way. They have brought into His institutions principles that He has condemned. They would not change the ways and works that displeased Him and belittled the testing truth for these last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 2)
Those who have disregarded the messages of warning have lost their bearings. Some, in their self-confidence, have dared to turn from that which they knew to be truth, with the words, “Who has told Sister White?” These words show the measure of their faith and confidence in the work that the Lord has given me to do. They have before them the result of the work that the Lord has laid upon me; and if this does not convince them, no arguments, no future revelations would affect them. The result will be that God will speak again in judgment as He has spoken heretofore. When for years His messages of warnings have come to institutions and individuals, and no special heed is taken, what power will convince them? Only the power of God revealed in judgment. Yet His hand is stretched out still to save, if thorough repentance is shown.
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 3)
We need to watch and pray, lest we enter into temptation. On one occasion, as Christ was returning to Jerusalem from a missionary tour, He was speaking to those with Him about the personal salvation that all must have who enter the kingdom of heaven. His words were becoming decidedly personal and very pointed, and one present, wishing to change the subject, said, “Lord, are there few that be saved?” Then He said, “Strive to enter in at the strait gate; for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able. When once the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us; and He shall answer and say unto you, I know you not whence you are; then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in Thy presence, and Thou hast taught in our streets. But He shall say, I tell you I know not whence ye are; depart from Me, all ye workers of iniquity. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets in the kingdom of God, and you yourselves thrust out. And they shall come from the east, and from the west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. And behold, there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last.” [Luke 13:23-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 4)
In the great day of God, to many who make the entreaty, “Lord, Lord, open unto us,” the answer will come, “I know not whence you are, depart from Me.” [Verses 25, 27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 5)
There is a right way and a wrong way, and in one or the other each human being is following. Those who truly believe in Christ live a life of holy obedience. They are sanctified through the truth. Their piety is not a pretense, but a reality. They have a sanctified Christian experience in holy living.
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 6)
Let us make sure that we are perfecting Christian characters through belief of the truth. We cannot be too particular in regard to this. If we fail here, our life work will bring us no reward. Those who believe in Christ and give up their will and their plans for God’s will and God’s plans enter upon a life of Christlikeness. This is the only way to gain salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 74, 1903, 7)
Lt 74a, 1903
Christenson, C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 5, 1903 Previously unpublished. Mrs. C. Christenson
Sebastopol, California Dear Sister,—
I was glad to receive your letter of April 29 in which you told me of your interest in the Southern field. I am glad to know that your heart is drawn out toward that work.
(18LtMs, Lt 74a, 1903, 1)
The printing office in Nashville has been established in the providence of God in a place where its influence can tell mightily in behalf of the work for the white people and also for the colored people in the great South. The buildings are large enough to accommodate the work which ought to be done, and with a few additional facilities they can print and bind many books.
(18LtMs, Lt 74a, 1903, 2)
You will recognize that I have confidence in the work of the Southern Publishing Association when I tell you that I have loaned them some money and that I am planning to give them some of my books for publication. I feel free, my sister, to recommend you to make a loan to the Southern Publishing Association as proposed in your letter. I look for a great work to be done in this office.
(18LtMs, Lt 74a, 1903, 3)
Yours in the Master’s service.
(18LtMs, Lt 74a, 1903, 4)
Lt 75, 1903
Drier, Marian “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 7, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear sister Marian Maynard Drier,—
I have received and read your letter and will try to answer it. My sister, I understand something about the state of your mind. The other day I wrote a letter to a poor, tempted soul, and I will send you a copy of this letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 1)
To each one of us has been given the great blessing of being God’s little child. Why, then, should we be unhappy? We are all afflicted with the malady of sin, but we have a Saviour who can take away our sin; for in Him is no sin. We all have many difficulties to meet, many problems to solve. Many try to escape from their difficulties by doing various things. But only by coming to Christ can poor, erring human beings find peace and happiness and help.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 2)
There is a remedy for you, Marian. Do not look on the dark side. There is a bright side. It is your privilege to be pleasant and cheerful and to believe the precious promises of God. Remember that you are one of the heavenly Father’s little children. The dear Saviour loves you, and He does not want you to bring distress into your heart by thinking that your case is hopeless.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 3)
You will never find relief while you keep your eyes fastened on yourself. I offer you a sure remedy. Look ever to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. Will you not try this remedy? You will find that it is efficacious. Christ invites you, “Come unto Me; ... and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 4)
I want you to begin to realize more fully than you have ever done before that Jesus is the Sin-bearer. He came to this world as the great Medical Missionary, and He says to you, “Lay on Me your burden of sin. I have become the Sin-bearer.” He lived in our behalf a life of perfect obedience, and in our behalf He shed His precious blood on the cross; and He clothes repentant sinners with His robe of righteousness. He would have you realize more fully His power to save to the uttermost all who come to Him. He will take you under His watchcare. He loves you. He will accept you and set you apart to His service. He does not cast you off when you make mistakes. He does not want you to look on the dark side and talk unbelief, but to look on the bright side, my dear, afflicted sister. By the indwelling of His Spirit, He will make you more than a conqueror through Him that loved you and gave Himself for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 5)
When you look at yourself, darkness comes into your soul. Look to Jesus. He is your righteousness and your light. Cast your helpless soul upon Him. If you throw yourself upon His mercy, you will surely receive blessings. Your efforts to help yourself will be of no avail. Come to the precious Saviour in faith, saying, “In my hands no price I bring; simply to Thy cross I cling.” He will reach out His divine hand and lift you up.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 6)
Speak cheerful words until this becomes familiar language to you. Commit the keeping of your soul to Christ. Show that you believe that you are His little child. Speak cheerful, hopeful words, and the Lord will help you. Never, never give way to fear. Be joyful in God. The Bible reveals our fallen condition, and it also reveals Christ as our Saviour. His salvation is for you. “All have sinned, and come short of the glory of God,” but Christ declares, “Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out.” [Romans 3:23; John 6:37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 7)
You have no power in yourself to save yourself. You know this. Christ is your Redeemer. He will save you. He has purchased you; you are His property. Then do not wrench yourself away from Him. We ought to be thankful every moment of our lives that an atonement has been made for us. When we were yet without hope, Christ died for us. Say, “I believe that He died for me. I claim Him as my Saviour.” Lay hold of the riches of His grace, saying, “I will believe, I do believe that Jesus died for me.”
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 8)
From the cross of Calvary there come to us liberty, hope, and encouragement. No longer dishonor Christ by showing unbelief. The prospect may seem dark, but God can make it light. When the enemy tells you that you have sinned, and that there is no hope for you, resist his temptation, saying, “Get thee behind me, Satan. Sin shall not have dominion over me.” [See Luke 4:8; Romans 6:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 9)
“My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; and He is the propitiation for our sins; and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments.” [1 John 2:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 10)
May the Lord bless you, and help you, and strengthen you by His rich grace, is my most earnest prayer. Look no longer on the dark side. The Lord Jesus is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. Then look toward the light. Educate your lips to speak the praise of God. Thus you will glorify His name.
(18LtMs, Lt 75, 1903, 11)
Lt 76, 1903
Drier, Brother “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 7, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Drier,—
I have read the letter that you wrote me, and I will now try to respond. I wish to say to you, my brother, that the Lord would have you treat your wife very tenderly. I am instructed to say that it is not true that your wife has committed the unpardonable sin. She is afflicted with hopeless feelings and has lost her faith that Christ loves her. But she is one of the Lord’s little ones, and you must be very careful to lay no stumbling block in her way.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 1)
The idea that she has been forsaken by the Lord is a device of the enemy to destroy her faith. You must both unite in seeking the Lord in earnest prayer to lift this cloud from her. Humble your heart before Him, my brother, and be sure always to treat your wife with love and kindness. In the home follow a course that will increase her confidence in you as a true, faithful servant of Christ. Have you been as faithful as you should to keep your home life elevated? There is danger of your failing to be cleansed and sanctified in your home life. Act so consistently that your wife will not be tempted to question your piety or your Christianity.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 2)
It is not necessary that you and your wife should separate. If you will, you can help your wife. Be a true, faithful Christian. Bring all the encouragement to your wife that you can. Show her that you love her. Never give her the slightest cause to think that you have lost your love for her. Make every effort to bring sunshine into her life. Let her see that you value her. Make a special effort to lift the cloud that is hanging over her; for thus Satan is trying to deceive her.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 3)
To whom shall we go with our troubles but to Christ? You may also add, “Thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that Thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God.” [John 6:68, 69.] Bring Christ into your home as an honored guest. Talk of His love and His goodness. Your standard of what a Christian should be is too low. Your conversation must be in heaven, whence we look for the Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 4)
Christ’s life, His death, His resurrection, His ascension are not mere theories, but facts, testifying that in Him alone there is power to save. O my brother, your finite capacity of perception and knowledge may be greatly increased by a daily practice of the truth. Speak the truth in love. The mercy, the love, the sympathy that dwelt in the heart of Christ needs to be constantly cherished in your heart. Christ is to appear, not merely in occasional remarks, but in all that you say and do, because you value His love. You need greater refinement and deeper, more constant spirituality. As you bring Christ into your life, the sanctifying, purifying influence of His Spirit will be sure to appear in your words and acts, in your home life and in your church work.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 5)
I ask you, Will you not change decidedly in your words and manners? God’s love is not only to be talked of, but brought into the daily life. You are to reveal Christ wherever you are. But your first work is to reveal Him in your home. By bringing into the home life consideration, tenderness, thoughtfulness, and unselfish love, you will gain an experience that will make you a blessing wherever you go. I ask you to exert in your home an influence that is soul-saving. Encourage your wife. This service, done for the sake of one who needs it, will be acceptable to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 6)
Do not presume upon the forbearance of God. Kneel before Him with your wife, and ask Him to give you both His grace, His love, His peace, that you may be what God desires you to be to one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 7)
Make it your first business to help Marian. Do not disparage her. Be a help and a blessing to the little church in your own home, and then God will make you a blessing to the church in other places. In your home pray to God and humble your heart before Him. Then go to the assembly of His people to exalt and glorify Him. Do not talk unbelief. Talk a noble, uplifting faith, that will bring you both rich blessing. Say, I will not fail nor become discouraged. Try God’s plan, and then write and tell me if your experience does not change.
(18LtMs, Lt 76, 1903, 8)
Lt 77, 1903
Drier, Brother and Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 8, 1903 Previously unpublished. + My dear brother and sister,—
This morning I have read over the letters I have written you, and I will now write a letter to you both. Do not for one moment think of separating. See how much of the precious graces of the Spirit you can each bring into your lives. Soon we shall see the King in His beauty. In this life we are to get a fitting up that will enable us to act a part in the future life. Remember that the eye of Christ is upon you both. He says, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Study His life and follow His example. Never give way to your feelings, but move from a consciousness that Christ is your only hope. Commune with Him. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] Take your position on the side of God. See in the beauty and perfection of His created works a revelation of His power and goodness and majesty. He desires to form in each of you a character like His own perfect character, that your record in the books of heaven may be, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 1)
Remember that in your treatment of one another, you are to reveal the gentleness of Christ. Love dies unless it is kept watered with words of encouragement.
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 2)
“Like as a father pitieth his children, so the Lord pitieth them that fear Him.” [Psalm 103:13.] The strength of the Lord is revealed by His gentleness and condescension and by His incarnation. He was “God manifest in the flesh.” [1 Timothy 3:16.] Think of the love He manifested in receiving so kindly the mothers that the disciples would have sent away when they came bringing their children to Him that He might lay His hands on them and bless them. “Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not,” He said to the disciples; “for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 19:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 3)
That same Jesus speaks to you both today, saying, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.] Marian, dear child, you are invited to come to Jesus. He will give you, Marian Maynard Drier, rest in Him. He will heal your infirmities. He will inspire you with hope. He will fill your heart with His love and compassion.
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 4)
Have faith in Jesus. Cultivate trust in Him. Do your best every day, and each day you will be enabled to do better. Life and immortality are before you. Press on to reach the standard that God has set before you. Learn of Christ; you will then be a blessing to one another in the daily life. You can glorify God by bearing daily inconveniences uncomplainingly. Sing to the Lord. Pray to Him in faith. Come before Him with thanksgiving. Make one another happy. This is your first work. Be pleasant to one another. This will strengthen the best traits of character. Throw the windows of the soul wide open heavenward, and let the sunshine of Christ’s righteousness in. Morning, noon, and night your heart may be filled with the bright beams of divine light.
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 5)
Do not find fault with one another. This will encourage the enemy to enter. You can help one another if you will exercise tact and ingenuity and wisdom. Speak kind, affectionate words. Never utter a word of blame or censure. Blend together in union, and God will water your souls with the dew of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 6)
A fountain has been opened for Judah and Jerusalem, and Christ invites you to come and drink. No one who comes to this fountain goes away unhealed. Come, my dear sister, just as you are. Christ invites you to come and be healed. The fountain is open, and it is ever flowing for all. Then believe, believe. Receive the blessing that God has for you, and rejoice in His love.
(18LtMs, Lt 77, 1903, 7)
Lt 78, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] Oakland, California March, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 156. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
We are in the midst of our Conference. For a time I thought I would not attend. The Lord alone knows how severely my strength was taxed during the council meetings which were held last October in Battle Creek, though I did not go to them. Night after night for about four weeks, I was unable to sleep after twelve o’clock. My soul was burdened as a cart beneath sheaves. I knew that a crisis had come in the work of Seventh-day Adventists, and that unless right moves were made, we should be brought into very strait and difficult places. For three nights many things were presented to me. One night I saw as it were a flaming sword of fire stretched out over Battle Creek. So heavily burdened was I that the agonies of death seemed to be upon me. I cried, “Lord, have mercy upon Thy erring people. O God, save for Thy mercy’s sake.”
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 1)
When I received the news that the office of the Review and Herald had been burned, but that no lives had been lost, I could but feel a sense of relief, and say, “Lord, in Thy wrath Thou hast remembered mercy.” [See Habakkuk 3:2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 2)
But the destruction of our Review and Herald office is not to be lightly regarded. For many years, and especially for the last twenty years, the Lord has been sending warnings to His people, but these messages have been little heeded. What else could we expect than that God should in a signal manner manifest His displeasure?
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 3)
Every act in the service of God should be performed in the Lord’s way. Those working in connection with the cause of God should not permit one act of injustice to be seen in their business transactions.
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 4)
The Lord was in the establishment of the Review and Herald office in Battle Creek. And until the men in positions of trust in that institution transgressed the principles of God’s law, a good work was done there. But there were brought into connection with the office men who in character and disposition did not represent Christ. God says, “I hate robbery for burnt offering.” [Isaiah 61:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 5)
Twice during His earthly ministry, Jesus cleansed the temple, driving out those engaged in robbery and oppression. At the beginning of His ministry He entered the temple. He was the originator and founder of the whole system of Jewish economy. All the sacrifices were types of the great Offering who now stood in His temple. But how dishonoring to God the scene that met His eye. A large number of sacrifices were offered at the time of the Passover, and the sales at the temple were very large. The priests and rulers having bought cattle and other animals at very low cost were selling them at exorbitant prices to those who had come a long distance and were compelled to buy animals for sacrifice. Here could be heard sharp bargaining, the lowing of cattle, the bleating of sheep, the cooing of doves mingled with the clinking of coin and angry disputation.
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 6)
As Jesus came into the temple, He took in the whole scene. He saw the unfair transactions. He saw the distress of the poor who thought that without shedding of blood there would be no remission of sins. He saw the outer court of His temple converted into a place of unholy traffic. Christ saw that something must be done. Raising the scourge of small cords, gathered up on entering the enclosure, He bids the bargaining company depart from the precincts of the temple. With a zeal and severity He has never before manifested, He overthrows the tables of the money changers. The coin falls, ringing sharply upon the marble pavement. None presume to question His authority. None dare stop to gather up their ill-gotten gain. Jesus does not smite them with the whip of cords, but in His hand, that simple scourge seems terrible as a flaming sword. Officers of the temple, speculating priests, brokers and cattle traders with their sheep and oxen rush from the place with the one thought of escaping from the condemnation of His presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 7)
Once again Jesus cleansed the temple courts. He drove from them those who were desecrating them, saying, “It is written, My house shall be called the house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves.” [Matthew 21:13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 78, 1903, 8)
Lt 79, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 7, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 289-293. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I have received and read your letters. I can write but a short letter in reply, as I am unable to tax my head or my eyes too severely. I feel very grateful to my heavenly Father that He comes very near to me and strengthens me by His rich grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 1)
The burdens I carried at the Conference taxed my strength severely, but the Lord strengthened me, and I had evidence that He had a work for me there. As I was unable to walk to the meetings, and could not conveniently get the use of a horse and carriage, I was taken to and from the church in a comfortable wheel chair rented from a secondhand furniture store.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 2)
I spoke several times before the large congregation gathered in the Oakland church. The second Sabbath I was in doubt as to the advisability of attempting to speak, as I had contracted a severe cold. But I dared not remain at home; so I said, I will place myself in a position to speak, and then, if I am unable, I will be humble enough to refrain from speaking. I found the church crowded. To the praise of God, upheld and sustained by His power, I was enabled to speak for an hour and a quarter. Some who for forty years have frequently heard me speak said they had never before heard me give so powerful a discourse. No one could doubt that the power of God rested upon me. Before I took my seat, I asked all to rise to their feet who would seek to meet the mind of the Holy Spirit, and pledge themselves by God’s help to put away all murmuring and complaining and all evil speaking; who would cease to hinder one another by setting a wrong example. Nearly all in the congregation rose, testifying that they would seek to advance the work of God instead of hindering it.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 3)
Then we knelt, and as my soul was drawn out in earnest prayer, the congregation realized that the power of God was upon me. I had much reason to be thankful that the Lord so evidently sustained me. I asked the congregation to sing, “Rock of ages, cleft for me, Let me hide myself in Thee.” This hymn was a prayer to God in which all could join, and I know that angels of God united with the petition that rose from so many hearts and voices.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 4)
I was sustained during all the time I was at the Conference; and a few days before the close of the gathering, I returned to St. Helena. The strain upon me had been heavy.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 5)
Since the Conference, the brethren have been in council at Battle Creek. I have been greatly encouraged to hear from the brethren there that unity and love exist among them. This is a great victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 6)
I hope that there may not be a shadow of discord at our Sanitarium in Sydney. I would say, Constantly draw near to God; and when you are all one with Christ, you will be united in holy, Christian fellowship.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 7)
We each need the help we can receive from other minds. God will work in other minds than ours. The various gifts given to different ones are to blend for the “perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:11, 12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 8)
I have been instructed to say to our medical missionary workers in America that the yoke of forms and ceremonies must be broken from their necks. Our medical missionary work has been sick and in need of a physician.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 9)
The Lord Jesus Christ will heal our infirmities and our weaknesses. He owns us. We are His by creation and by redemption. We must all be united in Him. He is the only source of healing. All restoring power comes from Him. He has opened a fountain “to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.” [Zechariah 13:1.] He gives each one an invitation to come and be healed and to drink of the water of life. Let us not trust in ourselves, but in Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 10)
There will always be obstacles before us, but we are to follow our Leader, meeting our difficulties unitedly, hand in hand. There is only one way to heaven. We must walk in the footsteps of Jesus, doing His works, even as He did the works of His Father. We must study His ways, not man’s ways; we must obey His will, not our own. Walk carefully. Do not go ahead of Christ. Make no move without consulting your Leader. Ask in humble prayer, and “ye shall receive.” He is “the Way, the Truth, the Life.” [John 16:24; 14:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 11)
Read and study carefully the prayer that Christ offered just before His trial, recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. Follow its teachings, and you will be brought into unity. Our only hope of reaching heaven is to be one with Christ, and then in and through Christ we shall be one with one another. No one is called to walk alone. In Christ life and immortality are brought to light. He has opened the way to the kingdom of heaven to those who believe in Him, but He assigns to no one a path different to that which all must travel. He calls for unity, and unity we must have. God asks us to sink self in Christ. For the natural man this is not easy. But through the power of the incarnation of Christ, God manifest in the flesh, the strength of God is revealed in gentleness and beauty. To “as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] By this power we may overcome our evil tendencies and so modify our imperfect dispositions, that the will of God may be fulfilled in us.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 12)
We are all God’s little children, members of one family. We must each be refreshed by the same living stream, that we may find true elevation of soul. We must all be united when we reach the heavenly courts.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 13)
We are to be one with Christ. He is our pattern. We are commanded to be “followers of God, as dear children.” [Ephesians 5:1.] Our liberty is found in wearing Christ’s yoke. “Follow Me,” He says, “in humble, practical obedience. If you walk by yourself the obstacles in the road will be insurmountable. Believe in Me. Commit the keeping of your soul to Me.”
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 14)
I wish to speak particularly in reference to the establishment of food stores in various places. I have no light that this is your work. It is not clearly defined to me as the work for which you are best qualified.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 15)
If you can connect with the Doctors Kress, this will be of great benefit both to you and to them. The Lord would have you labor together in unity, even though your ideas and plans are not exactly alike. Men and women of different dispositions must unite in labor, working without contention or strife. Both you and Doctor Kress should stand in a conciliatory position. Remember that no one is free from mistakes. May the Lord help you, my dear friends.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 16)
Now let me speak as a mother to you both. You ought not to be troubled with dyspepsia if you partake of simply prepared food and eat nothing between meals. Let your stomach rest when you sleep. A tainted breath and a coated tongue indicate that undigested food is lying in the stomach.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 17)
Let not your work show the effect of errors in diet. This is not health reform. I am instructed to tell you that the Lord would have you improve your dietetic habits. You need to study carefully what foods you are best able to digest. For years you have been doing injury to your digestive organs, and you now need to exercise care. Unless by correct habits you place yourself on the list of health reformers, you cannot properly do the work of the Lord. You should stand where you can be of the greatest use in His cause.
(18LtMs, Lt 79, 1903, 18)
Lt 80, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 8, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 137; 5Bio 269. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I received your letter, also one from Elder Daniells. It made my heart very thankful to know that our brethren are doing all they possibly can to come into unity. May the Lord lead them on step by step.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 1)
I have begun several letters to you but have been hindered from finishing them. The responsibilities at this time rest upon me heavily. They seem tremendous, and I lay down my pen and feel like weeping. The day before yesterday, between one and two o’clock in the morning, I was greatly blessed. I was given the assurance that the everlasting arms were round about me. I praised the Lord with heart and soul and then went from my sleeping room to my office and walked the room, rejoicing in my Saviour and in my heavenly Father for giving Christ to our world.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 2)
We have much to be thankful for. I am especially thankful for the present movement of the brethren in Battle Creek to become one with Christ in God. For several months I have been writing almost constantly, trying to present before our people that which the Lord has given me for them. Again and again it has been urged upon me to present to them that which has been presented to me. I thought that it might be that my work was about to close up, and that this was the reason that the charge was made so urgent; and I have written for the eternal interest of all who desire to know what is truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 3)
There are many who will sell their eternal interests for worldly favors. On every side there will be oppression. The leaven of evil will be introduced by those who are not spiritual-minded, those who are not molded and fashioned after the divine similitude. Confidence placed in any one but God will blight and wither.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 4)
The Word of God does not repress activity, but guides us aright, pointing out sanctified methods for the accomplishment of the work that is to save souls. It presents to us a work that if done faithfully will make us worthy of the immortal inheritance. God knows exactly what each man needs to enable him to rise in moral value. He puts the Bible into his hands—a light that is not to be ignored or set aside as of no special importance. “Search the Scriptures,” Christ says, “for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] The Word of God tells man how he may become an heir of God and a joint heir with Christ to an immortal inheritance. Knowing that it is man’s nature to accumulate and amass, God in His Word reveals to him the unsearchable riches, an inexhaustible treasure. Knowing that man’s strongest impulse is to stand on vantage ground before all, God points out to him an ambition that he may safely cherish. “I will make a man more precious than fine gold,” He declares, “even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Isaiah 13:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 5)
It is that man may obtain the life that measures with the life of God that the Lord breaks up his worldly, ambitious projects, which, if permitted to engross the mind, would unfit him for the future world.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 6)
God is testing every one of us. He entrusts us with talents, to see whether we will be thoroughly unselfish in the use we make of them. He tells us plainly, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.”“And if ye have not been faithful in that which is another man’s, who shall give you that which is your own?” [Luke 16:10, 12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 7)
Let us remember that we are to be tried by the laws of Christ’s kingdom. We are not our own to do with ourselves as we please. We have been bought with a price, and the laws of Christ’s kingdom, the ten holy precepts, present the standard that we are to reach. God is jealous of His law. He tests every man to see whether he will obey or not.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 8)
Man sinned, and death is the penalty of sin. Christ bore the penalty and secured for man a period of probation. In this time of probation we are now living. We have been given an opportunity to prove ourselves of value in the sight of Him who gave His only begotten Son that we should not perish, but have everlasting life.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 9)
One is our Master, even Christ. We are to remember that we are His blood-bought heritage. God’s will is to become our will. Physical, mental, and spiritual gifts have been placed in our possession. In the Bible, God’s will is plainly made known. God expects every man to use his gifts in a way that will give him an increased knowledge of the things of God and will enable him to make improvement, to become more and more refined, ennobled, and purified. In this world men and women are to fit themselves to take their places among the nobility of heaven. In this world they are to prepare for translation into the courts above. Those who take up this work as the Bible directs will, through the grace of Christ, become examples of what all must be who enter in through the gates into the city.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 10)
We are to use God’s gifts in a way that will please Him. We are to make real advancement in knowledge and virtue, learning Christ’s meekness and lowliness, wearing His yoke and bearing His burdens. Thus we co-operate with Christ. His followers are to reveal to the world His spotless character, giving an example of the purity and nobility of those who will make up the family of the redeemed. Thus they work out their own salvation, knowing that God is working with them to will and to do of His good pleasure.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 11)
Those who remain faithful to God will meet the high standard that He has set up. Thus they will prove that human beings can, through the infinite sacrifice made for them, live pure, holy lives in this world carrying out the principles of the heavenly kingdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 12)
Those who do not value their high calling, those who do not fulfil God’s purpose for them, who fail of meeting the conditions plainly marked out in His Word, cut themselves loose from God. They prove themselves entirely unfit to serve the interests of their Master. Professing to be Christians, they dishonor Christ. They are doing the works of Satan, and God cannot co-operate with them. Their defects of character are constantly increasing. How can the Lord work with them? How can He place responsibilities in their hands? He can entrust His work to men only who will to do His will, to men who with consecrated hearts keep His commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 13)
How can those who do not properly estimate the things that are of eternal interest be safe guides for God’s people? The work that God requires from the leaders and teachers of His people demands eternal vigilance. It demands that men watch for souls as they that must give an account. He who is reckless in regard to his character building will make many others reckless, if he makes an effort to be pleasing to them and to gain their favor.
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 14)
In all that we do we are to seek the glory of God. We are to be cleansed, renewed, sanctified, made in character like Christ. “They that are in the flesh cannot please God. But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His. And if Christ be in you, the body is dead because of sin; but the Spirit is life because of righteousness. But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.” [Romans 8:8-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 80, 1903, 15)
Lt 81, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 8, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 70-71. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have read the letters that came to me from you in the last mail from Australia. I will try to write you a few lines in reply. My left eye must be kept bandaged, because of its weakness and pain, and I cannot read your letters over again; so you must excuse me if I do not speak of all the points you mentioned.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 1)
One point stands out clearly before me—the proposition that Elder Starr and his wife connect with you in the Sanitarium. This is just what I was going to propose. They will, I think, be a blessing to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 2)
The work upon which you have entered so recently will bring new duties, and the faithful performance of these duties will bring new blessings. New trials will come, new dangers and difficulties. You will have new problems to solve. But though a veil hangs over the future, you have a knowledge of the Lord’s mercies in the past. Allow no difficulties to discourage you. You have passed through trials, and you will be called to pass through trials again. You have had to pass through experiences not altogether agreeable, and these experiences may be repeated. Temptations have come to you, and temptations will come to you again.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 3)
We know not what is before us; but we know that we have the privilege of committing our souls to God, as unto a faithful Creator. Let us thank God that we have a refuge in trial. Let us remember that Christ is a present help in every time of need. The promises of God’s Word are rich and full and free. God is with us; He cares for us.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 4)
God is revealed to us in Christ. Our Saviour is the image of the invisible God. O how near to heaven we may be. “He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father,” Christ declared. [John 14:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 5)
Let us allow no worldly business to absorb our energies. Let us allow nothing to occupy the place that God should fill. We must have periods of rest, times set apart for meditation and prayer and for spiritual refreshing. Christ went about doing good, healing all manner of sickness and forgiving all sins, comforting the mourners, banishing sorrow by His presence. Let us behold Him, the very compassion and lovingkindness of God Himself.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 6)
Let us seek the Lord. He will be your Helper as you commit the sick ones in the Sanitarium to His care. Rest assured that He will co-operate with those that are connected with the Sanitarium. Never forget that you are God’s little children. Refuse to worry about what you cannot help. If you make mistakes, go to the compassionate Saviour and ask Him for forgiveness. Tell Him that you want to follow His will. Be polite to God. Remember that He cares for you, and that He will be a present help in every time of need. His “tender mercies are over all His works.” [Psalm 145:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 7)
It is our privilege to open our hearts and let the Saviour in. Let us praise Him for the brightness of His presence. Let us carry the sunshine of His love on our countenances and bring it into our words. Then His joy will be in us, and our joy will be full.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 8)
There is one thing I wish you to do—you and Brother and Sister Burden and Brother and Sister Starr. Search out what is written in the Scriptures and in the Testimonies on the subject of unity, and read it often. You will be tried by the ways of your fellow workers. Never forget that God’s plan is that there shall be unity in diversity. The breath of the higher life is to be breathed into our lifework. This will bind us to one another and to God. The love of Christ needs to come into our experience. Then we shall love one another as Christ has loved us. I feel an intense desire to see the people of God united by the strong bonds of love and unity.
(18LtMs, Lt 81, 1903, 9)
Lt 82, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 10, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 267; 3MR 326. + Dear brother and sister Burden,—
I am very anxious that you should move understandingly. According to the light given me of God, the food business should be carried on for the purpose of educating people to live healthfully and economically, not for financial gain. Each one should learn what foods are best adapted to his own necessities.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 1)
We cannot expect that those who come to our sanitariums will be able at once to feel perfectly satisfied with the sudden change in diet. They cannot immediately realize the advantage to be gained. Our managers must exercise wisdom in this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 2)
I would not advise the use of meat in our sanitariums, but the patients should be told why it is not provided. In their lectures, the doctors should explain these things.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 3)
The quantity of food eaten does not determine the benefit received. Many, even among Seventh-day Adventists, eat too freely. Their health would be much better if they ate less. When too much food is eaten, the stomach is overburdened and is unable to perform its proper functions. The result is that the digestive organs are disordered. If those who have brought themselves to this condition would eat proper food, and about half as much as they have been in the habit of eating, their digestive organs would recover.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 4)
In my habits of eating, I have learned to accommodate myself to the circumstances in which I am placed. I was obliged to do this in my earlier experiences. Sometimes when laboring the hardest, speaking before large gatherings two and even three times a day, I have found that I was better fitted for work when I ate but one meal a day. Ordinarily I eat two meals a day, taking breakfast at seven and dinner at half-past one. I never experience a feeling of faintness, except when I have taxed my vocal powers severely. I then take a cold bath as a tonic and lie down. The greatest strain seems to come on my abdominal muscles, which are brought into use when I speak.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 5)
Reason from cause to effect, that you may be able to select the food that is best for you. The Lord expects you to treat yourselves as His temple. You can do for yourselves what others cannot do for you. Act intelligently, that you may be kept in the best possible condition of health. Every soul is precious in the sight of God. We must guard the physical structure carefully, lest we defile the temple of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 82, 1903, 6)
Lt 83, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 13, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in HFM 66-67; MRmnt 124. + H. W. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I had almost forgotten that I ought to write to you in regard to lending Edson some money to assist him in publishing a book that he is getting out. He told me that you would be willing to lend him some money, were it not that you had promised some to me to help in purchasing the Potts Sanitarium in San Diego.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 1)
I wish to say, Brother Kellogg, that I am afraid that nothing can be done in regard to the purchase of this property until some one who thoroughly understands the matter can be on the ground to take charge of the business. I wish that the property could be purchased, but this seems impossible at the present time. Those on the ground do not seem to be in a position to handle the matter. And I dare not take the responsibility of urging them to go ahead.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 2)
I think that I shall let this matter rest where it is; for I cannot take the responsibility, as I once felt that I could. We thought that perhaps the question of purchasing this property would be taken up at the General Conference, but nothing was said in regard to it.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 3)
I am carrying a heavy burden for the work and cause of God. As I see the lack of principle manifested, and the feeble faith that is shown in the message that means so much to us, I am filled with fear. I am now obliged to write some things in regard to the danger of carrying the health food business and the restaurant work to extremes. I have written that restaurants should be established as a means of bringing those who know the truth into touch with the people of the world and of providing opportunities of reaching these people with the message of present truth. Should those attending these restaurants reform in their habits of eating, they would be better prepared to listen to arguments in favor of the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 4)
But if by the restaurant work there is not awakened a deep and living interest in the things of eternal importance, what is gained by the work? Christ is hungry for souls, hungry to see those for whom He gave His life receiving the blessings placed within their reach. Shall He have died for them in vain? Satan will use every opportunity to seduce men from their allegiance to God. He and the angels who fell with him will appear on the earth as men, seeking to deceive. God’s angels, also, will appear as men and will use every means in their power to defeat the purposes of the enemy. We, too, have a part to act. We shall surely be overcome unless we fight manfully the battles of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 5)
It is in order that those who love God and keep His commandments may have as little hindrance as possible in their advancement in the heavenward way, that they are warned not to live in the cities. If by our restaurant work souls are not won to the truth, what is gained by entering so largely into this work, which must be done in the cities? Will the result justify the effort put forth? Will it pay for our young men and young women to spend their time and energy in providing and serving food for worldlings, while they make no effort to save their souls, no effort to lead them to see the light of present truth?
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 6)
Christ said, “I am the light of the world. He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. [John 8:12.] Those who walk in the light of My example, becoming My servants, My imitators, through faith and trust in Me will become sons of God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 7)
A word further in regard to the point I mentioned at the beginning of this letter. I ask you to lend Edson the money that he needs in order to publish the book that he is getting out. With this book he desires to help the Southern work, and if you can lend him some money now, it will be a great help to him.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 8)
I am carrying a very heavy load of debt, much of which I incurred in my effort to establish the work in Australia on right lines. I have been given light that I should own the plates of my books, [that] I may plan wisely for their wide circulation. The Review and Herald owns the plates of several of my books, and I wish to ask you, my brother, whether you would be willing to lend me some money to buy back these plates. I should indeed feel thankful if I could arrange this matter with the Review and Herald. I ask the money as a loan, and I will pay you again; for the Lord will favor me. I have not forgotten the money that I owe you. When you want it, you shall have it.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 9)
I must stop now, and I will ask Willie to write you more fully regarding this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 83, 1903, 10)
Lt 84, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I have just written to H. W. Kellogg, asking him to send you some money to help publish the book you spoke of in your letter to me.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 1)
I have been writing many things lately in reference to various features of the work. Each day I have written as long as I have dared. Yesterday when I felt that I could no longer write, I read some of the letters you wrote me a long time ago. I am glad I have these letters. They have all been preserved in a canvas sack. I have read of your experiences in shipbuilding in Allegan, Michigan, and afterwards in operating the boat; of your work with Brother Palmer in Vicksburg and of his being called away. I feel sure that the best way to remove prejudice will be to have this history published. If all would feel as much interest in this history as I have felt while reading it, a great deal of good would be accomplished, and the work in the Southern field would be strengthened. Sara is arranging these letters so that I may read them in order. As I read them, I place them in Bro. Crisler’s hands, who is preparing a section on the Southern work for the next testimony. He will use part of these letters in connection with the letters I have written you. When the matter is prepared, we will send the matter for your examination, that you may correct any mistakes you may see, and add to your letters any points you may think advisable.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 2)
I have had so much writing to do that most of the time I am very weary, but I will try to write to you frequently. If you have letters from me that have not been copied, I would be glad if you would send them to me. Most of them have been copied, but I think a few were not.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 3)
I am trying to prepare for publication matter that will guard the work on every side so that it may not become disproportionate. We have many things in preparation for publication. We must move cautiously, lest we stir up bitter feelings. But the truth must appear just as it is.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 4)
I trust you are of good courage in the Lord. You can best help the work by gaining an experience in bookmaking. I know you are engaged in this work and that the Lord will help you.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 5)
Brother Hall from Oakland has been with us today. I have been talking with him in reference to the publication of my books. The Review and Herald is desirous of handling the books I shall bring out, but I have been instructed that I should own and control all the plates of my books. I am not to leave the precious things given me of God to be handled as the managers of any institution may be pleased to handle them. There must be perfect unity, but that unity must be maintained in diversity.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 6)
The publishing work is to be divided into many different territories. The Advocate publishers will have the territory that properly belongs to them. The Southern Publishing Company will work its own territory. The Review and Herald will also have its territory, but never again will they or any other company have the exclusive control of my books.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 7)
No longer is there to be one center in any branch of the work where men may say, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.” [Jeremiah 7:4.] The confederacy of power that has ruled for so long according to its selfish idea of superiority is to exist no longer. God has uprooted such claims.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 8)
Let those who have heeded the admonitions and counsels and appeals of God be respected. Unless there is in deed and in truth a decided reformation among our leading brethren, they will not be prepared to judge righteously, deal mercifully, or walk humbly with God. This reformation is the only hope for our institutions. Truth, precious truth, must be enthroned in the heart to wield the scepter of righteousness. The Lord will save all who will imitate His character.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 9)
Our message is a solemn, sacred one. Are we prepared to meet the issue? “And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life; and I will raise him up at the last day.” [John 6:40.] “I am the Resurrection and the Life: he that believeth on Me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: and whosoever liveth and believeth in Me shall never die.” [John 11:25, 26.] “I go to prepare a place for you” (who believe in Me, and are imitators of Me). “And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am there ye may be also.” [John 14:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 10)
“Verily, verily I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live.... The hour is coming, in the which all that are in their graves shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation.” [John 5:25, 28, 29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 11)
I have a deep interest in Brother Palmer, and remember you both in my prayers. I hope and pray that there may be a decided change in the atmosphere of the office.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 12)
There is a work for us to do, a preparation for us to make. We must imitate Christ’s character. May the Lord put His Holy Spirit upon us, that we may do thorough work in fitting our characters for eternal life. God help you, my children, to be ready for the Lord’s coming.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 13)
Edson and Emma, let us move carefully. We need not be discouraged. Watch and pray. Only believe, and you will see the salvation of God. Let everything be done in the spirit of meekness. Let us be sure that we possess the gentleness of Jesus. I have many burdens to bear, and you must help me.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 14)
In love. Peace be unto you.
(18LtMs, Lt 84, 1903, 15)
Lt 85, 1903
Santee, Clarence “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 15, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder Clarence Santee
Fernando, California Dear Brother,—
I received your letter this afternoon and have time to write you only a few words before the Sabbath.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 1)
For years the Lord has been presenting to me the importance of holding our camp-meetings where we can reach the multitudes. Our time to work is very short, and we must carry our message to the people. I think there may be places where your camp-meeting could be located that would accomplish more in warning the people of coming events than in Fernando.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 2)
We are glad to hear your encouraging words about the school. I have felt from the first that it was the Lord’s providence which gave you that location; and that if the school were wisely managed, it would prove a great blessing to the people of Southern California. I have felt that you ought to do thorough work with whatever you undertake; and that if you are faithful in teaching the common branches, many of your students could go directly into the work as canvassers, colporteurs, and evangelists. We need not feel that all workers must have an advanced education. I have been sorry that you called your school a college and that you have promised to teach so many advanced studies. I have never supposed that it was the work of the Fernando school to try to do the same work that is done at Healdsburg, Walla Walla, and South Lancaster schools. You will certainly make a serious mistake if you undertake, with a few students and a few teachers, to do the advanced work which is carried forward with so much difficulty and expense in our larger schools. It will be better for your students and for the school for those who require the advanced studies to go to Healdsburg, and thus leave your faculty free to devote their best energies to doing thorough work in teaching the common branches.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 3)
Please do not make use of the document signed by yourself, Brother Giddings, and Brother Ballenger. I will make a more complete statement of my views regarding the work to be done at the Fernando school.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 4)
In arranging your faculty for the coming year, I advise you to secure a strong man to stand as principal of your school, a man whose physical strength will support him in doing thorough work as a teacher, thorough work as a disciplinarian; a man who is qualified to train the students in habits of order, neatness, and industry.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 5)
This is all I can write tonight. I shall hope to send you a longer letter in time for your consideration before you settle your plans for the coming year.
(18LtMs, Lt 85, 1903, 6)
Lt 86, 1903
Exec. Committee of Southern Calif. Conf. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 17, 1903 Previously unpublished. To the Executive Committee of the Southern California Conference Dear brethren,—
From Elder Santee’s letter, I learn that it has been proposed to hold your next camp-meeting at Fernando. No doubt this would be a convenience to those living near the school and to those families who wish to place their children in the school. But our camp-meetings ought not to be planned with a view to meeting the convenience of a few families, but with a view to warning the world and converting souls to the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 1)
The church of Christ was organized for missionary purposes. Our camp-meetings are among the most important agencies in our work for fulfilling these purposes. Through them we may reach many with the gospel message. The Lord has instructed us that they are most effective agencies for doing this work.
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 2)
From (Testimonies for the Church 6:33), I quote the following:
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 3)
“In the sermon on the mount, Christ said to His disciples, ‘Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.’ [Matthew 5:14-16.] If our camp-meetings are conducted as they should be, they will indeed be a light in the world. They should be held in the large cities and towns where the message of truth has not been proclaimed. And they should continue for two or three weeks. It may sometimes be advisable to hold a camp-meeting for several successive seasons in the same place; but as a rule the place of meeting should be changed from year to year.”
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 4)
Brethren, I exhort you to read again what is written in this testimony regarding our camp-meeting work. Read it with a determination to understand the instruction given and to carry it into effect. I urge you to realize the importance of reading the directions that the Lord has given us, that we may carry forward His work on the lines that He has marked out. Let us hold our camp-meetings near some of the important cities, in a retired place, yet not so far away that the people will not attend. We are to hold these meetings where we can reach those who are perishing in sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 5)
Please read also the section in Testimony Vol. 6, entitled “Education.” This is the Lord’s message to parents, children, and teachers. Let our students obtain this book and read it with a determination to improve.
(18LtMs, Lt 86, 1903, 6)
Lt 87, 1903
Students of the Fernando School “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 296-297. To the students of the Fernando school,—
I am very much pleased to know that during the first term of the school souls have been converted. I hope that you will always remember that it is for your eternal interest to make the most of your capabilities and opportunities. Remember that in your school life here below you can, if you choose, fit yourselves for entrance into the school above.
(18LtMs, Lt 87, 1903, 1)
Those who are indeed Christians will reveal in their lives a fragrance of character that will win others to Christ. While you are in school, help your teachers all you can. Do not grieve and perplex them. They are human, like yourselves, and they need the grace of Christ as verily as you need it. Make the way as pleasant as possible for them. Be pleasant and agreeable. Be careful in regard to your words and actions. Do not make it necessary for your teachers to correct you again and again in regard to your personal habits.
(18LtMs, Lt 87, 1903, 2)
Correct all that is lax or careless in your speech or your habits. Do not pass this over as a matter of little consequence. Wherever you are, keep your room clean and tidy. Let no dirt or rubbish accumulate, “lest the Lord pass by and see your uncleanness.” [See Deuteronomy 23:14.] Christ is pure and holy and undefiled. Do not grieve the heavenly angels by cherishing untidy, shiftless habits. It rests with you yourselves to decide whether you will be accepted by the Lord as vessels unto honor, fit for His use.
(18LtMs, Lt 87, 1903, 3)
The Lord desires to see in you a daily improvement. Your parents sent you to school with the hope that you would obtain an education that would make you more helpful in the home, more obedient, more kind, more thoughtful. The school term is about to close, and as you return to your homes, let your parents see that the school has accomplished much for you, making you a blessing in the home and in the Lord’s work.
(18LtMs, Lt 87, 1903, 4)
Lt 88, 1903
Those in Charge of the Fernando School “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 295-296. To those in charge of the Fernando school My dear brethren,—
I have received a letter from Brother Santee regarding the work of the Fernando school. He says, “God has blessed our Fernando school in many ways, and there is prospect of a much larger attendance in the next school year.”“We have labored for the students faithfully, and nearly all have given themselves to the Lord.”
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 1)
For this encouraging report I am very thankful. It is for this that we have hoped and for this that we have prayed. Every student attending our schools should put on Christ, that by and by he may sit with the angels in heavenly places with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 2)
The light given me is that the educational branch of our work will be of great importance. What is it that will make our schools a power? It is not the size of the buildings. It is not the number of advanced studies taught. It is the faithful work done by teachers and students, as they begin at the lower rounds of the ladder of progress and climb diligently round by round.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 3)
Intermediate schools are highly essential. There are many parents who do not know how to train their children to be workers together with God. They have not in all things outgrown their childishness, and therefore they know not how to care properly for the church in their homes. Fathers and mothers have become indifferent to their obligations to God and unmindful of their duty to their children. Therefore we must establish schools that will be as the schools of the prophets.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 4)
Recently it has been clearly presented to me that by the continued sale of the book Christ’s Object Lessons, we may obtain means to help in establishing these schools and in freeing from indebtedness those already in operation.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 5)
The Word of God is to lie at the foundation of all the work done in these schools. And the students are to be taught the true dignity of labor. They are to be shown that God is a constant worker. Let every teacher take hold heartily with a group of students, working with them and teaching them how to work. As the teachers do this, they will gain a valuable experience. Their hearts will be bound up with the hearts of the students, and this will open the way for successful teaching.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 6)
Thorough work must be done in these schools; for many students will go from them directly into the great harvest field. They will go forth to use what they have learned, as canvassers and as helpers in various lines of evangelistic work. Many workers, after studying for a time in the field, will feel the need of further study and, with the experience gained in the field, will be prepared to value school privileges and to make rapid advancement. Some will desire an education in the higher branches of study. For these our colleges have been established.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 7)
It would be a sad mistake for us to fail to consider thoroughly the purpose for which each of our schools is established. This is a matter that should be faithfully considered by our responsible men in each Union Conference. All the different interests should be given careful consideration, and then each school should place its work on a proper basis.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 8)
I fear that my brethren have misunderstood my words regarding the Fernando school. I did not suppose that they would call it a college, or undertake to do college work. I was pleased with the number of students present at the opening, and with their appearance, and I wished to encourage them to reach the highest standard of excellence and usefulness. But I knew quite well that the school was not prepared to do the work done at Healdsburg College in advanced studies, or to give instruction that would entitle it to the appellation of “college.”
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 9)
It is a mistake for our schools to get out flowery notices of what they intend to do. It would have been well if at the very start you had counseled more freely with your brethren of the Union Conference, who have had experience in educational work.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 10)
Some may think that at Fernando we should undertake to do the same work as at Healdsburg College. But we must remember that Healdsburg College was designed to do advanced work for our students in many Conferences, and that it took years for Healdsburg College to reach its present advancement. In order for it to do this, a solid foundation had to be laid. Never did I entertain the thought that the present faculty of the Fernando school could do the work done in Healdsburg.
(18LtMs, Lt 88, 1903, 11)
Lt 89, 1903
Teachers of the Fernando School “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 293-294. + To the teachers of the Fernando school,—
I have something to say in regard to the school at Fernando. Last night I was in earnest conversation with the school faculty. I was bearing them a decided message.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 1)
We are very grateful to God that there have been conversions in the school. But the school is not in all things reaching the high standard to which it may attain. A mistake was made in choosing the name adopted and in the announcement of studies that it was said would be taught. It is not wise for a new school to lift its banner and promise a high grade of work before it has proved that it is fully able to do preparatory work as it should be done. It should be the great aim in every intermediate school to do most thorough work in the common branches.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 2)
In every school that is established among us, the teachers should begin humbly, not grasping the higher rounds of the ladder before they have climbed the lower ones. They are to climb round after round, beginning at the bottom. They are to be learners, even as they teach the common branches. When they have come down to the simplicity of true education, they will better understand how to prepare students for advanced studies. Teachers are to learn as they teach. Advancement is to be made, and by advancement experience is to be gained.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 3)
Our teachers are not to think that their work ends with giving instruction from books. They should devote several hours each day to working with the students in some line of manual training. This should in no case be neglected.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 4)
In every school there should be those who have a store of patience and disciplinary talent. It should be the part of these to see that every line of work is kept up to the highest standard. Lessons in neatness, order, and thoroughness are to be given to the students. They are to be taught to keep everything in the school and about the grounds in perfect order.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 5)
A teacher should learn to control himself before he attempts to deal with the youth. If he is not a constant learner in the school of Christ; if he has not the discernment and discrimination that enable him to employ wise methods in his work; if he cannot control those in his charge with firmness, yet pleasantly and kindly, how can he be successful in his teaching? The teacher who is not under the control of God needs to heed the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 6)
Every one acting in the capacity of a teacher should learn daily of Jesus, wearing His yoke of restraint, sitting in His school as a student, obeying the rules of Christian principle. The teacher who is not under the guidance of the great Teacher will not be able to meet successfully the different developments that will arise as the result of the perversity of the children and youth with whom he is dealing.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 7)
Let the teacher, bring love and peace and cheerfulness into his work. Let him not allow himself to become angry or provoked. The Lord is looking upon him with intense interest, to see if he is being educated by the great Teacher. The child who loses his self-control is far more excusable than the teacher who allows himself to become angry and impatient. When a teacher has a reproof to give, let him give it in a soft, gentle voice. Let him be careful not to make the child stubborn by speaking to him harshly. Let him follow every correction with drops of the oil of kindness. His heart should be softened by love and kindness. He should never forget that He is dealing with Christ in the person of one of Christ’s little children.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 8)
Let it be a settled maxim that in all school discipline, faithfulness and love are to reign. When a student is corrected in such a way that he cannot get the idea that the teacher desires to humiliate him, love for the teacher springs up in his heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 89, 1903, 9)
Lt 90, 1903
Santee, Clarence “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 18, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Elder Clarence Santee Dear Brother,—
I am sending to you words of counsel regarding your camp-meeting and your school. I am deeply interested in the prosperity of your school and desire to see God’s richest blessings attend it.
(18LtMs, Lt 90, 1903, 1)
There is a great work to be done in the field, and the school interests must not become all-absorbing. It will not be wise for you to devote your time largely to the school. The Conference requires the labors of its president.
(18LtMs, Lt 90, 1903, 2)
I advise you to strengthen your faculty. The principal is not able, physically, to do the work that needs to be done. He should be in a place where he will not have much brain work; for he can not endure the strain, neither can he do justice to the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 90, 1903, 3)
Brother Giddings is not a man of strong mental or physical talents. He lacks some of the qualifications essential to success in dealing with minds. Let those teachers who have not self-control study diligently the lessons that Christ has given. When they have learned these lessons, they will be better qualified to teach the youth.
(18LtMs, Lt 90, 1903, 4)
Lt 91, 1903
Faith, Elizabeth “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 18, 1903 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Elizabeth Faith My dear sister,—
I am pleased to see that you have been enabled, in the light of the law of God, to see sin as it is. When we talked together in Battle Creek, you had not moral perception to enable you to distinguish right from wrong. You were transgressing the law of God, but you did not appear to understand what you were doing. If you have been enlightened, if you can understand what it means to keep the law of God, if you have a correct idea of what sin is, how thankful you should be. If you know right from wrong, if you can distinguish between the service of sin and the service of God, if you have a clear sense of God’s requirements, then you may safely engage in His work as providence opens the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 1)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] If a canvasser should be tempted by human agencies to do wrong, and should yield, and at the same time should think that he was doing right, should he continue to be trusted with a sacred, holy work? Will you think of this? You were dealt with as you should have been. A person doing as you did should no longer be left to handle sacred things.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 2)
If the Lord has given you a true conversion, and you can distinguish between sin and righteousness, God will instruct you. If you put your entire trust in Him, He will accept your service. The Lord forgave David, but He punished his transgression. David sincerely repented, but he lost his child.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 3)
I am thankful that you regard the past as you do, and I would encourage you to do all the good you can in humble, trusting faith. If you go forward in meekness and do your best, you will be kept by the power of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 4)
I greatly desire the salvation of every soul. Each soul is precious in the sight of the Lord. He will give His grace to all who in sincere love for Him seek to do His will. He will pardon their transgressions.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 5)
Praying that you may be an overcomer, I am, Your sister.
(18LtMs, Lt 91, 1903, 6)
Lt 92, 1903
Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 21, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 17-19. + Dear Brother Palmer,—
In the past I have felt perplexed about saying to you all that I desired to say; for I feared that you would not understand me. I now wish to say that had not the Review and Herald been destroyed, the plans that you and Elder Daniells were forming would have made it necessary for me to say many things to counteract what you were working to accomplish. In your feelings of opposition to the proper development of the smaller printing offices, and your desire to bring much of our publishing work to Battle Creek, you were on the wrong track. But the Lord has taken this matter in hand, in a way that must be recognized, and it is not necessary for me to carry this burden on my heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 1)
There are some things that I must present to you. It is not best for you to take up work in Battle Creek. Had you decided to accept the invitations for you to do this, I should have felt it my duty to present to you as clearly as possible what the result would be. I will now say that your wisest course will be not to attach yourself to any large center. In such a place there are always many perplexities, and there are always influences that work counter to the right. You are not prepared, mentally or physically, to meet these things.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 2)
My counsel to you is to take up the work in some new place. Try to build up a work that has not been shaped. In doing this your strength will be employed to far better advantage than in a place like Battle Creek, where the influences are so varied and so unsanctified, and where the elements of contention are so strong. Away from the confusion of Battle Creek, you would be of far more value to the line of work that you are best fitted for.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 3)
Brother Palmer, the Lord has given you a special and important gift in your experience as a canvasser and your ability to teach others how to engage successfully in this work. You are not to become discouraged when you find that many do not see in all points as you do and that there is a diversity of plans. The Lord has not given you the responsibility of governing the work, but He has given you wisdom as a teacher, and He will help you to help others to learn how to carry the canvassing work forward to success.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 4)
The Lord will give you strength to bear every burden that He has laid upon you. He will help you to make a success of the canvassing work. That which the Lord has fitted you to do in the education of canvassers is a much-needed work.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 5)
It is not for me to lay out for you a definite line of work. But you should work, if possible, in some place where your mind will be kept in even balance, where you can be peaceful and quiet, where you will not be consulted on many questions. It is not best for you to have supervision over many things. Your mind should not be overtaxed. This would be a great injury to you. When too many perplexities are placed upon you, the blood rushes to your head, and you give way to an intensity of feeling that endangers your health.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 6)
Place yourself, if possible, where you will have little cause to worry over the work of others. As a teacher of canvassers you have talents that will make you very useful in the cause of God. But you are not to stand as a dictator.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 7)
If you should take upon you perplexities in which large interests are involved, the confusion that would come as the result of planning for the management of many things would not be for your own good or for the best interests of the cause of God. Those who would place upon you a variety of duties requiring the most careful management are making a mistake. Your mind needs to be tranquilized. You are to do a work that will not produce friction in your mind. You are to keep your conscience in the fear of God, according to the Bible standard, and you are to make steady improvement, that you may not be in any way unfitted for the work God has given you to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 8)
You are not to place yourself where a multiplicity of cares will crowd upon you. And above all, you are not to forget that you have a church in your own home to care for. This point must be considered. You have children to guide and direct. In studying the differences in their dispositions and tendencies, you will gain a valuable experience. Do not try to embrace too much in your labors. If you do this, you will not have opportunity to study the characters of your children.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 9)
I should not advise you to connect with any of our large institutions, to be exposed to the many temptations that will come. We all accept too much responsibility in connection with our work when we need instead more restraint and a deeper sense of what God is to us and what we may be to Him. How many there are who live under such a pressure of worry that they taste but little of the sweetness of God’s love. They do not know the meaning of the words, “That My joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full.” [See John 15:11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 10)
Your dependence must be in God. You are not to let other men empty their minds into your mind. You are not to allow them by their persuasions to lead you into false paths. Put your trust wholly in Him who declares, “I will never leave thee nor forsake thee.” [Hebrews 13:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 11)
God has made a covenant of grace with you. Christ is your hope, your refuge. It will be well for you to consider carefully your accountability to Him, your need of walking in the ways of the Lord, so that you may be enabled to carry the responsibilities placed on you in consecrated, prayerful dependence on Him, with an eye single to His glory. God will help you to labor in a way that will bring encouragement and upbuilding to those who are striving to follow the Lord in self-denial and who cherish pure, unadulterated principles.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 12)
Our salvation is not in our own keeping. It has been placed in the hands of our Mediator. We are safe only while we keep a firm hold on the unerring Guide. Our success is sure if we do not weave our natural inclinations into the doing of God’s work. When we bring self into our efforts, our feelings are stirred upon the least provocation, and we speak and act with an authority that God does not design His children to exercise toward one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 13)
All who have a part in God’s work are to remember that He is the Ruler, and that those who have been appointed to take charge of His work must be under His rulership, body, soul, and spirit. And they are to remember that it is not enough that they do no wrong. They are not to suffer wrong to be done. They themselves must cherish a fear to offend God that will effectually restrain them from doing evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 14)
He who is engaged in God’s service must look constantly to Jesus, filled with the determination to follow Him who gave His life for the life of the world. Our abrupt words and actions show a zeal that is not according to knowledge. We need always to be on watch, lest the policy of the world creep in and one-sided plans unbalance the mind. Many are in positive danger of being led astray because they do not realize that they are in positive danger. They breathe the tainted atmosphere of the enemy, and as a thief in the night deception creeps upon them. The clear spiritual vision is dimmed. A line of action formed on false conceptions is followed, and the Holy Spirit is grieved.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 15)
With this I shall send to you something which I wrote several months ago about your work and that of Elder Daniells. You may have seen it. Please read it again. In it you will find encouragement and instruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 92, 1903, 16)
Lt 93, 1903
Arthur, Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 21, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Arthur,—
I would be very glad if I could talk with you this evening, but as that is impossible, I will write. I hardly know where to address you, as by this time you may have left Boulder.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 1)
I am greatly comforted as I contemplate the strong pillars of our faith. Those who possess true godliness will reveal it in their daily lives. In business transactions, the Christian will honor his Master. In his social relations, he will manifest love, mercy, compassion, and strict integrity. In our lives we must ever reveal clearly the high and holy principles of heaven. To His followers, living amidst the wickedness of this world, Christ says, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father, which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.] True Christians will let their light shine and will be loyal to Christ. Christ demands constant loyalty. Let nothing interpose between your soul and Jesus Christ. Cast your helpless soul upon Him, and then the enemy cannot separate you from the love of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 2)
My dear sister, I hope that you are taking care of yourself and that your health is improving. Remember that the Lord Jesus is the Chief Physician. He knows every anxiety of your mind. He is acquainted with your every difficulty. He would have you lay aside your trouble and anxiety and put your trust in Him. “Be not faithless, but believing.” [John 20:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 3)
My dear sister, we have a most precious Saviour. You love Jesus; therefore your life is hid with Christ in God. Love for Him will enable us to withstand the severe trials and temptations that come to us day by day. His love for fallen humanity has been plainly demonstrated. His love for us is of the highest, most exalted character. It never fails. Privation could not starve that love. The whole weight of the sins of the world could not break the cord of love with which He encircles humanity. It was the thought that so many would fail to respond to His great love that caused Christ’s heart to break. The great question for us to answer is, Do I love Jesus with the whole heart? If we do, His love will be more precious to us than language can express.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 4)
Be not surprised if temptations come to you. But remember that Christ’s yoke is easy. He has bound Himself up with humanity, that humanity may be bound to Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 5)
Be hopeful. Knowing that Jesus loves you, you can be cheerful. Keep your soul in the love of God. Sometimes we may gain strength by being kept in quietness. Action is good sometimes; but often we may receive great blessing in calm, sweet meditation and in quiet study, waiting upon God for the refreshing of His Holy Spirit. “For thus saith the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel, In returning and rest shall ye be saved; in quietness and in confidence shall be your strength.” [Isaiah 30:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 6)
When we are in affliction, we need the grace of Christ to sustain us. You may have a calm and sweet trust in God. The Word of God is the bread of life. You may feed upon its rich promises. I have prayed for you especially this morning, that your soul may have a fresh baptism of the Holy Spirit; that you may sit together with Christ in heavenly places, casting all your care upon Him who careth for you; that Satan with his temptations may not separate you from the love of Christ Jesus your Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 7)
You are one of God’s older children. Your children are His little children. Your husband is the priest of the household. You may lean your soul upon his deep affection. If you are separated, you can write to each other. When you write to him, say that I am praying for you both. I have received for him the comforting assurance that the Lord will be His Helper and will keep him by His power. “Blessed is the man whose strength is in thee; in whose heart are the ways of them.”“For the Lord God is a sun and shield: the Lord will give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold from them that walk uprightly. O Lord of hosts, blessed is the man that trusteth in thee.” [Psalm 84:5, 11, 12.] Christ’s righteousness will go before him, and he will be guided from above.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 8)
“Ye that love the Lord, hate evil: He preserveth the souls of His saints; He delivereth them out of the hands of the wicked. Light is sown for the righteous, and gladness for the upright in heart. Rejoice in the Lord, ye righteous; and give thanks at the remembrance of His holiness.”“Serve the Lord with gladness: come before His presence with singing. Know ye that the Lord He is God: it is He that hath made us, and not we ourselves; we are His people and the sheep of His pasture. Enter into His gates with thanksgiving, and into His courts with praise: be thankful unto Him, and bless His name. For the Lord is good; His mercy is everlasting; and His truth endureth to all generations.” [Psalm 97:10-12; 100:2-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 9)
I wish Colorado were not so far away. I have many dear friends in Boulder. How I would like to see them and speak to them frequently of the Saviour’s love!
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 10)
But my work is here. I must prepare books and give the light that the Lord gives me. I do not want to leave an unfinished work. I have with me an excellent company of workers, who take a decided interest in the work, and who can value aright the light given.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 11)
My sister, trust in the Lord and be of good courage. Commit the keeping of your soul to Him. He cares for you as one of His little children. Be cheerful. Whatever your condition, look in faith to the great, all-wise Physician. You are to remember that Christ owns you, and that He blesses and strengthens you. I pray that He will help you, that you may have health to care for your children, if that will be for your present and eternal good. Take hold of His strength, and exercise faith, living faith in Jesus. May the Lord bless you and every member of your family.
(18LtMs, Lt 93, 1903, 12)
Lt 94, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 21, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 4BC 1184; 10MR 279. + Dear Sister Hall,—
Sara has just read me your letter to her and to us all. I am very thankful to my heavenly Father that my health continues to improve. I have much writing to do, and I am glad that I can put the instruction given me into the form of books and send these books on their mission to enlighten the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 1)
The Lord is soon to come, and I must be prepared to meet Him in peace. I am sure that the world is ripening for the last great conflict. I am determined to do all in my power to impart light to those around me. I am not to be sad, but cheerful, and I am to keep the Lord Jesus ever before me. He is coming soon, and we must be ready and waiting for His appearing. O how glorious it will be to see Him and be saved through His merits. Long we have waited, but our faith is not to become weak. It is to grow stronger as we see the signs of the times fulfilling. The end is near, and we are to put all our energies into the work of preparing to move from this lower school to the school above.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 2)
I am presenting my case before the Lord for His special blessing. We must have His presence with us constantly. We need it here, in our home, in our office, and in the heart of every worker. I must be cheerful, and although I feel sorrow of heart as I think of how little earnest work is done for the saving of souls, and how much we all need the converting power of God, I dare not put on a doleful, complaining aspect. We must face the Sun of righteousness. We must do our very best. We must pray and then believe that our prayers will be answered. Let us not cherish a complaining spirit. We love Jesus, and we know that He loves us—poor, failing, sinful human beings. Let us praise Him for His goodness and His mercy. We are His property, and it is our privilege to rejoice in His love.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 3)
Marian has been very sick, something as you were when you were with us. One evening while she was at Conference, she went to the Observatory with a party of friends. The evening was very cold, and she became thoroughly chilled. The next day she was quite sick. We sent her at once to the Sanitarium, and she has been there ever since. She has had a severe illness. For a time she was in a very critical condition. It was doubtful whether she would live. She coughed almost constantly and could not eat. For a while she had a day and night nurse. She is better now. Her cough has almost gone. When the weather is favorable, she walks out in the garden and greatly enjoys picking the roses.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 4)
But she does not dare to return home yet; for she finds that she cannot do without radiant heat. This always relieves her cough.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 5)
I can assure you that we miss her very much. We need her to complete the preparation of the book on temperance. But I fear that she will not be able to work for sometime.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 6)
I am doing what I can to answer the letters that come to me and to send needed instruction to the workers in Australia, Africa, and other parts of the world. The other day I received letters from two sisters in despondency, and these I answered at once. I always give such letters immediate attention, trying to write that which will inspire faith and hope and courage.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 7)
We are doing what we can to reach those in darkness. Every other Sabbath a song service is held in the Soldier’s Home, at Yountville, a town about nine miles from here. In this Home there are hundreds of aged soldiers who are supported by the State. Our people have held meetings there for some time. The company who go drive over. Most of the time is spent in singing, and often a thirty-minute talk is given on some Bible subject. Papers and books are taken to give to those who wish them.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 8)
The soldiers greatly enjoy these meetings, and several are becoming interested. All who attend earnestly request that the meetings shall be continued. Some have seen my name in the papers and books given them, and they are calling for me to come and speak to them. I should go next Sabbath, but I cannot; for I have promised to speak at the Sanitarium at eleven o’clock.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 9)
I have not dared to tax my strength in speaking; for I carry a heavy burden all the time for other lines of work. My writing must be attended to. My books must be prepared for publication.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 10)
There are many opportunities for missionary work among the people round us. Six miles from the Sanitarium there is a wood-choppers’ camp where many men are working. We shall go there sometime and speak to the men. We intend to carry the truth into the highways and byways. The seeds of truth are to be sown beside all waters.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 11)
Brother Taylor has just called to invite me to speak at the Sanitarium tomorrow. He says that at present the highest-priced rooms in the institution are filled with a most excellent class of patients.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 12)
We think that we now have at the Sanitarium the help that we need in physicians. Brother and Sister Evans take very well with the patients. They take a deep interest in the patients; they sympathize with them; and the patients love them.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 13)
We have some backsets that we cannot help. Several weeks ago a sister came to the Sanitarium from San Francisco, sick. Her sickness was found to be what is called manilla itch, a mild form of smallpox. This is the disease that Ella and Mabel had while we were in the East last year. The sister was quarantined in a tent at some distance from the Sanitarium, and a nurse was sent to take care of her. But it was not long before the nurse caught the disease, and then, knowing that Mabel had had the disease, the doctors asked her if she would look after these two patients. She said that she would, and she has now been with them three weeks. The tent in which they live is not far from Elder Taylor’s house, so they are not alone.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 14)
This case had to be reported, and it caused several patients to leave the Sanitarium.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 15)
Mr. Blackman, one of our neighbors, has been ailing for some time with stomach trouble. He is not a Sabbath-keeper, you know, and he thought much of Dr. Burke. About a week ago, he was taken very sick, and he went to Dr. Burke’s Sanitarium. But he lived only for a few days after going there and died with no Christian hope. This made me feel very sad. He little thought when he left his home that he would never see it again. The warning comes to us to be ready should death call us unexpectedly. This poor man was not ready. Old age and infirmities have come upon me, and I want to live near to my Saviour. I want to cling close to His side. I want to do the will of my heavenly Father. I want to remember constantly that our life is pure only when we are under the control of God and happy only when we hold communion with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 16)
All the luster possessed by those who have gained the richest experience is but the reflection of the light of the Sun of righteousness. He who lives nearest to Jesus shines the brightest. And let us thank God that the Master has His hidden ones, who are not recognized by the world, but whose names are written in the Lamb’s book of life. The luster of the tiniest gem in God’s casket will glorify Him. There are many, like your sister Eleanor, who during this life do not seem to be particularly honored. But the Lord sees those who serve Him. “They shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him.” [Malachi 3:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 17)
“Then shall ye return, and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not.” [Verse 18.] “For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch. But unto you that fear My name shall the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in His wings; and ye shall go forth and grow up as calves of the stall.” [Malachi 4:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 18)
I am so glad that we have a God who understands—a God who will reward every man according as his works shall be.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 19)
I have just come up from evening worship. Our lesson chapter was the eighty-fourth Psalm, which contains these words: “How amiable are thy tabernacles, O Lord of hosts! My soul longeth, yea, even fainteth for the courts of the Lord; my heart and my flesh crieth out for the living God.” [Verses 1, 2.] I long to see Christians who are harmonious in all their parts. It is so sad to see those whose lives are a jumble of opposites. Christians must be Christlike. The life of a true, loveable Christian is the most powerful argument that can be produced in favor of the gospel.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 20)
Sister Hall, let us not worry. I was pleased with your cheerfulness when you were with us. I feel the greatest pleasure in the thought that we shall be together again soon, and that the old times will be renewed. We shall enjoy each other’s society. We have both lived a very active, earnest life. If we can now ripen for the higher life, it will mean everything to us. You have not lived to please or exalt yourself, and I hope that you will now feel that you have done enough struggling to help others, and that you can enjoy peace and quietude and the sweet satisfaction of knowing that you have done what you could, and that the Lord will reward you according to your works.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 21)
Be of good courage, Sister Hall. Our warfare is almost over. We can both rest in the assurance that “we are His workmanship.” [Ephesians 2:10.] Do not for a minute suppose that the Lord will forget your unselfish labors. During our lives the conflict has been sharp and severe. We can recall how again and again we have been pressed down to the grinding wheel. But let us never forget that if we can but see the King in His beauty, we shall be forever and forever blessed. I feel as if I must cry out aloud, “Homeward bound.” We are nearing the time when Christ shall come in power and great glory. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 94, 1903, 22)
Lt 95, 1903
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California May 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 272-273. Dear Brother Daniells,—
We have received your letter in regard to the selection of a place for the Review and Herald Publishing House.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 1)
I have no special light, except what you have already received, in reference to New York and the other large cities that have not been worked. Decided efforts should be made in Washington, D.C. It is a sad thing that the record stands as it does, showing so little accomplished there. It will be best to consider what can be done for this city and see what ways of working will be the best.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 2)
In the past, decided testimony has been borne in regard to the need of making decided efforts to bring the truth before the people of Washington. I shall find what I have written on this point, if I can, and send it to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 3)
May the Lord help us to move understandingly and prayerfully. I am sure that He is willing that we should know, and that right early, where we should locate our publishing house. I am satisfied that our only safe course is to be ready to move just when the cloud moves. Let us pray that He will direct us. He has signified, by His providence, that He would have us leave Battle Creek. In the large Tabernacle there, many meetings, many ministerial institutes have been held. Light and power have been centered there when they should have been scattered far and near in the many cities yet unworked. Small centers should have been made in many places to represent the truth. Thus much good would have been accomplished. New members would have been added to the ranks of believers. With an increase of numbers would have come an increase of tithe, providing means to carry the message to other places.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 4)
New York needs to be worked, but whether our publishing house should be established there, I cannot say. I should not regard the light I have received as definite enough to favor the movement.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 5)
Let us all lift our hearts to God in prayer, having faith that He will guide us. What more can we do? Let Him indicate the place where the publishing house should be established. We are to have no will of our own, but are to seek the Lord and follow where He leads the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 95, 1903, 6)
Lt 96, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 22, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 344-345; WM 339. Dear Sister Hall,—
Will you please take the responsibility of making inquiry in regard to books of mine that are needed in the Sanitarium library. I understand that many of the books were consumed at the time of the fire. Please find out what is needed in the patients’ library, and purchase the necessary volumes, at my expense, as I desire to make a gift of them to the Sanitarium. I would wish these books for the patients’ library to be in the best binding. Also find out whether there is a set of my books in the helpers’ library. If not, please buy a set for it, too. The binding of this set need not be the most expensive. Use your judgment in regard to this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 1)
I should also like you to find out whether the Old People’s Home and the Orphans’ Home are supplied with sets of my books. If not, please buy for them what may be needed, including both the large and the small books. I desire to make these gifts to these needy places. I have the tenderest feelings toward all these institutions. Please use your judgment in supplying the necessities of these institutions, sending to each place the books required, at my expense.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 2)
There is another errand that I will commit to you. I used to have some books that I cannot now find. Among them were four or five leather-bound volumes of Barnes’s Notes on the Bible, which I purchased from Brother Saxby when I was in Washington, D.C. I think my name is in them. I want them, if they can be found. Please ask Brother Amadon about them. If they cannot be found in the West Building of the Review office, please ask that public inquiry be made in regard to them. If these books are about the office, this fact will be known; for the volumes are almost square, leather-bound, second-hand; and if inquiry is made in a public meeting, some one may be found who knows something in regard to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 3)
Another volume that I cannot find is Mr. Horace Mann’s book on temperance. If any one has this book, or any other books belonging to me, I should be glad to have them returned to me. My name is in most of my books.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 4)
The Review and Herald office had some old cuts, or engravings, of a large photograph of my husband Elder James White and of myself. I want these and also the copies of the pictures printed from these engraved plates. I understand that a large package of the pictures is stored in the General Conference office, together with old pamphlets.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 5)
At one time I had some remnants of books and some complete volumes of Sabbath Readings stored somewhere in Battle Creek. Please ask Brother Amadon to make diligent search for all these things and to send to me, by freight, packed securely in a box, all my belongings that I have referred to. We can use the small volumes of Sabbath Readings and other works to good advantage in orphans’ homes and in many other places where these little books will be highly valued. We could use some of them in the Soldiers’ Home at Yountville, where many hundreds of old soldiers are provided for in large government buildings. We are giving these men every attention possible. Every other Sabbath a party from the Sanitarium and the St. Helena churches visits them to sing religious hymns and to speak to them. They are interested in these meetings and seem delighted with everything that our people do for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 6)
We are sending papers to these soldiers and have placed in their library copies of my works—Christ’s Object Lessons and some larger books of mine. Many of these men are intelligent. Our brethren and sisters are working this field, and we hope to do much more for the soldiers than we have yet done. Sometimes a talk—a short, pointed, Bible sermon—is given them, and they listen with intense interest. The gospel songs, the short prayer, and the good talk, taken together, seem to be just what is needed to interest the old men. They say, “We never have had any such work as this done for us before!”
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 7)
We desire to keep books and papers circulating among these soldiers. Please help us all you can along this line by gathering together something for them to read—books and papers full of Bible truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 8)
I must stop writing, else I shall not get this into the mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 9)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 96, 1903, 10)
Lt 97, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 22, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
With this I am sending you two articles on the food work. Please read them, and weigh carefully every point. I thought they had been sent to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 97, 1903, 1)
I will soon send you another letter; for I have the deepest interest in you. I want you to be an overcomer. I pray that we may meet you in the family of the redeemed, rejoicing that we have gained entrance into the city of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 97, 1903, 2)
Lt 98, 1903
Morton, Eliza “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 261. Dear Sister Morton,—
I have read the letter that you wrote to Sister McEnterfer in regard to your mother’s death; and I could but say, “Blessed are the dead that die in the Lord.” [Revelation 14:13.] For a long time your mother had been very feeble. You have cared constantly for her. To see her face no more will be a great grief to you. Were we living nearer you, we would say, “Come apart, and rest awhile.” [Mark 6:31.] But your duties claim your time. I would say to you, Trust in the Lord. You will feel the death of your mother very keenly; but let me tell you that I sorrow not for the righteous dead, but for the living. I know that you have laid your mother in the tomb in the full hope that she will come forth when the trump of God shall sound.
(18LtMs, Lt 98, 1903, 1)
What do you think of doing? I have a deep interest in you. Please write and tell me about your plans for the future. Remember that you are to leave the present and the future in the hands of your heavenly Father, who so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life. I know what it means to bury loved ones. My father, mother, brothers and sisters, my husband, and two of my sons are sleeping in their graves. My sister Mary and I and my two sons are all that are left.
(18LtMs, Lt 98, 1903, 2)
If Adam and Eve had not sinned, we should never have known anything about death. But they yielded to the temptations of the enemy, and we became subject to death. Christ came to free us from the power of death. He passed through death, that He might destroy him that had the power of death. When He came forth from the tomb, He proclaimed over the rent sepulcher, “I am the resurrection and the life. I was dead, but I live again, and all who go down to the grave believing in Me will I bring again to the land of the living.”
(18LtMs, Lt 98, 1903, 3)
Christ came to this world to be tempted in all points like as human beings are tempted, that He might be able to succor those that are tempted. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] He came to honor humanity by standing at the head of humanity. He is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. O how blind and foolish are those who refuse to avail themselves of the great advantages secured to them by the death of the Son of God. His heart is filled with grief as He looks upon those who might be saved, but who will not give up their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 98, 1903, 4)
Lt 99, 1903
Nichols, Henry “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 24, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear brother Henry Nichols,—
We were pleasantly surprised to hear that you and your family are so much nearer to us than when you lived on the Nichols estate. I wanted to talk with the friends who came from the place where you are now living. I asked that arrangements be made for them to visit me. But for some reason this was not brought about.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 1)
I want you to write to me and tell me about yourself. I understand that you are again keeping the Sabbath. I have not lost my interest in you, but I thought that you had lost all interest in those who once knew you so well. I have not ceased to pray for you. Will you not write to me at once, and tell me all about yourself and your family? I should be so pleased to meet you again. I have thought much of our first acquaintance, when your father acted a father’s part to me. What happy times we had together in the Nichols mansion.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 2)
How many times I have wanted the little leaflet of hymns from which we used to sing. If you have it, keep it carefully, and sometime we will republish it.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 3)
I will send you copies of letters that I have written to others. The sketch of our doings may not be uninteresting to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 4)
My life has been a very busy one. It has been a life of continuous labor. I have been enabled to do something for the Master.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 5)
We find many opportunities for missionary work among the people around us. For some time some of the members of the church here have been going to the Veterans’ Home at Yountville, about nine miles from St. Helena, every other Sabbath and holding a song service for those of the soldiers who care to listen. Sometimes a short talk is given on some Bible subject. I have not been to the Home yet, but I expect to go soon.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 6)
These meetings open a wonderful field for missionary effort. The soldiers are given our books and papers to read, and some are becoming interested.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 7)
There, workers met in the Home Stephen Tracy, who once lived in Brunswick, Maine. He had met with an accident and had broken his leg, which had to be amputated. He made himself known to the members of my family who were at the meeting. I shall ask him to pay us a visit.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 8)
Elder G. A. Irwin, who two years ago was the president of our General Conference, and who has since been sent to Australia, returned to America a few months ago to attend a recent session of the General Conference. He came to see us and while here attended the meeting at the Veterans’ Home. He served in the war himself and at Yountville met a soldier with whom he had many times stood side by side in battle.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 9)
Those in charge of the institution say that the soldiers take more interest in the song service than in any other of the religious meetings held for them. They are highly pleased with the efforts made by our people and say that they would like meeting every Sabbath. These men are to be labored for. I know that the Lord has not forgotten them. They have souls to save, and we must improve every opportunity to work for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 10)
In closing, I would say that I am so glad that the Lord has brought you near to Himself again. I am so glad that you are once more able to sing,
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 11)
“Just as I am, without one plea
But that Thy blood was shed for me,
And that Thou biddest me come to Thee,
O Lamb of God, I come, I come.”
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 12)
We do not want to lose one who had a part in the work done just after the passing of the time in 1844. We need their experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 99, 1903, 13)
Lt 100, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PC 37-38. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
The Australian mail has just come, and I have read your letter. Thank you very much for writing. I have much writing on hand, but I will begin a short letter to you and to your associates in the Sanitarium.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 1)
Make haste slowly as far as electric lights are concerned. I think that while your patronage is so light and while there is so great a dearth of means, it would be a mistake to incur large expense for the introduction of the electric lights and the electric light bath into the Sanitarium. Far better will it be for you to labor untiringly to develop to their fullest usefulness the facilities within your reach, especially all the natural facilities of the place, and wait awhile before investing in so expensive a facility as electric lights.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 2)
Be sure that the orchard has some means expended on it. It will respond to treatment. Give it the care that will enable it to do its best. I look upon that orchard as of great value to the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 3)
Do all that you possibly can to perfect the institution inside and out. Be sure that your premises are in the best of order. Let there be nothing about them that will make a disagreeable impression on the minds of the patients.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 4)
Encourage the patients to live healthfully and to take an abundance of exercise. This will do much to restore them to health. Let seats be placed under the shade of the trees, that the patients may be encouraged to spend much time out-of-doors. And a place should be provided, enclosed either with canvas or with glass, where, in cooler weather, the patients can sit in the sun without feeling the wind.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 5)
Obtain the best help in the cooking that you can. If food is prepared in such a way that it is a tax on the digestive organs, be sure that investigation is needed. Food can be prepared in such a way as to be both wholesome and palatable.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 6)
Fresh air and sunshine, cheerfulness within and without the institution, pleasant words and kindly acts—these are the remedies that the sick need, and God will crown with success your efforts to provide these remedies for the sick ones who come to the Sanitarium. By happiness and cheerfulness and expressions of sympathy and hopefulness for others, your own soul will be filled with light and peace. And never forget that the sunshine of God’s blessing is worth everything to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 7)
Teach nurses and patients the value of those health-restoring agencies that are freely provided by God and the usefulness of simple things that are easily obtained.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 8)
I will tell you a little about my experience with charcoal as a remedy. For some forms of indigestion, it is more efficacious than drugs. A little olive oil into which some of this powder has been stirred tends to cleanse and heal. I find it is excellent.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 9)
Pulverized charcoal from eucalyptus wood we have used freely in cases of inflammation. During the first camp-meeting that we held in Australia, a young woman was taken very sick with inflammation of the liver and the lungs. It was feared that she would die. Dr. M. G. Kellogg, who was attending her, came to me for advice. I suggested that he make a compress of pulverized charcoal, and put it on the sick woman’s side. She had been crying out in her pain, but in about fifteen minutes after the compress was applied, she fell into a sweet sleep.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 10)
When we first went to Cooranbong, the men who were clearing in the woods would often come in with bruised hands. In these and other cases of inflammation, I advised the trial of a compress of pulverized charcoal. Sometimes the inflammation, which was very high before the compress was applied, would be gone by the next day.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 11)
Always study and teach the use of the simplest remedies, and the special blessing of the Lord may be expected to follow the use of these means which are within the reach of the common people.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 12)
If you can get Brother and Sister Starr to unite with you in sanitarium work, do so by all means. Let no spiritual advantages be looked upon as expensive. Let the truth be presented in its simplicity and power. If Brother Starr can take up this work, it will be a help to physicians and managers and a blessing to helpers and patients.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 13)
To all the workers in the Sanitarium I would say, Be sure to help the souls that are ready to perish. Oh, it does me good to hear that sinners are being made to understand how they can be saved. Do not forget that a worker must not take upon himself so many burdens that his soul will become weary. His first and greatest care should be to keep fresh and fragrant in spirit. In the unfolding of God’s plan we are to be restored to a state corresponding to the perfection of divinity. This is accomplished through the death of Christ and through His mediatorial work in our behalf. As we move forward in the fulfilment of God’s plan, our character is established in holiness, and we gain more and more knowledge of God and of Christ. We are ever to remember that we are chosen of God and precious, and that the saving of souls is to be our one great aim in all that we do.
(18LtMs, Lt 100, 1903, 14)
Lt 101, 1903
Irwin, Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear Sister Irwin,—
The Australian mail has just gone, and at the last moment Sara took your letter from me and put it in an envelope. She had only a minute, for they were waiting to take the letters to the post office.
(18LtMs, Lt 101, 1903, 1)
I wanted to add one more text to your letter. It was this: “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones. For I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth; for the spirit should fall before me, and the souls which I have made.... I have seen his ways, and will heal him; I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him and to his mourners.” [Isaiah 57:15, 16, 18.] Are not these words full of encouragement? God assures us that He will not leave us to walk in the sparks of our own kindling, to grope our way along in uncertainty. He will not leave us to be our own teachers in the serious, all-important matters that concern our eternal interests. He declares, “I will be your Teacher. I will give you light and knowledge.”“Light is sown for the righteous, and gladness for the upright in heart.” [Psalm 97:11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 101, 1903, 2)
I am glad, Sister Irwin, that you are not one that is easily discouraged. We gain nothing by gathering about us the mist and cloud of darkness. We are to walk in the light because we are imitators of Christ. The Lord wants us to be cheerful and bright. He wants us to have a cloudless experience because we believe His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 101, 1903, 3)
We need often to pray, Lord, increase my faith, that I may be strong to quench the fiery darts of the enemy. Make me more than a conqueror through Him that loved me and gave Himself for me. The Holy Spirit, earnestly sought and constantly cherished, works in the hearts of those who believe, giving them power to become the sons of God. To follow Christ means everything to us. The path of the Christian is as a shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day. He who follows Christ is assured that he will have “the light of life.” [John 8:12.] This light means an insight into sacred things. It means an acquaintance with God Himself—a personal, vital acquaintance.
(18LtMs, Lt 101, 1903, 4)
It grieves the Holy Spirit for us to distrust the Lord. The twelve disciples had not a true appreciation of Christ, and they were always in danger of forfeiting the great blessings that He came to bring them, by misunderstanding His intentions, walking contrary to His purposes, and suggesting lines of action not in harmony with His will. Thus they made trouble for themselves. They meant to be faithful to Christ, but they did not understand Him. They did not value aright His sympathy and care for them. So it is with many today. Their sympathy with Christ in no wise compares with His sympathy for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 101, 1903, 5)
Lt 102, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 375-376. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I should so much enjoy a visit with you, but as I cannot talk with you, I will try to write you a few lines. I am too weary to write as I should like to. I have written a short letter to Brother and Sister Kress.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 1)
Last Friday I drove over to Healdsburg to be present at the closing exercises of the school. I praise God for the blessing He has bestowed upon the school. Advancement has been made, and the spiritual interest is much improved. On Sabbath morning, I spoke in the church to a large number. The Lord strengthened me. I am grateful for the privilege of being able to speak to His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 2)
Brother and Sister Burden, let us walk and work courageously. Let us take no backward steps, but ever move forward and upward in the pathway of light, stablished, strengthened, and settled in the faith. Walking in this path, we are following Christ. We certainly have not the wisdom to guide ourselves aright. We must be learners in the school of Christ, receiving knowledge from the great Teacher, that we may impart it to others. We are to practice the lessons that He teaches us. Thus we eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. If we fail to walk humbly with God, we shall fail to receive the great treasure prepared for us—even the riches of His grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 3)
I know that you will often be disappointed. But you must not become discouraged. Commit the keeping of your souls to God, as unto a faithful Creator. This means much more than many realize. Show that you realize that at your baptism, in the presence of the heavenly universe, you pledged yourselves to be separate from the world, separate from its theories, customs, and practices. You have been “buried with Him in baptism wherein also ye are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God, who hath raised Him from the dead.” [Colossians 2:12.] You were baptized in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit. These three great powers are pledged to be your efficiency, if you will continue to present yourself as an offering to God. “And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath He quickened together with Him, having forgiven you all your trespasses.” [Verse 13.] “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.... Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:1-4, 12-17.] Will you not make earnest efforts to obey this instruction? We must seek the Lord daily if we would become the excellent of the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 4)
Remember that man must preserve His God-given talent of intelligence by keeping the physical machinery in harmonious action. Daily physical exercise is necessary to the enjoyment of health. It is not work, but overwork, without periods of rest, that breaks people down, endangering the life forces.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 5)
Those who overwork soon reach the place where they work in a hopeless way. The work done to the Lord is done in cheerfulness and with courage. God wants us to bring spirit and life and hopefulness into our work. Brain workers should give due attention to every part of the human machinery, equalizing the taxation. Physical and mental effort, wisely combined, will keep the whole man in a condition that makes him acceptable to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 6)
Encourage the patients at the Sanitarium to use their muscles. May the Lord help you and put into your mouth words of wise instruction. Bring into the day’s work hopefulness, courage, and amiability. Do not overwork. Better far leave undone some of the things planned for the day’s work than to undo oneself and become overtaxed, losing the courage necessary for the performance of the tasks of the next day. Do not today violate the laws of nature, lest you lose your strength for the day to follow.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 7)
The enemy will work continually through half-converted men and women, leading them to speak words of discouragement and to stand always on the negative side. We need men of activity and of clear thought, of spiritual and physical soundness who can act as leaders and directors; men of wisdom who, when a crisis comes, will stand boldly in the front ranks, presenting to the enemy an unbroken front.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 8)
God has given us great and sacred truths for the foundation of our faith. Satan will set in operation every device that he thinks will help him to fight his way to pre-eminence. Those who proclaim the third angel’s message must put on the whole armor of God, that they may stand bravely at their post, in the face of detraction and falsehood, fighting the good fight of faith, resisting the enemy with the weapon that Christ used—“It is written.”
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 9)
Every day consecrate yourselves anew to God. Bring to Him an offering untainted by selfishness, and it will be acceptable to Him. This is your reasonable service. God calls for a complete sacrifice. It is complete trust in Christ that makes the sacrifice complete, and wholly acceptable to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 10)
Keep yourselves where the three great powers of heaven—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit—can be your efficiency. These powers work with the man who gives himself unreservedly to God, heart and soul, and mind and strength. “If a man love me,” Christ said, “he will keep My words; and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him.” And He said again, “I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him.” [John 14:23, 21.] His power is at the command of His believing ones. The man who makes God his trust is barricaded by an impregnable wall.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 11)
Be hopeful and steadfast, holding the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end. Soon everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. Then be sure to be fastened to Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 12)
I shall send you more in the next mail. My time has been so taken up during the last week that I have not been able to write half that I desired to.
(18LtMs, Lt 102, 1903, 13)
Lt 103, 1903
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 163. Dear Brother and Sister Starr,—
I read the good letter that I received from you in the last mail and was pleased with its contents. I will try to send you a few lines in response.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 1)
As I see the terrible calamities that from week to week are taking place in this country, I inquire, What will be the result of these things? Are they hedging up our way, or does God permit them to come to arouse those who are transgressing the law of God? The most awful destructions, by fire and flood, are following one another in quick succession. How many can now commit the keeping of their souls to God as unto a faithful Creator?
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 2)
All who will turn to the Lord, repenting of their sins, will be saved. To be converted means to be born again, not of the flesh, but of the Spirit. There are many, many in our churches who know little of the real meaning of the truth for this time. They have not searched for truth with humble, contrite hearts. I appeal to the members of our churches not to disregard the fulfilling of the signs of the times, which says so plainly that the end is near. O how many who have cared not for the salvation of their souls will soon make the bitter lamentation, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and my soul is not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 3)
In a world like ours, where truth and falsehood are so closely mingled that it is difficult to discern between them, it is a perilous matter to neglect to seek wisdom from on high. Those who will now take heed and turn to the Lord without delay, taking their position on the true foundation, will receive pardon. All error is mixed with truth, and this makes the deceptions of Satan harder to see. But when the time of test and trial comes upon us, there will be seen the difference between the righteousness of the righteous and the wickedness of the wicked.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 4)
Every error is sin, and every sin has its origin with Satan. Wrong practices have blinded the eyes and blighted the perceptive faculties of men and women. We need now to be guarded on every point. We need to seek the Lord while He may be found. Brother Starr, tell this to the unconcerned and indifferent. Gain their attention if you possibly can. Tell them that truth alone will stand the test in the great day of trial before us.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 5)
Christ prayed to the Father in behalf of His disciples, “Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy Word is truth.” [John 17:17.] The Spirit of truth will guide into all truth those who confess and forsake their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 6)
Workers who will labor perseveringly and unitedly are needed in the cause of God. We have no time, in these solemn moments, to contend with one another. Those who cherish evil surmisings and engage in contention do not realize how much time they are losing and how much time they cause others to lose. God’s servants have been called to settle difficulties between brother and brother, and time has been spent in this way that belonged to those ready to perish [and] that ought to have been devoted to the fulfilling of the commission, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” [Matthew 28:19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 7)
In the future, instead of calling for ministers to leave their work to settle differences, let church members seek the Lord for themselves. Let them confess their sins and be converted. Let them pray together.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 8)
We are engaged in a great work—the saving of souls ready to perish. We cannot devote our God-given time to a people who have been given the light of the Scriptures and the testimonies. Let God’s people walk in the light that He has given them. Let them believe the message and be converted. Let them use their knowledge and ability in the work for this time. Then their doubts and unbelief will disappear, and they will walk and work in the path that Christ has traversed. He declares, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 9)
The voice is heard, “I will send My messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee.”“The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, and make His paths straight.” [Matthew 11:10; 3:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 10)
A decided testimony is needed at this time. The fields are ripe for the harvest. The inhabitants of the world, under Satan’s leadership, are binding up in bundles ready to be burned. We have no time—not a moment—to lose. The judgments of God are in the land, and those who stand obstinate, unconvinced by the warnings that God sends, will be bound up in bundles ready to be burned. Let ministers and church members go forth into the vineyard. They will find their harvest wherever they proclaim the forgotten truths of the Bible. Missionaries, men and women, are needed. They will find those who will accept the truth and take their position beside their teacher to win souls to Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 11)
Peter and James and John left their nets to follow Christ. And today men and women will leave their vocations to proclaim the message of the gospel. Multitudes are to be gathered into the fold. Many who have known the truth have corrupted their way before God and departed from the faith. The broken ranks will be filled up by those represented by Christ as coming in at the eleventh hour. There are many with whom the Spirit of God is striving. The time of God’s destructive judgments is the time of mercy for those who have no opportunity to learn what is truth. Tenderly will the Lord look upon them. His heart of mercy is touched; His hand is still stretched out to save, while the door is closed to those who would not enter. Large numbers will be admitted who in these last days hear the truth for the first time.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 12)
The Lord calls upon every believer to consecrate himself wholly to His service. All are to work for Him, according to their several ability. To those in the Sanitarium I would say, Work with the facilities that you have, and trust the Lord for your success. Do your best, in the fear of the Lord, and He will accept your work; for He is behind your efforts. “Without Me,” He said, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 13)
Maggie has been taking this from me page by page and copying it; for very soon the mail must go. I must stop now.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 14)
In much love to the members of your family and to all other dear friends.
(18LtMs, Lt 103, 1903, 15)
Lt 104, 1903
Faulkhead, Brother and Sister [N. D.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 3, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Faulkhead,—
I feel a deep interest in the work in Melbourne and in all Victoria. Let us now seek the Lord with earnestness. The end is near. God is speaking to His people and to the world by His judgments. We are nearing the time when every case will be decided. Let us seek the Lord while He may be found.
(18LtMs, Lt 104, 1903, 1)
I entreat the members of our churches in Victoria to seek the Lord. Do they realize that the end is near? They have heard the invitation to the marriage supper of the Lamb. Have they put on the wedding garment? I have been shown that there are many in the North Fitzroy church who, unless thoroughly converted, will never enter the city of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 104, 1903, 2)
God calls for workers. Men of clear judgment and humble hearts are needed. Christ’s sorrowful lamentation is, “The harvest truly is plentiful, but the laborers are few.” [Matthew 9:37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 104, 1903, 3)
I thought to send you a longer letter, but have not had time. May the Lord bless you, is my most earnest prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 104, 1903, 4)
Lt 105, 1903
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 1, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 344-347. Dear brother Butler,—
I received your letter and read it with deep interest. I should have answered before, but I have been very busy.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 1)
Recently I have been doing much writing; for I know not how long the Lord may spare my life. As I write you this letter, my heart is filled with gratitude to God for all His goodness to the children of men.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 2)
I feel deeply over our present situation. We must now do a work that should have been done long ago. We must do as the Lord directed Moses to do, when the children of Israel, having crossed the desert, were encamped on the borders of Jordan. Moses was bidden to rehearse to them all the dealings of the Lord to them during their journeyings through the wilderness. The record of this rehearsal is found in the book of Deuteronomy.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 3)
The record of the experience through which the people of God passed in the early history of our work must be republished. Many of those who have since come into the truth are ignorant of the way in which the Lord wrought. The experience of William Miller and his associates, of Captain Joseph Bates, and of other pioneers in the Advent message should be kept before our people. Elder Loughborough’s book should receive attention. Our leading men should see what can be done for the circulation of this book.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 4)
We must study to find out the best way in which to take up the review of our experiences from the beginning of our work, when we separated from the churches and went forward step by step in the light that God gave us. We then took the position that the Bible, and the Bible only, was to be our guide; and we are never to depart from this position. We were given wonderful manifestations of the power of God. Miracles were wrought. Again and again, when we were brought into strait places, the power of God was displayed in our behalf. At such times, souls were convicted, and amidst the scorn and derision of the opposing churches, they bore testimony in favor of the truth. “So mightily grew the word of God, and prevailed.” Under the preaching of the truth, men were converted and were “instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, spake and taught diligently the great things of the Lord.” [Acts 19:20; 18:25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 5)
I was then very young, but I believed the message, and the Spirit of the Lord was upon me. I was guided by the Spirit to act an important part in the work of the Lord for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 6)
I have lost none of my faith in the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, we were a disappointed people, few in numbers. We sought the Lord most earnestly and read and reread His commandments. We saw wherein we had been working and walking contrary to them, and then we thanked the Lord for our disappointment. The fourteenth chapter of Revelation was most diligently studied, and we discerned the meaning of the words, “Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.” [Verse 12.] Light was given us on the claims of the law of God. We were convicted that the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord, and we began to observe it as holy unto Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 7)
The light given in the Word of God regarding the Sabbath is too plain to be misunderstood. God declares: “Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God; in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.” [Exodus 20:8-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 8)
And again He says, “Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you.... The children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever.” [Exodus 31:13, 16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 9)
The world has accepted a false rest day and has dishonored the Creator of heaven and earth. The false is reverenced in the place of the true. God’s Sabbath is trampled under the feet of men. What excuse can those who do this give for placing the first day of the week where the seventh should be and for making laws compelling its observance? God’s condemnation will rest upon all who have thus disregarded His commands.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 10)
Seventh-day Adventists need to search the Scriptures, that they may know the reasons of their faith. Christ says, “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me.” [John 5:39.] We are living in the close of this earth’s history. Let no one say in his heart, “My Lord delayeth His coming.” [Matthew 24:48.] Prophecy is fulfilling. Soon Christ will come with power and great glory. We have no time to lose. Let the message sound forth in earnest words of warning.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 11)
We must persuade men everywhere to repent and flee from the wrath to come. They have souls to save or to lose. Let there be no indifference in this matter. The Lord calls for workers who are filled with an earnest, decided purpose. Tell the people to be instant in season and out of season. With the words of life upon your lips go forth to tell men and women that the end of all things is at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 12)
Let us keep our souls in the love of God. The note of warning must be given. The truth must not languish upon our lips. We must rouse people to immediate preparation; for we little know what is before us. My faith is as strong as ever that we are living in the last remnant of time. Let every teacher present an open door before all who will come to Jesus, repenting of their sins. We are not only to watch; we are to pray and work and wait.
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 13)
“The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise, and the elements will melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the things that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be, in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat. Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for a new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot and blameless.” [2 Peter 3:10-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 105, 1903, 14)
Lt 106, 1903
General Conference Committee Healdsburg, California May 20, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 384; Ev 21; 1MR 275; RH 08/11/1903, 09/17/1903. + To the General Conference Committee My dear brethren,—
During the past night many things have been presented to me regarding our present dangers, and some things about our publishing work have been brought most distinctly to my mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 1)
As our brethren search for a location for the Review and Herald Publishing House, they are earnestly to seek the Lord. They are to move with great caution, watchfulness, and prayer, and with a constant sense of their own weakness. We must not depend upon human judgment. We must seek for the wisdom that God gives. No proud, self-sufficient spirit is to be cherished. We are to move forward with humility and contrition. We are to pray earnestly, with humble hearts remembering our weakness. Prayer places us at the feet of the great Teacher, imploring His help, confiding in His wisdom. We ought to pray much more than we do, and talk less. Our Saviour is wise in counsel. When He bids us watch unto prayer, He means that we are to keep the windows of the soul opened heavenward and closed earthward.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 2)
God understands our situation. He alone knows where the Review and Herald Publishing House should be established. “The meek will He guide in judgment; and the meek will He teach His way.” [Psalm 25:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 3)
In regard to establishing the institution in New York, I must say, Be guarded. I am not in favor of its being near New York, I cannot give all my reasons, but I am sure that any place within thirty miles of that city would be too near. Study the surroundings of other places. I am sure that the advantages of Washington, D.C. should be closely investigated.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 4)
The workers connected with the publishing house must be closely guarded. Our young men and young women must not be placed where they will be in danger of being ensnared by Satan.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 5)
We should not establish this institution in a city or in the suburbs of a city. It should be established in a rural district, where it can be surrounded by land. In the arrangements made for its establishment, the climate must be considered. The institution should be placed where the atmosphere is most conducive to health. This point should be given an important place in our considerations; for wherever the office of publication is established, preparation must also be made to fit up a small sanitarium and to establish an agricultural school. We must, therefore, find a place that has sufficient land for these purposes. We must not settle in a congested center.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 6)
My brethren, open up the work intelligently. Let every point be carefully and prayerfully considered. After much prayer and frequent consultation together, act in accordance with the best judgment of all. Let each worker sustain the other. Do not fail or become discouraged. Keep your perceptive faculties keen and clear by learning constantly of Christ, the Teacher who cannot err. Avoid all that would endanger your eternal interests. The foe, keen and wary, stands ready to take the helm if he is given opportunity. He watches his chance to seduce souls to their ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 7)
I have seen heavenly angels watching with intense interest the movements of the people of God. I have seen Satan presenting false securities, while a hand was stretched out, pointing the other way. One reckless movement, one imprudent step, and the surging waves of some strong temptation would have to be met.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 8)
We are Seventh-day Adventists, and of this name we are never to be ashamed. As a people we must take a firm stand for truth and righteousness. Thus we shall glorify God. We are to be delivered from dangers, not ensnared and corrupted by them. That this may be, we must look ever to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith. We must plan wisely, in much prayer, asking God to make us partakers of the divine nature, that we may escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. We must seek in every way to adorn the doctrines of Christ our Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 9)
In every part of the work done, love for Jesus and for one another is to be expressed. Then God’s miracle-working power will be revealed. In our human weakness His strength will be perfected. He will give courage and strength and perseverance and joy and that inward peace that Christ alone can impart. His followers are to be strong in the grace that the Saviour has provided for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 10)
God will work with all who will submit to Him. They will grow in grace, becoming more and more nearly conformed to His likeness. Those who work out the will of Christ will have a heaven here to go to heaven in. Their influence will be a constant blessing to others. It will be a light shining amidst the moral darkness of the world. To them will be fulfilled the promise: “Thus saith the high and lofty One, that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy, I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 11)
God knows how to distinguish between the righteous and the wicked in His church on this earth. To the righteous He will give peace and comfort in this life, and in the life to come glory everlasting. But to the wicked He will give confusion and unrest and shame everlasting.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 12)
I have given you the instruction that God has given me. He has told us what He expects of us. Wherever we may go, we are zealously and faithfully to carry out the principles of Christ’s kingdom, thus showing plainly the difference between those who serve God and those who serve Him not.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 13)
When the office of publication is once more established, a much purer, holier atmosphere should pervade it than pervaded the institution in Battle Creek. Principles should be followed that will make the institution an honor to the cause of God. Those who refuse to work except for the highest wages should not be encouraged to connect with this institution. We do not need those who have no spirit of self-sacrifice.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 14)
God’s work is to go forward. Its success depends on the putting forth of consecrated efforts and the carrying out of pure principles. Amidst the apparent confusion of surrounding difficulties, we may feel at a loss to know how to proceed. Let us be sure that those who are united with the work are first united with Christ. Let us remember that every day we are to be preparing for promotion into the higher grade. This world is not our home. We are pilgrims and strangers. Our part is to reveal in our lives the light and life of Christ, that others may take knowledge of us that we have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. The love of Christ cherished in the soul will make our words and actions fragrant.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 15)
Ever we are to press forward, keeping in view the city whose Builder and Maker is God. He has prepared for us a city, and He longs to see us giving proof, by faithfulness in service, that we are preparing to enter this city. He longs to see us learning the language of Canaan. In His strength we can make steady advancement in gaining a preparation for His kingdom, becoming transformed in character, having a conscience void of offence toward God and man.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 16)
An Assurance of Victory
As we see the strife and confusion that fill the world, we ask, What will be the end of these things? We are given courage to press on in the work of the Lord by the waving of the banner of victory, on which is inscribed the words, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.] My brethren, will you assemble together to consult as to whether it is best to continue to carry forward aggressive warfare amidst hindering discouragements and backsets? Will you lower the banner that God has given you? Will you allow despondency to seize you, while you wait for a revelation to inspire you to advance? Have you learned what it means to wrestle with God in prayer? Have you presented your requests to Him? His Word declares, “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] Have you assembled with one accord in one place, to ask God for understanding, that you may know, through the wisdom God has promised, what course to pursue? Have you asked Him for help and strength and then gone to work in faith in harmony with your prayers? If you will give yourselves to prayer as did the disciples, confessing your sins and drawing near to God, He will draw near to you, and you will see of His salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 17)
The kingdom of Christ is to be enlarged. The workers are to grow in power and efficiency. This they will do if they will believe as the disciples believed. The Lord will act His part. But when human beings refuse to be the Lord’s helping hand, they break the link that connects them with heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 18)
To us as a people God has given great light, and He calls upon us to let it shine forth into the darkness. By us the light, the power, of a living truth is to be given to the world. From us there is to shine forth to those in darkness a clear, steady light, kept alive by the power of God. We are charged to use the light given us to create other lights, that our fellow men may rejoice in the truth. Let us not disregard the charge. Suppose that the sun should refuse to shine. What terrible darkness and confusion would result. For us to refuse to let our light shine to those in darkness is to contract guilt the magnitude of which cannot be computed.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 19)
The Work Before Us
Christ’s commission to us is, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 20)
We have before us a great work. False teachers will preach false theories. They do not desire the truth. They are afraid to have the truth presented to the people. They do not want the facts to appear as they are given in the Word of God. Let all who believe the third angel’s message take up the work that God has committed to them. Let them seek to realize its greatness and importance. Let believers do all in their power to arouse an interest in present truth in the neighborhood in which they live. Let all act an earnest, disinterested part. Some will labor in one way, and some in another, but all should do something. The books containing the reasons of our faith must be translated into all languages. This work must make more rapid progress than it has made.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 21)
When we act our part with faithfulness, Christ will work with power upon minds. We are to be God’s helping hand. We have no time to devote to self-pleasing. With freshness and power the truth is to be presented to the people of the world. Christian workers are greatly needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 22)
God’s Plan for Proclaiming the Gospel Message
“The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.] These words outline God’s plan for the promulgation of the gospel. His instrumentalities, human and divine, are to unite in an effort to save the lost. Thus souls are to be rescued from the bondage of sin. God calls upon those who have taken His name to obey His orders. All are called to some part of His work.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 23)
“I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. I have united humanity and divinity, and My office invests Me with all power in heaven and in earth. I have ordained that angels and men shall be employed in My work. Divine and human instrumentalities are to unite. I have given the churches instruction regarding what they are to do. My work is to be carried forward until I shall arise and proclaim with a loud voice, ‘It is finished.’ [John 19:30.] I have opened a fountain of living water for a perishing world. Agencies from the heavenly courts unite in urging the members of the church on earth to give the invitation to come to the water of life. Each one, feeble though he may deem himself, is to voice My words and perform some part of My work. I call upon those who have received the truth to take up the work entrusted to them. Do your best. Proclaim the gospel invitation. Unite with those who are already at work. I testify that if any one shall alter the words of the prophecy of this book, engendering unbelief, and causing My words to lose the practical application which I thus fully and authoritatively give them, I will visit him with signal marks of My displeasure.”
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 24)
The Power of the Truth to Convict and Convert Souls
It is through the transforming influence of divine grace on human hearts that the power of the word of truth is revealed. The truth, proclaimed in regions where it has not yet been heard, makes an impression on hearts. It seems to have greater power to transform character than when presented to those who are familiar with its office work. Truth has little power on the hearts of those who walk contrary to it when by so doing they can gain advantage for themselves—those who, while claiming to receive it, follow a course opposed to its principles. Such ones admit that they believe the truth, but they give no evidence that they are sanctified by the truth. The places in which the truth has never been proclaimed are the best places in which to work. The truth is to take possession of the will of those who have never before heard it. They will see the sinfulness of sin, and their repentance will be thorough and sincere. The Lord will work upon hearts that in the past have not often been appealed to, hearts that heretofore have not seen the enormity of sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 25)
Christ is the only successful antagonist that sin has ever encountered. Let the full light of His life stream into the souls of those who are in darkness. Under the direct power of the gospel thousands have been converted in a day.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 26)
When a sinner becomes sensible of the fact that only through Christ can he gain eternal life, when he realizes that obedience to God’s Word is the condition of entrance into the kingdom of God, when he sees Christ as the propitiation for sin, he comes to the Saviour in humility and contrition, confessing his sin and asking for forgiveness. His soul is impressed with a sense of the majesty and glory of God. The power of an eternal life of peace and joy and purity is felt so deeply that an entire surrender is made.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 27)
I am instructed to say that some who outwardly appear the most fully given to sin will, when light flashes into the soul, make most successful workers in places where there are those who are just such sinners as they themselves once were.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 28)
I write this because those engaged in canvassing work and in house-to-house labor often meet men and women who are coarse and forbidding in outward appearance, but who, if won to the truth, will be among its most loyal and staunch adherents. The spirit of truth is indeed of value in any church. Those whom the Lord uses may not always have outward polish, but if they have integrity of character, the Lord values them just as highly.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 29)
Power From Above
As the end draws near, the work of God is to increase in strength and purity and holiness. The workers are to be filled with love for God and for one another. They are to cherish principles of the strictest integrity. When the true keynote is struck, God will reveal Himself as a God of mercy and love. Angels of heaven will ascend and descend the ladder of shining brightness, co-operating with human workers. The members of the church triumphant—the church in heaven—will be permitted to draw near to the members of the church militant, to aid them in their necessity. Let us ever remember that we are laborers together with God. In this heavenly union, we shall carry forward His work with completeness, with singing and rejoicing. In every soul will be kindled the fire of holy zeal. Company after company will leave the dark standard of the foe to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 30)
God’s workers must gain a far deeper experience. If they will surrender all to Him, He will work mightily for them. They will plant the standard of truth upon fortresses till then held by Satan and with shouts of victory take possession of them. They bear the scars of battle, but there comes to them the comforting message that the Lord is teaching them terrible things in righteousness. He will lead them on, conquering and to conquer.
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 31)
When God’s servants with consecrated zeal co-operate with divine instrumentalities, the state of things that exists in this world will be changed, and soon the earth with joy will receive her King. Then “they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 106, 1903, 32)
Lt 107, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 8, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dr. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
I received your kind letter the day before yesterday. This morning a great blessing has rested upon me. The peace of Christ fills my soul. I am pleading with my Saviour to reveal His grace and His salvation to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 1)
I have presented to you your dangers as God has presented them to me, and I shall continue to give you any light that the Lord may give me for you. Ever since the opening of the new year I have felt an intense desire to see you walking in safe paths. I have prayed most earnestly, day and night, that the Lord would give you a new heart. I could think of no other way in which you could be placed on vantage ground. You have allowed too many things to accumulate and engross your mind. You have had altogether too heavy a load to carry. Every day of life that remains to you is precious. I pray that the worldly ambitions that you have cherished may be changed for new, sanctified ambitions.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 2)
Your letter expresses your desire to do everything in your power for unity, but you say, Principle must be maintained. I wish to say a few words on the point of maintaining principle. Many make a mistake here. They have worked for so long to maintain principles that are earthborn, that originate in self, that are mingled with worldly policy, that they are in danger of losing their bearings. My brother, you are in danger. You have been weaving into the fabric a pattern different from that which God placed in your hands, a pattern of human invention, a pattern that makes the fabric worthless. God condemns the web in which the pattern is incorrect and misleading. The marred pattern cannot be accepted by Him as His design.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 3)
You must preserve principles that are of heavenly origin, not principles that lead you away from God’s holy truth. In the past, you have not, in many things, made the principles of heaven your guide. You need to discern with anointed eyes the difference between pure, ennobling principles and the self-ordained principles of the world. The law of God contains the principles that are to govern your life in every particular; and never can these principles be changed to meet man in his fallen condition. These principles are of value with God because they came forth from Him. He is the Author of the pure principles that are the transcript of His character.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 4)
There is no other safe guide for you or for any other human being but the Word of God. This Word is the foundation on which you are to build and the rule by which you are to live. It is the standard by which you will be judged. You are to turn neither to the right hand nor to the left. You are to plant your feet firmly upon the word, “It is written.” There are many doctrines, but the doctrine that has not the ten holy precepts of God’s law as its foundation is an unsafe guide. And the man who does not make these precepts the foundation of his life practice is working on the enemy’s side.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 5)
Christ came to this world in the likeness of men. This He did that He might meet human beings where they were. For us He lived a life of sinlessness, and for us He died a death of shame on the cross, redeeming us from the power of Satan. We are His by creation and by redemption. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are His.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] With sincere purpose and full faith receive Christ as your personal Saviour. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 6)
***** May 19, 1903
I desire to write some things to you alone. I hoped that I should not have to write these things to you, I hoped that you would see and realize your peril, and make diligent work for repentance. I have received and read your letters to me, and yet I am not relieved. I am instructed that you know not what spirit you are of. When you break the spell that is upon you, we shall know it. Your associates will understand that you are reconverted. You will be meek and lowly. For a long time you have been forsaking God, and you do not see your danger. You are certainly ignorant of Satan’s devices. I tell you the truth: you know not what spirit you are of. Unless the converting power of God comes upon you, you will be left to your own perverted ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 7)
We are all praying for you, but it rests with you yourself to decide whether you will surrender all to God. I am instructed to say that you have work to do for yourself that no one can do for you. You have not cleansed your soul from defilement. I plead with you to die to self. You will meet with many temptations; for Satan is working in every way to secure you to his side. You alone can make the determined effort that is needed to make you a free man in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 8)
When you linked yourself up with worldlings, to talk the language of worldlings, the Lord heard your denial to them of the truth that we as a people have received. He could not give you His grace; for you felt no need of it. You were exchanging leaders. I heard you making statements to unbelievers that voiced the sentiments of Satan. An evil spirit had taken possession of you, the same spirit that led Peter to deny his Lord. You did not know what spirit you were of.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 9)
Study the record of Christ’s temptation in the wilderness. He was led by the Spirit into the wilderness, to be tempted by Satan. And having been tempted, without yielding in one particular, He is able to deliver those who are tempted. He has exposed the enemy’s points of attack by receiving his assaults and standing firm to His allegiance. He has shown us the weapons by which we are to overcome.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 10)
The tempter claimed to have Christ’s honor in view. Evil never seeks entrance to the heart as evil, but as goodness and truth. Satan presented himself to Christ in the wilderness as one in deep sympathy with His sufferings, pitying Him because He was so ill-used by the heavenly universe and even by God Himself. He came as one desiring Him to have the food that, he declared, was being cruelly withheld. Would the Son of God allow His life to be sacrificed to starvation, when by the exercise of His power He could turn stones into bread? His life must be maintained. “Command therefore that these stones be made bread,” the tempter said. [Matthew 4:3.] “Thus your life will be saved.”
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 11)
Jesus did not enter into any argument. He took His stand on Bible ground, saying, “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” [Verse 4.] His answer was a recognition of God as His Father, a declaration that every appointment and arrangement of God is wise and loving.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 12)
I entreat you, my brother, for your soul’s sake, to break the spell that is upon you. It is not God’s will that you continue to be overcome as in the past. Your only hope is to become one of God’s little children. Place yourself under His discipline, and be converted. You are not yet on vantage ground. Make every effort to break the enemy’s power, or you will surely be taken captive.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 13)
I am pleading with God for the salvation of your soul. You have not yet broken completely with the enemy. You have not taken your position to break the trap of Satan completely and be fully on the side of truth and righteousness. I ask you now to make thorough work for eternity. Die to self. Break the awful spell that is upon you.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 14)
***** May 23
I feel an intense interest in you. I am praying for you. Your strenuous efforts to carry out your own designs will be to your eternal disadvantage. Although you may present in your offerings the best that you have, as did Cain, it will be worthless unless you bring with it that which shows your faith in Christ. You need the Lord Jesus to sanctify your soul. You need the healing power of the One who gave His life for a fallen world. You have complained and have done strange things, because you could not have your own way.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 15)
Christ is the One that you are to represent to the world. You are to put on the wedding garment, else you cannot sit down with the guests at the marriage feast. Your character must be transformed. You can talk the truth, but you do not live the truth, and your life is not an honor to the cause of God. You frequently become provoked with your brethren, because they do not coincide with all that you say. Do you stop to think what representation you are making to the world? Does your example bring to those with whom you come in contact in the world the conviction that they must repent and be converted, else they will perish in their sins?
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 16)
To be able to see sin is one thing; to forsake sin is another. It is like plucking out the right eye or cutting off the right hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 17)
There is a question of life and death for you to settle; you must make a decided change. Your bodily health may give way before you are transformed in mind and character. Your imagination is sick and broken. The spiritual pulse indicates disease. But you have a chance of recovery. Will you improve this opportunity? Will you do what Cain might have done? He might have supplied the lamb for the burnt offering. Cain knew this. He knew what God required. But in rebellion he did that which placed him where so long as life lasted he would be opposed to his Creator.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 18)
Will you not ask, What must I do to be saved? Will you not die to self? Unless you do, your efforts will all be valueless. Unless self is crucified, you cannot rest on God any more than Cain could.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 19)
Your habit of doubting the sincerity of every one who does not accept your view of things is sapping your faith and your love for the truth. It has become as natural for you to doubt as to breathe. Because your own course is not free from evil, it is most difficult for you to suppose that others are not bringing into their character building the same wrong methods that you are bringing into yours.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 20)
You keep salted down and preserved a host of things that should be burned up, cast out of your mind. These things have become to you a cause of awful deception. They are full of power to destroy your faith and hope. You show a wilful persistence in recounting them, judging your fellow men unjustly. You treat your conjectures as truth and feast upon them, and they grow into every fiber of your spiritual life. When any difference arises between you and your brethren, these well-preserved suppositions are brought out, and with them you brace yourself in resistance, when they should be placed where they would be beyond recognition.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 21)
If others should as carefully preserve the memory of the incorrect, cruel, unkind things that you have said and done, what impression of you would be made on minds? Think of this, my brother. I know whereof I speak. I should not present these things as I do had I not your best interests at heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 22)
However greatly a man may be deceived, God is never deceived. He does not accept the lifework when there are brought into it traits of character that dishonor Him. He does not accept the character building when imperfect timbers are used. There are those who for so long have cherished unchristlike traits of character, who for so long have been bringing imperfect timbers into their character building, that they are unconscious of their danger. It is hard for such ones to see themselves as they are.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 23)
Your character building is faulty. You have supposed that if you confessed a wrong, your influence would be injured. This is not a correct conclusion. It is necessary for us to confess our wrongs.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 24)
Many excuses have been made for you by your brethren. These have done you no good, but rather harm. Your brethren ought, when your spirit was calm, to have sat down with you, and laid plainly before you the evil of your actions. At first you might not have accepted what they said and you might have treated them unkindly. But for them to do this would have been true medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 107, 1903, 25)
Lt 108, 1903
Palmer, Brother and Sister [W. O.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 6, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother and Sister Palmer,—
I have the same interest in you that I have had ever since I first became acquainted with you. I earnestly desire that you shall both perfect a Christian character and that the love of Jesus, abiding in your hearts, may be to you both a constant solace. You may rejoice in the Lord, notwithstanding the many trials that come to you. I thank the Lord as I realize that the trials that have come to you have not consumed the true metal, but have cleansed away much dross. The Lord permits trials to come upon His children, not to make them unkind and disagreeable, but to help them to look keenly into their motives and purposes and to put away every sinful thought and plan. If you continue to look to Him who has redeemed you, you will be fitted for entrance into the heavenly city, whose Builder and Maker is God.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 1)
God desires you both to be vessels unto honor. Christ is waiting to give you the wisdom of heaven. Then you will be prepared to impart the precious grace that you receive.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 2)
You are not to exhaust your physical and mental strength by taking upon you too many responsibilities. Do not load yourselves down with cares that will drive the love of the truth out of your soul. High-souled integrity is to characterize your dealings with your fellow men. Your business transactions are to be presided over by equity. You are to purify your hearts by receiving the rich grace provided for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 3)
You are to strive for those things which belong to the health of the soul. That which belongs to your present and eternal interests is never to be made secondary, set aside for temporal concerns. Give eternal interests their proper place. Oh, so many are ruined for this life and for the life to come by overdevotion to temporal things. They do not open the windows of the soul heavenward and close them earthward. Thus they defraud their souls of heavenly grace and peace. But we do not advise inactivity. There is peril in idleness as well as in overdevotion to business.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 4)
Remember that you have been bought with a price—and what a price! You are not your own to do with as you may desire. The will of Him who is your Creator and Redeemer is to be your guide. You are to glorify God in your body and in your spirit. Remember that in order to do this, you must do all that you can to keep the powers of mind and body in health and strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 5)
In love to you and your family.
(18LtMs, Lt 108, 1903, 6)
Lt 109, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 356. + Dear children Edson and Emma,—
We have just returned from Healdsburg. We drove over to attend the closing exercises of the school. I spoke in the church on Sabbath morning. The house was well filled. The Lord gave me strength to speak most earnestly.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 1)
We were well pleased by what we saw of the school. It has made rapid advancement, and teachers and students are reaching higher and still higher in spiritual lines. There have been some remarkable conversions in the school during the past term. Lost sheep have been found and brought back to the fold.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 2)
Our schools are to be conducted with the greatest care. The students are to be taught to know God and Jesus Christ; for this is life eternal. They are to be taught to regard the Word of God as the foundation of all true knowledge. “Search the Scriptures,” Christ said; “for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me.” [John 5:39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 3)
June 3
Dear children, I have begun several letters to you, but before I could finish them, something has always come to call me away. The Australian mail demanded my special attention. It went on Wednesday, and after it had been sent off, Maggie and I were both wearied out. But the boat goes only once in three weeks, and we knew that the workers in Australia would be disappointed if they did not hear something from us.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 4)
Every day brings its burden, and we try to do the work that needs to be done. I am so grateful to my heavenly Father for His sustaining grace. I have my pen in hand nearly all the time.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 5)
The terrible disasters that have recently taken place in different parts of America speak in solemn warning, saying, “Be ye also ready; for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.] Time is golden. The hours of probation are fast passing. We cannot afford to be found sleeping on guard.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 6)
In the heart of the truly converted man or woman, love for God takes the place of love for the world. The pleasure derived from the contemplation of heavenly things reaches high above all earthly attractions.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 7)
The things that concern our eternal welfare are now to absorb our attention. We cannot tell how long our lives may be spared. Let us therefore keep the heart with all diligence. We cannot afford to give heavenly things the second place. Christ says, “Seek first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness, and all things will be added unto you.” [Matthew 6:33.] Our reasoning powers are to be concentrated on the themes that have to do with everlasting life.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 8)
I have not felt much like writing since the Conference. The work that I did there and the burdens that I bore were too much for me. I am obliged to stop writing to relieve my brain. Then, too, my heart is made very sad by the thought that there are those who will misconstrue my words and endeavor to use them to misrepresent me.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 9)
June 8
I have once more been broken off the letter I am trying to write to you. A week ago last Friday Prof. Prescott called to see us on his way from the North Western camp-meetings. We were glad to meet him, but we had little time to talk with him, as he was anxious to do some writing while here. He spoke on Sabbath morning at the Sanitarium, and the people were much interested in what he said.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 10)
The next day an open-air meeting was held at Calistoga, and the appointment had been given out that I would speak in the afternoon. The day was very hot, but I kept my appointment. I offered the opening prayer and then spoke to the people from the third chapter of First John. I spoke for an hour. Then Sara and I drove home. I did not suffer much from the heat, though I perspired freely. The rest of our party—two carriage loads—remained behind to sing and talk with those who had come to the meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 11)
I feel much more like speaking to a company who has not a knowledge of the truth than to those who have had great light.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 12)
The people seemed to enjoy the meeting very much, and appointments were given out that meetings would be held in the same place the following Sabbath and Sunday. There are some earnest Christian people in the church in Calistoga, and they greatly desire that their neighbors shall become interested in the truth. During the hot weather it is almost impossible to get an audience in a small church, but open-air meetings seem to be a success.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 13)
I wish that I could visit you, but I cannot venture to take so long a journey on the train. I had a great desire to attend the camp-meeting in Portland, Maine. It was in this city that I had my very first experience. I should so like to bear my testimony on the old ground where I received the first light in regard to the Lord’s appearing from the lips of Father Miller, Elder Himes, and many others of the messengers of the Lord who now sleep in Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 14)
But Portland is a long way off, and I must be where my workers are. I have almost decided that I can best serve the Master by staying where I am and keeping my mind clear.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 15)
I have decided not to exhaust my strength in trying to adjust misunderstandings. It is time lost. I must reach out for those who have not heard the truth, whose hearts have not been made unimpressible by a continued rejection of light.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 16)
For some months a company of workers from the Sanitarium have been holding a song service every other Sabbath at the Veterans’ Home at Yountville, about nine miles from here. In this home there are eight hundred old soldiers who are cared for by the State.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 17)
The soldiers greatly enjoy the song service. At first only a few of them attended. Now there are from seventy-five to one hundred and fifty present at every meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 18)
Sometimes a thirty-minute talk on some Bible subject is given. At the meeting held about a month ago, the soldiers were asked if any of them would like to have a short Bible reading after the song service. About a dozen said that they would. But when the time came for the reading to be held, there were over fifty present.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 19)
I am sure that good is being accomplished by these meetings. The workers take reading matter with them; and when the soldiers are asked whether they would like it, their faces light up, and their hands are eagerly stretched out to receive it.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 20)
I have not yet attended any of these meetings. It was feared that the tobacco smoke in the room where the soldiers assemble would hurt me. I shall go, however, if arrangements can be made to hold a meeting out-of-doors.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 21)
On every side there are open doors for missionary workers. In Pope Valley, about fifteen miles from here, there is a camp of woodchoppers. I think that soon we shall hold some meetings there. We are not at liberty to hover over the churches. We must carry the message to regions beyond, where the truth has not been proclaimed. The seeds of truth are to be sown beside all waters. God expects those who claim to be His children to bring others to Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 109, 1903, 22)
Lt 110, 1903
Richardson, Edwin NP June 20, 1903 [typed] Previously unpublished. Edwin Richardson
Woodward, Oklahoma My dear brother,—
Your letter stating that you would make me over some property—which is valued at one thousand dollars or that, if I chose, I could have the money itself to use in the work of God—has been read to me by my secretary. I had been asking my heavenly Father to open the way for me to prepare books and to provide means for the translation of these books into foreign languages. I have many precious things that I wish to place before the people in book form, and when I received your letter, it seemed like an answer to prayer. Your liberal offer I gratefully accept. The money will be of great help to me.
(18LtMs, Lt 110, 1903, 1)
We need money just now very much. There is a great work to be done. Many are calling for the truth. Calls come from different places asking for a gospel minister. Souls are hungry for the bread of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 110, 1903, 2)
I am thankful to the Lord, my brother, that He put it into your heart to give this money to His cause. The Lord will move upon the hearts of His people who have means, and they will give of their means to prepare the way for the publications containing the light of present truth to be carried to the world. God will open ways whereby the gospel messages shall be given to every nation and kindred and tongue and people. In this great work we have a part to act. We must be wide-awake. We have no time to loiter. The terrible disasters that have recently taken place in different parts of America speak in solemn warning, saying, “Be ye also ready; for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” [Matthew 24:44.] Time is golden. The hours of probation are fast passing. We can not afford to be found sleeping on guard.
(18LtMs, Lt 110, 1903, 3)
Lt 111, 1903
Magan, P. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 16, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CS 278; 6MR 106-109. Dear brother Magan,—
I have been made very sad by hearing from Sister Druillard of your wife’s sickness. I have been feeling anxious about you and Brother Sutherland. I have been trying to get an opportunity to write to you, but I would no sooner get a page written than something else would come up that demanded my attention. Several times I have written a page or two and then have had to stop. I will try to find these pages and will have them copied and sent to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 1)
After hearing of the affliction that has come to you in your home, I felt that I must write to you, even if I had to leave other things undone. I am sincerely sorry that your wife has been so troubled by the reports that she has heard. I wish to tell her and you that I am not two-sided. I have said nothing to any one in disparagement of you or of Brother Sutherland. The fear I have had for you is that you would take too many burdens. You must have special help if you do the work that you have outlined for yourself. You desire to do more than your physical strength will justify you in doing.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 2)
This is the fear that I have had for you both—that you will not realize how much you both need help to carry on the work resting so heavily on you. I feared that you would fail if you tried to carry the many burdens that you were preparing to carry.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 3)
The Lord has given us our work to do. He will hold us responsible if we permit ourselves to be so heavily drawn upon by different enterprises, that the work which He has given us to do for perishing souls is made a matter of secondary importance.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 4)
I pray that God will give Sister Magan special help, and that she will not worry any longer. She need not entertain the thought that Sister White is working or will work against Brother Magan. I have never given any one reason to say this. I feel deeply grieved that reports that grieve and wound souls should be carried by those who claim to believe the truth. What an amount of mischief the unruly tongue can frame out of nothing. How much harm can be done by those who try to make things appear in the worst light! I have not lost confidence in Brother Magan or Brother Sutherland. Their names are often mentioned by me in private prayer and at our seasons of family worship.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 5)
My fear for them has been that they would gather so many responsibilities to themselves that in the work they are planning to do they would exhaust their vital energies and rob themselves of their power to stand as men of capability and influence. They must have a larger number of faithful helpers.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 6)
I shall pray most earnestly that the Lord will give light and grace and saving power to Sister Magan, that she may be restored to health. The Lord bids her look to Him for strength. I shall pray, too, that God will strengthen Brother Magan. I have often expressed my fear that the burden was resting too heavily upon him and Brother Sutherland. I am sure that it is. My brethren, consider carefully the work that you and others have decided must be done at Berrien Springs. Then say firmly that you cannot be weighed down by an accumulation of cares and burdens. I do not want you to think that you must carry forward certain lines of work, such as the sale of Education unless you can have facilities and helpers that will enable you to do this without becoming worn out. I want you to live and to be in good health, and I cannot consent that my interests shall be a worry or a burden to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 7)
I do not worry and will not worry about myself. I have done my duty and in doing it have incurred debts. My place has brought me in nothing as yet; in fact, it has been some loss. We sold our last year’s prune crop to a young man, a neighbor of ours. He bought largely from other prune orchards and got more on his hands than he could manage. Then, too, the weather was very unfavorable for his drying operations, and he lost heavily. Of course, his creditors lost with him, and I among the rest. My loss was about five hundred dollars. But I would not say anything to add to the young man’s affliction. He took so much on himself that he could neither do justice to himself nor his neighbors. He made a mistake that meant great loss to himself, and I felt very sorry for him. I mention this to show you that I believe in making the best of a bad case. It is not right to discourage one who has been unfortunate.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 8)
The rain came early last year, and tons of my grapes rotted on the vines. These losses came at a time when I needed money very much. But I made no complaint; for this would not have helped the matter at all.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 9)
Thus disappointment after disappointment has come to us. This year we have no apples or peaches on our place, and very few cherries. But we have much to be thankful for. The loganberry bushes are doing well. We had a few strawberries, and on the land that I hire from the Sanitarium there was a very heavy crop of oats, which we shall use as winter feed for our horses and cows.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 10)
We shall not have nearly so many prunes this year as we had last, but they will be larger and will bring a good price. I am thankful to the Lord for every favor that I receive from His hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 11)
I have always had the very tenderest feelings for you, my brother. I have ever regarded you as the Lord’s workman, and my only fear for you now is that in your intense effort to make a success of the sale of Education, you will disqualify yourself physically for the lines of work that the school demands of you. I want you to be successful in the work of your school—or rather, in the work of the Lord’s school; for in the Berrien Springs School, God desires to fit young men and young women to accomplish a precious work for Him. He desires you to co-operate with Him in giving the right mold to the work of the school.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 12)
I have expressed myself in a crude way, but I hope that you will understand me. If you suppose that I am taking sides against you, my brethren, you are making a mistake. I am intensely interested in the school problem with which you are wrestling. I want your work to be a success. I will do anything in my power to help forward this work. I will help, by counsels and appeals, to encourage our people to carry forward the work of selling Object Lessons as it has been carried in the past. The work that has been and is being done to circulate this book is missionary work that the Lord has laid out to be accomplished. About the importance of this work we have no question. Many souls have been brought into the truth through reading Object Lessons. The plan that has been followed for its circulation bears the signal approval of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 13)
I beg of you not to be in any way disheartened. When you hear reports that I have changed my attitude toward you, will you not be frank enough to ask me whether I have?
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 14)
If it is best for you and Brother Sutherland to come apart and rest awhile, I hope that you will do so. Brother Magan, you have a family, and you should give your wife and children time and attention. You should take time to rest. I entreat you to do this. Do not ruin your health. Stop before you reach the breaking point. Tell your wife that the Lord has a tender care for her. Tell her that He desires her to be of good courage in the Lord. She must rely on Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 15)
To Every Man His Work
You cannot have understood the words that I spoke in the Pacific Press Chapel. They were spoken to guard you from the danger of taking too much responsibility. I desired to keep you from loading yourself down with so many burdens that the strain upon you would be greater than you could bear. What I wished to impress upon you was the thought that in your school work you are to unite and combine with other minds, that you may have sufficient workers to carry the work forward symmetrically. Every part of the work is to stand our clear and distinct in its own individuality. One man is not to be expected to have exactly the same train of thought that another man has. One may have tact and ability that the other does not possess. The Lord will prepare workers to fit into their lot and place; for each one has his work.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 16)
You are in danger of looking unfavorably upon some whom the Lord desires to unite with you for fear that they will counterwork your work. Varied gifts must be brought in. You need these gifts in the work that you are doing. In the building of the tabernacle, different lines of work were assigned to different ones. But all labored under the supervision of God. The Lord gives men talents that will enable them to carry forward special lines of work. Each one is to be allowed to do the special work for which he is fitted. Then part will fit perfectly to part.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 17)
Give other men a chance to get hold with you. Let each be a help to the other. Hold up one another’s hands. You cannot expect that all will work in exactly the same way in which you work. It is the Lord’s plan that there shall be unity in diversity. There is no man who can be a criterion for all other men. Our varied trusts are proportioned to our varied capabilities. I have been distinctly instructed that God endows men with different degrees of capability and then places them where they can do the work for which they are fitted. Each worker is to give his fellow workers the respect that he wishes to have shown to himself.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 18)
Of all the leaves upon a tree, there are no two precisely alike. And the Lord does not expect that His workers shall be exactly alike in their skill or in their manner of working.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 19)
There are those who think that it is only to a certain few that talents have been given and that these few are to be distinguished above their fellows. This is not so. Every member of the church of Christ is the possessor of some special gift. Every one has been given wisdom and tact which fit him to perform some special work. There is a place for every one, a post of duty for every soldier in the Lord’s army. All have been entrusted with the goods of heaven. Some have one class of goods and some another. For one to belittle the work and talents of another is to dishonor God. Let the Lord place His own estimate upon the talents entrusted and upon the use made of them.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 20)
We are all to be united in Christ, and we are ever to be ready to make the improvement that the Lord, through His different agencies, may tell us we should make. The Lord desires His workers to make constant improvement. He desires them to work in perfect unity, helping one another. As our talents are diligently traded upon, they will multiply.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 21)
Every gift that the Lord has entrusted to us is to be valued and used. The smallest gift is not to be overlooked. The Lord gives to every man according to his several ability to use the gift bestowed. Each should be encouraged to use his gift. The least talented may enlarge his capabilities by doing his best. The church of Christ is made up of vessels large and small. The Lord can use the smallest gift to advance His cause, if the possessor has faith in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 22)
The workers brought together in the providence of God may have traits of character that differ widely. Yet their gifts may be just what God needs to mold and fashion the minds with which they are brought in contact. They are to labor in harmony, however different they may be. The Lord looks from heaven and sees that in His work on this earth a variety of gifts is needed. The church is a garden, adorned with different trees and plants and flowers.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 23)
I have to write this over and over again to the very best of workers in our cause. Do not misunderstand God’s plan or disappoint His purposes. There is danger that grave mistakes will be made by putting aside the very men that the Lord has prepared to act a part in educating and training the youth.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 24)
God does not expect any man to use talents that He has not given him. He expects His workers to use their talents in union with one another. No one is to think that his work is to be carried forward in a stereotyped, precise way, little details being carried out in a way that is approved by one man or two men or three men. Give your students room to work with the greatest Teacher the world has ever known. He is a true educator. As members of God’s family, we are to give one another room to work.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 25)
When God gives a man a special work to do, he is to stand in his lot and place as did Daniel, ready to answer the call of God, ready to fulfil His purpose.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 26)
Let us all do our best. Let us learn from one another; and above all, let us go often to the great Teacher; for He has pledged His word that He will give divine wisdom to those that ask in faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 27)
The commission that Christ gave to His disciples just before His ascension is given to us also. “Go ye therefore,” He said, “and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 28)
Oh, if those who claim to be the followers of Christ would fulfil this commission, what a great work might be done! We are glad that on every side, in fields close at hand and in the regions beyond, there are openings for missionary workers. But there are many who please the enemy by exerting their influence to keep matters in confusion among themselves. The love of the truth is not cherished in their hearts. They are not sanctified by its power.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 29)
Brother Magan, whenever in the future any one shall say to you, “I will lend Sister White some money,” ask them if they will not lend it to her without interest. It is right to borrow money to carry forward a work that we know God desires to have accomplished. We should not wait in inconvenience, and make the work much harder, because we do not wish to borrow money. Mistakes have been made in incurring debt to do that which could well have waited till a future time. But there is danger of going to the other extreme. We are not to place ourselves in a position that will endanger health and make our work wearing. We are to act sensibly. We must do the work that needs to be done, even if we have to borrow money and pay interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 111, 1903, 30)
Lt 112, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 21, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 181; 8MR 58. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I must not let this mail go without writing you a few lines. I have sometimes hoped that I should see you before this. But though we cannot see each other, I thank the Lord that we can communicate by writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 1)
This year we have had a few cherries of good quality, but not nearly as many as we had last year. We have almost no apples or peaches on our trees. Soon after we came here we set out some loganberry bushes and were so much pleased with their yield last year that we set out more plants. We had less rain than usual this spring, but the loganberry bushes are doing well. They stand the drought better than blackberries or strawberries. We have already put up sixty quarts of loganberries and are canning more today. From our place we have had all the peas we could use in our family, and have also sold some. We are now picking string beans, and soon the tomatoes will be ripe. We did not realize as much from the strawberries as last year. We had not sufficient water for them. We can get either white or red cherries near St. Helena for four cents a pound by picking them ourselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 2)
The weather for a few days in May was very warm, but the nights are generally cool.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 3)
I was under a heavy strain during the Conference in Oakland. The Lord put His Spirit upon me, both when I spoke and when I offered prayer in the congregation. I am so thankful that I was not prostrated.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 4)
I visited Healdsburg at the close of the school. We were much pleased with what we saw of the school. It has made rapid advancement, and teachers and students are reaching higher and still higher in spiritual lines. During the past term there have been some remarkable conversions in the school. Lost sheep have been found and brought back to the fold.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 5)
The closing exercises passed off very nicely. I am very glad that Prof. Beardslee is educating the students to sing. Good singing adds much to the worship of God. The Lord strengthened me to speak to a large audience in the church Sabbath morning. I had been unable to ride for some time, owing to hip and spine difficulties, and during the drive home I became very weary. But I am so grateful to my heavenly Father that He strengthens me.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 6)
Recently, open-air meetings have been held by our brethren at Calistoga. The first meeting was held on Sunday, June 7, in the park near the hot springs. I spoke in the afternoon. I had much freedom in speaking. We had a good audience, among whom were several from outside. The people seemed to enjoy the meetings very much, and appointments were given out that meetings would be held in the same place the following Sabbath and Sunday. I spoke on both days. There were more present on the second Sunday than on the Sunday before. There are earnest Christian people in our church at Calistoga, and they feel a great desire to carry the truth to those in places who have not heard it.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 7)
We expect to continue these open-air meetings. The next one will be held near St. Helena, if a suitable place can be found. We desire to do all we can to warn those around us of the soon coming of the Saviour. I believe much good will be accomplished as we take up this work. My heart is drawn out for those in darkness, who know not the truth. We are not to hover over the churches. The members must be aroused to do their duty, to bear the last message of mercy to a world ready to perish.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 8)
Yesterday I spoke in the Sanitarium chapel. The room was crowded, many extra chairs being brought in to accommodate the people. I felt the power of the Spirit of God upon me and was able to speak the words of the Lord to the people with great earnestness. I will send you a copy of the sermon when it is written out.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 9)
I hope soon to visit the soldiers’ home at Yountville. For several months a company of workers has been going there every other Sabbath to hold a song service. At first only a few attended the services, but now there are from seventy-five to one hundred present every time. Sometimes a thirty-minute talk on some Bible subject is given. At a meeting held a few weeks ago, the soldiers were asked if they would like to have a short Bible study after the song service. About a dozen said they would. But when the time came for the reading to be held, over fifty were present.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 10)
The workers take reading matter with them, and when the soldiers are asked whether they would like it, their faces light up, and their hands are eagerly stretched out to receive the books and papers.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 11)
Last Sabbath one intelligent-looking man in the home said to one of our brethren, “Before you came here to sing for us, I spent nearly all my time in drinking and carousing with my companions. But since you have been coming here, I have found a much better way to employ my time. I have given up liquor drinking and am spending my spare time in reading the Desire of Ages.”
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 12)
Miss Peck has been teaching the church school here. She has had about forty pupils. The discipline of the school has been excellent. Miss Peck will not tolerate disorder. She is firm and just in her management, and the school has done the children great good.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 13)
A few weeks ago, about twenty of the children from the school went to Yountville to sing before the soldiers. Mr. Moonie lent them a large stage wagon for the trip. Sister Peck had drilled the children thoroughly, and the soldiers were greatly pleased and interested. They are now asking that the children may come again.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 14)
We hope that the work for the soldiers will go forward. Several are interested, and those in charge of the home recognize the good work that is being done. I fully believe that some of these old men, perhaps many, will be saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 15)
I wish that all our people could see the many doors that are open before them. Beside all waters we are to sow the seeds of truth. O how my soul is drawn out for sinners, that they may be won for Christ. If those who have received the truth would exercise a living faith in Christ, if they would realize that they are to be His workers, wholly consecrated to His service, what a work might be done! When God’s people surrender themselves unreservedly to Christ, they will use every power of mind and body to His name’s glory; and His work will make rapid advancement.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 16)
Paul, speaking of himself and his Christian brethren, said, “For none of us liveth to himself, and no man dieth to himself. For whether we live, we live unto the Lord; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord: whether we live therefore, or die, we are the Lord’s.” [Romans 14:7, 8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 17)
Faith in action is mighty. When we cherish the faith that works by love, we shall value aright the love of Him who gave His life to save a perishing world. Looking unto Jesus, beholding His excellence, His great offering of love, we shall seek for His sufficiency, His grace, His sympathy, His forbearance. Our souls will hunger and thirst for the love that cannot be expressed.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 18)
Christ is able to supply all our necessities. He will be all in all to the heart that longs for salvation. He is worthy to be loved and adored. Let us honor Him by our profession of faith, by seeking for His power, His grace, and His glory. All who fully realize the privileges that are theirs will let their light so shine before the world that men, seeing their good works, will glorify their Father which is in heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 19)
The cross of Calvary is our hope and crown of rejoicing. Let us trust in Christ. Let us humble ourselves before Him and walk circumspectly. He gave Himself for us. He asks us to give ourselves to Him, that He may mold and fashion us.
(18LtMs, Lt 112, 1903, 20)
Lt 113, 1903
Brethren in the Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 559; Ev 23-24; HFM 71; 2BC 1033. + To My Brethren in the Medical Missionary Work,—
When I heard that unity had come into the recent council held at Battle Creek, I rejoiced. But I have been shown that a thorough work has not yet been done. The fallow ground of the heart has not been broken up. Only the surface has been stirred. The apparent unity of heart was but the beginning of a work that was to deepen and widen until carried forward to perfection. We must not rest satisfied with what has been accomplished. The work has but just begun. The true reformation has scarcely been entered upon.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 1)
We are living in the close of this earth’s history. Prophecy is fast fulfilling. Soon Christ will come in power and great glory. We have no time to lose. Let no one say in his heart or by his works, “My Lord delayeth His coming.” [Matthew 24:48.] Let the message of His soon return sound forth in earnest words of warning. Let us persuade men everywhere to repent and flee from the wrath to come. They have souls to save or to lose. The Lord calls for workers who are filled with an earnest, decided purpose.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 2)
We are not only to watch; we are to pray and work and wait. The note of warning must be given. The truth must not languish upon our lips. We must arouse men and women to immediate preparation; for we little know what is before us. We are living in the last remnant of time. Every teacher of truth is to present an open door before all who will come to Jesus confessing their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 3)
As a people, we should be doing the work of God with an eye single to His glory. But we are far from the position that we should occupy in this matter. Many things have come in that are hindering the progress of the work that should be moving solidly and rapidly forward. Upon many of the plans devised, the Lord cannot place His approval. Men have departed from the plans that God has laid for the proclamation of the message for this time. Their minds have become so engrossed with their own plans and inventions that they have lost their spirituality and devotion.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 4)
I am charged with a message to those who have been compromising with worldly principles. Eternal interests are at stake. God calls upon you to repent. The presentation that some have made of our work before worldlings is an offense to God, which He will surely punish. He will not sanction any effort to serve both God and Baal. Some who have long been connected with our institutions in Battle Creek have by their arguments placed our institutions there on a level with worldly institutions, calling them undenominational, cutting them away from the true foundation on which all our institutions were established. Thus they have made our work much harder than it would otherwise have been. Such representations destroy the sacredness of our work in the minds of unbelievers.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 5)
Some who profess to be loyal to God’s law have departed from the faith and have humiliated His people in the dust, representing them to be one with worldlings. God has seen and marked this. The time has come when, at any cost, we are to take the position that God has assigned to us. Seventh-day Adventists are now to stand forth separate and distinct, a people denominated by the Lord as His own. Until they do this, He cannot be glorified in them. Truth and error cannot stand in co-partnership. Let us now place ourselves where God has said that we should stand. Let us do all in our power to recover ourselves from the terrible humiliation to which we have been subjected. We are to strive for unity, but not on the low level of conformity to worldly policy and union with the popular churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 6)
Strange things have been introduced into the medical missionary department of our work. Methods have been followed that misrepresent the character of the work for these last days. There must be a decided reformation. I call upon the leaders of the medical missionary work to come boldly to the front and clearly define their position. When those engaged in this work show that they are in harmony with the divine will and that they are willing to bear the yoke of Christ; when they learn from Him His meekness and lowliness, instead of looking to men for support and counsel, then the medical missionary work will stand in its proper place in the work of God for this time. Upon its banner will be the inscription, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 7)
A Word of Caution
The Lord has plainly instructed me that our young people should not be encouraged to devote so much of their time and strength to medical missionary work as it has been carried forward of late. The instruction they receive regarding Bible doctrines is not such as to fit them to perform properly the work that God has entrusted to His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 8)
The talents of God’s people are to be employed in giving the last message of mercy to the world. The Lord calls upon those connected with our sanitariums, publishing houses, and other institutions to teach the youth to do evangelistic work. Our time must not be so largely employed in establishing sanitariums, food factories, food stores, and restaurants, that other lines of work shall be neglected. Young men and young women who should be engaged in the ministry, in Bible work, and in the canvassing work should not be bound down to mechanical employment.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 9)
The youth are to be encouraged to attend our schools, which should become more and more like the schools of the prophets. Our schools have been established by the Lord, and if they are conducted in harmony with His purpose, the youth sent to them will quickly be prepared to engage in various lines of missionary work. Some will be trained to enter the field as missionary nurses, some as canvassers, some as evangelists, some as teachers, and some as gospel ministers.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 10)
Satan is earnestly striving to lead souls away from right principles. Multitudes who profess to belong to God’s true church are falling under the enemy’s deceptions. They are being led to swerve from their allegiance to the blessed and only Potentate. Plans which should be recognized as wrong are accepted by many because these plans are clothed with saintly garments and appear to be righteous. Some things designed to be blessings have become snares because those who have them in charge have allowed selfishness and ambition to control their minds. Thus precious things that God has given us as a blessing, to glorify His name, have become a hindrance to spirituality.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 11)
The Power of Influence
How closely related are all who are engaged in the Master’s service! Every one is dependent upon his fellow man. Then how important that each shall guard carefully his words and acts, lest from him shall go forth an evil influence, far-reaching in its results. By a careless sneer, a turn of the head, or words of scorn and derision, a wrongdoer may set in motion an influence freighted with evil. An evil insinuation, once started, will spread rapidly, carried from mind to mind. It was by the expression of such thoughts that Satan placed in the minds of the angels that rebellion spread among them.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 12)
Many today live for self. Thus they cut themselves away from the source of divine help. Selfishness is the law by which they are governed. They place themselves on the side of rebellion, and God allows them to become the prey of their own increasing depravity until to them sin appears to be righteousness and righteousness sin. They do not realize that they do themselves untold injury every time they yield to selfish desires. Every time they do that which is against their convictions of right, they sink deeper into the deceptions of Satan and more vigorously oppose those who are doing right. From them come evil suggestions glossed over with the appearance of religion. They work against God and tempt others to do the same things. Then, strengthened by the sympathy of their associates, they strive to counteract right principles. Should any one endeavour to counteract their evil plans, they cherish a feeling of hatred for him.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 13)
Men today are in danger of manifesting the same spirit that Jeroboam manifested, and of doing a work similar in character to the work that he did. His plans, put into operation, led the children of Israel away from God into idolatry, and they performed and permitted terrible evils. The Judge of all the earth will lay to the charge of Jeroboam the awful results of his course. And to the charge of those who follow his example will be laid the results of their wrong course.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 14)
A Stern Rebuke
In the days of Christ the temple service had become perverted. In the hands of unprincipled men it was the means of extortion and robbery. Many who came there from afar to attend the Passover went home after the feast bruised and wounded in spirit by the overbearing tyranny of the priests and rulers.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 15)
At the beginning of His ministry, Jesus came up to Jerusalem to the Passover. As He entered the temple, He took in the whole scene. He saw the unfair transactions. He saw the distress of the poor, who thought that without shedding of blood there would be no forgiveness for their sins. He saw the outer courts of His temple converted into a place of unholy traffic.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 16)
As Christ beheld the scene, indignation, authority, and power were expressed in His countenance. He spoke, and His clear, ringing voice—the same that upon Mount Sinai proclaimed the law that priests and rulers were then transgressing—could be heard echoing through the arches of the temple: “Take these things hence; make not My Father’s house a house of merchandise.” [John 2:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 17)
Slowly descending the stairs, and raising the scourge of cords gathered upon entering the enclosure, Jesus bade the bargaining company depart from the precincts of the temple. With a zeal and severity He had never before manifested, He overthrew the tables of the moneychangers. None presumed to question His authority. None stopped to gather up their ill-gotten gain. Jesus did not smite them with the whip of cords, but in His hand that simple scourge seemed terrible as a flaming sword. Officers of the temple, speculating priests, brokers, and cattle traders, with their sheep and oxen, rushed from the place with the one thought of escaping from the condemnation of His presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 18)
At the close of His mission, Christ came again to the temple and found it desecrated as before. The condition of things was even worse than before. The dignitaries of the temple were themselves engaged in buying and selling and the exchange of money. So completely were they controlled by greed that in the sight of God they were no better than thieves.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 19)
Again the piercing look of Christ swept over the desecrated court of the temple; and He spoke with a power that swayed the people like a mighty tempest: “It is written, My house shall be called a house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves.” [Matthew 21:13.] His voice sounded like a trumpet through the temple. The displeasure of His countenance seemed like consuming fire. With authority He commanded, “Take these things hence.” [John 2:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 20)
This history may be repeated. The Lord will not today sanction sharp dealing and selfish grasping for power to take advantage of others. Commercialism has been so interwoven with the work of God that for some it is difficult to distinguish between the sacred and the common. The Lord will soon show that He is Lord of lords and King of kings. To Him sin is sin, and righteousness is righteousness. A crisis has come in His work. God has a controversy with those who have followed their own will and their own way. Now is the time to repent and turn to Him with full purpose of heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 113, 1903, 21)
Lt 114, 1903
Leaders in Our Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 23, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 62-70. + To the leaders in our work Dear Brethren,—
I have a message for you. The Lord is in earnest with His people. I expected that great humiliation of heart would follow the manifestation of the Lord’s displeasure in the destruction of the principal buildings of our two largest institutions. But how little influence this has had to bring humiliation and repentance. God’s people have dishonored Him, and their hearts have become so unimpressible that even when He speaks in judgment, they make no decided change.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 1)
Evil entered the heavenly courts through the angel who, next to Christ, occupied the most exalted position. Lucifer was the first of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. Of him it is said, “Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden, the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering.... Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so. Thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in thee.” [Ezekiel 28:12-15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 2)
But though honored above the heavenly host, Lucifer was not content with his position. He ventured to covet the homage due alone to the Creator. He cherished feelings of envy, and these feelings he communicated to the other angels. It was his endeavor to secure to himself their service and loyalty. In so deceptive a way did he work that the sentiments that he inculcated could not be dealt with until they had developed in the minds of those who received them.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 3)
The influence of mind on mind, so strong a power for good when sanctified, is equally strong for evil in the hands of those opposed to God. This power Satan used in his work of instilling evil into the minds of the angels, and he made it appear that he was seeking the good of the universe. As the anointed cherub, Lucifer had been highly exalted; he was greatly loved by the heavenly beings, and his influence over them was strong. Many of them listened to his suggestions and believed his words. “And there was war in heaven; Michael and His angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought, and his angels, and prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.” [Revelation 12:7, 8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 4)
Cast out of heaven, Satan set up his kingdom in this world, and ever since, he has been untiringly striving to seduce human beings from their allegiance to God. He uses the same power that he used in heaven—the influence of mind on mind. Men become tempters of their fellow men. The strong, corrupting sentiments of Satan are cherished, and they exert a masterly compelling power. Under the influence of these sentiments, men bind up with one another in confederacies, in trade unions, and in secret societies. There [are] at work in the world agencies that God will not much longer tolerate. In a milder form the same evil and the same spirit has been introduced into our institutions. The Lord opened the matter to me, showing me that the wrong was of the same character as that introduced into heaven. It was Satan who was working to bring in certain influences to bind different interests under one control. This was not in harmony with God’s will, and He declared that He would not sanction anything of the kind.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 5)
This work was first started in the Review and Herald office. Things were swayed first in one way and then in another. It was the enemy of our work who prompted the call for the consolidation of the publishing work under one controlling power in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 6)
Then the idea gained favor that the medical missionary work would be greatly advanced if all our medical institutions and other medical missionary interests were bound up under the control of the medical association at Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 7)
I was told that I must lift up my voice in warning against this. We were not to be under the control of men who could not control themselves and who were not willing to be amenable to God. We were not to be guided by men who want their word to be the controlling power. The development of the desire to control has been very marked, and God sent warning after warning, forbidding confederacies and consolidation. He warned us against binding ourselves to fulfil certain agreements that would be presented by men laboring to control the movements of their brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 8)
Light has been given me that there are papers that have been drawn up by lawyers that are blinding the eyes of the simple people of God. Men have means that they are willing to lend at interest, and these papers, signed by those to whom the money is lent, are given as security. But if those receiving the money should change leaders, if they should turn away from straightforward principles, they could, because of the wording of the papers, take advantage of those whose money they have received and bring in oppression. We are to guard against the things that tempt men to hurt their fellow men. We are to guard against the acceptance of documents framed in language that is confusing to minds. We have no need of such documents. They are a snare, and our people are warned to beware of them.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 9)
Warnings against these things were given me in Australia. The word of the Lord came to me, Say to My people, Put not your trust in writings drawn up by lawyers, filled with technicalities and conditions and restrictions, which blind the minds of those who have to do with them. God wants those who believe the truth to take their stand against everything of the kind.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 10)
We are church members, believers in the Bible, and we are not to make the Lord Jesus ashamed to call us brethren, because we have no confidence in one another. We are to be afraid of those who have little confidence in their fellow workers and who demand that they should be bound about by agreements and restrictions,which can be misinterpreted and used to do harm. Should they in the future be turned from their integrity, they would take advantage of some wording that those who signed the documents did not at the time comprehend.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 11)
The Result of Exalting Self
I am instructed to call the attention of our people to the second dream given to Nebuchadnezzar and to the experience that came to him as the result of his failure to heed the warning. Nebuchadnezzar was troubled by the dream; and unable to obtain from his wise men an interpretation of it, he called in Daniel and told him the dream.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 12)
“I saw,” he said, “and, behold, a tree in the midst of the earth, and the height thereof was great. The tree grew and was strong, and the height thereof reached unto heaven, and the width thereof unto the end of all the earth; the leaves thereof were fair, and the fruit thereof much, and in it was meat for all; the beasts of the field had shadow under it, and the fowl of the heaven dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh was fed of it. I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed, and behold, a watcher and an holy one came down from heaven, and he cried aloud, and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off his branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit; let the beasts get away from under it, and the fowls from his branches; nevertheless, leave the stump of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass, in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts in the grass of the earth; and let his heart be changed from man’s, and let a beast’s heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him ... This dream I Nebuchadnezzar have seen. Now, thou, O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation thereof, forasmuch as all the wise men of my kingdom are not able to make known unto me the interpretation; but thou art able: for the spirit of the holy gods is in thee.” [Daniel 4:10-16, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 13)
The dream and its meaning filled Daniel with astonishment, and “his thoughts troubled him.” [Verse 19.] But he faithfully told the king that the fate of the tree was emblematic of his own downfall; that he would lose his reason and, forsaking the abodes of men, would find a home with the beasts of the field; and that he would remain in this condition for seven years. He urged the proud monarch to repent and turn to God and by good works avert the threatened calamity. “Wherefore, O king,” he said, “let my counsel be acceptable unto thee, and break off thy sins by righteousness, and thine iniquities by showing mercy to the poor; if it may be a lengthening of thy tranquility.” [Verse 27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 14)
Had the king heeded this counsel, the threatened evil might have been turned aside. But he went on in proud superiority. For a time he was impressed by the warning given him. But his heart was not changed, and the heart that is not wholly transformed by the grace of God soon loses the impression made by the Holy Spirit. Nebuchadnezzar felt that he was rooted in the hearts of his subjects, and his prosperity tempted him to do unjust things. His rule, which in the past had to a great extent been just and merciful, now became harsh and oppressive. The reason that God had given him was used for self-glorification.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 15)
About a year after the king received the warning, he was walking in his palace, thinking of his power as the ruler of earth’s greatest kingdom. And the king spake, and said, “Is not this great Babylon that I have built for the house of my kingdom, by the might of my power, and for the honor of my majesty?” [Verse 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 16)
The God of heaven read the heart of the king and heard it whisperings of self-gratulation. “While the word was yet in the king’s mouth, there fell a voice from heaven, saying, O king Nebuchadnezzar, to thee it is spoken, The kingdom is departed from thee. And they shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field; they shall make thee to eat grass as oxen, and seven times shall pass over thee, until thou know that the Most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever He will.” [Verses 31, 32.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 17)
“The same hour was the thing fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar.” In a moment his reason was taken away, and he became as a beast. “And he was driven from men, and did eat grass as oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hairs were grown like eagles’ feathers, and his nails like birds’ claws.” [Verse 33.] For seven years he was thus degraded. For seven years he was an astonishment to his subjects. At the end of this time his reason was restored to him, and looking up in humility to the God of heaven, he recognized the divine hand in his chastisement. The transformation had come. The mighty monarch had become the humble child of God, obedient to His will. The despot had been changed into the wise, compassionate ruler.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 18)
In a public proclamation Nebuchadnezzar acknowledged his guilt and the great mercy of God in his restoration. The record says:
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 19)
“At the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up mine eyes unto heaven, and mine understanding returned unto me, and I blessed the Most High, and I praised and honored Him that liveth forever, whose dominion is an everlasting dominion, and His kingdom from generation to generation; and all the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as nothing; and He doeth according to His will in the army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of earth, and none can stay His hand, or say unto Him, What doest Thou? At the same time my reason returned unto me; and for the glory of my kingdom mine honor and brightness returned unto me; and my counsellors and lords sought unto me; and I was established in my kingdom and excellent majesty was added unto me. Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and extol and honor the King of heaven, all whose works are truth, and His ways judgment; and those that walk in pride He is able to abase.” [Verses 34-37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 20)
The lesson that the Lord would have all humanity learn from the experience of the king of Babylon is that all who walk in pride He is able to abase. By stern discipline Nebuchadnezzar had to learn the lesson that God, not man, is Ruler, that His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom. So men today must learn that God is supreme. When men gain success in the work of the Lord, it is because God has given them this success, not for their own glory, but for God’s glory. He who seeks to steal a ray of light from the glory of the Lord will find that he will be punished for his presumption.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 21)
David declares, “I have seen the wicked in great power, and spreading himself like a green bay tree. Yet he passed away, and, lo, he was not; yea, I sought him, and he could not be found.” [Psalm 37:35, 36.]
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 22)
Let a people boast themselves in their own wisdom, let them exalt self and indulge pride, and the result will surely follow. As surely as the sun shines by day, so surely does pride go before destruction, and a haughty spirit before a fall. Let a church become proud and boastful, and that church will be laid low. Let those in charge of any institution become presumptuous, taking to themselves the credit for the success that has come to them in certain lines, let them glory in their wisdom and their efficiency, and they will certainly be brought to humiliation.
(18LtMs, Lt 114, 1903, 23)
Lt 115, 1903
Wessels, John “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 20, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TSA 58-59; 1MR 383; 7MR 151. Dear Brother John Wessels,—
This morning I read your letter to me. Thank you for writing. I have a deep interest in you. The enemy of souls has tried very hard to spoil your record, but I rejoice to know that you are seeking most earnestly to walk and work in the way of the Lord. The enemy will make a strong effort to compass your ruin. Christ is your only hope. Look to Him. He will save you. In His strength you can be more than a conqueror. He is the Captain of the Lord’s host. He gave His life to secure your redemption, and He will care for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 1)
The same mail that brought your letter brought me one from Brother Washburn, who is laboring in Washington, D.C. I have been strongly impressed by the Lord that in this city a most decided work must be done to proclaim the truth regarding the seventh-day Sabbath. Several years ago instruction was given me in regard to this.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 2)
Wilbur Crafts, a prominent member of the National Reform League, has his headquarters in Washington, and he seems determined to carry his point. He is connected in some way with the W.C.T.U. He will do all in his power to eclipse the light on the Sabbath question. I think it would be well if our people could get a standing in Washington. But if it seems best for some one of the branches of our cause to have its headquarters there, buildings must be erected that will rightly represent our faith. These buildings must show no extravagance. There must be no display about them, but they must be such as will accord with the character of the truth we are proclaiming.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 3)
It would be no disparagement to our paper, the Review and Herald, to bear the imprint of Washington, D. C. It is important that in these last days the message should go with convincing power from the most exalted station.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 4)
Our publishing house should be situated in the place that is most favorable for its work. The Lord will guide us in the selection of a place for this institution. We shall let Him work out His purposes.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 5)
What a work might have been done if the Battle Creek Sanitarium could have been established in Washington, D. C. But there will be a sanitarium there. This is the light that was given me thirteen years ago.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 6)
The judgments of God are in our land. The Lord is soon to come. In fire and flood and earthquake, He is warning the inhabitants of this earth of His soon approach. O that the people may know the time of their visitation!
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 7)
We have no time to lose. We must make more determined efforts to lead the people of the world to see that the day of judgment is at hand. Our understanding needs to be quickened by the Holy Spirit. We need to stand constantly in a humble, contrite attitude, that we may see the Lord’s design and be prepared to make known His will from day to day, not only in word, but in deed.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 8)
Oh, if our people would feel as they should the responsibility resting upon them to give the last message of mercy to the world, what a wonderful work would be done. We need the impartation of the Holy Spirit, that we may realize how closely heavenly things are bound up with God’s church on this earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 9)
The Christian church began its existence by praying for the descent of the Holy Spirit. It was in its infancy, without the personal presence of Christ. He had ascended to heaven. Just before His ascension He had commissioned them to preach the gospel to all the world. “Ye shall receive power,” He said, “after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you; and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up, and a cloud received Him out of their sight.” [Acts 1:8, 9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 10)
In obedience to the word of their Master, the disciples returned to Jerusalem, and for ten days they prayed for the fulfilment of God’s promise. These ten days were days of deep heart-searching. They put away all differences that had existed among them and drew close together in Christian fellowship. As they prayed, they realized what a privilege they had had in being permitted to associate so closely with Christ. Sadness filled their hearts as they thought of how many times they had grieved His heart of love by their slowness of comprehension, by their failure to understand the lessons that for their good He was trying to teach them. Not till after His trial and crucifixion had they been able to see fully the meaning of His words.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 11)
At the end of ten days the Lord fulfilled His promise by a wonderful outpouring of His Spirit. “Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them cloven tongues as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.... And the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls. And they continued steadfastly in the apostles’ doctrine and fellowship, and in the breaking of bread, and in prayers. And fear came upon every soul; and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things in common; and sold their possessions, and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need. And they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, praising God, and having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.” [Acts 2:2-4, 41-47.]
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 12)
Crucified for Us
At the hands of those who claimed to be the chosen people of God, our Redeemer suffered humiliation such as cannot be exceeded. Those for whom He had done so much mocked and derided Him. At His trial, He was taken, faint with weariness and covered with wounds and scourged in the sight of the multitude. “The soldiers led Him away into the hall, called Praetorium; and they called together the whole band. And they clothed Him with purple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about His head, and began to salute Him, Hail, King of the Jews! And they ... did spit upon Him, and bowing their knees worshipped Him.” [Mark 15:16-19.] Occasionally some wicked hand snatched the reed that had been placed in His hand and struck the crown upon His brow, forcing the thorns into His temples and sending the blood trickling down His face.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 13)
“He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 14)
Christ was taken to Calvary and crucified between two thieves, as if He were the chief of sinners. To those soldiers who had placed Him on the cross, His clothing was given. Christ heard their contention as they parted His garments among them. His tunic was woven throughout without seam, and they said, “Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be.” Thus was fulfilled the Scripture, “They parted My raiment among them, and for My vesture they did cast lots.” [John 19:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 15)
“And they that passed by reviled Him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save Thyself. If Thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests, mocking Him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others; Himself He cannot save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God.” [Matthew 27:39-43.] “And the soldiers also mocked Him, coming to Him, and offering Him vinegar, and saying, If thou be the King of the Jews, save Thyself.... And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on Him, saying, If Thou be the Christ, save Thyself and us.” [Luke 23:36, 37, 39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 16)
It is impossible for any one to suffer more than Christ suffered. Shame, ignominy, reproach, were heaped upon Him. All this He endured, that sinful human beings, worthy of death, might not perish, but have everlasting life. He died that we might have a life that measures with the life of God. Those who here accept Christ by faith, willingly sharing His reproach and His sufferings, will be rewarded by having their names acknowledged by God before the heavenly universe and before those who have rejected Christ and have closed their eyes to the evidence of truth, lest they should be convicted and take their position with the loyal and true. Those only who obey God’s commandments will have a right to the tree of life and will enter in through the gates into the city.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 17)
I have a deep interest in you and your mother and brothers and sisters. But Christ has a deeper interest in you all than it is possible for me to have. We cannot measure the depth of His interest in us. My brother, labor earnestly for the advancement of the cause of God. Let nothing interpose between you and the salvation of your soul. Do not allow the things of this earth to place you among the transgressors of the law of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 18)
The Relation of Man to His Fellow Man
In the Lord’s plan human beings have been made necessary to one another. If all would do their utmost to help those who need their help, their unselfish sympathy and love, what a blessed work might be done. To every one God has entrusted talents. These talents we are to use to help one another to walk in the narrow path. In this work each one is connected with the other, and all are united with Christ. It is by unselfish service that we improve and increase our talents.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 19)
The members of the church of God on this earth are as the different parts of a machine, all closely related to one another and all closely related to and dependent on one great center. There is to be unity in diversity. No member of the Lord’s firm can work successfully in independence, detached from the others.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 20)
There are many who have not a clear, distinct understanding of the relation of man to his fellow man in the work of God. The members of God’s church stand in close relation to one another. All are to use their entrusted capabilities in His service, that each may minister to the perfection of the whole. Each is to work under the supervision of God. By Christ’s wonderful union of divinity with humanity, we are assured that even in this world we may be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 21)
It is God’s plan that each believer shall be a help to those who have not yet become partakers of the divine nature. Christ has pledged Himself to co-operate with those to whom He has entrusted talents. He has pledged Himself to train us to be His co-laborers. He will help us to follow His example, doing good and refusing to do evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 22)
We are to be consecrated channels through whom the love of Christ flows to those in need of help. Every true worker is connected with heavenly instrumentalities. Of the angels it is said, “Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation?” [Hebrews 1:14.] Christ sends His light to those who keep the windows of the soul open heavenward. Under the Holy Spirit’s influence, they work the works of God. He who approaches nearest to obedience to the divine law will be of the most service to God. He who follows Christ, reaching out after His goodness, His compassion, His love for the human family, will be accepted by God as a worker together with Him. Such a one will not be content to remain on a low level of spirituality. He will constantly reach higher and higher.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 23)
In order that Christ’s missionary work may be accomplished, His servants must exert an influence that draws their fellow men to Him. Every one is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling, lest he make errors that will lead others astray. All are to seek diligently for the wisdom that God gives to those who ask in faith. God sent Christ to our world to show what human beings may become through the aid of divine grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 24)
Christ was tempted in all points like as we are tempted, yet He maintained His integrity. Not once did He swerve from His allegiance. No stain of sin marred His life. He is our example. We are to follow Him. Every good word uttered, every good action performed, exerts an influence that is as lasting as eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 25)
God expects His chosen people to co-operate with Him. They are constantly to advance in their experience, drawing nearer and nearer to Christ, becoming more and more like Him, daily drawing nearer to the perfection that He requires. Such an assimilation to Christ makes human beings examples of what God expects His children to be. This experience all must gain who are pronounced worthy to enter the holy city.
(18LtMs, Lt 115, 1903, 26)
Lt 116, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 103; PC 16-17. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have read with much interest the letters that came to me from you in the last mail. You do not seem to understand, my brother, that when I write regarding the need of practicing economy, I am not writing to you personally, but to all the workers in the Sanitarium. I certainly have never had to reprove you for a failure to economize. Please do not think that I regard you as defective in this respect. I send you cautions so that when you talk with the workers regarding these things, you will have something from me to help you in reaching right principles.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 1)
I certainly think that at present it would not be wise to invest two or three thousand dollars in electric light baths and in machinery to operate them. The prosperity of the Sanitarium is not dependent on electric light baths. It is dependent on the prayers and faith and labors of the workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 2)
In the mail that brought your letters I received a letter from Dr. Caro. I think that he would like to connect with the Sanitarium at Wahroonga. It may be right for him to do this, if he will take the position in the institution that he should take. But if he feels that he must guide the ship, he should not be encouraged to come. A more experienced commander is needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 3)
I feel very sorry for Dr. Merritt Kellogg. He put his whole soul into the work on the Sanitarium building and labored unselfishly and untiringly. It was thought best for him to come to America. But it is not right for him to be left with nothing, to begin all over again; for he is old and worn and has a family to care for. His eyesight is failing, and he cannot take up the work that he thought he could take up when he came to this country. We are trying to help him. His brother John sent him six hundred dollars. He must have something to do. We are trying to find him a place where he can have a garden and keep some chickens. He has found a place in Sebastapol for sale. A house and ten acres of land are offered for sale at eight hundred dollars. There are fruit trees and a good well on the place. The property is looked upon as being very cheap, and there are others ready to take it if Dr. Kellogg does not.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 4)
How much did Dr. Kellogg put into the Wahroonga Sanitarium? I meant to ask him this when he was here.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 5)
I hope that Sister Kress is quite well. Dr. Margaret Evans, who has been working with her husband at the Sanitarium here, was confined a few days ago. The baby was born dead. I feel very sorry for Brother and Sister Evans, but I cannot tell what is best. We must let the Lord work out His plans for us in His own way. Our trials, severe though they may seem to us as we pass through them, are sent for our good.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 6)
God’s blessing will rest upon all who take hold of His work intelligently. His Word is our wisdom. We need the guidance of the Spirit of God at every step. We need the keeping power of God every day. We know not how to order our lives aright. Constantly we are to pray to the Lord to lead us into all truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 7)
In our association with one another, we are to remember that all have not the same talents or the same disposition. The workers differ in plans and ideas. Varied gifts, combined, are necessary for the success of the work. Let us remember that some can fill certain positions more successfully than others. The worker who has been given tact and ability that fit him for the accomplishment of some special line of work should not blame others for not being able to do that which he, perhaps, can do readily. Are there not things that his fellow workers can do far more successfully than he?
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 8)
The various talents that the Lord has entrusted to His servants are essential in His work. The different parts of the work are to be brought together, piece by piece, to make a complete whole. The parts of a building are not all the same, neither are they made by the same process. The lines of God’s work are not all the same, and neither are they to be carried forward in exactly the same way.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 9)
In all the work that is done for the Lord, unity is to prevail. “Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the household of God; and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone; in whom the whole building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” [Ephesians 2:19-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 10)
Strike the true keynote in the Sanitarium. When Jesus sent out the twelve disciples, He said, “As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:7, 8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 11)
Let there be in the Sanitarium much prayer for the healing of the sick. We must depend more decidedly upon the great Healer. It is the miracle-working power of God that will give efficiency to the gospel message. As believers, are we not sons and daughters of God? Is not Christ our Elder Brother? Then shall we not believe that He will reveal His power in restoring the sick to health? Tell Him your wishes and desires, and plead the promise, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] Christ cannot too often be reminded of His pledged word.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 12)
Let us not take ourselves out of the hand of God. Our medical missionary work should bear the similitude of the greatest Missionary this world has ever seen. Present the Lord Jesus, the great Healer, as the One upon whom you depend. The instruction that you give the patients in your parlor lectures will be received much more readily if you send to heaven a petition for the power that is above all human power.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 13)
Encourage the patients to breathe the fresh air. Teach them how to breathe deeply and how to exercise their muscles. Teach them to use the abdominal muscles in breathing. Encourage them to spend much time in the open air. Make the grounds so attractive that they will want to be out of doors. Provide some pleasant, easy work for those who are able to work. Show them how agreeable and health-giving this out-of-door work is. This is an education that will be invaluable to them after they return to their homes.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 14)
Use nature’s remedies—water, sunshine, and fresh air. Do not use drugs. Drugs never heal; they only change the features of the disease.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 15)
Do not allow the helpers to overwork. Let the patients see nurses that are cheerful and bright, not nurses who, because they are overworked, are discouraged and downhearted. It is most inconsistent with the principles on which our sanitariums are founded for the nurses to be allowed to break down in their work.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 16)
The workers are to practice the principles of health reform in all that they do—standing, walking, breathing, eating, and dressing. They are to surround themselves with an atmosphere of praise. They are to cultivate the voice, keeping it pleasant and sympathetic. No word of discouragement is to be heard. Let the nurses and physicians face the light. Let them open the windows of the heart heavenward, that it may be flooded with the beams of the Sun of Righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 17)
The workers are to strive day by day to reveal a character after the divine similitude. If they give themselves to Christ, He will subdue all in their nature that is harsh or overbearing or dictatorial. They are not to think that they will have no opposing influences to meet. But Christ has promised to be with them always, even to the end. If they constantly cherish a sense of His presence, they will act politely and courteously to all with whom they are brought in contact.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 18)
He who is a partaker of the divine nature realizes that he has been accepted by God. He walks before God in faith and humble trust. The Lord impresses his mind, because he heeds the Word. Truth is unfolded to him more and more clearly. He receives with meekness the engrafted Word, and of the things which pertain to his peace and holiness he can say, “God has revealed them unto us by His Spirit.”“Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things which are freely given us of God.” [1 Corinthians 2:10, 12.] “And the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance.” [Galatians 5:22, 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 19)
Be of good courage, ever looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and we must keep fast hold of the great Medical Missionary. When you are tempted, repeat over and over again, “Christ and I are one. He can deliver me.” Let Him appear as the minister of righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 116, 1903, 20)
Lt 117, 1903
Caro, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 24, 1903 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in MM 19-21; TMK 54. Dr. E. R. Caro My dear brother,—
Several days ago I received your letter. I would say to you, the Lord lives and reigns. Take hold of His work in any place that you can. If you bring yourself to Him as a consecrated offering, making no reserve, He will accept you.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 1)
In regard to your future connection with the Sanitarium, I do not know what to say, as I am not on the ground. I could not encourage you to go to the Sanitarium unless those now in charge of the institution have clear evidence that it is best for you to do this. You will have to seek God, and they will have to understand for themselves what their duty is. I dare not take this burden upon me. I know that, judging from past experience, your brethren do not look favorably upon your connection with the Sanitarium on account of your expensive habits. They fear the influence that your example would exert upon the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 2)
The carrying forward of sanitarium work requires self-denying, self-sacrificing effort. The Wahroonga Sanitarium must be managed by men who keep stern principle ever before them. Unless our workers submerge their own interests in the work for these last days, unless they deny self and bear the cross daily, self-indulgence will creep in little by little. An influence will be exerted that will do great harm.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 3)
Christ came to this earth and lived for us the life that every one must live who is granted entrance into the city of God. He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] “So shall he be My disciple.” [John 15:8.] Your failure to obey this word is the great hindrance to your success in God’s work. I dare not say to the workers at the Sanitarium that it would be advisable for you to connect with the Sanitarium. Should you do this, you would, unless you are greatly changed, exert an influence that is counter to the influence that the Lord would have exerted in the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 4)
This world has been visited by the Majesty of heaven, the Son of God. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Christ came to this world as the expression of the very heart and mind and nature and character of God. He was the brightness of the Father’s glory, the express image of His person. But He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and stepped down from His high command to take the place of a servant. He was rich, but for our sake, that we might have eternal riches, He became poor. He made the world, but so completely did He empty Himself that during His ministry He declared, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests, but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:58.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 5)
He came to this world and stood among the beings He had created as a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.] He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 6)
Christ stood at the head of humanity in the garb of humanity. So full of sympathy and love was His attitude that the poorest was not afraid to come to Him. He was kind to all; easily approached by the most lowly. He went from house to house, healing the sick, feeding the hungry, comforting the mourners, soothing the afflicted, speaking peace to the distressed. He took the little children in His arms and blessed them and spoke words of hope and comfort to the weary mothers. With unfailing tenderness and gentleness He met every form of human woe and affliction. Not for Himself, but for others did He labor. He was willing to humble Himself, to deny Himself. He did not seek to distinguish Himself. He was the servant of all. It was His meat and drink to be a comfort and a consolation to others, to gladden the sad and heavy-laden ones with whom He daily came in contact.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 7)
Christ stands before us as the pattern Man, the great Medical Missionary—an example for all who should come after. His love, pure and holy, blessed all who came within the sphere of its influence. His character was absolutely perfect, free from the slightest taint of sin. He came as an expression of the perfect love of God, not to crush, not to judge and condemn, but to heal every weak, defective character, to save men and women from Satan’s power. He is the Creator, Redeemer, and Sustainer of the human race. He gives to all the invitation, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 8)
What, then, is the example that we are to set to the world? We are to do the same work that the great Medical Missionary undertook in our behalf. We are to follow the path of self-sacrifice trodden by Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 9)
As I see so many claiming to be medical missionaries, the representation of what Christ was on this earth flashes before me. As I think of how far short the workers today fall when compared with the divine example, my heart is bowed down with a sorrow that words cannot express. Will men and women ever do a work that bears the features and character of the great Medical Missionary?
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 10)
How did men treat Christ when He came? “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not.” [John 1:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 11)
“There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. The same came for a witness, to bear witness of the light, that all men through Him might believe. He was not that light, but was sent to bear witness of that light. That was the true light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not.” [Verses 6-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 12)
Thus it is today. This history is being repeated and will be repeated again and again before the Lord shall come in the clouds of heaven. The deceptions of Satan will be upon those who dwell on the earth. The enemy will claim to be Christ and will deceive all but those who are steadfast and true to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 13)
“But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [Verses 12, 14, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 14)
After fitting up this world as the dwelling place of man, God looked upon it, and rejoiced in it, pronouncing it very good. So He will accept of and rejoice in the reformation wrought out by those who, receiving Christ as their Saviour, have obtained power to become the sons of God. “If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17.] The first chapter of Colossians shows us the heights to which it is our privilege to attain. We may be “filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;” walking “worthy of the Lord ... being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness; giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light; who hath delivered us from the powers of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son, in whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” [Verses 9-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 15)
Is there not woe enough in this sin-stricken, sin-cursed earth to lead us to consecrate ourselves to the work of proclaiming the message that “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life”? [John 3:16.] This earth has been trodden by the Son of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 16)
He came to bring men light and life, to set them free from the bondage of sin. He is coming again in power and great glory, to receive to Himself those who during this life have followed in His footsteps.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 17)
O how I long to see those who claim to be medical missionaries honoring the great Exemplar, whose life declares what is comprehended in the claim to be a medical missionary. I would that they were learning the Saviour’s meekness and lowliness. My heart aches to think that Christ is so greatly disappointed in His followers. They bear a name that their daily life does not give them the right to bear.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 18)
We must be sanctified, soul and body, through the truth; then we shall honor the name, Medical Missionary. Oh, this name means so much. It calls for a representation altogether different from the representation given by many who bear it. Soon these will understand how far they have departed from the principles of heaven and how greatly they have grieved the heart of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 19)
My brother, I have the tenderest feelings for you, and I should be so pleased to know that you were occupying a position in some part of the work of God, weighted with a sense of the importance of the truth for this time. Your mother has always been to me a precious friend and helper. It would be a great joy to me to see you established, strengthened, and settled upon the foundation principles of present truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 20)
Jesus is coming soon. I want you and your wife to make ready for His appearing. I want you to wash your robes of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb. Christ said of the church at Sardis, “Thou hast a few names, even in Sardis, which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Revelation 3:4.] I greatly desire that you shall be sanctified, body, soul, and spirit, through the truth. O my brother, I lift before you a crucified and risen Saviour, whom we are to receive as our Regenerator. I say to you, “Look and live.” [Numbers 21:8.] It is our privilege to enjoy the abiding presence of Christ in our hearts. He says, “If a man love Me, he will keep My words; and My Father will love him; and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him.” [John 14:23.] This is the identification that we must have with Christ in this world, if we are identified as His saints in the mansions that He has gone to prepare for those that love Him. We must know Christ here if we ever see the King in His beauty. Christ must be in us and we in Him. We must sit together with Him in heavenly places.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 21)
God’s people are to show to the world the power that comes to those who live the life of Christ. The Saviour declares, “This is the Father’s will that sent Me, that of all that He hath given Me I should lose nothing.... And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son and believeth on Him should have everlasting life.” [John 6:39, 40.]
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 22)
My brother, Christ loves you. He has shown you how much He loves you. I cannot find words to tell you how greatly you have disappointed Him in the past. You have allowed the enemy to sway you first in one way and then in another, and the tempter has exulted as you have given way to his temptations. You must have an entirely different experience before Christ can say to you, “Well done, good and faithful servant, ... enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] When you are thoroughly converted, you will be kept by the power of God from exhibiting the weak points in your character.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 23)
May God bless you and your wife, giving you both clear discernment. May He teach you what it means to be a follower of Christ. May He put His Spirit upon you, that you may be enabled to reveal Christ to a world dead in trespasses and sins. This is my prayer for you. My soul longs for your salvation. I pray that you may be enabled to overcome as Christ overcame and sit down with Him on His throne.
(18LtMs, Lt 117, 1903, 24)
I am sorry that I can write you but a short note by this mail, but I will send you copies of letters written to others and ask you to excuse me for not writing more to you personally.
(18LtMs, Lt 118, 1903, 1)
Be of good courage in the Lord. I am anxious that every one shall be filled with zeal, and in the love and grace of Christ be strong in striving for the crown that will be given to the overcomer.
(18LtMs, Lt 118, 1903, 2)
The mail closes soon, and I will not have time to write more, but I ask you all to pray for me. I need your prayers. I am striving with all the powers that God has given me to hold aloft the banner, bearing the inscription for this time, “Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.”Revelation 14:12.
(18LtMs, Lt 118, 1903, 3)
Lt 119, 1903
Santee, Br.; Whitelock, Br. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear brethren Santee and Whitelock,—
I have been speaking to Dr. Evans in regard to the Sierra Madre Villa property that is offered to you at about thirty thousand dollars. He thinks it will be purchased by the brethren and is himself in favor [of] the proposition.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 1)
I am deeply interested in this movement and am heartily in favor of your obtaining this property. It is not too far from Los Angeles. There would be no objection to it if it were ten miles farther away. Seeing that this property is so favorably situated, and that, in the providence of God, there is on it a furnished building, I believe it would be well for you to purchase it.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 2)
I am anxious that you shall act in this matter without unnecessary delay. Whatever is done should be done quickly, that Southern California may have the benefits of a sanitarium. In time, as the way opens, changes may be made in the buildings, so that it will better accommodate patients. But do not think of erecting a new building, or making extensive improvements, if you can utilize the building already there. The first thing to do is to secure the property. Then you can decide what needs to be done next.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 3)
It has taken so long for the brethren in Southern California to decide where to establish the sanitarium that I am nearly ready to lay off the burden. I will not say, My brethren, if you will pray more, and if you will carefully consider the light that God has given us, you will move by faith rather than by sight. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 4)
I hope you will do your best to secure this place.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 5)
Make a thorough canvass of our own people, and also solicit gifts from outsiders. Let the interest-bearing debt be as small as possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 6)
If the place is bought, do not immediately sell part of the land. Consider prayerfully the matter of selling sites to families, on which to erect homes. Do not be in a hurry to settle families on the place. After a time, small cottages may be erected for families who will be a help and strength to the sanitarium and who will constantly exert a good influence. But good judgment must be exercised in selecting men to connect with the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 7)
If this property is secured, it may be that I can come down there and spend a little time with you. Sister Hall, who for twenty years was connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium as matron, will soon be with us and will be a member of my family. She might be of some help to us in starting the sanitarium work.
(18LtMs, Lt 119, 1903, 8)
Lt 120, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 26, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 274. Dear brother Daniells,—
We have been praying for light regarding the location of our work in the East, and light has come to us in a very decided way. We are filled with the greatest satisfaction as we think of the places mentioned in your letter. Positive light has been given me that there will be offered to us for sale places upon which much money has been expended by men who had money to use freely. The owners of these places die, or their attention is called to some other object, and their property is offered for sale at a very low price.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 1)
Such seems to be the case with the property sixty miles from New York, which you describe in your letter to Willie. From your description of this property, I can see that it is just what we need for a sanitarium and a school. A sanitarium should be established without delay near New York.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 2)
The terms upon which this property is offered seem easy, and I should not delay its purchase. It is of no use to wait. We have been praying for light, and light has come.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 3)
In regard to Washington, I will say that twenty years ago memorials for God should have been established in that city, or rather, in its suburbs. It was in the providence of God that our people were offered the church that they recently purchased there. I am glad that this church is so nearly paid for.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 4)
We are many years behind in giving the message of warning in the city that is the capital of our nation. Time and time again the Lord has presented Washington to me as a place that has been strangely neglected. There should be a sanitarium in Washington. The people in the nation’s capital should know what we are doing. Let the work stand high upon its eternal foundation as gospel medical missionary work. Why should not this work be carried forward in Washington? Why should not the leaders of the American people have the privilege of learning the Lord’s will?
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 5)
If there is one place above another where a sanitarium should be established and where gospel work should be done, it is Washington. We cannot estimate how great an influence would have gone forth from Washington in favor of the truth had a sanitarium been established there twenty years ago. Above all places, this place should now be worked. Satan is working there against Jehovah with all his might.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 6)
I present this to you as a matter that is stirring me mightily. One thing is certain; we shall not be clear unless we at once do something in Washington to represent our work. I shall not be able to rest until I see the truth going forth as a lamp that burneth.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 7)
I dare not now write all the words that have been given me on this subject. In the future I may feel free to write them.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 8)
From the light given me, I know that for the present the headquarters of the Review and Herald should be near Washington. If there is on our books and papers the imprint of Washington, D. C., it will be seen that we are not afraid to let our light shine. Let the publishing house be established near Washington. Thus we shall show that we are trying to do what God has bidden us do to proclaim the last message of mercy to a perishing world. We should begin our work there in a limited way at first, and increase as the Lord may favor us.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 9)
But let us not say much until something definite has been decided in regard to settling in Washington. The Lord is good. He is going before us. But let us work quietly. Say nothing about moving the publishing work from Battle Creek until your preparations are made in Washington to begin the work there. To make a stir about matters would impede the progress of the work. Many objections would be raised, and there would be much talk.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 10)
We have come to a place where something must be done. But move cautiously and slowly in regard to taking the publishing work from Battle Creek. Do not pull up from there until you have some better place prepared for the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 11)
And do not say much about the property near New York until the bargain is secured. It will be best for us to keep our plans to ourselves for a time. We are not to let everything be known, giving those who love to talk opportunity to exaggerate and misinterpret and to do everything but the right thing. Never was there a time when we needed to be more careful—careful how we hear and careful how we speak. At times, silence is eloquence. Wisdom in speech will gain for us precious victories.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 12)
All the powers of Satan are at work to create dissension in the ranks of Seventh-day Adventists. Many spend their time in talking over the defects of their brethren and sisters. They are blind; they cannot see afar off. I call upon our people to read the fourth chapter of Ephesians. This chapter is filled with warning, reproof, and encouragement. Notice especially the following words:
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 13)
“When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.... And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ; that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the head, even Christ; from whom the whole body, fitly joined together, and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verses 8, 11-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 14)
Our endeavors to prevail on our people to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bonds of peace have not been followed with the best results. We hoped for something better. Sadness and discouragement come over us as we see that, notwithstanding the encouragement that God has given in His Word, and notwithstanding the warnings and counsels He has sent by His Spirit, many are determined to follow their own way. But the Lord would not have His workers brought down to the level of these professed Christians, who are always working on the negative side.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 15)
God sends us the message, “Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:10-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 16)
We have a tremendous battle to fight. Our worst drawback is our need of workers. Many even of the ministers who claim to be working for the conversion of souls are themselves in need of conversion.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 17)
We are to go into new places—into those parts of the vineyard where the gospel message has not yet been proclaimed. We are to work as Christ worked.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 18)
“Let nothing be done through strife and vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross, wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every other name.” [Philippians 2:3-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 19)
“Do all things without murmurings and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world.” [Verses 14, 15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 20)
Brother Daniells, the Lord has been striving with me, and I say to you, We must make decided moves, and quickly bring things into order, that God may see a different representation, lest His wrath come upon us, and we be not able to escape. The Lord calls for sanctified minute men. He has no use for men who try to serve God and Baal. Let us pray much, and let us refuse to say one word that will irritate a fellow worker. We are to provoke one another to love and to good works, not to anger.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 21)
Let us take hold of the arm of infinite power. Let us walk humbly before God, but let us be giants in meeting discouragement and difficulty. We must have increased faith. Let us praise God. He is our strength, our shield, and our defense, our front guard and our rearward.
(18LtMs, Lt 120, 1903, 22)
Lt 121, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 190; 7BC 970; MRmnt 105. Dear Sister Hall,—
I shall be very glad to see you again. I am expecting you sometime in July. When you write, please tell me when you are planning to come. We shall have many things to talk of when we see each other again. Please write to me when you receive my letters, that I may know that they reach you.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 1)
I have kept very well since the warm weather came. I am surprised that at my age I am favored with such good health. I can go up and down stairs as easily and as quickly as any member of my family.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 2)
Generally, I am cheerful. I do not want to cast a shadow in my family. I desire that every word that falls from my lips shall be fragrant with Christlike love.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 3)
Last Wednesday morning, Sara and I in the single surrey and Brother James, Mr. and Mrs. Bedell, and some of Brother James’s children started for an eight-mile drive up Howell Mountain to a place where there is a large quantity of small black cherries. Our carriages were drawn up under the trees and I picked nineteen quarts, sometimes sitting on the carriage seat and sometimes standing on it. Among us, we picked four boxes. Of these, Mrs. Nelson canned two boxes, making sixty quarts. Brother James, Miss Peck, and Mrs. Bedell had the rest. These cherries are very rich. The juice is almost black.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 4)
I feel so thankful for the physical strength and mental clearness that the Lord gives me. I am filled with an intense desire to do my work wisely, in such a way that it will bring glory to God. My principles are not to be molded or fashioned by any human being. The Lord Jehovah is my strength. I want to accustom myself to commune with God. I want to cherish a constant realization that He is everywhere. He has shown Himself to be a God who hears and answers prayer. Graciously He manifests Himself as a comforter. He is revealed in the teachings of His Word, in the lessons and parables of Christ. As we study this Word, our minds will expand. We shall gain spiritual strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 5)
I am preparing for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him. This He would have all do. He desires us to be earnest students of His Word, that we may be sanctified through the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 6)
Let us look to Jesus in perfect faith, sitting at His feet and learning of Him. Let us give ourselves to God, to be used in any way that He may see fit. Then our usefulness will appear. We shall have increased faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 7)
We have been commissioned to go forth as God’s missionaries. In the Bible we learn what work God has given us to do, and there, too, we learn how to do this work. No one can know the will of God so certainly as he who abides in Christ. There are some who are constantly inquiring and speculating and guessing, but who, instead of advancing, are retrograding. They are not united with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 8)
We are not to stumble along in uncertainty. Christ says, “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] “He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] As we advance, we become used to following. The path of life shines brighter and brighter unto the perfect day.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 9)
How deeply grieved the Saviour is by the loss of one of the souls for whom He made so great a sacrifice. He would bring all into the kingdom of heaven. He desires all to see the King in His beauty.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 10)
How pleased the enemy would be if he could keep God’s workers in constant perplexity because of the inconsistent course of professing Christians. Let us not keep looking at the defects of others. Let us look ever to Jesus. The world is perishing in sin, while unconverted, unconsecrated Christians are making as much trouble as possible. There are sinners to be saved, and in word and deed we are to fulfil Christ’s purpose for them, as His agencies of healing.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 11)
The great mass of professing Christians will meet with bitter disappointment in the day of God. They have not upon their foreheads the seal of the living God. Lukewarm and half-hearted, they dishonor God far more than the avowed unbeliever. They grope in darkness, when they might be walking in the noonday light of the Word, under the guidance of One who never errs.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 12)
Oh, what a sad representation our people are giving to the world by their contention, their gossiping, their faultfinding and accusing. If they would read and study their Bibles, they would be ashamed of their weakness and inefficiency. Their inconsistency is a stumbling block to sinners. They have no faith in themselves and no confidence in those who are loyal and true.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 13)
How true are the words of Paul, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] Oh that the people of God would arouse to see themselves as they are in their backslidden condition! But they will not receive the testimonies sent to help them, and in this they have encouragement from some ministers. But God is not with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 14)
How solemn are the warnings given in the ninth chapter of Ezekiel! These warnings point to stern realities, which will shortly come to pass. But the many warnings of God’s Word are neglected. O how sad, how sad!
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 15)
When those claiming to be Seventh-day Adventists are converted, when they return to their first love, they will begin to work to save perishing souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 16)
I am making earnest efforts to win the crown of life which at the last great day the Judge of all will give to those who love His appearing. Let us not allow our lips to be tarnished by unbelief. Let us talk the truth. Let us refuse to be deceived by the seducing spirits that will come.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 17)
Sister Hall, will it not be a blessed thing to be an overcomer, to sit with the royal family in the kingdom of heaven, to have a place in the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love His appearing?
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 18)
Be of good courage, my sister. Let nothing discourage you. Keep cheerful. Stand under the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 19)
I must stop now. May God bless you, is my prayer. I shall send this to Sister Whitney to hand to you. If you have left Battle Creek, she will know where to send it.
(18LtMs, Lt 121, 1903, 20)
Lt 122, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MRmnt 114. H. W. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
I thank you for the letters you have written, and I will now write a few lines in reply.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 1)
We are having summer weather. I am trying to keep cool, but find it difficult, especially when the hot winds are blowing. However they do not continue for more than a day or two at a time. As I think of the intense heat in some of the large cities, such as New York, I wonder how people can live in them. And as I look around me, and see the beautiful scenery that surrounds us here, I feel very thankful that we are not in a city.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 2)
There are many cities in which as yet no memorials for the Master have been established. To us is given the commission of Christ, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 3)
In our vicinity, we are doing what we can to carry the truth to those around us. Three open-air meetings have been held at Calistoga in the Hot Springs Park. I spoke at each of these meetings. I did this that I might reach those who do not attend church. The Lord greatly blessed me in this effort. He gave me strength to speak so that all who attended could hear me. An open-air meeting is to be held near St. Helena next week, and I have been asked to speak. I shall do so if the Lord gives me the necessary strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 4)
For nearly a year, Brother James, my farmer, has been holding a small Sabbath school at Larkmead, a place six miles away. The Catholic priest did all that he could to break up this school, but we think that some good will result from the effort that Brother James has put forth. There is one family that we hope will accept the truth. The leaven has been put into the meal, and it will work. The influence of what has been done has already been felt in the neighborhood.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 5)
At Yountville, about twelve miles from here, is the State Veterans’ Home. In this home there are about nine hundred old men who at some time have fought in the war.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 6)
Some months ago, a small company from the Sanitarium began to go to this institution every other Sabbath to hold a song service, taking with them books and papers for the soldiers.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 7)
When Brother Irwin was here, he went with the workers to the soldiers’ home and spoke to those of the men who were at the song service. He found here a comrade who had stood by his side in battle and who had been with him in Andersonville Prison.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 8)
Miss McEnterfer went with the workers one Sabbath, and a soldier by the name of Foy made himself known to her. He is a brother of John Foy, who works at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. He seems to be a nice man. Once while he was on horseback, his horse fell, and his leg was broken and had to be amputated, so that he walks with a crutch. We are expecting him to come and make us a visit some day, and perhaps work of some kind can be provided for him.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 9)
A minister from another church speaks at the home on Sundays, but he does not seem to interest the soldiers much. At first but few came into our services, but the attendance has been steadily increasing, and now from sixty to seventy come in every time that a song service is held.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 10)
A few weeks ago, some of the soldiers expressed their desire for a Bible study. Thus the way has opened for instruction to be given them in regard to the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 11)
So you see we have a large missionary field within the short distance of twelve miles. Brother Stevens and Elder Taylor have been taking a leading part in the work at the soldiers’ home, and Dores Robinson has recently joined them. Sister Peck has charge of the singing.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 12)
The singers spend considerable time in practice, that their songs may make the best impression possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 13)
A few Sabbaths ago, Sister Peck, who has been teaching the church school here, took with her about twenty of the children to sing to the soldiers. Mr. Moonie, a livery man in St. Helena, lent them a large stage and two horses for the occasion and also provided a driver. Sister Peck had drilled the children thoroughly, and they sang beautifully. The soldiers were much pleased, and are requesting that the children come again.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 14)
The effort that is being put forth is bringing the truth before these soldiers. The interest is growing steadily. Those in charge of the home have expressed their pleasure at the good influence our people seem to have exerted.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 15)
Some of the men are already becoming convicted of the truth. Two weeks ago an intelligent man about sixty-five years of age told one of our brethren that before our people went there to sing, he had spent most of his time drinking and carousing with some of the other men, but that since they had been coming, he had found a more profitable way of employing his hours. He said that he had given up drinking and was reading Desire of Ages. He thinks Desire of Ages is the best book he has ever seen and is reading it over and over again. He says that every time he reads it he finds it more interesting. A great change has been wrought in this man by the meetings held and the reading matter given him. Another old man is reading Daniel and the Revelation.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 16)
The workers went to Yountville yesterday and had a very interesting time. They found that some of the men have begun to meet in the grove during the week for Bible study and prayer. When they had finished the service in the chapel, they were requested by the hospital steward to sing to the men in the hospital. They went to that building and sang a few songs while standing on the verandah surrounded by men in wheel chairs. Through the doors opening on to the verandah other men could be seen reclining on their cots. Then the singers were asked to go into a different part of the building and sing again. This they did. The aged and infirm men to whom they sang were much affected and begged them to come again, saying that the singing had done them good.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 17)
We now need a worker who can visit the home during the week and labor personally with those who are interested. Last Sabbath one man asked one of the workers to come to his room and talk with him; and next Sabbath some one will go to the home to talk with this man and with any others who may so desire.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 18)
We need for this work a large number of books and tracts on the different points of present truth. We need health literature. We shall circulate among them all that we can obtain.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 19)
I have been requested to go down and speak at the home some Sabbath, but I have hardly dared to go, because I feared the odor of the tobacco in the chapel would be injurious to me. But recently the chapel has been provided with new ventilators, and I think that I may be able to speak in it, or perhaps arrangements could be made for an open-air meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 20)
All around us there are souls who need the gospel. Who needs it more than these aged men? We believe that reformations will be seen in the home; for there is abundant evidence that the Spirit of God is working on the hearts and minds of some there. We are all to do what we can to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth. We are to work for our neighbors. There is work everywhere. God help us to do what we can for those nigh and afar off. The end of all things is at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 21)
May the Lord bless you and give you His Holy Spirit, that you may be filled with faith, and courage, and hope. “Hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end.” [Hebrews 3:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 122, 1903, 22)
Lt 123, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 185. Dear children Edson and Emma,—
My last letter to you was a very poor apology for a letter, but I let it go, for I was overcrowded with work. I was writing early and late. I was never busier in my life than I am now. My head is clear, and I am able to write out many things.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 1)
Children, let us cleave to the Lord. Seek counsel of Him. The terrible disasters that are taking place from week to week speak to us in earnest tones of warning, telling us that life is uncertain and that we are to stand ever on guard.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 2)
The evangelization of the world is Christ’s work. In the service that we do for Him, we are to follow His example, that we may make no mistakes. A new era is to begin among the people of God. We are now to ask and receive blessing from on high. Christ has declared, “Without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] How important, then, that we have His guidance at every step. How important that we move guardedly and that we understand by experience the sixth chapter of John. This chapter contains lessons that every worker in Christ’s service should comprehend.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 3)
There is a great work to be done in medical missionary lines. Aggressive efforts are to be put forth in every place. Church members are to be educated to look to Jesus and to follow His example in all things.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 4)
The first messengers of the gospel were sent forth with the word, “The kingdom of heaven is at hand.” [Matthew 10:7.] This is our message today. We are to remember that the work of reaching souls cannot be confined to any one method. Gospel medical missionary work is to be carried forward, not in the precision of one man’s lines, but in Christ’s lines. All that is done is to bear the impress of the Holy Spirit. We are to work as Christ worked, in the same practical lines. Then we shall be safe.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 5)
The divine commission needs no reform. Christ’s way of presenting truth cannot be improved upon. The worker who tries to bring in methods that will attract the worldly minded, supposing that this will remove the objections that they feel to taking up the cross, lessens his influence. Preserve the simplicity of godliness. The Lord’s blessing rests not upon the minister whose speech bears the stamp of worldliness. But He blesses the words of the one who cherishes the simplicity of true righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 6)
Our work is to be practical. We are to remember that man has a body as well as a soul to save. Our work includes far more than standing before the people to preach to them. In our work we are to minister to the physical infirmities of those with whom we are brought in contact. We are to present the principles of health reform, impressing our hearers with the thought that they have a part to act in keeping themselves in health.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 7)
The body must be kept in a healthy condition in order that the soul may be in health. The condition of the body affects the condition of the soul. He who would have physical and spiritual strength must educate his appetite in right lines. He must be careful not to burden the soul by overtaxing his physical or spiritual powers. Faithful adherence to right principles in eating, drinking, and dressing is a duty that God has laid upon human beings.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 8)
The Lord desires us to obey the laws of health and life. He holds each one responsible to care properly for his body, that it may be kept in health.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 9)
Edson, take good care of your health. Do not imperil it as you have done in the past. There are obligations that you owe to yourself—obligations that you must fulfil if you would have spiritual tone and vigor. When the mental faculties are overworked, the usefulness of the human being is crippled.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 10)
Much more is embraced in preaching the Word than many realize. In your work in the South, you will find that the colored people can best be taught by object lessons. Kind words and loving deeds will accomplish more than anything else.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 11)
The apostle Paul was a true missionary, a workman who needed not to be ashamed. Let us study his methods and follow his example, that we may be able to say, By word and deed I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 123, 1903, 12)
Lt 124, 1903
McClure, N. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 25, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother McClure,—
During the night I have been instructed that the family that occupies my house in Healdsburg should have the benefit of the fruit from the orchard, if they so desire, and if they will take care of the place and see that it is kept in good order. If they rent the place for twelve dollars a month, they should have all that they can get off it. It is not right to have others acting the part of caring for the place, while the tenant has little of the profit that comes from the place. I wish to do as I would be done by.
(18LtMs, Lt 124, 1903, 1)
I think that I made a mistake in selling the vineyard for six hundred dollars. This should not have been separated from the house and the rest of the land. But as it is done, it is done.
(18LtMs, Lt 124, 1903, 2)
I do not want you to sell my place in Healdsburg for less than three thousand dollars. Cautions have been given me in regard to this matter that I dare not trifle with. Three thousand dollars is my price for the place. I cannot now feel clear to sell it for two hundred dollars less than this price. I speak decidedly.
(18LtMs, Lt 124, 1903, 3)
Things have been presented to me, which, though not yet clearly defined, show me that I must hold right where I am for the time being. In the future I shall understand more clearly the meaning of these things.
(18LtMs, Lt 124, 1903, 4)
I want everything in my business dealing to be as God would have it. I want to be sure to do my work thoroughly, in the way that God has marked out.
(18LtMs, Lt 124, 1903, 5)
Lt 125, 1903
Brethren in the Med. Miss. Work & in the Review & Herald “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California June 11, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 102; 7BC 969. To my brethren bearing responsibilities in the medical missionary work and in the Review and Herald,—
From letters received, I hear that you have had an excellent meeting. I rejoice that the spirit of unity came into your councils. But I must tell you that the spiritual condition of things at the heart of the work is not such as God would have it. You have but touched the wrongs that need to be made right. You are in positive danger, and this danger will increase unless you earnestly, perseveringly carry forward the work of reformation. The gospel of Christ must touch your hearts, that the transforming influence of the truth may be revealed. I dare not hold my peace. I entreat you to make thorough work for repentance. Do not stop with the superficial beginning that has been made. Make steady advancement, as workmen who are imbued with the spirit of the cross of Calvary. Repent, repent, and do the first works, or your candlestick will be removed out of its place.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 1)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks: I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 2)
At one time Ephesus was a church distinguished for her good works. But she had a spiritual fall. God declared, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love.” [Verse 4.] This was a most serious loss.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 3)
Although He had ascended to heaven, Christ had an intimate acquaintance with the church at Ephesus. He was present in their assemblies. He took pleasure in their faithful discharge of duty, and He commended them for it. But He saw in them a serious lack, and He told them of this lack. “Thou hast left thy first love,” He said. [Verse 4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 4)
Please read, in connection with the message to the church at Ephesus, Paul’s letter to the Ephesians. Paul had labored much for the church at Ephesus. “Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, to the saints which are at Ephesus, and to the faithful in Christ Jesus: Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as He has chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love; having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein He hath made us accepted in the Beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace; wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence.” [Ephesians 1:1-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 5)
The first chapters of this epistle are words of commendation. Mark the outflowing of the apostle’s love in the words: “Whereof I was made a minister, according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me by the effectual working of His power. Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles, the unsearchable riches of Christ; and to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ: to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God, according to the eternal purpose which He purposed in Jesus Christ our Lord: in whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of Him. Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory. For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named, that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God. Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end. Amen.” [Ephesians 3:7-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 6)
How precious the prayer offered in behalf of the Ephesians! How large and full the encouragement given them!
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 7)
The fourth chapter contains warnings that show us the peculiar privileges and dangers of the Ephesian church.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 8)
The gospel of Christ was designed to lead all to believe and practice the truth. The Christian is ready to sacrifice everything for His Master. He does not live to himself. From the cross of Calvary the sentence has gone forth, He who lives to himself is not a Christian. Every one who truly accepts Christ will co-operate with Christ. He will follow the Saviour’s example; for he is created anew in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 9)
Upon every human being the Lord has a claim. Man is not his own proprietor. Every power of his being, every moment of his time, has been bought with a price, even the precious blood of the only begotten Son of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 10)
And so Paul writes to the Ephesians: “I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all.” [Verses 1-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 11)
Paul speaks of himself as the prisoner of the Lord. But he was not a prisoner because of unfaithfulness. He had committed no crime. He was not an evildoer. He was suffering for the steadfastness of his faith. Why then, should he or his brethren be ashamed of his bonds?
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 12)
Paul presents before the Ephesians the wonderful privileges granted them. He calls upon them to remember what God had done for them. He tells them of the fruit that they are to bear by maintaining unity, “with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love.” [Verses 2, 3.] Their words and works were to be an evidence of the presence of the grace of Christ in their hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 13)
Mark the stress that Paul lays upon unity. “Endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bonds of peace,” he says. [Verse 3.] A man cannot live in unity with his fellow men without stern endeavor on his part. He must put forth untiring effort to control his perverse disposition. He must heed the words of the great Teacher sent from God, who gave His life to make it possible for human beings to live Christian lives, each believer working in his place, the gifts of one blending with the gifts of another, and no man standing apart to judge or criticize.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 14)
There are so many who pick flaws in their fellow workers. From those who do this Christ removes His Spirit. The Holy Spirit is trying to obtain access to the souls of men and women, that they may not be led astray by the cunning, crafty schemes of men. He sees what is done to hurt and destroy those whom He is seeking to save and bless and comfort. Let us now turn our attention to the saving of our souls. Christ would not have any one perish. He is our Advocate. He stands before God pleading in our behalf. It becomes us all to watch and pray, lest we enter into temptation and work on Satan’s side, making of no effect the mediation of Christ in our behalf. We are to confess Christ by standing in such a position that He can work through us.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 15)
In order to honor God, we must steadfastly maintain our allegiance to Him. We cannot yield to worldly influences without dishonoring our Leader. We must be united with Christ and with one another. We must guard carefully against any betrayal of the sacred trust that has been committed to us. Each believer is to strengthen the other, helping him to walk worthy of the vocation wherewith he is called.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 16)
Every Christian, at his baptism, pledges himself to love his brethren, as Christ has loved him. Day by day he is to live out the principles of the gospel. Christ is the source of the divine love that His children are to receive and impart. His disciples are to be afraid to exhibit traits of character resembling Satan’s traits. The life of the one who claims to believe in Christ, and yet spends his time in arousing strife and dissension, is a falsehood, a deception. God abhors his evil practices. He has never learned the meaning of sanctification through the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 17)
God has made provision for man to be a partaker of the divine nature. It is the eternal purpose of God that His children shall reveal for one another the love that Christ has revealed for them. Selfishness is the fruit borne by the tree nourished by Satan’s corrupting influence. In this world of selfishness and sin, Christians are to demonstrate the power of the love of Christ. A Christian life speaks louder than words possibly can, declaring that Christ’s followers have learned of Him, and that the power of His love has made them steadfast and persevering, enlarging their comprehension of His love, because they themselves have tasted that love. The love that Christ puts into the hearts of His disciples will enlarge their comprehension of His love, and this will be still more fully opened to them in the eternal ages.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 18)
Truth sanctifies the soul. No error is of the truth. Brought into the daily life, truth makes men and women more like Him who is Truth, until at last they will be complete in Christ, in word and deed revealing His likeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 19)
I am instructed to say that had the people of God walked in love and unity, they would now be standing high in moral and spiritual power, and the message would have gone to all parts of the world. A greater zeal would have distinguished believers from unbelievers. The world would not have been soothed and flattered in its transgression of God’s law. The line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not would have been plainly discerned.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 20)
Christ is our Teacher. To Him we are to go for instruction. We are to heed His invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] My brethren, try the wearing of Christ’s yoke. Come down from your spiritual stilts, and practice the grace of humility. Put away every evil surmising, and be willing to see the value of the gifts God has bestowed on your brethren. Remember that Christ is the Advocate of every man with whom you refuse to unite in service.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 21)
The Holy Spirit will come to you if you will give Him opportunity. Are you standing on the side of those who wear Christ’s yoke of restraint and obedience? He is an all-sufficient Helper. The prophet Isaiah says, “His name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, the mighty God, the everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.] Let us leave our case in His hands. Let us refuse to be enticed by the glowing pictures and representations of human beings who are led by the adversary to counterwork the works of God. Do you realize that in every institution Satan has his agencies who work as he worked? Through them he strives to entice men and women away from their first love.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 22)
“There is one body, and one Spirit,” Paul declares, “even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all.” [Ephesians 4:4-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 23)
One Lord, Christ Jesus is working upon different minds. The lives of those who respond to this working will reveal its power. The Holy Spirit will dwell in their hearts. All will rejoice in one hope—having the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. By the power that Christ gives they become sons of God. For them there is one baptism. They are baptized into Christ, and they become partakers of the divine nature, “having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [2 Peter 1:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 24)
Paul continues: “But unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith, When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.... And He gave some apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:7, 8, 11-13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 25)
“That we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive, but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ.” [Verses 14, 15.] Speaking the truth in love means walking in the truth, being truthful in word and deed. “From whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verse 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 26)
Paul’s letter to the Ephesians outlines the privileges granted them by the Lord, and it shows how earnestly the apostle labored for them. But they left their first love. They ceased to depend on Christ as their Teacher, and as a result they became cold and indifferent.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 27)
To those who today profess to believe the truth, the faithful and true Witness is bearing the message borne to the church at Ephesus: “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 28)
The Lord would have the principles of His kingdom plainly proclaimed by His people. And this I testify in the Lord, that our publishing houses, our schools, our sanitariums, are to be witnesses for Christ—witnesses that we are living in the world through the grace given by Christ. God’s law is to be the foundation of the principles followed in our institutions. When this law is ignored, as it has been, the Lord removes His favor from those who thus dishonor Him. He will deny them as they have denied the principles of heaven. As they deal with the truth for this time, so will the Lord deal with them in the day that He makes up His jewels. They will be cast aside as worthless stones, which do not reflect rays of light to a corrupt, godless world.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 29)
Those who come out from the world, to stand distinct from worldlings in words and works, those who realize that it is an honor to bear God’s sign, will receive power to become His sons. The Lord will have men who can be depended on. No one will enter the courts above who does not bear the sign of God. Those who in this sin-cursed earth bear this sign in holy boldness, looking upon it as an honor, will be recognized and honored by Christ in the courts above.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 30)
God will acknowledge those workers who are humble and contrite. He will fill them with light and will give them power that will prevail with God and man. Although God is in heaven, He walks in the midst of His churches on this earth. He knows and watches over every one who is trying to do something to save souls. Of these faithful workers He says, “I have graven them upon the palms of My hands.” [Isaiah 49:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 31)
To us comes the message sent to the church at Ephesus, and to us also comes the message of Revelation 3:14-22. The colder and more formal men are in regard to religious things, the more self-confident they are and the more determined to carry out their ideas and plans. To all such comes the gracious call:
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 32)
“I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing, and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 15-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 33)
This is the last call to repentance made to a backslidden church. Who will heed the warning? God abhors indifference in religious things.
(18LtMs, Lt 125, 1903, 34)
Lt 126, 1903
Brethren in Battle Creek, Mi. and in other States NP July 1, 1903 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in PM 176-177, 181-182, 184. + To my brethren in Battle Creek, Michigan, and in other states,—
I have been made sorry to learn that some who have stock in the Review and Herald Publishing House were decidedly opposed to the removal of the publishing work from Battle Creek, and that these were agitating the matter of withdrawing their stock, if the publishing work were taken to some other place.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 1)
The question arises, Why should any one make such a decision? The Lord has long been sending His word to our brethren in Battle Creek that there has been a failure to consider the needs of the whole field. Instruction has been given that the efforts to center so much in Battle Creek were not wise, and that this place was becoming a modern Jerusalem. The Lord has sent message after message to draw people away from Battle Creek. He has told us plainly that these large centers should be broken up, and that plants should be made in other cities.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 2)
Washington, D. C., the capital of our nation, has repeatedly been presented to me as a place in which there should be memorials for the Lord. Many years ago I was shown that in this city the third angel’s message was to be proclaimed. With clearness and power the word was to sound forth, “The kingdom of God is at hand. Prepare to meet thy God.” [Mark 1:15; Amos 4:12.] If there is any place in the world that should have the full rays of present truth, it is Washington, the city that is the very heart of this nation. Those who act a prominent part in framing laws for the nation should understand what is written in the law of God, which lies at the foundation of all right laws.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 3)
There has been on the part of our people a great neglect of stewardship. Long ago a sanitarium should have been erected in Washington, that the people of that city might have the light on health reform. God has looked with displeasure upon the neglect that has been shown to this city. He has given us the commission, “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 4)
Even more explicit are the directions given in Mark: “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; and he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents, and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” [Mark 16:15-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 5)
The Lord has sent message after message to His people, telling them that there were too many buildings and too many gatherings in Battle Creek. He has declared that His means should be proportionately distributed, that the cities, not only of America, but of all the world, might hear the message of warning. If plants had been made in many places, if the cities had been worked as God designed they should be, thousands of men and women would have been converted to the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 6)
The Lord instructed me that unless the people did respond to the words of admonition sent them, He would surely scatter them from Battle Creek. Again and again I have been shown that the Lord would turn and overturn in Battle Creek. Ministers and physicians were disregarding the cautions and warnings given them. The Lord told me that I must present these warnings to His people in other parts of the world who had not heard them and who, as they met in conferences and councils at Battle Creek, were ignorant of the light that has been sent regarding the need of getting out of Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 7)
The Lord’s messages of warning were despised. Then He sent warnings by fire. Shall I not punish for these things, saith the Lord. The destruction by fire of two of our largest institutions speaks to our people in Battle Creek, telling them to repent and be converted. If these warnings are not heeded, the Lord’s hand will be stretched out still to punish.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 8)
I entreat my brethren and sisters in Battle Creek to be careful what they do; for the Lord marks all their actions. Men cannot mock God and go unpunished. The word has come that the publishing house is to be moved from Battle Creek, that it is to be placed where it can stand as a memorial for God, testifying to many people that His law has been trampled under foot, and that in the place of the seventh-day Sabbath, a spurious rest day has been accepted by the Protestant world.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 9)
The worldlings in high places are yet to be warned. Our neglect to proclaim the truth throughout the world stands as a reproach to us, condemning our unfaithful stewardship.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 10)
There are those who would now do all in their power to make of none effect the testimonies that God has given. But in so doing they stand in defiance of the warnings of the Lord. As surely as God lives and rules over the children of men, so surely will a continuation to reject heaven’s warnings be visited upon an obdurate people.
(18LtMs, Lt 126, 1903, 11)
Lt 127, 1903
Haskell, S. N. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 6BC 1106; TDG 191; 7MR 186, 402; BTS 11/1903. + Dear Brother Haskell,—
Yesterday I received a letter from you, in which you speak of not having heard from me for some time. I have not meant to neglect to write to you, but I have been very, very busy reading matter that has been collected on the work in the South from its beginning until the present time. We are planning to issue this matter in book form, and when this is done, I think we shall have something that will make it impossible for the work that has been done there to be falsely represented. Clarence has gathered together the letters that Edson has written me since he began to work in the South and the letters that I have written him. He is working just as hard as he can to get this matter together and is making good headway. In this book we shall try to show how the work began and how it has been carried forward. I hope that this book will have the effect of making your work in the South more pleasant than the work of some of our other laborers has been by opening the eyes of our people to the needs of the field and the difficulties of the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 1)
I have kept you in mind, and I know the course that has been pursued toward you. I have protested and do protest against it. A different order of things will be brought in ere long. I have been doing much writing. I have little on which to build up confidence in Dr. Kellogg’s way of managing. I know that the Lord has not been leading him. But the Lord knows all about the underhand working, and He alone knows how it will end. I have sought to present the dangers of these workings in a way that would reform, not destroy.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 2)
I am sure of one thing: the old heads are precious in the sight of the Lord. They must husband their strength. I can see that strength will be brought to the cause of God by your connecting with Brother Butler. The cause needs men who understand the first, second, and third angels’ messages.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 3)
We have all confidence in your work in New York City. I believe that the Lord has led you; notwithstanding that your work has been made hard by so many things. But your difficulties have not been against you, for with them has come assurance and continual evidence of a power above human hindrances. The Lord has been sought unto by you. Have you not been given the assurance that you were sitting together in heavenly places in Christ?
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 4)
The apostle Paul, who had received many revelations from the Lord, met difficulties from various sources, and amidst all his conflicts and discouragements, he did not lose his trust and confidence in God. Under the special tuition of the Holy Spirit, his judgment was purified, refined, elevated, sanctified. The devisings of human beings and of the enemy against him were to him a means of discipline and education, and he declares that thus he gained most excellent knowledge, because he made the Lord Jesus his dependence. “Yea, doubtless,” he declares, “I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord.” [Philippians 3:8.] How greatly this gospel enriches the garden of the soul, enabling it to produce most precious fruit!
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 5)
The Lord Jesus has an interest in every phase of His work. I express to you my grief that in some respects mistakes have been made in the distribution of means. When the wages of a missionary who is doing the work that God has appointed him are cut down, it is because a mistake has been made by men who do not always have the mind of Christ. The Lord will make all these things work together for good, even though for the present His servants are inconvenienced and greatly disappointed by being hemmed in on every side.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 6)
One door is opened for you always. “To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write: These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, that openeth and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth: I know thy works; behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it; for thou hast a little strength, and hast not denied My name.... Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” [Revelation 3:7, 8, 10, 11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 7)
May the Lord keep you and bless you. This is my prayer for you. The Lord will clear away the mist and fog; for the whole earth is to be lightened with His glory. The Lord has a work to be done in this world, and it will be done, even though all the host of the power of darkness shall be summoned to obstruct the way. In His own time God will cause the truth to triumph.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 8)
We must be wide-awake, quick to recognize the movings of the providence of God. We must keep our own counsel that we have entrusted to us by the Lord, not giving the enemy any advantage. The Lord is looking on; the Lord is opening ways whereby the truth shall gain the ascendency; for truth is the habitation of His throne.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 9)
I have been carrying a very heavy burden, but the Lord does not mean that I shall die under the load. I must bear it gracefully, revealing the Spirit of the great Teacher.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 10)
Jesus feels every pang of sorrow felt by those who are consecrated to His service, and who, under great difficulties, are doing His work. Let us dwell upon the love of Jesus, that we may have courage and faith. The Lord lives and reigns. There will be unwise advisers who will try to confuse us, but let us look to Jesus, and trust in Him at all times. He has been our Helper, and He will continue to be our Helper.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 11)
Be of good courage in the Lord, my dear brother. Work on, even if means do not come to you. Say, “Lord, I have done my best. Wilt thou not make the little we get from the Conference go a long way?” Do not be discouraged and disheartened. I am sometimes greatly perplexed to know what to do, but I will not be depressed. I am determined to bring all the sunshine into my life that I possibly can.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 12)
The debt that I have incurred in trying to advance the cause of God sometimes worries me. I became involved in debt in trying to push forward the work in Australia. The publication of Desire of Ages was a heavy expense, and I still owe the publishing houses something. There are so many ways in which to use the little money that comes in that I find it hard to reduce my debt of twenty thousand dollars. At present, I am paying about a thousand dollars a year interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 13)
The house I now live in was paid for with borrowed money. I am just as willing to dispose of my place as I was to buy it. I have no abiding place in this world. When the Lord says, “Go, and build up the work in new places,” I shall gladly go. My future is in the hands of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 14)
I say again, be of good courage, and watch unto prayer. Let us do our part to answer our prayers by living in harmony with them. We know something of what is before us. We know that trials await us. We know that unconsecrated Seventh-day Adventists, who have a knowledge of the truth, but who have linked themselves with worldlings, will depart entirely from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits. The enemy will gladly hold out inducements to them, to lead them to carry on a warfare against the people of God. But those who are true and steadfast will have a strong and powerful defense in God. My trust is unwavering. I am not discouraged, because I can hold to the hand of Christ. Let us be always cheerful, that others may not catch from us the spirit of discouragement. Sing praises to the Lord; sing praises to His holy name.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 15)
From your sister in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 127, 1903, 16)
Lt 128, 1903
Daniells, A. G.; Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brethren Daniells and Prescott,—
Yesterday Willie received a telegram from Elder Daniells, telling him to come to Battle Creek immediately. Willie was very busy, and I very much disliked to spare him from my work just now, but I left it with him to decide. He goes this afternoon direct to Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 1)
My brethren, I am certain that just as soon as your plans are laid open to some in Battle Creek, you will have interference. The enemy will work to defeat the plan of entering Washington. Light has been given me that the efforts that we make to move the publishing work from Battle Creek will be strongly opposed by those who have not clear spiritual eyesight. These ones will seek to hinder every effort put forth to move the office of publication to any other place. Keep your own counsel. Be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 2)
Move we must, and move we will, because it is the word of the Lord. If we can do this better by a short delay, let us delay; but if you see that the Spirit of God would have you move at once, do as you are directed.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 3)
God’s people are not to colonize. They are not to center their interests in one place. The Lord desires the truth to be represented in other places besides Battle Creek. Seeing that Battle Creek has been visited in so signal a manner by the judgments of God, I know whereof I speak.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 4)
My brethren, let us trust in the Lord always; for in Him is our strength. I am hopeful. I will not fail nor be discouraged. W. C. White will show you what I have written in regard to the money that our people have invested in Review and Herald. Should I withdraw my stock now, at a time when so great a disaster has come to the institution, I should feel that I were doing something that God could not approve.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 5)
We pray for you all. God will help you. Hide self in Jesus, and be assured that He will hide you with Himself in God. Whatever may occur, and wherever we are, let us be representatives of Christ, examples of practical godliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 6)
I am weary and must rest my head. I have written much this morning. In closing I would say to you, Do not become excited, whatever may occur. Stand always on guard. The enemy may come with soft, enticing words, and again, he may come as a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 7)
May the Lord bless you is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 128, 1903, 8)
Lt 129, 1903
Arthur, Judge Jesse “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CH 316-318; Ev 54, 307-308. + Judge Jesse Arthur My dear brother,—
I have read your letter to Willie, and I must tell you that you do not view matters in a correct light. I have greatly desired that you should obtain an experience in the service of Him who gave His life for you. I have greatly desired that you should become acquainted with the precious Saviour and stand in line as one of His true helpers.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 1)
At one time you made the suggestion that if the managers of our institutions offered higher wages, they would secure a higher class of workmen and thus a higher grade of work. My brother, such reasoning is not in harmony with the Lord’s plans. We are all His servants. We are not our own. We have been bought with a price, and we are to glorify God in our body and in our spirit, which are His. This is a lesson that we need to learn. We need the discipline so essential to the development and completeness of Christian character.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 2)
Our institutions are to be entirely under the supervision of God. They were established in sacrifice, and only in sacrifice can their work be successfully carried forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 3)
Upon all who are engaged in the Lord’s work rests the responsibility of fulfilling the commission: “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 4)
Christ Himself has given us an example of how we are to work. Read the fourth chapter of Matthew, and learn what methods Christ, the Prince of life, followed in His teaching. “Leaving Nazareth, He came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the seacoast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nepthalim; that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nepthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.” [Verses 13-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 5)
“And Jesus, walking by the sea, saw two brothers, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed him. And going on from thence, He saw two other brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship, and their father, and followed Him.” [Verses 18-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 6)
These humble fishermen were Christ’s first disciples. He did not say that they were to receive a certain sum for their services. They were to share with Him His self-denial and sacrifices.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 7)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria; and they brought unto Him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and He healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitude, He went up into a mountain; and when He was set, His disciples came unto Him; and He opened His mouth, and taught them.” [Matthew 4:23-5:2.] He gave what is known as the sermon on the mount—a discourse full of precious instruction for all who claim to be His disciples. His deeds of sympathy in restoring the sick to health had aroused a deep interest in His work and had prepared the people to listen to His words.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 8)
In every sense of the word Christ was a medical missionary. He came to this world to preach the gospel and to heal the sick. He came as a healer of the bodies as well as the souls of human beings. His message was that obedience to the laws of the kingdom of God would bring men and women health and prosperity. “Repent; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand,” was the word that He bore. [Matthew 4:17.] His kingdom of grace was now to be recognized as surpassing in glory all the kingdoms of the earth. The gospel is the charter of this kingdom. It contains the king’s coronation oath, by which He pledges Himself to pardon all who believe in Him, and who come to Him confessing their sins. He pledges Himself to protect and save the loyal subjects of His kingdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 9)
As Christians submit to the solemn rite of baptism, He registers the vow that they make to be true to Him. This vow is their oath of allegiance. They are baptized in the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit. Thus they are united with the three great powers of heaven. They pledge themselves to renounce the world and to observe the laws of the kingdom of God. Henceforth they are to walk in newness of life. No longer are they to follow the traditions of men. No longer are they to follow dishonest methods. They are to obey the statutes of the kingdom of heaven. They are to seek God’s honor. If they will be true to their vow, they will be furnished with grace and power that will enable them to fulfil all righteousness. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 10)
Christ “went about all Galilee, preaching in their synagogues, and healing the sick.” He preached in the synagogues because thus He could reach the many who gathered there. Then He went out and taught by the seaside and in the great thoroughfares of travel. The precious truths that He had to proclaim were not to be confined to synagogues. “Wisdom crieth without; she uttereth her voice in the streets; she crieth in the chief place of concourse, in the openings of the gates; in the city she uttereth her words, saying, How long, ye simple ones, will ye love simplicity? and the scorners delight in their scorning, and fools hate knowledge? Turn ye at My reproof; behold, I will pour out My Spirit upon you, I will make known My words unto you.” [Proverbs 1:20-23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 11)
Christ might have occupied the highest place among the highest teachers of the Jewish nation. But He chose rather to take the gospel to the poor. He went from place to place, that those in the highways and byways might catch the words of the gospel of truth. He labored in the way in which He desires His workers to labor today. By the sea, on the mountainside, in the streets of the city, His voice was heard, explaining the Old Testament Scriptures. So unlike the explanations of the scribes and Pharisees was His explanation that the attention of the people was arrested. He taught as one having authority, and not as the scribes. With clearness and power He proclaimed the gospel message.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 12)
Never was there such an evangelist as Christ. He was the Majesty of heaven, but He humbled Himself to take our nature that He might meet men where they were. To all people, rich and poor, free and bond, Christ, the Messenger of the Covenant, brought the tidings of salvation. How the people flocked to Him! From far and near they came for healing, and He healed them all. His fame as the great Healer spread throughout Palestine, from Jerusalem to Syria. The sick came to the places through which they thought He would pass, that they might call on Him for help and be healed of their diseases. Hither, too, came the rich, anxious to hear His words and to receive a touch of His hand. Thus He went from city to city, from town to town, preaching the gospel and healing the sick—the King of glory in the lowly garb of humanity. “Though He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His poverty might be rich.” [2 Corinthians 8:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 13)
Christ reached out for all to whom He could open the treasures of heavenly wisdom. His ministers are to follow His example. “Whosoever will come after Me,” He says, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] God’s workers are to be instant in season and out of season. They are not to depend on regularly appointed meetings as the only means of working for souls. At all times and in all places they are to seek for those ready to perish.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 14)
Christ’s miracles were wrought in such a way that it could plainly be seen that they were the result of the working of a supernatural power. They were the seal that God placed on the commission given to His Son. Not by nature, but by the God of nature, were these miracles wrought. The testimonies borne by them to the divinity of Christ’s mission could not be controverted. But the Pharisees, determined not to yield to evidence, said, “This fellow doth not cast out devils but by Beelzebub, the prince of the devils.” [Matthew 12:24.] They would give Satan the glory that belonged to Christ. God gave them every opportunity to believe in Christ as the Messiah, but so long had they walked contrary to God that their hearts were not susceptible to His touch. They closed the door of the heart against the evidence that He sent, because this evidence condemned them as transgressors of His law.
(18LtMs, Lt 129, 1903, 15)
Lt 130, 1903
White, Ella “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 178. Miss Ells White My dear granddaughter,—
I received your pleasant letter and will try to write you a few lines in reply. I hope that you will keep a diary of the experiences that come to you that are worth remembering. This may, in the future, be of use to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 1)
The Lord is the great Masterartist. To the books of heaven He is faithfully transferring a likeness of the character that each one is forming day by day, and this will determine our eternal destiny.
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 2)
My dear granddaughter, I feel a deep interest in you. I want you to have an experience that will be for your present and eternal good. Keep your heart stayed ever upon God. He who has given Jesus for your salvation loves to have you seek Him in faith. Jesus, the precious Saviour, invites you to come to Him when weary and heavy laden. He will help and bless and encourage you. Without His help your efforts will be unavailing. “Without Me,” He says, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 3)
The work of cultivating the heart is profitable at all times and in all places. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] We may learn a lesson from the work of the farmer in cultivating the field. He must co-operate with God. His part is to prepare the ground and plant the seed at the right time and in the right way. God gives the seed life. He sends the sunshine and the showers, and the seed springs up, “first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear.” [Mark 4:28.] If the farmer fails to do his part, if the human agent does not co-operate with divine agencies, the sun may shine, the dew and the showers may fall upon the soil, but there will be no harvest. And though the work of planting had been done, unless God sent the sunshine and the dew and the rain, the seed would never, never spring up and grow.
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 4)
So, in the cultivation of character, you must co-operate with God. His Word directs you to “work out your own salvation with fear and trembling; for it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] You have a part to act, and as you act this part, God will surely co-operate with you. He says, “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 5)
“Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] The human agent is to watch unto prayer, seeking counsel from God. As we ask Him for His grace, we are to show that we believe that He will hear us. If we trust Him, He will give us His helping power, His grace, and His Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 6)
The lessons that Christ gave during His earthly ministry are of great value to us. He tells us that His Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those that ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. Be of good courage, and you will have the evidence that your Saviour will be a present help in every time of need. Trust Him, dear child, trust Him. He loves you, and He will bless you if you will put your trust in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 130, 1903, 7)
Grandma.
Lt 131, 1903
Foss, Mary “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear sister Mary,—
I ought to have written to you before. I will now try to send you a few lines. My health is quite good. I go up and down stairs as quickly and easily as any member of my family. I have a great desire to see you, but I do not know when I shall; for it is a task for me to travel. For twenty-five years my hip has been afflicted, and it is only by the most careful treatment of it that I keep free from the sciatica. In order to be able to sleep, I must have just such a bed—made up of a spring mattress, a hair mattress, a feather bed, and a cotton mattress. I can walk but little, but I have good horses, and I ride out often.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 1)
With this I will send you copies of letters to others. These will show you what we are trying to do here.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 2)
The other day I found in my diary the following extracts written thirteen years ago. Thinking that you might be interested in them, I copied them out:
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 3)
Danvers, Mass., Dec. 12, 1890. Sister Edwards and I walked a short distance to call on my sister Harriet’s daughter. She married Charlie Morrison, whose first wife Mary McCann was Emma’s sister. Mary died of consumption, leaving three children. Two of these are now married.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 4)
Emma was much pleased to see me. We talked with her for about two hours. In the afternoon her husband came to the place where I was staying, with the covered carriage, to take me to see his mother and his two sisters. They all received me courteously, and the mother heartily. I was pleased to meet Charlie’s mother. She is a pleasant, sensible woman. She is benevolent looking and wholesome.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 5)
Dec. 14. After meeting I called upon Emma Morrison and found her alone. Soon her husband and his eldest son came from Salem. We had a short visit.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 6)
I spoke in the afternoon at half-past two. I was pleased to see that Charlie Morrison and Emma, with his son and his son’s wife, were present. They were attentive listeners. I spoke from 1 John 3:1-4. The church was well filled. Many from other denominations were present, including some First-day Adventists. All listened with the deepest interest. The Lord gave me His grace, enabling me to speak the Word with power.
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 7)
After the meeting a lady came up to me, and addressing me with cordiality as a friend, asked me with tearful emotion if I thought that she could be saved and not keep the Sabbath. I answered, “My sister, you have the Word of God. This answers your question. Please read the twentieth chapter of Exodus; also the thirty-first chapter, from the twelfth to the eighteenth verses. Then read the last chapter of Revelation. There we find the promise, ‘Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.’ [Revelation 22:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 8)
“If you believe the word just as it reads, you will do as the Lord has directed. You say that you are willing to keep the Sabbath if the Lord shows you that you should. You have heard what we have said to this people today. Search the Scriptures to see if these things are so. In His Word the Lord has revealed His will. He desires you to search the Scriptures with an earnest desire to know what is truth. Pray that the eyes of your understanding may be opened. Ask God to give you a mind willing to grasp every ray of light, although this light may be opposed to the belief that you have cherished in the past.”
(18LtMs, Lt 131, 1903, 9)
Lt 132, 1903
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 395; SpTB #18 8-9. + Dear Brother Butler,—
I have received and read your letter. I am very sorry that your expectations regarding the raising of means for the Southern work have not been realized. But I am not surprised. I did not think that you would receive as much as you did. I know how in the past some have studiously tried to divert means into other channels.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 1)
I was instructed by the Lord that the Southern field was to be given every advantage. Especially was Nashville to be worked. Special pains were to be taken to reach the students and teachers of the large schools and colleges in and near Nashville.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 2)
But there were those who in public and private said that enough means had been poured into the South. As a result of their words, means that should have gone to the South was withheld or was given to other enterprises. Where did those who made these remarks get their light in regard to enough means being poured into the South? Only a part of the money that God has moved upon hearts to give to the work in the South has reached this field, because men have interposed to divert the means into other channels.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 3)
Therefore light has come to me to prepare a history of the work which has been attempted in the South, and which has been carried forward with little help from those who ought to have helped. The Lord would have the facts appear as they are. I shall try to show what has been done under continual discouragement—discouragement brought by men who, notwithstanding the light they have received, have followed a course that has prevented help from coming to a most destitute field.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 4)
For some time Clarence has been gathering together what has been written regarding the work in the South. He has gathered together the letters that Edson has written me and the letters that I have written him since he began his work in the South. He is now classifying the matter. I think that it will make a very interesting book.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 5)
Willie has set himself most earnestly at work on my writings. I find him a great help. The Lord has given us a work to do here, and we shall try not to carry burdens that will unfit us for this work. We are asking God to lead and teach us.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 6)
The people of the South should do all that they can to sustain the institutions at Graysville and Huntsville. For the present, let these institutions look to the people of the South, if they are in need. These people can do more than they have to help. Huntsville needs assistance and has needed it for a long time. But great care must be exercised in regard to appropriating to the institutions already established in the South the means raised in other fields for the work in this field. Something should be done toward the establishment of a school and a sanitarium near Nashville. Efforts must be put forth to advance the work in places in which hardly anything has been done.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 7)
Brother Butler, the Lord is not asleep. But His watchmen are asleep, and the enemy is sowing his tares. Some of those occupying positions of trust in the Southern field are not wise men. They have been leavened with unbelief and doubt, and it will take much to eradicate this from their minds. If these men had not stood in their own way, the work there would now be a year in advance of where it is.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 8)
The God of Israel has commanded that the work in the South shall go forward. Let those who in the past have done little but block the wheels, misconstruing and misinterpreting the words of the workers, now clear the King’s highway. If they cannot do anything but hinder, let them, for Christ’s sake, go somewhere else and engage in some other line of work. The Southern field is in itself difficult enough. The efforts of those who stand with stones in their hands, ready to block the way, are not needed. Let us pray that God will send to this field workers who are determined to make a success of surmounting difficulties.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 9)
It makes me sad to speak of these things. But as I see how matters have been managed, I feel as if I must make these statements. How sorry I am that men who profess to be doing God’s service work against Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 10)
I have been writing much in regard to the need of making more decided efforts in Washington, D.C. Light has been given me that something should be done in this city at once. How strange it is that at the very heart of the nation so little has been done to represent the loyalty of the people of God. To us has been given the grandest truth ever committed to mortals. Washington, the capital of the United States, is the very place from which this truth should shine forth. But what has been done there to proclaim the truth? What excuse can we give to God for our unfaithful stewardship?
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 11)
July 4
Brother Butler, God is awake. He is working while men sleep. All around us I see work to do. I will send you a copy of a letter I have written to H. W. Kellogg. It tells something of what we are trying to do. Last year I spoke several times in open-air meetings, and this year I have spoken three times. We shall hold open-air meetings in the towns near here, and I shall speak to the people whenever I am able. My voice is fully restored. I thank my heavenly Father that I am blessed with a clear mind. I am asking Him to help me to write on Bible subjects, and I believe that He will.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 12)
My brother, let us not worry. The work will move forward if we keep our hands uplifted to heaven. The Lord will be our strength, our frontguard, and our rearward.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 13)
I have been much interested in what Elder Daniells has written regarding the places that he and the other members of the Committee have found. He has written a full description of a beautiful place about sixty miles north of New York City. This place is offered for eleven thousand dollars. I think that it should be purchased by our people. The Lord has shown me that such places will be offered to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 14)
We must get out of Battle Creek. By fire the Lord has sent us this message.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 15)
My brother, let us heed the invitation, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] Cling to the mighty One, and in His strength make decided efforts to advance. Be of good courage in the Lord. Have faith in Him; trust in Him, and believe that He will fulfil His Word. The Lord lives and reigns. Be strong in Him; yea, be strong.
(18LtMs, Lt 132, 1903, 16)
Lt 133, 1903
Brn-Srs. in America “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 5, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 07/28/1903. + My dear brethren and sisters in America,—
For some time I have been strongly impressed that decided efforts should be put forth to proclaim the testing truths of the third angel’s message in the city of Washington, the capital of the American nation. It is a sad thing that our record stands as it does, showing so little accomplished in this city. If there is any place in the world that should have the full rays of present truth, it is Washington, the city that is the very heart of this nation. Those who act a prominent part in framing laws for the nation should understand what is written in the law of God, which lies at the foundation of all right laws.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 1)
There has been on the part of our people a great neglect of stewardship. God has looked with displeasure on the neglect that has been shown to this city. He has given us the commission, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 2)
Oh, how much we lose by failing to do as Christ has instructed us to do! In the first of Acts are recorded special directions that Christ gave to His disciples in regard to proclaiming the gospel. “When they therefore were come together, they asked of Him, saying, Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? And He said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judæa, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 3)
“And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven.” [Verses 6-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 4)
After this the disciples were filled with holy boldness; for had they not the assurance that Jesus would be with them always? They knew they had a Friend at court.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 5)
“Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusalem a Sabbath-day’s journey. And when they were come in, they went into an upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphæus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James. These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with His brethren.” [Verses 12-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 6)
“When the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 7)
“And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven.... Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judæa, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes, Cretes and Arabians.” [Acts 2:1-5, 9-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 8)
In the days of the apostles, Jerusalem was a great center of influence, and in this place light from heaven was to shine in its most powerful rays upon the Lord’s witnesses who were to bear the gospel message.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 9)
Read the whole of the second chapter of Acts, and see if you are not convinced that there has been a decided failure to understand that one of our first duties is to make at the nation’s capital a special representation of the truth for this time. Why did we so long pass by Washington, neglecting to establish one signal memorial in this city? Let us determine that we will no longer be unfaithful stewards of this part of the Lord’s vineyard.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 10)
Our brethren in Washington have been favored in finding properties suitable to use in carrying on various lines of our work. This is a fulfilment of the light given me, that in different sections of the country we should be able to secure, at low prices, properties that could be utilized for our institutional work. In Washington a few months ago a meetinghouse, in good condition, and admirably adapted to the needs of our work, was offered for sale at a price much below its first cost and was purchased by our people there. I am glad that this church is so nearly paid for.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 11)
Since medical missionary work, when carried on as God has appointed, is indeed the helping hand of the third angel’s message, we should without delay take advantage of the favorable openings for beginning this work in the vicinity of Washington. If there is one place above another where a sanitarium should be established and where gospel work should be done, it is in this city. We cannot estimate how great an influence would have gone forth from Washington in favor of the truth had a sanitarium been established there twenty years ago.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 12)
Our printing plant in Battle Creek is to be moved. In searching for a favorable place for this institution, let our brethren investigate the advantages that might be gained by a removal to Washington. Our publishing house should be situated where its influence will accomplish the most in the promulgation of truth. The Lord will guide us in the selection of a place for this institution. We will let Him work out His purposes.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 13)
Above all other places, the capital of our nation should now have an opportunity to hear the message for this time. Satan is working there against Jehovah with all his might. I present this to you as a matter that is stirring me mightily. One thing is certain; we shall not be clear unless we at once do something in Washington to represent our work. I shall not be able to rest until I see the truth going forth from this place as a lamp that burneth. We are many years behind in giving the message of warning in this city. Again and again the Lord has presented Washington to me as a place that has been strangely neglected. In looking through my dairies, I have found some things that I wrote more than twelve years ago in regard to the work in Washington and the necessity of establishing there some memorial for God. The following was written March 12, 1891:
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 14)
“Nearly the entire day I have been entertaining visitors who desired counsel. Brother Robinson, superintendent of the New York and Washington district, came in company with Brother Wright to consult with me in regard to the advisability of building a church in Washington, D.C., combining a church, a mission home, and a reading room in one building, to cost probably twenty-five thousand dollars. They proposed to invite our brethren all over the field to give one hundred dollars each toward this enterprise.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 15)
“When we were in Washington during the week of prayer, I had made a similar suggestion to Elder Washburn, saying that as the situation appeared to me, important interests should be established in this city. I could see no better way of letting the light shine forth from the very seat of government, the capital of the nation. It seems strange that some memorial of present truth has not been established there before. I advised that a meetinghouse be built.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 16)
“The brethren of the Washington City church are poor; and while they will do all that they can, they are not able to carry the whole burden. The church must be located in a desirable part of the city. The purchase of a suitable lot and the erection of a plain but large, well-ventilated, and skilfully constructed building—something that will stand as an object lesson of neatness and thoroughness—will require a considerable sum.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 17)
“Other visitors came in, and I closed this interview in regard to the work in Washington.”
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 18)
*****
In my dairy of 1889—fourteen years ago—I find precious matter in regard to entering new fields. I will quote a few paragraphs:
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 19)
“True missionary workers will not colonize. God’s people are to be pilgrims and strangers on the earth. The investment of large sums of money in one place is not in the order of God. Plants are to be made in many places. Schools and sanitariums are to be established in places where there is now nothing to represent the truth. These interests are not to be established for the purpose of making money, but for the purpose of spreading the truth....
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 20)
“The principles of present truth are to become more widespread. There are those who are reasoning from a wrong point of view. Because it is more convenient to have the work centered in one place, they are in favor of crowding everything together in one locality. Great evil is the result. Places that should be helped are left destitute.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 21)
“What can I say to our people that will lead them to follow the course that will be for their present and future good? Will not those in Battle Creek heed the light given them by God? Will they not deny self, lift the cross, and follow Jesus? Will they not obey the call of their Leader to leave Battle Creek and build up interests in other places?
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 22)
“It is not God’s plan for our people to crowd into Battle Creek. God says: ‘Go work today in My vineyard. Get away from the places where you are not needed. Plant the standard of truth in towns and cities that have not heard the message. Prepare the way for My coming. Those in the highways and hedges are to hear the call.’
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 23)
“God will make the wilderness a sacred place, as His people, filled with the missionary spirit, go forth to make centers for His work, to establish sanitariums, where the sick and afflicted can be cared for, and schools, where the youth can be educated in right lines....
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 24)
“There is a great work to be done. All around us are souls perishing in sin. Are we doing what we can to save them? The commission given to the disciples is given to us, and to us also is promised the power promised to them—the power that they received on the day of Pentecost, when, like a rushing, mighty wind, the Holy Spirit came down and filled the room in which they were sitting. Under the influence of this power, they went everywhere, preaching the Word, and thousands were converted.”
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 25)
*****
What a work might have been accomplished, if we had done our duty years ago! Can we stand clear in the sight of God, if we now fail of understanding our duty? The Lord calls on us to awake to a realization of the opportunities presented before us to let our light shine in the city of Washington, by establishing there memorials that will hasten forward the proclamation of the third angel’s message to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 26)
Let us take hold of the arm of infinite power. Let us walk humbly before God, but let us be giants in meeting discouragement and difficulty. We must have increased faith. Let us praise God. He is our strength, our shield and our defense, our front guard and our rearward.
(18LtMs, Lt 133, 1903, 27)
Lt 134, 1903
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1NL 141-142; PM 177. Dear Brother Butler,—
I have begun several letters to you. But each time, before I have been able to finish them, some one has brought to my attention a matter that must be attended to, and I have laid your letter aside unfinished. Then when my room was set in order, the letter would be picked up with other papers and put away. I have written to Elder Haskell and will send you a copy of the letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 1)
Our Saviour never used His power to make His own life less taxing. He went about doing good, healing the sick and preaching the gospel. In our work today the ministry of the Word and medical missionary work are to be combined.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 2)
Luke is called “the beloved physician.” [Colossians 4:14.] Paul heard of his skill as a physician, and he sought him out as one to whom the Lord had entrusted a special work. He secured his co-operation in his work. After a time he left him at Philippi. Here Luke continued to labor for several years, doing double service as a physician and a gospel minister. He was indeed a medical missionary. He did his part, and then besought the Lord to let His healing power rest upon the afflicted ones. His medical skill opened the way for the gospel message to find access to hearts. It opened many doors for him, giving him opportunity to preach the gospel among the heathen.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 3)
Christ understood the work that needed to be done for suffering humanity. As He was sending out the twelve disciples on their first missionary tour, He said to them, “As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:7, 8.] The fulfilment of this commission by the disciples made their message the power of God unto salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 4)
It is the divine plan that we shall work as the disciples worked. Connected with the divine Healer, we may do great good in the world. The gospel is the only antidote for sin. As Christ’s witnesses we are to bear testimony to its power. We are to bring the afflicted ones to the Saviour. His transforming grace and miracle-working power will win many souls to the truth. His healing power, united with the gospel message, will bring us success in emergencies. The Holy Spirit will work upon hearts, and we shall see the salvation of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 5)
In a special sense the healing of the sick is our work. But in order to do this work, we must have faith—that faith which works by love and purifies the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 6)
The great Teacher delegated power to His servants. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 7)
The lapse of time has wrought no change in Christ’s parting promise. He is with us today as He was with the disciples, and He will be with us “unto the end.” [Verse 20.] Christ ordained that a succession of men should proclaim the gospel, deriving their authority from Him, the great Teacher.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 8)
In our work we meet with many discouragements. But we shall not gain a particle of strength by dwelling on the discouragements. By beholding we became changed. As we look in faith to Jesus, His image is engraven on the heart. We are transformed in character.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 9)
Judge Arthur makes a very discouraging representation of the financial standing of the Review and Herald Publishing Company. If the case is indeed as he represents it, we have enough to feel sad about. But I am not going to be sad. I am determined to be cheerful. I was shown some things before the Review and Herald fire, and I am not going to take the burden now. Let us not keep our eyes fixed on the ruins of a condemned office. We shall get no inspiration from such a sight.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 10)
My brother, I do not want you to worry about finances. The Lord knows what we need. The gold and silver are His. Tell Elder Haskell that he must swallow his disappointment in regard to means.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 11)
Brother Butler, you must not take on yourself burdens that will wear you out. We have a great work before us. You and Brother and Sister Haskell are to be very careful of the strength that God has given you. Do not overwork. To do this is to work unwisely. Be of good courage in the Lord. He sees and understands your necessities.
(18LtMs, Lt 134, 1903, 12)
Lt 135, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 8, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 55; 7MR 401-402; 6Bio 96-97. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have just read your letter. Be assured that we pray for you most earnestly. You have our sincere interest and sympathy. The Lord God of Israel is your stronghold. Put your whole trust in Him. Preserve the simplicity of a little child. We are all God’s little children. He will instruct us, and we in turn are to instruct others, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. We are to labor with unwearying endeavor to plant the seeds of truth in hearts. Thus we are to be Christ’s witnesses. Never are we to sow a seed of doubt in the minds of those with whom we associate. In our work we shall meet with many whose minds are open to receive evidence from the Scriptures. The truth is to be enshrined in our hearts that we may bring forth from the treasure house things new and old to give to others. We are to make it our highest aim to win souls to Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 1)
I have been thinking of how, after we began sanitarium work in Battle Creek, sanitarium buildings all ready for occupation were shown to me in vision. The Lord instructed me as to the way in which the work in these buildings should be conducted in order for it to exert a saving influence on the patients.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 2)
All this seemed very real to me, but when I awoke I found that the work was yet to be done, that there were no buildings erected.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 3)
Another time I was shown a large building going up on the site on which the Battle Creek Sanitarium was afterward erected. The brethren were in great perplexity as to who should take charge of the work. I wept sorely. One of authority stood up among us, and said, “Not yet. You are not ready to invest means in that building or to plan for its future management.”
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 4)
At this time the foundation of the Sanitarium had been laid. But we needed to learn the lesson of waiting.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 5)
When I was in Australia, I was shown a large building in Chicago. This building was elaborately furnished. I was shown that it would be a mistake to invest means in a building such as this. Chicago is not the place in which to erect buildings. The Lord would not be honored by such an investment of His means.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 6)
I understand that some one said that the testimony that I bore in regard to this was not true—that no such building was erected in Chicago. But the testimony was true. The Lord showed me what men were planning to do. I knew that the testimony was true, but not until recently was the matter explained. When Judge Arthur was here, he said that the testimony was perfectly plain to him, because he knew that preparations were being made to erect in Chicago a building corresponding to the one shown me in vision.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 7)
I wrote to Dr. Kellogg in regard to the instruction given me, and Dr. Kellogg went no further with the plan. A warning was given that prevented the execution of a design that was not in harmony with God’s will.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 8)
The Lord will make all things plain to the minds of those who are willing to be instructed. Spiritual things are spiritually discerned. But God must be our dependence. Unless His servants, ministers, physicians, teachers, editors, and workers in any other branch of His cause make Him their trust, unless they wear every piece of the Christian armor, they will not stand in the conflict before us.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 9)
“Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:13-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 10)
“Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. Do all things without murmurings and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world.” [Philippians 2:12-15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 11)
God is in earnest with us. We have received great light, great privileges, great encouragement. For our own good and for the good of those who look to us for a right example, let us beware of making crooked paths for our feet. We cannot afford to stand on any other ground than the sure Word of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 12)
The message of Isaiah fifty-eight means much to all who are on the Lord’s side. Truth will gather souls from every place in which it is proclaimed. Unsanctified human influences will try to banish it, but it will make its way, even in the most unfavorable places and in spite of the indifference of many of our own people, who have long been departing from safe paths, and of whom the Lord says, “They are joined to their idols; let them alone.” [Hosea 4:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 13)
God cannot prepare for the day of trial before us those who are careless and indifferent. With those who are neither cold nor hot He has nothing to do. “I would thou wert cold or hot,” He says. “So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of my mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] The half-hearted Christian exerts an influence more harmful than the influence of the avowed infidel.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 14)
Satan is all prepared to do his work. And under the influence of his deceptions, many will depart form the faith, “giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] But the time is coming when the supreme authority of God will be recognized in earth as well as in heaven. Religion will rule the world with the scepter of righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 15)
It is a fact now as it has been in the past that where there is one physician wholly consecrated to God, there are many whose lives are but a pretense of godliness. They are a law to themselves, and they always will be, unless the grace of Christ subdues their hearts. They refuse the divine illumination. They lift up their souls unto vanity, and the Lord has no use for them in His service.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 16)
To have the religion of Christ, to have a firm hold from above—this is the privilege of every physician. Every physician who co-operates with the great Physician will have skill and aptitude. He will be enabled to minister to the needs of the soul as well as of the body. Physical as well as spiritual health is obtained through pure, unwavering faith in God.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 17)
Every truly converted physician is the helping hand of God. Through the Holy Spirit’s working he is placed in possession of skill and efficiency. Let him remember that his work is not to glorify himself. All the glory belongs to the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 18)
No one has greater need of a living connection with the Lord Jesus than the physician. He should cherish a constant sense of the importance of spiritual things. He cannot afford to be mixed up in common business transactions. He should not load himself down with responsibilities that others can carry. He is to keep his mind pure and clear, free from common worldly business. God will illuminate the minds of those who are willing to be educated by Him, those who will hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end. Those who submit to the training of Christ will be led by supreme wisdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 135, 1903, 19)
Lt 136, 1903
White, W. C. St. Helena, California July 8, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5MR 438. My dear son Willie,—
On Sunday afternoon at half-past three, we left our home for Healdsburg. Our double surrey was still at the shop, so we borrowed Mrs. Nelson’s carriage and took Ladybird and the Bakery horse. Dores drove. Brother Boeker went with us to Healdsburg and then went on by train. A strong wind blew the dust round us in clouds, yet the ride seemed to rest me. We had gone about half way when we met a wind as cold as if it had come straight from snow-covered mountains. We all suffered more or less; for we had not expected such a cold wind and were not prepared for it. I think Dores must have suffered a great deal; for he had on only his thin clothes and had brought no overcoat. For part of the way he got out of the carriage and ran to keep warm. I do not think that any of us took cold.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 1)
We went to Brother and Sister Mills’s, and found Brother and Sister C. H. Jones there. I was glad to see them. I had a long conversation with them that night, and I told them about some of the matters that had been resting on my mind. It has been presented to me that satanic agencies are working in ways that man does not expect. At times he puts on the robes of an angel of light, and many receive him as such a being. If we will link ourselves closely with Christ, Satan will have no power to overcome us. As we draw near to God, He draws near to us, and lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 2)
I have been shown that some, even of those who teach the Word of God, would be in great danger of being overcome. I saw some linking their arms in the arm of Satan, while he talked most earnestly with them, telling them of the many things that needed to be changed in the church. Afterward his words were repeated by those to whom he had talked. They were delighted with what seemed to them to be clearer perception and better methods of working.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 3)
I say to all, Be on your guard; for as an angel of light Satan is walking among every church, trying to win the members to his side. I am bidden to give to the people of God the warning, “Be not deceived; God is not mocked.” [Galatians 6:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 4)
Christ explains, in the parable of the sower and the seed, the need of guarding against the enemy. “When any one heareth the word of the kingdom, and understandeth it not,” He says, “then cometh the wicked one, and catcheth away that which was sown in his heart.” [Matthew 13:19.] After one has heard the truth, he is in great need of personal labor. Questions arise in his mind. Satan is watching for an opportunity to lead him to doubt. The enemy chooses agencies whom he sends to him to misstate the words of the one who gave the message. “Then cometh the wicked one, and catcheth away that which was sown in his heart.” The tempted one opens his mind to the evil agencies and yields to the tempter. Thus Satan turns the truth of God into a lie. The one that was convicted loses the blessed influence that if cherished would have meant eternal life to him. Satan takes possession of the heart, and it becomes hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 5)
I had a long conversation with Brother C. H. Jones and Brother Mills about many things, of which I will write you at another time. I told them that we cause the enemy to rejoice when we allow him to keep our minds fixed on perplexities.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 6)
I attended meeting at the College at nine o’clock on Monday morning. I told the brethren that on no account were the industries that had been started at Healdsburg College to be discontinued. It is of the utmost importance that industrial lines of work shall be carried forward in our schools. The students will find that in genuine muscular exercise there is a great blessing. Let teachers and students be of good courage. Let them put energy into their work. And if at times they make an apparent failure, let them try again. Let them learn how to gain control of self, how to work together in love and harmony, how to conquer difficulties. Let them strive for sweetness of temper. This is a grace that the Lord Jesus will highly commend. If they learn these lessons, they will have gained a grand victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 7)
In many minds the question will rise, Can industrial work in our schools be made to pay, and if it cannot, should it be carried on? Thus minds are brought into confusion and unrest. Let us not lean to our own understanding in this matter, but follow the directions that God has given.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 8)
The books of the school may show that the school has suffered some financial loss by carrying on industrial lines of work, but if in these lines of work the students have learned lessons that will strengthen their character building, the books of heaven will show again far exceeding the financial loss.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 9)
If after carrying on manual training work for one year, the managers of the school find that there has been a financial loss, let them find out the reason for this loss, and guard against it in the future. Let not a reckless spirit of censure prevail. Let no word of censure be spoken. How grieved Christ is when words of censure are spoken to those who have done their best! In the Lord’s Word there is encouragement as well as caution. Let all act their part to make the industrial work a success. God forbid that the hands of those who are trying to carry forward this line of work should be weakened.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 10)
I related some incidents that happened in our experience at Avondale, and I think this helped matters somewhat. I told the managers of the school to gird on the armor for another effort, and to plan and work carefully, following the very best methods. There will be apparent drawbacks in the work, but this should not discourage us.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 11)
I advised Brother Cady to stay at his post in the school until he was sure that there was a man found who was better qualified than he to fill it.
(18LtMs, Lt 136, 1903, 12)
Lt 137, 1903
Brethren and Sisters Healdsburg, California July 6, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 08/11/1903. My dear Brethren and Sisters,—
“Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints? Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? Know ye not that we shall judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life? If then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church. I speak to your shame. Is it so, that there is not a wise man among you? no, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren?
(18LtMs, Lt 137, 1903, 1)
“But brother goeth to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers. Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because ye go to law one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? Why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded? Nay, ye do wrong, and defraud, and that your brethren. Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God?” [1 Corinthians 6:1-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 137, 1903, 2)
Will not the brethren and sisters of the Battle Creek church, and of the churches in every other place, remember that they are working as for eternity? Will not they obey the injunctions of God’s Word, the teachings of which are to be brought into the life practice as spiritual food?
(18LtMs, Lt 137, 1903, 3)
“Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [1 Corinthians 1:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 137, 1903, 4)
Lt 138, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 10, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear son Willie,—
It is Friday afternoon. Last night I thought that at this time this morning I should be two hours on my way to Healdsburg. But instead, I am sitting on my lounge writing to you. The way seemed to close up against my going to Healdsburg. Sara is not well, and my carriage was not ready. So I decided to stay at home. But I think that perhaps I shall go to Healdsburg the first of next week.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 1)
I have not changed my mind in regard to the moving of the printing plant form Battle Creek. I believe that this should be done, not in a rash, inconsistent way, but wisely and judiciously. Those men who deem it a virtue to oppose every move made to take the publishing work from Battle Creek, and who look upon the burning of the two institutions there as meaning nothing in rebuke and chastisement, will feel a still more severe stroke of judgment.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 2)
I would say to those who have been enlightened by the Spirit of God, Move forward in obedience to the Lord’s will, relying wholly upon Him. The course that is being taken by some confirms the testimony given me by the Lord that His Spirit will not always strive with men. The developments that have already taken place show what may be expected from those who have long had light and evidence, but who refuse to see their danger and repent. The actions of these men give no promise that were the publishing work left in Battle Creek, it would be carried on in harmony with the Lord’s will. Their strength is not in the Lord God of Israel, but in the arm of the law. They are determined to carry out their own human devising. For a long time their opposition to the pure, holy principles of truth has been strengthening, till at last the Lord saw that it was necessary to send consuming fire upon His institutions in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 3)
The large number of patients at the Battle Creek Sanitarium is not an assurance that God ordered that things should be as they are. Men may interpret it thus, but it is no sign that the institution is where God would have it.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 4)
The statements made in regard to the grand future of the Sanitarium make my heart sick and sore. The Lord alone is to be served. The Lord alone is to be glorified. If we depend on Him, we shall be guided in safe paths. But we cannot safely depend on the judgment of worldly minded Sabbathkeepers, who are not willing to obey the pure principles of the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 5)
If those who have a knowledge of the warnings that have come from the lips of the greatest Teacher the world has ever known are not convinced by them that the end of all things is at hand, what will convince them? Nothing but the reality, and then it will be too late for them to turn to God. Then, “every man’s work shall be made manifest, for the day shall declare it.” [1 Corinthians 3:13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 6)
“Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in everything ye are enriched by Him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you; so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ; who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.” [Verses 3-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 8)
How wonderful are the possibilities and probabilities placed within the reach of those who believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 9)
“Now I beseech you, brethren,” Paul continues, “by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [Verse 10.] Those who are united with Christ will have an experience corresponding to that outlined in these words.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 10)
Friday afternoon. I laid this letter aside this morning and went to St. Helena. Now I shall have to close it without writing as much as I desired to; for the Sabbath is drawing on. Today we received your card saying that you would soon be in Battle Creek. I hope and pray that you have been greatly blessed by God. Keep out of controversy. Do not be cast down or troubled. Be cheerful. Do not allow yourself to be discouraged. Let there be one voice among those who are trying to set things in order. The Lord is good, and I fully believe that it is His will that the publishing work shall be moved form Battle Creek. But in this we are to move so wisely that those who are opposed cannot block our way.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 11)
I wish that while you are in Battle Creek, you would see Sister Hall, and ask her if she would not be willing to leave the sale of her property in good hands, and come to California. I want her here with us.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 12)
I will send you with this a copy of my talk before the Healdsburg School Board. I do not think that the talk was written out quite as fully as I gave it, but what has been written out will give you an idea of what was said. I hope that this talk will help the brethren there.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 13)
Our schools must understand that physical labor was imposed by God on every member of the human family, not as a curse, but as a blessing. The physical and mental powers of the students in our schools should be proportionately taxed. A field of wheat cannot be produced without the breaking-up plough. The Lord is wise and man is foolish.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 14)
This morning Sara and I rode down to see Sister Hizerman. I wish that I had time to give you a full account of our conversation with her. She told me that she used to be an invalid, sick and suffering. At that time they had no home of their own. They purchased the place on which they are now living. The ground is very good, but the house is rather old. While Brother Hizerman worked at his trade, Sister Hizerman began to cultivate the garden connected with the house. She says that at first she was able to work only for a short time, and then her back would ache so severely that she would be obliged to go into the house and lie down. But gradually she gained in health and strength, and now she can work for a long time without getting tired. She does most of the gardening, and this morning she took pride in showing us her growing crops. Her hands are hard, but her health is greatly improved. She says that in the past she has spent much time in sanitariums, but that all the treatment she received did not do her so much good as her work in the open air has done her. The physical exercise was just what she needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 15)
Sister Hizerman takes great pleasure in her home. “I am so happy, so happy,” she said this morning. “I never had a home before.” They are going to build a new house as soon as they can. But they are determined not to go into debt. Whenever they have a little money to spare, they buy some timber, and as soon as they have sufficient, Brother Hizerman will put up the house.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 16)
The benefit that Sister Hizerman’s work in the garden has been to her is a lesson for us all. It shows what such work would accomplish for the patients at our sanitariums. It would work a cure without drugs. O how many invalids might be healed if the Lord’s methods were followed. Weak and trembling, Sister Hizerman began her work, and now she is strong and well. Her outdoor exercise has surrounded her with an atmosphere of serenity. She has indeed been greatly blessed. She is full of peace and happiness. Her weakness has gone. The satisfaction of seeing what she could do has strengthened her purpose to do more.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 17)
I asked her if she had Education. “O yes,” she said, “I get your books as soon as they are placed on the market.”
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 18)
Maggie has come for this letter, so I must close. May God bless you and those who with you are fighting the battle of the Lord. Pray, pray without ceasing, and let nothing disturb your confidence in God. I want so much to tell every one of our people not to dwell on the dark side of the picture, but on the bright side—the side of faith and hope and courage. I want to tell our ministers not to be afraid to bear the testimony of the Word without flinching. We know in whom we have believed. Let us trust in God with unwavering faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 19)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 138, 1903, 20)
Lt 139, 1903
Brn. in Responsible Positions in the Work of God “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3BC 1154. To my brethren in responsible positions in the work of God,—
I feel as if I must cry aloud to our people, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ will give you light. To every man God has given his work. We are to work and watch and pray, keeping in close touch with the Masterworker. The Lord has a controversy with His people, because they have felt so little concern for the souls ready to perish. Worldliness is mingled with their service. They do not stand out in sharp distinction from the world as those who are laboring together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 1)
The last General Conference held in Battle Creek has a history that many will not understand till the day of judgment, when the books will be opened, and the cases of all will stand forth clearly revealed. At that meeting, the Lord Jesus Christ was among us. If all had worked in harmony with Him, separating from themselves the things that grieved the Holy Spirit, we should have had a Pentecostal season of blessing, and God would have been glorified. But there were many who would not humble their hearts in contrition before God. Sin was resting upon them, but they would not yield. All that had taken place since that meeting that has hindered the work of God is the result of the way in which these men braced themselves against the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 2)
Christ says, “Whosoever eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:54-56, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 3)
I am awakened in the night season, saying, “Trust not in men, and make not flesh your arm.” [See Jeremiah 17:5.] By the mighty cleaver of truth God has brought His people, as rough stones, from the quarry of the world. These stones must be squared and polished. The rough edges must be removed. This is a painful process; but it is a necessary one. Without it, we could not be prepared for a place in God’s temple. By trial, by warnings, by admonitions, God seeks to prepare us to fulfil His purpose. If we co-operate with Him, our characters will be fashioned “after the similitude of a palace.” [Psalm 144:12.] It is the specified work of the Comforter to transform us. At times it is hard for us to submit to the purifying, refining process. But this we must do if we would be saved at last.
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 4)
The Lord has told us to establish the publishing work in some place where there are not so many people who have hardened their hearts against His Word. There are many in Battle Creek with whom God’s Spirit cannot strive. The Lord abhors their indifference. They say of themselves, “I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing;” but God says, “Thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Revelation 3:17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 5)
The difficulties that God’s servants will meet as they move the publishing work from Battle Creek are but a repetition of the difficulties that Nehemiah met when trying to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Every possible hindrance was thrown in his way, and at times his work was almost stopped. But the Lord heard his prayers, and opened the way for his work to go forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 139, 1903, 6)
Lt 140, 1903
Brethren “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 5, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 08/11/1903. + My dear brethren,—
Our people far and near need to ask themselves how the Lord regards their neglect of important centers in America. There are many places in this country in which the truth has never been proclaimed. Many years ago there should have been a sanitarium in Washington, D.C. But men have chosen their way in many things, and the places to which the truth should have found entrance, by the establishment of medical missionary work, have been neglected.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 1)
The Lord has opened this matter to me decidedly. The publishing work that has been carried on in Battle Creek should for the present be carried on near Washington. If after a time the Lord says, Move away from Washington, we are to move. We are pilgrims and strangers in this earth, seeking a better country, even a heavenly. When the Lord tells us to move, we are to obey, however inconvenient and inconsistent such a command may seem to us to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 2)
How shall we answer to God, I ask, for failing to proclaim the truth for this time in the capital of our nation? A representation should have been made there of our truth that would favorably have impressed those who have so much to do with framing the nation’s laws.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 3)
Why have not those who have taken a leading part in medical missionary work been burdened to carry to Washington the message of temperance in eating, drinking, and dressing? There would have been less difficulty in giving the message in this place than in some other places.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 4)
There are many places that need gospel medical missionary work. Plants should be made in these places. God designs that our sanitariums shall be a means of reaching high and low, rich and poor. They are to be so conducted that by their work attention will be called to the message that God has sent to the world. Many will not heed the call of mercy; nevertheless it is to be given to all, that whosoever will may come to the water of life and drink.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 5)
“I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 6)
The truth for this time is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. If men and women fail to act their part, God will give voices to the stones, and they will proclaim the warning.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 7)
May God help us to give the stirring message for this time. We have no time now to amuse ourselves with the enemy’s sophistry or to apologize for his work. My brethren, keep off Satan’s ground. Do not tamper with what you ought to denounce firmly and boldly, in words the meaning of which cannot be mistaken. If you tempt Satan to tempt you, you will most assuredly be deceived by his reasoning. If you tamper with that which you ought to denounce, you will fall victims to your own ignorance and folly.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 8)
God’s Word portrays the fate of those who receive not His warnings. They receive not the love of the truth that they might be saved. “For this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie.” [2 Thessalonians 2:11.] Retribution for past sins comes upon them. Their feet are so entangled in inconsistencies that they cannot discern at what they stumble.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 9)
The gospel of Christ Jesus is of heavenly force. The message for this time is a most decided one. I call upon those to whom God has entrusted His work not to link their arms in the arm of Satan. Do not allow him to make a confident of you. Keep away from his specious devices. We have great and solemn truths to give to the world, and they are to be proclaimed in no hesitating, limping style. The trumpet is to give a certain sound. Some will come to hear the strange message out of curiosity; others with a longing to receive true knowledge, asking the question, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” [Mark 10:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 10)
Thus men came to Christ. And mingling with His hearers were angels in the form of men, making their suggestions, criticizing, misapplying and misinterpreting the Saviour’s words. Christ presented the truth in the form of parables. This was the only way in which He could rebuke sin without causing personal offense.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 11)
In this time evil angels in the form of men will talk with those who know the truth. They will misinterpret and misconstrue the statements of the messengers of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 12)
The question is asked, Why is it that hearts are not moved by the proclamation of the gospel of Christ. It is because Satan is linked up with the religionists of today. Good seed is sown in the hearts of the hearers, but the soil was not prepared, and the seed does not spring up to bear fruit. The enemy comes with his suggestions and insinuations, and the words of life that were spoken lose their force.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 13)
Many will hear the message, but will refuse to heed; nevertheless the warning is to be given to all in clear, plain tones. Not only is the truth to be presented in public assemblies; house-to-house work is to be done. Let this work go forward in the name of the Lord. Those who engage in it have the heavenly angels as their companions. They will resist the attacks made by the enemy on those who are co-operating with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 14)
Christ has a message to give to the world through His messengers which, if received, would change the character of society entirely. The wilderness of thorns and thistles would be changed into a garden of beautiful flowers and fruit-bearing trees.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 15)
Christ has laid down the conditions of acceptable service. “He that loveth his life shall lose it,” He says; “and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal. If any man serve Me, let him follow Me; and where I am, there shall also My servant be; if any man serve Me, him will My Father honor.” [John 12:25, 26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 16)
It is Christ’s method of serving that is of value in God’s sight. The service of those who serve in the world’s way is worthless; for it is all for self. The selfishness of human nature takes control. They do not serve as Christ has given them example.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 17)
Let us study the life and death of Christ. Let us do all in our power to work out the plan of God. What tongue can tell, what pen unfold, the mighty results of looking to Jesus and living His life. How few of those claiming to be Christians have any real right to that sacred name.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 18)
Satan watches eagerly to find Christians off their guard. O that the followers of Christ would remember that eternal vigilance is the price of eternal life. Many have a slumbering faith. Unless they are invigorated, revived, quickened into action, their souls will be lost.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 19)
Self must die, and Christ must be enthroned in the heart as all and in all. The thoughts must be stayed on Him. Then the life will be an honor to His name. The soul will receive power from on high to resist Satan’s specious devisings.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 20)
Have Seventh-day Adventists forgotten the warning given in the sixth chapter of Ephesians? We are engaged in a warfare against the hosts of darkness. Unless we follow our Leader closely, Satan will obtain the victory over us.
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 21)
“Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins gift about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Verses 13-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 140, 1903, 22)
Lt 141, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. + My dear Son Willie,—
Yesterday I received a letter from Edson. I will send you a copy of this letter, so I need not repeat its contents. You will notice Edson’s proposition about the republication of the sketch of my early experiences. I think that this proposition is worthy of thought. I am sure that these experiences might with profit be studied by our people. I certainly think that it would be well if Elder Loughborough’s book could be given a larger circulation.
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 1)
Do not fail to obtain the plates of Steps to Christ. I am anxiously waiting to hear from you the particulars as to why you were called away from home so suddenly.
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 2)
One thing I have decided: I shall not again place myself in the turmoil of such a meeting as the Conference held at Oakland. I know that during that meeting the Lord helped me in a signal manner. But not all was accomplished that might have been accomplished. If the fallow ground of the heart had been broken up, those present would have gone forth from that meeting to work for Christ as they had never worked before.
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 3)
I am hoping and praying that the Lord will give His people His grace and His salvation. Then the truth will go forth as a lamp that burneth. Let us not become faint-hearted. Let us cling fast to the hand of infinite power. Let us never, never trust in self, but in God. He is our true, unfailing Helper.
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 4)
However dark may be the atmosphere that surrounds the souls of those who have had light and evidence, but who have rejected them, let us keep our eyes fixed on our Leader. God says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 5)
Every human being that exalts himself will be humbled. We have no desire to exalt the power of Satan; nevertheless, if we do not take heed and watch unto prayer, we shall do this; for on every side his subtle influence is seeking entrance. If we give him the least opportunity, he will lead us to bring his pattern into the web that we are weaving.
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 6)
Let us follow the directions that God has given, whatever the result may be. God is not changeable. His word to His faithful people is not Yea and Nay, but Yea and Amen. To those who will not hear His voice, His message comes in vain. Christ says of them, “They would not heed My reproof. Therefore shall they be surprised, and fall, and be taken by the enemy, because they trusted in themselves, and did not repent at My rebuke.”
(18LtMs, Lt 141, 1903, 7)
Lt 142, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. + My dear son Edson,—
I received your letter yesterday and read it with interest. I look favorably upon the proposition that you make regarding the republication of the sketch of my early experiences. I think I have the book to which you refer. Its republication would help to revive the spirit that went with the message in the early days.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 1)
Now is our time to work. Satan reads the signs of the times. He works with all his energy to weaken the faith of the congregation of Israel in the part that the messengers of God have acted from 1844 down to the present time. Anything that will strengthen the faith of those who have not had an experience in the giving of these messages will be a wise investment. The faith of many is shaken by the position of men who, though occupying important positions in the work of God, are not following Christ, the Leader of the people of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 2)
I will leave the matters referred to in your letter, regarding the publication of my books, to Elder Butler and my two sons. Willie will have reached Battle Creek before this time, I suppose. He wrote me a few lines almost every day of his journey, knowing that it would relieve my mind to hear from him.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 3)
Our Work
I have been impressed to write something regarding the work of the people of God for this time. Just before His ascension Christ said to the disciples, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have said unto you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 4)
“Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up fiery serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:15-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 5)
These plain directions are given to us as well as to the disciples. They outline our work. To us, as Christ’s witnesses, has been assigned a special work. We are to reveal the character of God to a world lying in sin. How many are doing this work? How many are living Christ before the world? What can our listless church members say in regard to the way in which they have fulfilled the commission given them?
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 6)
Let all church members study the thirteenth verse of the seventeenth chapter of John. “And now come I to Thee,” Christ says, “and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves.”
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 7)
It was Christ’s joy to see souls converted. This joy will fill the hearts of His witnesses as they give themselves to the work for which He gave His life.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 8)
“We are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] But there are so many who will not consecrate themselves to His work. They are not willing to be husbandmen and carpenters for the Lord. They are not willing to sow the seeds of truth in the human heart, or to teach those newly won to the truth how to build for time and for eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 9)
God calls upon believers to put forth personal efforts for souls, as those who must render an account to God. He says to them, “Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 10)
How do believers abide in Christ?—By faith, love, and obedience. Christ abides in them, through the Holy Spirit, as the source of spiritual life and power.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 11)
Holding Forth the Word of Life
Speaking of Christ, Paul says, “Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and hath given Him a name which is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:9-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 12)
If all who believe in Christ would thus honor Him, what an influence would go forth from the church! The members would bear the fruit of good works. They would indeed be lights in the world. The difference between them and worldlings would be so plainly marked that it would be seen by all.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 13)
Paul continues, “Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” Be afraid lest in word or deed you shall misrepresent the name of Christian. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Verses 12, 13.] Be cheerful, but not trifling. In the life of the Christian there is to be no jesting or joking, no irreverence, no selfishness—nothing that would make Jesus ashamed to own him as His follower. Pursue a course that will honor Christ, the One who works with every soul who bears fruit to His glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 14)
“Do all things without murmurings or disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world; holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither labored in vain.” [Verses 14-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 15)
Few realize that upon them rests the responsibility of revealing Christ in every phase of character. Many of those who are church members do not honor Christ. They do not hold forth the Word of life. They do not cherish the pure, holy principles that would constitute them missionaries for Christ. Their defective characters are a hindrance to the advancement of the work of God. Many do not see the sinfulness of murmuring and disputing. While they cherish unchristlike traits of character, they cannot bear anything but diseased, corrupt fruit which will contaminate like the leprosy.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 16)
The faith of those who profess to follow Christ, but who do not obey the principles of the gospel, is of no value. It needs to be changed for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. It is the unsavory words and the untrained, unchristlike characters of the members that make the church so weak in spiritual power. The gospel inculcates humility, kindness, benevolence. Its fruit is palatable and refreshing. Unless those who claim to believe the Bible bring the principles of the Bible into the daily life, they are only drawbacks to those who long to be right and to do right.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 17)
How to Gain Spiritual Strength
Those who receive and practice the truth will be as lights shining amidst the darkness of the world. Their lives reveal virtues that are a savor of life unto life. This is what Christ means when He says, “It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore, that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto Me. Not that any man hath seen the Father”—He guards them on this point—“save He which is of God, He hath seen the Father.” [John 6:45, 46.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 18)
Christ teaches by His Word, His Spirit, His providences, leading those who are willing to be led to a right comprehension of what is truth, and teaching them to see the importance of obeying the Word of God; for it is truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 19)
“Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life.... I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.... Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day.” [Verses 47, 51, 53, 54.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 20)
This is the gift that God has made to the world—the gift of His Son. It is His design that His children shall be partakers of the divine nature. Believing in Christ, eating His flesh and drinking His blood, they reveal Him to the world. They show that Christ’s principles are their principles. They gain spiritual strength because Christ supplied them with nourishment. A living union with Christ supplies the necessities of the soul just as the physical food we eat supplies the necessities of the body.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 21)
“As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is that bread that came down from heaven; not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead; he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.... It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [Verses 57, 58, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 22)
Those who have a living connection with Christ will not be among those who are neither cold nor hot, those who are building characters after the pattern of the world. But many of those who profess to believe in Christ must have an experience altogether different from the experience that they now have, or they will never see the King in His beauty. Their lives show that they are not partakers of the divine nature. Their characters do not represent Christ’s character. Should they gain admittance into heaven, they would not choose to remain. They would not be happy there. They do not on this earth find happiness in communion with Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 23)
The Lord desires all to gain the reward of obedience—eternal life. I plead with those who hear this message to be sure that their practice is in harmony with their profession. He who professes to be a Christian, and yet lives the life of a sinner, must suffer with the transgressors of God’s law.
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 24)
My heart is drawn out in love for every soul. I tremble when I think of how many there are who are doing no service for the Master. Their one thought is to please themselves. How many souls they might have been the means of saving if they had believed in Jesus as their personal Saviour! They know the truth, but they cling to their sins as if they were precious jewels with which they could not part. Unless they turn from their idols, placing the service of Christ before all else, they will lose eternal life. O that they would heed the command, “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 142, 1903, 25)
Lt 143, 1903
Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 10, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 262-263. Dear Brother Palmer,—
We have heard the news of your wife’s death, but have received no particulars in regard to her sickness.
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 1)
We sympathize with you. We pray that the Lord will comfort you, and impart to you His grace, so that you will not be prostrated by overmuch grief. Let us thank God that our faces are set toward the promised inheritance. Let us thank Him that His salvation is nigh, and not far off.
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 2)
As you look upon your little ones, toward whom your wife so faithfully discharged her responsibilities as a mother, you have reason for rejoicing that she has done what she could to bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. The blessed Saviour who took little children in His arms and blessed them will not leave your children nor you comfortless. A double responsibility now rests upon you. May the Lord inspire the hearts of those who shall deal with these lambs of Christ’s fold to treat them gently, tenderly, lovingly, so that their young and inexperienced feet may be ever guided to walk safely. Dear little ones, Sister White loves you, and she will ask the Saviour to bless you; for He loves you as His little children.
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 3)
Brother Palmer, I know you will feel sad because you have had to bury one who was dear to your heart. But what saith the Scriptures? “Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 4)
We will pray for you and your precious little ones, that you may, by patient continuance in well-doing, keep your face and steps always directed heavenward. We will pray that you may have influence and success in guiding your little ones, that you, with them, may gain the crown of life, and that in the home above, now being prepared for us, you and your wife and children may be a family joyously, happily reunited, never more to be separated.
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 5)
In much love and sympathy.
(18LtMs, Lt 143, 1903, 6)
Lt 144, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 202. My dear son Edson,—
I had just finished a letter to you when your second letter came. This proved to be a copy of a letter that you had written to Dr. Kellogg in regard to the sanitarium for colored people. I am very sorry that things are as you represent them. Have you or Brother Butler heard from a sister living at Sebastapol, California, a place not far from Santa Rosa? She wrote to me saying that she had some money that she wanted to lend to the work in Nashville. Willie answered her at once, giving her your address. I cannot remember the sister’s name. I think that Miss Peck took the letter that I received from her. Please tell me whether you or Brother Butler have received a letter from some one at that place. If you have not, I will either write to the sister myself, or will have someone visit her. I would go to see her myself, but I wish to save my strength for my writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 1)
Edson, do not worry. If, after you have done your best, things do not go as you wish them to, give the matter into the Lord’s hands, and the way will open before you. “If we suffer with Him, we shall also reign with Him.” [2 Timothy 2:12.] Those who on this earth share in Christ’s sufferings will in the world to come share in His glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 2)
Of Christ we read, “Though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered; and being made perfect, He became the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him.” [Hebrews 5:8, 9.] Let us be patient under disappointment. “Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind; for He that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin.” [1 Peter 4:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 3)
Christ suffered in sympathy with men. He declares, “The reproaches of them that reproached thee are fallen upon Me.” [Psalm 69:9.] God may see that it is best for us to meet disappointment on the right hand and on the left. Let us stand in close union with Christ, content to be partakers with Him of His sufferings, that we may at last be glorified with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 4)
Christ suffers when one portion of His vineyard is deprived of the blessings that it should have, but does not have because His stewards are unfaithful in the discharge of their stewardship. Often the work in one place has an overabundance of facilities, while the work in another place has very few facilities for the carrying forward of the work that needs to be done. Through unfaithful stewardship souls are deprived of the blessings that God intended them to have.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 5)
God has bestowed gifts on man, not capriciously, but with equality. To every man He has given talents according to his ability to use them. And it is His purpose that the different parts of His field shall receive the help that their needs demand. When His stewards act selfishly, His work is hindered, and suffering is caused.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 6)
True Christians, whose interests are bound up with the interests of Christ, are pained to the heart as they see that by man’s cupidity the Saviour is dishonored in the person of His saints. They are cut to the quick as they see their fellow men perishing in their sins, and precious opportunities to save them passing by unimproved because means for the carrying forward of the work of soul-saving are not available.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 7)
As laborers together with God, how can we but feel grieved as we see Christ robbed of the glory that He would receive from those who would be saved if the strange workings of men did not hedge up the way. But let us do our best, and let us remember that Christ suffers with those who suffer through the wickedness of the enemy’s inventions.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 8)
The head of the body and its members; the shepherd and his flock—these words show the relation that exists between Christ and the members of His church. What a wonderful thought it is that we, poor, fallen sinners, can become one with Christ, partakers of His divine nature, through His grace refined, purified, glorified. We may overcome and sit down with Him on His throne, even as He overcame and sat down with His Father on His throne.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 9)
O what love, what matchless love! Fallen human beings may become so closely united with Christ that they are glorified with Him. On this earth they have followed in his footsteps, laboring as He labored for the souls for whom He died, and when He comes to claim His own, they enter into his joy, sitting with Him at His table in His kingdom. “Where I am,” He says, “there shall also my servant be.” [John 12:26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 10)
We are to be obedient children in this life, and though our perplexities may often seem great and unjust, we must accept them as they come, all the time doing our very best. We are to be patient, never complaining or reasoning in regard to what we cannot help. We must ever remember that Christ is afflicted in all our afflictions. We must be like Jesus, sorrowing only because we cannot do more to bring souls into union with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 11)
We are to be patient in all our disappointments, hanging our helpless souls upon Christ. We are His property, bought with an infinite price. Frequently we must drink of the cup of sorrow, yet we are not to complain. Thus we are preparing ourselves to drink of the cup of everlasting joy.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 12)
We must carefully guard the health of mind and body. We are not to take upon ourselves burdens that will unfit us for service or that will spoil the fulness of our joy in Christ. We are to be conformed to His image. He loves us, and He will help us. We are to be passive in His hands. We have His promise. We hold the title deeds to real estate in the kingdom of glory. Never were title deeds drawn out more strictly according to law, or signed more legibly, than those that give God’s people a right to the heavenly mansions. “Let not your heart be troubled,” Christ says; “ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 13)
Let us study the promises and assurances found in the first chapter of second Peter. The apostle writes: “Simon Peter, a servant, and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us, through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 14)
All who will may come under the covenant promise. Precious is the price paid for our redemption—the blood of the only begotten Son of God. Christ was tried by the sharp proving of affliction. His human nature was tried to the uttermost. He bore the death penalty of man’s transgression. He became the sinner’s substitute and surety. He is able to show the fruit of His sufferings and death in His resurrection from the dead. From the rent sepulcher of Joseph rings forth the proclamation, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] Those who believe in Me, and do the works of righteousness that I do, are justified, sanctified, made white and tried. They have obtained godliness and eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 15)
What is the endowment of every soul who is willing to be saved in God’s appointed way? “Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue.” [2 Peter 1:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 16)
This is the pledge that God makes to those who follow on to know Him, and who impart to others the knowledge that they have received, that they also may know the power of Christ’s resurrection. We are assured that if we work on the plan of addition, Christ will work for us on the plan of multiplication.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 17)
What part is man to act?—“Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” And we are not to stop here. “Besides this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity; for if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.” [Verses 4-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 18)
This will be the sure result in the case of those who once believed, but who have been overcome by Satan because they did not with all diligence work on the plan of addition here outlined. They have become blind in regard to the course laid down for them in the great plan of redemption.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 19)
Satan, with legions of evil angels, works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. They have become blind in regard to their eternal interests. They have forgotten the precious passages in their experience, when they were fruitful in the knowledge of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 20)
Temptation must be met and resisted. Day by day the spiritual battle goes on. Day by day we are to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling. It is God that works in us, to will and to do of His good pleasure. Every soul is to strive with “all diligence” to add constantly to his spiritual attainments, strengthening every grace, increasing in efficiency that he may grow in usefulness and holiness, as a fruit-bearing tree in the Lord’s garden. [Verse 5.] He is to be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. True religion leads to the cultivation of the gifts that make a man more precious in God’s sight than the gold of Ophir.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 21)
“All diligence” means much. It means a daily diligence. There is danger that we shall be blind in regard to the working of satanic agencies, and that we shall be ensnared by Satan’s alluring temptations. Therefore the word comes to us, “Giving all diligence,” add to your character the graces that will make you strong to resist evil. [Verse 5.] “He that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off.” He does not realize his spiritual poverty. “Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 9-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 22)
This is our life insurance policy. May God help His people to accept the conditions that make it possible for them to receive this life insurance policy, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 23)
Tuesday, July 14
I have just received a letter from Elder Daniells, written from Battle Creek. From what he says, I see that the very condition of things exists in Battle Creek that was presented to me as a reason for the removal of the publishing work from Battle Creek. A. R. Henry is doing his best to make all the trouble he can for the publishing company. He is working in a strong, unreasonable way to compel it to pay him certain sums of money.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 24)
The strain that our brethren are under is taxing every nerve and muscle, and I entreat you to be patient. Let the Lord work out your perplexities. Do not worry; do not be troubled. Just wait patiently, and trust in the Lord. He lives and reigns. Be of good courage in Him. “Fret not thyself in anywise.” [Psalm 37:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 25)
The Lord would have us wait His time. We are not to run ahead of Him. Watch, and wait, and pray, and trust the word of the Lord. Allow nothing to lead you to lose your hold on Him. He is our God, and He will keep guard over the interests of His cause.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 26)
I have been much interested in the copy of a letter written by Brother Everson, who is laboring in Rome, to Brother Daniells. The Lord is opening the way before Brother Everson in a remarkable manner. He is much encouraged. He says that the people are ready to hear.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 27)
I have thought of a way in which I can help the work of God in Europe. I can write a history of my visit there and publish it in book form. I am sure that such a book would be a help to the workers in new fields; for we had most precious experiences in Europe.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 28)
I must not take time to write any more now. I will write again soon. Be of good courage in the Lord. I pray that He may richly bless you.
(18LtMs, Lt 144, 1903, 29)
Lt 145, 1903
Palmer, Brother and Sister [W. O.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 14, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Palmer,—
I have not forgotten you and your fellow workers in Nashville. Although I have not written to you often, I have often presented you and your family before God in prayer and have felt the assurance that the Lord would bless you and work with you.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 1)
If you become worried, and run-down physically, would it not be best for you to have a change for a time? We should be very glad to have you come to see us at any time. We would welcome you into our home. As you know, I am not always master of my own time; for often I must do much writing without delay. Many letters must be answered; and besides, I am trying to write some concerning the apostle Paul preparatory to revising my book Sketches From the Life of Paul. After completing this revision, I hope to add something to the book Life Sketches in order that another edition may be published. The work of revising these books leads us into a profitable field.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 2)
I am trying to devise ways and means to advance the Lord’s work. I have a strong hope that we shall indeed be “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 3)
My brother, do not load yourself down so heavily that you will become weak. Study from cause to effect. Let us work, and watch, and pray. Fail not to heed the suggestions I give you. Be diligent in your effort to live under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. Daily add to your Christian experience. I will try to be a mother to you, if you will allow me to be. May the Lord strengthen you by His rich grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 4)
Work for unbelievers in the high places as well as in the low places. Search diligently for perishing souls. O think of the yearning desire Christ has to bring to His fold again those who have gone astray! Let us watch for souls as they that must give an account.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 5)
If I were only young, I would go forth to labor in every place I could visit. But this is not a work that you are appointed to do. Your physical strength would not admit of your laboring much as a traveling evangelist. You can do a good work where you are. Daily live the truth in purity and humility. This is your safety.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 6)
Be cheerful and of good courage. We do not now see many ways opening for the advancement of the Lord’s work in the Southern field, because but little new territory has been added lately. Many know not the things that belong to their peace, because the unfaithfulness of men has hedged up the way for the proclamation of the message for this time. Now is the day of our responsibility. And yet, Brother Palmer, you must not be careless or imprudent in your efforts to advance the cause. You cannot do the work of an evangelist, because you must not expose yourself to the changes that such a laborer must make. But if you adorn the doctrine of God and of our Saviour, you will surely have the joy and peace of Christ in your heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 7)
I will now close this letter. I hope to have time to write to you again soon. May the Lord bless you and your wife and daughter, and give you His sweet peace, which will be health to the physical, mental, and moral powers, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 8)
With love to all.
(18LtMs, Lt 145, 1903, 9)
Lt 146, 1903
Friends in Australia “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 15, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in VSS 285-286. Dear Friends in Australia,—
We are doing what we can to carry the truth to those around us. Three open-air meetings have been held at Calistoga, in the Hot Springs Park. I spoke at each of these meetings. I did this that I might reach those who do not attend church. The Lord greatly blessed me in this effort.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 1)
For nearly a year, Brother James, my farmer, has been holding a small Sabbath school at Larkmead, a place six miles away. The Catholic priest did all that he could to break up this school, but we think that some good will result form the effort that Brother James has put forth. There is one family that we hope will accept the truth. The leaven has been put into the meal, and it will work. The influence of what has already been done has been felt in the neighborhood.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 2)
At Yountville, about twelve miles from here, is the State Veterans’ Home. In this home there are about nine hundred old men who at some time have fought in the war.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 3)
Some months ago, a small company from the Sanitarium began to go to this institution every other Sabbath to hold a song service, taking with them books and papers for the soldiers.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 4)
When Brother Irwin was here, he went with the workers to the soldiers’ home and spoke to those of the men who were at the song service. He found here a comrade who had stood by his side in battle and who had been with him in Andersonville Prison.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 5)
Miss McEnterfer went with the workers one Sabbath, and a soldier by the name of Foy made himself known to her. He is a brother of John Foy who works at the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Once while he was on horseback, his horse fell, and his leg was broken and had to be amputated, so that he walks on crutches. We are expecting him to come and make us a visit some day.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 6)
At first but few of the members of the Home came to our services, but the attendance has been steadily increasing, and now from sixty to seventy men come in every time that a song service is held.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 7)
A few weeks ago some of the soldiers expressed their desire for a Bible study. Thus the way has opened for instruction to be given in regard to the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 8)
So you see we have a large missionary field within the short distance of twelve miles. Brother Stevens and Elder Taylor have been taking a leading part in the work at the soldiers’ home, and Dores Robinson has recently joined them. Sister Peck has charge of the singing. The singers spend considerable time in practice, that their songs may make the best impression possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 9)
A few Sabbaths ago, Sister Peck, who has been teaching the church school here, took with her about twenty of the children to sing to the soldiers. Mr. Mooney, a livery man in St. Helena, lent them a large stage and two horses for the occasion, and also provided a driver. Sister Peck had drilled the children thoroughly, and they sang beautifully. The soldiers were much pleased and are requesting that the children come again.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 10)
The effort that is being put forth is bringing the truth before these soldiers. The interest is growing steadily. Those in charge of the home have expressed their pleasure at the good influence our people seem to have exerted.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 11)
Some of the men are already becoming convicted of the truth. A few weeks ago, an intelligent-looking man, about sixty-five years of ag,e told one of our brethren that before our people went there to sing, he had spent most of his time drinking and carousing with some of the other men, but that since they had been coming, he had found a more profitable way of employing his time. He said that he had given up drinking and was reading Desire of Ages. He thinks Desire of Ages is the best book he has ever seen and is reading it over and over again. He says that every time he reads it he finds it more interesting. A great change has been wrought in this man by the meetings held and the reading matter given him. Another old man is reading Daniel and the Revelation.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 12)
The workers went to Yountville last Sabbath and had a very interesting time. They found that some of the men have begun to meet in the grove during the week for Bible study and prayer. When they had finished the service in the chapel, they were requested by the hospital steward to sing to the men in the hospital. They went to that building and sang a few songs while standing on the verandah surrounded by men in wheel chairs. Through the doors opening on to the verandah, other men could be seen reclining on their cots. Then the singers were asked to go into a different part of the building and sing again. This they did. The aged and infirm men to whom they sang were much affected and begged them to come again, saying that the singing had done them good.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 13)
We now need a worker who can visit the home during the week and labor personally with those who are interested. Last Sabbath one man asked one of the workers to come to his room and talk with him; and next Sabbath some one will go to the home to talk with this man and with any others who may so desire. The work at the Veterans’ Home at Yountville should by all means go forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 14)
All around us there are souls who need the gospel. Who needs it more than these aged men? We believe that reformations will be seen in the home; for there is abundant evidence that the Spirit of God is working on the hearts and minds of some there.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 15)
The invitation to the marriage supper of the Lamb is to be given to the aged men in the soldiers’ home at Yountville and in similar institutions in other places. I believe that many of them can be won to Christ. By prayer and tender sympathy we are to lead them to seek refuge in Jesus. They may feel His converting power. Their souls are precious in the Redeemer’s sight. He loves them with a deep, far-reaching love. Then shall not we, men and women of God’s appointment, show as deep an interest in them? Shall we not be laborers together with God in their behalf? Shall we not improve every opportunity to lift up before them a crucified and risen Saviour?
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 16)
Let the worker realize that he is only an instrument in God’s hands. He is to labor in connection with Christ, depending on the grace and strength of God to enable him to present the glories of the heavenly Canaan to those who even in their old age need to learn that those who come to Christ He will in no wise cast out.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 17)
Let the children be encouraged to act their part in this work. There is in the simplicity of childhood something that has the power to break the spell of habits and customs of years.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 18)
“Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.] What precious words these are to speak to aged men such as those in the Veterans’ Home! What hope and joy may thus be brought into their lives! We have a message that they need, O so much. We have not a moment to lose. Let us with all tenderness persuade them to come to the Saviour. Jesus is seeking through us, His agencies, to draw them into the fold. Let us tell them—these old men, who one by one are going down into the grave—that Christ has given us a message for them. Let us tell them that as soon as they receive Christ as their Saviour, the privileges of sonship are theirs. They are children of God. “If children, then heirs, heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ.” [Romans 8:17.] Tell them that Christ wants them to be subjects of his kingdom. He says, “Because I live, ye shall live also.” [John 14:19.] The kingdom was prepared for them before the foundation of the world. It is the Father’s good pleasure to give the kingdom to all who love Him and keep His commandments. He will keep them by His power if they will give their hearts to Him. If they will come to Him, they will find rest in a Saviour’s love.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 19)
The Lord would have us do our very best, as wise men and women, to draw these aged men to Jesus, that when the “house of this earthly tabernacle” shall fail, they may die rejoicing in the hope of a home in the kingdom of God. [2 Corinthians 5:1.] Christ will accept all who believe in Him. If these aged men accept Him as their Saviour, their life will be hid with Christ in God. When He who is their life shall appear, He will call them from their prison house, breaking for them the fetters of the tomb.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 20)
I know that to those in our prisons the Word of the Lord should be given. To them the gospel is to be preached, even as it was preached to the dying thief on the cross. The Lord will accept all who will receive and believe on Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 21)
There are many places in which as yet no memorials for the Master have been established, many men and women who have never heard the message for this time. To us is given the commission, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 22)
Every one who believes the truth can do something for its advancement. God is calling, all heaven is waiting, for human agencies to take up their appointed work. Oh, if we only knew how short is the time left us in which to work, we would do our utmost to point sinners to Christ. In the last great day, how bitterly we shall regret the waste of the time that we could have given to the saving of souls ready to perish.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 23)
It is not eloquent speakers that are needed, but humble, earnest workers, men who have childlike trust in a higher strength. It is the men of prayer, who seek the Lord with humble, contrite hearts, that are men of power. They will be enabled to lead sinners to the marriage supper of the Lamb. I often think of the words, “And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.” [Ephesians 6:15.] If we will take up our work with hearts melted by God’s love, we shall see the salvation of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 24)
May the Lord bless you all, and give you His Holy Spirit, that you may be filled with faith, and courage, and hope, and that you may “hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end.” [Hebrews 3:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 146, 1903, 25)
Lt 147, 1903
Farnsworth, Brother and Sister [E. W.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 14, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3SM 409. + Dear brother and sister Farnsworth,—
Although I have not written to you for some time, I think of you often. But I do not always have time to write to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 1)
I have a great amount of work laid out to do. I think I will tell you something of what it is. Brother Haskell and Brother Butler are anxious for me to republish a little book containing my early experiences in the work. They feel that this book would be a great help to those who have just accepted the truth. I think that what they say is true. I wish to keep the way behind us lighted up. The past is to reflect its light on the present. The hearts of many are settling down into a fatal disregard for the light God has given us to shine upon the past and present and into the future. Those who have not humbled themselves to accept the light and walk in the light will become traitors to their holy trust. Privileges abused, grace despised, warnings rejected, convictions smothered, will witness against them.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 2)
Impenitence has taken hold upon some who once acted a prominent part in the work of God. There is on their part a settling down to a fatal hardness of heart, a confirmed resistance of the Spirit’s pleading. Should death overtake them as they are now, the dreadful words would be spoken, “Weighed in the balances and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 3)
It is possible for men to offer the Saviour outward homage, to be Christians in profession, to have a form of godliness, while the heart, whose loyalty He prizes above else, is estranged from Him. Such ones have a name to live, but are dead.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 4)
I am in great distress and agony as I see how determined some who have been often warned are in their refusal to hear the words of entreaty. They have linked their arms in the arm of Satan, to be led captive by him at his will. I heard the words spoken, So long have they been impregnated with the life and customs of the enemy that they have no desire to break away from his companionship.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 5)
Many will come with the chosen to the marriage supper of the Lamb who have not on the wedding garment—the robe prepared for them with the price of His own life’s blood. From lips that never make a mistake come the words, “Friend, how camest thou in hither not having on the wedding garment?” [Matthew 22:12.] Those addressed are speechless. They know that words would be useless. The truth, with its sanctifying power, has not been brought into the soul, and the tongue that once spoke so readily of the truth is now silent. The words are spoken, “Take them out of My presence. They are not worthy to taste of My supper.”
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 6)
As they are separated from the loyal ones, Christ looks with deep sorrow upon them. They had occupied high positions of trust in God’s work, but they had not the life insurance policy that would have entitled them to eternal life. From the quivering lips of Christ come the mournful words of regret, “I loved them; I gave My life for them; but they persisted in rejecting My pleadings and continued in sin. O that thou hadst known, even thou, in this thy day, the things which belong to thy peace! But now they are hid from thine eyes.”
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 7)
Today Christ is looking with sadness upon those whose characters He must at last refuse to acknowledge. Inflated with self-sufficiency, they have had all hope that it would be well with their soul. All at once the mirror of detection reveals to them the evil that their hearts have practiced and at the same time shows them the impossibility of reform. Every effort was made to bring them to repentance. But they stormed out words of defiance and refused to humble their hearts. Now the bitter lamentation is heard, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and my soul is not saved.” [See Jeremiah 8:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 8)
Satan and his angels will appear on this earth as men and will mingle with those of whom God’s Word says, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] The world is full of men and women whom Satan uses as his agencies. Christ has bought them with a price—even with the price of His blood. But they have given themselves unto Satan’s control. They are blind and have forgotten that they were purged from their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 9)
In His sermon on the mount, the Son of God mourns over lost souls. Before His eyes pass the millions and millions of souls yet unborn who will multiply their evil works, reject His pleadings, and rob Him of the glory that He would have received, had they allowed Him to impart to them the divine nature.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 10)
Christ tells us how in the last great day ministers, elders, evangelists, physicians, teachers will confront Him with their claims. They plead how they have led the singers in their songs of praise, how they have waved the palm branches, how they have spoken of Him before thousands. “Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name,” they say, “and in Thy name done many wonderful works of healing?” [Matthew 7:22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 11)
But Christ says, “Then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from Me, ye that work iniquity. O that you had known, even in your day of visitation, when like sweetest music, mercy’s voice fell upon your ears! But you were not ready. If you had been faithful to the warnings of the Word; if you had dismissed Satan, instead of linking your arm in his; if you had preserved untarnished the principles of right; if you had obeyed My commandments, broken with ungodly advisers, scorned their impious bribes, which tempted them to worldly honor; if you had lifted the cross and followed [Me] in self-denial, I could have welcomed you into My presence. But you have not cared for My society, and now you have no power to go from the snare.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 12)
“I offered you My life insurance policy, but you refused it, and chose the side of the enemy, even as the priests and rulers did. You refused to be touched by My dying agony on the cross of Calvary, and mocked at My humiliation. So will I refuse to acknowledge you. I weep for your future, but you have not cared to weep for yourselves. I was pledged to bear you and care for you, even as a father beareth and loveth his own son that serveth him. But you would not harmonize with Me.”
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 13)
The precious invitation was so often given, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me. But you would none of My counsel. You have despised all My entreaties and scorned My invitations. You have caused many to follow your sinful ways, and now your punishment has come. You will receive as your works have been. You must lose everlasting life. You have chosen your own ways, and with such ways, such sentiments, such characters, you could not enter the gates of the holy city.”
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 14)
What a scene is this! I pass over the ground again and again, bowed down in an agony that no tongue can express as I see the end of the many, many who have refused to receive the Saviour. Justice will take the throne, and the arm strong to save will show itself strong to smite and destroy the enemies of the kingdom of God. Christ will lay bare the motives and deeds of every one. Every hidden action will stand out as clearly before the doer as if proclaimed before the universe.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 15)
Gethsemane
Olivet was a sacred spot to our Lord. It was here that the cup of suffering trembled in His hand. Must He drink it, as if acknowledging Himself a transgressor? Hitherto He had been an intercessor for others; now He longed to have an intercessor for Himself. As He felt His unity with the Father broken up, He feared that He would be unable to endure the coming conflict with the powers of darkness. With the issues of the conflict before Him, His soul was filled with a dread of separation from God.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 16)
It was to this time that Jesus had been looking forward when He said, “I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how am I straitened till it be accomplished.” [Luke 12:50.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 17)
Behold Christ contemplating the price to be paid for the human soul. In His agony He clings to the cold ground, as if to prevent Himself from being drawn further from God. The chilling dew of night falls upon His prostrate form, but He heeds it not. From His pale lips comes the bitter cry, “Oh My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me.” Yet even now He adds, “Nevertheless, not as I will, but as Thou wilt.” [Matthew 26:39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 18)
Christ knew that sympathizing hearts were suffering sorely with Him. He knew that He had the support of the angelic host. But He longed for words of consolation from His disciples. Rising with painful effort, He staggered to the place where He had left them. But He “findeth them asleep.” [Verse 40.] Had He found them praying, He would have been relieved. Had they been seeking refuge in God, that satanic agencies might not prevail over them, He would have been comforted by their steadfast faith. But they had not heeded the repeated warning, “Watch and pray.” [Mark 13:33; Matthew 26:38, 41.] At first they had been much troubled to see their Master, usually so calm and dignified, wrestling with a sorrow that was beyond comprehension. They had prayed as they heard the strong cries of the Sufferer. They did not intend to forsake their Lord, but they seemed paralyzed by a stupor which they might have shaken off if they had continued pleading with God. They did not realize the necessity of watchfulness and earnest prayer in order to withstand temptation.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 19)
Addressing Peter, Jesus said, “Simon, sleepest thou? Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. The spirit truly is willing, but the flesh is weak.” [Mark 14:37, 38; Matthew 26:41.] He feared that they would not be able to endure the test that would come upon them in His betrayal and death. He did not reprove them, but said, “Watch ye, and pray lest ye enter into temptation.” Even in His great agony, He was seeking to excuse their weakness. “The spirit truly is ready,” He said, “but the flesh is weak.”
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 20)
Again the Son of God was seized with superhuman agony. He knew that He was the Son of God. But a world of loathsome sin seemed about to fall upon Him. Fainting and exhausted, He staggered back to the place of His former struggle. His suffering was even greater than before. As the agony of His soul came upon Him, “His sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground.” [Luke 22:44.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 21)
Christ was passing through a death struggle. Can it be that He will fail? Will He let sinful human beings fall into the hands of Satan?
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 22)
A short time before, Jesus had stood as a mighty cedar, withstanding the storm of opposition that spent its fury upon Him. Now He was like a reed beaten and bent by the angry storm. He had approached the consummation of His work as a conqueror, having at each step gained a victory over the powers of darkness. As one already glorified, He had claimed oneness with God. In unfaltering accents He had poured out His songs of praise. He had spoken to His disciples in words of courage and tenderness. Now had come the hour of the power of darkness. Now He takes the position of a lost soul. Now His voice was heard on the still evening air, not in tones of triumph, but full of human anguish. The wonted calm and quiet seemed broken up, as it was when Jesus stood on the mountain overlooking Jerusalem, and broke forth into an agony of tears. The words of the Saviour were borne to the ears of the drowsy disciples, “O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done.” [Matthew 26:42.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 23)
Again He felt a longing for companionship and for some words from His disciples that would bring relief and break the spell of darkness that well-nigh overpowered Him. But their eyes were heavy; “neither wist they what to answer Him.” [Mark 14:40.] His presence roused them. They saw His face marked with the bloody sweat of agony, and they were filled with fear. His anguish of body they could not understand. “His visage was so marred more than any man, and His form more than the sons of men.” [Isaiah 52:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 24)
Turning away, Jesus sought again His retreat, and fell prostrate, overcome by the horror of a great darkness. The humanity of the Son of God trembled in that trying hour. He prayed not now for His disciples, that their faith might not fail, but for His own tempted, agonized soul. That awful moment had come—that moment which was to decide the destiny of the world. The fate of humanity trembled in the balance. Satan came to Him with the masterly temptation, Save yourself even now. Christ might even now refuse to drink the cup apportioned to Him by guilty man. It was not yet too late. He might wipe the bloody sweat from His brow and leave man to perish in his iniquity. He might say, Let the transgressor receive the penalty of his sin, and I will go back to My Father. Will the Son of God drink the bitter cup of humiliation and agony? Will the innocent suffer the consequences of the curse of sin to save the guilty? The words fall tremblingly from the pale lips of Jesus, “O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done.” [Matthew 26:42.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 25)
Three times He has uttered that prayer. Three times has humanity shrunk from the last, crowning sacrifice. But now the history of the human race comes up before the world’s Redeemer. He sees that the transgressors of the law, if left to themselves, must perish. He sees the helplessness of man and gathers on His divine soul the sinfulness of every man. He sees the power of sin. The woes and lamentations of a doomed world rise before Him. He beholds its impending fate, and His decision is made. He will save man at any cost to Himself. He accepts the baptism of blood, that through Him perishing millions may gain everlasting life. He has left the courts of heaven, where all is purity and happiness and glory, to save the one lost sheep, the one world that has fallen by transgression. And He will not now turn away from His mission. He will become the propitiation of a race that has willed to sin. His prayer now breathes only submission: “If this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it: Thy will be done.” [Verse 42.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 26)
In this awful crisis, when everything was at stake, when the mysterious cup trembled in the hand of the sufferer, the heavens opened, a light shone forth amid the stormy darkness of the crisis hour, and the mighty angel in God’s presence, occupying the position from which Satan fell, came to the side of Christ. The angel came not to take the cup from Christ’s hand, but to strengthen Him to drink it, with the assurance of the Father’s love. He came to give power to the divine-human suppliant and to tell Him that His thrice-uttered prayer had been heard. He pointed Him to the open heavens, telling Him of the souls that would be saved as the result of His sufferings. He assured Him that His Father is greater and more powerful than Satan, that sacrifice would result in the utter discomfiture of Satan, and that the kingdom of this world would be given to the saints of the Most High. He told Him that He would see of the travail of His soul and be satisfied, for He would see a multitude of the human race saved, eternally saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 27)
The conflict was over. Satan was defeated. The punishment for sin must be borne, but Christ knew that His Father had suffered with Him, and He was comforted. The message of the angel brought to Christ the calm majesty of triumph. His agony did not cease, but His discouragement and depression left Him. The storm had in no wise abated, but He who was its object was strengthened to meet its fury. He came forth calm and serene. A heavenly peace rested upon His bloodstained face. He had borne that which no human being could ever bear; for He had tasted the sufferings of death for every man.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 28)
How few realize the awful power of the temptation with which Christ wrestled in Gethsemane. Here impurity fought with purity, the prince of light with the prince of darkness.
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 29)
Christ’s agony was not caused by the contemplation of His death on the cross. It was the thought of being punished as a transgressor of the law of God, knowing as He did His Father’s hatred of sin, that almost overpowered Christ. There was no spot or stain of sin upon Him. He could say to angels and to men, Which of you convinceth Me of sin? No thought or word or deed of His bore taint of evil. His tongue knew no deceit. His heart was never polluted by an unholy thought. Even the evil spirits recognized His sinlessness. “We know Thee who Thou art,” they said, “the Holy One of God.” [Mark 1:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 30)
Yet upon Him were laid the iniquities of us all. “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5, 6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 31)
“Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, traveling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art Thou red in Thine apparel, and Thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? I have trodden the winepress alone, and of the people there was none with Me.” [Isaiah 63:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 147, 1903, 32)
Lt 148, 1903
Faulkhead, Brother and Sister [N. D.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 15, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Faulkhead,—
The Australian mail leaves here this morning, and I shall have time to write you only a few lines. I have much writing to do, but I felt that I must send you a short letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 1)
I have every reason to praise the Lord for His great goodness and merciful kindness to me. My health is good, and I am able to do much work.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 2)
Last week we rode over to Healdsburg to attend a meeting of the school board. The Lord gave me words to speak to the brethren there, and I think that they were encouraged by what I said. They wanted me to remain longer, but I was obliged to return home, as the carriage that we had was a borrowed one.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 3)
On reaching home, we found that there were many letters awaiting our attention. I was glad that I had not been persuaded to stay longer in Healdsburg. At the end of the week a Young People’s Convention was to begin in Healdsburg, lasting several days. I expected to drive over on Friday, staying over Sabbath and Sunday, but I was hindered. It was well that I was; for the Lord gave me a message for the church here.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 4)
I spoke on Sabbath morning. Sister Kerr from Honolulu was present. She had persuaded a friend of hers to attend with her. He was well pleased with what he heard, and when the envelopes were passed around for the offering, he put in a dollar. I pray that the words that he heard may be a blessing to him. The meeting was a profitable one. The Lord certainly gave me a message to bear to the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 5)
I bore a decided testimony in regard to every man’s doing the work appointed to him, and not ignoring his responsibilities. If we neglect anything, let it not be the things that concern our eternal interest. We need to strengthen our souls in God. We need to be preparing ourselves every day to use our talents to better advantage in God’s service. God will impart His grace to those only who keep the channel open to receive and to impart to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 6)
I thought that perhaps I might drive over to Healdsburg on Sunday. But very important letters came, which must be answered at once. Yesterday I wrote twenty pages to be sent to different ones. I will try to send you copies of some of the letters that I have written in regard to the work here.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 7)
My dear brother and sister, we shall be called to pass through strait places. Let us cleave to the Lord. He is our Strength and our Defender. He will be to us a present help in every time of need. Act well your part, and may the blessing of the Lord rest upon you. The more you feel your weakness and your dependence upon God, the more clearly you will see who is your Helper. As a family, work, work in such a way that God can use you as instrumentalities for the advancement of His work.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 8)
“God who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” [2 Corinthians 4:6.] Without the helping power of God we cannot glorify His name. He would have us claim the saving knowledge that He has for us. He desires us to have a true, substantial faith in Christ. This is His commandment, that we should have faith in His Son Jesus Christ. God will be to us a present help in every time of need. There is a rich experience for us to gain. I am bearing testimonies to our churches calling upon the people of God to draw near to God. As they do this, He will draw near to them. We cannot afford to stop with a half-and-half experience now. The end of all things is at hand. We cannot afford to delay. God forbid that we should fail to heed the warning, “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 9)
Let us not murmur because of this reproof. Let us thank God for the gracious words, “Except thou repent.” [Verse 5.] How glad we should be that we still have opportunity to repent!
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 10)
Brother Faulkhead, call the attention of your fellow workers in the Echo office to this warning. Speak these words to the apprentices. O, teach them as Christ would teach them.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 11)
I pray that every church member, every worker in our institutions may feel to the depth of his being that the end of all things is at hand. Let them work and strive and pray and believe. They have a heaven to win and eternal death to shun. O that each one would seek the Lord for himself, that he might gain a personal experience in the things of God. I would that I could sound to the ends of the earth the words, “Seek the Lord, seek Him without delay. Satan is striving to preoccupy your thoughts, but give him no place in your mind or heart. Accept the invitation of the Saviour, ‘Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for My yoke is easy and My burden is light.’” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 12)
I have been impressed to call upon the members of our churches to study the last two volumes of Testimonies for the Church. When I was writing these books, I felt the deep moving of the Spirit of God as I wrote the instruction contained in them. They are full of precious matter. In the visions of the night the Lord told me that the truth contained in these books must be brought before the members of our churches, because there are many who are indifferent in regard to the salvation of their souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 13)
Every jot of the light that God has given must be accounted for. I ask the fathers and mothers in the North Fitzroy church and in the other churches near Melbourne how they have treated the light. If the heads of families would shake off their worldliness and indifference, and show that they are terribly in earnest, many would take knowledge of them that they have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. Christ has made reconciliation for our sins. If we refuse now to be saved, the time will come when we shall seek for salvation, but will not be able to find it.
(18LtMs, Lt 148, 1903, 14)
Lt 149, 1903
Belden, Brother and Sister [S. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 15, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 10MR 82-85. Dear brother and sister Belden,—
I received your letters in the mail that came a week or two ago. We are always glad to hear from you, and all of us are interested in your letters.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 1)
I shall not be able to write you a very long letter this time; for I am much burdened with the many other letters that I must write.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 2)
We see the necessity of republishing the books that contain the account of our first experience in this work. Those who have come into the truth in recent years know nothing of the experience through which the people of God passed when the importance of proclaiming the first, second, and third angels’ messages first came to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 3)
I am glad that you are able to help the believers on Norfolk Island. Tell them that health reform is necessary to a pure, clean breath and a pure, clean current of blood. Tea, coffee, port, and tobacco defile the users. The Lord calls upon all who claim to believe His truth to take their stand firmly on Bible ground in regard to health reform. There is to be a marked difference between those who serve God and those who serve themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 4)
I call upon those in Norfolk Island who claim to believe the truth to co-operate with God; for they are not ready for His appearing. Unless they cleanse themselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, they can never enter the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him. They must prepare themselves to meet God in peace by putting away from them all that defiles.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 5)
My brethren and sisters, I must tell you that your spirituality is a very short pattern. You are not following the example of Christ. Let every one who names the name of Christ depart from iniquity. Satan would demoralize those who belong to the church of these last days. If you will open the way, he will put evil thoughts into your minds. But God’s Word tells us that if we resist the devil, he will flee from us. You may expect to meet the sharpest temptations, but if you cherish Bible truth, you can be witnesses for Christ. You can reveal Him to those in your beautiful island home who know Him not.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 6)
Will you not obey the words of Christ, “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross, and follow me”? [Mark 8:34.] The Saviour will help those who will do what they can to help themselves. Let those who are not converted seek the Lord most earnestly, that they may have clean, pure hearts, and faith to lay hold of the help that Christ is waiting to give them. Follow the light of God’s Word, and you will have clear light and precious consolation. Christ will help you if you will deny the selfish inclinations that Satan wants you to gratify. The enemy wants to weaken your spirituality and to confuse your perceptions of righteousness and truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 7)
The Lord is grieved because so many of those who profess to believe in Him are not true believers. They will perish with the wicked unless they separate themselves from their worldly associates and follow the example of Christ. God wants every believer on Norfolk Island to be a representative of the truth for this time. My brother, my sister, if you will fulfil His purpose for you, He will give you His peace. But He is grieved because, though claiming to be His sons and daughters, you do not do His will. He desires you to be true Christians. But this many of you are not. You grieve the Holy Spirit and give occasion for the truth to be evil spoken of.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 8)
There ought to be on Norfolk Island a strong company to witness for the truth. There ought to be a church that is a representation of what God designs His church to be. I entreat you, my dear friends on Norfolk Island, to reach a higher standard. I want you to be saved in Christ’s kingdom. Look to Jesus for strength. Pray and believe, and let Christ be glorified in your well-ordered life and godly conversation. Unless you do this, you will surely lead others astray by your unsanctified lives.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 9)
Christ is looking upon you, and He says, “I know thy works, ... that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 10)
There is no excuse for you to be so unlike Christ. God would have you pure and holy, and He has made it possible for you thus to be. “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 11)
I write you thus plainly because you are being deceived. You do not understand the Word. Come to the Lord as little children, and learn His ways; then you will be a people in whom the Lord can delight. “Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 12)
We must be getting ready to move. It will not be long before Jesus gathers His jewels to Himself. Then those who on this earth have been faithful will dwell forever in the beautiful home above, never again to be tempted or tried by the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 13)
I pray that you may have clear discernment, in order that you may understand what it means to be a Christian. Cherish in your hearts the love of God, and practice it in the daily life. Then you will be living witnesses for God and His truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 14)
In much love to you all.
(18LtMs, Lt 149, 1903, 15)
Lt 150, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CD 490; 2MCP 470, 506; HP 120; 6MR 139-140. My dear son Edson,—
You speak in your letter that I received yesterday of your intention of getting out some new books. I am in favor of this, because the old edition of Patriarchs is selling fairly well. We are now at work on a sketch of the efforts that have been put forth for the colored people in the South. I hope that this book will be a help to the Southern field.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 1)
At present I am very short of funds. I have no money in the bank; in fact, I have overdrawn my account there. I hope that some money will come in soon. I think that I shall bend my energies toward getting out some new books until things become more settled. Then we shall better understand what we ought to do in regard to getting out a new edition of Patriarchs and Prophets.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 2)
I think that a new edition of The Life of Paul should be published. I shall make some additions to this book, however, before it is republished.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 3)
I am going to make an effort to prepare a history of our stay and work in Europe. I shall get together the talks that I gave while there and publish them with the historical sketch, most of which is in the book published some years ago on this subject. Then, sometime, I want to get out a history of my work in Australia.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 4)
So you see, we have much work laid out before us. I think that we can accomplish it if my head keeps clear. I have freedom and success in writing. But at my age I must be careful not to overtax my brain.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 5)
The last two Sabbaths I have spoken at the Sanitarium. Sister Kerr from Honolulu, who is staying at the Sanitarium, says that the patients are delighted with my talks. They say that they have never heard anything like them. They can hardly believe, Sister Kerr says, that I am seventy-four years old. When Sister Kerr told me this, I said, “On the twenty-sixth of November next, I shall be seventh-six years old.”
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 6)
My health is good. My appetite is excellent. I find that the simpler my food, and the fewer the varieties I eat, the stronger I am. I take a bath every day—sometimes two. It makes little difference to me whether the bath is hot or cold. I prefer a cold bath in the morning and a moderately warm one at night. Some mornings I get up at four o’clock, but generally I am up at three.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 7)
I thank the Lord for the good health that I enjoy. I thank Him that He has preserved my reasoning powers. I know that this is a miracle wrought by His mercy. I am so thankful, so thankful! If I can live until I can get my writings in shape and before the people, I shall be very grateful.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 8)
There is much to be done, and the doing of it will take time. But we can accomplish much if we work carefully, and in such a way that the Lord can work with us.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 9)
I must stop now for the present; for it is growing dark. I pray every day for you and Emma, and for all who are connected with you in your work. If you will have faith, God will help you, and that wonderfully.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 10)
I believe, I believe that the Lord hears my prayers, and then I go to work to answer my prayers, which I am sure are indited by the Lord. I am of good courage. Let us not overtax the strength that the Lord gives us. We are to preserve our brain power. If we abuse this power, we shall have no deposit to draw from in times of emergency.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 11)
Monday morning, 3 o’clock, A.M. There is one thing that I want to caution you about. Do not fret or worry; it does not pay to do this. Do not try to do too much. If you do not undertake too much, you will succeed in accomplishing much more than if you try to carry out too many plans. Constantly bear in mind the words of Christ, “Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.” [Mark 14:38.] Christ is your personal Saviour. Believe that His saving power is exercised in your behalf minute by minute, hour by hour. He is by your side in every time of need.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 12)
The Holy Spirit is our Guide and Sanctifier. This Spirit indites the prayers of the sincere believer and bears witness to his sonship—witness to his adoption into the family of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 13)
We cannot afford to allow the enemy to obtain the advantage over us in the slightest particular. We cannot afford to allow him to put his impress on thought, word, or deed. We are set apart for service. God claims us as His property; for He has bought us with the blood of His only begotten Son.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 14)
Trusting in God
With the continual change of circumstances, changes come in our experience; and by these changes we are either elated or depressed. But the change of circumstances has no power to change God’s relation to us. He is the same yesterday, today, and forever; and He asks us to have unquestioning confidence in His love. Satan watches his opportunity to bring about circumstances that will tend to arouse unbelief, hoping to lead us to doubt God. We cannot afford to cherish one thought of unbelief. When we are tempted to look on the dark side, let us open the windows of the soul heavenward, that the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness may shine in. Let us draw near to God. He has promised that as we do this, He will draw near to us and lift up for us a standard against the enemy. The efficiency of His keeping power has in no wise decreased. Let faith stand its trial without wavering; for Christ is a perfect Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 15)
Laboring in Harmony With God
You may look upon your plans as perfect, but God may see that it is essential for you to suffer disappointment, in order that your plans may be brought into harmony with His plan. His way is always the right way. He seeth and knoweth all things. We do not always see as He sees. Therefore changes must be made in our plans.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 16)
In your character building, be sure to labor in co-operation with the Masterbuilder, that at last He may pronounce your character perfect. Remember that you are a laborer together with God. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling”—with fear lest your natural temperament shall come in to spoil Christ’s plan for you. “For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 17)
Do not be satisfied without a living faith. The Holy Spirit always leads to the written Word and points to the duties and obligations specified in that Word, which are bound up with the promises and assurances. Take your stand on the Word of God. Whatever may occur, hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end. Plausible theories will be presented—theories that have no foundation in the Word of God. Accept them not. If you should accept them, they would weaken your faith in the truth that we have received point by point in the history of the past, and which has placed our feet in the narrow path of holiness.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 18)
We shall have to meet seducing spirits. We shall be tried and tested on every point. Let us stand firm in the position defined for us as a people by the Lord God of Israel. Let us hold fast the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] Do not remove the landmarks that have been established by the Holy Spirit’s witness. He who inspired the Scriptures will test everything in our religious life by the Scriptures. “To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20.] Even the work of the Spirit within is tested and tried by the Word. Some will claim that they have the Holy Spirit’s guidance, when in reality they are guided by another spirit, which the Word will not vindicate. The sum must be proved. Those who claim to have the Holy Spirit must be tested by a “Thus saith the Lord.” The written Word is to decide all questions.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 19)
Truth never fails. Everything else will be shaken. Truth may for a time, in the minds of honest souls, be mingled with error. But as these souls daily search the Scriptures, and pray for guidance, they will be led into all truth. Guided by God, they will not call truth error and error truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 20)
How to Gain Spiritual Strength
Bible truth is spoken of as the flesh and blood of the Son of God. Our spiritual strength depends on our receiving the Word of God and practicing its teaching. As we do this, the soul is filled with health and growth and spiritual soundness, to which the Spirit sets its seal.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 21)
In the sixth chapter of John, Christ repeats over and over again the lesson in regard to the bread of life. His words are clear, definite, positive. “I am the bread of life,” He declares. [Verse 35.] “The bread of God is He which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world.”“Then said they unto Him, Lord, evermore give us this bread.” [Verses 33, 34.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 22)
They were thinking of the miracle that He had wrought in feeding the five thousand with five loaves and two fishes. But Christ was trying to lead their minds to higher truth, trying to show them that He Himself is the bread of life, that if they would have eternal life, they must receive Him, believe in Him, become one with Him, eating His flesh and drinking His blood. “I am the bread of life,” He said; “He that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst.” [Verse 35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 23)
Then He charged the Jews with their unbelief. “But I said unto you, That ye also have seen Me, and believe not. All that the Father giveth Me shall come unto Me; and him that cometh to Me, I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. And this is the Father’s will which sent Me, that of all which He hath given Me, I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day. And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life; and I will raise him up at the last day.” [Verses 36-40.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 24)
“The Jews murmured at Him because He said, I am the bread of life which came down from heaven.” [Verse 41.] Satan had gained access to their minds, and with subtle, deceiving power he was striving to prevent them from yielding to evidence. “Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know?” they said. “How is it then that He saith, I came down from heaven? Jesus therefore answered and said unto them. Murmur not among yourselves. No man can come to Me, except the Father which hath sent Me draw him; and I will raise him up at the last day. It is written in the prophets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto Me. Not that any man hath seen the Father, save He which is of God, He hath seen the Father. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” [Verses 42-51.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 25)
“As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is the bread which came down from heaven; not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead; he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.... It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [Verses 57, 58, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 26)
O how much is comprehended in this chapter! May the Holy Spirit help us to understand and obey the truths that it contains. These truths are everything to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 27)
All may have the glorious inheritance reserved in heaven for those who love God. It is the Father’s good pleasure to give the kingdom to those who believe in Him. To Abraham and to his seed—to every believing soul—the promises are made.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 28)
But in order to obtain this inheritance, we must believe in Christ as a personal Saviour. We must reveal His character to the world. Those who do not comply with the conditions that He has laid down, those who do not receive and believe His words, will lose eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 29)
It is not through human inventions, but through relationship with Christ, that the kingdom of heaven is obtained. Through obedience to the laws of this kingdom we are made heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ. We must give proof that we believe in Christ as our Saviour and our Redeemer. We must resemble Him in character. Only as we are one with Him here can we be one with Him in the hereafter. Those who are fitting themselves for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who become one with Him in God will at last enter into possession of a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. They are able to say, “The Lord is my portion; therefore will I hope in Him.” [Lamentations 3:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 30)
In order to share in Christ’s glory, we must share in His suffering. We read of Him, “Though He were a Son, yet learned He obedience by the things which He suffered.” [Hebrews 5:8.] “Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind; for he that hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin.” [1 Peter 4:1.] “Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory, while we look, not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen; for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal.” [2 Corinthians 4:17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 31)
Let us have courage in the Lord. I dare not advise you to enter into the warfare. You are not prepared to battle with counterinfluences. You are not in a physical condition to endure the strain. Do not engage in controversy, for time spent in controversy is time lost. Dwell upon the preparation of soul that each must have who shall meet Jesus in peace. Tell your troubles to God. Do not load yourself down with burdens. Take them to the One who knows how to bear them. In your discourses, dwell upon the joy and glory that the overcomer will receive. Think of how happy we shall be! “We shall see His face, and His name shall be in our foreheads.” [See Revelation 22:4.] What joy it will be to dwell in Christ’s presence through the ceaseless ages of eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 32)
Let us live in close communion with Christ, that we may catch the light shining from His face. Let us hold communion with God before we go forth to speak to the people. Let us impart light and joy to those with whom we are connected in service.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 33)
I am in sympathy with you in your endeavor to get out some new books. Remember that we pray for you every day.
(18LtMs, Lt 150, 1903, 34)
Lt 151, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in VSS 156; Ev 431. My dear son Edson,—
I received your letter dated July 16 written in regard to Dr. Kellogg’s suggestions. If we could know distinctly and clearly that he is standing where he should stand, I would say, By all means accept of his proposition. But I do not feel altogether clear in the matter. I do not fully understand what is involved.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 1)
I see no way out of our difficulties but to consecrate ourselves, body, soul, and spirit, to our Creator and Redeemer. I have no confidence in any sanitarium or in any other institution that is not established in harmony with the conditions that God has specified. Those who will openly reveal the sign of their sanctification will stand on vantage ground with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 2)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you.... It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12, 13, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 3)
I have offered many prayers for Dr. Kellogg and his associates. If he will stand firm to the principles of God’s Word, the Lord will use him. But with a divided mind, he can never reach perfection in Christ Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 4)
As a people we now need to uproot every weed from the garden of the soul. Let us keep the law of the Lord perfectly.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 5)
July 23, 1903 “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California My dear son Edson,—
Be careful of your strength. Do not work too hard. Consecrate yourself, body, mind, and soul, to the service of God. Seek Him for strength, and believe that He hears and will answer your prayer. Work to answer your own prayers, as if you saw Christ before you, ready to help you bear your burdens, as you seek to do those things that are pleasing in His sight. Rest assured that He is interceding in your behalf. For you, He lays open all the treasures of His grace. If you will but take Him at His word, they are yours.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 6)
Jesus asks you to present your needs before the Father in His name. “Ye shall ask in My name,” He says, “and I say not unto you that I will pray the Father for you: for the Father Himself loveth you, because ye have loved Me, and have believed that I came out from God.” [John 16:26, 27.] Christ does not have to entreat the Father to hear us. As we come in the name of Christ, the Father’s heart of love is open to hear us and to bestow upon us all the riches of His grace. “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [Verse 24.] “Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.” [John 14:13.] All the human encouragement we could receive falls far short of the divine assurance.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 7)
Talk faith. Let your heart melt under a sense of the love of Jesus. We need never disconnect form the source of our power. God can give us the victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 8)
I tremble as I think of the responsibility resting on us to give to the people the solemn truths for this time. As we proclaim the truth, we are to lift up the crucified and risen Saviour. Let the tongue be inspired with a holy boldness to speak words of encouragement, words that will arouse and strengthen souls to break the bands of indolence and security that bind them in uncertainty.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 9)
Christ took upon Himself human nature, that He might place men and women on vantage ground with God and at last present before the universe a people who have met the strongest temptations of Satan and have conquered on every point. He was afflicted with all the afflictions wherewith man is afflicted. “Learn of Me;” He says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 10)
There is no condemnation to the soul who believes in Christ. We are to bring our sins to Him who, though He knew no sin, was made sin for us. As we do this, He imputes to us His righteousness. Our sins are laid on Christ, their penalty is met by His sacrifice, and His righteousness is imputed to us personally.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 11)
Edson and Emma, I am anxious that you shall both be blessed in the Lord. I know you appreciate His blessings. Do not allow your minds to be troubled. Hide self with Christ in God.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 12)
We feel deeply for the souls in the Southern field, and in all our cities, who are not saved. We would appeal to our people everywhere to come up to the help of the Lord against the mighty forces of the powers of darkness.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 13)
It is difficult for us to accomplish much in a place where Satan has his stronghold, and where our work has not been long established, unless facilities are provided to lift up the standard of righteousness and proclaim the testing truths for this time. It is necessary for you not only to do the work in your field, but also to furnish the needed facilities. You must depend wholly on God, knowing that He alone, in His own way, can change the condition of things in the South.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 14)
Impress upon all under your charge that they have a work to do for Jesus. Time is rolling into eternity. What results have Christians to show in the work of soul-saving? No matter how great the capabilities of a man’s mind, he will never know the power of saving grace until he becomes a gospel worker.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 15)
I was struck by something I read lately. An infirm lady received $600 a year. Of this she gave $150 to pay for the time of a man to visit families in destitute places and distribute books and tracts. Besides this she invited a few pious women to her house once each week to unite with her in praying for the success of the work this man was doing. There were few men who were as successful as this man in winning souls to Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 16)
There is much work to be done in the Lord’s vineyard. There are many who could do much as gospel workers if they were only consecrated to God. But in order to reap we must sow. And let us remember that the man who sows only a spare amount cannot expect to reap a full harvest. “He which soweth sparingly, shall also reap sparingly; but he which soweth bountifully, shall also reap bountifully.” [2 Corinthians 9:6.] We are to spend our time laboring for the salvation of souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 17)
Talk to the people and urge upon them the importance of doing all they can for Him. There are many ways in which we may work for the Master. We may speak words of encouragement to those whom we meet. “A word spoken in season, how good is it!” [Proverbs 15:23.] Souls are perishing for the lack of personal labor.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 18)
The most important work we have to do in this world is to fulfil the pledge made with God at our baptism.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 19)
“As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him: rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving.” [Colossians 2:6, 7.] It is our privilege to be filled with joy and thanksgiving for the rich grace that Christ bestows upon us. We need to appreciate His mercies and cultivate gratitude.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 20)
To us is given the warning, “Beware, lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the godhead bodily.” [Verses 8, 9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 21)
When we trust in the Lord Jesus, and are in union with Him, we shall have clear and decided victories in every line. Paul’s words will be applicable to us: “Ye are complete in Him, which is the head of every principality and power; in whom also ye are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ: buried with Him in baptism, wherein also ye are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God, who hath raised Him from the dead.” [Verses 10-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 22)
“And you being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath He quickened together with Him, having forgiven you all trespasses.... If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God.... When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 2:13; 3:1, 4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 23)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Verses 12-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 24)
If all in our churches would study this Scripture and be determined to follow its teaching, what a reformation would be seen! What pleasure God’s people would find in contemplating the goodness and love of Jesus. The more we study His character, the more we shall become assimilated to His likeness. We need the deep moving of the Spirit of God upon our hearts. We need to guard ourselves closely that Christ shall not have died for us in vain.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 25)
The church in Nashville needs this instruction. If I were with you, I would be glad to make personal appeals to those in the different churches of the South. I desire to see the believers in the position that God desires them to be in.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 26)
When pure, unadulterated truth is presented to the mind and is received, there will be a learning of Jesus and an exercising of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. In him who receives the truth in meekness, it becomes the engrafted Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 27)
If, as a people, we would only open the door of our hearts, the Holy Spirit would come upon us, and we would realize the things that pertain to our peace and holiness. There is a great work to be done for the church at Nashville, in order that they may say, “Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.” [1 Corinthians 2:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 28)
There is a much higher standard for the believers in Nashville, and especially for the members of the colored church, to reach. In the name of the Lord, I call upon the believers, both colored and white, to prepare for the coming of the Lord. Let there be no friction or disturbances in the church. Let the talent of speech be appreciated as a precious gift of God and be used in such a way that it will be a source of comfort and blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 151, 1903, 29)
Lt 152, 1903
To All Whom it May Concern “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 22, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in RY 35-38.
The Work of the Pioneers in God’s Cause
To all whom it may concern My dear brethren and sisters,—
In 1890 I was given the following message to bear to our people:
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 1)
“A mistake has been made in putting young men forward to speak at our camp-meetings, before large congregations, when they had not the vital truths to present that were appropriate for the occasion. Precious time has been occupied by those who did not themselves know the true message for this time. Pioneers in the cause—men who had the bread of life to give to the people, men whose hearts and minds were filled with the vital truths needed by the hundreds and thousands of people assembled—have sat and listened to young preachers who could not do justice to the occasion. Not even half work was done in the presentation of the gospel message.”
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 2)
I am now called upon to present a similar message to our churches. Our aged ministering brethren are not to be overtaxed, but when they are at any of our churches, those in the church should remember that it is always courteous to ask them to speak. It is only showing these brethren the respect due them to say, “Brethren, you are older in the faith than we are. Have you not the word of the Lord for us at this time?”
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 3)
The time of these workers is precious. They have words to speak that the people need. When they come among you, give them all the time that they can possibly fill. Make arrangements that will enable you to obtain all the help possible from them during their stay.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 4)
At our camp-meetings, when large congregations assemble, the time given to public speaking should be occupied, as far as possible, by old experienced workers, who have the word of the gospel to present. Do not place before the large congregation a young man who has not been proved. He may do his best, but his words will not have the weight of the words of men of grey hairs, who have been long in active service, and who, understanding the deep things of God, can present them with clearness and power.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 5)
It would be doing a young man a great wrong to place him before a large congregation before he had been proved. It would not leave the best impression on the minds of the hearers.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 6)
In our camp-meetings call to the front men of long experience and of the very best talent—men who can impress hearts by bringing forth clearly the strong reasons of our faith; men who obey the words, “Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness, and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:14-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 7)
Our camp-meetings are not held for the purpose of putting men on exhibition, of showing off their capabilities. The people come together to receive spiritual food. There are among them those who are thirsting for the water of life. Give them opportunity to drink until their thirst is quenched. Let them hear a message fraught with the love of God. Let them have opportunity of listening to men of ripe talent, men whom God has been educating and training. The minds of these men are filled with truth that the people need. Do not bring in men who have not been proved, while men sit by in silence who have the Word of God burning in their souls, and who may never again have opportunity to hear the message given them. Give these tried warriors all the opportunities to speak that they can improve without overtaxing themselves; for they can present the truths that are the very pillars of our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 8)
The younger ministers are not to think, because they are not called to speak to the large congregation, that there is nothing for them to do. There is work for all to do. Let them hold meetings in the smaller tents. Let the occupants of several tents meet in one tent for prayer and social meeting. In such meetings as these the younger ministers can do good service. Let them speak a few words right to the point and then give those present an opportunity to speak. All our people should learn to bear witness for God in social meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 9)
Let the younger ministers work for the children and youth, holding special meetings for them, and also putting forth personal efforts for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 10)
Let the old standard bearers go from place to place, from meeting to meeting. Let our people have the benefit of their long experience. Let them speak the truth in all its force, but let them be sure that their feet are shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. Let them present the truth, not in a way that will arouse the worst feelings of the human heart, but in love and tenderness and compassion. “If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, ... fulfil ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.” [Philippians 2:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 11)
To our people as a whole, and to our younger and less experienced workers, I am instructed to say, “Let it be plainly seen that you respect and honor our aged workers, the men of grey hairs, who have seen long and faithful service in the cause of God, and who are recognized and honored in the courts of heaven as laborers together with God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 12)
“After the Tradition of Men, ... and Not After Christ”
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 13)
I have been instructed to say, also, that it is not new and fanciful doctrines that the people of God need. They do not need suppositions, which cannot be sustained by the Word of God. They need the testimony of men who know the truth, men who understand and obey the charge given to Timothy: “Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come that they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth; and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:2-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 14)
In some instances in America, men have been turned away from the truth to listen to fables. Efforts have been made to set right the poor souls thus deceived; but some had drunk so deeply from the fountain proceeding not from the throne of God, and had become so impregnated with false impressions, that it was impossible to undeceive them. They had come to believe that it was more profitable to eat of the food offered in the strange doctrine presented than to eat of the food contained in the Word of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 15)
Christ calls upon His people today to eat His flesh and drink His blood, to receive and believe and practice His words. Those who eat God’s Word and digest it, making it a part of every action, of every attribute of character, will grow strong in the strength of God. It will be seen that their faith is of heavenly origin. Before angels and before men, they will stand as men who have a strong, consistent Christian experience. They will not wander into strange paths. Their minds will not turn to a religion of sentimentalism and excitement, which does great injury to those who accept it. Those who have such a religion think that they must be filled with ecstasy and excitement, or they are great losers. Unless they have these feelings, they are depressed and discouraged. May the Lord have compassion on the poor souls who think that this is true gospel ministry.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 16)
The Lord wants His ministers to have the vital power that comes from faithful service. I beseech those who labor in word and doctrine not to accept the spurious for the genuine. I beseech them not to bring in tests that are mere nothingness. We have a whole Bible full of the most precious jewels of truth. We have no need for supposition, or fables, or false excitement. In the golden censer of truth as presented in Christ’s teachings, we have that which will convict and convert souls. Present in the simplicity of the gospel the truth that our Saviour came to this world to proclaim, and the power of your message will make itself felt. Do not present theories or tests that have no foundation in the Bible. We have grand, solemn tests to present. We need no fabulous tests. “It is written” is the test that must be brought home to every one.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 17)
Walk firmly, decidedly, your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. God has not laid upon any one the burden of encouraging an appetite for strange, odd doctrines and theories. My brethren, keep these out of your teaching. Do not allow them to enter into your experience. Let not your lifework be marred by them.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 18)
The minds of the Jewish teachers were filled with maxims and suppositions. They interpreted the Word to mean that which God never designed it to mean, enforcing their oddities on the common people.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 19)
A warning against such teaching is found in Paul’s letter to the Colossians. The apostle declares that the hearts of the believers were to be “knit together in love; and unto all riches of the full assurance of understanding, to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ; in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.”“And this I say,” he continues, “lest any man should beguile you with enticing words.... As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him, rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principality and power.” [Colossians 2:2-4, 6-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 20)
Brethren, look well to the character of your religion. Do not forget that Christ is your pattern in all things. You may be sure that His religion is not a sensational religion. A religion of this kind I learned to dread in my very earliest experience in the cause of God. I was at that time bidden to warn those who were cherishing fanciful ideas, declaring their strange movements to be inspired by the Spirit of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 21)
I am now instructed to say to our people, Let us follow Christ. We may safely discard all ideas that are not included in His teaching. I appeal to our ministers to be sure that their feet are placed on the platform of eternal truth. Beware how you follow impulse, calling it the Holy Spirit. Some are in danger in this respect. I call upon them to love solidly, and to be sound in the faith, able to give every one who asks a reason of the hope that is in them. Do not get up doctrines of your own and say that they are of heavenly birth.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 22)
Into the hearts of many who have been long in the truth there has entered a hard, judicial spirit. They are sharp, critical, faultfinding. They have climbed into the judgment seat, to pronounce sentence on those who do not meet their ideas. God calls upon them to come down, and bow before Him in repentance, confessing their sins. He says to them, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works, or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.] They are striving for the first place, and by their words and acts they make many hearts sore.
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 23)
Against this spirit, and against the false religion of sentimentalism, which is equally dangerous, I bear my warning. Take heed, brethren and sisters. Who is your leader?—Christ, or the angel who fell from heaven? Are you sound in the faith? My prayer for you all is that God “would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God.” [Ephesians 3:16-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 152, 1903, 24)
Lt 153, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 15, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 89. Dear children Edson and Emma,—
I am daily seeking most earnestly to understand my duty. In the night season I offer prayer to the Lord, committing my ways unto Him and asking Him to guide and direct me at all times and in all places.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 1)
I am much interested in your work. In this letter I will send you some instruction that you may read to the workers in the publishing house at Nashville. These workers need to feel daily the converting power of God. A spirit of individual independence which bears not the divine credentials is coming in among them. This spirit works like evil leaven. It must not be allowed to prevail.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 2)
If the workers in this institution do not manifest a more Christlike spirit, let those who have charge of them call them together and give them the instruction given by One of authority, whom in the night season I saw addressing the workers. As He looked upon certain ones connected with the institution, He said, “The spirit that you are cherishing is not the right spirit. Your experience is not after the order of God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 3)
He addressed three in particular, saying: “The Lord is not pleased with you. You know not what spirit you are of. The Lord desires you to change your attitude and seek most earnestly for a pure, sweet spirit. You are making trouble for yourselves. You need to be cleansed, refined, and purified, that you may do according to the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 4)
“Let all draw together in even cords, offering united prayers, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth. The Lord will help every one who will seek Him with the whole heart. He will draw near unto the meek, those who are humble and lowly, and who will not be led astray or be influenced by evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 5)
“Follow your Redeemer in self-denial and self-sacrifice. Many do not seem to understand that they are to follow in the footsteps of their Redeemer. To every one He gives the invitation, ‘Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.’ [Matthew 11:29.] Those who respond to this invitation, those who obey the will of Christ and learn His lessons find rest and peace. This is the only way in which to find health of body, soul, and spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 6)
“Let the purity and love of Christ shine forth in your spirit and your words. Your mind may reflect the mind of Christ. Remember that you will meet opposition. Satan knows that his time is short, and he is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to captivate souls and bring them under his control. ‘Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.’ [James 4:7, 8.] Look constantly to Christ. He will be to you a present help in every time of need. For every struggling soul, He will lift up a standard against the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 7)
“The messenger of heaven will co-operate with every true worker. In your work there is to be a revelation of that which will be to the praise and glory of God. Let there be no strife among you as to who shall occupy the highest place. But you may strive to meet the will of Christ. ‘Let us not be weary in well doing: for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not.’ [Galatians 6:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 8)
“Christ is reviewing your work in every line. He desires you to stand free form the power of Satan, that every one may recognize the purity of your work. The Lord can commend only that which is worthy of commendation. To those who are striving to do His will, He says with a voice of heavenly sweetness, ‘Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ.’ [Ephesians 1:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 9)
“The work that is done to the honor and glory of God will bear the seal of God. Christ will endorse the work of those who will do their best. And as they continue to do their best, they will increase in knowledge, and the character of their work will be improved.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 10)
“The Lord desires His workers to learn from Him how to work, that they may be ‘to the praise of His glory, who first trusted in Christ. In whom ye also trusted, after that ye had heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation; in whom also after that ye believed, ye were sealed with that Holy Spirit of Promise, which is the earnest of our inheritance until the redemption of the purchased possession, unto the praise of His glory.’ [Verses 12-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 11)
“How glorious the prospect before those who will be learners of Christ, meek and lowly in heart, after the divine Pattern! The Lord Jesus will be your Helper, your Strength, your Deliverance, if you will only believe and walk humbly before Him.”
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 12)
Many more words were spoken. I saw that some present were weeping. Some were making confessions of wrong; and a softening, subduing influence was felt in every department of the office. Hearts had been wrought upon by the Holy Spirit of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 13)
The workers will understand the meaning of this representation if they will diligently search their hearts. I would say to them, Grieve not the Holy Spirit of God. Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, lest you weave selfishness into the work you are doing.
(18LtMs, Lt 153, 1903, 14)
Lt 154, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 26, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Edson,—
I have just found a letter written to you July 15. I enclose it with this. It should have been sent before, but it shall not be longer delayed. Will you please read it to those in responsible positions in the work in Nashville.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 1)
The Lord God of heaven is watching all who are engaged in His service. He desires their work to be of such a character that He can place upon it His commendation. He desires to see among His workers a deep, earnest heart service. He will impart His Spirit to all who will put the whole heart into the work that they are doing for Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 2)
Those who have been influenced by a wrong spirit are in great danger, unless they repent, and earnestly seek to do the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 3)
I have an intense interest in the work in Nashville. I am anxious to see it moving forward in solid lines, according to Bible instruction. I hope that the workers will place themselves under the guidance of God. I send to them the words of Paul: “I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love. Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.” [Ephesians 4:1-3.] How much is comprehended in these words!
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 4)
O, if we would all live the Word of God, there would be no trouble in any line of our work. Those who are standing at their post of duty may be assured that they have a Helper in the Lord Jesus Christ. Among those who are working for God there must be no selfishness, no unholy ambition, no strife for the supremacy. They must walk and work in accordance with the requirements of God’s Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 5)
Finite man may become united to the infinite God. When we have a living connection with Him, His words will abide with us. We shall not be guided by spasmodic feelings, but by the living, abiding principles of truth. “Speaking the truth in love,” we “may grow up into Him in all things, which is the head, even Christ: from whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body, unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verses 15, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 6)
Christlike love is a most important aid to the harmonious progress of the work of God. It brings Christian politeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 7)
Never become discouraged. I have learned from experience that it is not wise to allow my mind to be disquieted. Keep your own counsel as much as possible. Be determined that you will be an overcomer. Behold Jesus continually. Ask yourself, What would He do, were He placed where I am placed? Meditate on the character of Christ, that by beholding, you may become changed into His image.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 8)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” [Ephesians 6:10, 11.] There are many wiles of the devil, and you must be on your guard every moment. Your only hope is in cherishing the living, earnest, determined faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 9)
Be careful that no cheapness appears in word or deed. We must be cleansed from the mildew of cheapness and selfishness. Be sure that worldliness is not enfeebling your spirituality.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 10)
Make Christ your dependence. Thus you may every day be increasingly enriched by His love, which passeth knowledge. But without Him we are helpless, utterly unable to subdue one sin or to overcome the smallest temptation. May God help you to understand the words: “As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in Me.” [John 15:4.] Connection with Christ is a positive necessity if the fruit we bear is acceptable to God. Connection with Christ results in purification of the heart and in a circumspect life and faultless character.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 11)
What is the fruit for which God calls? “Love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance.” [Galatians 5:22, 23.] May God help us to bear this fruit is my prayer. May He help us to put our capabilities and powers to a right use. Then we shall not see things through the eyes of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 12)
How great the privilege granted to us! We may dwell with Christ in holy communion, as did His disciples.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 13)
I will now lay this aside and write some things in regard to the color line.
(18LtMs, Lt 154, 1903, 14)
Lt 155, 1903
Christenson, C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 25, 1903 Previously unpublished. Mrs. C. Christenson
Sebastopol, California My dear sister,—
Several weeks ago I received a letter from you in which you spoke of your interest in the Southern field and expressed your willingness to lend some money to the work there. I wrote to you, telling you that you would be perfectly safe in lending some money to the Southern Publishing Association.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 1)
I write now to ask you whether you did this? If not, would you be willing to lend me one thousand dollars. I will give you my note for this money and will return the loan at any time that you should need it.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 2)
My son J. E. White is very anxious to publish some new books to help the work in the South. He desires to get out some small books that will sell readily among the lower classes. These books will reach those who can be reached in no other way—those living far from any large settlement. I call these the byway hearers. To such ones our canvassers are to carry the books containing the message of salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 3)
Our canvassers are to be God’s evangelists, going from house to house in out-of-the-way places and opening the Scriptures to those they meet. They will find those who are willing and anxious to learn from the Scriptures.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 4)
In Australia much has been accomplished by the faithful canvassers who have gone from place to place, bearing with them the books containing the light of present truth. Entire families have been won to the truth through their efforts.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 5)
I greatly desire to do all in my power to reach those in the highways and the byways. It is that I may advance the work of soul-saving that I ask you to lend some money to the Southern field, if you have not already done so; or, if you would rather, lend the money to me, and I will be responsible for it. I am trying in every way possible to help my son to get out the books that are needed in the Southern field.
(18LtMs, Lt 155, 1903, 6)
Lt 156, 1903
Magan, P. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 27, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 305-306. Dear brother Magan,—
I received your letter two or three days ago. I have also received letters from several others, among them one from a Brother Howard, of Washington, in regard to the color line. I have been kept very busy answering these letters.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 1)
When you see W. C. White and talk with him, you will understand that we have not changed the plans that we made with you. We feel that to change these plans would be to make a great mistake.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 2)
My dear brother, be of good courage in the Lord. Have faith in regard to your wife. We are praying for her. We shall have to wrestle with principalities and powers and spiritual wickedness in high places. And we shall have to contend with enemies in the form of our fellow beings—men who are spiritually blind and who know not at what they stumble. I see that you are in the struggle. You and brother Sutherland know what it means to struggle with the common calamities of life. Is not the spiritual conflict far greater, when we meet with the disguised powers of darkness who seem determined to destroy us?
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 3)
One thing is certain: those Seventh-day Adventists who take their stand under Satan’s banner will first give up their faith in the warnings and reproofs contained in the testimonies of God’s Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 4)
The call to greater consecration and holier service is being made and will continue to be made. Some who are now voicing Satan’s suggestions will come to their senses. There are those in important positions of trust who do not understand the truth for this time. To them the message must be given. If they receive it, Christ will accept them and will make them workers together with Him. But if they refuse to hear the message, they will take their stand under the black banner of the Prince of darkness.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 5)
I am instructed to say that the precious truth for this time is to open more and more clearly to human minds. In a special sense men and women are to eat of Christ’s flesh and drink of His blood. There will be a development of the understanding, for the truth is capable of constant expansion. The divine Originator of truth will come into closer and still closer communion with those who follow on to know Him. As God’s people receive His Word as the bread of heaven, they will know that His goings forth are prepared as the morning. They will receive spiritual strength, as the body receives physical strength when food is eaten.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 6)
We do not half understand the Lord’s plan in taking the children of Israel from Egyptian bondage and leading them through the wilderness into Canaan. As we gather up the divine rays shining from the gospel, we shall have a clearer insight into the Jewish economy and a deeper appreciation of its important truths. Our exploration of truth is yet incomplete. We have gathered up only a few rays of light. Those who are not daily students of the Word will not solve the problems of the Jewish economy. They will not understand the truths taught by the temple service. The work of God is hindered by a worldly understanding of His great plan. The future life will unfold the meaning of the laws that Christ, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, gave to His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 7)
We do not comprehend the deep things of God. Oh, if we did, faith would grasp the promises, and your wife would be healed. It is not the Lord, but the powers of darkness that keep her where she is. Go to the Saviour, my brother, and in faith ask Him to cast Satan out. Believe, only believe! In your wife’s behalf lay hold of the merciful Healer.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 8)
Be strong and of good courage. In order to fight successfully, a soldier must have courage and strength. Of ourselves, we are weak and feeble. But we have the promise, “They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run and not be weary; and they shall walk and not faint.” [Isaiah 40:31.]
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 9)
May the Lord bless you and give you strength and grace, and may He send His healing power to your wife, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 156, 1903, 10)
Lt 157, 1903
Harper, Walter “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 28, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 242-245. Dear Brother Harper,—
I have been instructed that you need to view matters in an altogether different light, else those on both sides of the question that you are considering will be wronged. I believe that both you and your wife desire to do the will of God. Sister Harper must not become discouraged. In the past she has not been properly situated in many respects. When she left her home to become your wife, she was not to withdraw her love from her mother. The relationship between mother and daughter is a most tender one and is ever to be cherished. It is not at all strange, but the most natural thing in the world, that Sister Harper’s mother should wish her daughter to remain with her instead of marrying you. The daughter that ignores the tender relationship that should exist between parent and child should not claim to be a Christian. Children own certain obligations to their parents, and these obligations are to be fulfilled. A daughter owes her mother a debt that is binding upon her at all times and in all places.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 1)
And while the marriage vow is to be sacredly fulfilled, there is to be no transgression of the fifth commandment. God says to children, “Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee;” and He has set no time when this obligation ceases to be binding. [Exodus 20:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 2)
Brother Harper, you have no idea of how the discord that has existed between you and your wife has worn upon her mind. When you leave her free to act toward her mother as her conscience tells her that she should act, a terrible strain will be removed from her. In the past she has not been free. She has had little opportunity to be with her mother, and at the same time you have been a great deal away from her, engaged as you have been in the canvassing work. She has been placed where she could not [help] her mother as she desired to. She had a right to expect that her marriage with you would give her mother a son who would be a help and blessing to the family.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 3)
Your opinions in regard to your wife’s association with her mother have been a cause of constant depression to her. She is a woman of capability. In some respects, her abilities are superior to yours. Your opinions in regard to her association with her relatives are unnatural, and she cannot make herself see things as you see them.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 4)
There is a good reason why your wife is with her mother now. Her aged grandfather in his feebleness needs care, and who but his grandchildren could be expected to help their mother give him this care? You have not viewed this matter in a right light. The impression that your wife has had in regard to this matter is in accordance with Bible truth, and she can no more rid herself of this impression than she can give up the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 5)
You must both study how you can assimilate, instead of differing with one another. You must not exercise a masterly influence over your wife’s mind; for often her judgment is superior to yours. You must not try to cramp your wife’s mind to make it fit your own. She has an individuality that is not to be submerged in the individuality of another. You have a very strong mind, but it is not always correctly balanced. You see things in a way in which your wife cannot see them.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 6)
I have something more written in regard to your case, which I will send you when I find it. You have not practiced economy in the use of means. Sometimes when you have wished to help certain ones, you have bought them things which struck your fancy, but which they were unable to use. In such matters your judgment has often been quite defective. It would have been better for you to have given them the money you spent for them. They could have purchased that which would have been of use to them. Our money is the Lord’s and is not to be used with prodigality.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 7)
The Lord cannot endorse your course. Give your wife a share of the money that you receive. Let her have this as her own, and let her use it as she desires. She should have been allowed to use the means that she earned as she in her judgment deemed best. If she had had a certain sum to use as her own, without being criticized, a great weight would have been lifted from her mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 8)
From the light that is given me, I know that you should secure a little home for yourself and your wife. A small, modest home would not cost very much. Then assure your wife that if she wishes, she may have her mother live with her. If you could harmonize with your mother-in-law, her advice and counsel would in many respects be a great blessing to you. Your will is very strong, and you are inclined to be egotistical. You need a counsellor.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 9)
Matters between you and your wife may be satisfactorily adjusted if you will not take a hard, stern position. You will find that the use of mild, gentle methods will make a surprising difference in your lives. Do not treat your wife as if she understands no more than a child. Show her consideration and respect. Give her a home. I can assure you that she has never spoken one disparaging word of you to me.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 10)
I am your friend, and as such I write to you. I will send this letter to you today and will write more fully as soon as I can. But this will give you something to work on. You can be a blessing to your wife, and she can be a blessing to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 157, 1903, 11)
Lt 158, 1903
Magan, Brother and Sister [P. T.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 29, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Magan,—
The other day I sent you a short letter. I could not write you as long a letter as I wished, because there were other letters that had to be finished. I will now try to write you a longer letter and hope to get it copied and sent off today.
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 1)
I am indeed sorry to learn that your wife is no better. Encourage her with the words that Christ spoke to His disciples just before His suffering in Gethsemane: “I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more, but ye see Me; because I live, ye shall live also.” [John 14:18, 19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 2)
By faith the disciples were to receive this assurance, and by faith repeat to others the good tidings. Though Christ was no longer to be with them in bodily form, yet by faith they were to rejoice in the spiritual revelations of His presence. The promise of a Comforter was to be revealed to them as they proclaimed to a darkened world the gospel of a crucified and risen Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 3)
My dear brother and sister, I pray that you may be found not faithless, but believing. I pray that God will send you the Comforter to abide with you forever, even the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive, “because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him.” [Verse 17.] I pray that to you shall be given power to discern and comprehend spiritual and divine things.
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 4)
Brother Magan, the Lord does not look upon Sister Magan or upon you with displeasure. He would have you cheerful and of good courage. Sister Magan has been tempted by the enemy to give place to the doubt, “Has God forsaken me?” My sister, God has not forsaken you, but Satan has cast his shadow between you and Christ. Have faith in God; lean your whole weight upon the sympathizing Redeemer.
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 5)
When in Eden Satan tempted Adam and Eve, God said to him, “Because of the charges that you have made against Me, to allure Adam and Eve from their allegiance, I will put enmity between you and the woman, between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.”
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 6)
Obscure as the meaning of these words may seem, Satan fully understood that his claim to the position of prince of the newly formed world was to be contested; that One would come whose work would be fatal to his evil purposes; that he and his angels would be forever defeated. Satan was to bruise Christ’s heel, but Christ was to bruise Satan’s head—to destroy his power. The enemy’s assurance of certain power, his sense of security was gone. Nevertheless, because Adam and Eve yielded to his temptation, human beings were to feel the strength of his affliction. But they were not to be left without a Helper. Christ came to this world to be tempted in our behalf and in our behalf to overcome. From the desert to Calvary the storm of Satan’s wrath beat upon Him, but the more mercilessly it fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father and press on in the bloodstained path.
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 7)
“Seeing then that we have a great high priest, ... Jesus, the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in every time of need.” [Hebrews 4:14-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 158, 1903, 8)
Lt 159, 1903
Magan, P. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 30, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 8-12. + Dear Brother Magan,—
Today I found two pages that I wrote to you some days ago. I will have them copied and sent to you and will try to write a little more to go with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 1)
I am sorry to hear that your wife is no better. Do not allow one word of a sorrowful nature to be spoken in her hearing. Let soft, encouraging, hopeful songs be sung to her. We are praying for Sister Magan—praying that the Lord will raise her up. Do not speak of trials or of anything that would have a depressing influence upon her. Talk of Christ and His power to save.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 2)
How grateful we should be that Christ came to this world and in our behalf lived an absolutely stainless life, overcoming every temptation that Satan brought against Him!
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 3)
At the baptism of Christ, a voice from heaven was heard, saying, “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” [Matthew 3:17.] Immediately after this Christ went into the wilderness of temptation and began His long fast; and in His weakness, Satan came to Him and tempted Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 4)
Why was it that at the beginning of His public ministry Christ was led into the wilderness to be tempted? It was the Spirit that led Him thence, and He went, not in His own behalf, but in our behalf, to overcome for us. There was no compulsion about it. He was led by the Spirit, His humanity to be proved, as one who had undertaken to stand at the head of the fallen race.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 5)
Christ had been, and was then, in perfect harmony with the Father. He was to be tried and tested as a representative of the race. He was led by the Spirit into the wilderness to meet the foe in personal encounter, to overthrow him who claimed to be the head of the kingdoms of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 6)
While in the wilderness, Christ fasted, but He was insensible to hunger. Engaged in constant prayer to His Father for a preparation to resist the adversary, Christ did not feel the pangs of hunger. He spent the time in earnest prayer, shut in with God. It was as if He were in the presence of His Father. He sought for strength to meet the foe, for the assurance that He would receive grace to carry out all that He had undertaken in behalf of humanity. The thought of the warfare before Him made Him oblivious to all else, and His soul was fed with the bread of life, just as today those tempted souls will be fed who go to God for aid. He ate of the truth which He was to give to the people as having power to deliver them from Satan’s temptations. He saw the breaking of Satan’s power over fallen and tempted ones. He saw Himself healing the sick, comforting the hopeless, cheering the desponding, and preaching the gospel to the poor—doing the work that God had outlined for Him; and He did not realize any sense of hunger until the forty days of His fast were ended.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 7)
The vision passed away, and then, with strong craving, Christ’s human nature called for food. Now was Satan’s opportunity to make his assault. He resolved to appear as one of the angels of light that had appeared to Christ in His vision.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 8)
Christ is in the wilderness, the wild beasts His only companions and everything around Him tending to make Him realize His humanity. Suddenly an angel appears before Him, apparently one of the angels that He saw not long since, and addresses Him in the words, “If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread.” [Matthew 4:3.] “If Thou be the Son of God.” Here is the insinuation of distrust. The words rankle with bitterness in his mind. In the tones of his voice is an expression of utter incredulity. He ridiculed the idea of Christ’s, the Majesty of heaven’s being left in the wilderness to suffer from hunger. Would God treat His own Son thus? Would He leave Him in the desert with wild beasts, without food, without companions, without comfort? He insinuates that God never meant His Son to be in such a state as this. “If Thou be the Son of God,” he says, “show Thy power by relieving Thyself of this pressing hunger. Command that this stone be made bread.”
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 9)
The words from heaven, “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased,” were still sounding in the ears of Satan. [Matthew 3:17.] But he was determined to make Christ disbelieve this testimony. The Word of God was Christ’s assurance of His divine mission. He had come to live as a man among men, and it was the Word that declared His connection with heaven. It was Satan’s purpose to make Him doubt this Word. If Christ’s confidence in God could be shaken, Satan knew that victory in the whole conflict would be his. He could overcome Jesus. He hoped that under the force of despondency and extreme hunger, Christ would lose faith in His Father and work a miracle in His own behalf. Had He done this, the plan of salvation would have been broken.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 10)
And Christ, the Son of God, answering said, “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” [Matthew 4:4.] Christ had been warned not to enter into argument with Satan. And though He recognized him from the beginning, He was not provoked to enter into controversy with him. Strengthened with the memory of the voice from heaven, He rested in His Father’s love. He would not parley with temptation.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 11)
Satan tempted the first Adam in Eden, and Adam reasoned with the enemy, thus giving him the advantage. Satan exercised his power of hypnotism over Adam and Eve, and this power he strove to exercise over Christ. But after the Word of Scripture was quoted, Satan knew that he had no chance of triumphing.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 12)
Satan came to Christ hoping to gain the victory. He thought that he had every advantage over Him. But he was conquered by the Saviour’s meekness and humility and by His reliance on the Word of God. Meek and lowly, and seemingly helpless, Christ was stronger than the strong man armed. O how Satan strove to make Him sin against God! But all his efforts failed to make Christ swerve from His allegiance.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 13)
Our Saviour could receive the heavenly revelation without becoming self-exalted. Let us seek for His humility. The enemy is subtle and very daring, but he is not invincible. He is a strong man armed, but if we keep close to the Captain of our salvation, using the weapon that He has given us, we shall be victorious. Satan is armed with sophistry and deceptive statements. It is a mistake to quote his words and then seek to refute them. This always gives him an advantage. Keep close to Christ. Do not tell all that you know, thinking thus to baffle the enemy. By allowing yourself to contradict him, you give him opportunity to confuse you by his subtle reasoning.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 14)
We cannot be overcome while we place our whole dependence upon God and stand firm in His strength. When we are tempted, we must humble ourselves. We must keep back the words of argument with which we think that we could baffle the enemy. What we desire to say might be perfectly true, but God does not wish His people to controvert Satan’s suggestions. Let them take their stand on the platform of eternal truth, and let their only weapon be the Word, “It is written.” This will bring more confusion to him than any charge that we ourselves could make against him. He has used the Word of God frequently to the heavenly assemblies. God’s words stand fast forever. They cannot be changed.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 15)
From the experience of Christ in the wilderness of temptation, we may learn that there is no conquest without a combat. Remember that this temptation came to Christ immediately after the heavens had been opened, and the Spirit of God, like a dove of burnished gold, had rested on Him. In the wilderness He had held close communion with God. Then the storm of temptation fell upon Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 16)
Is it not thus with us? After the Lord has bestowed on us the richest blessings, does not some sore trial come to us, to darken our souls, and cause us to doubt God’s goodness? Let us, at such times, remember that Christ was tempted in all points like as we are tempted and that in His strength we can overcome. Let us by prayer and fasting draw near to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 17)
After great honor has been placed upon us, then is the time that we are to walk humbly with God. After Paul had been received into the third heaven, an affliction was sent to buffet him. The Lord prepares His people for temptation. Before a great trial, He gives them a more than usually clear revelation of His presence and compassion and love.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 18)
Has the Holy Spirit witnessed to our adoption? Have we been given a commission to do a special work? And does this not nearly always bring to us a day of trial? But strength is given sufficient for the trial. God will surely answer the prayers of those who work in humility and faith. The assurance of the blessing of God need not lift us up in our own estimation. It should lead us to exalt God. If we will lay hold of the spirituality of our faith, and walk humbly with God, we shall be furnished with the weapon, “It is written.” Through Christ we shall be enabled to answer wisely and firmly, and we shall not be overcome and led into temptation. Christ has conquered for us, and if we follow His example, our words will be few and true and pure.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 19)
Christ did not need to fast for forty days because of inward corruption, or to subdue self. He was sinless. It was on our account that He fasted. He had been exalted by God, but He humbled Himself, and when He could have taken advantage of circumstances to favor Himself, He did not do this.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 20)
We may have to diet for the combat, as wrestlers who are temperate in all things. Those who take part in worldly contests of physical strength prepare themselves by careful training. Paul says, “Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things,” and he adds, “Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible.” [1 Corinthians 9:25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 21)
During His fast Christ held communion with heaven. And the fast that we may be called upon to endure will be understood by One who knows. He took upon Him our natural infirmities, that He might know how to help us. In every temptation He makes for us a way of escape.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 22)
Satan came to Adam and Eve with the suggestion that in forbidding them to eat the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, God was defrauding them of rich blessings, of honor and exaltation that were theirs by right. They listened to him, accepted his suggestions, and fell. Today Satan is carrying forward zealously his work of temptation, and he will make many conquests over those who are not watching unto prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 23)
Christ was tempted in all points as we are tempted. Let those who are bowed down under trial and temptation, and who feel that their friends have forsaken them, think of Christ, of whom God has said, “This is My beloved Son” [Matthew 3:17], alone in the wilderness, meeting temptations severer than any that are brought against them. Let them not give up in despair, but reach out a trembling hand of faith to grasp the hand that is held out to save. Let them cast their helpless souls upon Jesus, who because He has passed over the ground knows how to deliver them that are tempted.
(18LtMs, Lt 159, 1903, 24)
Lt 160, 1903
Hart, Brother and Sister [R. A.] Oakland, California March, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 447. Dear Brother and Sister Hart,—
I should be very much pleased to see you both and to converse with you. I regret that this cannot be.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 1)
We have wonderful opportunities, in this age of the world, to do work for the Master, and we should consider these opportunities in the fear of God. We feel deeply over the fact that the cities of America are not worked as they should be.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 2)
At the time of our baptism, we pledged ourselves in the presence of the three most powerful agencies of heaven—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost—that we would henceforth walk in newness of life. At the same time, all Heaven pledged itself to endow us with the power of the Holy Spirit. The fulfilment of our pledge is represented in the third chapter of Colossians: “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory. Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth.” [Verses 1-5.] Read the entire chapter. In striving to win in the Christian conflict, we are not to try to overcome in our own strength, but in the strength of these mighty Powers that have promised to lead and guide us onward to victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 3)
Life and inspiration are brought into the church only when the church members constantly depend on these pledged Powers for help and strength. God is always ready to help those who call on Him in faith. If we act our part faithfully as co-laborers with Him, all the Powers of heaven are at our command. We are authorized to put our entire trust in the Head of the church, who has pledged Himself in His Word to give us the presence of the Holy Spirit in proportion to our necessities.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 4)
The true believer has a right to expect that sinners will be converted as the result of his labors, because he is one with those who believe in Christ; because he represents Christ in character. God will hear the prayers that are offered in faith. The church must come into her appointed place and by faith and true works prepare to sow the seeds of truth in every field where God’s messengers shall find an entrance.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 5)
We ask the members of the church, Are you converted? From the apostle John comes the message to the church, “Little children, keep yourselves from idols.” [1 John 5:21.] A commercial spirit must not be permitted to come into our church or into any of our institutions. Sharp, money-making practices are Satan’s snares. Every man who is not converted is an idolater. Those who are satisfied to remain under the power of worldly influences will meet with sorrow and disappointment.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 6)
Christ asks, “What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.] My dear brother, let me tell you in the name of the Lord that your spiritual position, and the position of many others in Battle Creek, has been presented to me as perilous. If you remain where you are now, there will be no future blessedness for your soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 7)
Brother Hart, the Lord has instructed me to present before you a world that needs to be warned and saved. He says to you, “When thou art converted, thou canst be a laborer together with God.” But your present spiritual condition is portrayed in the words of Christ, spoken through John the Revelator, to the church at Ephesus: “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 8)
The message sent to the church at Sardis is applicable alike to you and to all others who are developing similar characters: “These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 9)
My brother, Jesus says to you: “He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.... As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 5, 19-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 10)
***** “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 30, 1903
My brother, my sister, will you realize that you are greatly indebted to God, and that you should strive to meet this indebtedness with a sense that you belong to Him, and that you are to use all your powers in His service? I see so much to be done; and in the night, representations pass before me that bring me great sadness.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 11)
Brother and Sister Hart, add to every prayer that you offer the prayer that Christ taught His disciples, and through the day study this prayer as a lesson of the highest value. Strive, by good works, to answer it.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 12)
Man has broken the law of Jehovah and is under sentence of death. But Christ paid the penalty, and if we receive Him as our Saviour, He pleads for us before the Father, saying, “I have taken the debt upon Myself. I have paid the penalty. I gave My life, the Just for the unjust. The law has not been changed. I became surety for the debtor. I died that through My merits man might stand before Jehovah accepted in the Beloved. He who believes in Me, though he were dead, yet shall he live. He who liveth and believeth on Me hath everlasting life.”
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 13)
“You hath He quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins.” [Ephesians 2:1.] “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on His name.” [John 1:12.] But we cannot be accepted while we continue to transgress. We are brought to God through Christ only as we accept the obligation resting on us to obey the law and are renewed in the spirit of our mind. “Wherefore,” Paul writes, “be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [1 Corinthians 15:58.]
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 14)
Brother and Sister Hart, do not, I entreat of you, regard the destruction of the printing office as a matter with which the Lord had nothing to do. For years it has been presented to me that the Lord would turn and overturn until His people understood that He is in earnest with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 15)
“And you hath He quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins.” [Ephesians 2:1.] Christ will give us the vivifying influence of His Holy Spirit. This is what you both need, else you will never see the kingdom of God. When you are converted, you will see Christ as your sin-pardoning Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 16)
I have just read the following incident: “An old man, about seventy or eighty years of age, was once brought to me, as a monument of God’s mercy. I asked him how old he was. He looked at me for a little while, and then said in faltering tones, while the tears ran down his cheeks, ‘I am two years old.’ I expressed my surprise, and then he said, ‘Ah, until two years ago I lived the life of a dead man. I never knew what it was to live until I met with the life that is hid with Christ in God.’”
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 17)
As I read this, I thought, What a beautiful idea! God has engraved it in my heart. “When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall we also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:4.] What a miracle of mercy that will be! Is this your hope—not a casual hope, but a hope well grounded and secure?
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 18)
Have we not, in our experience, reached the time typified by the offering of the lamb on the night of Israel’s deliverance out of Egypt? The ceremonies connected with this time are of deep significance to us. They were to eat the lamb with the staff in their hand, with shoes on their feet, and with their loins girded. Does not this show us that we are to stand prepared to meet our foes? Are we not to be armed with the promises of God, that we may put to flight our enemies?
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 19)
Let us be prepared; for the great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly. Let us be shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, ready to march at a moment’s notice. Every hour is precious. We have no time to use in self-gratification. All around us there are souls perishing in sin. Every day there is something to do for the Master. Every day we are to point souls to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 20)
I am instructed to tell you to prepare to meet your Lord in peace; for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. And in saying this to you, I say it, also, to the whole of the Battle Creek church. Be ye always ready. Go to your rest at night with every sin confessed. Thus we did when we expected to meet our Lord. And now this great event is nearer than when we first believed. Be ye also ready, in the evening, at morning, and at noon, that when the cry comes, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh! go ye out to meet Him” [Matthew 25:6], you may, even though awakened out of sleep, go forth to meet Him with your lamps trimmed and burning.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 21)
You need now to trim your lamps, and fill them with oil. God wants you to fill your vessels with the holy oil. Your hearts are to be filled with sacred zeal, else you will be found unready. I am instructed to say to you, Put your means in circulation to establish in various places memorials for the Lord. We must all do what we can to give the warning in places that have never heard the message for this time. Do not keep the Lord’s money bound up where it is doing nothing to advance His cause.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 22)
Study the scenes connected with the departure of the Israelites from the land of bondage. Prepare for the call, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh! go ye out to meet Him.” [Verse 6.] Not only are you to be aroused; you are to arouse others. The time will soon come when it will be impossible to do the work that ought to have been done years ago. “Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end.” [1 Peter 1:13.] If you would move in the Lord’s order, turn your attention wholly to yourselves for a while, until you have no disposition to criticize others. Prepare to meet thy God. You have no time to bind yourselves up with worldly interests.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 23)
Do not worry about Dr. Kellogg or talk discouragingly concerning him. Keep looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith. You are not ready, you are not prepared, for the scenes that ere long will open before us. I want you to break the spell that is upon you. “Be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [1 Corinthians 15:58.] Your mind must be renewed, your character reformed; your thoughts, words, and deeds must be such that they will show that the miracle-working power of God has transformed the whole man.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 24)
When this miracle has been wrought out for you, keep praying, watching, and working. Never allow yourselves to fall back into the worldly condition that you have been in in the past. If you would meet Jesus in peace when He comes, and be made like Him, your efforts of preparation must never flag. What a blessing it is to know that as we watch and pray and work, we may have the assurance that our labors are not in vain in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 25)
God sends to the individual members of the church this message: “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not.” [Luke 12:33.] The Lord calls upon you to send the light of truth to fields right here in America that have never heard the message. We must do all we possibly can to work every place and to raise up workers who can give the message. We must stand prepared to meet anything that shall come.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 26)
Consecrate yourselves to God for service. If you would be partakers of His glory, you must be partakers of His suffering. Let no evil speech go forth from your lips. Let your words be profitable unto all. Let your works reveal the miracle-working power of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 27)
My brother, my sister, are you prepared to be partakers of Christ’s self-denial and self-sacrifice? What is life? Why is it that we who are human live not the life of the brute creation? Oh, it is because Christ so loved fallen human beings that He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and stepping down from His high command in the heavenly courts, came to this world as a man, that humanity might touch humanity, and divinity grasp the throne of the Infinite. Our life is of value to God and of value to ourselves, because of the great price that has been paid for it. Those who live mere animal lives are not fulfilling God’s purpose for them. He designs His blood-bought heritage to live lives filled with great possibilities and probabilities. Christ became poor that we might inherit eternal riches. Every man, through the merits of the blood of Christ, may become a new creature in Christ, possessing a new nature.
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 28)
My brother and sister, your two lives are worth more than a thousand worlds if of you it can in the heavenly courts be said, “They are dead, and their lives are hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:3.] “You hath He quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins.” [Ephesians 2:1.] It is yours to say, “I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me; and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me.” [Galatians 2:20.] The richest of heaven’s blessings are ours through the gospel of our Redeemer. We may rise to our high privileges. Shall we not make a determined effort to live wholly for God?
(18LtMs, Lt 160, 1903, 29)
Lt 161, 1903
Daniells, A. G.; Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 30, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 227-230. Dear brethren Daniells and Prescott,—
A day or two ago I received a very interesting letter from Elder Daniells. I am indeed glad that so favorable an opening has been found in Washington. I believe that the Lord is preparing the way for His work to be established in places where, as yet, no suitable memorial of the truth has been established.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 1)
In the representations that passed before my mind in regard to the places at which you were looking, no difficulties seemed to be pointed out in regard to Washington. But the presentation made in regard to the property sixty miles from New York was that there would be secret working to hinder the purchase of the place. That is why I cautioned you to be very quiet, to preserve silence in regard to your movements, but to let there be no delay in securing the place, because it was most favorable for school and sanitarium work.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 2)
I still hope that this place can be secured without an increase of price. But all that we can do is to pray to the Lord for guidance, and then do all in our power to press the matter to completion. The hindrance that has come is no evidence that the purchase of the place should be given up.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 3)
I shall be glad when Willie returns. It makes my work harder for him to be gone so long.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 4)
I am deeply moved by the unprepared condition of our churches. One thing we must do. We must keep our feet in the straight and narrow path that leads to eternal life. We must make no missteps now. The first and second chapters of Colossians have been presented to me as an expression of what our churches in every part of the world should be. The great apostle had many visions. The Lord showed him many things that it is not lawful for a man to utter. Why could he not tell the believers what he had seen? Because they would have made a misapplication of the great truths presented. They would not have been able to comprehend these truths. And yet all that was shown to Paul molded the messages that God gave him to bear to the churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 5)
The people of God need to study what characters they must form in order to pass through the test and proving of the last days. Many are living in spiritual weakness and backsliding. They know not what they believe. Let us read and study the twelfth chapter of Daniel. It is a warning that we shall all need to understand before the time of the end. There are ministers claiming to believe the truth who are not sanctified through the truth. Unless a change comes in their lives, they will say, “My Lord delayeth His coming.” [Matthew 24:48.]
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 6)
Read the twenty-first chapter of Luke. In it Christ gives the warning, “Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things, and to stand before the Son of man.” [Verses 34-36.]
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 7)
The signs of the times are fulfilling in our world, yet the churches generally are represented as slumbering. Shall we not take warning from the experience of the foolish virgins, who when the call came, “Behold the bridegroom cometh! go ye out to meet him,” found that they had no oil in their lamps. And while they went to buy oil, the bridegroom went in to the marriage supper, with the wise virgins, and the door was shut. When the foolish virgins reached the banqueting hall, they received an unexpected denial. The master of the feast declared, “I know you not.” [Matthew 25:6-12.] They were left standing without, in the empty street, in the blackness of the night.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 8)
This afternoon I received a letter from Willie. He seems to be of good courage. In his letter he asks whether Elder Haskell should remain longer in New York or go South. Elder Butler wants him to connect with him in the Southern field. I am in favor of Elder Haskell’s going to the South and have written him a letter telling him this. I have been given a representation that makes it plain to me that as long as Elder Franke is in New York City, he will see things in a perverted light and will create dissension, making it hard for Elder Haskell and his wife. Elder Haskell must have a respite from the strife, and he must be sustained in his labors. His wife also should be encouraged and sustained, for her labors are of great value, and she is a blessing and an encouragement to her husband.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 9)
It will be of little use for Elder Haskell to try again to stem the current in New York unless the transforming, converting grace of Christ shall make Elder Franke a new man in Christ. The way is open for Elder Haskell to go to Nashville, and I think that he should go. Elder Butler pleads for this strongly.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 10)
It was an offense against God for Elder Haskell’s wages to be cut down. To do this showed great lack of discernment. I am instructed that in such cases the wages should be made up from the tithe. Care should be taken to see that the men who have worn out their lives in God’s cause shall not be neglected. The lack of the past should be supplied. Our colored ministers should not be given so meager a salary that they are not able to support their families. I put these on the list of those who should receive attention. And I put on the list also the widows whose husbands have died in the service of God, leaving their wives and their children in needy circumstances. For this I have a “Thus saith the Lord.”
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 11)
Well, yesterday and today I have written about forty pages. The Lord is good. He preserves me in health and gives me power to write. I am somewhat short of money. I have nothing in the bank and have not been able to pay my workers for some time. But I am of good courage.
(18LtMs, Lt 161, 1903, 12)
Lt 162, 1903
Lane, Sands “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California April 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 116; 1MCP 320; SpTB #6 60-61. Elder Sands Lane My dear brother,—
I have a message for you. Your heart is not right with God. The light given me is that we shall be tested and proved, that Satan will come to us as he came to Christ—as an angel of light. The heavenly universe is looking upon us with intense interest. We have been regarded as a people moving under God’s guidance and enjoying a remarkable record of success and prosperity. But a new chapter has been opened. There are among us those who are binding up with the world. They are not standing out in moral independence, trusting to the Lord to carry His work to completion.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 1)
I have been instructed to place before our people the instruction given by the Lord to Israel to keep them separate from the world. My brother, I want you to see the principles upon which we are to work. In the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy we read:
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 2)
“Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes, and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land, which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you. Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor; for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you this day. Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore, and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding nation. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart all the days of thy life; but teach them thy sons and thy sons’ sons.” [Verses 1-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 3)
The people of God are to stand distinct and separate from the people of the world. Only as they do this can the Lord exalt and magnify them as the people of His choice.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 4)
Of them the words are spoken, “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvellous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 5)
The Lord was not in the establishment of the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. This is one of the enemy’s devices to introduce into the ranks of God’s people the world’s maxims and the world’s ways and practices.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 6)
It is not the Lord’s plan that sanitariums so large as the one in Battle Creek shall be erected. When so large a number of patients are gathered together, it is impossible to give them the religious instruction that God designs the patients in our sanitariums to have. And the erection of so large an institution centers in one place a work that should be distributed to several places.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 7)
The nearer we approach the end of this earth’s history, the stronger and more numerous will be Satan’s temptations. He will work “with all deceivableness of unrighteousness,” that, if it were possible, he might deceive the very elect. [2 Thessalonians 2:10; Matthew 24:24.] He will bring in every device to hinder our preparation for that which is to come upon the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 8)
In order to fulfil God’s purpose for us, we must be taught by the Holy Spirit. Those who have not been taught by the Spirit, however great may have been their advantages in other respects, cannot discern spiritual things. They are ignorant; whereas, if they were worked by the Spirit, they would be wise, able to understand the things of God. These things can be understood by those only who are partakers of the divine nature, those who eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God, receiving and obeying His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 9)
The truths of God’s Word stand out plainly revealed, but many have not a clear conception of them. Why?—Because they love darkness rather than light. They do not even want the Word of God to be presented to them; for they regard their own way and their own judgment as able to guide them safely. They are self-sufficient and self-confident, and they refuse to accept anything that does not harmonize with their opinions.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 10)
The Holy Spirit taught the writers of God’s Word what truths to record. It was through the Spirit that these men learned in what words to express the will of God. The Bible is an expression of the mind and will of God and is, therefore, a perfect rule of faith and practice. It is this Word that the people of God are to follow as their guide and counselor.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 11)
It is not enough for man to follow the dictates of his conscience. He must know that he has a conscience that is void of offense toward God and man. Constantly he is to press on in the narrow way, cultivating his capabilities and wisely employing his powers. With sanctified intellect and living faith he is to grasp the meaning of the divine will. Thus did Abraham when, at the command of a God whom he scarcely knew, he left his country and his father’s house to go into a land that he knew not. God disposed his heart to obey. It is when God has control of the being that conscience is a safe guide.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 12)
All who are connected with the work of God will have many important lessons to learn. Some who have thought themselves sufficient for everything will be found to be a very short pattern in some respects. Some workers who are depreciated by human wisdom are by God highly exalted. God will raise up men to do a certain work, and as they advance step by step, they will learn of the great I AM. As His work unfolds, they still move forward, under His leadership, performing that which He has placed in their hands.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 13)
Another man, with supposed superior abilities, may come in and, looking upon the work of these men, may think that they should be replaced by wiser men. To his imagination, their work may look all tangled and spoiled, when the Lord is leading step by step. He would advocate that a change be made. He would try to make the workers see that they are making a great mistake in trying to carry on their work. But God sees not as man sees. The workers whom He is leading may at times be in great perplexity. It is His plan that many difficulties shall be met and mastered. He inspires the workers with the determination to make every apparent failure prove a success. They are determined to walk in the light that is shining on their pathway, and although they encounter many obstacles, yet they declare, “I will not fail nor be discouraged.” [See Isaiah 42:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 14)
Often men pray and weep because of the perplexities and obstacles that confront them. But it is God’s purpose for them to meet perplexities and obstacles, and if they will hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end, determined to carry forward the work of the Lord, He will make their way clear. Success will come to them as they perseveringly struggle against apparently insurmountable difficulties; and with success will come the greatest joy.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 15)
God is preparing humble, contrite men to be valuable workers. He is giving them an experience that human wisdom cannot explain. He works upon minds by His own wisdom. Supposed mistakes are permitted to appear, that in unexpected ways, which human wisdom cannot comprehend, great glory may come to God. He is accomplishing His work in His own way. He consults His own purposes, not man’s theories. The power with which He works through any man is proportionate to the man’s earnestness and sincerity. In all that He does, He seeks the highest good of those who are laborers together with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 16)
Day by day men and women are deciding their eternal destiny. I have been shown that many are in great danger. When a man will do or say anything to gain his end, nothing but the power of God can save him. His character needs to be transformed before he can have a good conscience, void of offense toward God and man. Self must die, and Christ must take possession of the soul temple. When, by rejecting the light that God has given, men abuse and trample upon the conscience, they are in fearful danger. Their future eternal welfare is imperilled.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 17)
O what sadness fills my heart when I see a man recklessly stating falsehood for truth, while Satan stands by, exulting over the victory that he has gained over the man’s soul. The man knew better, but so long had he yielded to Satan, saying the things that Satan prompted him to say, that he had become confused. How will he conduct himself in the future? Unless he places himself in God’s control, he will be a double-minded man, unstable in all his ways.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 18)
He comes to the feast provided by the Lord, but he does not put on the wedding garment. He comes clothed in his common citizen dress, disdaining to wear the garment provided for him at great cost. And when the Lord asks, “How camest thou in hither, not having a wedding garment?” he can answer nothing. [Matthew 22:12.] He is self-condemned. And the Lord says, “Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness.” [Verse 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 19)
During this life he was unwilling to stand forth as one of God’s denominated people, and at the last great day the Lord refuses to acknowledge him.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 20)
“And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it; and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it. And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day; for there shall be no night there. And they shall bring the glory and honor of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie; but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” [Revelation 21:23-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 21)
“And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him; and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” [Revelation 22:3, 4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 22)
Who are these?—God’s denominated people—those who on this earth have witnessed to their loyalty. Who are they?—Those who here have kept the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ; those who have owned the crucified Saviour as their Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 23)
“And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light, and they shall reign forever and ever.” [Verse 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 24)
“And he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of this book; for the time is at hand. He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still; and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still; and, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.” [Verses 10-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 162, 1903, 25)
Lt 163, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 3, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear son Willie,—
We received your letter this morning, (Sunday) and were very glad to hear from you. I received also a very encouraging letter from Elder Daniells. We must have faith. We must walk by faith and pray as we walk and as we work.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 1)
Friday was a very busy day for me. I wrote many letters. In the afternoon we received a telephone message asking whether I would speak at the Sanitarium on the Sabbath. I promised that I would.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 2)
The chapel was full, as usual, of interested listeners. Among the others present was one very intelligent-looking man by the name of Gomez, from the West Indies or from some country of South America. He sat well forward in the congregation, and the interest with which he listened was inspiring. Occasionally when I made a point, he would respond by a nod of the head.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 3)
There were a number of patients present, and the report is that they were much interested in and encouraged by the words spoken.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 4)
I spoke from Isaiah 56:1-7. The Lord was present, and I received grace for grace. The points that I presented were deeply impressed upon my mind. I seemed to gather new ideas as I went along. While feeding others, I myself was fed. Yes; I feasted. The Lord Jesus came graciously near, and many were moved to tears.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 5)
One elderly gentleman was deeply affected. He occupies a high position in the city. He has Sabbath free and quite frequently spends Sabbath at the Sanitarium. After the meeting was over, he said he was very glad to have been present.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 6)
One mental patient, a man, was present. Dr. Evans told me today that this man was much pleased with what he heard, and that the discourse helped him. Still others, who were desponding, were helped.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 7)
It helps me a great deal to break the bread of life to others. I feel it my duty to speak on the Sabbath whenever I am able.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 8)
I am sending you two letters written to Elder A. T. Jones. They have not as yet been sent to him. If you see anything in them that you think would better be left out, I hope that you will feel free to use your judgment. There are some things which, though quite true, it might not be best to present now. We must be wise as serpents and harmless as doves.
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 9)
I am of good courage. The Lord came very near to me at our Friday evening season of worship. O how my soul longs to see Jesus! I love Him, and the precious promises of His Word warm my soul. I feel a love for Him burning in my heart such as I felt many times in 1843 and 1844. Last Sabbath the Lord did indeed speak to me, and my heart was filled with joy. I realized the meaning of the words, “That my joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full.” [John 15:11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 163, 1903, 10)
Lt 164, 1903
Those in Charge of the Wahroonga Sanitarium “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California July 29, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 300. To those in charge of the Wahroonga Sanitarium My dear brethren,—
I cannot sleep past one o’clock. In the night seasons I have been in a council meeting in which those present were outlining plans for the carrying forward of the work of the Wahroonga Sanitarium. One plan was that Brother Burden was to be general manager of the outside interests. Suggestions were made in regard to putting in an electric light plant. The words were spoken by One of authority: “An electric light plant should not be looked upon as necessary to the success of the institution: for it is not. To put an electric light plant into the institution would place on it a burden of debt that should not exist. That which will bring efficiency to your work is walking in the light of the Lord’s favor.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 1)
“Elder Starr and his wife are to take up the work of visiting evangelists. They are to seek to reach souls in the city of Sydney and its suburbs. They will find many souls whom they can help and sustain and bless. These faithful workers should be sustained by the Conference as they seek to save souls outside the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 2)
“Brother and Sister Kress occupy an important position in the institution. They are not to be under the jurisdiction or control of any human power. God has given them the ability to manage their own work. They have in a special manner felt His power to heal. When it seemed that Dr. Kress’s life could not possibly be saved, God showed Himself strong to save, and snatched him from the grave. And this same God will now be a counsellor to Brother and Sister Kress and will lead and guide them, teaching them His way and His will.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 3)
“Dr. Kress and his wife are to unite with the matron in managing the work inside the building in spiritual, health-giving lines. These workers are to counsel together and are to help one another, carrying the work forward in the wisdom that comes from God.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 4)
“The physicians in a sanitarium should stand as medical missionaries, ministering to sin-sick souls as well as to diseased bodies. This work the Lord has laid upon them.”
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 5)
The words were spoken to Brother Burden: “You have an important responsibility to bear as director and counsellor to those who manage the farm. You are to see that the outside interests are kept in good order. With the care of the outside interests of the institution, you will have all the work that your physical and mental ability will permit you to carry. The responsibility of the inside work of the institution is to be borne by others.”
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 6)
When such a physician as Dr. Caro was in charge of the Sanitarium, some one with wisdom that he did not possess was needed to take charge of the inside and outside interests of the institution. But this is not now essential. The matron and physicians labor under the supervision of the great medical missionary, and the plans needed in order for the work of the institution to be carried forward in accordance with God’s purpose are necessarily very different from the plans that were needed in the Summer Hill Sanitarium. He who has charge of the outside interests will not now be obliged to manage the inside interests; for there are those to take charge of the inside interests who understand the work. And let all the workers remember that they are to labor unitedly, under the direction of the great Teacher.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 7)
One man is not to be given charge of the inside and outside interests of the Sanitarium. The inside work of the institution will be in a far more healthful condition if depending on those who have time to give it the attention it requires than if depending on one who, having charge of the outside business, has all that he can manage.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 8)
The Lord has given Dr. Kress and his wife the inside management of the institution. They are to work under the Lord Jesus Christ and are not to look to any human power to lead them. The Lord is their director. And Brother Burden, too, is to carry forward his line of work under the direction of God. All are to look to the Lord for physical, mental, and spiritual efficiency, trusting in Him to guide and sustain them. They are to counsel together and draw in even cords. God will help them to carry the responsibilities that He has placed upon them.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 9)
The doctor and his wife are to work together as physicians of the soul and of the body. God will help them by His power if they will look to Him and trust in Him. But they must be under no man’s supervision or authority. The Lord will bless them and uphold them as they put their trust in Him alone.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 10)
The Lord will guide and direct Brother Burden. But Brother Burden has some things yet to learn in regard to health reform. Brother and Sister Burden are beloved of the Lord, but they have need of clearer ideas as to what preparations of food will bring health of body and health of soul. They have, in some respects, a wrong conception of the matter. Let them get rid of this misconception as soon as possible; for it hinders physical and spiritual health. The Lord desires them to hold clearer ideas of what is comprehended by health reform.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 11)
We are living amidst the perils of the last days, and we are to cleanse ourselves from all defilement and put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness. Self must die daily. The work of God, in its purity and elevation, must be carried forward. We must bring ourselves, body, soul, and spirit, into subjection to Christ. Unless we do this, the health of the body will fail and the health of the soul will be endangered.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 12)
God desires His workers to gain daily a better understanding of how to reason logically from cause to effect, arriving at wise, safe conclusions. He desires them to add to their strength of memory. We cannot afford to make mistakes that are the result of our cherishing erroneous ideas. As little children we are to sit at the feet of Christ, learning of Him how to work successfully. We are to ask God for a sound judgment, and for light to impart to others. There is need of knowledge that is the fruit of experience. We should not allow a day to pass without gaining an increase of knowledge in temporal and spiritual things. We are to plant no stakes that we are not willing to take up and plant farther on, nearer the heights we hope to ascend. The highest education is to be found in training the mind to advance day by day. The close of each day should find us a day’s march nearer the overcomer’s reward. Day by day our understanding is to ripen. Day by day we are to work out conclusions that will bring a rich reward in this life and in the life to come. Looking daily to Jesus, instead of to what we ourselves have done, we shall make decided advancement in temporal as well as spiritual knowledge.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 13)
The end of all our work is at hand. What we have done must not be allowed to place the period to our work. The Captain of our salvation says, Advance. The night cometh in which no man can work. Constantly we are to multiply our talents. Our work is to do the will of Christ. Our lives are always to be under His converting power. Our lamps are never to be destitute of oil, but are ever to be replenished with the oil of the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 14)
Prayer is a heaven-ordained means of usefulness. Appeals, petitions, entreaties between man and man move men and act a part in controlling the affairs of nations. But prayer moves heaven. That power alone that comes in answer to prayer will make men wise in the wisdom of heaven and will enable them to work in the unity of the Spirit, united by the bonds of peace. Prayer, faith, confidence in God bring a divine power that sets human calculations at their real worth—nothingness.
(18LtMs, Lt 164, 1903, 15)
Lt 165, 1903
White, W. C. St. Helena, California August 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 306-307. My dear son Willie,—
I cannot sleep after two o’clock a.m. I applied myself closely to writing all day yesterday, with the exception of two hours, which I spent at the Sanitarium talking with Dr. Evans and his wife. They asked to see me, and we had a pleasant interview.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 1)
Dr. Evans is anxious for you to attend the Los Angeles camp-meeting. He would be glad if I could go, but my work is here, putting into shape for publication writings that have been neglected. I am sure that in remaining here, and doing this work, I am in the line of duty. The Lord will help me, giving me clearness of mind. I cannot afford to have my mind occupied with a variety of things that have no relation to my work. These things only load me down, and I am sure that of many to whom I write and talk, it might be said, “A man convinced against his will is of the same opinion still.”
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 2)
Should I go to this meeting I should be thrown back two months in my work. So I have decided that my place is at home, with my workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 3)
I am sending you today another manuscript on the color question. I wish to say, however, that I have not finished writing on this subject. I think that the less this subject is agitated, the better it will be. If it is much agitated, difficulties will be aroused that will take much precious time to adjust. We cannot lay down a definite line to be followed in dealing with this subject. In different places and under different circumstances, the subject will need to be handled differently. In the South, where the race prejudice is so strong, we could do nothing in presenting the truth were we to deal with the color-line question as we can deal with it in the North.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 4)
This subject should be as little agitated as possible. We are to do as the Spirit of the Lord shall dictate. As we are led and controlled by the Spirit of God, we shall find that this matter will adjust itself. The white workers in the South will have to move in a way that will enable them to gain access to the white people. I wish that it were possible to leave the color line alone until the truth can be presented in the South.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 5)
When God’s workers allow His Spirit to work upon their minds, much more will be accomplished in the work of soul-saving. The Lord is our Helper. He will guide us in all matters, if we will trust in Him. One thing is certain: We must have faith in God—faith that He will arrange matters in a way that will enable us to work successfully. I know that no one ever trusted God in vain. He will never disappoint those who put their trust in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 6)
I am very sorry to hear that there is a plan to reopen the Battle Creek College. To establish a College in Battle Creek, after such plain warnings have been given against doing this, would be to make a great mistake.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 7)
I can assure you that the large number of patients at the Sanitarium is no evidence that the institution is where it should be, or that it is conducted after God’s order. Christ’s plan for teaching the truth cannot be carried out in so large an institution as the Battle Creek Sanitarium, where so large a number of patients of all classes are gathered together. There may be some conversions at the Sanitarium at Battle Creek, among those who go there for treatment, but these will meet with greater difficulty than in almost any other place. Because of the great number of patients, this Sanitarium is necessarily conducted as a large hotel. Worldlings of all classes are of course entertained there, and the helpers are constantly brought into connection with an influence that tends to draw them away from Christ. Oh, why cannot those who know the truth follow the instruction that God has given? Why do they not make plants in places that have never yet heard the truth? Let us pray to God for help to do His work as in His very presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 8)
The enemy works untiringly to deceive human beings and lead them away from God. He and his angels will in the future assume the shape of human beings and will work to make the truth of God of no effect.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 9)
In the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah the Lord has described the people who are sanctified to Himself. They are the people who repair the breach that has been made in the law of God by the man of sin. “And they that be of thee shall build the old waste places; thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words; then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” [Verses 12-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 10)
Those who know the truth, but who walk contrary to the truth, may never place their feet in the path that Christ followed.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 11)
We are to “stand fast in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free, and be not entangled again with the yoke of bondage.” [Galatians 5:1.] No man or woman is to bind himself or herself to serve for a certain number of years under the control of a medical association. This is not God’s plan, but a plan of human devising. Human beings belong to the Lord, body, soul, and spirit, and they are to be guided and controlled by Him. He has bought us. We are under obligation to be laborers together with Him. No one should bind himself to serve for a certain number of years in any institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 12)
I know that some have thought it advisable for the workers in our sanitariums to sign certain contracts. But I know also that it is not in accordance with God’s plan for the workers to sign these contracts. They are pledged to God, and if He moves upon them to take the message to a certain place, shall they be bound by a pledge that hinders them from going? Never, never! We are not our own, and we are not to bind ourselves to human beings by signing contracts to do this or that. We are to work under our Master, Christ Jesus, looking to Him for directions. We are to pray and work and believe, following always the course that He marks out.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 13)
There are among professing believers many who know little of what is comprehended in the third angel’s message. They have not followed the straight pathway of truth. They have not purified their souls by obeying the Word. They are unconverted. They need to “seek the Lord while He may be found, and to call upon Him while He is near.”“Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 14)
Our ministers need this message. There are among them those whose feet are standing in slippery places. They slip one way and then another and continue to slip and slide. May God help them to place their feet in the footprints of Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 15)
In these last days the representation made in the twelfth chapter of Revelation will be fulfilled. Satan will carry on the great conflict that he began in heaven, of which we read, “And there was war in heaven; Michael and His angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought, and his angels, and prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 16)
“And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world; he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ; for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabitants of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down with great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” [Verses 9-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 17)
Our churches are in the condition described in the message to the Laodicean church. They are neither cold nor hot. They need a fresh, new experience. God calls upon them to prepare for His coming; for it is near at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 18)
“The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be, in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for a new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot and blameless.... Beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 3:10-14, 17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 165, 1903, 19)
Lt 166, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 80-84. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I received a letter from you about a week ago and was much interested in the good news that it contained. I also received cheering, encouraging letters from others. These letters did me good. I needed something of the kind. There is so much misunderstanding in our world, and I so often hear the dark side presented. “The heart knoweth its own bitterness.” [Proverbs 14:10.] It would be well if we were more careful not to pour our sorrows into the hearts of others.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 1)
Yesterday I had two hours’conversation with Dr. T. S. Evans and his wife, who are working at the Sanitarium here. I think that the interview was a profitable one. They spoke of a plan that they have in mind—to have a banquet at the Sanitarium and to invite the prominent residents of St. Helena: lawyers, bankers, and ministers. They hope that thus they can do something to remove the impression that seems to be held by some in St. Helena—that this institution is a place where only imbeciles and decrepit people are cared for. Brother Fulton, manager of the San Francisco Vegetarian Cafe, will come up to take charge of the preparation of the banquet.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 2)
I saw no objection to this plan. When the light of health reform first came to us, we used, on holiday occasions, to take cooking stoves to the grounds where the people were assembled and right there bake unleavened bread—gems and rolls. And I think that good was the result of our efforts, though, of course, we had not the health food preparations that we now have. At that time we were just beginning to learn how to live without using flesh meat.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 3)
Sometimes we gave entertainments, and we took great care that all that we prepared for the table was palatable and nicely served. In fruit season, we would get blueberries and raspberries fresh from the bushes and strawberries fresh from the vines. We made the table fare an object lesson which showed those present that our diet, even though it was in accordance with the principles of health reform, was far from being a meager one.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 4)
Sometimes a short temperance lecture was given in connection with these entertainments, and thus people became acquainted with our principles of living. As far as we knew, all were pleased and all were enlightened. We always had something to say about the necessity of providing wholesome food and of preparing it simply, and yet making it so palatable and appetizing that those eating it would be satisfied.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 5)
The world is full of the temptation to indulge appetite, and words of warning, earnest and right to the point, have made wonderful changes in families and in individuals.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 6)
To deny appetite requires decision of character. For want of this decision multitudes are ruined. Weak, pliable, easily led, many men and women fail utterly of becoming what God desires them to be. Those who are destitute of decision of character cannot make a success of the daily work of overcoming. The world is full of besotted, intemperate, weak-minded men and women, and how hard it is for them to become genuine Christians.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 7)
What does the great Medical Missionary say?—“If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] It is Satan’s work to tempt men to tempt their fellow men. He strives to induce men to be laborers together with him in his work of destruction. He strives to lead them to give themselves so wholly to the indulgence of appetite and to the exciting amusements and follies which human nature naturally craves, but which the Word of God decidedly forbids, that they can be ranked as his helpers—working with him to destroy the image of God in man.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 8)
Through the strong temptations of principalities and powers, many are ensnared. Slaves to the caprice of appetite, they are besotted and degraded.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 9)
The young man who is determined to keep his appetite under the control of God, and who refuses the first temptation to drink intoxicating liquor, saying courteously, but firmly, “No, thank you,” is the one who is worthy of honor. Let young men take their stand as total abstainers, even though the men standing high in the world have not the moral courage to take their stand boldly against a habit that is ruinous to health and life.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 10)
Fathers and mothers should be united in standing firmly for temperance in all things. Such temperance means much. It means respect for every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. It means respect for the laws of nature. It means also respect for the perfection displayed in the natural world. Look at the lofty trees! Look at the lovely flowers growing in profusion over mountain and valley. God has clothed the earth with tokens of Eden’s loveliness. He loves to look upon the flowers, and He has provided them for us in endless variety to minister to our happiness and to teach us that He is a lover of the beautiful.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 11)
In His sermon on the mount Christ called attention to the flowers, drawing from them a lesson of simplicity and quiet trust. “Consider the lilies of the field,” He said; “they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? ... for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you.” [Matthew 6:28-33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 12)
If we would only see and appreciate the Lord’s goodness and love and His unceasing care for us, how changed this world would be. If we would seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, the principles of righteousness would guide our lives, and self-seeking would find no place in our hearts. The desire to do our own will would be submerged in the desire to do the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 13)
We need to cherish a constant realization of God’s love and goodness. We need to remember that He holds us accountable for the use that we make of the gifts that He has bestowed on us. We have been bought with a price; therefore we are to glorify God in our body and in our spirit, which are His. We are not to deny Him by one act of intemperance, because the only begotten Son of God has purchased us at an infinite cost, even the sacrifice of His life. He did not die for us in order that we might become slaves to evil habits, but that we might become the sons and daughters of God, serving Him with every power of the being.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 14)
“Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy, for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.” [1 Corinthians 3:16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 15)
“What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost, which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 16)
Those who have a constant realization that they stand in this relation to God will not place in the stomach food which pleases the appetite, but which injures the digestive organs. They will not spoil the property of God by indulging improper habits of eating, drinking, or dressing. They will take great care of the human machinery, realizing that they must do this in order to work in co-partnership with God. He wills that they shall be healthy, happy, and useful. But in order for them to be this, they must place their wills on the side of His will.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 17)
Those who indulge in the use of tobacco or intoxicating liquor fill the tissues of the body with poison and weaken the nerve power. They allow Satan to rob them of the ability to distinguish between right and wrong. Through a course of their own pursuing, their reason passes under the enemy’s control.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 18)
Those who frequent the saloons that are open to all who are foolish enough to tamper with the deadly evil they contain are following the path that leads to eternal death. They are selling themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to Satan. Under the influence of the drink they take, they are led to do things from which, if they had not tasted the maddening drug, they would have shrunk in horror. When they are under the influence of the liquid poison, they are in Satan’s control. He rules them, and they co-operate with him.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 19)
The appetite that is indulged creates an inflammation in the stomach and in the brain. The victim has no control of himself. He may take the lives of his wife and children, or the life of a friend or neighbor, without knowing what he is doing. The one who sells the drunkard the liquid poison should be the one held responsible for the evil deeds that the drunkard commits under the influence of the fiery draught.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 20)
I have a message from the Lord for the tempted soul who has been under the control of Satan, but who is striving to break free. Go to the Lord for help. Go to those who you know love and fear God, and say, “Take me under your care; for Satan tempts me fiercely. I have no power from the snare to go. Keep me with you every moment, until I have more strength to resist temptation.”
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 21)
To those who are working for such ones I would say, Open the Bible before the tempted, struggling soul, and over and over again read to him the promises of the living God. Hold fast to him until he has given himself, body, soul, and spirit, to God. In the past he has been ruled over by Satan, but by prayer and faith rescue him from this cruel power. Place his hand in the hand of Christ. Again and again the poor victim will be almost overcome by the craving for strong drink, but do not let him go. Labor for him as a true medical missionary, and God will bless your efforts.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 22)
Brother and Sister Kress, I have written this because I am intensely interested in the subject of temperance. I hope that all who have any responsibilities to bear in the Sanitarium will do all in their power against the great evil of intemperance. Invite all, old and young, to sign the pledge. The Lord will bless in this good work.
(18LtMs, Lt 166, 1903, 23)
Lt 167, 1903
Members of Our Churches in Every Place “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 Previously unpublished. To the members of our churches in every place My dear brethren and sisters,—
I am unable to sleep past twelve o’clock. I have been given representations of what is and of what will be, and this leads me to make the earnest inquiry of those who know the truth, “Are you sanctified through the truth, or are you departing further and further from the truth?”
(18LtMs, Lt 167, 1903, 1)
I saw One of authority presenting the instruction contained in the book of Colossians to the believers assembled in the Battle Creek Tabernacle. The lessons of this book may with profit be often repeated. Here true, practical godliness is outlined. Here are laid down the principles that are to be preserved in every church that is organized.
(18LtMs, Lt 167, 1903, 2)
Paul was received up into the third heaven and was shown many things not lawful for a man to utter. Why could not Paul tell what he had seen? Because those who heard would have misapplied the great truths presented. But though Paul did not tell that which he had seen in vision, all that was shown him molded the messages that he bore to the churches. His teaching contains precious lessons of warning and encouragement that should be studied by all. He wrote with a power that was not of man, but of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 167, 1903, 3)
To Paul was opened most clearly the work that was to be done by those who had united to build up the church in the most holy faith. They were not to weaken the church by bringing into it human policies, trying to make them a part of the service. They were not to bind up with the church unsanctified practices or unholy, selfish principles. These God abhors.
(18LtMs, Lt 167, 1903, 4)
The words of this messenger of God, to whom Christ revealed Himself as the Son of God, are to be received by the church as true and sacred—instruction bearing the stamp of divine authority. They show the high position to be maintained by the Seventh-day Adventist church.
(18LtMs, Lt 167, 1903, 5)
Lt 168, 1903
Stickney, Sister [A. S.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Stickney,—
I should be very much pleased to see you and your daughter and talk with you. It has been a long time since I have seen you.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 1)
We have now been in California nearly three years. I am very grateful to my heavenly Father for His goodness and mercy and love to me. In November I shall be seventy-six years old. Several times recently I have spoken at the Sabbath service at the Sanitarium. In June I spoke three times in the open air in a grove at Calistoga, about nine miles from here. There was a good attendance at each meeting. Some time ago I was asked to speak in the open air at St. Helena, but Willie was called away to Battle Creek, and the proposed meeting has not yet been held.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 2)
Willie has been away since the first of July and does not expect to return until about the last of this month. He has been in counsel with other brethren of the General Conference Committee and has with them been looking for a place for the headquarters of the General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 3)
I often wish that I were young again, that I might go from place to place and labor for those who have not heard the message of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 4)
Brother James, who cares for my farm, has for about a year been conducting a small Sabbath School at Larkmead, a place six miles away. We hope that form this effort some good will result.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 5)
At Yountville, about twelve miles from here, is the State Veterans’ Home. In this home are about nine hundred old men, who at some time have fought for their country. The men are supported in the home by the State. The grounds and the buildings are well cared for and are kept clean and neat.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 6)
Every other Sabbath a small company from this vicinity goes to the Veterans’ Home to conduct services for the soldiers. A number of songs are sung by the choir, after which a short Bible study is held with the men. Reading matter is distributed among those who attend the service and those in the hospital. I have given some of my books to be lent to different ones who desire to read. The workers also take with them papers and tracts containing present truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 7)
After conducting services in the chapel, the workers go to the hospital and sing to those confined to their beds. They sing also to men in wheel chairs who are in another part of the building.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 8)
Several of the soldiers are deeply interested, and the interest is steadily growing. Those in charge of the home have expressed their pleasure at the good influence our workers seem to be exerting.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 9)
Some of the men are already becoming convicted of the truth. A few weeks ago, an intelligent-looking man, about sixty-five years of age, told one of our brethren that before our people went there to sing, he had spent most of his time drinking and carousing with some of the other men, but that since they had been coming, he had found a more profitable way of employing his time. He has given up his drinking and is trying to live the Christian life. He is reading Desire of Ages and thinks it the best book he has ever seen. A great change has been wrought in this man by the meetings held and the reading matter given him.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 10)
Brother Dores Robinson, one of my workers, leads the services and conducts the Bible study. Sister Peck, who is also working for me, leads the singing. She has been teaching the church school at the Sanitarium.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 11)
One Sabbath Sister Peck took with her about twenty of the children from her school to sing to the soldiers. A livery man in St. Helena lent them a large stage and two horses for the occasion, and also provided a driver. Sister Peck had thoroughly drilled the children, and they sang beautifully. The soldiers were much pleased and are requesting that the children come again.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 12)
An interest in Bible study is being awakened among the soldiers. During the week a little company of them meets together in a grove to pray and study their Bibles.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 13)
The effort to bring the truth before these soldiers is a good work. All such institutions should be thoroughly worked. We hope that a company of believers may be raised up at the Veterans’ Home in Yountville. I expect to go next Sabbath for the first time to speak to the soldiers.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 14)
My farmer recently made a trip about thirty miles from here. He found settlements of industrious, well-to-do farmers who have never heard the truth for this time. Such places should be worked. It is as important to carry the message to those in the home field who have not heard the truth as it is to go as missionaries to foreign countries. We need more workers. We are determined to do what we can to establish memorials in these places.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 15)
I have a favor to ask of you. Will you please lend me one thousand dollars? I have invested all I have in the work of God. I have had to pay my workers, and the publication of my books has cost me a great deal. For six months no money has come in to me until the other day when I received one hundred and seventy-five dollars from Australia.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 16)
I had lent the brethren at Nashville some money to enable them to start their work. I expected to receive this, but they urge me to let them keep it for another year. They also ask me to lend them one thousand dollars more. But this I am unable to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 17)
I thought that perhaps you and your daughter might lend me this amount without interest, if you cannot send it as a gift, to help the work in the Southern field. If you could lend me two thousand dollars, it would be a great blessing. If you can spare the money, please send it direct to me, and I will invest it in the work in the South. My son James Edson White is preparing some books, the sale of which will help the work there. He has asked me to help him by lending him some money.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 18)
It is nearly bedtime, and I will say, Good night. Please answer this letter as soon as you can conveniently do so.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 19)
Your sister in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 168, 1903, 20)
Lt 169, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 See variant Lt 169a, 1903. Portions of this letter are published in PM 278, 288; 1BC 1087. Elder A. G. Daniells My dear brother,—
Yesterday I sent Willie a letter containing the warning that has been given again and again: The workers in our sanitariums are not to sign contracts binding themselves to an association or an institution for a certain number of years. They are to learn, not of men, but of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 1)
Dr. Kellogg treats those who learn under him as if he owned them, body, soul, and spirit. The Lord wants no such binding up with human beings, even if these human beings were without blame. But Dr. Kellogg is not straight. He is not holding the beginning of his confidence firm unto the end. The gospel ministry and medical missionary work are to be united. But Dr. Kellogg is not understandingly engaged in gospel missionary work. He needs to be converted, and God grant that he may be.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 2)
I have repeatedly been instructed that no one should be advised to pledge himself to spend two, three, four, five, or six years under any man’s tuition, not even Dr. Kellogg’s. Brethren, we have no time for this. Time is short. We are to hold out urgent inducements to the men who ought now to be engaged in missionary work for the Master. The highways and byways are yet unworked. The Lord calls for young men to labor as canvassers and evangelists, to do house-to-house work in places that have not yet heard the truth. God speaks to our young men, saying, “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 3)
The Lord must be given an opportunity to show men their duty and to work upon their minds. No one is to bind himself to serve under the direction of any human being; for the Lord Himself will call men, as of old He called the humble fishermen, and will Himself give them the education He desires them to have. He will call men from the plow and from other occupations, to give the last note of warning to perishing souls. There are many ways in which to work for the Master, and the great Teacher will open the understanding of these workers, enabling them to see wondrous things in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 4)
The signs that show that Christ’s coming is near are fast fulfilling. The Lord calls for canvassers and evangelists. Those who will go forth to this work under His direction will be wonderfully blessed.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 5)
Let our churches be guarded. Let our people work intelligently, not under the rule of any man, but under the rule of God. Let them stand where they can follow the will of God. Their service belongs to Him. Their capabilities and talents are to be refined, purified, ennobled. In this lower school—the school of earth—they are to be prepared for translation into the school of heaven, where their education will be continued under the personal supervision of Christ, the great Teacher, who will lead them beside the living waters and open to them the mysteries of the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 6)
Those who in this life do their best will obtain a fitness for the future immortal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 7)
The Lord calls for volunteers who will take their stand firmly on His side and will pledge themselves to unite with Jesus of Nazareth in doing the very work that needs to be done now, just now.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 8)
There are many young men and young women among us who, if inducements are held out, would naturally be inclined to take several years’ course of study at Battle Creek. But will it pay? Has not the Lord some practical work to do in missionary lines? Manly young men will be needed to enter the printing office, when it is established in Washington, to learn the printer’s trade. Our publications are to be prepared to go forth to the world. Canvassers are to be educated to take up the work of circulating these publications. Our books and papers are to go to places that are still in the darkness of error.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 9)
The Lord calls upon young men to enter our schools. Schools are to be established in which our youth can receive an education that will prepare them to go forth to do evangelical work and medical missionary work. Let these schools be established out of the cities.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 10)
I call upon all to fasten themselves to Christ. He invites them, “Come unto Me.”“Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 11)
Let us not be in any way deceived. Let us realize the weakness of humanity and see where man fails in his self-sufficiency. We shall then be filled with a desire to be just what God desires us to be—pure, noble, sanctified. We shall hunger and thirst after the righteousness of Christ. To be like God will be the one desire of the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 12)
This is the desire that filled Enoch’s heart. And we read that he walked with God. He studied the character of God to a purpose. He did not mark out his own course, or set up his own will, as if he thought himself fully qualified to manage matters. He strove to conform himself to the divine likeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 13)
Since writing the foregoing, I have read your letter. The specious working of which you speak is like the working of Satan in the heavenly courts. A week ago I was instructed that I must warn our people throughout this country to have nothing to do with these new plans. Stand as clear as possible from Dr. Kellogg. The time has come for me to say that his plans and inventions do not bear the signature of heaven. Stand clear, my brethren, for your souls’ sake, stand clear.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 14)
I have much matter written in my diary regarding these things, and I will have it copied as soon as possible. These things have been outlined before me, and I have spoken in parables of them. Sad indeed will be the experience of everyone who ventures to follow the course that Dr. Kellogg is taking. God does not need Dr. Kellogg to outline His plans.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 15)
“Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] If ever this message needed to be given it is now. Let us stand firm for principle. God has not given us into the hand of Dr. Kellogg, to be managed by him.
(18LtMs, Lt 169, 1903, 16)
Lt 169a, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 Variant of Lt 169, 1903. This letter is published in entirety in 8MR 298-301. Elder A. G. Daniells My dear Brother,—
Yesterday I sent you the letter containing the warning that has been given again and again: The workers in our sanitariums are not to sign contracts binding themselves to an association or an institution for a certain number of years. They are to be bound not to men but to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 1)
No man is to treat those who learn under him as if he owned them, body, soul, and spirit. The Lord wants no such binding up with human beings, even if these human beings are without blame. There are those who are not holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. The gospel ministry and medical missionary work are to be united.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 2)
I have recently been instructed that no one should be advised to pledge himself to spend two, three, four, five, or six years under any man’s tuition. Brethren, we have no time for this. Time is short. We are to hold out earnest inducements to the men who ought now to be engaged in missionary work for the Master. The highways and byways are yet unworked. The Lord calls for young men to labor as canvassers and evangelists, to do house-to-house work in places that have not yet heard the truth. God speaks to our young men, saying, “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price, therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 3)
The Lord must be given an opportunity to show men their duty and to work upon their minds. No one is to bind himself to serve under the direction of any human beings; for the Lord Himself will call men, as of old He called the humble fishermen, and will Himself give them the education He desires them to have. He will call men from the plow and from other occupations, to give the last note of warning to perishing souls. There are many ways in which to work for the Master, and the great Teacher will open the understanding of these workers, enabling them to see wondrous things in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 4)
The signs that show that Christ’s coming is near are fast fulfilling. The Lord calls for canvassers and evangelists. Those who will go forth to this work under His direction will be wonderfully blessed.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 5)
Let our churches be guarded. Let our people work intelligently, not under the rule of any man, but under the rule of God. Let them stand where they can follow the will of God. Their service belongs to Him. Their capabilities and talents are to be refined, purified, ennobled. In this lower school—the school of earth—they are to be prepared for translation into the school of heaven, where their education will be continued under the personal supervision of Christ, the great Teacher, who will lead them beside the living waters and open to them the mysteries of the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 6)
Those who in this life do their best will obtain a fitness for the future, immortal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 7)
The Lord calls for volunteers who will take their stand firmly on His side and will pledge themselves to unite with Jesus of Nazareth in doing the very work that needs to be done just now.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 8)
There are many young men and young women among us who, if inducements are held out, would naturally be inclined to take several years’ course of study at Battle Creek. But will it pay? Has not the Lord some practical work to do in missionary lines? Manly young men will be needed to enter the printing office, when it is established in Washington, to learn the printer’s trade. Our publications are to be prepared to go forth to the world. Canvassers are to be educated to take up the work of circulating these publications. Our books and papers are to go to places that are still in the darkness of error.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 9)
The Lord calls upon young men to enter our schools. Schools are to be established in which our youth can receive an education that will prepare them to go forth to do evangelical work and medical missionary work. Let schools be established out of the cities.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 10)
I call upon all to fasten themselves to Christ. He invites them, “Come unto Me.”“Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 11)
Let us not in any way be deceived. Let us realize the weakness of humanity and see where man fails in his self-sufficiency. We shall then be filled with a desire to be just where God desires us to be—pure, noble, sanctified. We shall hunger and thirst after the righteousness of Christ. To be like God will be the one desire of the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 12)
This is the desire that filled Enoch’s heart. And we read that he walked with God. He studied the character of God to a purpose. He did not mark out his own course, or set up his own will, as if he thought himself fully qualified to manage matters. He strove to conform himself to the divine likeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 13)
A school such as had been planned for should be in some place where the students would not be closely associated with the large numbers who are expected to patronize the Sanitarium at Battle Creek. It is not wise to plan to maintain such a school in a place where a worldly element prevails to so great an extent as to counterwork that which the Lord has outlined should be done for our youth in our educational institutions. So many youth should not be brought together in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 14)
The Lord presented to us the reasons for removing the College from Battle Creek. This instruction should now be searched out and studied by those who are planning to organize another educational institution there. Let the light already given shine forth in its purity and beauty, that God’s name may be glorified.
(18LtMs, Lt 169a, 1903, 15)
Lt 170, 1903
Irwin, Sister [G. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Irwin,—
I was indeed glad to get your letter containing an account of your visit to Cooranbong and giving particulars about the work there. Thank you for this letter. I feel a deep interest in the work at Avondale. I am interested in the work that your son is doing at the school. I am glad that as a family you can be near one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 1)
I was very much disappointed not to see Brother Irwin and Sister Graham again before they left for Australia. But I have no fault to find with any one; for the circumstances were such that they were obliged to return another way.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 2)
I am glad to be able to tell you that my health is good. I have spoken several times lately in public services, at the Sanitarium and in open-air meetings. I am aroused to the necessity of our people’s doing more evangelistic work. Within thirty miles of this place there are settlements where the people have no knowledge of Seventh-day Adventists. This does not speak well for us. The souls of the people in our own country are of as much value in the sight of God as are the souls of the heathen in India or other foreign countries. God will hold us responsible if we neglect His work in our own country.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 3)
I have decided not to attend so many camp-meetings, but to save my strength to bring before the people in writing the truths that God gives me. When I feel the Spirit of the Lord within me, I can write without difficulty.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 4)
The Lord is greatly blessing me. I spoke last Sabbath morning in the Sanitarium chapel. The room was filled with interested listeners. Several of the patients were present, among others an intelligent-looking man by the name of Gomez from the West Indies or from some South American country. He sat well forward in the congregation, and the interest with which he listened was inspiring. Occasionally when I made a point, he would respond by a nod of the head.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 5)
I spoke from Isaiah 56:1-7. The Lord was present, and I received grace for grace. I seemed to gather new ideas as I went along. While feeding others, I myself was fed. Yes, I feasted. The Lord Jesus came graciously near, and many were moved to tears.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 6)
O how I long to see Jesus! I love Him, and the precious promises of His Word warm my soul. I feel a love for Him burning in my heart such as I felt for Him many times in 1843 and 1844. He did indeed speak to me last Sabbath, and my heart was filled with joy. I realized the meaning of the words, “That My joy may be in you, and that your joy may be full.” [John 15:11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 7)
I thank the Lord that last night He gave me refreshing sleep. Yesterday I had much writing to do, and before sunset I felt very weary. I lay down and fell asleep. The members of the family gathered together for worship, but I knew nothing of it. At bedtime Sara wakened me, and I went to bed. I slept until three o’clock, and then dressed, and asked the Lord to let His healing power rest upon me, bringing me physical and mental strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 8)
It pains me to see that so many are forgetful of God’s goodness. They have scarcely a thought of praise or thanksgiving for God. Why do we not educate ourselves to be polite to God? Why do we not thank Him for His great goodness and loving-kindness to us?
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 9)
“Hearken unto Me, ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart is My law; fear ye not the reproach of men, neither be ye afraid of their revilings. For the moth shall eat them up like a garment, and the worm shall eat them like wool; but My righteousness shall be forever, and My salvation from generation to generation. Awake, awake, put on strength, O arm of the Lord; awake, as in the ancient days, in the generations of old.... Art thou not it that hath dried the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath made the depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over? Therefore the redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head; they shall obtain gladness and joy, and sorrow and mourning shall flee away. I, even I, am He that comforteth you; who art thou, that thou shouldest be afraid of a man that shall die, and of the son of a man, which shall be made as grass; and forgettest the Lord thy Maker, that hath stretched forth the heavens, and laid the foundations of the earth; and hath feared continually every day because of the fury of the oppressor, as if he were ready to destroy? and where is the fury of the oppressor?” [Isaiah 51:7-13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 10)
“The captive exile hasteneth that he may be loosed, and that he should not die in the pit, nor his bread should fail. But I am the Lord thy God, that divided the sea, whose waves roared; the Lord of hosts is His name. And I have put My words in thy mouth, and I have covered thee in the shadow of Mine hand, that I may plant the heavens, and lay the foundations of the earth, and say unto Zion, Thou art My people.” [Verses 14-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 170, 1903, 11)
Lt 171, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CD 295-296. Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I have words to write to you, and I pray that they will be a help to you. When I heard that Brother Burden was to be manager of the outside and inside interests of the Sanitarium, I wondered how much this embraced. If it means that physicians, matron, and nurses, are to go to him for direction in everything regarding their work, I must say that a mistake has been made. When sanitarium work was conducted in Summer Hill, the circumstances were such that matters were in a very uncertain state. There was no proper matron. There was no physician and his wife to work unitedly in the institution. Instruction was given me that if possible a manager was to be obtained who could take charge of the work inside and outside the Sanitarium. This was necessary, because there were not connected with the work carried on inside the building those who could give character and dignity to the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 1)
Of course I do not understand all the details of the work of the Wahroonga Sanitarium, but light has been given me that Dr. Kress and his wife are well fitted to direct the inside work of the institution, and that with suitable help they can carry this work successfully. They can decide many questions that under other circumstances would be left to the manager for decision. Dr. Kress and his wife possess high capabilities and are not to be under the control of any one. But of course they are to consult with Brother and Sister Burden.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 2)
Dr. Kress and his wife are looking to Jesus. They are seeking in every way to do His will and to walk in His footsteps. They must be careful not to try to carry more burdens than their health will permit. The Lord has shown me that there is danger of Dr. Kress’s overworking, and thus endangering his health. Not long ago he nearly lost his life. The Lord worked as his physician and restored him to health again. But he must be careful not to overtax his physical powers in the future.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 3)
All the workers connected with the Sanitarium must be careful not to overwork. They are to guard their health and strength, that they may be a recommendation to the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 4)
Dr. Kress may feel that he should visit different places, to speak upon health questions and to arouse an interest in the work of the institution. He can in this way do good service.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 5)
Brother Burden, your work and Brother and Sister Starr’s work has been presented to me. It does not lie entirely in the institution. You are to get out among the people of Sydney and its suburbs, doing all in your power to win men and women to the truth, watching for souls as they that must give an account. You are to carry the truth to the homes of the people. In this work you will gain most precious experiences.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 6)
A liberal diet should be provided for the patients, but care should be taken in the preparation and combination of food for the sick. The table of a sanitarium cannot be set exactly the same as the table of a restaurant. It makes a great difference whether the food is to be placed before healthy men, who can digest almost anything in the line of food, or before invalids.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 7)
There is danger of providing too limited a diet for people who have come directly from a diet so abundant as to encourage gluttony. The fare should be liberal. But at the same time, it should be simple. I know that food can be prepared simply, and yet be so palatable as to be enjoyed even by those who have been accustomed to a richer fare.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 8)
Let fruit be placed on the table in abundance. I am glad that you are able to provide for the Sanitarium table fruit fresh from your own orchard. This is indeed a great advantage.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 9)
I am praying earnestly that the work of the Wahroonga Sanitarium shall be carried forward on a right basis. I am praying that the workers will draw near to God. As they do this, He will draw near to them. Let God work in His own way, and He will reveal Himself as the great Physician. Bear in mind that heavenly intelligences are waiting to co-operate with human instrumentalities, that there may be in the work of the Sanitarium a oneness that will impress all who come with the realization that a sacred spirit abides in the institution, that physicians, manager, matron, and nurses are drawing in even cords, and that they are united with divine workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 171, 1903, 10)
Lt 172, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 72-75. + Dear son Willie,—
I wish to address a few lines to you. I am instructed to say that all the preliminaries connected with the management of the medical missionary work are not to proceed from Dr. Kellogg. It is the deceptive power of the enemy of all righteousness that leads Dr. Kellogg to endeavor to bring all our medical institutions under the control of one organization. Certainly such an effort is not inspired of the Lord. The medical missionary work is God’s work, and in every church we are to take a decided stand against every phase of this kind of proceeding.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 1)
After I received the letter in regard to the excellent meeting of confession and unity that had been held in Battle Creek, I was writing in my diary, and was about to record the thankfulness I felt over the fact that there was a change, when my hand was arrested, and there came to me the words: “Write it not. No change for the better has taken place. The Doctor is ensnared in a net of specious deception. He is presenting as precious the things that are turning souls from the truth into by- and forbidden paths—things that lead human agents to act in harmony with their own inclination and to work out their unsanctified purposes; things that result in destroying the dignity and the power of God’s people, because these things obscure the light that would otherwise come to them from God through His appointed agencies.”
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 2)
The Doctor is endeavoring to bind the medical institutions fast in accordance with his word, as Satan worked in the heavenly courts to bind up the angels whom he induced to unite with his party to work to create rebellion in heaven. Who has authorized him to lay all these plans to try in one way, and then in another way, and then in still another way, to bring about his purpose? These sanitariums are not his at all, and yet he desires to tie them all up in some way so that they will be under his control.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 3)
Let every cord now be broken. Let our sanitariums refuse to be tied up with the Sanitarium in Michigan.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 4)
This selfish, underhand work I was going to bring out in Oakland, but I thought we would give the Doctor another chance. But I have been instructed to write to him no letters that he would have in his hands to use; and to have no conversation with him; for he would not remember what I did say, because a deceptive power is controlling his whole being.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 5)
Every man needs now to take his position on the old-time foundation, to be led by God, and not allow Dr. Kellogg’s dictated propositions to find favor. God has not ordered any such thing. I have seen that history would be repeated and that the specious working of Satan would be revealed by human agents. We must work discreetly and determinedly to right up things. This recent effort to present binding propositions to God’s people, as if man were God, is the last one he should be permitted to make without our voice being raised in protest. Not another step toward the acceptance of such propositions is to be taken, lest we be fastened in a snare.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 6)
Firmly take your position now. In justice to our churches, we must now decide this matter and not sell our people into the enemy’s hands; for we have a great work to do. I am now instructed to prepare for publication the messages of warning that have been given over and over again for years to keep Dr. Kellogg from following another leader, but the messages have had no influence after he decided to drive through his own inventions and plans. He is to be pitied, but he has worked and will continue to work deceptively. We must now determine that every medical institution shall stand in its own individual right. We must leave the poor man in the hands of God, who understands this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 7)
I shall now be prepared to say to our brethren, Cut loose, cut loose! After taking your position firmly, wisely, cautiously, just as calm as a summer evening, but just as fixed as the everlasting hills, make not one concession. By conceding, you would be selling our whole cause into the hands of the enemy. It is not John Kellogg that you are dealing with; it is a being who once figured in the courts of heaven as an exalted angel. The poor Doctor is not in his right mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 8)
My mind is now clear. I was in an agony of distress, thinking that I must take this position at the General Conference and rebuke him before the whole assembly. But now I am fully settled in mind that I must take my stand and not be diverted from it by anything. Let the Lord be honored and glorified. The Lord wants no such workings in His cause as Dr. Kellogg has sanctioned. The Doctor has sold our people into the hand of the enemy, and now the enemy has thought that he could possess the man altogether. The cause of God is not to be traded away. We must now take hold of these matters decidedly. I have many things that I have wanted to say, but now my way is clear to speak and to act.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 9)
I am sorry for you, Willie. I wish not to be in Battle Creek. But stand stiffly for the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 10)
I copy out of my diary the following words, written November 28, 1902: “Oh how sad it is that man will allow himself to be so wrought upon by the enemy that he will dare venture to exalt his finite judgment in opposition to God’s plans and purposes! Once the Doctor would present his plans to me, to ascertain if I had any counsel to give, but not a word of counsel has he asked of me, to find out whether his plans are in accordance with the light God has given me.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 11)
“I am sorry to be compelled to take the position that I am forced to take in behalf of God’s people. In taking this position, I am placed under the necessity of bearing the heavy burden of showing the evil of the plans that I know are not born of heaven. This is the burden that many times in the past the Lord has laid upon me, in order that His work might be advanced along right lines. How much care and anxiety, how much mental anguish and wearing physical labor might be saved me in my old age! But still I am under the necessity of going into the field of battle and of discharging in the presence of important assemblies the duty that the Lord has laid upon me—the duty of correcting the wrong course of men claiming to be Christians, but who are doing a work that will have to be undone at a great loss both financially and in the shaking of the confidence of the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 12)
“If I act conscientiously, I must meet the crisis; for I believe that the precepts that the Lord has given concerning His work in the past and at the present time point out the right way. And His plans, His thoughts, are as much higher than man’s plans, man’s thoughts, as the heavens are higher than the earth. God’s voice is to be heard; His wisdom is to guide us. We must not be broken up by any human wisdom or devising. God has outlined His plan in His Word and in the testimonies He has sent to His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 13)
“Man’s authority bears the signature of man. We are not to permit the rank and file of our people to come under the generalship of the weak, mixed-up sentiments of man. God’s authority is to stand supreme in its moral dignity and power. And I must call upon the people of God to recognize His authority, an authority which bears the evidence of its divine origin and which is commendable and acceptable in the sight of His children on this earth and in the whole heavenly universe. Every soul is called upon to connect himself inseparably with God’s authority.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 14)
“In doing the Lord’s work, we are to stand on the foundation on which the truth has always been based. God’s foundation is sure, and all are to stand on it and work from this platform. His Word reveals His design, and only the work that is carried on in accordance with the principles of the Word will stand fast forever, approved both by the heavenly host and the adopted family living on the earth during the remnant of time remaining before the close of this earth’s history. This higher aim finite man, when he yields to Satan’s devising, can easily lose sight of; for by yielding to temptation he loses his powers of discernment. It is the work of every Christian to strive to be a laborer together with God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 15)
I will not write any more now. Tomorrow I will begin in earnest to write in regard to principles that are sound.
(18LtMs, Lt 172, 1903, 16)
Lt 173, 1903
Brethren “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 226. My dear brethren,—
I will try to write you a few lines this morning. But I am too weary to write much. And I think that the letters that I sent yesterday will be sufficient. Let us now trust in the Lord and wait patiently for Him. Let us not allow the enemy to gain any advantage over us. The Lord is our Helper, and we must not become discouraged. The cause of God has suffered much, and we need now to humble ourselves under the mighty hand of God. He will be our frontguard and our rearward. Let us work and wait and watch and pray. God will not suffer the enemy to overcome us if we will be careful of our words, saying nothing which Satan can use as a handle.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 1)
There is before us a great work, and the doing of this work requires careful preparation. Let us call to mind the sure promises of the Word, and present them to God for fulfilment. He is very careful to keep His Word. After we have done our part, let us wait patiently and hopefully, in calmness and faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 2)
My brethren, pray and counsel together, and believe. We have much to present to the people. But we shall have to give our reasons for warning them to be guarded and never, never to venture to follow in the track of kingship that Dr. Kellogg is now taking. Let us walk humbly with God. He never leads one man to exalt himself above his fellow men, to dictate to them, and to rule over them.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 3)
The truth in regard to the way in which the work of God is to be carried on at the present time must be spoken. Heavenly intelligences are waiting and longing to co-operate with human instrumentalities. God would reveal to the world what His people may become through the working of the Holy Spirit. Let us do all we can, and then wait patiently for Him. Through union with divine agencies, we may accomplish much in saving souls ready to perish. Faithful efforts on our part will result in winning to Christ those whom God will make bright and shining lights in the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 4)
Christ, the Son of the infinite God, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, humbled Himself, to take our nature, and to do the work of a servant. All this He did in our behalf, to lead us to humble ourselves, so that through us He may work to reach the human beings ready to die.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 5)
Nothing else in this world is so dear to God as His church. Nothing else is watched over by Him with such jealous care. Nothing else so grieves His heart of love as the injuries inflicted on His church by those who would hurt and destroy.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 6)
Human might and human wisdom did not establish the church of God, and neither can they destroy it. The members of the church will have to meet the seducing arts of the enemy. They will be assailed by the representatives of Satan. Let them not get into controversy with those who are adept at warfare of this kind. If they will answer their assailants in the words of the Scripture, Satan’s arguments will sink into nothingness. The Word of God in their hearts is a power of life and salvation. Fighting under the divine Commander, they will obtain the victory. The Life-giver will strengthen them to overcome.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 7)
There is comfort and encouragement for us in the representation given in the third chapter of Zechariah. We read: “And he showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee; is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 8)
“Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel. And he answered and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 9)
“And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of Hosts: If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by.” [Verses 1-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 10)
Joshua, standing before the angel of the Lord with defiled garments, represents those whose religious life has been faulty, who have been overcome by Satan’s temptations, and are unworthy of God’s favor. Today human beings stand before God with defiled garments. All their righteousness is “as filthy rags.” [Isaiah 64:6.] Satan uses against them his masterly accusing power, pointing to their imperfections as evidence of their weakness. He points scornfully at the mistakes of those who claim to be doing God service. They have been deceived by him, and he begs for permission to destroy them.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 11)
But they trust in Christ, and Christ will not forsake them. He came to this world to take away their sins and to impute to them His righteousness. He declares that through faith in His name they may receive forgiveness and perfect Christlike characters. They have confessed their sins to Him and have asked for pardon, and Christ declares that because they look to and believe on Him, He will give them power to become sons of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 12)
Their characters are defective, but because they have not trusted in their own merits and excused their sins, because they have asked for forgiveness through the merits of Christ, the Lord receives them and rebukes Satan. Because they have humbled themselves, confessing their sins, He refuses to listen to the enemy’s accusations. He has abundantly pardoned the penitent ones and will carry forward in them His work of redeeming love if they will continue to believe in Him and to trust Him. He will perfect their redemption, defeating the enemy and glorifying His name in their salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 13)
This lesson is given to show how entirely out of place it is for human beings to lift up the soul unto vanity, cherishing pride and self-sufficiency and boasting of their achievements.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 14)
Those who, by divine grace, have gained the mastery over their faults are to teach others how to overcome, pointing them to the Source of strength. To every converted soul is given the privilege of helping those around him who do not rejoice in the light in which he is standing. They also may know the joy that has come to him. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] They may take their place in the world as God’s light-bearers.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 15)
How helpful we can be to one another by receiving from Christ the divine blessing and then sharing it with those in need. The true Christian will leave nothing undone that he can do to raise to newness of life those who are dead in trespasses and sins. He will work as Christ worked.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 16)
Especially are those whom God has set over His church to watch for souls as they that must give an account. They may accomplish great good if they will walk humbly with God, hiding self in Christ. Those who have a living connection with Christ become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Those who are workers together with Christ, those who give to others the light and truth they have received from the Word, are representatives of the Saviour, the heavenly Worker. A warm, earnest love for souls fills their hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 17)
God has chosen a people to keep His commandments and to reveal to the world a unity and love that will convince unbelievers that God did indeed send His Son to this earth as a miracle-working missionary, able to pardon transgression, able to make men and women laborers together with God in the great, grand work of saving the lost.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 18)
When the followers of Christ walk in His footsteps, their sympathy for one another will be plainly seen. There will be no envy, no fear lest one shall be more esteemed than the others. All will rejoice when prosperity comes to one. Their hearts will be filled with unselfish love. They will faithfully reprove wrongs, refusing to pass them by unnoticed, knowing that thus they would be sustaining them.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 19)
O how foolish the ways of the world appear to God! With their pride, their boasting, their intrigues, their deceptions, worldlings are preparing to receive the wages of sin—death. It is not possible for faith and peace and love, the gifts of God, to abide in the heart of the falsifier, or the criticizer. Falsehood and criticism are part of Satan’s stock-in-trade. O how pleased he is when professing Christians enter into partnership with him. We would better walk humbly with God than to walk with princes. The chastening rod will fall upon all who have not improved the opportunity to cultivate a kind disposition. They are never happy. Christ would impress His image upon the human heart. He will give His peace to all who will appreciate the gift and impart it to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 173, 1903, 20)
Lt 174, 1903
Harper, Walter “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 297. Dear Brother Harper,—
I have not yet been able to find what I have written to you, but as soon as I find it, I will send it to you. I write to you as one who I believe is determined to do his best, be the consequences what they may.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 1)
I have not written one word to your wife or her mother. I know that there are difficulties on both sides. But I have decided to take no part in the matter. I am overwhelmed with writing that concerns the whole cause of God. Ever since returning from the General Conference, I have been trying to place before our people the instruction that the Lord has given me for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 2)
I wish to explain what I said to you in regard to not writing to your wife about returning to you. I thought that should you write to her on this subject, it would harass and perplex her. I said, Just let the matter rest for a little time, and things will adjust themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 3)
You can see the predicament that your wife is in. If she shows her love for you, her mother’s jealousy is aroused. Your wife is a Christian. She has trials at home. Her mother’s influence over her is not in all respects what it ought to be. Your mother-in-law’s attitude toward you is not right; nevertheless your wife has duties in connection with her mother that will call her away from you more or less, wherever you may be.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 4)
I have not been shown that your mother-in-law should live with you and your wife. Unless her spirit and experience change, it cannot be your duty to receive her as a member of your family. I know that unless she makes a radical change in her habits of life, she cannot be approved of God. This I shall write to her. O how I wish that we were all what God desires us to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 5)
What I meant by what I said about extravagance is this: You see something that you fancy, and you buy it for a friend. You do this in the goodness of your heart, but your expenditures are not always wise. You have spent money for dress goods and for pieces of furniture. This you did when you were staying with Brother and Sister Jones, giving Sister Jones the things you bought. It would have been better for you to pay your board instead of laying out money for presents. You would better have paid a reasonable sum for your board, and then with the money Sister Jones could have bought things that she really needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 6)
I write you this, not to condemn you, but to advise you. You have always had confidence in me, and the money you have placed in my hands for the Lord’s work I have invested where it was most needed. I have not in a single instance been remiss in this.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 7)
I would not advise you to build at the present time. I think that it would be much better to rent a house or some rooms till you have opportunity to know more about your wife’s wishes in the matter. I did not suppose that you would build; for full of changes as your life is, this might not be best. But I certainly think that your wife ought to have some place that she can call her own, even if it is but rented rooms. Such was all the home that for some time, while we were travelling about, we had.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 8)
You have given your whole time to a good work, and you need more rest than you give yourself. You have worked as an evangelist, and your words and deeds have opened many doors for the entrance of the truth. I have not a doubt but that the Lord has given you your work. He has greatly blessed you in your canvassing. This is because you have kept at the work and have given Him the glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 9)
I spoke very plainly to you when you were here, but I shall not say to your wife and her mother the things that I said to you. This would give your mother-in-law an opportunity to treat you as if she were entirely in the right and you entirely in the wrong.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 10)
Be quiet and patient. I have not said a word concerning your affairs to any one but Sara, and I shall be extremely careful not to blame you; for it would not be right to do this. I would rather that for the present you should keep to yourself all that I have said and written to you. Rest assured that I shall say nothing to lessen any one’s confidence in you.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 11)
Be of good courage. Make no unadvised movements. Continue the work that you have been doing. Do all that you can to win souls to Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 12)
I pray that the Lord may be with you and that His peace may fill your heart. You can indeed praise the Lord for giving you such wonderful success in your work.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 13)
I hear often from Willie in regard to the removal of the work of the Review office from Battle Creek. The Lord has helped the brethren to settle with A. R. Henry. The publishing company is now entirely free from him. This is a great victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 14)
By this time the goods of the General Conference office are being taken in furniture vans to Washington. The Lord gave the brethren great victory as they read in the Tabernacle the instruction that has been given in regard to moving from Battle Creek, and as they have made preparations to move. Elder Daniells writes, “You told us to move forward step by step, but your son says that we have done more than that; we have gone by leaps and bounds.” They feel sure that the Lord has helped them at every step. I rejoice to hear this good news. The enemy has tried to hinder the brethren, but everything has given way at last. The Review and Herald and the Instructor will soon be moved to Washington and in the future will bear the imprint of Washington, D.C.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 15)
The end of all things is at hand. Let us work for God. Let us trust in Him and glorify His name.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 16)
May the Lord bless you, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 174, 1903, 17)
Lt 174a, 1903
Harper, Walter St. Helena, California August 5, 1903 Not sent. See Lt 174, 1903. [To Walter Harper.]
I will now speak to Brother Harper. I have a message for you, my brother, and I wish to speak to you as a servant of the Lord. I wish to say to you that your course of action toward your wife must change. Since her marriage she has been becoming uneven in her experience. She has felt keenly your attitude toward her mother, and it has thrown her into perplexity because your words and position are not as they ought to be. You will have to counsel with persons, fathers and mothers of understanding, who will advise you. It is the best thing you can do to secure a permanent home for her, that if the daughter in your absence wishes in any way to be where she can associate with the mother, she can do this.
(18LtMs, Lt 174a, 1903, 1)
The strange way you treat her is because you have much confidence in your own wisdom which is mingled with an authority that takes on an overbearing, masterly, ordering and dictating that is so persistent, as much as you would order a child. The wife is to be respected and her wishes to be honored; she [is to] feel that she is not to be commanded, to obey all your requirements. You leave her alone a large part of the time, and where you travel it would not be appropriate for her to go among the rough class. You can do much good as a canvasser, and keeping your mind stayed on the Lord, you will be gentle and win souls to Christ, but this is not the life that would be pleasant [for] Sister Harper. If she could find a place agreeable in a sanitarium to give treatment, it would be a blessing to her, if she is not overworked; but if she is overworked, then she looks on the dark side and sometimes much thinking will lead her to perplexity and uncertainty and she appears changeable and uncertain as to what is best for herself. She wants kindness, respect, and gentleness.
(18LtMs, Lt 174a, 1903, 2)
[Whether] it is her duty to ignore her mother—it is not the duty of any child to do this. Had you provided her a home ever so humble and said to her, “This shall be our home,” [even] if it was in rented rooms where there was a family in the house, it would be appropriate. The mother has to overcome her feelings. When [she is] so nervous and she takes a sedative, it makes a bad state of things and she says and does many things that are strange. Her feelings lead her astray, but she is a mother, and this must never be treated indifferently. The mother has said many things and acted many things that have alienated Walter Harper from her, and yet there is an error on both sides of the question.
(18LtMs, Lt 174a, 1903, 3)
Lt 175, 1903
Wessels, J. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 7, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Mr. J. J. Wessels My dear brother,—
Thank you for your letter. I have had so much writing to do, to meet the issues arising in various places, that till now I have not been able to write to you. I have received some very interesting letters from Australia. I shall send you copies of them, and hope that you will enjoy reading them as much as I did.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 1)
I was very glad to hear that your wife has a little daughter. I should very much like to visit Sister Wessels, but I have much writing to do, and I feel that my place is at home with my workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 2)
I am enjoying much of the blessing of the Lord. Lately I have been speaking often at the Sanitarium. The attendance is excellent. Every Sabbath some of the patients are present. My faith and love and hope strengthen every time I stand before the people. I know that the Lord helps and blesses me. As I speak, He instructs me, giving me new views of truth. I know and am assured that I am receiving grace for grace, and that as I feed others with the bread of life, I myself am fed.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 3)
I never stand before the people without receiving as I speak new and fresh ideas. Souls seem to me very, very precious, and I try my best to show them the value of the truth. God spared not His own Son, but freely delivered Him up for us all, and He cannot do otherwise than give all heaven with Christ. He freely bestows on His workers the facilities of heaven. His divine power has given unto us “all things that pertain unto life and godliness.” [2 Peter 1:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 4)
How does Christ look upon the members of His church on this earth? They are His, bought with a price. He has ascended to heaven, to stand before the Father as their advocate, to represent every one who receives Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 5)
“Little children,” He said to the disciples just before He left them, “yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek Me; and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another.... By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:33-35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 6)
Let every church member study these words and then ask himself if he is practicing them. Are we revealing that love for one another which shows the world that God did indeed send His Son to save sinners?
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 7)
Why did Christ say, “A new commandment I give unto you”? [Verse 34.] Because in the suffering and death just before Him, the disciples were to see how much He loved them and how much He expected them to love one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 8)
Shall we not appreciate what Christ has done for us? Shall we not show the world that we love one another? Shall we not reveal in our lives the meaning of truth and faith and righteousness? Then many will be converted because of the wonderful working of God upon human hearts. Selfishness will die, and Christlikeness will take possession of human beings.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 9)
Christ came to this world to stand at the head of human beings, to pass over the ground where Adam stumbled and fell. After His baptism, He was led into the wilderness to be tempted. Here, for forty days, He fasted and prayed. Here the enemy came to Him with strong temptations, hoping that he could overcome Him. He was confident that he could gain the victory over Christ, who, because of His long fast, was weak and emaciated. But not in a single point did he gain an advantage over the Redeemer. Christ resisted every temptation, and Satan left the field, a defeated foe.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 10)
Temptations come to us, but we need not be overcome; for Christ has conquered in our behalf. In His strength we can successfully resist every assault of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 11)
Christ was crucified, but He rose from the grave, and over the rent sepulcher of Joseph proclaimed, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] For forty days after His resurrection, He remained with His disciples. Just before He left them, to return to His Father as their mediator and intercessor, He said to them, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 12)
“Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you; and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up, and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, Why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven.” [Acts 1:8-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 13)
Christ has tasted death for every man. All who will may eat of the living bread that came down from heaven. Oh my brother, I pray that you may become so closely united to Christ that you will be changed into His image. I think much of you and of the other members of your family. If it were not for my age and my infirmities, I should be much pleased to pay you a visit. I pray that every member of the Wessels family may become a child of God. Jesus has bought them all with His blood. He is waiting to receive them to Himself. He is longing to see them living in this world lives that will gain for them admittance into the courts above as members of the royal family. I pray that they may all be led to see the necessity of preparing for the future immortal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 14)
We cannot afford to live as if Christ had not given His life to save us from eternal death. We cannot afford to have no personal experience in the things of God. Will you not ask Henry’s wife, for me, to give up her life of foolishness and worldliness? Should Christ come now and find her as she is, self-indulgent and indifferent to eternal interests, how could she hope to be saved? Henry and his wife have both been presented before me. Both are accounted as worldlings. Should Christ come, and find them as they are, He could not give them a place among the redeemed. He cannot save those who, having had the light, turn from it to live a worldly, pleasure-loving, sinful life. All such must be numbered with the transgressors.
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 15)
Will it pay? I ask. Will it pay? “What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?” [Mark 8:36.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 16)
May the Lord strengthen and bless and teach you, my brother. It is in your power to exert an influence for good over your brothers and sisters. You may, while in Africa, obtain a precious experience in the knowledge of God and of Christ. Set your brothers and sisters a true example. Remember that their souls cost the life of Christ. Will you not try to help them to gain eternal life?
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 17)
We are living in the close of this earth’s history, and to us comes the message:
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 18)
“The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for these things, be diligent, that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless.... Seeing that ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 3:10-14, 17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 175, 1903, 19)
Lt 176, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 9, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 387-388; LS 411-412; PM 280-281. + H. W. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I wish to ask you if you can lend me two thousand dollars for one year. I have been obliged to pay back a loan that I did not think I should have to pay for some time. For several months I have received very little from the sale of my books, with the exception of one hundred and seventy-five dollars from Australia. I have not money with which to meet my current expenses. My workers have not been paid for some time. Sara had a little in the bank, and this she drew out and used to meet bills for me.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 1)
I need means now to use in getting out important books. Can you lend me two thousand dollars? If you can, I shall be greatly relieved, and very thankful. I do not know of any one else on whom I can call for money.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 2)
My health is good, and I am able to do much writing. I thank the Lord for this. I have decided not to attend so many camp-meetings, but to give my time to my writing. Brother Osborne, a teacher in Healdsburg College, has written asking me to attend the Teachers’ Institute, soon to be held there, and speak to the teachers. But I shall have to refuse. I must be at home with my workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 3)
I greatly desire to write on the life of Solomon and on the history following his reign. And I desire, too, to write on the life of Paul and his work in connection with the other apostles. At times the thought of this neglected work keeps me awake at night. The writing that I desire to do on my books is greatly hindered because I am obliged to write many letters to those who are endeavoring to establish the work on a right basis and many letters to those in despondency and sorrow. Then, too, I have to spend much time in contradicting fabulous reports.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 4)
For instance: After the General Conference held this year in Oakland, the report was circulated that Sister White had taken her stand against Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland. These reports came to Sister Magan at a time when she was in a worn-out condition. She worried about them, and as a result, her mind became unbalanced, and she has been out of her mind for some time.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 5)
Oh, how cruel the work of those who have imagined that I had said something against Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland, and then circulated their own sentiments as coming from me. They are guilty in the sight of the Lord of great sin. They have spoken against Christ in the person of His saints. Their tongue-persecution is the enemy’s work. It has hindered the efforts of one who has tried to do all that he could to advance the cause of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 6)
I have never said anything disparaging about Brother Magan or Brother Sutherland. In one talk, given before a few in the Pacific Press chapel, I spoke of the good work that they had done, but said that they were working beyond their strength and were taxing their physical and mental powers too severely. I said that Brother Magan’s sickness was the result of overwork. I said that the Lord would send them helpers who could assist them, and that they must divide their work and rest when nature demanded rest.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 7)
I have always been shown that the work at Berrien Springs is a good work, acceptable in the sight of God, and that those in charge of it must be helped, not hindered.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 8)
Last night I received a letter saying that the report was being carried all over the East that New York is to be destroyed by a tidal wave, and that Sister White had said so. But I never said any such thing.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 9)
Some time ago Elder Luther Warren got out some very startling notices regarding the destruction of New York. I wrote immediately to the ones in charge of the work there saying that it was not wise to publish such notices, that thus an excitement might be aroused, which would result in a fanatical movement, hurting the cause of God. It is enough to present the truth of the Word of God to the people. Startling notices are detrimental to the progress of His work.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 10)
Now comes the word that I have declared that New York is to be swept away by a tidal wave. This I have never said. I have said, as I looked at the great buildings going up there, story after story, “What terrible scenes will take place when the Lord shall arise to shake terribly the earth. Then the words of (Revelation 18:1-3) will be fulfilled. The whole of the eighteenth chapter of Revelation is a warning of what is coming on the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 11)
But I have no light in particular in regard to what is coming on New York, only that I know that one day the great buildings there will be thrown down by the turning and overturning of God’s power. From the light given me, I know that destruction is in the world. One word from the Lord, one touch of His mighty power, and those massive structures will fall. Scenes will take place, the fearfulness of which we cannot imagine.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 12)
But I have sent cautions to the brethren working in New York, saying that these flaming, terrifying notices should not be published. When my brethren go to extremes, it reacts on me, and I have to bear the reproach of being called a false prophet.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 13)
Think you that if I had said that New York was to be destroyed by a tidal wave, I should have urged the purchase of property only sixty miles away from this city, as a sanitarium site, and a place from which New York could be worked?
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 14)
Who can question that we are living in perilous times? When Christ portrayed the destruction of Jerusalem, He looked down the ages and included in His description the still more awful destruction of the world. And He declares, “As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Matthew 24:37-39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 15)
The destroying angels are today executing their commission. Death will come in all places. This is why I am so anxious for our cities to be warned. There is a work to be done by canvassing in our cities that has not yet been done.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 16)
In His teaching Christ has given lessons of great value in regard to the last days. O that men and women would learn their danger before it is everlastingly too late.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 17)
The day of the Lord is coming as a thief, not on those who are spiritually awake, but on those who are half-asleep, listless and indifferent. The blessing of God rests on the workers who warn those that are unready to meet Him. Holiness is connected with mercy, as the effect is connected with its cause.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 18)
True believers are God’s workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works. This result is accomplished through the consecration of the whole being, body, soul, and spirit, to God. As man submits to the molding and fashioning of God, his life reveals good works. He works on the plan of addition, and God works for him on the plan of multiplication.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 19)
The truth fills the believing soul with overflowing gratitude and at the same time keeps him low in the deepest humiliation. Constantly the language of his heart is, “Not unto us, not unto us, but unto Thy name be the glory.” [Psalm 115:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 20)
If the churches continue in their present condition, they will be renounced by God. Now is our time to work, not under the great deceiver, but as a people who see their danger and make earnest work for repentance.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 21)
“These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God: I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 22)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:14-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 176, 1903, 23)
Lt 177, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 9, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 229; Ev 143. + My dear son Edson,—
It seems difficult to secure means just now. Sister Gotzain is in Portland, Oregon, and I hardly know who to ask for means. Brother Walter Harper suggested that he thought that perhaps I could borrow some money from Sister Stickney, or from her daughter, who married a man of some means. He died, leaving his money to his wife, and she carried on his business. I have written Sister Stickney a letter, asking her to lend me one thousand dollars. It will be some days before I can hear form her.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 1)
For six months I have received nothing from the sale of my books, with the exception of one hundred and seventy-five dollars from Australia. I keep hoping that some money will come soon. I have no money in the bank, and my expenses for the past few months have been heavy. I have had my double surrey painted. The carriage that father bought me, which I afterward sold to Dr. Kellogg, and which he sent back to me after we returned to this country, needs repairing. The man at the carriage shop says that the material in the carriage is excellent, much better than could be obtained now. The job will cost something. I should not have had it done had I known how short of means I would be. I hope that you will put your books on the market as soon as you can. I have much that I wish to publish. I have excellent help, but not a sufficient number of workers to enable me to do all that I desire.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 2)
August 8
I have every reason to be thankful to God for His great goodness and mercy. I am drawing near my seventy-sixth birthday, and I am still able to wait on myself. I am writing much and hope to leave things in good shape should my life end. My mind is clear, and the Lord instructs me, giving me light on Bible subjects. If He did not do this, I could do nothing.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 3)
Upon us there rests the solemn responsibility of presenting the truth to unbelievers in the most forcible manner. How careful we should be not to present the truth in a way that will drive men and women from it. Religious teachers stand where they can do great good or great evil. If every one will now awake to the responsibility resting on him and be determined not to place himself on the judgment seat to criticize and condemn others, but to go to work to preach the gospel as never before to those in darkness, many souls will be turned from iniquity to righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 4)
Faithful stewards are needed. God will work with every one who will be worked. The Holy Spirit will lead many souls to Christ. In His companionship they will be fitted for the courts above. Those who are laborers together with God will become wise in soul-saving. They will learn of the great Teacher, and while they are presenting Bible subjects to those they are trying to help, the grace of Christ will fill their hearts, and the Word of God will unfold before them. While they are sounding the call, “Let him that is athirst come; and whosoever will, let him take of the water of life freely,” their own thirst will be quenched. [Revelation 22:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 5)
All need now to be faithful with God, gathering up the fragments, that nothing be lost. He calls for diligent, faithful service. There must be no lack of economy; every penny should be carefully treasured. We are to remember the lesson that Christ gave to His disciples after He had fed the multitude with five loaves and two fishes. Every one had been satisfied, and then Christ said to the disciples, “Gather up the fragments; that nothing be lost.” [John 6:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 6)
We are to receive truth from Christ and impart it to the people. Infidelity and all kinds of wickedness are rapidly increasing, and the zeal and earnestness of God’s servants are to increase proportionately. They are faithfully to bring into His treasury their tithes and offerings. When they fail to do this, they rob God of that which He designs should be used to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth. If we withhold from God our service of love, we leave sinners unwarned.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 7)
The Lord calls upon us to come to the banquet of truth and then go out into the highways and hedges and compel souls to come in by presenting the great and wonderful offering that Christ has made to the world. We are to present the truth in the way that Christ told His disciples to present it—in simplicity and love.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 8)
Yesterday for the first time I rode to Yountville and spoke to the soldiers in the Veteran’s Home. We had an excellent meeting. All present listened with attention to what I said. I will send you a copy of what I have written about the work at Yountville.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 9)
I have written to H. W. Kellogg, asking him to lend me two thousand dollars. I will send you a copy of my letter to him. I want money very much, and I hope that Brother Kellogg will be able to let me have some.
(18LtMs, Lt 177, 1903, 10)
Lt 178, 1903
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in LLM 62-63. + Elder A. T. Jones My dear Brother,—
I am very much burdened over the fact that, notwithstanding the light you have received through the testimonies, you should accept from the lips of any human being presentations that would lead you to unite with others in sanctioning and planning for the building up of an educational institution in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 1)
A school such as has been planned for should be in some place where the students would not be closely associated with the large numbers who are expected to patronize the Sanitarium at Battle Creek. It is not wise to plan to maintain such a school in a place where a worldly element prevails to so great an extent as to counterwork that which the Lord has outlined should be done for our youth in our educational institutions. So many youth should not be brought together in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 2)
The Lord presented to us the reasons for removing the college from Battle Creek. This instruction should now be searched out and studied by those who are planning to organize another educational institution there. Let the light already given shine forth in its purity and beauty, that God’s name may be glorified.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 3)
The very same reasons that were given for the removal of the old Battle Creek College from Battle Creek should now lead our brethren to decide to train in other places the youth who now expect to prepare themselves for medical missionary work. Those who expect to become medical missionary workers must be thoroughly educated in Bible lines. They should have the very best spiritual advantages, in order that they may be fitted to teach and to train others.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 4)
My brother, I am surprised that you are found asleep on this point. I declare unto you, in the name of the Lord, that the arrangements being made for the training of medical missionaries in Battle Creek are not right. A great work is to be done in a short time, and God forbids that we should encourage so many of our youth to bind themselves up for three or four or six years of training before engaging in active work. Men and women should gain an education by working along practical lines in different places in accordance with the light that God has given and under the instruction of experienced leaders.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 5)
*****
During the rehearsal of the law, Moses outlines the specifications given by the Lord to Israel by the observance of which they were to be God’s peculiar people:
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 6)
“Hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish aught from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you. Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor: for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you unto this day. Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart form thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons.” [Deuteronomy 4:1-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 7)
“These are the commandments, the statutes, and the judgments, which the Lord your God commanded to teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go to possess it: that thou mightest fear the Lord thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son’s son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged.” [Deuteronomy 6:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 8)
“Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it; that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increase mightily, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey. Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might. And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart; and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates. And it shall be, when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee unto the land which He sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly cities, which thou buildedst not, and houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full; then beware lest thou forget the Lord, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage. Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and serve Him, and shalt swear by His name. Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the people which are round about you, (for the Lord thy God is a jealous God among you;) lest the anger of the Lord thy God be kindled against thee, and destroy thee from off the face of the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 9)
“Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God as ye tempted Him in Massah. Ye shall diligently keep the commandments of the Lord your God, and His testimonies, and His statutes, which He hath commanded thee. And thou shalt do that which is right and good in the sight of the Lord; that it may be well with thee, and that thou mayest go in and possess the good land which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, to cast out all thine enemies from before thee, as the Lord hath spoken. And when thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying, What mean the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which the Lord our God hath commanded you? Then thou shalt say unto thy son, We were Pharaoh’s bondmen in Egypt; and the Lord brought us out of Egypt with a mighty hand: and the Lord showed signs and wonders, great and sore, upon Egypt, upon Pharaoh, and upon all his household, before our eyes: and He brought us out from thence, that He might bring us in, to give us the land which He sware unto our fathers. And the Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the Lord our God, for our good always, that He might preserve us alive, as it is at this day. And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the Lord our God, as He hath commanded us.” [Verses 3-25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 10)
“Thou art a holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. (We would do well to remember this distinction.) The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations.” [Deuteronomy 7:6-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 11)
Shall we not consider these Scriptures? We are on probation. In all dispensations, the one great object of God has been to test and try the men and women whom He has created and lead them to understand His purpose concerning them.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 12)
Circumstances that perplex us the Lord does not prevent from occurring. The enemy designs to set in operation those things that will discourage the tempted ones and lead them to be presumptuous. But if the one who is beset by the enemy simply puts his trust in the Lord, he will not be overcome. If under trial he manifests his natural traits, there is a work that he must do, a work of humbling himself and of seeking God’s grace most earnestly. Under no circumstances should he become discouraged.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 13)
The Lord never sends trials because He delights to harass His children, but because He desires to arouse His chosen ones to a realization of the imperative necessities of their situation. He says, “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” But mark the next statement. You are not to work out your salvation by your own power; “for it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] Every one is to work with fear and trembling, lest he should depart from the expressed will of his heavenly Father. Such fear is the fear of the Lord, which is the beginning of wisdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 14)
The Lord takes no delight in seeing His people in perplexity and despondency. He desires to see the principles of truth and righteousness quell all rebellion of the soul against God. He delights in His people. When they depend more on their finite capabilities than on Him, for their own good He permits circumstances to occur that will lead them to seek Him, to feel their dependence on Him, and to draw nigh to Him, that He may draw nigh to them and endow them with His own attributes, which will fit them for entrance into heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 15)
While living on this earth, we may be united with divinity and be taught of God. He delights to enlighten the understanding of those who come to Him in their weakness and manifest their dependence upon Him for strength. The Holy Spirit is the efficiency for every one. By this agency God helps every person who will be worked and molded in accordance with the divine likeness. He whose perceptive faculties are quickened as the result of this fashioning process can say, “Goodness and mercy have followed me all the days of my life.” [Psalm 23:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 16)
This, then, is the blessing of trial—that all who are tried may feel their dependence upon God and express their gratitude of heart for His blessings by acknowledging Him in thank and praise offerings.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 17)
The Lord desires to manifest Himself to His people; but frequently all His blessings and special manifestations are appropriated as something that is no more than what should be expected of Him. Failing to place their trust in Him, many become proud and self-dependent. Thus the threads of vanity are woven into the fabric of all their work, and the enemy gains vantage ground. Through the influence of human instrumentalities he draws the mind from God and glorifies the human agent. Thus deceived, heeding not the cautions God has given, buoyed up with self-confidence, man goes forward to his sure ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 18)
The power to get wealth is a gift from God. Every jot and tittle of the praise given to any man because of the success he has attained is dangerous. God manifests His power by co-operating with human agents in positions of sacred trust. Man is wholly dependent on God for wisdom and tact and should give to his Creator all the praise due to His holy name for entrusted gifts. Every talent is to be employed in the work of promoting God’s cause of uplifting the standard of truth in new territory. The work established in new places will result in the increase of entrusted talents. The talent of influence, consecrated to the Master’s service, will greatly increase in power as it is put out to the exchangers and wisely used.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 19)
The great promises, so full and complete, which God made to Israel, were always given on condition of obedience to His laws and statutes. He will not work with those who are disobedient. Through Moses, He cautioned them fully on this point:
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 20)
“Beware that thou forget not the Lord thy God,” Moses said, “in not keeping His commandments, and His judgments and His statutes, which I command thee this day: lest when thou hast eaten and art full, and hast built goodly houses, and dwelt therein; and when thy herds and thy flocks multiply, and thy silver and thy gold is multiplied, and all that thou hast is multiplied; then thine heart be lifted up, and thou forget the Lord thy God, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, and from the house of bondage; who led thee through that great and terrible wilderness, wherein were fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water; who brought thee forth water out of the rock of flint; who fed thee in the wilderness with manna, which thy fathers knew not, that He might humble thee, and that He might prove thee, to do thee good at thy latter end: and thou say in thine heart, My power and the might of mine hand hath gotten me this wealth. But thou shalt remember the Lord thy God: for it is He that giveth thee power to get wealth, that He may establish His covenant which He sware unto thy fathers, as it is this day. And it shall be, if thou do at all forget the Lord thy God, and walk after other gods, and serve them, and worship them, I testify against you this day that ye shall surely perish. As the nations which the Lord destroyeth before your face, so shall ye perish; because ye would not be obedient unto the voice of the Lord your God.” [Deuteronomy 8:11-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 21)
Many are the evidences that the Lord has given that His people are to Him a precious treasure. By humble, earnest persevering faith and obedience, man reveals that his heart is filled with the abounding grace of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 22)
The words of truth and righteousness, as revealed in the Scriptures, will be the power of God’s people. The ten commandments express His will and are a transcript of His character. It is His will that there should be especially set apart an order of men to minister for Him, to conduct sacred services, to speak His words, to reveal His will, in simple and plain language setting before all whom they meet the principles that God has graciously revealed to enlighten our understanding in regard to the motives prompting Him to urge us to be obedient. The fear and the love of God will lead men cheerfully and heartily to obey Him, not only to promote His glory, but to attain that which is for their own highest good—harmony with heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 178, 1903, 23)
Lt 179, 1903
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 2, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Elder A. T. Jones My dear brother,—
I have a caution for you. You must be guarded. From the light that the Lord has given me, I know that you are in danger of encouraging plans that ought not to be encouraged. Intimations have come to me that you and Brother Magan are in favor of the plan to establish a school in Battle Creek. I lift the danger signal. My brother, the Lord plainly called the school out of Battle Creek, and it is not wise to build up a college there and call people back again.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 1)
Brother Jones, unless you move under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, you will counterwork the work that the Lord is doing. Be careful not to make wrong moves. For Christ’s sake do not lend your influence to the building up of anything like a college in Battle Creek. This should not be done, under any consideration. Even though there are school buildings there, this is not a sufficient reason why a college should be established there.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 2)
When God presented the objections to building up institutions in Battle Creek, and said that plants should be made in many places, He meant just what He said. The large patronage of the Sanitarium is no sign that it is where it should be. Even though it had one hundred thousand patients, this would be no evidence in its favor. It is God with whom we have to deal, and we are not to move in accordance with human policy or with man’s shortsighted vision. God means what He has said, and to establish in Battle Creek something that would draw our youth there, and that would give the families already there an excuse for staying, would be to work contrary to the light He has given.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 3)
Had Dr. Kellogg been humbly following the light given him by God, the new Sanitarium would have been established in some other place, even though apparently strong reasons called for its establishment in Battle Creek. Our forces should be scattered. The light that God has given me is that had the new Sanitarium been established in Washington, a light would have shone forth that would have influenced those who have to do with the making of the nation’s laws.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 4)
In language too plain to be misunderstood, the Lord has spoken to our people, telling them to get out of Battle Creek. Many of the Seventh-day Adventist families settled in Battle Creek should move away from there, breaking up their old association as fast as possible. Let them go out into places where the truth has not yet been proclaimed, as the Lord has been calling upon them to do for more than twenty years.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 5)
As those who have been in Battle Creek sell out, and move into other places, they should not make it their first study to settle where they will have the greatest financial advantage. Let those who are tempted to do this think of what came to Lot as a result of his choice for a home in the fertile plains of Sodom. By this choice he lost his wife, his married children, his riches, and had to flee for his life.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 6)
The Lord sent Abraham out into a country that he knew not. He established him in a place where he could be an influence for good. We are the Lord’s property, and we must do His work faithfully and intelligently. The end of all things is at hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 179, 1903, 7)
Lt 180, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 5 [?], 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 313; LLM 73. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I have received your letter and the telegram that was sent in regard to the unity that had come into the council meeting at Battle Creek. I know that heaven will rejoice to see these first steps taken.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 1)
I should have answered your letter before; but for some time I have been unable to use my eyes much. I have kept pleading with the great Physician to preserve my eyesight, and I certainly feel His restoring power upon brain and eyes.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 2)
I have not been as well as usual since the Conference. Your case causes me great sadness. I fear that you will not make diligent, earnest work for repentance. Even now I see that what you have done bears the mark of imperfection. I have longed and prayed that you might see your peril. The Lord calls upon you to make decided changes, else His Spirit will depart from you, and you will become more and more unlike Him in disposition and character.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 3)
Those who profess to be medical missionaries are to be consecrated men, working for the best interests of the world, yet not ensnared by the wiles of the world. The Lord desires you to be a vessel unto honor. But in your work in the past there has been too much of an element that is merely human. You have brought so much of self into your plans that the principles of God’s Word are ignored. Instead of pressing forward so earnestly into forbidden paths, will you not unreservedly open your mind and heart to the working of the Spirit of God? If you would do this, your influence for good would be greatly strengthened.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 4)
My brother, no longer grieve the Spirit of God by a deficient consecration. I have been shown how, since the Conference held in Battle Creek in 1901, you have devised and planned without the Lord to plan with you. Many words have fallen from your lips that have left upon the minds of worldlings impressions that have strengthened wrong sentiments. Your statements have misled them in regard to the standing of our people.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 5)
The religion of Christ, brought into the every-day life, would have led you over a path very different from the path over which you have traveled. You say many things that are neither true nor just, and into your words you put vim and assurance to make yourself believe that you are pursuing a righteous course. But the Lord declares of you, “Thou art weighed in the balances, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 6)
I have been afraid that I should not have the strength to write to you thus plainly, for to do it takes hold of every fiber of my being. It is indeed as if I were writing to my own son.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 7)
Last night, after going to rest, I wrestled in earnest prayer for you until eleven o’clock. Then I slept until three. I then rose and dressed and continued my prayer that God would draw back the curtain and let you see where you stand. I have felt that it was of little use for me to write more to you; for the many letters that I have written do not seem to have that [effect] which I so much hoped they would accomplish. And yet my burden does not leave me, because you cannot see yourself as God sees you.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 8)
The words “Thou hast left thy first love” describe your condition. [Revelation 2:4.] God calls upon you to repent, else He will come to you quickly and will remove the candlestick out of its place. You need the ministry of the great Physician to cure you of the disease which, unless cured, will result in spiritual blindness. Let the Spirit of God come in and take possession of your heart, purifying the soul temple. God wants you to let your heart break before Him. He wants you to confess and forsake your besetting sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 9)
I am praying for you. You are doing many things that are commended by God, but there is a work that must be done for your own heart. The enemy claims you as his. Will it be always thus, or will you come to your senses and break with the enemy?
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 10)
Will you not allow the Spirit of God to do its perfect work upon mind and heart? Will this lessen your zeal and earnestness or detract from your skill and understanding? No, no! Christ is knocking at the door of your heart. Will you not open the door and let Him in? Will you not let it be seen that the Holy Spirit is molding and fashioning you?
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 11)
Do not let this opportunity pass unimproved. You stand directly in the way of the salvation of your own soul and of the salvation of many other souls. Will you not drop into line and follow where Christ leads the way? All that Christ does is well done, and if you will surrender yourself wholly to Him, He will make you a vessel unto honor.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 12)
You need the grace of Christ—the grace that is revealed in meekness and contrition. When you receive this grace, you will surely bear witness that the power of Christ has brought salvation to your soul. A sanctification that is divinely real and genuine will shine forth in your life to the honor and glory of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 13)
I must speak the truth regarding your utter inability to carry the responsibilities that you are continually reaching forth your hand to grasp. The enemy would be pleased to keep you engaged in the various lines of less essential work which you have taken up and are carrying forward under the name of medical missionary—a name that means much.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 14)
God desires you to be all that is true and noble. Draw nigh to Him and He will draw nigh to you. The Lord is in earnest with you. For your soul’s sake plead with God in secret prayer, knowing that He is acquainted with your every thought and motive. Bow before Him in public, and plead for yourself and for your fellow men. Let all see that you are in earnest; that you are determined to act your part in harmony with your own prayers.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 15)
I am deeply in earnest as I write to you, because I know, from the representation that God has given me, that your spiritual condition is as I have portrayed it to you. You have taken one step to clear your soul. Do not stop here. Do not neglect to take the other steps that you must take in order to be right with God. I entreat you to obtain the divine nature while you can. Seek the Lord diligently while He may be found, call upon Him while He is near. Then you will be a happy man.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 16)
“Of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto you wisdom and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.” [1 Corinthians 1:30.] These words portray a progressive work. But you do not continue to progress. You take a few steps, and then you magnify yourself. It is your privilege to come out of the darkness into the most intimate relationship with Christ Jesus. “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 17)
My brother, I am drawn out to write to you the words that I spoke last night when in the night visions I was talking with you. Ever cherish the conviction that your work from first to last must be of God. Every moment you must feel your dependence upon Him who can do for you that which is necessary in order that you shall be strengthened to work out His purposes.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 18)
We all need to draw nearer and nearer to God, with full assurance of faith, knowing that if we believe Him, He will give us power to be children of His. We are to seek Him in private prayer and in the public assembly, when we meet with His people to worship Him. We are to hunger and thirst for the bread of life and the water of salvation. When we cast our helpless souls upon Him, we shall receive grace sufficient for our needs.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 19)
It is not at all fitting for us to lift up our hearts in pride and self-complacency, pointing to our good works. By their fruits ye shall know them. Let our full hearts speak forth the praise of God for His goodness to us and for the talents He has entrusted to us. Let us ascribe to Him the glory for the good we are enabled to accomplish. Then the conversion of souls will bear witness to the genuineness of our work. All dissension will be put away, and the truth will dwell in the heart richly. We shall be channels through whom the Lord can work for the glory of His name.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 20)
The following words outline true gospel missionary work—the work in which all will engage who are truly converted:
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 21)
“Our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake. And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost: so that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia. For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak anything. For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God; and to wait for His Son from heaven, whom He raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come.” [1 Thessalonians 1:5-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 22)
Paul continues: “For yourselves, brethren, know our entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain; but even after that we had suffered before, and been shamefully treated, as ye know at Philippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of our God with much contention. For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile, but as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak; not as pleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts. For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloak of covetousness; God is witness; nor of men sought we glory, neither of you, nor yet of others, when we might have been burdensome, as the apostles of Christ. But we were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: so being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us.... For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing? Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming? For ye are our glory and joy.” [1 Thessalonians 2:1-8, 19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 23)
Do these plain statements mean anything to us? Do we really believe the words of the apostle? Do we take the Word, “It is written,” as our guide? No one need follow crooked paths; for God’s Word plainly points out the right path. We have no excuse to do blundering work; for bright light shines forth at every step to lighten our way.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 24)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul: the testimony of the Lord is sure, making wise the simple. The statutes of the Lord are right, rejoicing the heart: the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes. The fear of the Lord is clean, enduring forever: the judgments of the Lord are true and righteous altogether. More to be desired are they than gold, yea, than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb. Moreover by them is Thy servant warned, and in keeping of them there is great reward.” [Psalm 19:7-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 25)
“Keep back Thy servant also from presumptuous sins; let them not have dominion over me: then shall I be upright, and I shall be innocent of the great transgression. Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart, be acceptable in Thy sight, O Lord, My strength, and My Redeemer.” [Verses 13, 14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 26)
He who offers such a prayer as this, and then acts in harmony with his prayer, saying, “Here I am, Lord, waiting in sincere, earnest consecration to answer my own prayer by co-operating with Thee,” places himself where God can work through him.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 27)
March 8
My health is improving, and I hope soon to be able to write as I have in the past. But the words I long to hear from you I do not hear. In the night season I was in a council meeting. Unhappy differences existed among those present. Words were spoken by our Instructor, a few of which I am at liberty to transcribe. I dare not place on paper all that was said, lest some should interpret the words written in accordance with their own unsanctified desires.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 28)
To the anxious inquiry “What must I do to be saved?” the answer comes, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind.” Thus answered the lawyer when, in reply to his inquiry, Christ said, “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” [Acts 16:30; Luke 10:25-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 29)
The lawyer came to catechize Christ, and before the whole multitude Christ talked to him as to a lawyer—one familiar with the law—and showed him that if he would practice the principles of His law, he would secure the highest good in this world and in the world to come life everlasting.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 30)
“What is written in the law?” [Verse 26.] Do we read the Word of God with a firm determination to obey its precepts? Eternal life is the reward of obedience. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Christ came to this world and lived for us a life of obedience to God’s law, that we might obey and be saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 31)
To show supreme love for God, and unselfish love for one another—this is our whole duty. The doing of this demands that the powers of heart, mind, soul, and strength be devoted to the service of God. It calls into active exercise the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. We are safe only when the heart is filled with love for God, when the whole being is permeated with love for God. Thus we are bound up with Him who so loved us that He gave His only begotten Son to die for us.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 32)
All our capabilities and powers belong to God. By the sacrifice of His Son He has purchased them. This lays us under obligation to serve God in the way that He has laid down in His Word. But before we can do this, we must take Christ’s yoke. We are not to place ourselves under yokes of human manufacture, and, as we love our neighbors as we love ourselves, we are to break the yokes placed on their necks.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 33)
Man is to place himself under the mastery of principles that are born of God. He is to place himself, a living sacrifice, on the altar of service. If he will take upon him Christ’s yoke, the chains of his slavery to sin will be broken. He will no longer be a slave to the dictates of an unsanctified human will.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 34)
“Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me,” and by your obedience to the principles of God’s law you will find rest to your souls. [Matthew 11:29.] Obedience to God’s law causes a boundless gratitude to spring up in the heart—a gratitude that never fails while the human agent continues to obey. The world has lost the man who wears Christ’s yoke. While he is thus united to Christ, he cannot bind up with earthly unions. He cannot bind himself to man’s service; for he is Christ’s. As he thinks of what heaven has done for him, his heart is stirred with boundless love and adoring gratitude. He is under the control of the supreme influence exerted by the gospel over the one who realizes the value that God has placed on him. He has been born again, and has been given a new heart. He realizes the responsibility resting upon him. Christ has linked him to Himself. He has seen Christ as God manifest in the flesh, and the wonderful sight has been so deeply impressed in his mind that it cannot be effaced. He moves in a region of which Christ is the center of attraction. Willingly he subjects himself to the authority of Christ, and the Saviour exerts over him a transforming influence. The Spirit takes of the things of Christ and shows them to him, illuminating his life. He is a new creature in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 35)
Our love for Christ must be earnest, sincere, fervent, a love stronger than death. Every truly converted soul is bound up with Christ in God. His character, through the power of the Holy Spirit, is to be a reproduction of the character of Christ. When he is tempted to yield his influence to any other claimant but Christ, he will say, “I am not my own; I have been bought with a price. I cannot follow my own inclinations; for I belong to Christ. My life is bound up with His. With all the power of my being I am to serve Him.”
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 36)
We have been bought with a price, and we are to live for God. We are not to bind ourselves to serve for a certain length of time in any one place, because we may be called at any moment, as was Matthew, to change our place of labor. And when Christ comes to us, saying, “Follow Me,” we are never to hesitate, but gladly and willingly do His bidding.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 37)
*****
The foregoing is a portion of the instruction given us in the council meeting to which I have referred. There is much more that I must write when the Spirit of God impresses my mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 180, 1903, 38)
Lt 181, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 4BC 1144; LLM 62; 5Bio 270. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear brother,—
I am carrying a heavy burden. I have been instructed that a superficial work, which God cannot accept, is being done. I am made exceedingly sad as I see that the work which ought to go deep and thorough is passed over lightly.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 1)
After I received word in regard to the excellent meeting of confession and unity that had been held in Battle Creek, I was writing in my diary and was about to record the thankfulness I felt because a change had come, when my hand was arrested, and there came to me the words: “Write it not. No change for the better has taken place. The Doctor is ensnared in a net of specious deception. He is presenting as of great worth things that are turning souls from the truth into bye and forbidden paths; things that lead human agents to act in harmony with their own inclinations, and to work out their unsanctified purposes; things that result in destroying the dignity and power of God’s people, obscuring the light that would otherwise come to them from God through His appointed agencies.”
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 2)
Your case, my brother John, weighs heavily on my soul. You are presented to me as one who has been making strange paths for his feet, exerting an influence that leads others out of the right way. I beg of you, my brother, to look away from yourself to the Lord Jesus Christ. God calls upon you to serve Him with an undivided heart. Heaven is worth everything to you. If you lose heaven, you will lose all.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 3)
I am instructed to say to you, You know not your danger. You must humble your heart before God. Your first work is to be truly converted. “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.”“This do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:27, 28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 4)
You have certainly made strange paths for your feet and for the feet of those who have followed your example. You cannot afford to do this longer; for your soul is in danger. I entreat you to study the Word, “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] It is your privilege to co-operate with God in your character building.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 5)
Satan has been trying to enroll you under his banner, and you have been standing in such nearness to him that he claims you as his. And all the good things you do make him the more pleased, because in some things you are deceived and are deceiving others. The tree bears its foliage, but the fruit is not what God desires it to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 6)
My desire for you is to see you standing where you bear evidence that you are led by the Lord, in unity with God and your brethren. When your life bears this evidence, there will be a proper binding off of the work that has been begun. But you need to make a different showing in spiritual things. I entreat you, for your soul’s sake, to heed the invitation to the marriage supper of the Lamb. If you should come to this supper as you now are, the question would be asked you, “Friend, how camest thou in hither, not having on the wedding garment?” [Matthew 22:12.] I want you to put on the white robe of Christ’s righteousness. At present, you have it not on.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 7)
Your devisings and your plans need to be closely criticized, not passed over as something that no one has a right to mention. I ask you in the name of the Lord to give more earnest consideration to your eternal interests. I long to see you standing and working just where God desires you to stand and work, having on the whole armor of righteousness. God will work with you if you will work with Him. But He will not endorse the plans by which your work is at present framed and according to which you wish to carry it forward in the future.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 8)
My heart aches because, on account of the words of encouragement spoken to you at the time of the Conference of 1901, you have taken a position that has dishonored your Redeemer. You have continued to try to bind our medical institutions in a confederacy, according to your way, notwithstanding the many warnings given you that this should not be done. Who authorized you to lay these plans, to try in one way, and then in another way, and then in still another way, to bring about this confederacy? The sanitariums established are not yours; they are the Lord’s, and yet you desire to bring them under your control.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 9)
Dr. Kellogg, you have woven so much of yourself into some lines of the medical missionary work that it is sick and needs the care of the great Physician. Could you see yourself as the Lord sees you, you would see that self-denial and genuine humility are the first requisites for the success of your work. All this has been presented before you in clear, decided lines, and just as decidedly and clearly you need to understand that you are to follow where Christ leads the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 10)
God has sent you the warning that you need a better righteousness than your own standard of principle. I speak to you as one who is deeply in earnest. Rest not; let not this time pass by without taking the steps that you need to take in returning to the Lord with all your heart. You need not be deceived. Do not confer with yourself, but for Christ’s sake heed the warnings that have been given you. The Lord calls upon those who name His name to give Him all that there is of them.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 11)
Deal practically with yourself. Become conscious of your inability to fathom God. In deep humility and with a contrite heart work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. God is in earnest with you.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 12)
The real end of the gospel is to develop in human beings supreme, sanctified love for God and unselfish love for one another. This love is not a fitful impulse; it is not merely the exercise of benevolence, of philanthropy; it is the fruit of a heart purified from all defilement.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 13)
The gospel was made known by God to raise human beings from sin to righteousness. He who receives the gospel constantly reaches out for the divine, perseveringly taking hold of the strength of the Saviour. His heart is an abiding place for the Holy Spirit. Day by day he shows forth the praises of Him who has called him out of darkness into His marvelous light.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 14)
Does not this help you to see the full significance of being a gospel medical missionary? Every one who bears the name of medical missionary is to work as Christ worked. The love of Christ in his heart is to make him an example to others. He is to serve the Lord with all humility of mind, doing his appointed work, to accomplish not his own ends, but God’s purposes.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 15)
God’s sons and daughters will find their highest joy in service. “I am among you as one that serveth,” Christ said. [Luke 22:27.] Christians are to give those with whom they are brought in contact a correct conception of His love, His kindness, His self-denial, and the greatness of His mission.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 16)
We are never called upon to make any real sacrifice for God. There are many things that He asks us to yield to Him, but in doing this, we are but giving up that which He sees is hindering us in the heavenward way. He asks us to lay down our worries in order to receive something very much better. Even when we are called upon to surrender those things which in themselves are good, we may be sure that thus God is working out for us some higher good. “Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen; for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal.” [2 Corinthians 4:17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 17)
I wish you could see how many things are grasped by the human mind that are not of the least advantage. We should bring to the foundation only that which is represented by gold, silver, and precious stones. But many bring worthless material, which, because it is not of the least value, must at last be consumed. Men and women spend time and money and strength in bringing to the foundation this worthless material, holding it fast, as if they feared they might lose it. But in the fires of the last day it will be consumed, and if they themselves are saved, it will be “as by fire.” [1 Corinthians 3:15.] How foolish is their wisdom! How useless their struggle to hold fast that which is worthless! How much wiser to have let it go and put their capabilities to a higher, nobler use, grasping fewer responsibilities and taking time to prove themselves, to weigh their motives, to see whether they are indeed in possession of the love of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 18)
It may be that the one who has spent his life in bringing to the foundation this worthless material will lose his life. In pressing on in his own way, obeying his own will, he did not see that he was losing eternity out of his reckoning.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 19)
The Lord wants human beings to take time to rest, time to think of and appreciate heavenly things. Those who do not value the things of heaven sufficiently to give time to them will at last lose all.
(18LtMs, Lt 181, 1903, 20)
Lt 182, 1903
Belden, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 13, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 173. F. E. Belden My dear nephew,—
I am sending you a copy of a letter I wrote last March, but which was not sent.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 1)
I am well aware of the conditions existing in both the Review and Herald Publishing Company and the Sanitarium. I have received instruction as to why these large buildings were destroyed by fire. I am sure that unless the management of these institutions is conducted more after God’s order, there will be further revelations of God’s displeasure. I have one more testimony for the Sanitarium that I thought had been sent. But unless the Lord gives me a decided message, I shall have nothing further to say to those connected with these institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 2)
The Lord has condemned many things in connection with the Sanitarium and the Review and Herald. I have been given most decided testimonies for both these institutions, and I have been distressed because they seem to have accomplished so little. Those to whom they have been sent do not believe the messages. They do not see the need of the reformations for which God calls. If men had their way, they would pervert the meaning of the destruction of these institutions. But it will be best for all to heed the words of God. He will not change in order to come into harmony with the opinions of men.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 3)
There may seem to be just as much evidence as has ever been seen of the prosperity of the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. But even though thousands of people should patronize the institution, and though some should be converted, this would be no evidence that the will of the Lord has been done in its re-establishment in that place. Worldly patronage will not make the institution a success.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 4)
“Your glorying is not good. Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump? Purge out therefore the old leaves, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our Passover is sacrificed for us: therefore let us keep the feast, not with the old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness, but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.” [1 Corinthians 5:6-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 5)
There are many who might do much good if self were not interwoven with their work. We are painfully shocked as we see a world lying in wickedness. If those to whom God has entrusted precious talents had been true to Him, if they had allowed self to be hid with Christ in God, there would now be memorials in every city in America. And the Southern field would have received its proportion of means and laborers.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 6)
The unwillingness to make restitution for the robbery of the past years, and to redeem the time, or to reveal the evidences of a new heart, places many of our brethren where their work is not acceptable to God. The work of repentance and conversion of heart and mind has not been effected. God’s perfect will has not been met in their lives.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 7)
In my diary, I have a written history of the work of unconsecrated minds in the Review and Herald office. I know of the wicked course pursued in suppressing Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy, at the time when these books should have been widely circulated, and putting Bible Readings into the field. In this transaction the pattern of self was drawn by the men who had control of this work. I am authorized to say that if Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets had been circulated as widely as Bible Readings was circulated, so many people would not have taken their stand on the wrong side of the Sunday question at the time when this question was agitated.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 8)
The books that should have been circulated at that time were withheld from the canvassers. Had right steps been taken, the canvassing work would have occupied a place of honor. But the large profit from the sale of this cheap book so inflated the canvassers and the managers of the Review and Herald that they lost their spiritual perception and were unable to reason from cause to effect. For every dollar that was taken in by selfish scheming, there has now been a loss of many dollars.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 9)
For the evil course taken in suppressing the sale of these books that should have been put into wide circulation, you and Captain Eldridge must largely answer.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 10)
Your voice was first in advocating the proposition to pay higher wages to the workers in the Review and Herald office. This suggestion should never have seen the light of day.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 11)
These two evils—the perversion of the canvassing work, and the increase of wages—were an evil leaven that leavened the whole lump. Elder Olsen did not stand stiffly for the truth, refusing to receive the evil leaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 12)
Notwithstanding the many testimonies sent to the leaders of the General Conference and of the Review and Herald, no reforms were seen among them. Wickedness and unfair dealing were still carried on. I am instructed to tell you that you became so puffed up and leavened with malice that you lost your spirituality. The difficulties you created have not yet been remedied. I was instructed that many of the plans you devised for making money from the authors of books would come upon your own head. You are now reaping what you have sown.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 13)
I have read your letter carefully, and I believe that what you state is all true. But I have no heart to write concerning the conditions now existing in the Review and Herald office; for I would be obliged to show how the present state of things came about. You yourself brought in much of the evil leaven that has leavened the lump.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 14)
I have had a picture presented to me of the council meetings that you and others held in connection with the Review and Herald. I heard your voice in loud tones denouncing and even sneering at others. The Spirit of God was not allowed to work in these councils. The Lord was not invited to be present. The managers felt no need for the testimonies that He was sending them.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 15)
When the circulation of my books was hindered by the managers of Review and Herald, the Lord instructed me to take from them all the work on my books and to supervise their publication myself. But I feared that should I do this, it would arouse a strong spirit of antagonism toward me on the part of the managers of the Review and Herald. I have since been shown that had I done this, the true state of affairs would have been brought before our people, and there would have been a different showing during the past few years. The power that was vested with you and A. R. Henry and Captain Eldridge would have been removed.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 16)
I must now do that which I should have done then. I am called upon to bring before our people the reasons of the destruction of the Review and Herald building. This history will involve you, with others. I have long kept quiet, but I must now present the fact that the testimonies the Lord has sent to you and to others have been regarded as idle tales. I must be true to my duty.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 17)
God did not endorse the expenditure of the money in the Colorado Sanitarium when this money was sorely needed by the workers in Australia. This money was not invested where it should have been.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 18)
Of what use is it to trace this matter further? The policy of oppression that you helped to inaugurate has at last affected your own case.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 19)
The part you have acted has grieved me sorely. “What is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Matthew 16:26.] I must tell you that unless you are reconverted, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven. Your self-esteem is abhorrent to God. Until you can put away your self-esteem, and realize that you are but a child in genuine experience, you cannot be entrusted with the work of God. If you ever enter the kingdom of heaven, it must be as a little child.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 20)
When you see yourself as you are, when you are ready to accept the estimate that Christ puts upon your character, you will believe His words, “Without Me, ye can do nothing;” you will realize that your great swelling words of vanity have been out of place. [John 15:5.] Unless in past years you have exerted a Christian influence, and have let your light shine forth in good works, you have nothing whereof to boast.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 21)
Christ is the vine; His disciples are the branches. Believers are members of His body, living stones in His holy temple that is being built for the habitation of God. To every stone its place is appointed.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 22)
We are called to co-operate with Christ, not to work independently. Such a thing as spiritual selfishness is not mentioned in the Word of God. A selfish, authoritative spirit is not actuated by Christ. Nothing less than a full acceptance of the Son of God as your personal Saviour will give you an honorable place with Him in His kingdom. “He that hath the Son hath life, and he that hath not the Son hath not life.” [1 John 5:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 23)
I would not seek to discourage you in putting forth efforts for good, but I must tell you that you have done more harm than you can realize by finding fault with and criticizing others. Your talents may be of use somewhere if you repent. But I am very sad as I think of your past history. You have capabilities, but your self-esteem leads you to swell to such proportions that, unless you change, you cannot fit into any place in the Lord’s work. I have an interest in you that you may humble yourself, wear the yoke of Christ, and learn His meekness and lowliness of heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 24)
God has not given to you the work of uprooting the tares. Your own life has been a sad mistake. It is not your place to stand as a director of others. In your natural temperament, you have traits of character that do not fit you to be a vessel unto honor. When you learn of Jesus, you will represent Him in character.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 25)
At one time I desired you to connect with me in my work. You yourself chose not to do so. And since I have seen the manifestation of your spirit of superiority and your lack of humility, as shown by your various devisings, I have been glad that you were not connected with me.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 26)
Unless you are begotten by the Word of truth to be conformed to the image of Christ, you will never see heaven. But there is hope for you. “Where sin abounded, grace did much more abound: that as sin hath reigned unto death, even so might grace reign through righteousness unto eternal life by Christ Jesus our Lord.” [Romans 5:20, 21.] “The grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared unto all men.” [Titus 2:11.] By virtue of His death, the Lamb of God taketh away the sin of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 27)
I am sorry for Captain Eldridge. He was worked by others. It would have been much better for him if he had not been connected with you. Your influence has done more to make him what he is than has the influence of any one else. If you can find him now, seek to remove every stumbling block you have placed in his way. Tell him that you have hurt his soul by your unchristlike deportment. My heart greatly longs for you. I cannot endure the thought that you will continue to criticize others, while you neglect to criticize yourself. Begin this work at once. Make thorough work for eternity. As you behold Christ, you will have new views of your defective character and will be led to seek God with all your heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 28)
I beg of you for your soul’s sake, “Seek the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near.” [Isaiah 55:6.] Ask Him to take away your sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 29)
“Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; and He shall send Jesus Christ.” [Acts 3:19, 20.] His grace will be imparted to every one that repents. I will stop here, and may the Lord bless you, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 30)
In earnest love for your soul,
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 31)
Your aunt.
(18LtMs, Lt 182, 1903, 32)
Lt 183, 1903
Waggoner, J. H.; Jones, C. H. Refiled as Lt 15, 1885.
Lt 184, 1903
Harper, Walter “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 28, 1903 Previously unpublished. Walter Harper, Evangelist Dear Brother Harper,—
I received your recent letter and am pleased to hear of your success.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 1)
I am carrying very heavy burdens, but the Burden-bearer is close at hand. I lay by burdens upon the dear Saviour. Of late, I have been very, very busy writing. Last Tuesday morning, many things were presented to me. I am trying to write them out as fast as possible. I will send you copies of some things I have written when they are ready. Please keep me informed as to where to address you.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 2)
I wrote recently to Sister Stickney and her daughter, asking them to lend me some money, but they replied that they could not do so.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 3)
A few days ago, I drove over to Healdsburg and stayed five days. The journey seemed to do me much good. We had some interesting meetings there.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 4)
We receive excellent reports of the success of our brethren in finding suitable locations and buildings for our work in Washington, D.C. The Lord is good. He has certainly gone before us in our endeavor to establish the work in that important city. He has opened the way for our brethren to secure a fine church building at a very low price. This church is not yet fully paid for, but we hope it will be before this year closes.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 5)
We have also secured a place for the establishment of our printing office. This property includes fifty acres of land and was at one time purchased for sixty thousand dollars. Since that time much of the land has been cleared and improved. The man who bought the property moved away, and the place was sold for sixteen thousand dollars, to pay the mortgage on it. Our brethren have now secured the place for six thousand dollars. A stream of water fed by a living spring runs through the land. This would furnish sufficient water for a sanitarium. This stream alone is said to be worth the price our brethren have had to pay for the whole property.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 6)
I thank the Lord for His evident leading in these important moves. Our people have been treated with the greatest courtesy by every one with whom they have had any dealings in Washington. The warnings for this time will now be given in the capital city of the nation. I was pleased to see that the latest issue of the Review bore the imprint of Washington, D.C.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 7)
It seems strange to me that in the past our work has not been better represented at Washington. I am now anxious to see a sanitarium established in that place. Fourteen years ago I thought our people would erect a sanitarium in Washington, but this has not yet been done. A medical institution at that place would greatly help to open the way for the truth to be presented.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 8)
I am thankful that you are having such good success in selling our publications. I hope and pray that the Lord will be near to help you in your labors. I need not tell you to sell all the books you can; I believe you will do your best. You know not how many souls will be blessed, enlightened, and saved unto eternal life by reading the books you sell. Even the book Breakfast, Dinner, and Supper may be a help to some. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 184, 1903, 9)
Lt 185, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 17, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 238; 4MR 300. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I received a letter from Sister Haskell last Friday. Our mail comes at noon; and while the family are eating dinner, either Sara or I usually read to them the letters and some items from the papers. Today noon we received Elder Haskell’s letter, which we read to the family.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 1)
I thank you both for writing. I have had much writing to do of late. And, as I consider the matter, I realize that it is a very, very long “of late.” I feel deeply interested in your work in New York City and have often desired that it were possible for me to step before your assemblies and bear my testimony.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 2)
The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. Let us learn to praise Him with our voices and to realize that at all times we are in excellent companionship—even with God and with His Son Jesus. We are a spectacle to the unfallen worlds, to angels, and to our fellow men. A realization of this will lead us to go forth as the Lord may direct, with a firm, well-garrisoned heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 3)
Let us watch unto prayer. This will help us to realize that we are to be under the control of Christ, our divine Leader. He endows us with steadiness of purpose, with subdued, Christlike impulses, and with sound judgment, enabling us to think soberly, and yet kindly. Time is altogether too short for us to make ourselves unhappy. We will, my dear brother and sister, cherish the spirit of happiness, because we know that we have a Saviour who loves us and who will bless us if we will welcome His presence into our hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 4)
We cannot afford to use the talent of speech in a way that will not benefit any one. The Word of God regulates the source of our feelings and actions toward one another; the state of the heart regulates the principles of the inner life. Pure, unadulterated principles will prompt right words and acts. Our talents must increase, else they will diminish.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 5)
We are to be Christ’s little children, learning of Him. We are fully to believe and practice the truth we profess—that the end of all things is now at hand. Every moment we must be prepared to witness the unfolding of wonderful events. Daily we should reconsecrate our lives to the Lord’s service and open the door of the heart to welcome the heavenly Guest and to receive of His love.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 6)
In the night season I have been praying much for a greater realization of my Saviour’s love. Although I never lose His love from my heart, nevertheless I greatly desire that it shall increase more and more, until it can be said, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 7)
Let us always speak cheerful words, never allowing one wrathful word to fall form our lips; for such a word may hurt some poor soul struggling for the vital atmosphere of heaven. Let us be of good courage in the Lord. Every follower of Christ should express thanksgiving to Him who hath bought us with the price of His own blood.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 8)
My dear Brother and Sister Haskell, I wish you to consider that we shall sometimes have discouragements that seem to crush the soul; but the Lord Jesus will keep us close unto Himself. I trust that you and I, in our old age, will bring into our lives all the hopefulness and courage and faith that we possibly can. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.] It is our privilege to have the inward communion of the Holy Spirit of God. We may have divine protection, divine favor, and even a heavenly joyfulness.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 9)
There is much that I wish to write, but on account of the shortness of time I shall be unable to write more at present. I will try to write to you again soon. I have thought that I must tell you that it is your privilege to have a lively hope of the inheritance—incorruptible, undefiled, and that fadeth not away—reserved in heaven for all the faithful who at last shall receive in reality their eternal life insurance policy. “Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: ... for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:10, 11.] Then let us have courage in the Lord, and trust fully in our Saviour unto the end.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 10)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 185, 1903, 11)
Lt 186, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 18, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PC 15-16. + Elder W. C. White My dear Son,—
This morning we received the Australian mail. The Echo office sent me a draft for about five hundred dollars, royalty from book sales. This money comes at a time when we greatly need it; for we have been somewhat troubled and did not know just what to do in order to secure some means. This that has come can be divided among the workers; and we will make it go as far as possible. I thought I would let all have a portion. I hope that more will come in ere long. I do not intend, however, to worry over money matters.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 1)
Early tomorrow morning I expect to start for Healdsburg. The brethren there have sent for me. I hope to have an interview with Brother A. T. Jones while I am in Healdsburg. I do not think that he is the man who should be chosen to teach students. Those who educate our youth need a mold of character different from that which he possesses. Our teachers should be men whose qualifications peculiarly fit them for such work. I am very sorry that Brother Jones has accepted the position of president of the school to be opened in Battle Creek. He needs to place himself more fully under the refining influence of the Spirit of Christ. He needs to weigh matters more carefully and to study from cause to effect. Every believer is now in need of being sanctified wholly—body, soul, and spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 2)
The ministerial evangelist who engages in the canvassing work is performing a service fully as important as that of preaching the gospel before a congregation Sabbath after Sabbath. God looks upon the faithful evangelistic canvasser with as much approval as He looks upon any faithful minister. Both workers have light, and both are to shine in their respective spheres of influence. God calls upon every man to co-operate with the great Medical Missionary Worker and to go forth into the highways and byways. Each man, in his particular line of service, has a work to do for God. Such laborers, if converted, are true missionaries.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 3)
Missionaries are needed in workshops. As they toil, they may realize that they are representing Christ and His mission on this earth. In every phase of physical labor God requires His agencies in missionary lines of effort to speak a word at the right time, to caution, to warn, to learn how to adapt themselves to the situation in which they find themselves, and in every respect to be representatives of Christ’s great medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 4)
When Christ was living on this earth, how surprised would have been His associates, if, after becoming acquainted with Him, they had heard Him utter one word of impatience, one word of accusation or of faultfinding! He expects those who love Him and believe in Him to represent Him in character.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 5)
Although a man may be able to educate others to act as they should, yet if he does not glorify God himself with his lips, he had better first reveal in word and deed that he has received power to become a child of God, an heir of the kingdom, before attempting to teach others. After receiving his life insurance papers as a member of the elect of God, his great desire henceforth will be to reveal Christ’s presence to his fellow men in missionary fields.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 6)
Only those whose hearts are filled with the love of God, and who reveal that Christ has given them His grace to adorn their officework as missionaries for Him, should make application to engage in medical missionary work. Those who take up this line of missionary effort should look upon their work as a high and holy calling. This work is committed to them as a sacred trust; and wherever they may be, the Lord expects them to reveal the excellency of their mission.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 7)
Never are medical missionaries to falsify or to make untrue statements in order to bring about certain ends and to accomplish certain purposes; for to every one who stoops to engage in such a work, God, who reads the heart, will say: “I know his works. His good deeds do not excuse his sinful works.”“I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen [a sad, moral fall], and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:2-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 8)
Will those who have fallen repent? Some will, and some will not. I have felt very sad when I have heard men who have stood as educators and as guardians of sacred trusts, but who, while others were confessing wrongs, have said, “I mean to change my course, but I will not confess; for to confess would bring me into disgrace.” And this excuse is made by some whose wrong actions have resulted in terrible injury to the cause of God. They declare that they will never confess. A day is coming when they will make a confession of their evil deeds; but it will be too late then to help matters. Every such an one will lose his own soul, and cause many others to lose their souls, because of his efforts to avoid being known as one who has confessed his sins. On account of his selfishness and pride, he will not yield and humble himself and repent. True repentance embraces much. Without humility, confession is worthless.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 9)
In the third of Revelation is brought to view a most earnest work that must be done: “Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, (and known the truth), and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 10)
Let not those whose characters are defective, those who have known the truth, refuse to humble their proud hearts. Even though they may be standing in positions of responsibility, let them repent. The Lord will surely remove His protection from those who dishonor Him. There will come a time when they will pass the boundary line, and then the Lord will reveal that He knows all about the evil works so dishonoring to His name. He is ashamed of him who, instead of repenting, climbs upon the judgment seat and threatens to coerce his brethren; He is ashamed of him who, refusing to make crooked things straight, hurts his brethren. The candlestick is removed out of his place. The Lord Jesus, who has been so merciful toward him and has done so much for him, is dishonored; for in the estimation of such a man no distinction is made between the righteousness of the righteous and the wickedness of the wicked.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 11)
Those who act as sinners will be punished as such, unless they repent.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 12)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” Then follow the impressive words, “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 4-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 13)
Let all give careful attention to this instruction. Let those who have a name that they live, but who are dead, heed these words of mercy and encouragement and warning. “Be watchful,” ye stewards who have thought it your privilege to ascend to the highest places, “and do thy first works.”“Strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Revelation 2:5; 3:2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 14)
The Messenger of heaven gives this warning. It comes not from human lips, but from the lips of One who cannot be “inspired” by any human influence. The whole of the third chapter of Revelation is penned by the inspiration of the Spirit of God. Let us “hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verse 6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 15)
“To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name. Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God: and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 7-13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 16)
Following this message to the church in Philadelphia is the warning to the Laodicean church. And who can question its application?
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 17)
“Unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Verses 14-16.] This is a most appropriate representation of the state of those who have once known and loved the truth. “Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Verses 17, 18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 18)
In this Scripture is portrayed the entire history of a church fully satisfied with its spiritual condition, but under a terrible deception. “As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Verse 19.] These are not words concerning which some human being can say, “Somebody has informed the human agent.” The Lord, the true Witness, speaks, and He will vindicate His word to the letter. Shall we not unitedly engage in the work of searching diligently for the prevarications and subterfuges and other evil works that God hates? Let us make most careful search; for it is a terrible thing for the very ones whom the Lord has loved and co-operated with, to be spued out of His mouth.
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 19)
“Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” Again is given the admonition: “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 20-22.] In the very last days of this earth’s history a revelation is given to the church. God will not leave any one without an opportunity to hear, if he will, “what the Spirit saith unto the churches.”
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 20)
Many souls have closed their hearts to light and warnings. I am now instructed to call attention to the message that Christ has borne to the churches. A crisis has come, and the call that comes to us is inspired by no human messenger. God’s words are presented, in order that no man shall dare to claim, “I inspired this message that has been given.” God gives a warning that all will soon, very soon, wish they had heard with a determined purpose to understand and to heed. What excuse can any one frame for not hearing what the Holy Spirit saith unto the churches?
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 21)
Again I call attention to the words: “Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down from heaven from My God: and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 9-13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 186, 1903, 22)
Lt 187, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 316-322. + Dear son Willie,—
I am trying to keep up good courage in the Lord. I am beginning to feel sorry that I have not visited Healdsburg before this time. I would go today, if I were prepared for the journey. I must look to the Lord every moment. His hand will I hold by faith and will not let go.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 1)
I am unable to sleep after two o’clock. Some things trouble me exceedingly, but I must not lay my burdens upon any other soul. When I think of the spiritual blindness of many who profess to believe the truth, my heart is made very sad. Many cannot see afar off and have forgotten that they were purged from their old sins. How can it be possible for them to forget and to go back to their old practices wherein they stood condemned before God? How can they afford to go upon the enemy’s ground, where they are subject to his temptations?
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 2)
In every city, and in all parts of the world, we hear of “reforms, reforms.” But what are the world’s reforms? Men seek to bear rule over their fellow men, and the results show that these so-called reforms are instigated by a power from beneath. An intense desire to rule has been taking possession of men’s minds. And the rulers themselves are controlled by the prince of the power of the air.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 3)
I am troubled in regard to the publishing work. I ask if the same men Brethren Evans and Rhodes, who have occupied responsible positions in the office of publication at Battle Creek, are to be leaders in the publishing work in Washington. In the past, Brother Sisley, with his strong spirit, too often stood on the negative side. He has done many strange things, and his course has been an education to others in the office who were carrying responsibilities. Had he been thoroughly under the guidance of the Lord, he might have exerted an influence that would have molded and fashioned others in accordance with the pure principles of Bible truth. But for many years he refused to yield himself to the will and way of God. The precious grace of Jesus Christ was not revealed through him.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 4)
August 25, 1903
“If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfil ye My joy, that ye be like-minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus: who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.... Wherefore, My beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in My presence only, but now much more in My absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure. Do all things without murmurings and disputings: that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world; holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither labored in vain.” [Philippians 2:1-8, 12-16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 5)
This is the best instruction that can be given at this time. Will our leading brethren earnestly take heed, and work to fulfil this instruction? It is so clear that there is no excuse for any one to walk contrary to the will of God. Who is ready and willing thankfully to obey these words, which at this time are of such great importance to us?
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 6)
Our people need to read and study the whole of this chapter—the second chapter of Philippians—and read also the third chapter. Let not the lessons of these chapters be disregarded.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 7)
“What things were gain to me,” Paul writes, “those I counted loss for Christ. Yea doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, that I may win Christ, and be found in Him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith; that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death; if by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. Not as though I had already attained, either were already perfect: but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus. Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus. Let us therefore, as many as be perfect, be thus minded: and if in anything ye be otherwise minded, God shall reveal even this unto you.” [Verses 7-15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 8)
These words came not from a human mind. They are truths that were declared in vision to the apostle Paul, to whom God gave many revelations. They are recorded for the benefit of all who desire to be sincere, earnest, whole-hearted Christians, obedient to all God’s requirements. They are the fundamental principles of the law that declares the whole duty of man.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 9)
Human beings are Christ’s property—the purchase of His blood. By creation and redemption they belong to Him; therefore He claims their undivided service. But many, unsanctified, unwilling to submit to God, cherish evil hereditary and cultivated traits of character. So much of self and so little of Christ is cherished in the heart, that they do the will and works of the archdeceiver. They are not laborers together with God. They need to be converted. Those who would be teachers need first learn to do the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 10)
To every one who will serve Him, Christ has given his individual task. Each is to discharge with faithfulness the trust committed to him, and all are to help one another. Never are we to forget that as human beings we belong to a common brotherhood.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 11)
We are to strive daily through the grace of God to discharge every responsibility that rests upon us. We are to study the Word, that we may learn how best to honor and glorify God, who “so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 12)
God would have the rulers of the nations know that He is the supreme Ruler. Those who preside over the affairs of nations should realize that there is a King of kings. The man who does not know God as his Father and Jesus Christ as the only begotten Son of the infinite God cannot rule wisely. He who has been placed where he has authority over others should seek the Lord for wisdom, that he may govern wisely the subjects of God’s kingdom. An earthly ruler cannot exercise authority wisely or set an example that is safe to follow, unless he obtains wisdom from the God who is too wise to err and too good to do injustice to His human subjects.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 13)
In the law of the kingdom of the God who rules the sinless inhabitants of heaven are to be found the principles that should lie at the foundation of the laws of earthly governments. The laws of these governments should be in harmony with the law of Jehovah, the standard by which all created beings are to be judged. No man should be forced to act in harmony with human laws that are in direct opposition to the law that God has given.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 14)
The law of God, with its binding claims and its solemn injunctions, should be clearly and distinctly set forth, just as it is given in the decalogue. We should make efforts to call together large congregations to hear the words of the gospel minister. And those who preach the Word of the Lord should speak the truth. They should bring their hearers, as it were, to the foot of Sinai, to listen to the words spoken by God amidst scenes of awful grandeur. These words are as changeless and eternal as the throne of Jehovah.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 15)
Those who have received the baptism of the Holy Spirit will not fail to urge the claims of the law of God and to impress upon the rulers and the subjects of earthly nations the importance of obeying the commandments of God. Let all understand that they are working in harmony either with the Lord or with the great rebel, the enemy of God and man.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 16)
By the repetition of the solemn words spoken by the Monarch of the universe, and the presentation of His claims upon the human family, many will be impressed. While some will refuse to listen and will turn away, many will be aroused as the words of God are spoken through His appointed agencies. Sinners will tremble. Many will awake to a sense of their duty and will find from experience that “the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 17)
The rulers of the nations need to plant their feet upon the platform of eternal truth. They should not be allowed, because of ignorance, to build their houses on the sand. These men are not to be worshiped as gods. They are accountable to God for their course of action. To Him they must answer if they become a savor of death unto death to those who are under their jurisdiction.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 18)
As men are impressed with the importance of the law of God and the solemnity of the scenes connected with its proclamation, as in imagination they stand in the presence of God and His Son, they will say as did Moses, when he beheld the majesty of God and thought of the high and holy principles of the law and of his own impurity, “I exceedingly fear and quake.” [Hebrews 12:21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 19)
Some may turn away, saying, “I am exceedingly afraid. Let not God speak to me any more.” [See Exodus 20:19.] And when they are removed from the immediate glory of the mountain, they will begin to criticize the sternness of the requirements of the law. They will say, “Prophesy unto us smooth things. It fills us with terror to look at our lives in the light of that law.” [See Isaiah 30:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 20)
The sermon on the mount is an exposition of the law of God. We need to become more familiar with this Scripture. We need to study the following words: “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:17-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 21)
Here is the gospel message that is to be preached to the world. The grand result at which we are to aim is freedom from sin. Not one dishonest action, in kings or nobles, ministers or teachers, will be overlooked by the Lord. At Sinai God gave His people a solemn, sacred charge. It is of the utmost importance that we faithfully obey the law of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 22)
There are many who profess to be loyal and true to God. But how many of these are keeping every precept of the law of Jehovah?
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 23)
I have a message for the presidents of our schools. Have you exalted the law of Christ’s kingdom by giving to it willing obedience? If you are not of yourselves under the control of the Ruler of the universe, how can you obey His law, as required in His Word? We know that it is the determined purpose of some to be obedient to every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. Such men and women will be given power of intellect to see the difference between righteousness and unrighteousness. They have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, and they reveal God to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 24)
To those in charge of our schools I would say, Are you making God and His law your delight? Are the principles that you follow sound and pure and unadulterated? Are you keeping yourselves, in the life-practice, under the control of God? Do you see the necessity of obeying Him in every particular? If you are tempted to appropriate the money coming into the school in ways that bring no special benefit to the school, your standard of principle needs to be carefully criticized, that the time may not come when you will have to be criticized and found wanting. Who is your bookkeeper? Who is your treasurer? Who is your business manager? Are they careful and competent? Look to this. It is possible for thousands of dollars to be misappropriated, apparently without any one’s understanding how, and the school be losing continually. Those in charge may feel this keenly, supposing they have done their best. But why do debts accumulate? Let those in charge of a school find out each month the true financial standing of the school.
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 25)
“My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall”—not when you walk deliberately into the snare of the enemy, but when you fall unawares—“into divers temptations; knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience. But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing. If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord.” [James 1:2-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 26)
“Wherefore, my beloved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath: for the wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God. Wherefore lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness, and receive with meekness the engrafted word, which is able to save your souls. But be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves. For if any be a hearer of the word, and not a doer, he is like unto a man beholding his natural face in a glass: for he beholdeth himself, and goeth his way, and straightway forgetteth what manner of man he was. But whoso looketh into the perfect law of liberty, and continueth therein, he being not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, this man shall be blessed in his deed. If any man among you seem to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth his own heart, this man’s religion is vain. Pure religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the fatherless and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspotted from the world.” [Verses 19-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 187, 1903, 27)
Lt 188, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 25, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 38. + Elder W. C. White My dear Son,—
Last Tuesday I decided to go to Healdsburg. It was essential that I should do something to divert my mind from my writings for a short time. Early Wednesday morning we started on our journey across the hills. The day was a cool one, and we were not afflicted with heat.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 1)
I spoke twice to the church school teachers and the students living in the Home, and once—on Sabbath—to the entire church. In my discourse to the church, I know that I gave them the word of the Lord. I brought before their minds the great necessity of obeying strictly God’s law. I dwelt upon the importance of this law and upon the fact that God expects Seventh-day Adventists, as a people, to make prominent the foundation of their hope—a hope based on implicit obedience to His law. I said much more and enjoyed special freedom.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 2)
Sunday morning I met with the students in the Home during the morning-worship hour and prayed with them. There were only a few present. I spoke for a time and then read to them a portion of the pamphlet sent to me by Elder Daniells, in which is printed a full statement of the reasons for removing our general offices and papers to Washington. I had an interesting talk with the students in regard to these matters.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 3)
After I had finished speaking to the students, we rode out into the country a few miles to a redwood forest. Brother and Sister McClure, their son Rodney, and Brother and Sister Mills accompanied us. We had a pleasant time and returned in the evening.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 4)
Sunday night I was in great distress of mind over the educational work. In many respects all our schools should be standing on a higher platform. I arose and dressed and wrote out some things. At twelve o’clock I retired again to rest, but for some time did not fall asleep. I awoke at four. During the night season many matters were resting on my mind. Monday morning we returned to St. Helena, reaching home in good condition.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 5)
Monday night I retired early and awoke at one o’clock. I had, it seemed, been in council meetings. I felt like writing; but I said to myself, “I have asked the Lord to heal my eyes, and I must not get up. I must co-operate with God, and try to sleep, so as to rest my eyes. As a laborer together with God, I must try to answer my own prayers.” I fell asleep and did not awaken until nearly five o’clock. But during the hours of the night my mind was deeply exercised.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 6)
Today I am endeavoring to write out a part of the instruction I received last night in regard to God’s law, the rule of man’s conduct. Like golden threads, the exposition of the law runs through the fabric of the gospel. The blood of Christ is the sinner’s only hope. Then how important it is that the law be magnified and glorified before all people!
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 7)
During the night season I was greatly perplexed. I wished to portray the responsibilities of the rulers of the nations and of those who are united with them. The Lord instructed me plainly how to do this. These men are the very ones who need most fully to realize their amenability to God’s law and to obey all His requirements.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 8)
I am instructed to point every one standing in a position of responsibility to the divine law as the basis of all right conduct. I am to begin by calling attention to the law given in Eden and to the reward of obedience and the penalty of disobedience. The transgression of our first parents, and the results, are to be plainly brought out. As you know, the history of the fall has already been written out and published.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 9)
In consequence of Adam’s transgression, sin was introduced into the fair world that God had created, and men and women became more and still more bold in disobeying His law. The Lord looked down upon the impenitent world and decided that He must give transgressors an exhibition of His power. He caused Noah to know His purpose and instructed him to warn the people while he was building an ark in which the obedient could find shelter until God’s indignation was overpast. For one hundred and twenty years Noah proclaimed the message of warning to the antediluvian world; but only a few repented. Some of the carpenters he employed in building the ark believed the message but died before the flood; others of Noah’s converts backslid. The righteous on the earth were but few, and only eight lived to enter the ark. These were Noah and his family.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 10)
The rebellious race were swept away by the flood. Death was their portion. By the fulfillment of the prophetic warning that all who would not keep the commandments of heaven should drink the waters of the flood, the truth of God’s Word was exemplified.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 11)
After the flood the people once more increased on the earth, and wickedness also increased. Idolatry became well-nigh universal, and the Lord finally left the hardened transgressors to follow their evil ways, while He chose Abraham, of the line of Shem, and made him the keeper of His law for future generations. To him the message came, “Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house, unto a land that I will show thee.” [Genesis 12:1.] And by faith Abraham obeyed. “He went out, not knowing whither he went.” [Hebrews 11:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 12)
Abraham’s seed multiplied, and at length Jacob and his sons and their families went down into Egypt. Here they and their descendants sojourned for many years, till at last the Lord called them out, to lead them into the land of Canaan. It was His purpose to make of this nation of slaves a people who would reveal His character to the idolatrous nations of the world. Had they been obedient to His word, they would soon have entered the promised land. But they were disobedient and rebellious, and for forty years they journeyed in the wilderness. Only two of the adults who left Egypt entered Canaan.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 13)
It was during the wilderness wandering of the Israelites that God gave them His law. He led them to Sinai and there, amidst scenes of awful grandeur, proclaimed the ten commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 14)
We may with profit study the record of the preparation made by the congregation of Israel for the hearing of the law. “In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine.” [Exodus 19:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 15)
Who, then, is to be regarded as the Ruler of the nations?—The Lord God Omnipotent. All kings, all rulers, all nations, are His, under His rule and government.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 16)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him.” [Verse 7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 17)
What was the response of the congregation, numbering more than a million people?
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 18)
“And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Verse 8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 19)
Thus the children of Israel were denominated as a special people. By a most solemn covenant they were pledged to be true to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 20)
Then the people were bidden to prepare themselves to hear the law. On the morning of the third day the voice of God was heard. Speaking out of the thick darkness that enshrouded Him, as He stood upon the mount, surrounded by a retinue of angels, the Lord made known His law.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 21)
God accompanied the proclamation of His law with manifestations of His power and glory, that His people might be impressed with a profound veneration for the Author of the law, the Creator of heaven and earth. He would also show to all men the sacredness, the importance, and the permanence of His law.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 22)
The people of Israel were overwhelmed with terror. They shrank away from the mountain in fear and awe. The multitude cried out to Moses, “Speak thou with us, ... but let not God speak with us, lest we die.” [Exodus 20:19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 23)
The minds of the people, blinded and debased by slavery, were not prepared to appreciate fully the far-reaching principles of God’s ten precepts. That the obligations of the decalogue might be more fully understood and enforced, additional precepts were given, illustrating and applying the precepts of the ten commandments. Unlike the ten commandments, these were delivered privately to Moses, who was to communicate them to the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 24)
Upon descending from the mountain, Moses “came and told the people all the words of the Lord, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words which the Lord hath said will we do. And Moses wrote all the words of the Lord, and rose up early in the morning, and builded an altar under the hill, and twelve pillars, according to the twelve tribes of Israel. And he sent young men of the children of Israel, which offered burnt offerings, and sacrificed peace offerings of oxen unto the Lord. And Moses took half of the blood, and put it in basons; and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar. And he took the book of the covenant, and read in the audience of the people: and they said, All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient. And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant, which the Lord hath made with you concerning all these words.” [Exodus 24:3-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 25)
Thus by a most solemn service the children of Israel were once more set apart as a peculiar people. The sprinkling of the blood represented the shedding of the blood of Jesus, by which human beings are cleansed from sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 26)
Once more the Lord has special words to speak to His people. In the thirty-first chapter of Exodus we read:
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 27)
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed. And He gave unto Moses, when He had made an end of communicating with him upon Mount Sinai, two tables of testimony, tables of stone, written with the finger of God.” [Verses 12-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 28)
Many other things were presented to me. Scene after scene reaching down to the present time passed before me. The word spoken by God to Israel was verified. The people disobeyed, and only two of the adults who left Egypt entered Canaan. The rest died in the wilderness. Will not the Lord today vindicate His Word if the leaders of His people depart from His commandments?
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 29)
I was referred to the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy. The whole of this chapter is to be studied. In it we read:
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 30)
“The Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto Him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day. Furthermore the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance: but I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which He made with you, and make you a graven image, or the likeness of anything, which the Lord thy God hath forbidden thee. For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God....
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 31)
“When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, even in the latter days, if thou turn to the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto His voice, ... He will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which He sware unto them. For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of the heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard it, and live? Or hath God assayed to go and take Him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes? Unto thee it was showed, that thou mightest know that the Lord He is God; there is none else beside Him. Out of heaven He made thee to hear His voice, that He might instruct thee; and upon earth He showed thee His great fire; and thou heardest His words out of the midst of the fire.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 32)
“And because He loved thy fathers, therefore He chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in His sight with His mighty power out of Egypt; to drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou art, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day. Know therefore this day, and consider it in thine heart, that the Lord He is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath; there is none else. Thou shalt keep therefore His statutes, and His commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the earth, which the Lord thy God giveth thee, forever.” [Verses 20-24, 30-40.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 33)
The eighth and eleventh chapters of Deuteronomy also mean much to us. The lessons that they contain are of the greatest importance and are given to us as verily as to the Israelites. In the eleventh chapter God says:
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 34)
“Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse; a blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day; and a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the Lord your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known.” [Verses 26-28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 35)
I was instructed to dwell particularly upon the record of Moses’ sin and its sad result. Of Moses God’s Word declares, “Now the man Moses was very meek, above all men which were upon the face of the earth.” [Numbers 12:3.] Long had he borne with the rebellion and obstinacy of Israel. But at last his patience gave way. They were on the borders of the promised land. But before they entered Canaan, they must show that they believed God’s promise. The supply of water ceased. Here was an opportunity for them to walk by faith instead of by sight. But they forgot the hand that for so many years had supplied their wants, and instead of turning to God for help, they murmured against Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 36)
Their cries were directed against Moses and Aaron: “Why have ye brought up the congregation of the Lord into the wilderness that we and our cattle should die there? And wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt, to bring us unto this evil place? It is no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates; neither is there any water to drink.” [Numbers 20:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 37)
The two brothers went before the multitude. But instead of speaking to the rock, as God had directed, Moses smote the rock angrily, crying, “Hear now, ye rebels; must we fetch you water out of the rock?” [Verse 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 38)
Bitter and deeply humiliating was the judgment immediately pronounced. “The Lord spake unto Moses and Aaron, saying, Because ye believed Me not, to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them.” [Verse 12.] With rebellious Israel they must die before crossing the Jordan.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 39)
From the experience of Moses the Lord would have His people learn that when they do that which gives prominence to self, His work is neglected, and He is dishonored. The Lord will work counter to those who work counter to Him. His name, and His alone, is to be magnified on the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 40)
A very strange work has been done in our publishing houses. The presses have groaned forth their burden of false sentiments, and the Lord has been greatly displeased. For more than twenty years strange things have been coming in among us. Those who have become unfaithful, who have not exalted the principles of righteousness, need now to seek the Lord with deep humiliation of soul, and be converted, that God may heal their transgressions.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 41)
I was instructed to present the history of Moses’ failure to enter Canaan to those in positions of responsibility in our schools, and especially to those acting as presidents of these institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 42)
The one standing in such a position is to put his undivided interests into the work of making the school just what the Lord designed it to be. If he is ambitious to climb higher and still higher, if he gets above the real virtues of his work, and above its simplicity, and disregards the holy principles of heaven, let him learn from the experience of Moses that the Lord will surely manifest His displeasure because of his failure to reach the standard set before him.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 43)
Especially should the president of a school look carefully after the finances of the institution. He should understand bookkeeping. He is faithfully to report the use of all monies passing through his hands for the use of the school. The funds of the school are not to be overdrawn, but every effort is to be made to increase the usefulness of the school.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 44)
I can go no further with this now; for I have written much today. In this letter I have given you a sketch only of what was presented to me. When this instruction was revealed to me, I stood on my feet and praised and glorified the God of Israel. I saw that the Lord’s way must be strictly followed, though this way may not be in harmony with the ways of man.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 45)
We all need to gain a much deeper experience in the things of God than we have gained. Self is to die, and Christ is to take possession of the soul temple. Physicians, ministers, and all others in responsible positions must learn the humility of Christ before He can be revealed in them. Too often self is so important an agency in the life of a man that the Lord is not able to mold and fashion him. Self rules on the right hand and on the left, and the man presses his way forward as he pleases. Christ says to self, Stand out of My path. Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. Then I can accept him as My disciple. In order to serve Me acceptably, he must do the work I have given him in harmony with My instructions.
(18LtMs, Lt 188, 1903, 46)
Lt 189, 1903
Griggs, F. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 26, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 11MR 41-47; KC 11-12. + Dear Brother Griggs,—
I have received your letter of August 18. Yesterday I sent you a telegram, in which I told you to publish in the Review and Herald the article you have written regarding the reopening of the Battle Creek College. I felt that I could not but consent to the publication of this article. The light given me by the Lord—that our youth should not collect in Battle Creek to receive their education—has in no particular been changed. The fact that the Sanitarium has been rebuilt in Battle Creek does not change the light. All that in the past made Battle Creek a place unsuitable for our youth exists today, so far as influence is concerned.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 1)
Word has come to me that letters have been sent out to our churches in the different states offering our youth special inducements to connect with the Battle Creek Sanitarium. The leading men in our conferences are requested to send their most promising young men and young women to the Battle Creek Sanitarium to be educated and trained as nurses. This is an effort to counterwork the counsel of the Lord. Those who present these inducements are walking contrary to the will of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 2)
Had the Sanitarium been reestablished in accordance with the Lord’s design, it would not now be in Battle Creek. The Lord permitted the Sanitarium to be destroyed by fire, to take away the objection raised to moving out of Battle Creek. It was His design, not that one large building should be erected, but that plants should be made in several places. These smaller sanitariums were to be established where they could have the benefit and advantage of land for agricultural purposes. It is God’s plan that agriculture shall be carried on in connection with our sanitariums and schools. Our youth need the education to be gained from this line of work. It is well, and more than well—it is essential—that efforts be made to carry out the Lord’s plan in this respect.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 3)
When the call came to move out of Battle Creek, the plea was made, “We are here, and all settled. It would be an impossibility to move without enormous expense.”
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 4)
The Lord permitted fire to consume the Sanitarium building and thus removed the greatest objection to fulfilling His purpose. Then a large building, different in design, but capable of accommodating as many patients, was erected on the same site as the old building. Since the opening of this institution, a very large number of people have come to it. Some of these are patients, but some are merely tourists. But the large numbers at the Sanitarium is no evidence that it is the will of God that such a condition of things should be. Our sanitariums were not designed to be boarding places for rich people of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 5)
The care of the large number of guests at the Sanitarium requires a large number of youth, and those in charge of our churches are asked to send in to our sanitariums the names of the most promising young men and young women in the church, that these youth may be communicated with by the managers of the Sanitarium and invited to come to the Sanitarium to take the nurses’ course.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 6)
I would say, Be careful what moves are made. It is not God’s design that our youth should be called to Battle Creek. Calling them to this place, and associating them with worldly people of all grades, high and low, is like Lot’s taking his family into Sodom.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 7)
The Lord said, It is for the interest of our youth to be educated in some place other than Battle Creek. He declared it to be His will for the Battle Creek College to be removed to some place in the country.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 8)
At this time there was a heavy burden of debt on our schools. I prayed that some way might be opened whereby these debts could be lifted. Christ heard my prayers, and the prayers of many others, and a way was opened. I was instructed to give the manuscript of the book Christ’s Object Lessons to our schools. Our publishing houses were to share in the gift by giving the work of printing and binding the book, and our people were to sell it and give their time.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 9)
The Lord has blessed the effort put forth to relieve our schools from debt, and I am told that three hundred thousand dollars have been raised toward lifting the debt. While engaged in selling Christ’s Object Lessons, students and church members have obtained an excellent experience. As they have taken up this work disinterestedly, great blessing has come to them. Many have gained a knowledge of how to handle our large books. The Lord Himself has co-operated in this work.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 10)
It was about the time the light was given regarding Christ’s Object Lessons that the Lord instructed me that the college in Battle Creek should be removed from that place and established in some other place. There were too many interests in Battle Creek. Smaller schools were to be established in different places away from the cities.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 11)
The establishment of the school at Berrien Springs had the commendation of God. Those in charge of the school at that place have much to encourage them.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 12)
Shall we now let the enemy manage for us? Because the Sanitarium is where it should not be, shall the word of the Lord be of no account? Shall we allow the most intelligent of our youth in the churches throughout our conferences to be called to Battle Creek, to become servants to worldlings, to be spoiled and robbed of their simplicity by being brought in contact with men and women of all grades of society—men and women who have not the fear of God in their hearts? Such men and women will come in large numbers to the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and a large number of helpers will be needed. Shall those in charge of our conferences allow our youth who, in the schools away from Battle Creek, could be fitted up for the Lord’s work, to be drawn to Battle Creek, when for many years the Lord has been calling upon His people to move away from Battle Creek?
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 13)
Human minds may not see the necessity for the call to families to leave Battle Creek and settle in places where they can do medical missionary evangelistic work. But the Lord has spoken. Shall we question His word?
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 14)
Our youth are to be prepared to take charge of church schools, in which the children in our churches will be taught the first principles of education. This is a very nice work, demanding the highest ability and the most careful study. Our young men and young women should be preparing to advance this line of work. Then shall we allow our most promising youth to be called into a work that is not fulfilling the specifications of God?
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 15)
The Family Firm
The truth, in all its important bearings, needs to have a much deeper hold on parents than it has heretofore had. Parents are to work for their own children, helping them while they are still in the home to gain a fitness to work as missionaries for Christ when they leave the home. They are to be taught to be faithful in labor. They are to learn to relieve the weary mother, sharing her burdens. The older children may greatly assist her by helping to care for the little ones. And the younger ones may learn to perform many of the simple duties of the home.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 16)
Young men and young women should regard a training in the home duties as a most important part of their education. The family firm is a sacred social industry, in which each member is to act a part, each helping the other. The work of the household is to move smoothly, like the different parts of well-regulated machinery. The mother should be relieved of many burdens that the sons and daughters can take upon themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 17)
How important that fathers and mothers should give their children, from their very babyhood, the right instruction! They are to teach them to obey the command, “Honour thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” [Exodus 20:11.] And the children, as they grow in years, are to appreciate the care that their parents have given them and should find their greatest pleasure in helping father and mother.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 18)
Fathers and mothers should do all in their power to carry forward the work of the home in right lines. The law of God, with its holy principles and solemn injunctions, is ever to bear rule. The principles of the Bible are to be taught and practiced. The parents are to teach their children lessons from the Bible, making them so simple that they can readily be understood.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 19)
The more closely the members of a family are united in their work in the home, the more uplifting and helpful will be the influence that father and mother and sons and daughters will exert outside the home.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 20)
It is a serious matter to send children away from home, thus depriving them of the care of their parents. It is of the greatest importance that church schools shall be established, wherever there are parents, to which the children can be sent and still be under the watchcare of their mothers, and still have opportunity to learn the lessons of helpfulness that it is God’s design they shall learn in the home.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 21)
In our larger schools provision should be made for the education of younger children. This line of work is to be managed wisely, in connection with the work of the more advanced students. The older students should be encouraged to take part in teaching the lower classes.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 22)
These things are not trifles, unworthy of our consideration. I wish to state especially that very much more can be done to save and educate the children of those who at present cannot get away from the cities. Church schools are to be established in these cities, and in connection with these schools provision is to be made for the teaching of higher studies, where these are called for. These schools can be managed in such a way, part joining to part, that they will be a complete whole. The Lord has His methods and His plans. His wisdom is far-reaching.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 23)
Our Forces to be Scattered
I am instructed to say to those professing to be medical missionary workers, Remember that the Lord has a very large vineyard, which He designs shall be cultivated. He saw that the Battle Creek Sanitarium was too large. The work was not being accomplished by physicians that God desired should be accomplished. There was not seen that unselfish purity of principle that marks true medical missionary work. Many things were done, many plans were made, by which the law of God was not honored. Plans were carried out and passed as medical missionary work that God refused to acknowledge—plans that greatly dishonored God.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 24)
The truth of God is to regulate the life. But this it cannot do if left in the outer court. An occasional Christianity, an occasional generosity, an occasional doing of good deeds is not the Christianity that will accomplish the work for which God calls. Truth planted in the heart brings man into harmony with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 25)
Letters of inquiry are coming to us, asking, “Has Sister White changed? Does she now favor the reestablishment of a College in Battle Creek?” In the past I have given the word of the Lord in regard to the removal of the school from Battle Creek, and I have not changed. If any one is determined to place himself in a position where he counterworks the work of God, we are to leave that one with the Lord. I am to have no controversy with him. But such a man must not be allowed to call the most promising young people away from positions that they can fill in the Lord’s work to a place from which the Lord has declared that His people are to move.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 26)
In connection with every one of our sanitariums there is to be provision for the training of the youth as medical missionaries, so that our young men and women need not go to Battle Creek to receive an education in these lines. It is the intelligent and promising youth who are called for to come to Battle Creek, and these are the very ones that are needed in other places, in our schools, in our sanitariums. These young men and young women will be needed to do the work that must be done in different parts of the Lord’s vineyard. There are many lines of work to be carried forward, and many laborers are needed. We need one hundred laborers where now there is but one. Our forces are not to be centered in one place. They are to be scattered throughout the field. Plants are to be made in all parts of the Lord’s vineyard. We protest, in the name of the Lord God of Israel, against the calling of our youth into a place to which the Lord has declared they should not go.
(18LtMs, Lt 189, 1903, 27)
Lt 190, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 27, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 316-318. + Dear Brother Daniells,—
During the past few days I have been writing some things that were urged upon my mind. I have not had all the matter copied; but when it is copied, I will read it, and then I hope that other things will come to my mind to add to these manuscripts.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 1)
I cannot keep matters from coming before the people. I have not changed my mind at all. I have had some very plain talks with Elder A. T. Jones. I told him that I could not and would not consent to his coming to the Pacific Coast to present to the brethren and sisters here the situation at Battle Creek and to call upon them for gifts and pledges to meet the needs of the work there. As we consider the work that must be done in Washington City, and the varied lines of work that should be taken up in the Southern field and in the cities of our land, it is becoming more and more manifest that it is unwise to allow our conferences to be so stripped of means that they cannot assist in establishing memorials in fields where God has instructed us to do a special work.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 2)
In the places where labor is to be put forth, advantages should be provided for the training of men and women, as well as the youth, to work in the Master’s vineyard. All that can possibly be done with native help in the Southern field should be done. A large amount of most hopeful evangelistic work can be carried on to good advantage, and thus much of the vineyard be worked, in order that fruit shall be borne. It is fruit that we want. Christ wants fruit to satisfy His hunger. The leaves may appear ever so inviting, they are not satisfying. His divine soul hungers for fruit.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 3)
We have a work to do in securing the best talent and in placing these workers in positions where they can educate other workers. Then when our sanitariums call for physicians, we shall have young men who, through their experience gained by practical work, have become fitted to bear responsibilities. We have failed, decidedly failed, in allowing so much to be done in one place. Everything is not to be brought under the control of one institution. Such an effort, carried out, results in placing an open door of temptation before the man at the head of the principal institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 4)
Much more educational work needs to be done than has been done. The Berrien Springs School can do more and should have the best talent obtainable to carry on the work of training young men for the gospel ministry. Encourage those who are well balanced in mind to attend this school and to make an earnest effort to understand the truth, in order that they may impart it to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 5)
All who desire to enter the medical missionary work, and who are worthy, should be given an opportunity to learn. We could with profit drop much of the dispensary work that is done. Giving the common treatments to the sick will accomplish much more and will give opportunity to those who administer these hygienic treatments to labor with earnestness for the spiritual recovery of their patients. Let the hearts of all who are working along these lines be softened and subdued. Let the workers learn to consult the great Physician in prayer much more than they have done. Pray, watch, wait, believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 6)
In training workers to care for the sick, let the minds of the students be impressed with the thought that their highest aim should always be to look after the spiritual welfare of their patients. To this end they should learn to repeat the promises of God’s Word and to offer fervent prayers, daily, while preparing for service. Let them realize that they are always to keep the sweetening, sanctifying influence of the great Medical Missionary before their patients. If those who are suffering can be impressed with the fact that Christ is their sympathizing, compassionate Saviour, they will have rest of mind, which is so essential to recovery of health.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 7)
In new places where schools are being set in operation, arrange to have a treatment room or rooms connected with the school. Let this place be outside the main school building, so that the sick will be where it is quiet. Let those who are qualified to teach give lessons on treating the sick. Soon much permanent fruit will be gathered in physical improvement and in spiritual advancement, which, combined, will be of great advantage.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 8)
Over the medical missionary department, as well as over every other department of the school, there should be a head instructor to teach those under him. The beginning may be small. There may be only a very few patients; but as the head instructor gives treatments to these, quite a number of students can look on to see how he does this work, and they can help him in many ways. Thus they will learn to do this kind of work themselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 9)
We must certainly arouse from our passive position along these lines. Much may be learned by visiting the hospitals. In these hospitals not a few of our young people should be learning to be successful medical missionaries in caring for the sick intelligently. Observation, and the practice of that which has been learned, will result in consecrated youth’s becoming active, efficient medical missionary workers. Many who could not otherwise secure a training in these lines of work can thus prepare themselves for usefulness. But the surgical work must be done by faithful, skilful physicians.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 10)
May God help us to develop plans so that our youth can become genuine medical missionaries. We cannot afford to allow our very best and most promising young men and young women to drift into Battle Creek, when we have before us the work of establishing a smaller medical institution near Washington at once. No time is to be lost. Call for the best talent, and make arrangements for conducting a nurses’ training school. All that can be done should be done to make a deep impression in favor of the truth for this time. Place at the head of this institution one who can be trusted. Obtain facilities for giving treatment, and secure God-fearing youth as your helpers
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 11)
We have lost time; but the gospel medical missionary work will yet open the way for the conversion of souls. We need to encourage our young men and young women not merely to carry the Life-Boat, but publications on present truth, as they go out to distribute literature. We must take up the matters that will bring us to the attention of the public. We must help our young people to understand the important truths which make us a peculiar people, denominated by God. Those who work faithfully will gather most precious, enduring fruit.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 12)
We should reveal to the world that we are not beggars; that we are glad to do medical missionary work without price for those who cannot pay. Here in California we shall need all the means that we can raise to open up various lines of work in this State. We must be ready to help the sick whenever and wherever they need help. Medical missionary work is to be bound up with the gospel ministry. Thus it was in Christ’s day. It is His helping hand, in healing, that will make the deepest impression on the minds of the people to whom we desire to proclaim the third angel’s message.
(18LtMs, Lt 190, 1903, 13)
Lt 191, 1903
Crothers, William “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 27, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother Crothers,—
I received your letter two days ago, and I will write a few words to you in reply.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 1)
I feel very sorry over your affliction, and that your hopes are so often disappointed. I remember you in my prayers, and I believe that the Lord has His eye upon you. I thought you were at the Sanitarium here at St. Helena taking treatment.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 2)
I cannot properly advise you in regard to what you should do; for I have had no instruction from the Lord in regard to this matter. I hope that you will not become discouraged. I dare not advise you in any way, except that you are to commit the keeping of your soul and body unto your covenant-keeping God. Make Him your great Physician. Do not trust in human agencies, or make flesh your arm; but trust in the Lord, and pray to Him. Exercise faith for yourself, and allow no doubts to come into your mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 3)
The Lord Jesus healed the sick while He was upon the earth. Now, my brother, go right to the Lord, and ask Him to heal you, to save you, and to bless you, that you may do service for Him. Grasp His promises by the hand of faith, and draw, draw, day and night, upon His strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 4)
Ask the Lord to heal your digestive organs. Your stomach is enfeebled by mistreatment. Sometimes you have eaten largely; sometimes your diet has been unwholesome.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 5)
I dare not advise you. The dear heavenly Father knows all that you suffer. Go to Him in full assurance of faith. Make every effort possible to lay hold of His promises. Believe, my soul says, believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 6)
You have my sympathy. I have presented your case before the Lord as one of His afflicted children who needs the divine, healing touch. O, cast your helpless soul upon the Lord! I will continue to pray for you. Your case seems inexplainable to me. I know that you have been a successful laborer, and that we need the help of those who have the talents you possess.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 7)
It seems to me that your proposition to go home to your mother is about the best thing you can do. I cannot now see any better way. And if you go home, keep your case before the Lord, plead His rich promises, and await “His pleasure, whatever it may be.” Lay off all work for a time, and do not take upon yourself any care. I have done this in past years. But do not fail to keep your case before the Mighty Healer.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 8)
If the Lord gives me a message for you, I will withhold nothing. But He knows all about your feebleness, and He desires you to plead His promises. “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] Then ask, believe, and receive. Commit all to God, pray earnestly, believe, and receive. Expect His blessing. Believe, believe, and do not let go. Press your petitions to the throne of grace, and ask in faith, without wavering. Tell Him that you must have His blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 9)
We will make your case a special subject of prayer. I have much writing to do. Constantly I am writing, writing. I have written twenty-eight pages today, and I must continue to write.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 10)
Be at peace with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 191, 1903, 11)
Lt 192, 1903
Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 354-355. + Elder A. T. Jones Dear Brother,—
Since my last conversation with you, many things have been opened before me. Tuesday morning, scene after scene was presented to me portraying the condition of things from the destruction of Sodom to the close of this earth’s history. So much was revealed to me that I can now write only jots and tittles of these things; but after I shall do this, the Holy Spirit will help me to present them more fully. I have several manuscripts already copied. But Maggie and Sara have accompanied Jessie to Oakland, and they will remain away one week. This deprivation of Maggie’s help just now I shall feel indeed.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 1)
Letters have come to me from several inquiring in regard to a college’s being started again in Battle Creek. Dr. Kellogg has written to the leading men and the elders of churches in our various conferences, asking them to send him the names and addresses of the most promising young men and young women in their churches, with whom he expects to communicate, inviting them to come to Battle Creek to take the nurses’ course or the medical course, and telling them of the advantages for special training that they will have there.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 2)
The Lord has given me light in regard to this matter. He has instructed me to say that the most promising of our young people, who are desirous of engaging in medical missionary work, are needed to assist us in opening the work without delay in Washington City and in the other cities of the land. We are to labor earnestly in these places. The money that is now being called for to use in building up the work at Battle Creek should be used in places where nothing has been done to establish memorials for God.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 3)
So many of our young people are not to be placed under Dr. Kellogg’s influence. This has been decidedly presented to me. Institutions in other places are to give them a training that is all-sufficient to meet the Lord’s requirements. God will give them capability and understanding.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 4)
Dr. Kellogg has a large number of worldly, tourist patients to look after, and he now desires to obtain the services of as many as possible of our brightest young men and young women. But these youth are needed to do a special work in places where as yet nothing has been done. I respond thus to the inquiries in regard to the letters that are being sent to all our churches, soliciting the names of our young people.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 5)
God has pointed out to us certain fields that must be worked. We need God-fearing youth for service in these fields. It is not wise to allow our young people to obtain their experience by connecting with an institution where there are from seven to nine hundred worldly patients. Many of these men and women who are patronizing the Battle Creek Sanitarium bring the evil angels with them into this institution. Dr. Kellogg cannot manage this multitude of worldlings; and the plan of introducing our very best young people into this institution, to care for and mingle with this class of patients, is one of Satan’s most subtle snares.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 6)
Those who go to Battle Creek to act as helpers in the Sanitarium suppose that Dr. Kellogg is sound in the faith. So long has he walked apart from God, that he knows not that he has been walking and working after the counsel of one who worked in a deceptive manner in heaven until he was cast out. He who once was one of the covering cherubs refused to yield his will to God’s will; and when he was compelled to leave the heavenly courts, his apostasy had become so widespread that he took one-third of the heavenly family with him.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 7)
In the Word we are warned against following a similar course. Concerning those who choose to follow their own will, Jude declares: “Woe unto them! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the gainsaying of Core.... And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousand of His saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him. These are murmurers, complainers, walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, having men’s persons in admiration because of advantage. But, beloved, remember ye the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. These be they who separate themselves, sensual, having not the Spirit. But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference: and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 8)
“Now unto Him that is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. Amen.” [Jude 11, 14-25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 9)
Brother Jones, the Lord would have us reason from cause to effect. I wish to state that from the light given in the scenes presented before me, I know that men have been and will be seduced by the enemy’s appearing to them as an angel of light. He will be accepted, because his flattery is pleasing to the ear. We need now to be on our guard, lest we be deluded by the speech of men who have been and are still under the deceptive influence of our unseen foes, the powers of darkness. These men are warned and entreated by the Lord to walk in the light, yet they persistently follow their own course of action. Their hearts become assimilated to the methods of the archdeceiver, their lips speak deceitful words, and they have no power to flee from the enemy’s snares.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 10)
The pomposity that has been revealed in threatenings to appeal to “the law, the law,” is offensive to God. How does He regard such exhibitions? Has any one who speaks thus been learning of the meek and lowly Jesus?—No; the mind and heart and soul remain unchanged.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 11)
We cannot be doing the will of God, if, knowing these things, we allow innocent youth to suppose that these physicians are working under the leading of the Spirit of God, and that the Lord will vindicate their course as leaders. God does not work with them, neither will He work with any others who are not firm in the message for this time, which is to be brought before the people in distinct lines.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 12)
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth.” [1 John 1:1-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 13)
Are not these words plain and distinct?
“But if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [Verses 7-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 14)
Since God is light, we must walk in the light. God would have all His people stand on the high platform of eternal truth and, through faith, in union and communion with the Father and the Son. Then upon each mind will be distinctly impressed the sinfulness of a lack of unity. The Lord will unite with a united people to lead them by His Holy Spirit into all truth. There is unity with God the Father; there is unity with His Son Jesus; and the result is communion one with another, “that your joy may be full” through full fellowship with God and Christ. [Verses 3, 4.] God is light; His nature is light; in and through Him there is no darkness at all. Since He is light, we must walk in the light, and not in darkness.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 15)
I write you these things, because those who are dealing with human minds are in great need of the Spirit of the heavenly Teacher. Darkness comes upon every man who does not open the windows of his soul heavenward to receive the rays of the Sun of righteousness. Light from heaven, clear and distinct, we need and must have, in order to live the truth and prepare for a home above. Only those who know and practice the truth as it is in Christ Jesus, and who constantly walk in the light of His countenance, are safe educators now. If sanctified through the truth, those who carry the last message of warning and mercy to a guilty world will act in accordance with the principles of truth. Knowing and obeying the truth, they cannot be otherwise than in fellowship one with another. Through confession and reformation they will remove everything that divides hearts. And He who forgives our sins cleanses us from all the rubbish that has been accumulating around us through human devising—rubbish that encouraged alienation and strife and that perpetuated difficulties because of our refusal to submit to Christ’s yoke.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 16)
The soul needs cleansing. The love of the truth sanctifies the soul. Sanctification is not the work of a moment; it is the result of a yielding of the heart to Christ, an acceptance of the conditions of salvation—a process that God will carry forward day by day, steadily, progressively, never ending, but ever blending heart with heart, soul with soul; a refining process going on day by day, in God’s own way, in doing His will, until all true believers are complete in Him. This is the work that is to be done by every believer.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 17)
However strongly we may take the position that the medical missionary work should be bound up firmly with the gospel ministry, it seems that no change is wrought in Dr. Kellogg. We might as well refrain for a time from repeating this statement; for it seems that he will co-operate with the ministry only so long as every minister sustains him in his propositions and devisings. We are now to cease contending with one another. Decided efforts are now to be made by our ministers to carry on medical missionary work in connection with the gospel ministry, as Christ has instructed us to do. We are to go straight forward with the Lord’s work, no longer allowing ourselves to be handicapped or hindered by manmade plans, but placing the Lord’s work in right lines, along which it can advance with freedom.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 18)
Unless Dr. Kellogg shall come to the feet of Jesus as a little child, and receive instruction from Him, there will be continual friction so long as we endeavor to co-operate with him. The Lord desires us to make decided movements to bind up the work in a straight, intelligent manner. We are no longer to permit ourselves to be distressingly hindered. God calls upon His gospel medical missionaries to break every yoke. They are to comply with the conditions that Christ has outlined. He invited those who are bearing heavy burdens to come to Him. “Come unto Me,” He says, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] We need not be hindered by binding contracts, or bonds, or lawyer-framed documents. Everything of this order is dishonoring to the One who owns us. “Ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 19)
I am instructed to say, We are not to be drawn aside from our real work. Evangelistic work and medical missionary work are to be cemented. Let every one consider that he has one Master, Christ Jesus, and that every man-made yoke is to be broken. My brother, my sister, God has appointed you to His service, and He sends you out to labor irrespective of written documents. Your Bible is your letter of recommendation; your own sanctified life is your influence. Bind yourself to no institution. For years I have been instructed that your teachers are not your owners. Enter into no written agreements by which you would bind yourselves and your services for years to any living man or set of men.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 20)
When Christ said to the fishermen, Leave your nets, and follow Me, they left their nets, and followed Jesus. When He said to Matthew, “Follow Me,” he arose from the seat of customs and followed Him. [Matthew 4:18-20; 9:9.] So long as men desire to be in a position where they can control other minds, they have yet to learn a new lesson. Let every one realize that he is bought with a price and cannot bind himself to any living human being for one or two years, or a greater or shorter period of time.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 21)
If Christ appoints a man to a certain work, this is the work that he should do. But no one is to bind himself to do a work that another man shall appoint him to do; because the Lord may see that he is not fitted so well for this work as for some other work. He Himself will teach every man his work. Those who believe the truth will not be at a loss to understand what they should do.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 22)
The use that is made of the talents given to each individual is a test by which character is measured. God deals personally with individuals. Every worker is His property, and the talents entrusted are to be used in the Lord’s service, and are in no way to be diverted from the purpose God would have accomplished, to please any man.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 23)
When we consider how much money has been misapplied in accordance with the counsel of unconsecrated men who profess to be in God’s service, our hearts are filled with sadness, and at times are greatly pained, because these unwise investments have given evidence that the wisdom of these men was not sanctified. The divine Master has entrusted His stewards with means, and He will require proper returns. He will scrutinize closely the improvement that has been made of every talent. The Master will call by name, one by one, all His stewards to whom He has entrusted talents. If a steward has followed his human judgment by using selfishly the Lord’s talents, absorbing everything received, and not producing returns whereby facilities may be provided for advancing the Lord’s work in the byways and the highways, he must give an account for his unfaithful stewardship.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 24)
God designed that all parts of His vineyard should be worked and that no part should be left barren. Yet today there are fields lying within our reach that have received scarcely any labor and that are practically destitute of memorials. At the same time, special documents bearing the signature of men in leading positions of responsibility specify that none of the means earned in one institution shall go outside the State in which this institution is located, but that this means shall be used for improvements within the State! Thus facilities so greatly needed in the barren fields are kept in places where they are not needed. This is a yoke that man has placed upon his own neck, directly in opposition to God’s arrangements. Here is where man has endeavored to place himself where God should be; and as the result, property is bound up in a certain location. Men have devised this restriction themselves, and they will have to answer to God for it at the time when every case shall stand as open as the day before the eyes of an all-seeing God. Then those whose senses are now blinded will discern the results of the ingenuity of human agencies in their effort to carry out their own will and way. God sees beneath the surface.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 25)
We are trading on talents, God’s talents, for time and for eternity. Christ has placed in the hands of men the wages of His own sufferings and the price of His own blood, to secure the true and the faithful in willing servitude and obedience. Who realizes the responsibility of the trust committed to him? Does each person feel that he is handling his Lord’s goods, and that he must put into circulation the talent of means, in order to prepare the way to work the fields still standing before God in all their barrenness? Often has the Lord called the attention of His people to these unworked fields; but men have not regarded the talents entrusted to them as a loan to be used freely, unselfishly, cheerfully, to cause these barren places to become filled with fruitful trees of righteousness through the knowledge of God and His Word. How much better it would be, if they would consecrate to His service the gifts He has entrusted to their hands!
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 26)
All the talents held by men are sacred trusts, to be used to advance God’s work in our world. Do we realize that we are stewards indeed, not only of property and of means, but of the grace of Christ? As faithful stewards, we should improve every talent we receive, be it of small value or of greater worth, and consecrate it to the Master’s service.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 27)
The Lord calls upon His servants to exercise every power to save souls that are ready to perish. They have no right to bind up means, God’s means, but should put it into circulation, to be used for the salvation of souls. Those who have the talent of means should be alert to see the necessities of the cause and work with devoted interest to promote the glory of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 28)
None are to think that we can buy heaven by returning to the Lord His own. The day of trust is given us in which to bring returns to the Lord’s treasury. The day of reckoning is the Lord’s. We are not to appropriate to our individual selves merit for diligent, wise trading, but are to give to the Lord all the glory. The Lord delivers to us our pound, and when we speak of the gain accumulated by trading, we are to give all the credit to the One whose pound we have handled. No gain could we have received without the deposit.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 29)
No partiality is to be manifested by investing means overabundantly in one proud undertaking, to reveal to all what “I can do”; for the means accumulated by the men in service to God is to be invested where it will continue to accumulate.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 30)
The whole vineyard belongs to God. The capital belongs to the Giver; and the Lord should receive all the glory of investing without partiality, without hypocrisy. Let every dollar be invested carefully. Let various means be devised to make the Lord’s vineyard yield returns. A superabundance in one place is not to be used by the stewards in that place because it is in their hands to handle. They are not to close their eyes to the many urgent necessities of other places that are brought to their notice. Yet some are selfishly, covetously providing the portion of the vineyard they work, with every facility, endeavoring to make a grand display, when, by dividing their talents and sharing them with other portions of the vineyard, the sterile ground would be worked and made usable and would produce fruit to the glory of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 31)
Selfishness is a bitter root springing up in hearts, spoiling characters, and developing into covetousness, which is idolatry. Selfishness can be avoided by those who are faithful in the use they make of the Lord’s entrusted capital. Every penny that they hold in their hands they owe to the benevolent trust reposed in them. They are so to use their means that they will reveal to many the great love of Christ Jesus. Through them is to be revealed His saving grace, His mercy, His compassion, and His great love. Thus many souls will be led to magnify and glorify God.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 32)
The Lord is greatly displeased with the selfish partiality, which is covetousness, in carrying on a work that will make the greatest possible showing in one place to the hindrance of the Lord’s work in another place. All these things will come in review before Him, and many, upon close investigation, will be found bankrupt for eternity. The first attempt at selfish devising leads to many works of deception, which in the day of reckoning will be revealed. Then, too, will come to light the hiding of the one talent, the accusation made against God that He is a hard Master gathering where He has not strewn and reaping where He has not sown. False testimony indeed! Those who have acted with deception and unfairness, creating difficulties so that the most needy fields could not be benefited by the increase of their talents, will in the day of Judgment stand in their true light—unconverted, unconsecrated men who have acted out their natural temperaments.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 33)
And to those who have realized that their sacred trust must be handled with cleansed hands and purified hearts, and have dealt honestly and truly, God speaks the words of encouragement: “Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:21.] As the Master utters these words of approval, His countenance beams with joy.
(18LtMs, Lt 192, 1903, 34)
Lt 193, 1903
Franke, E. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 331; 1MR 16; 3MR 278; 1Bio 33. + Dear Brother Franke,—
I received your letter and read it with interest. I did not answer it immediately, because it came at a time when I was receiving many burdensome communications in regard to the general work. I could not rest in sleep; for these letters had to be answered without delay, in the interests of the Lord’s cause. Important questions had to be dealt with in connection with locating the publishing house in the East and in regard to the proposed reopening of the school at Battle Creek, as well as the establishment of institutions in several other places. Consequently, I have been carrying heavy burdens during the past few weeks and have written much. Day before yesterday I arose early and wrote thirty-five pages before the day closed. Yesterday I wrote twenty-five pages. I have to study these questions and caution our brethren against doing some things that ought not to be done; and until I write out the instruction I receive, I carry a heavy burden of responsibility.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 1)
I was glad to learn that you have been laboring in Portland, my old home city. I hope that as you present the truth for this time before the people there, and use your charts to make the points clear, the Lord will give you special victory. I cannot but feel that some will receive the gospel message. I am very desirous of hearing more particulars in regard to your efforts there.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 2)
I greatly desire that you shall have success in the meetings you are holding. You can do evangelistic work successfully only by following the example of the great Teacher. He came to this earth and in His ministry showed us how to labor for the salvation of souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 3)
I pray that the Holy Spirit of God shall attend you in every effort made. In all our labors, we must, my brother, heed the words of Christ recorded in the seventeenth of John. In our life work we are to answer this prayer that Christ offered. Oneness with Him we are always to maintain; for thus we reveal to the world that God has sent His Son to this earth to save the fallen race. When we are united with Christ, we are sure that He is working with us and we with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 4)
It is so easy to allow the human mind to suppose things, when there is no foundation for these suppositions. Satan will endeavor, if possible, to make a mountain out of a molehill—as he has done again and again—by magnifying in your mind and in the minds of others the dissension and the variance that you often create. Supposing that there are little matters of difference between you and your brethren: would it not be wisdom to heal these matters at once, and not give Satan entrance? The Lord has given us a prescription for healing all such differences quickly, without galling our own souls with the bitterness of malice.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 5)
God has a great work for you to do and for me to do and for every one of His tried and aged servants to do. He requires of us that we shall sweep every difficulty out of the way, in order that He may make us one with Christ in God. My dear brother, I want you to be so closely united with Christ in God that your light shall shine forth in good works. You may be called to bear your testimony at the capital of the nation; but first you must be cleansed of everything that makes you so abrupt in accusing your brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 6)
True humility, my brother, however deep, will not be a hindrance to God’s servants, even to those who undertake the most arduous labors. Responsible service to God is often required. The cleansing power of the Spirit of Christ follows repentance and prepares the way for pardon and sanctification through the blood that was shed on Calvary’s cross.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 7)
Let us always remember, Brother Franke, that no matter how great and good a work the human agent may do, he does not gain the ownership of those who through his instrumentality have been converted to the truth. None are to place themselves under the control of the minister who has been instrumental in their conversion. In our ministry we are to bring souls direct to Christ. They are Christ’s property and must ever be amenable to Him alone. Every person possesses an individuality that no other person can claim.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 8)
God, through Christ, has invited us to consent to wear His yoke. Jesus says: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 9)
Through your individual experience, you are to find the life that is hid with Christ in God. This is indeed a life of truth, of peace, of rest. God wants you to live such a life. Let peace and love pervade your soul. Cast out the enemy whenever he seeks to enter your mind to disturb your peace. The Lord will strengthen you, if you will sit with Him in heavenly places. He does not desire you to labor so unceasingly that you will become nervous; for the enemy then takes advantage of you.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 10)
Your power is in keeping calm. Do not become stirred up. Certainly the Lord does not desire you to be disturbed in spirit, because then you would not be able to recognize His sacred presence. He desires you to make no drive in His behalf. He says to you: “Be calm. Bear a clear, straightforward testimony in behalf of the truth. Never spoil the effect of your message by finding fault afterward because you suppose that you are not appreciated and honored as you should be. Hide in Me, and let all the glory redound to My name. Never, never, for any cause whatever, speak complainingly in any meeting. Check the hasty words that you are tempted to utter, and speak calm, well-chosen words. Learn of Me. Keep quiet. My peace will I give unto you. Take My yoke upon you.”
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 11)
The power of God has often rested upon you in a marked manner. At such times, the enemy often prepares and sets in operation something that stirs up your natural feelings and leads you to imagine evil things and to make a drive against your ministering brethren. Even if these imaginary things exist, you have no excuse whatever for speaking unfavorably of your brethren; for Christ, your example, bore the indifference, the lack of appreciation, the criticisms, and the insults of those whom He came to save.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 12)
Spoil not your influence by overworking in an effort to accomplish some great thing. When you become worried as the result of overwork, every adverse word appears in large, bold characters before you, and you begin at once to make a raid against those whom you think are trying to work against you. Your hasty words are unexpected, because often there is no cause for any such outburst. These things greatly detract from your influence.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 13)
Now, my brother, not a soul has written me a word in regard to you for a long, long time. I am writing you these words of caution only that you may preserve your influence, and that you may realize more fully than ever before that God desires to keep you in His love and to give you peace and joy in the Holy Ghost.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 14)
Possibly while in Portland you may be able to visit my twin sister’s son. Ask Sister Eliza Morton to tell you where he lives. It is somewhere near Deering’s Oaks. I have spent many pleasant hours in the woods at that place.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 15)
With this letter I will send you copies of some of my late writings, that you may know more in regard to the work I am trying to do. I decided not to attend the Los Angeles camp-meeting, now in session, because I desire to prepare books and writings for the press.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 16)
I am interested in your wife and in your children. I hope to meet you all again sometime. May the Lord bless you, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 193, 1903, 17)
Lt 194, 1903
Cady, M. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 2, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 168-171. Dear Brother Cady,—
I wrote something in regard to you the night after you left Healdsburg. Matters were opened before me, and I was instructed that you were correct in your statement to me that it would not be best to have two families serving in the same office of responsibility in the Students’ Home. If Brother Sharpe and his wife should come in to serve in the place formerly occupied by yourself and wife, while you remained as an advisor, confusion would be liable to result.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 1)
It might have been appropriate for you to accept the position of advisor, as recommended, if you had kept humble and very near the Lord. But, as I have stated, such a plan is liable to result in confusion and unpleasantness.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 2)
There are some things connected with financial matters that must be made perfectly straight before the Board so that they can act intelligently. When I learned this, I could not see how the plan I proposed could be carried out successfully. You have not stood as you should have done in every respect. At twelve o’clock of the night after you left, I was up writing out some things to you. My heart aches; I feel sad that because of these things, matters cannot be adjusted as I suggested in our conversation at Healdsburg.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 3)
I have not had the matter opened before me again as it was opened that night. I had almost decided not to write you anything more before there was a thorough investigation. Everything should be clearly and plainly defined. I supposed I had sent to you, at Los Angeles, the letter that I wrote to you in Healdsburg; but yesterday I found that the letter had not been copied. Immediately on my return from the School, I had to do much writing in order to warn our people to guard against making mistakes and to encourage them to strengthen themselves in right principles.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 4)
When I found this letter that I wrote in Healdsburg, I thought that it might be best to wait until my son W. C. White could see you at Los Angeles. I thought perhaps he might be there, although he did not write to me that he would. I did not want to throw you into perplexity by telling you of the things that had been opened to me in the night season—namely, that it would be best to leave matters just as you proposed, because of the difficulties that would naturally arise if Brother Sharpe should serve in the position assigned him, while you were also occupying the position of advisor in the same place.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 5)
These other matters, in regard to your course of action in managing financial matters, I knew nothing of when we talked together. These things will have to be settled in some way satisfactory to all concerned. After the representations passed before me in the night season, I was troubled and decided to send you a letter at once. Then I thought that nothing should be done hastily. I feared that unless these things were clearly understood, confusion would result from sending you a communication. I desired to carry no unnecessary burden. But now, since receiving your letter written from Los Angeles, I feel as if I must speak.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 6)
Inquiring of members of the Board, while in Healdsburg, in regard to the future of the school, I was told that there are some matters concerning your disposition of College funds that are not explained. Inquiries have come to me concerning similar matters elsewhere, and I have written out considerable instruction on this point. What I have written may possibly help you. I will send you this soon. It is not yet copied. Treat it not as personal, but as general matter. These principles that have been opened before me concern all who have any connection with our schools.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 7)
Has everything in regard to yourself been made clear and straight? Some things may be made plain by the matter I have written in response to others whose minds were perplexed. Just at present I cannot tax my mind further on this question, as I am carrying other burdens that demand immediate attention. I will try to write to you again tomorrow. I hope to be able to speak by my pen, so that matters will be understood.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 8)
I am very, very sorry that all things are not satisfactory to our brethren. Make everything clear and straight. You cannot afford to make any mistakes. At the present time I cannot counsel you to take the position of influence suggested during our interview in Healdsburg; for this would not be doing justice to Brother Sharpe and his wife. You thought so, I know; but I was fearful of making changes. I am not fearful now. I think a change should be made, and that unless it be made, unhappy results will follow. This much I can say. I must have clear light before I can say more.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 9)
W. C. White has telegraphed that he cannot be here before September 10.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 10)
May the Lord help and strengthen and bless you and your wife, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 194, 1903, 11)
Lt 195, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 6, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 263; BCL 76-78. My dear son Willie,—
Maggie has just informed me that you will receive a letter from me, if I send it in the morning’s mail. It is now four o’clock in the afternoon. I must write to you to let you know that my entire trust is in God. By figures and symbols I have been deeply impressed that we need not take upon ourselves any burdens that we do not know how to manage in detail. Satan is a cunning, deceptive general, and we must not give heed to everything that shall be devised by him. We need not feel compelled to work out the solution of every problem that we cannot understand in order to meet Satan’s wiles. Nor am I to keep my mind reigned up to thwart Satan’s devices. Why?—Because God is supreme. He is our stronghold in time of trouble and perplexity. If we put our entire trust in Him, we shall find that He is an all-sufficient Guide.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 1)
We are not to consider what we can do, but what the Lord Jesus can do for us, if we exercise faith and fear not, neither become discouraged. We must have confidence in that which God can do for us.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 2)
Last Friday I was stirred strongly to write out some things; and I had this manuscript copied, thinking that I must send out a message of warning at once; but afterward the Lord signified to me, Lay it aside for future use. If men do not evidence that they have changed, you will be prepared to give instruction in regard to their cases. Look unto Jesus. There are those who are as full of assurance and self-confidence as the human agent can well be that their course is right. But such ones should study carefully the record of the last evening the Saviour spent with His disciples.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 3)
After the last passover supper, Jesus said: “Behold, the hand of him that betrayeth Me is with Me on the table. And truly the Son of man goeth, as it was determined: but woe unto that man by whom He is betrayed! And they began to enquire among themselves, which of them it was that should do this thing.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 4)
“And there was also a strife among them, which of them should be accounted the greatest. And He said unto them, The kings of the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and they that exercise authority upon them are called benefactors. But ye shall not be so: but he that is greatest among you, let him be as the younger; and he that is chief, as he that doth serve. For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or he that serveth? is not he that sitteth at meat? but I am among you as he that serveth. Ye are they which have continued with Me in My temptations. And I appoint unto you a kingdom, as My Father hath appointed unto Me; that ye may eat and drink at My table in My kingdom, and sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 5)
“And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: but I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren. And he said unto Him, Lord, I am ready to go with Thee, both into prison, and to death. And He said, I tell thee, Peter, the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou knowest Me. And He said unto them, When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And they said, Nothing. Then said He unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one. For I say unto you, that this that is written must yet be accomplished in Me, and He was reckoned among the transgressors: for the things concerning Me have an end.” [Luke 22:21-37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 6)
Peter, in his self-confidence, was presumptuous and fell. Let us learn a lesson from this. Let us not keep our eyes too much on the things that those who know the truth will attempt to do. We need faith—strong, persevering faith; we need entire trust in our Leader. Our strength lies not in what we—poor, finite beings—suppose we are able to do, but in what we know Christ will do for us. This we may learn from the teachings of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 7)
“One came and said unto Him, Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life? And He said unto him, Why callest thou Me good? there is none good but One, that is, God: but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments. He saith unto Him, Which? Jesus said, Thou shalt do no murder, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Honor thy father and thy mother: and, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. The young man saith unto Him, All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet? Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come and follow Me. But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 8)
“Then said Jesus unto His disciples, Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. When His disciples heard it, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, Who then can be saved? But Jesus beheld them, and said unto them, With men this is impossible; but with God all things are possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 9)
“Then answered Peter and said unto Him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed Thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed Me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for My name’s sake, shall receive an hundred-fold, and shall inherit everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last; and the last shall be first.” [Matthew 19:16-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 10)
Men and women are to labor for Christ in accordance with the commission given them. Just before He left His disciples, “Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] In Mark we read: “And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 11)
The angels of the Lord excel in strength. One angel appeared before the Roman guard appointed to watch Christ’s tomb and caused them to fear and quake and to become as powerless as dead men. Yet the whole scene was forever stamped on their minds. A mighty angel, with exceeding great glory, descended from the heavens to the earthly sepulcher and, laying hold on the sealed stone, removed it as he would a pebble. Then the mighty angel, with a voice that caused the earth to quake, was heard to say, “Jesus, Thou Son of God, Thy Father calls Thee.” Then He who had earned the power to conquer death and the grave came forth and proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 12)
The soldiers hastened to the priests and with quaking hearts told them what had happened. The faces of the priests were as those of the dead. Caiaphas tried to speak. His lips moved, but they uttered no sound. The soldiers were about to leave the council room when a voice stayed them. Caiaphas had at last found speech. Wait, wait, he said. Tell no one the things you have seen.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 13)
A lying report was given to the soldiers. “Say ye,” said the priests, “His disciples came by night, and stole Him away while we slept.” [Matthew 28:13.] The soldiers sold their integrity for money. They came in before the priests burdened with a most startling message of truth; they went out with a burden of money, and on their tongues a lying report which had been framed for them by the priests.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 14)
The lying report was spread far and near. But there were witnesses to Christ’s resurrection whom the priests could not silence. Certain of the dead who came forth with Christ appeared to many and declared that He had risen. And Christ Himself remained with His disciples for forty days after He rose from the dead and before His ascension gave them their commission, bidding them go into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 15)
In this age, a time of satanic wonders, everything conceivable will be said and done to deceive if possible the very elect. Let believers say nothing to extol Satan’s power. The Lord will distinguish His commandment-keeping people with signal marks of His favor, if they will be molded and fashioned by His Spirit and built up in the most holy faith, hearkening strictly to the voice of His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 16)
Let us humble our souls before God. Let us work with an eye single to His glory. Let His praise be continually on our lips; for the benefits that He bestows are daily renewed and should be acknowledged with thanksgiving.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 17)
God is longsuffering and of tender mercy. Should He deal with us according to our perversity, according to our foolish, erratic course, our changeableness, where would we be? But “He knoweth our frame; He remembereth that we are dust.” [Psalm 103:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 18)
Remember that no human being is of himself sufficient to stand against the wily foe. Hide in God; and be sure that the Holy Spirit is with you. You can conquer the enemy only as the Lord goes before you.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 19)
If we stand in the great day of the Lord, with Christ as our refuge, our high tower, we must put away all envy, all strife for the supremacy. We must utterly destroy the roots of these unholy things; that they may not again spring up into life. We must place ourselves wholly on the side of the Lord. Tribulation and wrath will surely come upon those who profess to be Christians, yet who accept the principles of Satan, departing from the commandments of God, in the daily life living a lie.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 20)
Can we not see the uncertainty and shortness of time? There are many, many who are unready for the Lord’s appearing. If they continue to act like the wicked, to cherish the principles of the wicked, they will be punished with the wicked. If they betray the truth of God, causing the messages given by Him to become an uncertain thing, can He shield them from disasters by sea and by land? No, no!
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 21)
Awake, my brethren, awake. Seek righteousness, and stand under the broad shield of Omnipotence. This is your only safety. God calls upon you to seek Him with humility of heart. Read Daniel’s prayer, and see if your experience will stand the test of fire. God will richly bless those who humble themselves before Him. His mercy and grace will be extended to all who wear the yoke of Christ, responding to the invitation, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 22)
My dear son, I can write no more tonight; for it is growing late. I thank the Lord that I am as well as I am. I shall not, unless specially directed, go to any place to attend meetings; for this takes time that I need for the preparation of matter that should come before the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 23)
We must not allow ourselves to be chilled to death by those who know not what it means to walk with God. We must have increased faith. Then we shall understand what it means to be true medical missionaries. So many use this name, but do not do the works signified by it. May God help His people to arouse from their lethargy and come to the living fountain.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 24)
We must not allow ourselves to enter into contention. We are to speak words that make for peace and grace and truth. We are to search our hearts diligently, humbling ourselves before God. We are to respect our brethren, but we are not to place them where God should be; for they are but men.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 25)
I miss you much in my work and shall be very glad to see you again. Come home as soon as you can.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 26)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 195, 1903, 27)
Lt 196, 1903
Wessels, J. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 3, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 255; TSA 98. Dear Brother John J. Wessels,—
I received your letter this morning. I am much pleased that you have written so freely. I am also much encouraged by what you write in regard to your brothers.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 1)
I am well aware of the reasons why your brother Philip fell into the condition in which he has been. While he was in Battle Creek, some things occurred that were of such a nature as to make an evil impression upon his soul. He was taken unawares by the enemy. The Lord instructed me that the seeds of evil which were sown in his heart at Battle Creek would bring forth a harvest, unless he zealously kept his soul in the love of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 2)
I have hoped, and still hope, that Philip will yet be imbued with the Spirit of Christ and become one with Him. Through varied experiences his life has been spared. I feel a most earnest desire that he should return to the Lord, and that he may now do a work that God desired him to be doing all these years. But he cannot do the work of the Lord by halves. God would have him take his stand firmly for Christ, believing in Him, receiving Him. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 3)
The language of our hearts should be: “O Lord, righteousness belongeth unto Thee, but unto us” who have departed from Thy counsel “confusion of faces.” [Daniel 9:7.] What answer can we render to Thee? and how shall we be justified before Thee? We will return unto Thee; for Thy hand is stretched forth to help the penitent, who seek Thee with the whole heart. For Thy mercy’s sake, Thou hearest their cries.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 4)
Poor, helpless, and needy, we come to Thee, not because of our righteousness, but for Thy righteousness’ sake, O Lord. We beseech Thee not to send us away empty. Our souls, our bodies, are Thy property. Thou has bought us with a price. Not because we are worthy, but for the sake of Thine own Son, strengthen us, that we may put on the garment of Thy righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 5)
Thou art gracious and merciful. “If Thou, Lord, shouldest mark iniquities, O Lord, who shall stand? But there is forgiveness with Thee, that Thou mightest be feared.”“For with Thee is the fountain of life; in Thy light shall we see light.” [Psalm 130:3, 4; 36:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 6)
All Thy works shall praise Thee. Let all Thy creatures worship before Thy face. May Thy people be united to do Thy will, and to seek Thee with the whole heart. Give honor unto Thy people; praise to them that fear Thee, and honor to them that seek Thee. Fill the mouths of them that hunger for Thy righteousness. Give joy unto Thy land and gladness unto Thy city. “The Lord shall reign forever, even Thy God, O Zion, unto all generations.” [Psalm 146:10.] Let the horn of Thy servant David be exalted, and may the light of the son of Jesse shine upon Thy people.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 7)
To those who have made strange paths for their feet, the Lord offers words of encouragement. He will accept their prayers, if they will repent and be converted. Through the infinite sacrifice of Christ, and through faith in His name, they may receive the promises of God. The sons of Adam may become sons of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 8)
O how full of thankfulness we should be that by the act of Christ in assuming humanity, fallen men are granted a second trial! Christ places them on vantage ground. Through connection with Him they may be laborers together with God. Through the grace given daily by Christ, they may be elevated and ennobled to become the sons and daughters of God. Such love is without a parallel.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 9)
Jesus asks for perfect obedience. There must be thorough, practical work. Daily we are to increase in the knowledge of the divine will. Christ will impart His Spirit to all who will unitedly labor in humility.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 10)
“Ye are not your own. For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] What a price was paid to redeem the fallen race! Should not every soul enter into the service of God, seeking to improve on the talents that have been entrusted to him, that they may be returned to God with usury?
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 11)
“Come unto Me,” says Jesus, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and” in learning and practicing these lessons “ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 12)
If we would live a Christian life, we must constantly co-operate with God, losing self in dependence upon Jesus Christ. Every day we should work as for eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 13)
Man was made a little lower than the angels. Yet when he shall be purified and translated to the heavenly courts, he will be even more privileged than the angels.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 14)
All that your brothers and sisters need, all that any of us need is to live a humble, Christian life, revealing in character the strength received from Jesus Christ through union with Him. We are to live up to all the light we receive. United with Christ, we shall be laborers together with God. The light of Christ’s righteousness will be imparted to us, if we will impart that light to those who know not God, exerting over unbelievers an influence for good. Christ has said, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 15)
If John, Peter, Philip, Henry, Francis, Annie, Dan, and Andrew will only let their light shine as the Lord has let His light shine upon them, they may do a great work for the Lord Jesus. Will you not now take up the work? Is not the future, eternal life a sufficient inducement to lead you to do this? Will not you, with your mother, unitedly seek to know what the Lord would have you to do? You may do a work that is as lasting as eternity. Through you may be seen the miracle-working power of God. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 16)
You may preserve your individuality and yet have your life so blended with the life of Christ that you will be one with Him, reconciled to God through the obedience and death of His Son.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 17)
In this life, every soul must make decisions that will determine his destiny in the future life. The grace of Jesus Christ bringeth salvation. When you make an entire surrender, and become Christ’s little children, you will be able to say, “Thy gentleness hath made me great.” [Psalm 18:35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 18)
To every soul who receives Him, Christ manifests His gentleness, tenderness, and love. He longs to have you love and obey Him, that you may be eternally happy in His everlasting kingdom. He would have you disappoint the devil, who is seeking for the mastery of your life that he may take control of your character building. You cannot afford to allow the enemy to have dominion over you.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 19)
Christ longs to bring you back to Him, that He may give to you eternal life and the abundance of the glory of an unfallen world. He desires to kindle in your hearts the divine hope that, by becoming partakers of the divine nature, even at this late hour, you may escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 20)
Every soul is precious in the sight of God. But little time is left us in which to prepare for the eternal world. Waste not one moment. Separate yourselves from the world. “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith” (who?) “the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] Bring your rebellion against God to an end, and return to allegiance to your Ruler.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 21)
May the Lord bless the sons and daughters of Mother Wessels, and those related to them by marriage.
(18LtMs, Lt 196, 1903, 22)
Lt 197, 1903
Cady, M. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 7, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 171-173. + Elder M. E. Cady My dear Brother,—
I am sorry that I could not see you. For some days I have been afflicted, and I hardly know how far I dare tax my strength by venturing to add to the perplexing burdens I am now carrying. My mind has been very severely taxed of late.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 1)
I believe that the position that the Board requested you to occupy, as the president of the Board, counselor in the school, and educational field worker, is the position that you should fill. You looked at this matter in the correct light when you talked with me before leaving Healdsburg. But it would not be best for you and Brother Sharpe to live together in the Students’ Home.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 2)
Afterward, while I was speaking in reference to Brother and Sister Sharpe’s coming into the Students’ Home and occupying there the position that you formerly occupied, I inquired in regard to the capabilities of Brother Sharpe and learned that it was thought by the brethren that he would be capable of filling this place and meeting the responsibilities devolving upon the head of a school. Then some remarks were made by those who were talking to me, in regard to several matters connected with the past year’s work. They said that you, Brother Cady, had overdrawn your account and also that the Conference had been paying the traveling expenses of the canvassers who were selling Christ’s Object Lessons, which expenses were so great that almost as much was consumed as was produced. Statements were made, too, in regard to the use of funds raised to pay the debts of the school.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 3)
In reply to these statements, I said that I did not know in regard to these particular things, but that I had received light on some points connected with the financial management of our schools. I did know that there should be no carelessness in the expenditure of means, but that everything connected with the finances of our schools should be perfectly straight.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 4)
Some reflection was cast upon you, Brother Cady, by brethren interested in the Healdsburg School. As I understand the matter, I cannot see that they were justified in making such broad statements as were made.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 5)
To the members of the Board I would say: I have no word of censure to speak against Brother Cady. Until these matters in question are closely and critically examined, let no reflection be suffered to rest upon him. Let him speak for himself.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 6)
I have had matters presented to me in reference to the use of school funds at Healdsburg College prior to the time that Brother Cady took the position of president of this school. But the misuse of funds in former years, before his administration, should not be regarded as casting a reflection upon him. If the Conference sanctioned those matters, and sanctioned paying from the tithe the expenses of those who were working in the interests of the Object Lessons campaign, Brother Cady should not be blamed for mismanagement in these matters, whether the College received little or much from the efforts put forth.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 7)
I write this statement, to be read to whomsoever it may concern. And I would say to my dear brethren, Do not call any council meetings of condemnation until you know what you are about. I am sure that in all our management of institutional work, we need more of the Holy Spirit of God than we now have.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 8)
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 9)
I will try to write a few more lines soon.
(18LtMs, Lt 197, 1903, 10)
Lt 198, 1903
Healdsburg College Board “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 7, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 14MR 173. To the members of the Healdsburg College Board Dear Brethren,—
You are not prepared to make any new decisions now in regard to Brother Cady’s work. The decisions you have already made need not be rescinded before you shall have time to consider these matters in all their bearings.
(18LtMs, Lt 198, 1903, 1)
I am not satisfied with the report made to me in the redwoods. I have several pages written in regard to that interview, but cannot now find the same; but I write these few words now and hope to find that which I wrote immediately after my return from Healdsburg. Let no hasty movements be made. I am sure that if you should talk things over, you would not view these matters in the same light that you did when we were in the redwoods.
(18LtMs, Lt 198, 1903, 2)
Lt 199, 1903
Brn. in Positions of Responsibility “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 8, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 8T 9-13 (RH 10/01/1903). To my brethren in positions of responsibility in the cause of God,—
What is our work? The same as that given to John the Baptist, of whom we read, “In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judea, and saying, Repent ye; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. For this is He that was spoken of by the prophet Esaias, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.” [Matthew 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 1)
All who are truly engaged in the work of the Lord for these last days will have a decided message to bear. Read the first few verses of the fortieth chapter of Isaiah:
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 2)
“The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low; and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain; and the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it. The voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall I cry? All flesh is grass, and all the goodliness thereof is as the flower of the field; the grass withereth, the flower fadeth; because the Spirit of the Lord bloweth upon it; surely the people is grass. The grass withereth, the flower fadeth; but the word of our God shall stand forever.” [Verses 3-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 3)
This chapter is filled with instruction appropriate for us at this time. The word of the Lord to us is, “Repent ye; prepare the way for a revival of My work.”
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 4)
The removal to Washington of work hitherto carried on in Battle Creek is a step in the right direction. We are to continue to press into the regions beyond, where the people are in spiritual darkness. “Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low; and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain.” [Verse 4.] Every obstacle to the redemption of the people of God is to be removed by the opening of the Word of God, and the presentation of a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” The true light is to shine forth; for darkness covers the earth and gross darkness the people. The truth of the living God is to appear in contrast with error. Proclaim the glad tidings: We have a Saviour who has given His life that all who believe in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 5)
Obstacles to the advancement of the work of the Lord will appear; but fear not. To the omnipotence of the King of kings, our covenant-keeping God unites the gentleness and care of a tender shepherd. Nothing can stand in His way. His power is absolute and is the pledge of the sure fulfilment of His promises to His people. He can remove all obstructions to the advancement of His work. He has means for the removal of every difficulty, that those who serve Him and respect the means He employs shall be delivered. His goodness and love are infinite, and His covenant is unalterable.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 6)
The plans of the enemies of His work may seem to be firm and well established, but He can overthrow the strongest of these plans, and in His own time and way He will do this, when He sees that our faith has been sufficiently tested and tried, and that we are drawing near to Him and making Him our counselor.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 7)
In the darkest days, when appearances seem so forbidding, fear not. Have faith in God. He is working out His will, doing all things well in behalf of His people. The strength of those who love and serve Him will be renewed day by day. His understanding will be placed at their service, that they may not err in the carrying out of His purposes.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 8)
There is to be no despondency in God’s service. Our faith is to stand the pressure brought to bear upon it. God is able and willing to bestow upon His servants all the strength they need. He will more than fulfil the highest expectations of those who put their trust in Him. He will give them the wisdom that their varied necessities demand.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 9)
Said the tried apostle Paul: “He said unto me, My grace is sufficient for thee; for My strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me. Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses for Christ’s sake; for when I am weak, then am I strong.” [2 Corinthians 12:9, 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 10)
O my brethren, hold the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end. The light of God’s truth is not to be dimmed. It is to shine amidst the darkness of error that enshrouds our world. The Word of God is to be opened to those in the high places of the earth, as well as to the more lowly.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 11)
The church of Christ is God’s agency for the proclamation of truth, empowered by Him to do a special work; and if she is loyal to God, obedient to all His commandments, there will dwell within her the excellency of divine power. If she will honor the Lord God of Israel, there is no power that can stand against her. If she will be true to her allegiance, the forces of the enemy will be no more able to overpower her than is the chaff to resist the whirlwind.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 12)
There is before the church the dawn of a bright, glorious day, if she will put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness, withdrawing from all alliance with the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 13)
The members of the church need now to confess their backslidings and press together. My brethren and sisters, allow nothing to come in that will separate you from one another and from God. Talk not of differences of opinion, but unite in the love of the truth as it is in Jesus. Come before God and plead the shed blood of the Saviour as a reason that you should receive help in the warfare against evil. I assure you that you will not plead in vain. As you draw near to God, with heartfelt contrition, and in full assurance of faith, the enemy who seeks to destroy you will be overcome.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 14)
Turn to the Lord, ye prisoners of hope. Seek strength from God, the living God. Show an unwavering, humble faith in His power and willingness to save. From Christ is flowing the living stream of salvation. He is the Fountain of life and the Source of all power. When in faith we take hold of His strength, He will change, wonderfully change, the most hopeless, discouraging outlook. He will do this for the glory of His own name.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 15)
God calls upon His faithful ones, who believe in Him, to talk courage to those who are unbelieving and hopeless. May the Lord help us to help one another and to prove Him by living faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 16)
“Sing aloud unto God our strength; make a joyful noise unto the God of Jacob. Take a psalm, and bring hither the timbrel, the pleasant harp with the psaltery.” [Psalm 81:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 17)
“It is a good thing to give thanks unto the Lord, and to sing praises unto Thy name, O Most High: to show forth Thy lovingkindness in the morning, and Thy faithfulness every night, upon an instrument of ten strings, and upon the psaltery; upon the harp with a solemn sound. For Thou, Lord, hast made me glad through Thy work: I will triumph in the works of Thy hands.” [Psalm 92:1-4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 18)
“O come, let us sing unto the Lord; let us make a joyful noise unto the rock of our salvation. Let us come before His presence with thanksgiving, and make a joyful noise unto Him with psalms. For the Lord is a great God, and a great King above all gods. In His hand are the deep places of the earth; the strength of the hills is His also. The sea is His, and He made it; and His hands formed the dry land. O come, let us worship and bow down; let us kneel before the Lord our maker.” [Psalm 95:1-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 19)
“O sing unto the Lord a new song; sing unto the Lord, all the earth. Sing unto the Lord, bless His name; show forth His salvation from day to day. Declare His glory among the heathen, His wonders among all people. For the Lord is great, and greatly to be praised; He is to be feared above all gods.” [Psalm 96:1-4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 20)
“Make a joyful noise unto the Lord, all ye lands. Serve the Lord with gladness, and come before His presence with singing. Know ye that the Lord He is God; it is He that hath made us, and not we ourselves; we are His people, and the sheep of His pasture. Enter into His gates with thanksgiving, and into His courts with praise; be thankful unto Him, and bless His name. For the Lord is good; His mercy is everlasting; and His truth endureth to all generations.” [Psalm 100:1-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 199, 1903, 21)
Lt 200, 1903
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 10, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 260-261; 2MR 66-67. + Dear Brother Butler,—
I have received and read your letter of August 28. I fully sympathize with you in your perplexities. I, too, have much to perplex me; but I am determined not to become discouraged and faithless.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 1)
While looking over some old letters this morning, I found the one that I enclose to you. It was written in Sands, Virginia, in 1890. I thought that I would have it copied and sent to you; for perhaps you might get some help from reading it. And you may be able to read it in some of the meetings that you attend. I know that it contains instruction that our people need.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 2)
My brother, I do not think that you ought to do as much as you are doing. It will not do for you to make heavy drafts upon your strength. Take time to rest. I know that you feel an intense interest in the progress of the cause of God, but you must not use up your vitality so completely that in the future you will have no deposit from which to draw.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 3)
We have before us stern, earnest work, and we must be prepared for it. With clearness and power we are to proclaim the messages given to John for the churches when in vision the Lord appeared to him on the isle of Patmos.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 4)
If things were as they should be in the households that make up our churches, we might do double service for the Lord. The light given me is that a most decided message must be borne in regard to health reform. Those who use flesh meat strengthen the lower propensities and prepare the way for disease to fasten upon them. There are those among Seventh-day Adventists who will not heed the light given them in regard to this matter. They make flesh meat a part of their diet. Disease comes upon them. Sick and suffering as a result of their own wrong course, they ask for the prayers of the servants of God. But how can the Lord work in their behalf when they are not willing to do His will, when they refuse to heed His instruction in regard to health reform?
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 5)
For thirty years the light on health reform has been coming to the people of God, but many have made it a matter of jest. They have continued to use tea, coffee, spices, and flesh meat. Their bodies are full of disease. How can we, I ask, present such ones to the Lord for healing?
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 6)
The condition of things among us has called for the testimonies of the Spirit of God, and these have been given, and yet many who claim to believe the truth persistently disregard light and evidence. It is very hard to reach such ones. They will not heed the light, and as a result they are in darkness. They choose darkness rather than light. How long will the Lord bear with them? Let them remember that light rejected becomes to the rejecter darkness that grows more and more dense.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 7)
Brother Butler, keep your heart stayed upon the Lord. He lives and reigns. He is our general. Look not to man. Believe not every report that comes to you. Be as a man who has ears, but hears not, and eyes, but sees not. David says, “I, as a deaf man, heard not; and I was as a dumb man that openeth not his mouth. Thus was I as a man that heareth not, and in whose mouth are no reproofs.” [Psalm 38:13, 14.] Let the watchmen of God keep their own counsel. They will be troubled as they bear their message, but the Lord will help them.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 8)
Satan will do that which will close the Southern field against the truth, if the Lord does not interpose. And the trades unions will be one of the agencies that will bring upon this earth a time of trouble such as has not been since the world began.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 9)
In regard to what you write about Brother and Sister Hughes, I assure you that nothing like extravagance was seen in their work in Australia. Do not allow prejudice against them to enter your mind. Do not allow them to be condemned before you have carefully investigated matters. In their connection with the school in Australia, Brother and Sister Hughes sacrificed and labored and gave of their means to help the school. They were never extravagant. It must be a mistaken report that has been borne in regard to their work at Huntsville. I feel very deeply interested in Brother and Sister Hughes. I know how earnestly they worked for the interests of the school in Australia. I am deeply grieved as I think of the trouble that is brought into our work by unsanctified words.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 10)
I have been shown that with proper management the Huntsville school and the Graysville school could be self-supporting. But I was instructed, also, that the difficulties to be overcome in the Huntsville school would be far greater than in some other schools. A school for colored students cannot be compared with or treated in the same way as a school for white students. Not all that ought to have been done for the Huntsville school has been done, and those who take the management of the school in the future will have a trying time. But God will be with them if they make Him their dependence. This school has land, and the cultivation of fruit should be carried on; but the school cannot do this without help.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 11)
Since writing the above, I have been down to breakfast. I will now add a few words to this letter. I want you to get all the help you possibly can in your work. I know that you cannot help feeling troubled as you see the shortcoming of those who know the truth, yet are not sanctified through the truth. Let us do our best and then trust the Lord to do what we cannot possibly do. Our work is to be placed on a higher plane. We are to have a faith that will not fail or be discouraged.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 12)
I have not much confidence in doing a large amount of work for those who already know the truth. Nothing will stir the South like taking hold of the work in new places. The cities are to be entered. But to try to bring those who know the truth, yet do not do their best, up to where they ought to be is, I must say, almost labor lost and greatly hinders aggressive work. Let the workers press into the cities still in ignorance. Let men and women be trained to conduct schools and sanitariums for white people. Let colored workers be educated to labor for their own people. And let the workers all remember that no raid is to be made on slavery and cruel task-masters.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 13)
God does not expect His workers to attend to trifling matters. They are to preach the gospel. They will find that short discourses are the most effective. In every place in which the work is begun, the standard is to be raised higher and still higher. The truth of Christ’s soon coming is to be proclaimed. And all the workers, whether they speak from the pulpit or give Bible-readings, are to be taught to speak in a clear, expressive manner.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 14)
I must stop now. I have not slept since one o’clock this morning, and I keep falling asleep with my pen in my hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 15)
Be of good courage in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 200, 1903, 16)
Lt 201, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 10, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 117-122. Dear children Edson and Emma,—
It has been a long time since I have written to you. I should be very much pleased to visit you in your own home. Willie writes me that he is much pleased with your situation. I have not heard from you for a long time. I should be so glad to get a letter from you, even if it is only a few lines. And remember that if at any time you wish to pay us a visit, to counsel about your work and about the books that we are trying to get out, I shall be more than glad to see you.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 1)
It seems a long time since Willie left us. He went away the last of June, and it is now the tenth of September. He will not be home for a week yet.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 2)
Of late I have had many letters to write. Different ones write to me in regard to whether our young people should be sent to Battle Creek to take a nurses’ course. This is a delicate subject, but something must be said in answer to the questions asked.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 3)
For the past week the days have been exceedingly hot. The paper says that this is caused by a hot wind from the North. Since beginning this letter I have had to open my windows to get some fresh air. I perspire freely, and then have an attack of sneezing. I hope that you do not find the hot weather very trying.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 4)
I think that I shall write you a family letter, telling you about my household and my place. My health is fairly good. I have been and am still able to go up and down stairs as easily as any member of my family, excepting when my hip gives me pain, as it does occasionally.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 5)
Our electric battery, which has been out of repair, is now in working order; and what relief it brings in sickness! Just as the prunes were ready to pick, Brother James was seized with an attack of what he calls lumbago. He had severe pains in his back and could neither stand straight nor bend down far enough to unlace his shoes. Sara gave him electricity, Sister James helping where she could. But Sister James was afraid of the battery and would not touch the sponges. At first Brother James could hardly endure the application of the electricity, but Sara persevered, and wonderful relief came to him. He now thinks that electricity is a marvelous remedy. After the first application, he was able to walk straighter than he had been able to for days, and he continued to improve. Sara has given him electricity three times a day, and he has been able to keep at his work.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 6)
For the past few months the farm and orchard have supplied a large part of our food, though some of the fruit trees, having borne a superabundance last year, bore hardly anything this year. At first we had strawberries and cherries. There were not so many of these as there were last year, but they were extra nice. Then came loganberries, and of these we had an abundance. We all enjoyed them exceedingly. We had a good crop of Early Rose potatoes, and they were as fine as any I have ever eaten.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 7)
For three weeks we have been using tomatoes of our own raising. I thought them a long time ripening, but about three weeks ago I went to Healdsburg. We took some ripe tomatoes with us, and I was very glad that we did; for there was not a ripe tomato to be found over there.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 8)
Brother Leininger has been given charge of a large apple orchard. The owner told him that he might give away all the windfalls. Brother Leininger told me of this and said that if I wished I could have all that I wanted of the apples that fell. We have been there several times to pick up apples, and thus we have been able to put up a large quantity of apple sauce. The apples are wormy, but Sister Nelson prepares them carefully, cutting out all the decayed parts. We have apple sauce on the table every day.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 9)
I find Sister Nelson to be a faithful, economical housekeeper. She has been very busy canning fruit and drying corn. The others have not been able to help her much; for they have all been busy on the writings. But Mrs. Nelson does not complain. She sees what needs to be done and does it. This is a great blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 10)
She has already canned one hundred and thirty-eight quarts of tomatoes, sixty quarts of loganberries, and seventy-five quarts of applesauce, besides cherries, peaches, and apricots. We hope to have two hundred quarts of tomatoes put up. We have nearly a bushel of sweet corn dried and have had sweet corn on the table nearly every day for two or three weeks.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 11)
It seems wonderful that in this dry time—not a drop of rain has fallen for nearly six months—there can be such an abundance of tomatoes and sweet corn. To me this seems like a miracle; for the crops have not been watered, and there has been very little fog. I certainly cannot solve the problem of how, without a drop of rain, there can be so rich a harvest.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 12)
The grapes are ripening fast. Oh, I wish that you and Brother Palmer and his family could be with us for a while. I know that you would enjoy grapes fresh form the vineyard.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 13)
We do not know just what we shall do with our grapes. I wish that we could find a good market for them. But I shall not sell them to the wineries. We shall can a few and perhaps make the rest into sweet wine. Last year we sold the whole crop to the Bakery, but they did not make proper provision to handle them, and many spoiled just as they were ready to pick.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 14)
Our prunes this year are much larger than they were last year, but there are not nearly so many of them. We are drying them ourselves. Brother James’ children have been gathering prunes for two or three days, and Brother James and Brother Packham dip the prunes and spread them on crates in the sun. We think that we shall be able to get a good price for them, because this year the prune crop everywhere is light.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 15)
I think that I have told you how I lost on my prune crop last year. A young man, our nearest neighbor, bought the whole crop. He also bought largely from others who have prune orchards. He contracted for more than he could handle, and then the rain came early, and spoiled tons and tons of prunes. The young man lost everything and could not pay his creditors for the prunes that they had sold him. My loss was between five hundred and seven hundred dollars. I may possibly get fifty dollars after the young man’s mother has sold this year’s crop of prunes.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 16)
Brother James wishes that you could have some of the prunes that he is now drying, and if we hear of any one going to the South, we shall try to send you some. The fresh prunes are very nice. Marian almost lives on them.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 17)
A word or two more. I have on hand a large quantity of last year’s prunes. I should be glad to give these to our people in the South. But I have not money to pay the cost of transportation. Have you any suggestion to make as to how these prunes could be sent South? Please mention this in your next letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 18)
I am very short of money, and I do not know what I should have done had we not been able to spread our table with the fruits of our place. It is years since I have received so little from my books. For nearly six months not a penny came to me. Then I received four hundred dollars from Australia. There were four hundred dollars due me from the London office, but the Pacific Press owed the London office, and I owed the press, so I gave the Press an order on the London office.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 19)
At one time I had drawn all that I had in the bank here. But Sara had some money in the bank, and she allowed me to draw on her account to meet running expenses. I shall have to borrow some money somewhere unless I receive some soon. But though no money comes to me, I praise the Lord for His blessings. We meet round the meal table with good appetites and cheerful, happy hearts, thankful that the Lord has so graciously blessed us by giving us an abundant harvest from the seed sown. The Lord is good, and we will honor Him by praising His holy name.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 20)
I will be thankful for the blessings that we have; and if the time comes when I can pay off my debts, I shall praise the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 21)
We try to practice economy in every line in our home. We see so much to be done to advance the cause of truth. I pray that the Lord will open the way for me to receive some money from my books. I hear good reports in regard to the sale of The Coming King. I am glad for you. Marian is now working on the temperance book. I am very anxious to see this book in circulation.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 22)
The world has certainly been taken captive by satanic agencies, and a time of trouble such as has not been since there was a nation is soon to come. This is why I desire so much to have means. I want to prepare books for publication, and I want to establish memorials for God—schools and sanitariums and meetinghouses.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 23)
We need now the power of the Holy Spirit. We need now to put on every piece of the gospel armor. We need clear, sharp spiritual discernment, that we may not be taken captive by the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 24)
Dear children, Canaan is in sight. We must have a place there, in that beautiful home where the Lord will be our Father and we His children. O to be where the wickedness of the wicked shall have come to an end.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 25)
I hope and pray that the Lord will help you in your work in the South. If at any time you want to come to us, come; and we will unite our forces.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 26)
Your mother.
(18LtMs, Lt 201, 1903, 27)
Lt 202, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 11, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 116; LLM 73. Dear children,—
I have had many matters to write out, and I have been hard at work. My heart is fixed, trusting in the Lord. We are in no case to be doubtful, but hopeful.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 1)
This morning I found your letter under my door. I was glad to hear from you. Yesterday I wrote you a letter on common, everyday topics. This letter will be sent today. I have written a long letter on the subject spoken of in your letter and have given it out to be copied. This will be sent to you soon. Maggie has just told me that the manuscript which you spoke about in your letter has been sent only to W. C. White. No one else has seen it.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 2)
It is Satan’s plan to call minds to the study of the color line. If his suggestions are heeded, there will be such diversity of opinion that great confusion will result. No one is capable of defining the proper position of the colored people. Men may advance theories, but I assure you that it will not do for us to follow human theories. The color-line question must be allowed to rest.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 3)
I think I have already written that the colored people should not urge that they be placed on an equality with white people.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 4)
The cities of the South are to be worked, and for this work the best talent is to be secured, and that without delay. Let white workers labor for the white people, proclaiming the message of present truth in its simplicity. They will find openings through which they may reach the higher class. Every opportunity for reaching this class is to be improved.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 5)
Let our colored workers do what they can to keep abreast, working earnestly for their own people.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 6)
I know that if we attempt to meet the ideas and preferences of the colored people, we shall find our way blocked completely. The work of proclaiming the truth for this time is not to be hindered by an effort to adjust the position of the negro race. Should we attempt to do this, we should find that barriers like mountains would be raised to hinder the work that God desires to have done. If we move quietly and judiciously, laboring in the way that God has marked out, both white and colored people will be benefited by our labors, unless the colored people place themselves where the Lord cannot work with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 7)
Medical missionary workers are needed in the Southern field, who can engage in Sanitarium work. Sanitariums are needed, in which successful medical and surgical work can be done. These institutions, conducted in accordance with the will of God, would remove prejudice and call our work into favorable notice. The highest aim of the workers in these institutions is to be the spiritual health of the patients. Successful evangelistic work can be done in connection with medical missionary work. It is as these lines of work are united that we may expect to gather the most precious fruit for the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 8)
From the instruction that the Lord has given me from time to time, I know that there should be workers who make medical evangelistic tours among the towns and villages. Those who do this work will gather a rich harvest of souls, both from the higher and the lower classes. The way for this work is best prepared by the efforts of the faithful canvasser.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 9)
Many will be called into the field to labor from house to house, giving Bible readings and praying with those who are interested.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 10)
It is of the utmost importance that harmony exist in our institutions. Better for the work to go crippled than for workers who are not fully devoted to be employed. It is unconsecrated, unconverted men who have been spoiling the work of God. The Lord has no use whatever for men who are not wholly consecrated to His service.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 11)
The hearts and interests of God’s workers should be one. The workers should be bound up with Christ and should esteem one another highly for their works’ sake.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 12)
This is not now the case in the publishing house at Nashville. There should be in this institution perfect unity, perfect confidence, and hearty co-operation. The workers should look upon the work in the different departments as one. They should stand shoulder to shoulder, helping and strengthening one another. When they carry on their work in this spirit, there will be no evil surmisings, no envy, no strife.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 13)
Let the workers remember that they will meet with enough prejudice and evil surmising outside. They do not need to cultivate these evils right at the heart of the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 14)
Simplicity, meekness, lowliness, are of great value in the work of God. Try to unite the workers in the office in confidence and love. If you cannot do this, go straight ahead. Be right yourself, and leave the rest with God. Labor in faith and prayer. Select Christian youth, and train them to be not workers with hearts like iron, but workers who are willing to harmonize.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 15)
The gospel of Christ is to be lived, practiced in the daily life. The servants of God are to be cleansed from all coldness, all selfishness. I pray that the Lord will change the hearts of those who, unless they receive more grace, will enter into temptation. I pray that He will soften and subdue every heart. We need to live in close fellowship with God, that we may love one another as Christ has loved us. Thus the world is to know that we are His disciples. Let there be no self-exaltation. Let every one humble his heart before God. Then the blessing will come.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 16)
I can write no more now. It is my daily prayer that God will bless you and lead you and guide you.
(18LtMs, Lt 202, 1903, 17)
Lt 203, 1903
Nashville Publishing House “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 14, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SD 321; TDG 266. To those in positions of responsibility in the Nashville Publishing House My dear brethren,—
I am charged with a message to you from the Lord. Seek Him earnestly while He may be found. He is acquainted with the spirit that you reveal in your purposes and plans. Do not carry yourselves proudly. You need to clear the King’s highway. There are to be no gods amongst us. One is our God. He is to be feared and honored by every one. All plans of worldly policy are to be abolished. A spiritual order of things is to be brought in.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 1)
The Lord desires the men connected with our publishing houses to be men who are worked by the Holy Spirit. If the spirit continues to control those in positions of responsibility in the publishing house at Nashville that has controlled them in the past, the same commercial spirit will be brought into this institution that was brought into the publishing house in Battle Creek. Those who have been leavened by this spirit—I shall not call them by name—are in need of the converting power of the Holy Spirit on mind and heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 2)
I copy some extracts from my diary. On March 1, 1903, I wrote:
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 3)
“There are some things that I cannot forbear stating to my brethren standing in positions of responsibility in the Nashville Publishing House. Your danger is in supposing that position gives you power. You are constantly to learn of Christ. While you are influenced by the same spirit that has borne sway in the past, it will be impossible for unity and love and sympathy and deep humility to exist amongst you.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 4)
“The cold barrenness of soul that is seen is detrimental to the missionary work which the Lord desires to see done. The leaven of selfishness and self-exaltation will grow and prevail unless, every day and every hour, humility of mind and heart is cherished.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 5)
“Let the men who stand as leaders in the work of God, and whose work affects others, feel the obligation resting on them to stand ever under the orders of Him who declares that their work is to bear the stamp of heaven. My brethren, unless the commercial work received into the office bears the index and symbol of the divine, it will be a sure snare to the apprentices, who look to the men in responsibility for instruction in business and spiritual lines.”
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 6)
On July 29, 1903, I wrote:
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 7)
“I am carrying a heavy burden for the work in the Southern field. He who bears responsibilities that bring him into contact with others needs a heart that is not a stranger to the influence and teaching of the Holy Spirit. I hope and pray that the men who shall act a part in the publishing house at Nashville will not steel their hearts against the ministration of the Holy Spirit. Angels are watching every movement made.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 8)
“The experience of the past will be repeated by the course of the leading men in this institution unless their self-sufficient spirit is exchanged for the spirit of truth, candor, and Christian courtesy. A thorough conversion alone can make them men that God can use. There is much self-confidence, combined with worldly policy methods. The Lord calls for a change of heart, mind, and character. These men must lay off their self-assurance. The love of Jesus does not rule in their hearts as a living, transforming power. I say to them, Be sure that you are not fit to occupy a position of trust in God’s cause unless you are daily learning of the great Teacher. Remember that you are under God’s orders.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 9)
“The work of God in the South has not been appreciated or wisely carried forward. It is years behind because there has been, on the part of those engaged in it, a lack of true courtesy, of genuine Christian fellowship. Their long-continued need has been the light and love of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 10)
“When men are chosen to fill positions of trust in the work of God, they are placed on trial. If they do not bear the test, if they show that they are not converted, they must not be allowed to remain where they will hinder the progress of God’s work by bringing in wrong methods. Such men place a heavy burden upon those connected with them. What do they need?—A reconversion. They need to know what it means to seek for and receive wisdom from on high. They need to realize that in thought, words, and deed they must undergo an entire transformation before they can offer God acceptable service.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 11)
“The prayer recorded in the ninth chapter of Daniel was offered by one who had long been in the service of God, and who had received the commendation of God. Yet Daniel appeared before God as a sinner, pleading the great need of the people he loved. His prayer is eloquent in its simplicity; for he was intensely in earnest. Read this prayer, and then ask the Lord to indite your prayers. Ask Him to help you to pray with Christlike fervor. With humility and contrition confess your mistakes and errors, and repent before God. Oh, your prayers mean very little; for they are cold and lifeless. You have not a personal acquaintance with Jesus of Nazareth. How can you, then, bring light and power and grace and righteousness into your work for Him?
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 12)
“When men feel their deficiency, there is hope that they will take hold of Him who is their power and efficiency. But while they are self-complacent, content to move in accordance with their deficient human judgment, there is no hope of a change for the better.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 13)
“The Lord calls upon those who claim to be His children to make no deceptive pretensions, but to seek Him in earnestness and sincerity. Let them remember that their words, their acts, their work, their worship of God have an influence upon those connected with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 14)
“My brethren, if you have a realization of the responsibility resting on you, you will seek earnestly for true conversion. We need men now who have been proved and tried and tested. The position in which you stand demands men who fear and tremble because of their inefficiency. Remember that you will either grow in grace, or in a spirit of cold pharisaism. Will you now change your attitude? Will you now make thorough work for eternity?”
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 15)
Harmony and unity are to prevail amongst those in charge of the publishing work at Nashville. These men are to conduct themselves in all humility. Some who in the past have acted a part in this institution have had their secret councils, which pleased themselves, but at which the presiding office, the great I AM, was not present. They supposed that they were doing the will of God, but by their spirit and actions they greatly retarded the work of God. Two or three, destitute of the Holy Spirit and of the warmth of Christ’s love, linked themselves together and thought that in their own wisdom they would carry matters forward. Evil was the result.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 16)
Abraham was chosen by God to be a representative of Himself. He was bidden to leave his kindred and his father’s house and go into a land that he knew not. He was chosen to introduce a new order of things into the country to which he was called. He was to live in close communion with God. He was to receive his orders from God, and his life and character were to be fashioned according to God’s designing. He was to receive instruction from God and give it to the members of his family. He was to be the priest of his household. Upon him was enjoined the cultivation of home religion. He was to cause the will of God to be respected and obeyed. He was to do nothing in a scheming, underhand way, nothing that would in any sense dishonor God.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 17)
Abraham obeyed the word of the Lord. His large household, consisting of more than a thousand souls, was controlled by Christian principles. The searcher of hearts, He who blessed the habitations of the just, said of him, “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.” [Genesis 18:19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 18)
It is the omnipotent God who is speaking, and in His words there can be neither hypocrisy nor deceit. “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him. There will be on his part no betrayal of the truth, no yielding to the guidance of any one but God. I know that he will obey the laws of heaven.”
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 19)
Why was Abraham thus honored by the Lord? He was a man whom God could trust. He was a man of faith, who always followed principles of the strictest integrity. In all his business transactions he was courteous and honorable. His life was controlled by Christian politeness, and he placed the service of the Lord before all else. He would not swerve a hair’s breadth from pure, Christian principles. He did not forget that his first duty was to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 20)
The history of Abraham should be studied by those who are building up the work in Nashville. The same spirit that was to control in the home of the patriarch is to control in the institutions established for the advancement of the work of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 21)
Some who have been handling sacred things have lost a sense of their sacredness and treat them as common matters. Unless they change, the Lord will remove them from His work. He will not have His work carried on in the way in which it has been carried on in the past. The Lord’s name will be magnified if His servants will serve Him. Let them not regard the time as lost that is spent in spiritual devotion. Let them devote every capability of mind and body to keeping the way of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 22)
Those who stand in the work of the Lord as counselors and teachers, but who have not the education and the training that the Lord declares essential for this work, might better stop right where they are and do as the disciples did—make prayer and confession and humiliation their first work until they understand that they are but finite, erring men, who must daily learn their lessons from Him who taught Abraham how to be a Christian gentleman.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 23)
The Lord revealed Himself to Abraham in the visions of the night and word by word gave him his instruction. O that today men would humble their proud hearts and let the sight of the Omniscient One so impress them that they would strip from them their self-importance and self-assumed dignity, feeling that they are only the Lord’s little children, and that they must learn from Him how to behave as gentlemen and gentlewomen. Through careful training under Bible precepts, they may become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 24)
The principles that guided Abraham must be followed by the members of the Nashville church, if they would be lights in the world. The members of this church must be living witnesses for God. They must be filled with zeal; for there is a heaven to win and a hell to shun.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 25)
“I know him that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord.” [Verse 19.] Parents are never to show harshness and roughness in their treatment of their children. They are to show the gentleness of Christ. They are to keep the way of the Lord, guiding their children in this way, daily revealing the Saviour’s love and tenderness, daily obeying the principles of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 26)
The Christian parent should never lose the sense that he is one of God’s little children, and that he is to cultivate a courteous, compassionate disposition, because he is an educator. He is to represent Jesus to his children. In his dealing with them, there is to be seen no impetuosity, and neither is there to be seen the cold, icy dignity that freezes love in the heart. He is to be so kind, so tender, that the hearts of the children will be softened and subdued, prepared to receive the love and grace of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 27)
No harsh words are to be spoken by a Christian to any one, old or young. Such words are prompted by the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 28)
My brethren, do not be so coldly proper toward those with whom you meet in service and worship that you freeze the souls that are in need of the warmth of the love of Christ. Do not let your children or the young people in your charge in the office learn from you to be cold and hard and unapproachable. This is a sin in the sight of a gracious, loving Saviour. Let your hearts break before God. Let Christ come in and bless you. Let the light of His love shine into your poor selfish hearts, making you sweet tempered and amiable.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 29)
We are taught in the Word of God to be kind, tender, pitiful, courteous. Cultivate Christlike love. Let all that you do bear the impress of this love. Those who do not speak the words and do the works of Christ are trying to climb into heaven by some other way than through the door.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 30)
In the prayer that Christ offered for His disciples just before His crucifixion, He said, “For their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:19.] My brethren, you who occupy positions of responsibility in the Lord’s service, remember that Bible truth is not of the least value to you unless by it you are sanctified. Do not endeavor to preserve your cold, unchristlike dignity. This is not religion; it is not Christianity. What you need is the light that shines in the face of Christ, to cause your faces to shine with the brightness of His love. Put away your cast-iron dignity. God has not told you to cherish any such thing. Let your hearts be filled with the love of Christ. Then Christlike sympathy will shine forth from your faces.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 31)
“Neither pray I for these alone,” Christ continued, “but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me.” [Verses 20-23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 32)
Do you not desire to do that which will make it possible for God to answer this prayer? It is by your Christian conduct, your righteousness, your unity, that you make it possible for Him to answer it. Do you think that you honor Christ by standing apart, determined that you will not blend with your fellow workers? Can conduct of this kind answer the prayer of Christ?
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 33)
Bring pleasantness and sweetness into your words and deeds. Then you will understand the meaning of the words, “The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one.” [Verses 22, 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 34)
Then comes the reason that shows why it is so important that Christ’s followers should be united: “That the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verse 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 35)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee, but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 36)
Do you understand this? You have the Word of God. Might you not better read and practice its teachings? You have lost your first love. Unless you repent, God will come to you quickly, and will remove the candlestick out of its place. I am bidden to tell you that when you love God and keep His commandments, you will possess Christlike characters. You will then be as different from what you are now as light and sunshine are different from shadow and tempest.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 37)
There are some serving in holy things who have no faith in God or His power. They multiply their efforts to gain salvation by their own devices. How pitiful are their vain endeavors to justify themselves and to hold their footing against the downward current of evil. They are powerless; for they do not make God their trust.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 38)
My brethren, cultivate gratitude. Praise the Lord for His goodness. When a man begins to depart from God, there is no gratitude in his soul. He receives the temporal and spiritual blessings that come to him as if they were his by right. O that the Lord’s goodness were appreciated! Then would gratitude well up in the soul at the remembrance of His goodness. The heart would be warmed by a sense of His love and filled with joy and thanksgiving.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 39)
God is the eternal, uncreated fountain of all good. All who look to Him and trust in Him find Him to be this. To those who serve Him, cleaving to Him as their heavenly Father, He gives the assurance that He will fulfil His promises. His joy will be in their hearts, and their joy will be full.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 40)
May the Lord give you all a determination to do His will, and may He greatly bless and strengthen you, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 203, 1903, 41)
Lt 204, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 14, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear son Edson,—
With this I am sending you copy of a letter that I have written to those in positions of responsibility in the Nashville Publishing House. I am sending a copy of this to Brother Butler, asking him to read it to those addressed. It would, perhaps, be better for him to read it than for you.
(18LtMs, Lt 204, 1903, 1)
I am too weary to write more today. For the last two or three days I have been troubled with rheumatism.
(18LtMs, Lt 204, 1903, 2)
Brother H. W. Kellogg has promised to lend me one thousand dollars. As soon as I receive this money, I will send it to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 204, 1903, 3)
With much love and in haste.
(18LtMs, Lt 204, 1903, 4)
Lt 205, 1903
Brn-Srs. in Australia “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 14, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 271. My dear brethren and sisters in Australia,—
I read with the deepest interest the letters that come to me from you. My prayers often ascend to God in your behalf. I pray that you may be “steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [1 Corinthians 15:58.] We are living amidst the closing scenes of this world’s history, and to us comes the warning, “Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong.” [1 Corinthians 16:13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 1)
I greatly desire that the Sanitarium shall be a means of much good. Those connected with that institution should be men and women of faith, men and women who feel that they are under obligation to heed and obey the words of the prayer that Christ offered for His disciples just before His crucifixion. They are not to give place to the devices that the enemy seeks to bring in to destroy the peace of the soul. We can be just what Christ prayed that we should be—one in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 2)
Read and re-read the prayer of Christ, until you know it by heart. This prayer was offered for you. Do not disregard it. Accept the gracious privilege of oneness that Jesus holds out to you. His prayer declares that we may have perfect wholeness. In Him we are complete; apart from Him we are deficient.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 3)
We are to answer Christ’s prayer by being one with Him in God. This is so plainly specified that there is no need for us to misunderstand.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 4)
“Sanctify them through Thy truth;” Christ prayed, “Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [John 17:17-20.] This takes in all who hear the Word and receive it into good and honest hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 5)
What is Christ’s request?—“That they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verse 21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 6)
By our unity we are to bear strong, indisputable evidence that Christ came to this world to save sinners. Satan works with all his ingenuity to prevent human beings from bearing this evidence. He wants them to develop an unsanctified individuality so that they shall not love one another. Too often professing Christians yield to him, and then the merest trifle causes a difference to spring up amongst them. Men and women professing godliness build walls of separation between them and their fellow workers, because not all think in exactly the same way or follow exactly the same methods. Those who stand apart, refusing to harmonize, dishonor God before the world. Christ prayed for unity. It is His will that His followers shall labor together in Christian fellowship. Shall it be thus, or shall we grieve Him by disunion and lack of harmony?
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 7)
Let us respond to Christ’s invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy leaden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] To respond to this invitation, we must let go all self-importance, all feeling of superiority, and bow in submission to the will of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 8)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:22, 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 9)
What a wonderful change would be seen in our world if all would obey Christ’s words. He has united His interests with those of humanity, that men and women may receive from Him power to do His will. Those who through His grace become partakers of the divine nature receive the rich blessings that in the councils of heaven it was declared should be bestowed on those who believe in Christ as a personal Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 10)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 11)
“If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered, and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.” [John 15:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 12)
Why do not these words make men afraid to sin against God? There are many today who, though professing Christians, are not one with Christ. They are drifting hither and thither. May God pity them. Unless help from above reaches them, they will be lost, eternally lost.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 13)
The members of our churches need to be converted, that they may understand what the love of Jesus means—the love that He revealed in His life of meekness and lowliness. Profession without practice is of no value in God’s sight. Position cannot gain for us salvation. Nebuchadnezzar was the ruler of the greatest of earth’s kingdoms, but his greatness did not give him acceptance with God. In a moment his power was taken from him.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 14)
“If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit.” [Verses 7, 8.] Fruit-bearing, then, is the condition of discipleship. What is the fruit that is to be borne?—purity of character, unselfish deeds, Christlike words. Those who do not bear this fruit, those whose lives do not reveal the tenderness of Christ, are not accepted as representatives of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 15)
In order for us to bear the fruit that glorifies God, our hearts must be filled with the love of Christ. We must learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Then we shall not strive for self-exaltation. Those who retain their own unchristlike peculiarities are not sanctified through oneness with the Saviour. Self is so prominent that Christ is not seen. When men see more clearly the completeness of Christ’s sacrifice and condescension, they will better understand what is comprehended by oneness with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 16)
“As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love.” [Verse 9.] These words show that man has a part to act. He is to continue in Christ’s love, wearing His yoke, learning His meekness and lowliness. We are bidden to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling, fearing lest we make a failure, and grieve the Spirit of God. But we are not left to work alone. The apostle adds, “It is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:13.] Divine and human effort are to be combined. If the human agent realizes that he is a laborer together with God, if he relies on the Lord to do that which he cannot do, the work will go forward successfully.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 17)
“If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [John 15:10-12.] As Christ has loved us—this is the measurement of the love that we are to have for one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 18)
A Christian is one whose heart is controlled by the Holy Spirit. The love of God pervades his soul. He desires to live, not to get glory for himself, not to serve himself, but to serve and glorify the One who gave His life for him. He may have business to attend to, but it is not unlawful business. And his business life is not separate from his religious life. His business is a part of his service to God. He worships God as verily when attending to this business as when offering prayer. Daniel and his fellows had important duties to perform in connection with the government of Babylon, but they were none the less in the service of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 19)
Not all have the same office. God’s workers are given different duties to perform. Some are entrusted with the spiritual interests of His cause. Others are given lowlier duties. But all are in the service of the Lord, and His blessing rests upon every one who puts forth faithful effort.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 20)
My dear fellow workers, whatever your hands find to do, do it with your might. Make your work pleasant with songs of praise. If you would have a clean record in the books of heaven, never fret or scold. Let your daily prayer be, “Lord, help me to do my best. Teach me how to do better work. Give me energy and cheerfulness. Help me to bring into my service the loving ministry of the Saviour.”
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 21)
Look upon every duty, however humble, as sacred because it is part of God’s service. Do not allow anything to make you forgetful of God. Bring Christ into all that you do. Then your lives will be filled with brightness and thanksgiving. We need a deeper faith. To each one of us God has assigned a certain task. Let us do our best, moving forward cheerfully in the service of the Lord, with our hearts filled with His joy.
(18LtMs, Lt 205, 1903, 22)
Lt 206, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 16, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I did not write to any one in Australia by the last boat. I was very busy writing letters to some in this country. I sent a long letter to Brother John Wessels. He is now in Africa. His wife and children are living in San Francisco. Sister Wessels has a little daughter. I have strong hopes that John Wessels is really making reformations. He writes me good letters, and I always respond, writing words that I hope will be help to the whole Wessels family. I want to do all that I can to encourage them to press on in the heavenward way.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 1)
About three weeks ago I drove over to Healdsburg and stayed there for several days. I spoke on the Sabbath to a large congregation in the church. The Lord gave me great freedom. I spoke twice to the church school teachers who had assembled for the Institute. Next mail I will send you a copy of the talk that I gave on one occasion.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 2)
While in Healdsburg I was deeply impressed that there must be a decided upward movement in the carrying forward of the Lord’s work. There is to be much greater spiritual advancement than there has been. The Lord will work mightily for His people when they believe His Word and submit to His will. When they come to Him with confession and repentance, He will take away their sins and will fill their hearts with the peace of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 3)
I can write you only a very short letter this time. The letters must go this noon. Last night Willie returned from the East, after a stay of more than two months. We have spent some time this morning talking together, and I have not much time left for writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 4)
Do you hear anything in regard to what Dr. Caro is doing? I feel very sorry for him. But we know that you must use great care in connecting workers with the Sanitarium, else the institution will be hindered in doing the work that the Lord desires to see done. How sad it is that Dr. Caro is not willing to be right with God and to learn from Christ to be meek and lowly.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 5)
I feel deeply the need of divine wisdom. I lie awake hour after hour, praying, “Show me Thy ways, O Lord; teach me Thy paths. Lead me in Thy truth, and teach me; for Thou art the God of my salvation, and on Thee do I wait all the day.” [Psalm 25:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 6)
To the workers in the Sanitarium I would say, Stand firm for the right. Remember that you are God’s children. When perplexities arise, take them to God in prayer, and He will help. He will never misunderstand you.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 7)
The Lord has a work for all to do. He will aid every one who looks to Him. Remember that every effort you make needs the fragrance of Christ’s righteousness, in order for it to be an acceptable offering to the Lord. Remember, too, that of yourselves you can do no good thing. Divine and human endeavor must be united. Then good will be accomplished. We need so much to be united with one another and with Christ. The commandments of God are a golden chain of love, binding heart to heart, mind to mind. In all your services follow the rule, “Do unto others as ye would that they should do unto you.” [See Matthew 7:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 8)
With much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 206, 1903, 9)
Lt 207, 1903
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 13, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #6 44-45; 6Bio 57. + My dear brethren and sisters,—
I understand that efforts are being made to establish a college in Battle Creek, after the Lord has plainly stated that there should not be a college there, giving the reasons why. He said that the school was to be taken out of Battle Creek, to remove one excuse for so many crowding into Battle Creek and settling there. He said, also, that Seventh-day Adventist schools were not to be like the schools of the world, but like the schools of the prophets.
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 1)
The establishment of a college in Battle Creek is contrary to the Lord’s directions. The Lord does not look with favor upon this plan or upon those who devised it. It is a plan of human devising.
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 2)
The Lord does not require His people to give of their means for the establishment of a college in Battle Creek; for He has declared that a college should not be established there. He has declared that His people are not to settle in places where for so long the light of truth has been shining.
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 3)
We are trying to establish a memorial in Washington to represent the truth, and means will be needed for this work. We shall be obliged to depend on our people to furnish means with which to purchase the land on which to erect this memorial. We shall have to call on them also to furnish means to provide facilities for the carrying forward of the work there.
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 4)
I would say to our people, The Lord has warned me in the night season that efforts will be made to obtain means for the carrying forward of certain interests, when the Lord has declared that means should be used in other ways. If you have money to lend or to give to the Lord’s cause, will you not remember the work in Washington?
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 5)
By written messages and by fire the Lord has declared that He wants His people to move out of Battle Creek. May God help us to hear His voice. Does it mean nothing to us that our two great institutions in Battle Creek were swept away by fire? You say, But the new Sanitarium has many patients. Yes; but if there were many thousand patients there, this would be no argument in favor of our people’s building homes in Battle Creek and settling there.
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 6)
Temptations are increasing. Men are rejecting the light that God has sent in the testimonies of His Spirit, and they are choosing their own devising and their own plans. Will men continue to separate themselves from God? Must He reveal His displeasure in a still more marked manner than He has already done?
(18LtMs, Lt 207, 1903, 7)
Lt 208, 1903
Brethren and Sisters “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 20, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 466, 492. Dear brethren and sisters,—
It is not work that kills; it is worry. The only way to avoid worry is to take every trouble to Christ. Let us not look on the dark side. Let us cultivate cheerfulness of spirit. I have much to make me sad at heart, but I try not to speak discouragingly, because some one who hears my words may be sad at heart, and I must not do anything to increase their sadness.
(18LtMs, Lt 208, 1903, 1)
Some are addressed in these words, “Why sayest thou, O Jacob, and speakest, O Israel, My way is hid from the Lord, and my judgment is passed over from my God. Hast thou not known, hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? There is no searching of His understanding.” [Isaiah 40:27, 28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 208, 1903, 2)
We are to keep our minds stayed upon the Lord. We must eat of the food that He has provided for the soul—His holy Word, which is filled with spiritual life.
(18LtMs, Lt 208, 1903, 3)
The promises of this Word will be fulfilled to us if we will practice its teachings. The Lord has a heaven full of blessings prepared for us. Often we grieve the Holy Spirit by unbelief, by encouraging distrust. In Him is no darkness at all. Let us face the light. Let us talk faith and hope. God’s thoughts are not our thoughts, neither are His ways our ways.
(18LtMs, Lt 208, 1903, 4)
We have no time to speak discouraging words. The law of kindness is to be on our lips. We cannot afford to please Satan by speaking words of faultfinding and envy. When love for God burns on the altar of the soul, the words spoken will glorify God.
(18LtMs, Lt 208, 1903, 5)
Lt 209, 1903
Kellogg, H. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 20, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 378. Henry W. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
We have just received the draft for one thousand dollars which you have sent us. I thank you very much for this money.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 1)
I would be much pleased if you could lend me another thousand dollars. I greatly desire to prepare for publication some important matter that ought to be brought before the people, and I also desire to purchase the plates of my books in foreign languages, now held by Review and Herald.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 2)
Some from whom I had borrowed money, and who I had hoped would renew the loan for another year, have been obliged to call for their money.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 3)
For some months I have not received a penny from the General Conference. But now they are settled, I shall soon receive something from them. I expect to receive some money from some of my books soon.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 4)
We are very glad that you could let us have the money which you sent, but I must obtain as much more from some source.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 5)
My next book is to be on temperance and the medical missionary work. It is my purpose to give the manuscript of this book to our sanitariums, to help them to raise the debts resting on them, as I gave Christ’s Object Lessons to raise the debts on our schools. I think that this is the best I can do, and that this will be a most appropriate book for this purpose. I am preparing other books as fast as possible, which I wish to bring before the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 6)
I should like to write you many things in regard to the things taught in the book The Living Temple. The Lord is not glorified by such a mixture of Bible and nature, of the divine and the human. False statements are presented, dressed in the beautiful garments of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 7)
Brother Kellogg, we are living in perilous times. We need sharp, clear eyesight; for the enemy is working with all stealthiness to lead the minds of men from the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 8)
We are commanded to give the trumpet a certain sound, but this book sounds a very uncertain note. Some, however, will grasp it eagerly, but will find only a shadow in place of the reality. Many such productions will be forthcoming in these last days. Errors will be presented in a pleasing and flattering manner. The enemy desires to divert the minds of our brethren and sisters from the work of preparing a people to stand in these last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 9)
With much respect, I remain
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 10)
Your sister in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 209, 1903, 11)
Lt 210, 1903
Teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 21, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 1NL 96; LLM 56-58. + To the teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College,—
The closing scenes of this earth’s history are near at hand. The unfulfilled predictions of the book of Revelation are soon to be fulfilled. This prophecy is now to be studied with diligence by the people of God and should be clearly understood. It does not conceal the truth; it clearly forewarns, telling us what will be in the future.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 1)
Our work now is to husband the time, the influence, and the means that God has given us and to co-operate with the Lord at every step. We are to be true, courageous, and faithful. Unless we stand firmly and intelligently for the truth, there will be serious misconceptions, and the work that the Lord would have done will be left undone.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 2)
Let us not be in any way deceived. Let us realize the weakness of humanity and see where man fails in his self-sufficiency. We shall then be filled with a desire to be just what God desires us to be—pure, noble, sanctified. We shall hunger and thirst after the righteousness of Christ. To be like God will be the one desire of the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 3)
This is the desire that filled Enoch’s heart. And we read that he walked with God. He studied the character of God to a purpose. He did not mark out his own course, or set up his own will, as if he thought himself fully qualified to manage matters. He strove to conform himself to the divine likeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 4)
The Lord calls upon our young people to enter our schools and quickly fit themselves for service. In various places, outside of the cities, schools are to be established, where your youth can receive an education that will prepare them to go forth to do evangelical work and medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 5)
The Lord must be given an opportunity to show men their duty and to work upon their minds. No one is to bind himself to serve for a term of years under the direction of one group of men or in one specified branch of the Master’s work; for the Lord Himself will call men, as of old He called the humble fishermen, and will Himself give them instruction regarding their field of labor and the methods they should follow. He will call men from the plow and from other occupations to give the last note of warning to perishing souls. There are many ways in which to work for the Master, and the great Teacher will open the understanding of these workers, enabling them to see wondrous things in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 6)
I have repeatedly been instructed that no one should be advised to pledge himself to spend two, three, four, five, or six years under any one man’s supervision. Let students stand where they can follow the will of God. Their service belongs to Him. Their capabilities and talents are to be refined, purified, ennobled. In this lower school—the school of earth—they are to be prepared for translation into the school of heaven, where their education will be continued under the personal supervision of Christ, the great Teacher, who will lead them beside the living waters and open to them the mysteries of the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 7)
The Training of Medical Missionaries
Medical missionary work is yet in its infancy. The meaning of genuine medical missionary work is known by but few. Why?—Because the Saviour’s plan of work has not been followed. God’s money has been misapplied. In many places practical evangelistic medical missionary work is not being done; but many of the workers who should go forth as did the disciples are being collected together and held in a few places, as they have been in the past, notwithstanding the Lord’s warning that this should not be.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 8)
Many of the men and women who should be out in the field, working as medical missionary evangelists, helping those engaged in the gospel ministry, are collected in Battle Creek, acting over the same program that has been acted over in the past, confining the forces, binding them up in one place. God has spoken against this by sending His judgments upon the institutions in Battle Creek; but notwithstanding this, every movement on the part of those striving to heed the warnings by laboring to change the order of things has been made very hard because of the misconception of some regarding the way in which the medical missionary work should be carried forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 9)
God has not given us the work of erecting immense sanitariums, to be used as health resorts for all who may come. Neither is it His purpose that medical missionary workers shall spend a long term of years in college before they enter the field. To build up a school in Battle Creek, as some of our people there desire, would tend to counterwork the influence that God has declared should be exerted on His people in these last days of this earth’s history.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 10)
The interests that the Lord has declared should not remain in Battle Creek are not now to be brought back and re-established there. Much of the force that would be needed to carry forward there, amidst many disadvantages, the work of these interests, should be used in doing gospel medical missionary work in the large cities still unworked.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 11)
“Break up the large centers,” has been the word of the Lord. “Carry the light to many places.” Those who are desirous of receiving a training for effective medical missionary work should understand that large sanitariums will be conducted so much like institutions of the world, that students laboring in such sanitariums cannot obtain a symmetrical training for Christian medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 12)
The proclamation of the truth in all parts of the world calls for small sanitariums in many places, not in the heart of cities, but in places where city influences will be as little felt as possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 13)
I am obliged to say that the making of so large a plant in Battle Creek, and the calling together of those who should be engaged in medical missionary work in many places is doing just what God has specified should not be done.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 14)
The fact that many patients are coming to the new Sanitarium at Battle Creek is not to be read as a sign that the planning for so large a work there was for the best. To this large institution will come many men and women who are not really sick. Workers will be required to wait on them; our nurses will become the servants of worldly men and women who are not inclined to piety or religion. But this is not the work that God has given to His medical missionaries. Our charge has been given us by the greatest Medical Missionary that this world has ever seen. Standing but a step from His Father’s throne, Christ said to His disciples:
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 15)
“All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.”“Go ye into all the world,” He said, “and preach the gospel to every creature,”“teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20; Mark 16:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 16)
Let our ministers who have gained an experience in preaching the Word learn how to give simple treatments, and then labor intelligently as medical missionary evangelists.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 17)
Workers—gospel medical missionaries—are needed now. We cannot afford to spend years in preparation. Soon doors now open to the truth will be forever closed. Carry the message now. Do not wait, allowing the enemy to take possession of fields now open before you. Let little companies go forth to do the work to which Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangelists, scattering our publications and talking of the truth to those they meet. Let them pray for the sick, ministering to their necessities, not with drugs, but with nature’s remedies and teaching them how to regain health and avoid disease.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 18)
Let the workers remember always that they are dependent on God. Let them not trust in human wisdom, but in the wisdom of the One who declares, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.... Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18, 20.] Let them go forth two and two, depending on God, not on man, for wisdom and success. Let them search the Scriptures and then present the truths of God’s Word to others. Let them be guided by the principles that Christ has laid down.
(18LtMs, Lt 210, 1903, 19)
Lt 211, 1903
Teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 22, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in RH 10/22/1903. +
Teach the Word
To the teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College,—
I have some things to say to our teachers in reference to the new book The Living Temple. Be careful how you sustain the sentiments of this book regarding the personality of God. As the Lord presents matters to me, these sentiments do not bear the endorsement of God. They are a snare that the enemy has prepared for these last days. I thought that this would surely be discerned and that it would not be necessary for me to say anything about it. But since the claim has been made that the teachings of this book can be sustained by statements from my writings, I am compelled to speak in denial of this claim. There may be in this book expressions and sentiments that are in harmony with my writings. And there may be in my writings many statements which when taken from their connection, and interpreted according to the mind of the writer of Living Temple, would seem to be in harmony with the teachings of this book. This may give apparent support to the assertion that the sentiments in Living Temple are in harmony with my writings. But God forbid that this opinion should prevail.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 1)
We need not the mysticism that is in this book. Those who entertain these sophistries will soon find themselves in a position where the enemy can talk with them and lead them away from God. It is represented to me that the writer of this book is on a false track. He has lost sight of the distinguishing truths for this time. He knows not whither his steps are tending. The track of truth lies close beside the track of error, and both tracks may seem to be one to minds which are not worked by the Holy Spirit, and which, therefore, are not quick to discern the difference between truth and error.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 2)
In regard to the faith to be cherished and preserved in these last days, very little light is given in Living Temple, and this light is so uncertain that it would not help God’s people at this stage of their work.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 3)
In the visions of the night this matter was clearly presented to me before a large number. One of authority was speaking, and He said, “If the suppositions and statements found in this book were essential, if these statements were pure provender, thoroughly winnowed from the chaff, there would be some decided mention of them in the revelation given by Christ to John to give to the churches. To John the Lord Jesus opened the subjects that He saw would be needed by His people in the last days. The instruction that He gave is found in the book of Revelation. Those who would be co-workers with our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ will show a deep interest in the truths found in the book of Revelation. With pen and voice they will strive to make plain the wonderful things that Christ came from heaven to reveal.”
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 4)
“The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John, who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that He saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things that are written therein; for the time is at hand.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 6)
Our Instructor presented the solemn messages that have been given in their order in Revelation and that are to occupy the first place in the minds of God’s people. Nothing else is to be allowed to engross our attention.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 7)
All through the book The Living Temple, passages of Scripture are used, but in many instances these passages are used in such a way that the right interpretation is not given to them. The message for this time is not, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.” [Jeremiah 7:4.] Whom does the Lord receive as vessels unto honor?—Those who co-operate with Christ; those who believe the truth, who live the truth, who proclaim the truth in all its bearings.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 8)
There are those whose minds will be taken up with smooth words and fair speeches—put into language that they cannot understand or interpret. Precious time is rapidly passing, and many will be robbed of the time that should be given to the proclamation of the messages that God has sent to a fallen world. Satan is pleased to see the diversion of minds that should be engaged in the study o the truths that have to do with eternal realities.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 9)
The testimony of Christ, a testimony of the most solemn character, is to be borne to the world. All through the book of Revelation there are the most precious, elevating promises, and there are also warnings of most fearfully solemn import. Will not those who profess to have a knowledge of the truth read the testimony given to John by Christ. Here is no guesswork, no scientific deception. Here are the truths that concern our present and future welfare. What is the chaff to the wheat?
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 10)
Our Instructor passed on to the third chapter of Revelation and read the following:
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 11)
“Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write, These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 12)
These words were spoken with such strength and force that those present seemed to be afraid and hid their faces in their hands, as if they were arraigned before the Judge of all the earth. Some seemed about to faint.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 13)
Then the subject changed. The Speaker read:
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 14)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed with white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 15)
“And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write: These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth, and shutteth, and no man openeth: I know thy works; behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it; for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name. Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out; and I will write upon him the name of My God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God; and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 4-13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 16)
In these words there is no soothsaying.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 17)
The Speaker held up Living Temple, saying, “In this book there are statements that the writer himself does not comprehend. Many things are stated in a vague, undefined way. Statements are made in such a way that nothing is sure. And this is not the only production of the kind that will be urged upon the people. Fanciful views will be presented by many minds. What we need to know at this time is, What is the truth that will enable us to win the salvation of our souls?”
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 18)
The sophistries regarding God and nature that are flooding the world with skepticism are the inspiration of the fallen foe, who is himself a Bible student, who knows the truth that it is essential for the people to receive, and whose study it is to divert minds from these great truths relating to what is soon coming upon the world. Let our teachers beware lest they echo the soothsaying of the enemy of God and man.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 19)
Pointing to some present, our Instructor said, “You are making a mistake. The Word, the Word revealed by God—this is to be the foundation of your faith. Study the commandments of God and the testimony that Jesus has borne to the truth. He is the faithful and true Witness.”
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 20)
Then was repeated the message to the Laodicean church. The whole of the third chapter of Revelation, from first to last, was read:
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 21)
“Unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write, These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God. I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 22)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 14-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 23)
The Lord is soon coming. The watchmen on the walls of Zion are called upon to awake to their God-given responsibility. Many of them are in the stupor of insensibility. God calls for watchmen who in the power of the Spirit will give to the world a warning message; who will proclaim the time of night. He calls for watchmen who will arouse men and women from their lethargy, lest they sleep the sleep of death.
(18LtMs, Lt 211, 1903, 24)
Lt 212, 1903
Teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpM 324-325. + To the teachers in Emmanuel Missionary College,—
To receive and practice the teachings of Him who is the way, the truth, and the life is to gain eternal life. Christ gives this life to those who believe on Him, who reveal the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. His followers are to train themselves to practice the strictest integrity in all things; they are to be truthful in thought, word, and deed. They are to work with an eye single to the glory of God. Thus only can they be true representatives of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 1)
He who accepts Christ accepts His yoke. He is linked up with Christ, and in all his work he is to co-operate with Christ. He is to speak no word, perform no act, that would misrepresent the high and holy principles by which the kingdom of Christ is governed.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 2)
“Learn of Me,” said the great Medical Missionary; “for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] Daily in the school of Christ we are to learn lessons of self-denial and cross-bearing.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 3)
We are not to link up in counsel with worldly men. Our lives are not to be corrupted by the customs and practices of men who have sold themselves to the world. Never are we to consult with worldly lawyers as to how we may gain advantage over some one else. Never are we to play an underhand game to obtain means from the Lord’s treasury for any use whatever. All that is worth gaining may be gained in strictly honorable lines.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 4)
“All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them,” said Christ. [Matthew 7:12.] Making this our rule in the daily life, we shall be able to face men in the judgment, knowing that we have not misrepresented the high and holy principles of the law by which we shall be judged.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 5)
Receiving the truth, and performing the duties enjoined in the gospel—thus we give evidence to the world that we have been genuinely converted, and that we have been adopted into the family of God. By revealing a character like the character of Christ, we show that God has called and chosen us.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 6)
Christ can work only through those who will unite with Him. By obeying the truth and exercising faith, every child of God may receive the help of His mighty power. But many who are called do not respond to the truth. They choose to follow their own way and be guided by their own spirit. They are unclean vessels appointed unto wrath. Christ cannot obtain entrance to the hearts of those who work with the enemy of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 7)
There is a great difference between the spirit of the world and the Spirit of Christ. He who seeks at all risk to carry out his own plans and purposes is in co-partnership with Satan, entirely out of harmony with the plans and purposes of God. Only through the knowledge of God and of Christ can men come into harmony with the divine will.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 8)
Growth in Grace
The divine plan for the development of Christian character is set forth by the apostle Peter as follows:
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 9)
“Grace and peace be multiplied to you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord. According as His divine power hath given us all things that pertain to life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises; that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And beside all this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge.” [2 Peter 1:2-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 10)
Our teachers should strive to give the purest education in morality and religion. Our students should constantly be reaching out for Christian attainments. God has called us to “glory and virtue,” and these will be manifest in the lives of all who are truly connected with Jesus Christ. [Verse 3.] Their words will be truthful. They will practice the principles of temperance in all things. By a belief and practice of the truth, they will keep their appetites and passions under control. Those who indulge their sinful desires are unworthy of the name of Christians.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 11)
Mark the divine plan for adding grace to grace: “And to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience [godliness; and to godliness] brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 12)
“For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [Verses 6-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 13)
The life of the Christian is a constant effort to grow in grace and efficiency. He seeks to increase his talents, that he may do better service for the Master. He keeps close to the side of Christ, knowing that only by watchfulness and prayer and help from above can he be kept from sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 14)
In order to work out the plans of God, men must co-operate with divine power. As the draw near to God, and obtain the instruction given by Christ, they will daily learn how to avoid the snares of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 15)
The Christian graces are to be brought into the daily life. Giving all diligence, work on the plan of addition. Act your part in the fear of God. Reverence Him. Keep your souls in His love. Make no provision for uniting, even for a moment, with Satan to forward his schemes. Do not allow him to divert your mind from God’s work to him. He knows your weakness; He knows just what inducements to present to lead you to follow his guidance. Refuse to serve him. Keep the Lord ever before you.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 16)
Those who, while professing to be on Christ’s side, yield themselves to the doing of unchristlike work greatly dishonor God. He will surely let His wrath fall on those who thus rob Him of the glory due to Him. He is displeased when men allow Satan to lead them to scheme and plot against the Lord’s servants, making exceedingly difficult the work of those who are striving to exalt truth and righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 17)
He who is chosen as a leader in the work of God is to reveal a holy temper and a Christlike love. He is to make God his dependence. Unless he does this he will be in danger of setting in operation movements that will hinder the work of God and of giving the impression that God is serving with the sinners in Zion. This has been done over and over again. Many souls will be lost because the guardians of the flock have co-operated with the prince of the power of the air to hedge up the way for the advancement of the work according to the directions left by Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 18)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, (if you follow this plan of addition,) ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 9, 10.] Here is our eternal life insurance policy.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 19)
“Wherefore,” Peter continues, “I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth. Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle to stir you up by putting you in remembrance.... For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the Father honor and glory, when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory, This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. And this voice which came from heaven, we heard, when we were with Him in the holy mount. We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts: knowing this first that no prophecy of the Scriptures is of any private interpretation. For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 20)
“But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring unto themselves swift destruction. And many will follow their pernicious ways, by reason of whom the truth shall be evil spoken of, and through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you.” [2 Peter 1:12, 13, 16-21; 2:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 21)
A Warning of Danger
Perilous times are before us. Every one who has a knowledge of the truth should awake and place himself, body, soul, and spirit, under the discipline of God. Wake up, brethren, wake up. The enemy is on our track. We must be wide awake on our guard against him. We must put on the whole armor of God. We must follow the directions given in the spirit of prophecy. We must love and obey the truth for this time. This will save us from accepting strong delusions. God has spoken to us through His Word. He has spoken to us through the testimonies to the church and through the books that have helped to make plain our present duty and the position that we should now occupy. The warnings that have been given, line upon line, precept upon precept, should be heeded. If we disregard them, what excuse shall we offer?
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 22)
The new theories in regard to God and Christ, as brought out in The Living Temple, are not in harmony with the teaching of Christ. The Lord Jesus came to this world to represent the Father. He did not represent God as an essence pervading nature, but as a personal Being. Christians should bear in mind that God has a personality as verily as has Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 23)
Christ came to our world to restore in man the moral image of God. He came to bring fallen human beings power to obey God’s commandments, that in them might be restored the divine character, that their lives might be adorned with the holiness of God. Of those who are thus transformed in character it is said, “Now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly, wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God: for He hath prepared for them a city.” [Hebrews 11:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 24)
Christians are to represent Christ. They are to reveal His Spirit and character. Those who are imbued with His Spirit will have an intense love for every one for whom He died and will work earnestly to bring into the heavenly garner a harvest of souls. Filled with His Spirit, they will be animated with the same desire to save sinners that animated Christ in His lifework as a missionary sent of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 25)
The enemy of Christ is intensely active. He seeks to take possession of human minds, that he may bring in division, discord, and a party spirit. He seeks to create division among the people of God, that they may be weakened, and that their influence for good on the world may be lessened. He presents scientific propositions that are contrary to Christ’s teaching and contrary to the faith and the doctrines that have been outlined before us ever since the first proclamation of this message—doctrines that are sustained by the Scriptures. Our message is to be definitely proclaimed. We are to exalt the truths that were given to John on the Isle of Patmos, showing that the end is near.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 26)
The pope claims authority over the practice of many who do not recognize Christ as our only Authority. He places himself in the position of God, and the weak and uninformed are kept from the knowledge that would reveal to them their privilege as children of God. We are to have no kings, no rulers, no popes among us. It is time for us diligently to heed the messages that have brought us out from the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 212, 1903, 27)
Lt 213, 1903
Friends at Berrien Springs “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 9, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in ML 61; 2MR 44-45. My dear friends at Berrien Springs,—
If you were nearer to us, we should call upon you and speak to you face to face. But this cannot be. We pray for you all, and we sympathize with you all. In your many trials and difficulties, remember that you have a Friend that sticketh closer than a brother—One who understands your situation better than it is possible for you to understand it. The precious Saviour is touched with the feelings of our infirmities, and He will not suffer us to be tempted above that we are able.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 1)
Let us seek the answer to our prayers where alone it can be found—from Him who has said, “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] After the Saviour had ascended to heaven, the gift of the Spirit was sent in answer to the prayers of the disciples. It came like a rushing, mighty wind and filled the whole house where they were assembled. It came with copiousness and power, as if for ages it had been restrained, pent up, waiting an opportunity to pour forth its gracious influence and power.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 2)
When the Spirit descended on the disciples, there were dwelling in Jerusalem “devout men, out of every nation under heaven;” and the disciples were given power to speak to these men in their own tongues. [Acts 2:5, 6.] Thus was borne the testimony that God’s field is the world. The gospel is not confined to a certain limited territory, to some particular country or province. Of the Spirit, Christ said, “He shall convince the world of sin.” [John 16:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 3)
What instrumentalities were to be employed for the doing of this work? Those to whom the power of the Spirit had been promised, and upon whom, on the day of Pentecost, it rested. By their influence, under the sanctification of the Spirit, the gospel was to go forth to the ends of the earth. Human lips, touched with holy fire, were to proclaim a saving truth, calling out from the world a people who were to be as kings and priests unto God. The truth that sanctifies the receiver was to be proclaimed, with God’s power behind the human instrument, convincing the world of sin, converting sinners, and bringing to them the righteousness of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 4)
What was the result of the outpouring of the Spirit?—Thousands were converted in day. The sword of the Spirit, newly edged with power and bathed in the lightnings of heaven, cut its way through unbelief, overcoming satanic agencies and magnifying the Lord as possessing supreme power.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 5)
Everywhere the gospel was proclaimed. Those who proclaimed it had no grievous complaints to make. The hearts of the disciples were surcharged with a benevolence so full, so deep, so far-reaching, that it impelled them to go to the ends of the earth, testifying, God forbid that we should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. As they proclaimed the gospel as the power of God unto salvation, hearts yielded to the power of the Holy Spirit. New territory was daily added to the church. In every place converts confessed Christ. Those who had been the bitterest opponents of the truth became her champions.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 6)
The teachers of the truth lifted up the Man of Calvary, repeating His lessons. The Spirit of the great Medical Missionary animated the whole company of believers and spoke through them. The peace of Christ shone forth from their faces. They realized that they were the property of the Redeemer, and they consecrated their lives to Him for service. Their very features bore evidence to the voluntary surrender that they had made.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 7)
Many of those who received the message of salvation were set apart by the Lord for positions of sacred trust. God prepared them for the work that He had for them. And will not those who today are truly converted be given a work to do for the Master? God will endow men and women today with power, as He endowed those who heard the message on the day of Pentecost. The impartation of the Spirit is for all who will take God at His word. At this very hour His grace and His Spirit are for those who need them.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 8)
Notice that it was after the disciples had come into perfect unity, when they were no longer striving for the highest place, that the outpouring of the Spirit came. They were of one accord. All differences had been put away. One subject of emulation swallowed up all others—who should most closely follow Christ’s example of self-denial and self-sacrifice? Who should do the most for the enlargement of His kingdom? And after the Spirit had been poured out, the testimony was the same. Mark the Word of God: “The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul.” [Acts 4:32.] The Spirit of Him who died that we might live animated the entire congregation of believers. Every spiritual pulse beat in harmony.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 9)
The disciples prepared themselves for their work. They met together, and put away all differences. They believed Christ’s promise that the blessing would be given, and they prayed in faith. They did not ask for a blessing for themselves merely. They were weighted with the burden for the salvation of souls. The gospel was to be carried to the uttermost parts of the earth, and they claimed the endowment of the power that Christ had promised. Then it was that the Holy Spirit was poured out, and thousands were converted in a day.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 10)
So may it be now. Instead of man’s speculations, let the Word of God be preached. Let Christians put away their dissensions and give themselves to God for the saving of the lost. Let them ask in faith for the blessing, and it will come. The outpouring of the Spirit in apostolic days was the former rain, and glorious was the result. But the latter rain will be more abundant.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 11)
The work of the Spirit had been clearly defined by Christ. “He shall not speak of Himself,” He said. “He shall glorify Me.” [John 16:13, 14.] As Christ came to glorify the Father by the revelation of His infinite love, so the Spirit came to glorify Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 12)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] The measure of God’s love is the measure of His power. He sent His Son to represent Himself. Christ’s life was an expression of the character of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 13)
Who can estimate the guilt of those who refuse to receive Christ, who are not willing to look and live, who give the strength of body, mind, and soul to earthly things, turning away from Him who is the Light and Life of men. Those who do this crucify the Son of God afresh and put Him to open shame.
(18LtMs, Lt 213, 1903, 14)
Lt 214, 1903
Magan, P. T.; Sutherland, E. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 9, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 328-330. + Dear Brethren Magan and Sutherland,—
I am sure that the Lord will work to bring you upon higher ground, where you will not be so severely harassed or perplexed.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 1)
I wish to write you a few words in regard to the employment of Dr. E. J. Waggoner as a teacher in the Berrien Springs school. I have had much confidence in Brother Waggoner, but I know that just now he is in special danger. He is in danger, as many others are, of accepting incorrect views of God, as set forth in the new book Living Temple. Take him into the school at Berrien Springs. My counsel regarding his work is that you help him to place his feet on solid ground, even the Rock of Ages. I believe that he will recover his former clearness and power.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 2)
However favorably our physicians and others may view the theories regarding God that are presented in Living Temple, I must tell you that these theories are faulty, incorrect, false. All through the book passages of Scripture are used, but many of these Scriptures are used in such a way that they are misinterpreted. These Scriptures, read in their connection and understood in their simplicity, do not sustain the theories that the writer is endeavoring to maintain.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 3)
Those who present such theories are lost in the woods. They know not the danger of the theories that they are handling. I know how dangerous these theories are. Before I was seventeen years old, I had to bear my testimony against them before large companies, and all through my experience for the last fifty years, I have had to meet and oppose these delusive theories.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 4)
Soon after Dr. Kellogg first connected with the Sanitarium, I was shown that he was in danger of entertaining false views of God. I labored with him, telling him that his case had been presented to me, and that I had been shown just what the holding of such ideas would lead to.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 5)
Dr. Kellogg has not always been led by the Lord. Good seed has been sown in his heart, but he has not always responded to the Lord’s call. While we were in Australia, I saw that the doctor would link up with ministers not in the truth. I heard conversations between him and these ministers, in which he told of the large things that he was planning to do in the cities.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 6)
I was instructed that there was danger of Dr. Kellogg’s becoming unsettled in regard to the truth, that he was not standing firm upon the true foundation. He has labored so hard to make the medical missionary work the whole body that he has lost sight of the spirit of the message. I was instructed that he was allowing his mind to depart from the faith and was giving heed to seducing spirits, and that, unless he righted himself, all associated with him would be in danger of being led away by the theories that greatly dishonored God. I was instructed that unless a change came, Dr. Kellogg would discard the testimonies of God’s Spirit, in order to establish theories of his own, and would bring upon himself the condemnation of the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 7)
I have ever done all that I could to save Dr. Kellogg’s soul, but of late I have not written to him as frequently as in former years. I am greatly disappointed that so many of our medical missionary workers seem to be spiritually blind. I cannot regard them as safe teachers. They are sowing tares among the wheat. Those who venture to speak of God as He is spoken of in the Living Temple are on very dangerous ground.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 8)
I say, and have ever said, that I will not engage in controversy with any one in regard to the nature and personality of God. Let those who try to describe God know that on such a subject silence is eloquence. Let the Scriptures be read in simple faith, and let each one form his conceptions of God from His inspired Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 9)
No human mind can comprehend God. No man hath seen Him at any time. We are as ignorant of God as little children. But as little children we may love and obey Him. Had this been understood, such sentiments as are in this book would never have been expressed.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 10)
There are men bearing large responsibilities who do not know God. They do not understand the reasons of our faith. They have lost their way. Should I keep these things to myself any longer, I should be afraid that I would be brought under condemnation for suffering our people to be deceived. The enemy has sown his seed in the mind of our leading physician, and he is sowing the same seed in other minds. I should not be clear before God did I keep silent any longer regarding these things. The leaders in the medical missionary work ought to understand in regard to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 11)
At this time, just before the close of this earth’s history, we need in the cause of God spiritual-minded men, men who are earnest in principle and who have a clear understanding of what is truth. Immortality is obtained only by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. “Verily, verily I say unto you,” Christ declared, “he that believeth on Me hath everlasting life.... I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.... Whoso eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood dwelleth in Me, and I in him.... It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:47, 51, 54-56, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 12)
We all need to cling to the Lord Jesus Christ. In regard to the Father, we shall soon understand in regard to His personality. I am bidden to speak these words to our medical workers and to our church members. Be not deceived; God is not mocked. Let those who have need of being converted seek diligently for the truth, else the words spoken by Christ will be applicable to them: “Ye shall seek Me, and shall not find Me; and where I am, thither ye cannot come.” [John 7:34.]
(18LtMs, Lt 214, 1903, 13)
Lt 215, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 9, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear children Edson and Emma,—
This morning I was unable to sleep past two o’clock. I rose and had written seventeen pages before breakfast. Of late I have written much.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 1)
Willie has just brought me your letter written from Nashville, October 1. I was glad to read this letter and to know that the situation is relieved and that you are no longer under such heavy financial pressure. I have had to borrow some more money, about seven hundred and fifty dollars. I fear that unless some money comes in from my books, I shall have to borrow money from the bank, and on this I shall have to pay a high rate of interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 2)
Of late we have all been very busy. Some of the time during this week, all the members of my family have been engaged in helping with the wine-making or in picking grapes. We have been anxious to finish this work before the rains came, and thus far, we have been favored with beautiful weather.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 3)
We feared that the rain would come before our grape crop was picked and that much of the fruit would perish on the vines. Last Sabbath afternoon the clouds looked as if rain would soon fall, and toward evening it began to sprinkle. As soon as the Sabbath was over, all our family went down to the vineyard and picked grapes until ten o’clock. The moon was full, and so it was not very dark. They picked over a ton of sweetwater grapes. However, the rain did not come.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 4)
We have sold some of our grapes to the Sanitarium and to a fruit store in St. Helena. I will not sell grapes to the wineries, and in order to save our crop, we bought the machinery necessary to make unfermented wine and have crushed and bottled nearly all our grapes.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 5)
This year the grape crop was very good. The grapes were of an excellent quality. I wish that you could have been here to enjoy them with us. I should very much enjoy a visit with you.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 6)
We have had a good crop of tomatoes, and Mrs. Nelson has canned over two hundred quarts. To me it seems like a miracle that there should be so large a crop; for not a drop of rain has fallen since before the seeds were planted.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 7)
Nearly every day for about two months we have had sweet corn on our table. It is the nicest sweet corn we have ever had. Sister Nelson has dried about half a bushel.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 8)
We accept these good things as a miracle of God’s mercy. We praise our heavenly Father for His goodness and love. He “moves in a mysterious way His wonders to perform.”
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 9)
The other day Clarence Crisler, Dores Robinson, and Sara went to a place just beyond St. Helena and gathered a box of figs. We get these figs in exchange for grapes.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 10)
Brother Magan has been with us for a day or two. He left this morning, and Willie and I went to the station with him, that we might talk over some of the perplexing questions that have arisen. The ride rested me.
(18LtMs, Lt 215, 1903, 11)
Lt 216, 1903
Leaders in our Medical Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 4, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 12MR 64-71. + To the leaders in our medical work Dear Brethren,—
I have a message for you. I am instructed to say that all the arrangements connected with the management of the medical missionary work are not to originate in Battle Creek. It is the deceptive power of the enemy of all righteousness that leads to the repeated attempts to bring all our medical institutions under the control of one organization. Certainly such efforts are not inspired by the Lord. The medical missionary work is God’s work, and in every conference and church we are to take a decided stand against allowing it to be controlled by men.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 1)
After I received word in regard to the excellent meeting of confession and unity that has been held in Battle Creek, I was writing in my diary, and was about to record the thankfulness I felt because a change had come, when my hand was arrested, and there came to me the words: “Write it not. No change for the better has taken place. The doctor is ensnared in a net of specious deception. He is presenting as of great worth things that are turning souls from the truth into bye and forbidden paths; things that lead human agents to act in harmony with their own inclinations, and to work out their unsanctified purposes; things that result in destroying the dignity and power of God’s people, obscuring the light that would otherwise come to them from God through His appointed agencies.”
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 2)
The leaders in our medical work at Battle Creek have endeavored to bind our medical institutions fast, in accordance with their plans, notwithstanding the many warnings given them that this should not be done. Who has authorized them to lay all these plans and to try in many ways to bring about their purposes? Our sanitariums do not belong to them; and yet they desire to tie up these institutions in some way so that all our medical work will be under their control.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 3)
In the past I have written much upon this subject; and now I must repeat the admonitions given, because it seems difficult for my brethren to understand their perilous position.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 4)
“The Lord forbids that every sanitarium and bathhouse established should be brought under one control—bound up with the medical institution at Battle Creek. The managers of the Battle Creek Sanitarium have their hands full now. They should devote their strength to the work of making this Sanitarium what it should be.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 5)
“The light given me of God is that Dr. Kellogg is assuming too much responsibility in these matters. He is not to think that he can be conscience for every one of our medical workers; for men are to look to the Lord God of heaven alone for wisdom and guidance.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 6)
“In establishing and developing medical institutions, our brethren must not be asked to work in accordance with the plans of a ruling, kingly power. A change must be brought about. Dr. Kellogg must see and understand this and bind about his desires to fasten every medical institution to the central organization at Battle Creek. The Lord forbids.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 7)
“For years I have been instructed that there is danger, constant danger, that our brethren will look to their fellow men for permission to do this or that, instead of looking to God. Thus they become weaklings and permit themselves to be bound about with man-made restrictions disapproved by God. The Lord can impress minds and consciences to do His work under bonds to God and in a spirit of fraternity that will be in accordance with His law....
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 8)
“God knows the future. He is the One to whom we are to look for guidance. Let us trust Him to direct us in the development of the various branches of His work. Let none attempt to labor in accordance with unsanctified impulses....
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 9)
“The division of the General Conference into District Union Conferences was God’s arrangement. In the work of the Lord for these last days there should be no Jerusalem centers, no kingly power. And the work in the different countries is not to be tied up by contracts to the work centering in Battle Creek; for this is not God’s plan. Brethren are to counsel together; for we are just as much under the control of God in one part of the vineyard as in another. Brethren are to be one in heart and soul, even as Christ and the Father are one. Teach this, practice this, that we may be one with Christ in God, all working to build up one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 10)
“The kingly power formerly revealed in the General Conference at Battle Creek is not to be perpetuated. The publishing institution is not to be a kingdom of itself. It is essential that the principles that govern in General Conference affairs should be maintained in the management of the publishing work and the sanitarium work. No one is to think that the branch of the work with which he is connected is of vastly more importance than other branches.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 11)
“There must be educational work in every sanitarium that shall be established. It is not the duty of Dr. Kellogg to carry so many responsibilities. God has control of the work, and no human agency is to feel that everything done in the sanitariums established must first be submitted to Dr. Kellogg. This course God forbids. The same God who instructed Dr. Kellogg will instruct the men and women who are called to do service for the Master in various parts of His vineyard.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 12)
“Human laws and arrangements are being framed that are not acceptable to God. They will not prove a savor of life unto life. I am under the necessity of lifting the danger signal. The managers of every one of our institutions need to become more and still more intelligent regarding their individual work, not by depending upon another institution, but, while preserving the identity of their work, by looking to God as their Instructor and by revealing their faith in Him through whole-hearted service. Then they will develop talents and capabilities.”
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 13)
*****
Every man needs now to take his position on the old-time foundation of obedience to God. Let no one allow the propositions of any group of men to lead him, through a spirit of compromise, to accept wrong plans and principles. I have been instructed that history will be repeated and that the specious working of Satan will be revealed by human agents. We must work discreetly and determinedly to adjust matters. The recent effort to induce God’s people to accept binding propositions is the last that should be passed by without a decided protest. Let us not take another step toward the acceptance of such propositions, lest we be ensnared.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 14)
Brethren, let us firmly take our position now. In justice to our churches, we must now decide this matter; for we have a great work to do. We must now determine that every medical institution shall stand in its own individual right. Let every cord now be broken. Let our medical institutions refuse to be tied up with the Medical Association in Michigan.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 15)
I shall now be prepared to say to our brethren, Cut loose, cut loose. After taking your position firmly, wisely, cautiously, make not one concession on any point concerning which God has plainly spoken. Be as calm as a summer evening, but as fixed as the everlasting hills. By conceding, you would be selling our whole cause into the hands of the enemy. The cause of God is not to be traded away. We must now take hold of these matters decidedly. I have many things to say that I have not wanted to say in the past, but now my mind is clear to speak and act.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 16)
I am sorry to be compelled to take the position that I am forced to take in behalf of God’s people. In taking this position, I am placed under the necessity of bearing the heavy burden of showing the evil of the plans that I know are not born of heaven. This is the burden that many times in the past the Lord has laid upon me, in order that His work might be advanced along right lines. How much care and anxiety, how much mental anguish and wearing physical labor might be saved me in my old age! But still I am under the necessity of going into the battle and of discharging in the presence of important assemblies the duty that the Lord has laid upon me—the duty of correcting the wrong course of men who profess to be Christians, but who are doing a work that will have to be undone at a great loss, both financially and in the shaking of the confidence of the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 17)
If I act conscientiously, I must meet the crisis; for I believe that the precepts which the Lord has given concerning His work in the past and at the present time point out the right way. And His plans, His thoughts, are as much higher than man’s plans, man’s thoughts, as the heavens are higher than the earth. God’s voice is to be heard; His wisdom is to guide us. We must not be broken up by any human wisdom or devising. God has outlined His plan in His Word and in the testimonies He has sent to His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 18)
O how sad it is that men allow themselves to be so wrought upon by the enemy that they dare venture to exalt their finite judgment in opposition to God’s plans and purposes. Man’s authority bears the signature of man. We are not to permit the rank and file of our people to come under the generalship of the weak, confused sentiments of man. God’s authority is to stand supreme. And I must call upon His people to recognize His authority, which bears the evidence of its divine origin. Every believer is called upon to unite inseparably with God’s authority.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 19)
The foundation on which the truth has always been based is sure, and upon this foundation all are to stand who are doing the Lord’s work. God’s Word reveals His design; and that work only which is carried on in accordance with the principles of the Word will stand fast forever, approved both by the heavenly host and the adopted family living on the earth during the remnant of time remaining before the close of this earth’s history. Finite man, yielding to Satan’s devising, can easily lose sight of the Lord’s purpose concerning him; for by yielding to temptation, man loses his powers of discernment. Every Christian is to strive to be a laborer together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 20)
Christ calls for service altogether different from that which is given Him. Men in positions of responsibility should, through the power of the Holy Spirit, reveal the Redeemer much more clearly to the world than they have revealed Him. The infinite God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son as a sacrifice for us, in order that, receiving Him by faith and practicing His virtues, we should not perish, but have everlasting life. My brethren, how do you suppose He regards the great lack of spiritual enthusiasm manifested over the record of the great sacrificial offering made for our individual salvation?
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 21)
All human ambition, all boasting, is to be laid in the dust. Self, sinful self, is to be abased, not exalted. By holiness to God in the daily life here below, we are to manifest the Christ life. The corrupt nature is to become pure and undefiled, subdued, not exalted. We are to be humble, faithful men and women. Never are we to sit upon the judgment seat. God demands that His representatives shall be pure vessels, revealing the beauty of sanctified character. The channel is always to remain unobstructed, that the Holy Spirit may have free course; otherwise, spiritual leaders will gloss over the work that must be done in the natural heart in order to perfect Christian character; and they will present their own imperfections in such a way that they make of none effect God’s truth, which is as steadfast as the eternal throne. And while God calls upon all His watchmen to lift the danger signal, at the same time He presents before them the life of the Saviour as an example of what they must be and do in order to be saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 22)
Concerning His disciples, Christ prayed, “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.” [John 17:17.] A pleasant, self-satisfied feeling is not an evidence of sanctification. A faithful record is kept of all the acts of the children of men. Nothing can be concealed from the eye of the high and holy One, who inhabiteth eternity. Some make Christ ashamed by their course of devising, planning, and scheming. God does not approve of their conduct; for the Lord Jesus is not honored by their spirit or their works. They forget the words of the apostles, “Ye are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men.” [1 Corinthians 4:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 23)
In consequence of the unfaithful lives of men who adorn not the doctrine of Christ our Saviour, Bible truth is blasphemed. My soul is grieved night after night, and day after day, as I view the present situation.
(18LtMs, Lt 216, 1903, 24)
Lt 217, 1903
Tenney, Brother and Sister [G. C.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 13, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 304. Dear Brother and Sister Tenney,—
It would be a great pleasure to me to see you and talk with you. I wish that it were possible for you both to pay us a visit. We should be very glad to see you. But I suppose that this cannot be. How is your health? I have been afraid that you would not be able to endure the climate of Battle Creek or the taxation that would be brought upon you by your work there.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 1)
At the present time, my health is very good. I do much writing. The Lord preserves my brain power; and for this I am indeed grateful. I am carrying a heavy burden—the burden that I have carried for many years—but my hand is still firm and steady, and I am able to write many pages a day. I greatly desire to do all that I can to advance the Lord’s work. Time is fast passing; the end is near.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 2)
In a recent copy of the daily paper, I see that New Jersey has been visited by terrible floods. When I was in the East recently, New Jersey was suggested to me as a favorable place for the establishment of some branch of our work. I told the brethren who spoke to me of this not to think of building up any interest in that vicinity, because it would be visited by flood and fire. I see that these things are coming sooner than I had expected. I feel very sorry for those who have been made homeless by the recent floods.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 3)
What may we not look for in the future? The Lord will soon come out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the world for their iniquity. Then the earth will disclose her blood and will no more cover her slain. We have a great work to do. Perilous times are before us. I sincerely desire, in these last days, to do my work with faithfulness in every respect. We must stand with the whole armor on, having done all, to stand.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 4)
It causes me great sorrow to see that many do not realize the dangerous character of the sentiments contained in Living Temple regarding God. I know how dangerous these sentiments are. Before I was seventeen years old, I had to bear my testimony against them before large companies. In New Hampshire, two prominent men, who professed to believe in the Lord’s soon coming, were active in disseminating ideas regarding God similar to those presented in Living Temple. I went to this place and asked some there what these things meant. They said, “If the Lord has directed you to this place, it is that you may give us light regarding this matter.”
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 5)
That evening a meeting was held, in which these two men acted a part. That night light was given me that they were making the truth of no effect by their fanciful ideas, some of which had led to free lovism. I was shown that these men, while claiming to have most precious light, were seducing souls by presenting spiritualistic ideas of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 6)
At the next meeting that was held, I opened before them the work they were doing. The Lord gave me strength to lay plainly before them the danger of their course. Among other views, they held the doctrine that those who were once sanctified could not sin, and this they were presenting as gospel food. Their false theories, with their burden of deceptive influence, were leavening their own minds and the minds of others. They were gaining a spiritualistic power over those who could not see the evil of these beautifully clothed theories. Great evil had already resulted. The doctrine that all were holy led to the belief that the affections of the sanctified were never in danger of leading astray. But ungodly teaching is followed by sinful acts. The result of this doctrine was the fulfilment of the evil desires of hearts which, though professedly sanctified, were far from purity of thought and practice. This doctrine was the seducing bait of the father of lies and resulted in the impenitence of self-satisfied impurity.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 7)
Before we left the place, the efforts put forth brought from one of the number the conviction that the testimony of rebuke was what was needed. The company that had been formed was broken up.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 8)
This is only one of the instances in which I was called upon to rebuke those who were presented the doctrine of an impersonal God, diffused through nature, and the doctrine of holy flesh.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 9)
At one place Satan, in the form of a man, came to one of our brethren and told him a tissue of lies. The wife of this brother was not a believer, and she said and did much that was very trying to him. But he had never retaliated. He was regarded as a thorough Christian. When we held our prayer meetings, he was often under the influence of the Spirit. When the Lord gave me instruction in vision, he would say, I see the light of the Holy Spirit shining upon Ellen—as I was always called at that time—like the purest silver. As he said this, his face would light up with the brightness of the presence of the Lord. Nothing could disturb his peace.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 10)
One night he walked three miles to attend a prayer meeting, where he was greatly blessed. He was returning home and was within a quarter of a mile of his home when a tall man, muffled in a long cloak which was drawn up round his face, met him and, speaking to him by name, said that he had just left his wife, with whom he had had a pleasant interview.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 11)
The brother was astonished, for there was no house near his own, and before him was a long stretch of road on which there was no house. Thinking that he would look more closely at the man, he turned, but there was no one to be seen.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 12)
On reaching home, he said to his wife, “You have had a visitor tonight.”“No,” she said, “I have had no visitor.”“A quarter of a mile from here,” he said, “I met a man who said that he had just left you, and had had a pleasant interview with you.” His wife was terrified. “No one besides myself has been in the house this evening or during the day,” she said.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 13)
He had no reason to doubt his wife’s word, and he said, “It must have been the devil whom I met. This is his device to disturb my peace by filling my mind with jealousy.”
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 14)
Telling me afterward about this, the brother said that from that time his wife could not be persuaded to remain alone in the house. From that time she gave up her wicked feelings and began to pray.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 15)
After the passing of the time, we had fanaticism of every kind to meet. Testimonies of reproof were given me to bear to some holding theories similar to those against which at this time I am called to bear warning. I am not surprised that I should have to meet these theories again. I have been shown that the experience of the past would be repeated, that most seducing influences would be exerted, that minds would be hypnotized. Satan will bring in his deceiving schemes. Impurity of long standing will be mingled with the presentation of the truth. Corruptions of every type, similar to those existing among the antediluvians, will be brought in to take minds captive. Placing nature as God; the unrestrained license of human will; the counsel of the ungodly—these Satan uses as his agencies to bring about certain ends. He will employ the power of mind on mind to carry out his designs. The most sorrowful thought of all is that under his influence men will put on a form of godliness, without having any real godliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 16)
The preaching of the gospel will be greatly hindered by those who will not respect God’s ministers unless these ministers will bend to the requirements of certain leaders. The concessions that will be called for will be of a character that God would in no case vindicate. But if they are not made, there will be rebellion, as there was in heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 17)
The fountain of mercy is opened to all who have not passed the boundary of God’s love and mercy. There is a world to be labored for. God will work through all who will submit to His control. He will work through young men and women who will give themselves to Him. The blood of Christ is to be presented as the fountain opened in Judah and Jerusalem for the cleansing away of sin and uncleanness.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 18)
Study Paul’s words to the Colossians:
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 19)
“I would that ye knew what great conflict I have for you, and for them at Laodicea, and for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh; that their hearts might be comforted, being knit together in love, and unto all riches of the full assurance of understanding, to the acknowledgment of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ; in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. And this I say, lest any man should beguile you with enticing words. For though I am absent from you in the flesh, yet am I with you in the spirit, joying and beholding your order and the steadfastness of your faith in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 20)
“As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him, rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him, which is the head of all principality and power.” [Colossians 2:1-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 21)
Before Christ left His disciples, He gave them plain, distinct lessons in regard to the future. He urged them to remember that He would not leave them in blindness and ignorance. He would make them acquainted with His purposes and plans. He gave them evidence, in a special manner, of His love for them; for He desired that in all their work and their councils, they should bring this love to mind. He knew the trials and temptations that they were to meet, and in the fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth chapters of John, He gives them instruction that would strengthen them for the difficulties before them. Brother Tenney, study these chapters. They will help you in your work.
(18LtMs, Lt 217, 1903, 22)
Lt 218, 1903
Wessels, Andrew “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 19, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #18 9. Dear Brother Andrew Wessels,—
While writing my former letter, I was interrupted and did not write all that I wished to.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 1)
Some years ago, I asked you for money, not as a gift, but as a loan. I do not know just what your circumstances are now, or whether you can spare any money, but I wish to ask you again if you will deposit with me, as with a bank, some of the means which the Lord has entrusted to you. I am willing to pay interest on whatever money you think you can spare.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 2)
I have been instructed in regard to the dangers with which you are surrounded. You have not appreciated the talent of means. You have expended money for self-gratification.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 3)
Recently in the night seasons a scene passed before me in which I saw you, Henry and his wife, and other members of the Wessels family. With great tenderness, the words were spoken to you, “Young man, to you, Christ’s purchased possession, the Lord has entrusted means, not as a snare and a temptation, but to be used in His service. If wisely invested, your money will be a great help in carrying forward the work of God in needy fields. The Lord has been proving you to see whether you will act as a faithful steward or whether you will use His entrusted talents for self-gratification.” Then the question was asked, “How much of your money have you set aside as the Lord’s portion, to be used in His service?”
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 4)
Do not put your money into a bag with holes. Do not yield to the temptation to spend it for self-gratification. Invest it in the cause of God. You will gain no real satisfaction by using for self-pleasing the means that have been entrusted to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 5)
You need not give recklessly, but by investing wisely, you may do much to help forward the work of God. The cause of God is in need of every dollar that you can spare. There are many places where money is greatly needed to help—places which the Lord desires to see provided with facilities for the proclamation of the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 6)
The Lord has plainly specified that in Nashville, memorials for Him should be erected. A sanitarium is needed in that place, and a school should be established there.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 7)
Just now our work is being established in Washington, the capital of the United States. Our printing office has been moved to that place, and a sanitarium must soon be erected there. This is to be, not a mammoth institution, but a plain, substantial building. Means is required for these enterprises. And in many places where the truth is gaining a foothold, and churches are being raised up, money is needed.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 8)
The Lord’s money is not entrusted to you that you may have a good time with wild, reckless companions. The time is coming when God will call for the talents entrusted to you and for the increase that you may now gain by trading wisely upon them. Will you not seek for the commendation given in the parable to the servant who, when called to give account of his stewardship, was able to say to his Master, “Lord, thy pound hath gained five pounds”? [Luke 19:18.] Will you not, my brother see what you can do for your Master in returning to Him His own?
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 9)
Let me suggest a plan that, if followed, will be a blessing to you and to all who will act a part in it. Write out a pledge to be signed by those who will promise to abstain from some harmful or selfish indulgence, and give to the Lord the money thus saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 10)
First sign this pledge yourself, then take it to your companions. Frankly tell them your determination to love and serve the Lord. Say to them, “My friends, we are stewards of the Lord Jesus Christ, who gave His life for us, that we may have a home in His kingdom.” Read to them the words, “Ye are not your own. For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] Tell them of the gospel medical missionary work to be established in Washington, and ask them to unite with you in denying self to help this worthy enterprise. Tell them that you are determined not to squander another penny of the Lord’s money.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 11)
I do not ask you to do this for my sake, but for Christ’s sake. I am instructed by One who gave His life for you that this work of self-denial and self-sacrifice will be a great blessing both to you and to those who will join with you. This plan has been presented to me by the Lord. Christ invites you to invite others to place their name to the total abstinence pledge. I am bidden to tell you that you may be a missionary agent for God in collecting for Him money that would otherwise be wasted in selfish indulgences, which weaken physical, mental, and moral power.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 12)
Though God is in heaven, and you upon earth, yet He notices your every act. Have you not, my dear young friend, wasted much of the Lord’s goods and encouraged others to waste their money? Suppose you try to reckon up the amount of money you have spent in such a way as to benefit no one, spent carelessly and for self-gratification.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 13)
It is time for you to use your influence aright. Will you not disappoint the enemy and glorify God. Will you not refrain from selfish indulgences, setting aside for the Lord the sum that you are tempted to use in self-gratification? Try this for one year. By denying yourself of harmful luxuries, you will improve your physical condition and glorify God. And the influence of your example and your words will lead others to deny self. If it is seen that you are decidedly in earnest, some will give up their expensive, health-destroying indulgences and co-operate with you. God will incline their hearts to return to Him that which in the past they have used in extravagance and foolish indulgences.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 14)
Bear in mind that by investing your money in the work of God, you are simply returning to your Saviour that which is His own. And you are laying up treasure in heaven beside the throne of God. Christ has given His life for you that you might have the privilege of becoming a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] Christ became poor in this world’s goods, that you might inherit eternal riches. Put your money out to usury for the Master. Will you not return to the Lord that which is His own? Give yourself without reserve to the Lord Jesus, and as you seek to do His will, your life will be governed by new motives.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 15)
Let us be rich in faith. Talk to your brothers about the work I have mentioned, and see if they will not help you. Lead out yourself, and God will co-operate with you. You may ask help from any one you please, whether a church member or not. You may present your pledge to wealthy men, telling that a statement of how this money is used will be printed. How much more satisfaction is gained by spending money in the Lord’s work than in self-indulgence! Will not some who have squandered time and money, simply for the purpose of having a good time, now see what they can do to help forward the work of God in Washington and in Nashville, where as yet no buildings have been erected as memorials for God?
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 16)
I am in earnest about this matter. I shall be so thankful if you will act as the Lord’s appointed agent. If you will stand on the Lord’s side, faithful and true in precept and example, you may do a noble work.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 17)
If you desire, you may make me your agent in this country. I will be thankful to receive a monthly report of how you are getting on and such sums as you may collect for the work in Washington. I will keep an account of all money thus received.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 18)
I have not mentioned this matter to any one else. I would like to see you lead out in organizing a Benevolent Society such as I have outlined. I am going to trust this enterprise with you, Andrew, and ask you to do this noble work for the Master, and to do it heartily as unto the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 19)
I have done all I could to help the cause of God with my means. I am paying interest on twenty thousand dollars, all of which I have invested in the work of God. And I shall continue to do all in my power to help to forward His work.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 20)
I wish you could break up the associations you have formed in South Africa, give yourself unreservedly to the work of God, and come with your brother John to this country. We should be glad to have you take hold of some part of the work in Washington, D.C.
(18LtMs, Lt 218, 1903, 21)
Lt 219, 1903
Butler, G. I. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 13, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 310-315. + Dear Brother Butler,—
I have received two or three letters from you recently, but have not been able to answer them; for I have been very busy preparing matter to be sent to the brethren in council at Washington. I will now try to write you a few lines. Your letters were all most interesting. I wish that I could see you and talk with you, but this cannot be. I say to you, Be of good courage in the Lord. He knows the perplexities that we must meet in our labors, and He will give us strength according to our need.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 1)
I ask you again not to overwork. We must keep a little strength in reserve to meet the emergencies that will arise. Do not, because you have a deposit in the bank, keep drawing on it until you have overdrawn. You and I both need to heed this caution.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 2)
I rejoice to know that you realize that our strength is wholly in the Lord. Let us daily offer the most earnest prayer to Him. Yesterday morning I was up at two; and this morning, a little after two, I dressed and then knelt in prayer to ask God for special help. I long to see the salvation of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 3)
I am glad to hear that there is a prospect of Brother Amadon’s coming from Battle Creek to help in the publishing house at Nashville. This will be a good move.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 4)
I am very sorry that Hiland does not come to your help. I realize your loneliness, because I have seen it, and I sympathize with you. If Hiland were with you, you could lay part of your work on him, and then you would not have to carry so heavy a burden. You need him, and he should allow nothing to prevent him from going to you and standing by your side. Do not worry that this has not yet been brought about. The word of the Lord to Hiland was that he was to go to you and help you in your work. This has been signified as his duty, and I am sure that ere long God will bring it about; for He lives and reigns. The wheel of God’s providence may turn slowly, but it will turn. I may not live to see this, but I know that it will turn.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 5)
I am glad that your coming meeting is not to be at Graysville. Nashville is the place for it. Nothing has been revealed that would make the holding of such a meeting at Nashville, wisely conducted, out of harmony with the will of God. We have telegraphed Edson the following message: “Institutes in large cities, accompanied by public effort greatly needed. Go ahead in Nashville.” So feel at rest in regard to this matter. Do not worry, but believe and hope in God. Trust His living Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 6)
I wish to speak of another point. In regard to Brother Rogers’ connecting with the Huntsville school, I thought at first that this might be best, but light has come to me that he can accomplish a much greater work in Vicksburg. In a short time, as the work opens up in the large cities, he will be needed as a man who can be depended on. At present he is needed in Vicksburg. Let God use the men of capability just where their influence will tell for the most good. Brother Nicola has been placed in charge of the Huntsville school. Give him another trial, and keep looking for a man to take hold there who is sound and solid in every respect and who will stand firm for principle.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 7)
At this time we need, not men who will catch up new, fanciful ideas, but men who will catch the notes that sound from the heavenly courts and who, without consulting any man, will obey God’s orders. We have been warned that the enemy will bring in his deceptive working. In so subtle a way will he work that he will appear to be an angel of light. I am bidden to lift up my voice and say to all our people, Beware, beware. Those who, having had warnings and entreaties and counsels, still follow their own will are not laborers together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 8)
There are proud, Pharisaical men who think that it would be a great humiliation to confess that they had sinned. Thus Satan thought. Pride, self-sufficiency, a life of untruth—these things are barring their way to heaven. Could they see themselves as they are looked upon in the heavenly courts, their garments of self-righteousness would fall from them, leaving them ashamed, naked, condemned. For years they have had hardly a glimmer of light from the throne of God, and they have forgotten what it means to have a clear sense of justice and righteousness. They have given place to underhand working to take advantage of others, and they know not what it means to be filled with spiritual life. When the time of test comes, they will find that their refuge of lies will not shield them from the searching eyes of Him who sees every discrepancy, every falsehood.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 9)
It has been long since such an one has taken a candid view of himself in the divine mirror. So long has he thought that the end justifies the means that he has scarcely a conviction of sufficient force to work a reformation. If he should in parable have presented to him the difference between the genuine and the false, the eternal contrast between truth and falsehood, if he would see the need of integrity in the everyday life, his heart would be filled with humiliation and sorrow, as he thought of the influence of his departures from righteousness and of the many who had learned from him how to act under similar circumstances. Would he not strive to break the yoke of habit? Would he not cease to do evil, no longer remaining feeble in moral power, lacking the grace of Christ, feeling no right to claim pardon and to put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness?
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 10)
He has sometimes “swept and garnished” his house and put on the garments of joy and gladness. But he did not surrender himself fully for the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, and after a time old habits re-asserted their power. He failed and went back to his evil practices, and his condition became worse than it was before he made the attempt to reform.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 11)
Christ says, “When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, and findeth none. Then he saith, I will return unto my house from whence I came out; and when he is come, he findeth it empty, swept, and garnished. Then goeth he, and taketh with himself seven other spirits more wicked than himself, and they enter in, and dwell there.” [Matthew 12:43-45.]
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 12)
There are those over whom the control of Satan seems for a time to be broken; through the grace of God they are set free from the evil spirit that has held dominion over the soul. But they do not surrender themselves to God daily, that Christ might dwell in the heart; and when the evil spirit returns, with “seven other spirits more wicked than himself,” he is wholly dominated by the power of evil. [Verse 45.]
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 13)
When the soul surrenders itself to Christ, a new power takes possession of the new heart. A change is wrought which man can never accomplish for himself. It is a supernatural working, bringing a supernatural element into human nature. The soul that is yielded to Christ becomes His own fortress, which He holds in a revolted world, and He intends that no authority shall be known in it but His own. A soul thus kept in possession by the heavenly agencies is impregnable to the assaults of Satan. But unless we do yield ourselves to the control of Christ, we shall be dominated by the wicked one.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 14)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises; that by these ye may be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And besides this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:2-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 15)
As we work upon the plan of addition, adding these graces to our character, God works for us upon the plan of multiplication.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 16)
Then comes the warning to those who fail to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that it is God which worketh in them. “He that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.” [Verse 9.] He has not purified his soul daily by praying and watching unto prayer, and he makes a new record of sin. He drifts with the current of worldliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 17)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things ye shall never fall. For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 10, 11.] This is the eternal life insurance policy granted to those who in this life obey the dictates of the Holy Spirit. Is it not well worth striving for?
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 18)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth. Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 19)
I thank God for these words of encouragement. Why should we not all stop grumbling and putting stones in front of the wheels of the car of progress?
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 20)
“We have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the Father honor and glory, when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory, This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with Him in the holy mount. We have also a more sure word of prophecy, whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts.” [Verses 16-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 21)
I send you these words that you may be encouraged to press forward when great difficulties arise. Preserve your health. We must be prepared to meet every conceivable form of the working of Satan.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 22)
I am called upon to lift the danger signal, and I call upon you, Elder Butler, to bear a plain testimony before the people. But do not speak lengthily; for this wearies you, and those who hear can not remember what is said so well as if the talks were shorter. Let your discourses be short and right to the point. May the Lord help you and me to speak the word of truth plainly and clearly.
(18LtMs, Lt 219, 1903, 23)
Lt 220, 1903
Paulson, David “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 14, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 331-338. + Dr. David Paulson My dear brother,—
It would be very gratifying to me to see you and have an opportunity of conversing with you. Before I went to the Oakland General Conference, I realized that you were in peril. I was troubled over your great confidence in Dr. Kellogg; for I knew that if you continued to put such confidence in him, or in any other man that lives, you would be in danger of deception. But, upon reflection, I said to myself, “Dr. Paulson is an earnest Christian. He will not permit himself to be deceived.”
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 1)
Since that time, however, I have not been at ease regarding your safety. With sorrow I have witnessed Dr. Kellogg’s influence over you.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 2)
In a vision last night I saw you writing. One looked over your shoulder and said: “You, my friend, are in danger. As God’s messenger, I come to you to say, The less you have to do with the matter concerning which you are writing, the clearer will be your judgment. The Scriptures teach you all you can learn regarding God, except that which you may learn through an experimental knowledge of Jesus Christ, your Teacher.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 3)
“The Lord saith, while your leaders promise you liberty, they themselves are the servants of sin, and have been for a long time. Place no man’s yoke on your neck. You are this day working counter to God. From the teachings of God or of Jesus His Son you have not received the sentiments that you now entertain. The garden of your heart is being sown with tares; your faith is being weakened. You have turned from the path of truth; but the steps that you have already taken can now be retraced, if you will realize that you have been turning aside into a false path.”
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 4)
You were much surprised at these words and inquired concerning the one who was speaking to you. The angel replied:
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 5)
“You are conversing with a messenger from heaven. I am instructed to warn you that you are stepping off the platform of eternal truth. The ideas that some are presenting in regard to God are seductive and untrue. Those who teach these sentiments will be held accountable for greatly dishonoring God. You should understand clearly that satanic agencies are clothing false theories in an attractive garb, even as Satan in the garden of Eden concealed his identity from our first parents by speaking through the serpent. You are instilling into human minds that which to you seems to be a very beautiful truth, but which in reality is error. The hypnotic influence of Satan is upon you and upon all others who turn from the plain Word of God to pleasing fables.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 6)
“Dr. Kellogg, sustained as he is by his associates, walks proudly and boastingly and feels confirmed in his own will and way, which for years the Lord has been warning him to avoid. His associate physicians may strengthen the faith of men and women in his supposed wonderful enlightenment; but the light emanating from him is not the light shining from the holy of holies; it is a false light that allures to spiritual death.”
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 7)
The heavenly messenger continued: “I have come to warn you. You seem to be dazed. Before you can do a work acceptable to the Lord, you must first break this spell that is upon you. God would have you link up with your brethren. He would not have you defend Dr. Kellogg in the falsehoods that he is now presenting, and thus help to fasten him securely in Satan’s snare; for God will send His judgments upon all who walk in the light of satanic theories, the evil results of which are far-reaching. You now see only the beginning; but the influences exerted will continue to widen and deepen until the Lord shall by His judgments arrest the men who are deceived and deluded, and who, by false representations and deceptive statements, are rapidly bringing in misunderstandings, strife, and dissension.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 8)
“Study your Bible, heed the testimonies that God has sent to you, and be wise. Help your brethren to free themselves from the snare into which they have fallen. Instead of sustaining Dr. Kellogg in the deceptive errors he is advocating, and thus helping Satan to destroy the man, try to save his soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 9)
“Break the spell that is upon you. Come into the light. If you continue to walk in the path in which you are now walking, you will spoil your Christian experience, sever your connection with God, and lose eternal life. Can you afford to do this?”
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 10)
Brother Paulson, I awoke at one o’clock, and have arisen to write out these words of instruction from the heavenly messenger. I plead with you, for Christ’s sake, to break the spell. Many of our people are now terribly deluded. And many of our medical workers are helping Satan in his work. God calls upon His people to be in unity with Him. He loves those who strive to do His will, and He acknowledges them as His co-laborers.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 11)
My dear brother, you are making a great mistake. Redeem yourself as soon as possible. You are not now glorifying God. Specious theories have been introduced in a very subtle manner. Shall the cause of God be imperilled? Will you unite with Dr. Kellogg to make it appear that the testimonies, which God has given through His Holy Spirit, sustain these theories, which are being advanced only as a “feeler”? Unless a change of heart takes place, the errors already published will be followed by other misleading theories.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 12)
I am so sorry, my brother, that you have not heeded the caution that I gave you in Oakland. I was instructed to talk with you and tell you some things that you should know. But while you admitted certain things, you did not see where you yourself were in danger. I have had great confidence in you; but I hear that you are trying to make it appear that the sentiments expressed in Living Temple in regard to God can be sustained by my writings; therefore I am obliged to make a statement in denial of this, that our people shall not be deceived.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 13)
The Lord has been very merciful to you, my brother, but you are in great danger. Your eyes are blinded; you are accepting as truth the specious sophistry of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 14)
Let me tell you of a scene that I witnessed while in Oakland. Angels clothed with beautiful garments, like angels of light, were escorting Dr. Kellogg from place to place and inspiring him to speak words of pompous boasting that were offensive to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 15)
All who sustain a brother in his boastful positions are held accountable by God for confirming him in a perilous delusion. You should have discernment to see the delusion which, before the General Conference of 1901, began to take possession of the Doctor’s mind, and which ever since has been gradually gaining ground. At that time I hoped that he was coming out clear and straight on the side of obedience to the commandments of the Lord. He was given great encouragement. I labored earnestly to remove from the minds of our people the wrong impressions that they had received.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 16)
Before I went to the Conference, the Lord declared to me: “In going to Battle Creek, and bearing your testimony in clear, decided lines, all who hear the instruction given by you, the Lord’s messenger, will be left without excuse. I will put My words in your lips.” I went, and the Lord gave me a message to bear before the thousands assembled.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 17)
Afterward, I received letters from the Doctor, in which he stated that there was nothing now between him and our ministers and churches and that he himself was a changed man. But notwithstanding all the light that the Lord gave him through the spirit of prophecy, he still continued in a wrong course. The evil of urging upon our people agreements that bound all our medical institutions to one central organization had often been presented to him, and yet he still urged the adoption of these agreements. When his propositions were not accepted, he would work in one way, and then in another way, and then in still another way to accomplish his purpose. Feelings were aroused because his brethren in the ministry could not sanction all his plans. He cherished and expressed the thought that the ministers were wronging him, when in fact he was wronging himself and his brethren by failing to act as a Christian and a gentleman should act.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 18)
At the time of the last General Conference, the Lord instructed me to have no interviews with Dr. Kellogg. I was warned that he would say things that were not true, in order to uphold his positions, and that he would misreport to his associates the words I might speak. I felt it my duty to declare to him, in the presence of the leading brethren, including his medical associates, many things that the Lord had presented to me. I felt a deep interest in him, and I believed that he would take a right position and save himself by breaking his heart before God.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 19)
Three times I went down to the meeting place to open before the brethren some things regarding him and the deceptions under which he was laboring, as they had been presented to me in figures; but oh, how my heart ached for him! I did not desire to disparage him in any way before the people, if it could be avoided, while there was still opportunity for him to repent. And so I forbore.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 20)
I have feared to say to Dr. Kellogg the plain things given me for him, lest he should be led to take a course that would forever decide his case. Had I when in Oakland borne the message that I thought I should have to bear, it might have resulted in Dr. Kellogg’s taking his position fully with the powers of darkness. This he has been about to do again and again, but has not fully done it.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 21)
The Lord still have thoughts of mercy toward John Kellogg, but the fallen angels are close by his side, communicating with him.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 22)
For many years I have tried to hold fast to Dr. Kellogg. But for some time he has been revealing what spirit has been controlling him. The Lord will take this matter in His own hands. I must bear the testimonies of warning that He gives me to bear and then leave with Him the results. I must now present the matter in all its bearings; for the people of God must not be despoiled.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 23)
Soon after the Oakland Conference, in the night season the Lord portrayed before me a scene in which Satan, clothed in a most attractive disguise, was earnestly pressing close to the side of Dr. Kellogg. I saw and heard much. Night after night I was bowed down in agony of soul, as I saw this personage talking with our brother. I was instructed that notwithstanding the warnings, counsels, and reproofs given, he has followed his own way, when as a people we have been receiving instruction to advance in an opposite direction. In the place of co-operating with the angels of heaven, he has co-operated with evil angels.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 24)
The theories that Dr. Kellogg is now advocating are similar to the theories that Satan presented to the holy pair in Eden. I told Elder A. T. Jones that which the Lord has presented to me in regard to the source from which the Doctor was receiving his education in these seductive theories. I told him that our brother was under the influence of satanic agencies and that for so long a time had he been working away from the principles of truth and righteousness that he had been entangled and had in himself no power to escape from the snare of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 25)
I wrote out many plain messages, but decided to withhold some of them for a time. Not all these have been delivered yet. After bearing testimonies of warning to Dr. Kellogg, I would weep as if my heart would break. Night after night, upon awaking, I would pray for him. I hoped and prayed that he would come out into the clear light. Thus the burden of his soul rested upon me after I returned from the Oakland General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 26)
If a change does not take place during the council meeting now being held in Washington, it may be that I shall have to go to Battle Creek and bear a decided testimony for God and for the truth in behalf of God’s people. Things have been allowed to drift so far and so fast that I dare not hesitate now. If the Lord bids me go, be assured that I shall be in Battle Creek this winter; and the things that I could have said at the Conference in Oakland, but that I hoped I would never need to say, God will strengthen me to say. I will speak, whatever may be the consequences. I cannot stand by silent and see God dishonored and His people divided and spoiled by Satan’s workings. Were I to do so, I should be unfaithful to my trust. I will continue to stand for truth, for exalted principles.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 27)
If right principles had been followed, the relation existing between the physicians and their brethren would be exactly what the Lord designed it to be; but for years an effort has been put forth to make the medical missionary work the body. God designs that the medical missionary work shall be bound up with the gospel ministry.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 28)
God has chosen a people out of the world and has instructed them to remain forever separate from the world. While living in the world they are not to be of the world. Dr. Kellogg has bound up himself with worldlings by inviting them into his councils; and he has been dishonoring the sacredness of the truth by bringing worldly lawyers into connection with the work of God’s people. The Lord has signified that it is His purpose to keep His people free from the contaminating influences of the world; but the leaders of the medical work at Battle Creek have been working in a way altogether different from the way marked out by the Lord. The first and the second chapters of First Peter are full of instruction in regard to the manner in which we should labor.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 29)
I would not now speak so plainly, were it not for the intense desire I feel that our medical workers shall be molded and fashioned after the similitude of Christ, in order that all their work and their relation to God’s cause may be in harmony with His purpose. God calls upon every physician and every other medical missionary worker to take his stand on the platform of truth, where he shall not be influenced by any man’s false theories and wrong devising. The pure, living principles of the gospel are to be respected. God has a people in His church who are laboring just as disinterestedly to save sinners as the medical missionary workers have been laboring. He calls upon His medical missionary workers to labor unitedly with His church and not to allow any physician to control their efforts by his authority. The Lord now calls upon His people to unify. Let all our medical missionaries unite with our ministers in soul-saving work.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 30)
Nothing should be allowed to stand in the way of perfect, complete unity between the medical missionary workers and the gospel ministry. God has not empowered Dr. Kellogg with spiritual grace to be a lord over all our physicians and other medical missionaries. It is time that the teachings of the great Medical Missionary should be brought into the life-practice of our medical missionary workers. It is time that God’s voice should be heard; for His words, spoken in truth, are spirit and life. He never makes a mistake.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 31)
If Dr. Kellogg would unite with his ministering brethren and give them his confidence, believing that they will work as Christ works through them, then he himself could see that others should be granted the privilege of standing in their God-given lot and place, and that he should respect all whom God has called as gospel missionaries to work in His cause. Working as Christ worked, our brethren would not be divided at all. But so long as our brother determines to carry things in his own way, irrespective of the Lord’s workers, as if he were the only man whom heaven could acknowledge as a leader, God is displeased. If he were to occupy his proper place, he would be respected; but never is he to be regarded as he has regarded himself—as chief of all the medical missionary workers; as one who has the privilege of consulting only those who exalt him and of ignoring, as not worthy of acting a part in the great medical missionary work, all the gospel ministers who disapprove of some of his ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 32)
God has appointed His workers to stand true to Him at their respective posts of duty. They are not to work in accordance with the plans of worldly-wise men, nor are they to take such men into their councils. Those who are true to their trust will not make lawyers the main support of the securities of our institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 33)
I intended to say these things while I was at the Oakland General Conference. I felt an intense desire that Dr. Kellogg should be led to take a sound position in favor of the truth and of the last warning message of mercy that is to be given to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 34)
The gospel is to be proclaimed as Christ has specified. Just before His ascension, Jesus spake unto His disciples, saying, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, while you are doing this, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 35)
Let Christ’s words be repeated. He is to be regarded as the greatest medical missionary worker that ever trod this earth. Bring into the medical missionary work none of the sentiments and devisings of men.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 36)
Let not any man try to carry his ambitious projects without presenting them before his brethren and asking for counsel in regard to how the work shall be carried forward.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 37)
In Oakland, there was spread before me a long, lawyer-framed document, filled with technicalities, which document was a copy of the conditions under which the Sanitarium issued bonds. The provisions of this bond-issue were such that money gathered in from all parts of the country is tied up in the medical institution at Battle Creek for a long period of time. Our people should never have been expected to tie up so great an amount of money as was needed to rebuild the large Sanitarium there. It was not right to endeavor to gather in means to make sure of a great work in one place, irrespective of other parts of the field. The Lord presented before me many places where small sanitariums were to be established. One is greatly needed near Nashville, at some point convenient to the large educational institutions in the suburbs of this Southern city. In many other places where medical missionary work has not yet been established, there is urgent need of small medical institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 38)
After the last General Conference, there was presented before me the necessity of our establishing a sanitarium at Washington City. The interests of the mammoth institution at Battle Creek will require Dr. Kellogg’s attention and labor there, and our brethren at Washington have been instructed to establish in their city a sanitarium, which shall not stand as a rival of any similar institution, but which shall be another agency for holding aloft the standard of health reform. Our people are not to be dependent upon the counsels of their fellow workers in Battle Creek regarding the management of the institution in Washington. And the Lord desires, too, that our sanitariums already in running order shall not depend so much upon the medical association at Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 39)
God has counseled us that if the sanitarium work shall be carried forward in the right way, it will be the means of doing great good. In no case are our medical institutions to be so conducted that they will be a means of leading our workers in worldly paths.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 40)
We have also been instructed that some would grasp selfishly for means with which to do a work that was not endorsed by the Lord; and that when, in times of special need, God’s servants would call for means with which to carry forward aggressive work in new fields, they would be met with the response, “Our money is tied up for several years in the bonds we purchased from the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and we cannot help in this crisis.”
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 41)
With respect to many matters, Dr. Kellogg’s management is not after God’s order. He will set in operation every device possible to gather in means for his line of work, without reference to the great necessities in every other part of the Lord’s vineyard. I have been instructed that I should have to bear my testimony on this point and not permit our people to be drawn into the matters that they cannot correctly understand.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 42)
God was dishonored by the plans devised for issuing bonds as a means of obtaining money with which to complete the Battle Creek Sanitarium building; for the talent of means in the hands of our people is thus tied up where it cannot be used for the proclamation of the third angel’s message in fields still unentered. There is a world to be warned; and God’s people must be cautioned against becoming so impoverished financially by tying up their means in great institutions, that they will have little or nothing left with which to provide facilities in needy fields and with which to carry forward the Lord’s work in all parts of the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 43)
The work of the Creator as seen in nature reveals His power. But nature is not above God, nor is God in nature as some represent Him to be. God made the world, but the world is not God; it is but the work of His hands. Nature reveals the work of a positive, personal God, showing that God is, and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 44)
Let us take the Word of God as the man of our counsel. As we diligently study the Scriptures, we shall be able to serve the Lord more intelligently and more earnestly than ever before, and we shall be truer representatives of Him; for we shall be imbued with His Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 45)
The warning message given to the church in Sardis comes to us today:
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 46)
“I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 47)
My brother, read the third chapter of Second Peter. Truth, Bible truth, is alone worth living for. God and His glory are not to be diminished by any pleasing sophistry of human wisdom. The state of the world, with its abominations and crimes, in fulfilment of the prophecies concerning the wickedness that would prevail during the last days, is enough to lead true Christians to live lives of humility and prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 220, 1903, 48)
Lt 221, 1903
Leaders in our Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. To the leaders in our work Dear Brethren,—
Last night I could not sleep past eleven o’clock. I was instructed in figures and symbols; and then in plain, simple language, the interpretation was given. I could not close the door of my mind. I fell asleep for about thirty minutes and seemed to be standing before a company of men and women. I was moved by the Spirit of God to speak to them in regard to their dangers. I was told, “My Spirit shall make impressions upon minds. My power shall be with you. You are often to repeat your experience in connection with the work of God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 1)
God manifested His love for the world by sending His only begotten Son to save sinners. Christ took our nature, that through His grace we might be partakers of the divine nature. His divinity was bound up with humanity that humanity might stand on vantage ground with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 2)
“Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be a propitiation for our sins. Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another. No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, and His love is perfected in us.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 3)
“Hereby we know that we dwell in Him, because He hath given us of His Spirit. And we have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world. Whosoever shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth in him, and he in God. And we have known and believed the love that God hath to us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 4)
“Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment; because as He is, so are we in the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 5)
“There is no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear; because fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in love. We love Him, because He first loved us. If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? And this commandment we have from Him, That he who loveth God love his brother also.” [1 John 4:10-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 6)
False prophets, through whom the spirit of antichrist works, will seek to seduce believers from the truth by spiritualistic suppositions and fables clothed in the garments of truth. They will present ideas that will captivate the minds of those who are not established in the present truth. We need to watch unto prayer, walking and working in constant dependence upon God. He in whose heart Christ is formed, he to whom Christ is the hope of glory, enlightening, sanctifying, strengthening, will be preserved from the false representations that will be made of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 7)
The false sentiments that prevail today are of the world; they belong to the world; they are worldly in spirit and character. The apostle declared, “We are of God; he that knoweth God heareth us.” [Verse 6.] The teaching of the apostles is not to be set aside. Men are not to feel at liberty to speak disrespectfully of these teachings because they do not agree with all that they set forth. Those who teach the truth for this time must understand the Scriptures, that they may give the right interpretation of the Scriptures, exalting the principles of the truth and in life and character revealing the spirit of the truth. God works with such ones as they speak of the life and miracles of His Son.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 8)
He whose heart is filled with the love that proceeds from God does not allow self-exaltation or dishonesty to find place in his life. He who is “born again,” of the Spirit, reveals Christ in the daily life. He is upright in all his dealings. He does no sly, cunning, underhand work. The good fruit that appears in his life testifies to the condition of his heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 9)
Christ’s true followers are made complete in Him, because He gives them of His Spirit. The blessed hope of seeing Christ as He is and being like Him, working in mind and heart like a quickening power, cleanses away impurity and depravity. “Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him”—the hope of seeing Christ as He is—“purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 10)
How wide the contrast between the ones thus described and those who, though professing the faith, have not the love of God in their hearts. The latter class have not been made Christian gentlemen by the purifying influence of the truth. They are transgressors of the law of God, and their work is opposed to the work of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 11)
If the leaders in God’s cause would keep the whole law, how different would be the atmosphere surrounding them. Their words would not wound and bruise the soul and embitter the life. Fellowship with God cannot be separated from a fragrant, Christlike life.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 12)
Those only who walk humbly with God are approved by Him. Let us build ourselves up, through Christ, in the most holy faith. The truth of God alone is invincible. Those who profess to believe the Scriptures need now to know where they are standing. I call upon those who have been leaders in the work of God to find out whether they are submitting to the great Leader. It is dangerous for a man to attempt to lead unless he is following the Great Medical Missionary. If your spirit, your words, your methods of labor are not Christlike, if your business transactions are not irreproachable, do not go on without repentance and reformation, looking upon yourself as a safe leader. What you need is Christ Himself. He will take away your sinful tendencies and will put in their place His own attributes of character. He died to save every human being. He will receive all who come to Him confessing and forsaking their sins and will give to them transformation of character. He offers to all the eternal life insurance policy. The everlasting covenant is sealed with the blood of His crucifixion. Through His sacrifice on Calvary He makes peace for us. In Him are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. He is the divine storehouse of all light. He alone can prepare us to enter the gates of the holy city.
(18LtMs, Lt 221, 1903, 13)
Lt 222, 1903
Leaders in Our Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 15, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 84-85. To the leaders in our work Dear Brethren,—
I ask you to move carefully and prayerfully. Let your words at all times be seasoned with grace. Let Christ be revealed in spirit, in words, in deportment.
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 1)
In establishing sanitarium work in Washington, do not link up with Dr. Kellogg. Let the plans laid for the carrying forward of this line of work be such as will bear the endorsement of heaven. In no case is this line of work to be made secondary. It is to be prominent in bringing the truth to the minds of the people. With great wisdom, establish a sanitarium in Washington. Establish the work upon a solid foundation. Let the building be neat and tasty, but not expensive. We cannot afford to erect an expensive building. The Lord desires this building to be a representation of what He designs all His sanitariums to be.
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 2)
The Lord will work with His people if they will work humbly with Him. But do not depend upon Dr. Kellogg. He is not making straight paths for his feet, and the lame will be turned out of the way. The Lord calls upon His gospel medical missionary workers to rally under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. In the aggressive warfare there can be no release. The church militant is not the church triumphant.
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 3)
Work in straight lines. Do nothing to encourage a root of bitterness springing up. And if this root of bitterness does appear, we are not to let it trouble us and defile the spirit of true Christianity.
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 4)
The truth that works by love and purifies the soul is to be cherished. We are to shun as we would the leprosy all spiritualistic ideas of God. There are mysteries that God has not revealed to human minds. Human beings would not know how to handle the Lord’s treasures of wisdom without tarnishing His glory. We are to understand, as diligent students, that which God has revealed. Paul speaks of the mystery “which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God;” and of the purpose of its revelation, saying: “To the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be made known by the church the manifold wisdom of God according to the eternal purpose which He purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord; in whom we have boldness and access with confidence by the faith of Him. Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory. For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named, that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye may be filled with all the fulness of God. Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end.” [Ephesians 3:9-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 5)
The most spiritual-minded Christians are those who have the most advanced knowledge of the Word. This life is the time in which we are to prepare for eternity. We shall reap what we sow. False teachers will increase in numbers. Satan will lead men and women captive through deceptive reasoning, to destroy their confidence in God. Never were those who have heard the truth more in danger than at the present time. We must pray and watch unto prayer, making the Word of God the man of our counsel. As we draw near to God, He will draw near to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 222, 1903, 6)
Lt 223, 1903
Daniells, A. G.; Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 14, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 429. + Elders Daniells and Prescott My dear Brethren,—
I have written out some important instruction in regard to the necessity of revealing the love of God in our association with one another. All our words and works should be an expression of the love with which Christ desires to fill our hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 1)
I cannot be excused from bearing the testimonies that I am bidden to bear. But in using these words of warning, counsel, and reproof, let us strive so to conduct ourselves that the ministry of the gospel of Christ shall not be blamed.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 2)
I have been trying to give my brethren the light that God has been pleased to give me, in regard to our duty to establish a sanitarium at Washington, D.C. Our people must have a sanitarium there—not a grand, expensive building, but a building that will rightly represent the truth for this time. It is that the cause of truth may be advanced through our ministry to the sick that our sanitariums are established; not to provide accommodations for tourists. Through our medical institutions the truth that Christ gave to John when on the Isle of Patmos is to be proclaimed.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 3)
Let the sanitarium at Washington be built as the Lord has instructed us to build all our sanitariums. Let it be plain, yet substantial, convenient, and attractive. Let everything be clean and orderly. As we shall endeavor to do this work, let us seek wisdom from God at every step, that the laborers may be under the direction of the One who gave skill and understanding in the building of the ark and the sanctuary. We are not to erect a building that will lead to expressions of astonishment and admiration, unless it be for its consistency with the truth for this time, truth that we as Seventh-day Adventists profess to believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 4)
Opportunity for obtaining treatment should be provided for the poor and suffering of humanity, as well as for the higher classes.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 5)
Let the sanitarium work in Washington give a correct representation of gospel medical missionary work under the supervision of the great Head Missionary. This is God’s will concerning the work in Washington. He desires that an example of medical work on right lines be worked out in a place far enough from Battle Creek to avoid strife. He desires that we should set an example of earnest work in a place where all shall be at peace and in unity.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 6)
Let those having this line of work in charge bear this instruction in mind. Every step taken on this new ground is to be a step of faith and prayer, a step taken because of our confidence in every phase of present truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 7)
The same spirit that now dwells in the hearts of some at Battle Creek will inspire men and women to surmise that whatever steps may be taken by you to establish the medical missionary work in this new center are for the purpose of rivaling or supplanting the work at Battle Creek. But we should remember that the men at Battle Creek already have more than they can do well. The brethren there should not try to place their impress upon the work at Washington. They should leave this work to our brethren in the East. Let another impress be stamped upon the work in Washington. Dr. Kellogg’s management is not to extend to this place, to spoil the work that should be done in accordance with the Lord’s instruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 8)
I write this, because there is danger of this very thing’s being planned and undertaken. God forbids it. The men at Battle Creek need not try to begin a work in this portion of the Lord’s vineyard. There are many other cities in the land, in which they can begin a new work, if they feel that they must take upon themselves still more responsibilities. Let not the Lord’s plans for the sanitarium work in Washington be marred; for I am instructed to say that He will not sanction any interference with His plans.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 9)
If the hearts of our brethren assembled at the council meeting are filled with the Holy Spirit, and their feet are shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, all occasion for strife will disappear. The Lord desires that you shall have opportunity to establish a sanitarium in peace. In no case should any man attempt to call the attention of those living in this part of the Lord’s vineyard to himself. Washington City has been chosen by the Lord as a place where the publishing interests and the medical missionary interests shall be left undisturbed. And we are forbidden to hesitate any longer to advance in the right way.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 10)
O that those laboring to exalt themselves would be converted! They are in the spiritual condition portrayed in the message to the Laodicean church—neither cold nor hot. They boast of their riches and feel that they are increased with goods and have need of nothing. They know not that they are “wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.” [Revelation 3:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 11)
God is beholding the works of every man. To those who are clothed with the filthy garments of self-righteousness, He is saying:
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 12)
“I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 18-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 13)
Character is personal. We each have a work to do for time and for eternity. God abhors indifference in regard to the formation of character. As we know, all sin, whether of high or low degree, is transgression of the law. The less pure religion a man has, the more bold and self-confident he becomes. May God help us to seek for genuine religion! O how responsible is the work of our leaders! How terrible will it be for those who are charmed with the delusive sentiments that are so freely expressed in these last days! The Lord is soon to come, and every believer should now ask himself, “Am I ready? Am I wearing the robe made white by the blood of the Lamb?”
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 14)
Brethren, the Lord is good. Let us rejoice in His power. He can save His people and work through a few as well as through many.
(18LtMs, Lt 223, 1903, 15)
Lt 224, 1903
Prescott, W. W.; Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 11, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 304. Elders Prescott and Daniells Dear Brethren,
I wish to suggest to you the advisability of reprinting in the Review the two chapters in Patriarchs and Prophets entitled, “The Twelve Spies” and “The Rebellion of Korah.” I think that it would be well to publish these chapters, just as they are, as soon as they can be published, in the order named. Such instruction as this is appropriate at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 224, 1903, 1)
My constant prayer is that the Lord shall help us, so that the whole flock will not be fed with errors that will cause them to go astray.
(18LtMs, Lt 224, 1903, 2)
Matter has been sent to you in regard to the teachings in the book Living Temple. Many have received the theories advocated in this work as something very spiritual. Like Adam and Eve, who took the apple from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, and ate it, our own sheep and lambs are swallowing the deceptive morsels of error offered them in the pages of this book.
(18LtMs, Lt 224, 1903, 3)
I am instructed to warn our brethren and sisters not to discuss the nature of our God. Many of the curious who attempted to open the ark of the testament, to see what was inside, were punished for their presumption. We are not to say that the Lord God of heaven is in a leaf, or in a tree; for He is not there. He sitteth upon His throne in the heavens.
(18LtMs, Lt 224, 1903, 4)
Lt 225, 1903
Prescott, W. W.; Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 14, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 330-331. Elders Prescott and Daniells My dear Brethren,—
I wish to say a few words to you in regard to the proposed special effort to sell a large number of copies of my new book Education. I do not know much about the arrangements that are proposed. One thing I do know: I desire to get out of debt, if it be possible for me to do so, without diverting means that would otherwise be used in some branch of the cause. If the circulation of this book could be wisely managed in such a way that the income from it would relieve me of the burden of debt, I should regard the effort made by our people to accomplish this as a great favor.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 1)
With reference to Christ’s Object Lessons, I wish to tell you that I have not appropriated to myself one penny of the income derived from the sale of this book. The office in Oakland has furnished me with a few copies without cost; and these I have given away to the poor and to others who were glad to receive and read them. But I have not used many Object Lessons even in this way.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 2)
I desire to place my book affairs in the hands of W. C. White, J. E. White, and one other person to represent the General Conference, who shall work together and share the responsibility of making appropriations from the means that the sale of my books shall bring in. I hope, also, to be able to do something soon to help the sanitariums.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 3)
Taking into consideration my age and labors, I am enjoying excellent health. For this I praise the Lord; because I wish to complete several more books.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 4)
The proposed plan to sell the book Education, so as to lift my debts, did not originate with me. But I thank the Lord for the consideration manifested in this proposal. When these plans were devised, I was very busily engaged in writing out important instruction; and I am still busy.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 5)
When I have time, I must write to you about the publishing work at College View. I approve of an effort to have our German and Scandinavian publishing work located there. I hope you will devise plans for the encouragement of this work.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 6)
The whole burden of this work must not be left with our foreign brethren. Nor should our brethren throughout the field leave too heavy a load on the Conferences near College View. The members of these Conferences should lead out and do their best, and all should come to their assistance.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 7)
Again: I hope that Brethren Magan and Sutherland can be relieved of the strain under which they have been laboring. I trust that you will study what I have written concerning their work. I very much desire that Emmanuel Missionary College shall become what it should be. I hope that the teachers and students there will be provided with comfortable quarters in which to pass the winter. I wish I had more means; for I should be so glad to help our brethren at Berrien Springs in this their time of need. But I have barely enough with which to live and to pay my workers. The Lord knows all about this matter, and He will help us. I am not distrustful, but am full of faith and hope and courage. I present these matters before you and leave them with you. I pray that you may be guided by the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 225, 1903, 8)
Lt 226, 1903
Wessels, Andrew “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 9, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Te 103-104; TSA 59-60.
Mr. Andrew Wessels, My dear friend and brother,—
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 1)
The letter that you wrote me gives me a great deal of hope and courage in the Lord. You ask what you ought to do. My answer is, Break away from your worldly associates. You can confess Christ just where you are. The Lord Jesus will be honored by your words as you tell your friends that you want to be a child of God. The Lord has given you abilities by which you can glorify Him. Confess your determination to be a Christian. Stand firm for the right.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 2)
Do you use tobacco or intoxicating liquor? Cast them from you; for they becloud your faculties. To give up the use of these things will mean a hard battle, but God will help you to fight this battle. Ask Him for grace to overcome, and then believe that He will give it to you, because He loves you. Do not allow worldly companions to draw you away from your allegiance to Christ. Rather let your mind be drawn from these companions to Christ. Tell them that you are seeking for heavenly treasure. You are not your own; you have been bought with a price, even the life of the Son of God, and you are to glorify God in your body and in your spirit, for they are His.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 3)
The Lord has not cut you down in your youth. He has spared your life and is drawing you to Himself. Thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice for sparing your life. Give yourself unreservedly to Him. Let not your surrender be half-hearted. This would make you neither cold nor hot; and a lukewarm Christian is offensive to God. Put your whole strength unto the work of turning away from the temptations that have made you forgetful of God and unappreciative of His goodness and His grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 4)
Jesus has given His life for you. Decide that while in the past you have robbed Him of the service rightly His, and have used in the enemy’s work the powers that Christ has purchased, you will now give to God all that you have and are. Bring to Him your life, which is of far greater value than you have realized.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 5)
You have slighted the Saviour for society that has not improved your mind or elevated or refined your character. Your association with worldlings has not given you peace, but has left you restless and unsatisfied. Christ wants you to come to Him. He says to you, “Follow Me, and you shall not walk and work without seeing any improvement in life and character.” The Saviour wants you to be converted; He wants you to be a vessel unto honor, that He may work through you. He desires you to come to Him now, without further delay. He will forgive your sins if you will ask Him; for He says, “Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 6)
Christ is the touchstone of all hearts. He is the revealer of the Father and of the Father’s love. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] “No man knoweth the Father save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” [Matthew 11:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 7)
Christ is also the revealer of the hearts of men. He is the exposer of sin. By Him the characters of all are to be tested. To Him all judgment has been committed, “because He is the Son of man.” [John 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 8)
Then what is the work that you are to do? You are to receive the precious Saviour as your very best friend, and honor Him by doing His will. “As many as received Him”—choosing Him above all other friends—“to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on His name.” [John 1:12.] Receive Him as your light and life. He so loved you that He died that you might live forever. Believe in Him. Regard him as your best and truest friend. Come to Him, saying, “Lord, I give myself to Thee just as I am. I have wasted many years of the life that Thou didst redeem by the sacrifice of Thine own life. Wilt Thou forgive me?”
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 9)
Christ has made it possible for you to be received as a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King. The Saviour will receive you as you come to Him and will give you power to overcome. He declares, “This is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] Will you not appreciate this great gift of life, eternal life in the kingdom of God? Read in the Scriptures of the advantages offered to those who live for Christ, and you will see that those who live for self will at last lose all. Do not allow the world to engross your thoughts. Take your position on the side of Christ. Be willing to share the trials and disappointments and self-denials that came to Him in the life that He lived for us on this earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 10)
Christ asks you, my dear brother, to choose to serve Him, to come out from the world, and be separate. As you fully consecrate yourself to Him, your heart will be filled with a joy that is deep and satisfying. “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] Believe the invitation, and ask of the precious Saviour the things you know that you need and have not yet received. Surrender yourself unreservedly to Him who gave His life for you. As you do this, you will receive power to become a son of God. You will then be the Lord’s helping hand, reaching out to help others to step up on to the platform of eternal truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 226, 1903, 11)
Lt 227, 1903
Daniells, A. G.; Prescott, W. W. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 9, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 15MR 214-216. Dear Brethren Daniells and Prescott,—
Yesterday evening I wrote a letter to Elder Franke. I have been reading over the letters of caution, reproof, and warning that I have sent him from time to time.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 1)
It has been clearly laid out before me that Elder Franke is not fitted to take charge of churches. He is not a thorough health reformer. His habits of living are not right. At times he sits up nearly all night preparing the maps and charts that he uses in his meetings. These are of great advantage to him in impressing the truth on the minds of his hearers, but the strain under which he places himself in night work and study is an injury to him.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 2)
Elder Haskell and Elder Franke could have been a wonderful power for good in New York City. But they failed to unite and draw together.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 3)
Elder Franke is impulsive, and he often treats church members as if they were school children. Then when his authority is questioned, he loses control of himself, and a tornado of angry words falls from his lips. Afterward he is sorry for this explosion of feeling. But such experiences shake the confidence of his brethren in him as a man who is led and controlled by the Holy Spirit. His influence is to arouse dissension and alienation. His treatment of Elder Haskell was most unchristlike.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 4)
A man who does as he has done cannot be regarded as a safe teacher, a wise shepherd.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 5)
Light was given me that Elder Franke was especially fitted to labor for unbelievers in our large cities. He could labor with success in speaking to them and bringing the truths of the Scripture before them. The truth does not languish on his lips. I was shown that he could stir the ungodly, as but few could do, but that in doing this, the church members are so wrought up that he can do them but little good.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 6)
After laboring heroically to win souls to the truth, he will for a short time work earnestly for those who are interested. He will be patient with them and will help them, if they will do as he wishes them to do. But it is at this stage of the work that he needs the help that Elder Haskell and his wife are specially fitted to give. They could labor wisely to instruct those who are interested, carrying [them] forward until they were established in the faith. But Elder Franke has not been willing to unite with Elder Haskell in this way. He wanted to have the entire charge of those who through his efforts have become interested in the truth. But he cannot carry them forward wisely, consistently, instructing them step by step. I was shown that Elder Haskell and his wife were specially fitted for this part of the work and that great good would be accomplished if they and Elder Franke could unite in labor. Elder Haskell has had a wide experience in establishing souls in the truth, and in union with his wife he is most successful in this work.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 7)
A wonderful work has been done in the city of New York and its suburbs. For this God’s name is to be given all the glory. A Paul may plant and an Apollos water, but it is God who gives the increase. It is the Holy Spirit, working with men who will be influenced, that impresses minds with the need of repentance and conversion.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 8)
Elder Franke, through his stirring discourses, has been enabled to reach the worldly class and to strike terror to the hearts of those dead in trespasses and sins. But when those convicted by his preaching have been brought thus far, they need other help. They need to be taught to study the Word of God. They need to be led, step by step, to take their stand firmly on the true foundation. Different workers are needed in the ministry, just as different workers are needed in the erection of a building. The law of development must guide; the work must be carried forward from point to point.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 9)
The old, experienced teachers, who have been in the work from the beginning, are especially fitted to carry the work forward from point to point. But they cannot do this alone. They must have helpers. The Lord would have His workers unite their efforts, as the workmen do in the building of a house. Elder Franke has his line of work, but there are other parts that he must leave to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 10)
The Lord is to be the great Teacher. His Holy Spirit, if allowed to control, will bring in harmony among the different workers, and the building will be symmetrical in all its parts. And all the glory is to be given to the Lord Jesus, who has had supervision of the whole work. It is foolish for those who are but God’s instrumentalities to take glory to themselves. It is only by the wisdom that God imparts that they are enabled to do successful work.
(18LtMs, Lt 227, 1903, 11)
Lt 228, 1903
Jones, W. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 18, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 41-44; LLM 58-59. Dr. W. H. Jones My dear brother,—
My heart is drawn out toward you. The Lord has not left you. He is a God of tender compassion and wonderful lovingkindness, and He does not desire you to walk in darkness. You need not cast yourself away; for the Lord says, “His life need not be a failure. I will make him Mine. I will show him that I prize his soul. I will strive with him and lift him up. He must not perish. I have a special work for him to do. If he will unite with Me, believe in Me, and work for Me, his weakest points of character, notwithstanding his past failures, will become his strongest points.”
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 1)
Do not keep your mind fixed on the defective example of professing Christians. You will of course see in their lives things that are not right. But if you keep looking at their faults, you will become like them. Instead of looking at the lives of your fellow men, look to Jesus. There you will see no imperfection, but perfection, righteousness, goodness, mercy, and truth. Take the Saviour as your example in all things. It is in looking to men instead of beholding Christ that you have made your great mistake.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 2)
You are not excusable for living an unchristlike life. Christ came to this world, subject to His Father’s will, for one great purpose—to show men and women what God desires them to be and what, through His grace, they may be. He came to develop for man a character after the similitude of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 3)
But I did not begin to write this letter to condemn you, but to encourage you to look away from sinful examples to the perfect example; to point you to the path of peace and holiness. The Lord’s merciful love is still for you. But He would have you follow a better way than you have followed in the past. This you are to do, not by keeping your eyes fixed on the defective lives of professing Christians, but by beholding Christ, the Sent of God, who in this world, and in human nature, lived a pure, noble, perfect life, setting an example that all may safely follow.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 4)
The Lord is reaching out His hand to save you. I long to see you responding to His invitation, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] You and your brother are the purchase of the blood of the Son of God, and I cannot endure the thought that you should not appreciate the love that he has expressed for you—a love infinitely greater than the love that your father and mother have for you. How eagerly the Saviour will take the trembling hand in His own, holding it with a warm, firm grasp, until the feet are placed on vantage ground.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 5)
Will you not set your brother an example that will help him? Neither of you needs to be unbelieving. Trust in Him who understands your weakness. Keep close to the side of Christ; for the enemy stands ready to take captive every one who is off his guard.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 6)
Do not allow the enemy to control you as you have in the past. You are acquainted with the truth. You have had precious opportunities to form a symmetrical character. There have been many things to tempt you to swerve from your allegiance to the truth, but the Saviour has been willing to lead you at every step.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 7)
It is young men whom the Lord claims as His helping hand. Samuel was a mere child when the Lord used him to do a good and gracious work. What an honor it would have been to him had his sons served the Lord as he served Him. They had the temptation of bad example, and they fell under the temptation. But they need not have done this. Because some serve on the enemy’s side, all need not forsake the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 8)
Gather to your soul the light of the Word of God. Remember that day by day you are building character for time and for eternity. The teaching of the Bible in regard to character-building is very explicit. “Whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus.” [Colossians 3:17.] Place yourself under His control and then ask for His protecting power. He gave His life for you. Do not cause Him sorrow. Be guarded in all that you say and do. Christ wants you to be to other young men His representative, His delegated gospel medical missionary.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 9)
Remember that in your life religion is not to be merely one influence among others. It is to be an influence dominating all others. Be strictly temperate. Resist every temptation. Make no concessions to the wily foe. Listen not to the suggestions that he puts into the mouths of men and women. You have a victory to win. You have nobility of character to gain, but this you cannot gain while you are depressed and discouraged by failure. Break the bands with which Satan has bound you. There is no need for you to be his slave. “Ye are My friends,” Christ said, “if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 10)
Jesus loves you, and He has given me a message for you. His great heart of infinite tenderness yearns over you. He sends you the message that you may recover yourself from the snare of the enemy. You may regain your self-respect. You may stand where you regard yourself, not as a failure, but as a conqueror, in and through the uplifting influence of the Spirit of God. Take hold of the hand of Christ, and do not let it go.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 11)
You may be a great blessing to others if you will give yourself unreservedly to the Lord’s service. Power from on high will be given you if you will take your position on the Lord’s side. Through Christ you can escape the corruption that is in the world through lust and be a noble example of what Christ can do for those who co-operate with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 12)
Do not choose the society of those who are the servants of sin, and thus place yourself in temptation. Nobility of character is not gained by placing oneself in objectionable society. Do not put on one side the grand requirements of the Word of God. Your only hope is in placing yourself in right relation to God. You have supposed that you could so harden your heart that you would be regardless of truth and righteousness. But this you have not been able to do. You have longed to clasp the hand of One who could be a stay, a strength, a support.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 13)
God’s purpose for us is that we shall ever move upward. Even in the smaller duties of common life, we are to make continual growth in grace, supplied with high and holy motives, powerful because they proceed from One who gave His life to furnish us with the incentive to be wholly successful in the formation of Christian character.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 14)
Christ has made an atonement for you. You are not to go through life with a half-formed character. You are to be strong in the strength of God, grounded in the hope of the gospel. You are acquainted with God’s requirements, and I beg of you not to remain a weakling. You possess qualifications that if rightly used would make you a blessing in the world. Arise in your God-given dignity, living the truth in its purity. Christ is ready to pardon you, to take away your sins, and make you free. He is ready to purify your heart and give you the sanctification of His Spirit. As you commit yourself to His service, He will be at your right hand to help you. Day by day you will be strengthened and ennobled. Looking to the Saviour for help, you will be a conqueror, yes, more than a conqueror over the temptations that beset you. You will become more and more like Christ. The angels of heaven will rejoice to see you standing on the Lord’s side, in righteousness and true holiness.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 15)
I am very hopeful that you will become all that the Lord desires you to be—a gospel medical missionary. You are to be not only an increasingly skilful physician, but one of the Lord’s appointed missionaries, in all your work placing His service first. Let nothing mar your peace. Give your heart’s best and holiest affections to Him who gave His life that you might be among the redeemed family in the heavenly courts. Striving for the crown of life will not make you dissatisfied or less useful. The great Teacher desires to acknowledge you as His helping hand. He calls for your co-operation. Will you not now give Him all that you have and are? Will you not consecrate your talents to His service?
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 16)
This life is your sowing time. Will you not pledge yourself to God that your seed-sowing shall be that which will produce, not tares, but a harvest of wheat? God will work with you; He will increase your usefulness. He has entrusted to you talents that in His strength you may use to produce a precious harvest.
(18LtMs, Lt 228, 1903, 17)
Lt 229, 1903
White, J. E.; White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 27, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 439-441. Dear Sons, Edson and Willie,—
In the night season matters have been presented to me regarding the books Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy. It has been my prayer that we might receive light and counsel from the Lord and be led and guided by Him as to how far we should go in making changes for a new and improved edition of these books.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 1)
We seemed to be in a council meeting, where the matter of resetting these two books was being considered. The question arose as to how this would be regarded by those who have purchased the book in its present form and by the publishing houses that have many books on hand. After considering the question, prayer was offered.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 2)
Our Counselor was with us and spoke in reference to the right way of conducting our book work. He said that at this stage of the work great care must be taken to avoid friction. A new edition produced by resetting the whole book and bringing it out in a more attractive style would mean loss to Review and Herald and Pacific Press, because when the new edition is introduced, the books that are already prepared will be difficult of disposal. We must be careful not to place a stumbling block before those who have a stock of these books on hand.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 3)
Our institutions must be carefully guarded against unnecessary losses and also against temptation and trials coming to the workers connected with them. Each worker is to help his brethren; each institution to help the other institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 4)
The Word of God can always be relied upon. “My covenant will I not break,” He says, “nor alter the thing that is gone out of My lips.” [Psalm 89:34.] “A soft answer turneth away wrath.” [Proverbs 15:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 5)
When several parties have on hand [a] large stock of certain books, nothing should be done in bringing out new editions by one office, without consulting with those who already have quantities of the old edition on hand. In every action care must be exercised not to take a course that will bring loss upon our institutions. We must deal in all things with equity and with sanctified judgment.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 6)
Another reason why I cannot enter into a plan that means large expense to me is that I am short of means. I have to borrow money to invest in necessary new books. Therefore while the old plates are able to be used with a few changes, which can be made at little cost, and which would improve the book somewhat, I am convinced that we should not go further than this. Sometime in the future the way may be opened for other changes that have been suggested.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 7)
But now I am distressed for means with which to live and to pay my workers. I am seeking to follow the light given me not to become deeper involved in debt, but to do all I can to free myself from debt. And while we have not the capital to invest, I do not see how we can reset these books. It must not be done.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 8)
Even though these books do not sell as readily as they would if thoroughly revised, yet the resetting of them will place upon me a heavier burden than I am able to bear. I do not want another experience such as I had with Desire of Ages. I might have consented to a considerable outlay of means, had not the Lord instructed me that there would be dissatisfaction created, because a new edition would render the old editions unsaleable. I want my every movement to be true to God and to maintain the principles of His law. I must love Him supremely and my neighbor as myself.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 9)
Let there be an interest awakened in the sale of these books. Their sale is essential; for they contain timely instruction from the Lord. They should be appreciated as books that bring to the people light that is especially needed just now. Therefore these books should be widely distributed. Those who make a careful study of the instruction contained in them, and will receive it as from the Lord, will be kept from receiving many of the errors that are being introduced. Those who accept the truths contained in these books will not be led into false paths.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 10)
Many will depart from the faith and give heed to seducing spirits. Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy are books that are especially adapted to those who have newly come to the faith, that they may be established in the truth. The dangers are pointed out that should be avoided by the churches. Those who become thoroughly acquainted with the lessons in these books will see the dangers before them and will be able to discern the plain, straight path marked out for them. They will be kept from strange paths. They will make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 11)
In Desire of Ages, Patriarchs and Prophets, Great Controversy, and in Daniel and the Revelation, there is precious instruction. These books must be regarded as of special importance, and every effort should be made to get them before the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 12)
We are warned to avoid the mistakes that the Israelites made in obstinately refusing to receive the warnings that came to them from God. So persistently did they pursue a course of backsliding that all but two of the adults who left Egypt died in the wilderness. Their children who entered the land of Canaan were warned to refrain from following the course that their fathers had taken. They were told that it was because of the obstinacy of their fathers, their unbelief, and their idolatry that the wrath of God had been poured out for their destruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 13)
“Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: when your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart; and they have not known My ways. So I sware in My wrath, They shall not enter into My rest.) Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God.” [Hebrews 3:7-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 14)
The children of Israel might have known the ways of God; for the truth had been kept before them. Again and again it had been repeated, but they did not follow its teachings. They divorced themselves from God and followed after the wisdom of men who were not under the direction of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 15)
“So I sware in My wrath, they shall not enter into My rest. Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; while it is said, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation. For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was He grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware He that they should not enter into His rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.” [Verses 11-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 16)
These words are plain and simple. The fourth chapter of Hebrews also sets forth our danger of failing as did the Israelites, of entering into our rest, because of unbelief.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 17)
Before the Review and Herald building was destroyed, I thought of taking these books in my hands and of having them reset. But conditions have changed. The Review and Herald has moved to Washington. I want to see things so adjusted that the book work will be taken hold of intelligently, conducted with fairness and equity to all concerned. “Equity” means a great deal. I want to see the Review and Herald standing on the true foundation, where all who have an interest in it are doing all in their power to establish unity with other branches of the work. If they do not care to have the plates, than we will have it printed elsewhere, but we must have no issues in any matter if we can avoid it.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 18)
Time is nearing its close. I want every transaction to show the marks of unselfishness.
(18LtMs, Lt 229, 1903, 19)
Lt 230, 1903
Waggoner, E. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 2, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 21MR 171-173. Dr. Ellet J. Waggoner Dear Brother,—
I beseech you by the mercy of God to be on your guard. To you and to other ministers and teachers, the Lord says, “Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith.” [2 Corinthians 13:5.] The world is full of speculation and false theories regarding the nature and character of God. The enemy of our souls is earnestly at work to introduce among the Lord’s people pleasing speculation and incorrect views regarding the personality of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 1)
The fables that are being accepted and taught by some of our medical writers are not to be accepted as the truth of God. It will soon be discerned that they originate with the great apostate, who works as an angel of light, influencing minds by a deception so subtle that he would deceive, if possible, the very elect.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 2)
I am authorized to say to you that some of the sentiments regarding the personality of God, as found in the book Living Temple, are opposed to the truths revealed in the Word of God. Yet many physicians and teachers are inclined to accept these fanciful ideas of God. To these I say, Awake to a sense of your danger.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 3)
It has been presented to me that Satan is working in ways that man does not expect. At times he puts on the robes of an angel of light, and many receive him as such a being. If we will link ourselves closely with Christ, Satan will have no power to overcome us. As we draw near to God, He draws near to us and lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 4)
I have been shown that some, even of those who are teachers of the Word of God, are in great danger of being overcome. I saw some linking their arms in the arm of Satan, while he talked most earnestly with them, telling them of the many things that needed to be changed in the church. Afterward his words were repeated by those to whom he had talked. They were delighted with what seemed to them to be clearer perception and better methods of working.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 5)
I say to all, Be on your guard; for as an angel of light Satan is walking in every assembly of Christian workers, and in every church, trying to win the members to his side. I am bidden to give to the people of God the warning, “Be not deceived; God is not mocked.” [Galatians 6:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 6)
Had God desired to be represented as dwelling personally in the things of nature—in the flower, the tree, the spear of grass—would not Christ have spoken of this to His disciples? To take the works of God and represent them to be God is a fearful misrepresentation. This misrepresentation of God I was called upon to oppose at the beginning of my work, when the Lord sent me forth to proclaim the message that He should give me to speak.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 7)
My labors on this line began when I was seventeen years old, and since then I have been over the ground again and again. Case after case has been presented to me, and the power of God has rested on me as I have stood before large assemblies and called out the names of those who were entertaining false views, telling them where such views would lead them if they did not change.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 8)
I have seen the results of these fanciful views of God in apostasy, spiritualism, freelovism. The free-love tendencies of these teachings were so concealed that it was difficult to present them in their real character. Until the Lord presented it to me, I knew not what to call it, but I was instructed to call it unholy spiritual love.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 9)
I am warned that we are not to talk of God as He is spoken of in Living Temple. The sentiments there expressed are a dishonor to His greatness and His majesty. God forbid that our ministers should entertain these ideas. For myself, I take my stand firmly against them. And I entreat you to accept the message that I bear to you. I ask you to arouse to your danger. Who by searching can find out God? The theory that He is an essence, pervading everything, is one of Satan’s most subtle devices. I warn you to beware of being led to accept theories leading to any such view. I tell you, my brother, that the most spiritual-minded Christians are liable to be deceived by these beautiful, seducing, flattering theories. But in the place of honoring God, these theories, in the minds of those who receive them, bring Him down to a low level, where He is nothingness.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 10)
We have a compassionate God, but He will not be trifled with. He will not be dishonored, and make no sign. May the danger into which some of our teachers have fallen lead them to guard their feet carefully, that they shall not wander again upon Satan’s ground. Let them walk humbly with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 11)
It is those who have had the most light that Satan seeks the most assiduously to ensnare. He knows that if he can deceive them, they can, under his control, clothe sin with the garments of righteousness and lead many astray. God grant that our teachers may see and understand this, their great danger, and that they may recover themselves from the snare of Satan and put forth redoubled efforts to save others who are exposed.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 12)
My brother, do not try to reason in regard to the errors that the enemy presents. If you will receive the testimony of the Lord, reading His Word with a teachable heart and refusing to put Scripture on the side of error to maintain falsehood, you will believe that I speak the truth as a messenger of God. But if you allow the author of error to get between you and the Word, your mind will bear his impress.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 13)
If you will believe the message that I bear you, you will see your danger. You can then put on the gospel shoes and walk in the pathway of truth, following the true Shepherd who knows His sheep by name and calls them to follow Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 14)
There is a strain of spiritualism coming in among our people, and it will undermine the faith of those who give place to it, leading them to give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. I have seen the archdeceiver tempting several of our ministers, teachers, and medical workers, presenting to them in a most subtle and charming manner fanciful theories to wean their affection from those whom they should love and cherish. He shows them charming pictures of women whom they have found congenial, suggesting that in the future life they will be united to the one who is so congenial and whom they will ever love throughout the ages of eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 15)
My message to our teachers is, If you hold such views, you need to be taught the first principles of the truth. You need to stand where you know that you are not departing from the faith and giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. When you break the spell that is upon you and become teachable, you will escape from Satan’s snare. Through humility and reconversion you will again be adopted into the family of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 16)
To all who are thus tempted, I would say, I want to see you standing free before God. I want to see you sound in the faith, holding the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end. Leave every false issue alone. We cannot do our seed sowing too carefully; for we are sowing for eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 230, 1903, 17)
Lt 231, 1903
Waggoner, E. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 5, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in TSB 199-200; 10MR 185-187. Dr. E. J. Waggoner Dear Brother,—
I have much to say to you. You have been represented to me as being in great peril. Satan is on your track, and at times he has whispered to you pleasing fables and has shown you charming pictures of one whom he represents as a more suitable companion for you than the wife of your youth, the mother of your children.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 1)
Satan is working stealthily, untiringly, to effect your downfall through his specious temptations. He is determined to become your teacher, and you need now to place yourself where you can get strength to resist him. He hopes to lead you into the mazes of spiritualism. He hopes to wean your affections from your wife and to fix them upon another woman. He desires that you shall allow your mind to dwell upon this woman, until through unholy affection she becomes your god.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 2)
The enemy of souls has gained much when he can lead the imagination of one of Jehovah’s chosen watchmen to dwell upon the possibilities of association in the world to come with some woman whom he loves and of there raising up a family. We need no such pleasing pictures. All such views originate in the mind of the tempter.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 3)
We have the plain assurance of Christ that, in the world to come, the redeemed “neither marry, nor are given in marriage; neither can they die any more; for they are equal unto the angels; and are the children of God, being the children of the resurrection.” [Luke 20:35, 36.]
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 4)
It is presented to me that spiritual fables are taking many captive. Their minds are sensual, and, unless a change comes, this will prove their ruin. To all who are indulging these unholy fancies, I would say, Stop, for Christ’s sake, stop right where you are. You are on forbidden ground. Repent, I entreat of you, and be converted.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 5)
To married men I am instructed to say, It is to your wives, the mothers of your children, that your respect and affection are due. Your attentions are to be given to them, and your thoughts are to dwell upon plans for their happiness.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 6)
Please read the first chapter of First Corinthians. Paul directs his words “unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; that in everything ye are enriched by Him in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you; so that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord. Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing”—the words of truth—“and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.” [Verses 2-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 7)
My brother Ellet, remember that the woman who receives the least manifestation of affection from a man who is the husband of another woman shows herself to be in need of repentance and conversion. And the man who allows his wife to occupy the second place in his affections is dishonoring himself and his God. This thing is one of the signs of the last days. But surely you do not desire to fulfil this sign. This is the part that the wicked are to act. Christ will take charge of the affections of those who love and honor God, causing them to center upon proper objects.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 8)
My brother, your wife has her faults, but so have you. She is your wife still. She is the mother of your children, and you are to respect, cherish, and love her. Guard yourself carefully, that impurity may not abide in mind or heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 9)
A strain of spiritualism is coming in among our people, and it will undermine the faith of those who give place to it, leading them to give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Let all who have been listening to seducing fables stop right where they are. The Lord has guarded and kept them, and He will be a father to them if they will act as obedient children.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 10)
We are just God’s little children. All pomposity, all masterly effort to gain the supremacy, is unbecoming to us. “The foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God stronger than men.... God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to naught things that are; that no flesh should glory in His presence. But of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption; that, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.” [Verses 25, 27-31.]
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 11)
These plain words are spoken that there may be no misunderstanding.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 12)
Paul continues, “And I, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal, even as unto babes in Christ. I have fed you with milk, and not with meat; for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither now are ye able. For ye are carnal; for whereas there is among you envying and strife, and divisions, are ye not carnal, and walk as men? For while one saith, I am of Paul; and another, I am of Apollos; are ye not carnal? Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man? I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase. So then neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the increase. Now he that planteth and he that watereth are one; and every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labor. For we are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 13)
“According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth there upon. For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man’s work shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 14)
“If any man’s work abide which he hath built thereon, he shall receive a reward. If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire. Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.” [1 Corinthians 3:1-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 15)
Brother Waggoner, your case was presented to me some time ago; but I have delayed writing, thinking that I might see you and talk with you. You are being imprisoned with a dangerous sentimentalism, and this has nearly spoiled you and the one also who has permitted you to make her your favorite. You need not ask God to bless you in pursuing this course. In this matter, your mind has been worked by the enemy, who stands ready to control those who give place to spiritualistic affection.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 16)
You have a wife, and you are bound to her by the law of God. “Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not commit adultery: but I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart.... It hath been said, Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement: but I say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery; and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced committeth adultery.” [Matthew 5:27, 28, 31, 32.]
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 17)
May the Lord help you, is my prayer. Now is the time to fight the good fight of faith; now is the time to wrestle against the promptings of the natural heart. Now is your time to be as true as steel to your marriage vows, refusing, in thought, word, or deed, to spoil your record as a man who fears God and obeys His commandments. You have been imbibing spiritualistic ideas. But if you will now turn wholly to God, the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ will be imparted to you, and truth will triumph in your life.
(18LtMs, Lt 231, 1903, 18)
Lt 232, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 6, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 344; 11MR 314; 3Bio 303-304. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg Dear Brother,—
I have a message for you. I have been given words to speak to you that I cannot withhold. A portion of the matter that is printed in the book Living Temple is incorrect and misleading and ought not to be placed before the people. The Lord did not guide you in making the statements contained in this book regarding the personality of God. The Lord has given us His Word, and this is to be the man of our counsel.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 1)
If ever there was a time when the writings of every author needed to be criticized, it is now. God’s Word is to be our study book. In this Word we do not find such representations of God as are presented in the Living Temple. Had Christ thought it essential for such theories to be given to human beings, He would have included them in His teachings.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 2)
To me it seems passing strange that some who have been long in the work of God cannot discern the character of the teaching in Living Temple in regard to God. All through the book are passages of Scripture. These Scriptures are brought in in such a way that error is made to appear as truth. Erroneous theories are presented in so pleasing a way that unless care is taken, many will be misled.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 3)
To take the works of God, and represent them as being God, is a fearful misrepresentation of Him. This representation I was called upon to meet at the beginning of my work when in my youth the Lord commissioned me to go forth and proclaim what He should command me to proclaim. And as the Lord shall direct me, I must now do what I can to counterwork all such teaching and the theories which lead to such views. Those who hold these theories do not know God; neither do they know Jesus Christ, whom He sent into the world to save sinners. They do not know whither their feet are tending.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 4)
One and another come to me, asking me to explain the positions taken in Living Temple. I say, “They are unexplainable.” But the sentiments expressed plainly reveal that you have not a true knowledge of God. What we most need is an experimental knowledge of God, as He is revealed in His Word. Such knowledge would enable us to see our imperfection of character and our ignorance of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, and we would be afraid even to touch the subjects that are handled blindly in Living Temple.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 5)
Human talent and human conjecture have tried by searching to find out God. Many have trodden this pathway. The highest intellect may tax itself until it is wearied out, in conjectures regarding God; but the effort will be fruitless, and the fact will remain that man by searching cannot find out God. This problem has not been given us to solve. All that man needs to know and can know of God has been revealed in the life and character of His Son, the great Teacher. As we learn more and more of what man is, of what we ourselves are, in God’s sight, we shall fear and tremble before Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 6)
To those who would represent every man as born a king; to those who would make no distinction between the converted and the unconverted; to those who are losing their appreciation of their need of Christ as their Saviour, I would say, Think of yourselves as you have been during the period of your existence! Would it be pleasant or agreeable for you to contemplate feature after feature of your lifework in the sight of Him who knows every thought of man, and before whose eyes all man’s doings are as an open book?
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 7)
A Lesson From the Past
After the flood men began to build a tower of such stupendous height as should render it the wonder of the world. One object before them in the erection of this tower was to secure their own safety in case of another deluge. By carrying the structure to a much greater height than that reached by the waters of the flood, they thought to place themselves beyond all possibility of danger. And as they would be able to ascend to the region of the clouds, they hoped to ascertain the cause of the flood. The whole undertaking was designed to exalt still further the pride of its projectors and to turn the minds of future generations away from God and lead them into idolatry.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 8)
Suddenly the work that had been advancing so prosperously was checked. Angels were sent to bring to naught the purpose of the builders. The tower had reached a lofty height, and it was impossible for the workmen at the top to communicate directly with those at the base; therefore men were stationed at different points, each to receive and report to the one next below him the orders for needed material or other directions concerning the work. As messages were thus passing from one to another, the language was confounded so that material was called for which was not needed, and the directions delivered were often the reverse of those that had been given. Confusion and dismay followed. All work came to a standstill. There could be no further harmony or co-operation. The builders were wholly unable to account for the strange misunderstandings among them, and in their rage and disappointment they reproached one another. Their confederacy ended in strife and bloodshed. Lightnings from heaven as an evidence of God’s displeasure broke off the upper portion of the tower and cast it to the ground. Men were made to feel that there is a God who ruleth in the heavens and that He was able to confuse and to multiply confusion in order to teach men that they were only men.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 9)
Let every man, however talented and ingenious he may be, remember that he has a Ruler in the heavens, a God who will not be trifled with by the sophistries of Satan’s devising, which lead men’s minds away from the perils and duties of the hour. The Lord, He is God. He who puts his reasoning to the stretch in an effort to exalt himself and to trace out God will find that he might far better have stood as a humble penitent before God, confessing himself to be only a finite, sinful man.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 10)
Guesswork has proved itself to be guesswork. Imagination may go to its farthest stretch and talk of God’s being in leaf and tree and flower, but those who talk thus need to know that by searching they can not find out God. There have been professed great men, professed interpreters of God. Rival sects have clamored for the supremacy; but in their wisdom they have become fools, and the result of their arguments is but to belittle God.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 11)
My brother, such reasoning regarding the nature of God we have nothing to do with. God has not put upon man the duty of explaining Him. Seek for the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, else you will never know what the kingdom of God is like, or what is to be known of God, the Creator of heaven and earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 12)
You have but a human mind, and you have not yet shown yourself capable of revealing in life and character the life and character of Jesus Christ. When man understands that his life is to be a definition of the life of Christ—a definition in accordance with Christ’s holy character—he will receive the words of God and will clothe himself daily with humility, saying, Unclean, unclean. When the worldly wise man comes to know what is truth, as revealed in Christ, he will look upon himself in a very different light from the light in which he has formerly regarded himself. The question for us to study is, What is truth—the truth for this time, which is to be cherished, lived, honored, obeyed? The devotees of science have been defeated and disheartened in their effort to find out God. What they need to inquire is, What is truth? But how many of those who profess to minister at the altar of God have asked this question with humility of heart and true soul hunger? How many of those who search the heavens have inquired, as they have beheld the wondrous works of God’s creation, What is truth? “What is man, that Thou art mindful of him, or the son of man, that Thou visitest him?” [Psalm 8:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 13)
I shall not try to define God; for this I cannot do. It is not my work to define what He is and what His prerogatives are. I am to say only the words given me of God, “Be still, and know that I am God.” [Psalm 46:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 14)
“A Teacher Sent From God”
At the time of Christ’s first advent, darkness had covered the earth and gross darkness the people. Truth looked down from heaven and nowhere could discern the reflection of her image. Spiritual darkness had settled down over the religious world, and this darkness was almost universal and complete.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 15)
The scribes and Pharisees professed to explain the Scriptures, but they explained them in accordance with their own ideas and traditions. Their customs and maxims became more and more exacting. In its spiritual sense, the sacred Word became to the people as a sealed book, closed to their comprehension.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 16)
All things proclaimed in the heavenly courts the urgent necessity on the earth of a Teacher sent from God—a teacher in whom divinity and humanity would be united. It was essential that Christ should appear in human form and stand at the head of the human race, His divinity and humanity working unitedly to uplift fallen human beings. Thus only could God be revealed to the world. All the books written cannot serve the purpose of a holy life.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 17)
The Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, volunteered to lay aside His royal robe and kingly crown and come to this earth to show human beings what they may be and what the should be. He came to shine amidst the darkness, to dispel the darkness by the brightness of His presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 18)
When in the fulness of time the eternal Son of the infinite God came forth from the bosom of His Father to this world, He came in the garb of humanity, clothing His divinity with humanity. The Father and the Son in consultation decided that Christ must come to the world as a babe and live the life that human beings must live from childhood to manhood, bearing the trials that they must bear and at the same time living a sinless life, that men might see in Him an example of what they can become, and that he might know by experience how to help them in their struggles with sin. He was tried as man is tried, tempted as man is tempted. The life that He lived in this world men can live through His power and under His instruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 19)
From the beginning God had spoken through Christ, laying the foundation of the gospel in the Jewish economy of types and shadows. Before the coming of Christ this economy was unfinished. The ceremonies of the unfinished economy pointed to the reality. God would not leave the plan incomplete. He would work out to its end the plan for the redemption of the race. By sending His Son into the world, He would carry out to its fulfilment the plan ordained in heaven before the world was made.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 20)
The apostle Peter declared, “Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; Him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever He shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass, that every soul which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people.”“Yea,” Peter continues, “and all the prophets from Samuel, and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days.” [Acts 3:22-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 21)
Patriarchs and prophets predicted the coming of a distinguished Teacher whose words were to be clothed with invincible power and authority. He was to preach the gospel to the poor and proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord. He was to set judgment in the earth; the isles were to wait for His law; the Gentiles were to come to His light and kings to the brightness of His rising.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 22)
He was “the Messenger of the covenant,” and “the Sun of righteousness.” [Malachi 3:1; 4:2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 23)
The Jewish teachers, claiming to give instruction in the things of God, turned minds to things that eclipsed the revelation of God. They gave the things of earth the first consideration and the greatest thought. God beheld in these teachers an ignorance that is death to true godliness. Under the education that they gave, virtue and purity grew feeble, and self-sufficiency and pride ruled the life.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 24)
Those who loved God and who realized the danger that lay in the struggle for wealth and power, longed for heaven’s enlightenment. They longed for a message direct from the heavenly courts. The heavenly inspiration was begotten, and men began to feel after God, if haply they might find Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 25)
And “when the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His Son, ... to redeem them which were under the law, that they might receive the adoption of sons.” [Galatians 4:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 26)
Wonder, O heavens, and be astonished, O earth. A heavenly Teacher had come. Who was He? No less a being than the Son of God Himself. He appeared as God and at the same time as the elder brother of the human race. The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us. Christ must come as a human being. Had He come in the glory that He had with the Father, men could not have lived in His presence.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 27)
He was born a babe in Nazareth and grew as other children grow. The powers of mind and body developed gradually, in harmony with the laws of nature. Of Him we read, “The child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom; and the grace of God was upon Him.” [Luke 2:40.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 28)
When at the age of twelve He mingled with the doctors of the law in the temple at Jerusalem, hearing them, and asking them questions, they were astonished at His questions and answers, for His words opened up subjects of the deepest importance. His knowledge of sacred science was a surprise to these learned men; for He had never been instructed in the schools of the rabbis. They wondered where He had gained His knowledge. They did not comprehend that He had access to a knowledge that they knew not of.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 29)
Christ did not pass over the ground of scholastic education, yet He was far in advance of any student under the teaching of the priests and rulers. God did not design that His Son should listen to the needless suppositions included in what was called education. The teachers in the schools of that time—the priests and rulers, though supposed to be perfect in knowledge—were in need of being taught the first principles of true education. They needed to know the meaning of the command, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 30)
Christ’s dignity as a divine Teacher was of an order higher than the dignity of priests and rulers. It was distinct from all worldly pomp; for it was divine. He dispensed with all worldly display and showed that He regarded the gradations of human society, fixed by opulence and rank, as of no value. He had laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and had stepped down from His high command to bring human beings power to become one with God, and earthly rank was not of the least value with Him. He could have brought with Him ten thousand angels if this would have helped Him in His work of redeeming the race.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 31)
Christ passed by the homes of the wealthy, the courts of royalty, the renowned seats of learning, to make His home in obscure and despised Nazareth. His life, from its beginning to its close, was a life of lowliness and humility. Poverty was made sacred by His life of poverty. He would not put on a dignity of attitude that would debar men and women, however lowly, from coming into His presence and listening to His teaching.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 32)
In choosing His disciples, Christ passed by the dignitaries of the Jewish nation and chose lowly, unlearned fishermen. He chose men who had not been spoiled by praise or flattery, men who were not filled with self-sufficiency.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 33)
The life of Christ teaches many lessons that men do not care to learn. How much more good would be done in our world if there were less outside pretension, [less] outward display, and more of the inward adorning that is in the sight of God of great price. Christlikeness of character is of the greatest value to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 34)
Christ, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, came to this earth and opened the sealed roll long closed to the Jewish nations because they would not obey the Word of the Lord. But the people turned their eyes from the sight of truth revealed in Christ because His life did not harmonize with their practice. They were spiritually blind. They could not look truth and righteousness squarely in the face without becoming ashamed.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 35)
Christ converted all nature into an index to illustrate His greatness, His goodness, His love. Water, air, light, life—these Christ used to illustrate His work and His character. Pointing to the sun, which had just risen above the Mount of Olives, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world.” [John 8:12.] The sun in the heavens represents the Sun of righteousness. As the sunbeams penetrate to the remotest corners of the earth, so does the light of the Sun of righteousness shine upon very soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 36)
Christ would heighten our conception of His exalted character. His preexistence and His prospective glory—these subjects were often brought before His disciples. He thought it not robbery to be equal with God. When He gave the law, He did not summon the nations to exalt Him with worldly pomp and grandeur. He commanded attention by the trumpets and thunders of Sinai.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 37)
I am bidden to bring this subject before our people, because some of our physicians and teachers feel at liberty to talk of God and of Christ in ways that men are not authorized to speak. What God desires us to know of Him is revealed in His Word and His works. The beautiful things of nature reveal His character. They are His gift to the race, to show His power and to show that He is a God of love. But no one is authorized to say that God Himself in person is in flower or leaf or tree. These things are God’s handiwork, revealing His love for man.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 38)
The Foundation of Our Faith
In regard to the book Living Temple, I have been instructed by the heavenly messenger that some of the reasoning in this book is untrue, and that this reasoning would lead astray the minds of those who are not thoroughly established on the foundation principles of present truth. It introduces that which is naught but speculation in regard to the personality of God and where His presence is. No one on this earth has a right to speculate on this question. “The secret things belong unto the Lord our God, but those things which are revealed belong unto us, and to our children forever.” [Deuteronomy 29:29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 39)
I am authorized by the Lord to say, The sentiments contained in Living Temple in regard to the personality of God are opposed to the truth that God has given us. The truth for this time is now to be brought before the people. Our brethren and sisters in every church and in every place are to guard carefully against allowing their minds to be engrossed with matters that draw them away from eternal things. The enemy will use some of the statements made in Living Temple to tempt some as he tempted Adam and Eve in Eden. I warn our brethren not to enter into controversy over the presence and personality of God. The statements made in Living Temple in regard to this point are incorrect. The Scripture used to substantiate the doctrine there set forth is Scripture misapplied.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 40)
I was cautioned not to enter into controversy regarding the question that will come up over these things, because controversy might lead men to resort to subterfuges, and their minds would be led away from the truth of the Word of God to assumption and guesswork. The more that fanciful theories are discussed, the less men will know of God and of the truth that sanctifies the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 41)
We are God’s commandment-keeping people. For the last fifty years every phase of heresy has been brought to bear upon us, to tear down the foundation principles of our faith. Messages of every order and kind have been urged upon Seventh-day Adventists to take the place of the truth which point by point has been testified to by the miracle-working power of the Lord. But the waymarks which have made us what we are are to be preserved, and they will be preserved, as God has signified through His Word and the testimony of His Spirit. From the great system of truth as it has been presented by God’s messengers, not a pin is to be removed.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 42)
I am called upon by God to stand in defense of the truth that has been given us as we have followed the leading of Him who is the way, the truth, and the life. Let every pioneer in the work adhere firmly to this truth. The peculiarities of our faith are to be held fast with the grip of faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 43)
The fables that at the present time are being framed by some medical missionary workers are not to be regarded as truth. Their true origin will ere long be revealed. It will be seen that they were formed under the subtle power of the great apostate, who works as an angel of light, controlling minds by deceptions so concealed that he seeks by them to deceive if possible the very elect.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 44)
What influence but that of the deceiver could lead men at this stage of our history to work in an underhand, powerful way to tear down the foundations of our faith—the foundations which were laid at the beginning of our work by prayerful study of the Word and by revelation. Upon these foundations we have been building for the last fifty years. Shall a new foundation be built up by men to whom God has not granted the special experience He has granted to the men whom He ordained to establish the foundations of our faith? The men who are striving to build up this false foundation may suppose that they have found a new way, and that they can lay a stronger foundation than that which has been laid. But this is a great deception. Other foundation can no man lay than that which has been laid.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 45)
I am instructed to say to our people that in the past many have undertaken the building of a new faith, the establishment of new principles. But how long did their building stand? It soon fell to pieces; for it was not founded upon the Rock.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 46)
Did not the first disciples have to meet the sayings of men? Did they not have to listen to false theories and then stand firm, having done all, to stand, saying, “Other foundation can no man lay than that which is laid”? [1 Corinthians 3:11.] One class after another arose with false doctrines, because men were so little acquainted with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 47)
My brethren and sisters, study the thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth chapters of John. The words of these chapters explain themselves. “This is life eternal,” Christ declared, “that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] In these words the personality of God and of His Son is clearly spoken of. The personality of the one does not do away with the necessity for the personality of the other.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 48)
God is never to be understood by any human being. His ways and His works are past finding out. In regard to the revelations that He has made of Himself in His Word, we may talk. But when it comes to talking or writing of God’s person and presence, let us say, “Thou art God, and Thy ways are past finding out.” [Psalm 90:2; Romans 11:33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 49)
It is sacrilegious to put into the minds of young or old the seeds of speculation regarding this subject. Such seeds, planted and left to grow, will spring up and bring forth a harvest of infidel sentiments. I give this warning to all. We want no such sophistry as that presented in Living Temple. There are excellent things in the book. But there are also tares among the wheat. The book contains many correct ideas, but it contains also statements that will do harm. Those who accept the chaff for the wheat will find themselves losing their sense of God’s greatness and bringing Him into cheap commonness. This is the work of the great deceiver. Our brethren are not to be called from their work to study the question of where God is and what He is. We are not to dare to engage in this discussion, lest we be destroyed. When the ark of God was being taken from the land of the Philistines to the camp of Israel, curiosity led the men of Bethshemesh to look into it. God was displeased, and many were smitten with death.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 50)
Let us talk of Christ, His preexistence, His humble ministry, His mighty power, His prospective personal glory in the heavenly courts. The Son of God restores to life whom He will. “All that the Father hath is Mine,” He says. [John 16:15.] “I and My Father are one.” [John 10:30.] He has greatness, present and prospective, that baffles human conception. He encircles the race with His long human arm, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 51)
There is a knowledge of God and of Christ which all who are saved must have. “This is life eternal,” Christ says, “that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] And He says again, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] To all who receive Him as their Redeemer, He gives power to become the sons of God. Every one who truly believes in Him will be inspired by faith and raised by the arm of Omnipotence.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 52)
Those who do not receive in faith God’s plan for redeeming the race do despite to the Spirit of grace, and at the last great day their sentence will be, “Depart from Me.” [Matthew 7:23.] They have hated righteousness and fostered iniquity, and they must be banished forever from the presence of God, exiled from happiness to death—eternal death.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 53)
Those who in this life love God and cherish the thought of Him will employ their faculties and their talents as faithful stewards, making the very best use of them, but not claiming any reward as their due. As they deny self and follow Jesus, lifting the cross, they will find that the cross is light, and that it is a pledge, as they bear it, that they will one day be given a crown of everlasting life. What will be the glory and the gain and the enjoyment of that eternal life that is to be given to those only for whom it has been prepared? The great joy of the overcomer will be that he is in the presence of Christ. “Where I am, there shall also My servant be,” He declared. [John 12:26.] And He prayed, “Father, I will that they also whom Thou hast given Me be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory.” [John 17:24.] Christ is speaking of the glory of His Father’s presence and His Father’s house. The glory that is to be revealed to all who are saved is the glory which Christ had with His Father before the world was—the unapproachable splendor of their converse together. The angels were not admitted to the interviews between the Father and the Son when the plan of salvation was laid. Those human beings who seek to intrude into the secrets of the Most High, who inhabiteth eternity, show their ignorance of spiritual and eternal things. Far better might they, while mercy’s voice is still heard, humble themselves in the dust and plead with God to teach them His ways.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 54)
A Timely Warning
There are those who have been seeking to carry out their own selfish designs, without regard to he influence that this would have upon the cause and work of God. It is time that such ones felt the inward work of grace upon their hearts, that the medical missionary work may not be grossly misrepresented. Let not our medial missionary workers become so like the world in habit and practice that worldlings will turn away from them with scorn, saying, “I am just as good as they are.” There are instances where the medical missionary work has been so conducted that the name “medical missionary” might better be dropped; for it has been badly misrepresented, and God has been dishonored.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 55)
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. Our people must now arouse to the work before them. We are to lift up the standard and proclaim the last message of warning to a perishing world. Those who have a knowledge of the truth for this time are now to hold firmly aloft the banner bearing the inscription, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 56)
I ask my ministering brethren to examine themselves, to see whether they are in the faith or not. If they accept the spiritualistic representations made in Living Temple, their feet will soon be treading in forbidden paths. These representations are the Alpha of doctrines that would lead far away from the truth as we have received it from the Word of God. The acceptation of these sentiments will result in a weak, wavering faith. If this is the teaching that is to be given in the medical missionary work, it will not be long before we have no foundation upon which to plant our feet. I am bidden to say that these erroneous sentiments are the sentiments of the wily foe and should not be presented to any of our youth who are seeking to gain an education in medical missionary lines. For the sake of these youth, I speak decidedly.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 57)
The expiring faith of the people of God must have a resurrection. The exaltation of human reason has begun its work among us and has gone altogether too far. Human reason is placed where divine, sanctifying truth should be. Christ is waiting to kindle faith and love in the hearts of His people. Let not erroneous theories receive countenance from the people who ought to be standing firm on the platform of eternal truth. God calls upon us to hold firmly to the fundamental principles that are based upon unquestionable authority. He calls upon us to study the words and works of Christ, the greatest missionary that this world has ever known.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 58)
When the mind of a teacher of truth becomes in any way divorced from plain, self-denying gospel truth, he is prepared to receive fanciful sentiments called truth. Arrayed in the garments of light, these sentiments are presented to others, and too often they find favor. I am instructed to say to the members of our churches, Keep away from spiritualistic ideas. We are not dealing in fables. God forbid that fables in the disguise of truth shall be presented to our people. God forbid that any among us shall build upon the sand.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 59)
The Lord has given us a clear, distinct message of truth for this time. Let us proclaim this message. Let us study the teaching of Christ, and present what He has commanded us to present. He who launches out in his own wisdom to preach strange things, which God has not given him, finds minds ready to be leavened with the new ideas that he has to present. Satan follows up the work that he does, and the efforts of the true servants of God are made much harder. The advancement of His cause is hindered, and His Spirit is grieved.
(18LtMs, Lt 232, 1903, 60)
Lt 233, 1903
Palmer, E. R. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 26, 1903 Previously unpublished. Brother E. R. Palmer My dear brother,—
I think you should have a change of climate. Will you not, my brother, come to the Sanitarium here for a while and take some treatment? I will see that this treatment shall cost you nothing.
(18LtMs, Lt 233, 1903, 1)
If you come you can see how this climate agrees with you. I do not think you would find the winter weather unfavorable. If you do, you might try the climate in Los Angeles. In some places where the climate might of itself be good, the surroundings would not be pleasant, but we would like you to have pleasant surroundings as well as a favorable climate.
(18LtMs, Lt 233, 1903, 2)
My forthcoming book on health and temperance I will give to help the sanitariums pay their indebtedness. But one condition on which I shall donate this book shall be that when our workers need a rest, they may be accommodated at our sanitariums free of charge.
(18LtMs, Lt 233, 1903, 3)
If you can come, we will do our best to see that you are situated as favorably as possible. I write you this because I feel a deep interest in you and wish your life and health to be preserved. We would be much pleased to have you situated where you can be near to us so that we can counsel together and be a mutual help and strength. Please let us hear from you soon in regard to this proposition. Whenever you are ready to come, let us know, and we will see that you are met at the depot.
(18LtMs, Lt 233, 1903, 4)
Lt 234, 1903
Wessels, Sister [A. E.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Wessels,—
Though I have not written you for some time, yet I have not lost interest in you. Often I have prayed for you and your children. I should be much pleased if you could visit us, that we might talk and pray together. I know that the Lord’s hand is over you, not in wrath, but in mercy and love. I am sorry to hear that you are so feeble. I believe that the Lord would give you sufficient strength to come to America with your children.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 1)
The Lord has been very good to me. I praise Him with heart and soul and voice. For one of my age, my physical strength and clearness of mind is remarkable. I am able to go up and down stairs as readily as any of my workers. But that for which I am most thankful is that my mind is clear and that I can exercise faith in the Lord Jesus as my Helper and my everlasting Friend. Although nearly seventy-six years of age, I am still able to write and speak concerning the precious truths of God’s Word. Praise the Lord O my soul. Praise His holy name.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 2)
My dear sister, have faith in God. Talk faith; sing faith. Be of good cheer in the Lord Jesus. Think of His wonderful condescension in coming to this world, taking upon Himself human nature, and becoming a partaker of the trials and temptations wherewith man is beset. “He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin.” [Hebrews 4:15.] Not one of the whole human family need be overcome of evil. In His strength they can overcome.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 3)
Behold our Saviour as, seated in a fishing boat on the sea of Galilee, He speaks to the multitude on the shore the words of eternal life. He who but a short time before, seated upon the throne of the universe, had received the willing homage of angels now, from a fisherman’s boat, imparts the precious truths of His kingdom to humble peasants and fishermen.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 4)
Because of the crowds pressing upon Him, Jesus had entered Simon’s boat and asked him to push out a little from the shore, where He could be seen and heard by all present. Speaking as One having authority, He proclaimed the truths that bring salvation to all who hear and believe.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 5)
The faces of His hearers showed the interest that they felt in His words. The bright beams of the Sun of righteousness were shining upon them with healing power. Their divine light was more precious than gold or silver or precious stones. In that company were some in whose hearts the seeds of truth, planted that day by the great Teacher, sprang up unto eternal life. Among the five thousand, who on the day of Pentecost joyfully accepted the light of the gospel, were some of the humble fishermen who listened to the Saviour as He taught on the Sea of Galilee. They became Christ’s appointed agencies to minister in word and doctrine and to lay the foundation of His spiritual kingdom which shall never be destroyed. The day is coming when the kingdoms of this earth will become the kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ, whose kingdom shall know no end.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 6)
Ages before, the work of the Saviour was opened before the eyes of the prophet, and, referring to Christ’s ministry in Galilee, he wrote: “The land of Zabulon, and the land of Naphthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.” [Matthew 4:15, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 7)
The discourse ended, Jesus turned and said, “Launch out into the deep, and let down your nets for a draught.” But Peter was disheartened. All night he had taken nothing. “Master,” he said, “we have toiled all the night, and have taken nothing: nevertheless at Thy word I will let down the net.” [Luke 5:4, 5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 8)
The command of Christ was a trial of the faith of the disciples. Night was the only favorable time for fishing with nets in the clear waters of the lake. After toiling all night without success, it seemed hopeless to cast the net by day. The disciples might have reasoned that Jesus did not understand the occupation of fishing. But Jesus had given the command; and though the disciples were surprised, love for their Master moved them to obey.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 9)
What was the result? As Simon and his brother attempted to draw in the net, so great was the multitude of fishes enclosed that it began to break. They were obliged to call James and John to their aid. When the catch was secured, both the boats were so heavily laden that they were in danger of sinking.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 10)
The disciples realized that a miracle worker stood among them. This miracle, above any other he had ever witnessed, was to Peter a manifestation of divine power. Love for his Master, shame for his own unbelief, gratitude for the condescension of Christ, above all the sense of his uncleanness in the presence of infinite purity, overwhelmed him. While his companions were securing the contents of the net, Peter fell at the Saviour’s feet, exclaiming, “Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord.” [Verse 8.] But Peter did not desire Christ to depart. His heart was filled to overflowing with adoration, and he felt himself unworthy. The language of his heart was, “O Lord, I am unworthy. Thou art too good and too great to be in the company of a sinner like me.”
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 11)
If church members today would be thus impressed by the evidences of God’s power, would they have so little to say in acknowledgement of Christ’s great love in giving Himself for the salvation of His children? Would not their hearts overflow with thanksgiving and praise to the Father?
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 12)
How did this miracle affect the characters of the disciples? It was the means of establishing in them faith in Christ. Their hearts were filled with love and gratitude. The success that came to them as they obeyed His command was to be an object lesson of the success they would have in catching men, if they followed Christ’s directions. “From henceforth,” He said to Simon, “thou shalt catch men.” [Verse 10.] He wished to show them in their catching of fish through His strength what they could do through His strength in catching men.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 13)
How thankful we should be for the precious privileges that are placed within our reach. What infinite blessings are brought to us in the words that came from the lips of the great Teacher. These words should inspire us with hope, and faith, and love.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 14)
The truth will work upon the minds of all whose hearts are opened to the words of life. Received into the life, these words will bring cleansing of heart and transformation of character, calling men from darkness to light.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 15)
My sister, keep your mind stayed on God. Put your trust in Jesus, and live to His name’s glory. Trust Him, my sister. He loves you, and you love Him. He would have you rest in His love.
(18LtMs, Lt 234, 1903, 16)
Lt 235, 1903
Lindsay, Annie Wessels “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 12, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Annie Wessels Lindsay,—
I have a message for you, my sister. Will you now seek the Lord? I know that He loves all those for whom He has given His precious life.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 1)
You have a work to do in your own family. Your children often worry and perplex you, but will you not seek to restrain the petulant words that you are tempted to speak? Will you not remember that we are all the Lord’s little children? He addresses us as “My little children.” Our unruly ways often bring sorrow to His heart, so full of tenderness and love. But the dear Saviour never becomes impatient.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 2)
Daily you should learn in the school of Christ, that you may faithfully train your children. Be kind and patient, not selfishly indifferent because you are unwilling to take the trouble to discipline yourself to speak only kind words. Children very quickly catch a hasty spirit. Tax your mind to control your words, that your little ones also may control their words.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 3)
My dear friend and sister, you have much to learn. Your feet have strayed into dangerous paths. The enemy of souls is watching for you, ready to take advantage of your weakness. Your associations are often such as impart no strength to you. You seem to be heedless regarding the danger in which you have placed yourself. If you could but realize how the heart of the Saviour is grieved by sin, you would not wound His heart of love as you do.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 4)
While we admit that ignorance of danger may be the cause of your unwatchfulness, yet it is no excuse for it. The sailor who has in his possession chart and compass, and yet neglects to heed them, is responsible for placing his own life and the lives of those on board his ship in peril. His ship may be lost because of his neglect. We have a guide book, the Word of God. Our great Teacher will give us counsel. We must be watchful for the dangers that surround us. Day by day we should seek to improve in the knowledge of ourselves. When we see our mistakes we should seek to overcome them.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 5)
How tenderly God deals with His little children! The Spirit of God will impress the hearts of those who are susceptible to its softening, subduing influences. To those who have wandered from Him, the Lord sends the message in His Word, “Return to thy first love.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.] Will you not now return to Him, and give Him your heart?
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 6)
“This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.” [1 John 5:4.] We must seek for a growing experience in the things of God. We must be cautious, lest through inexperience we make blunders.
(18LtMs, Lt 235, 1903, 7)
Lt 236, 1903
Wessels, Andrew “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TSA 60-61. Dear Brother Andrew Wessels,—
I have a deep interest for your welfare. The Lord has something for you to do. He would have young converts, after they have given themselves to Him, take hold of His work, trusting in His promise, “Him that cometh to Me, I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.] You are to be His witness. He calls upon every member of the human family to co-operate with Him. “Ye are laborers together with God,” He says to His disciples. [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 1)
The adversary is not asleep. He presents apparent difficulties to the minds of one who is striving to overcome. He knows well the weak points of the inexperienced Christian’s defense. You must constantly be on your guard. In fighting for the crown of eternal life, you must be determined to win.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 2)
The first chapter of Second Peter contains precious instruction to those who are trying to live the Christian’s life. It is of deep interest to all who have given themselves to God:
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 3)
“Grace and peace be multiplied to you,” the apostle writes, “through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord. According as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain to life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [Verses 2-4.] “This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.” [1 John 5:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 4)
Andrew, my dear friend and brother, will you be one of God’s little children, willing to be instructed daily? Will you often remember that He loves you so much that He gave His life for you? The love of God is as high as heaven and as broad as eternity. You have been purchased by a price that is beyond computation.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 5)
Jesus is coming soon. He left His family here in this world with the instruction, “Occupy till I come.” [Luke 19:13.] To each one He has given talents to be traded upon. But He has not given to all the same talents.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 6)
He has a work for you to do, Andrew. Do you ask, What is it? Place yourself where you can use your powers of mind to the best advantage for Him. But that is not all. Your physical powers must be employed in His service. In order to gain strength, you must give your physical powers exercise. No youth can engage in constant study or sedentary employment and have harmonious action of the physical, mental, and moral powers. Every part of the living machinery must be used. Both mind and body must be given exercise.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 7)
Abstain strictly from all stimulating food or drink. You are God’s property. You are not to abuse any organ of the body. You are to care wisely for your body, that there may be a perfect development of the whole man. Is it not an act of ingratitude on your part to do anything so to weaken your vital forces that you are unable properly to represent Him or to do the work He has for you to do?
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 8)
Your time belongs to Him who has purchased you with an infinite price. He wants you so to use your powers as to glorify His name. If in the past you have failed to realize that you are not your own to do with as you please, but that you belong to God both by creation and by redemption, will you not now redeem the time? Seek to live a useful life—a life elevated and ennobled by the thought that you are God’s property. Seek to improve, that you may be of the greatest possible use to your Owner.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 9)
Will you not try, Andrew, to put to use for the Master, brain, bone, and muscle? May the Lord impress your mind and the mind of your brothers during the little time left you in which to work to the glory of God. Surrender your life to God, and remain true to Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 10)
You are not to be an idler; you are to enter the Master’s service. If you will take hold of the work to which the Lord calls you, you will have the help of the heavenly angels. The Lord loves you, and He will strengthen and bless you, as you watch and pray, seeking help from God, confiding in His wisdom. Prayer is your safeguard. “Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation.” [Matthew 26:41.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 11)
Selfish indulgence brings only present gratification. But if you will give your heart to the Lord Jesus, He will make you one of His little children. And why should [you] not make it the great business of your life to honor the Omnipotent One, He who keeps life and breath in your body? Honor Him who “so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Why should you remain away from Him who is preparing a heaven for you, if you will only prepare for that heaven? Why should you choose momentary pleasures, a few earthly indulgences, and neglect to secure eternal life in the kingdom of heaven? Christ declared, “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life.” [John 14:6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 12)
I wish, Andrew, that you would talk of these things to your associates who think little regarding the Lord’s claims upon them. Can you not be the Lord’s missionary among your friends and acquaintances? Thus you can be learning how to do acceptable work for the Master in wider fields. I long to see every soul walking in the light; for God has a work for all to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 13)
How can human beings for whom He has done so much refuse to heed His call? He left this world that He might go and prepare a place for His people. “Let not your heart be troubled,” He said just before He left His disciples, “neither let it be afraid. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you unto Myself, that where I am there ye may be also.” [Verses 1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 14)
“And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea. And I John saw the holy city, New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a voice out of heaven, saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them and be their God. And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 15)
“And He that sat on the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 16)
“And He said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be His God, and he shall be My son. But the fearful and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 17)
“And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife. And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the Holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God, having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; and had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel.” [Revelation 21:1-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 18)
Since Christ is preparing this rich and glorious kingdom as a home for the children of God, how can we be indifferent? How can we manifest such ingratitude to God as to slight His offers of mercy? How must the Lord regard those who will choose ungodly associates rather than the society of those who love and serve Him? Gratitude should be cultivated in the soul, and the praise of God should be upon the lips.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 19)
John continues his description of the holy city: “And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it. And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it. And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there. And they shall bring the glory and honor of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.” [Verses 22-27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 20)
My brother, will you not cease to please your self, and with strong determination set your heart to seek the Lord? Delay not. Do not remain longer on the side of the great rebel, but give your whole soul to God. Repent because you have given so much of your time and talents to the enemy. Before the heavenly universe you may now take your stand, to choose the good and refuse the evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 21)
Why choose the disobedience that caused Adam and Eve to lose the right to their Eden home? By so doing, you forfeit your right to the Eden restored. Run no risks, but seek the Lord while He may be found.
(18LtMs, Lt 236, 1903, 22)
Lt 237, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder A. G. Daniells
Washington, D.C. My dear Brother,—
I have just read your letter to Willie in which you speak of the proposition to sell Education, in a way similar to that in which Object Lessons was sold, in order to raise money for the settlement of my debts. When this plan was first presented to me, I was so completely worn out that I could not grasp the details or make suggestions as to the way in which the book should be handled. I did not realize that the proposition included all that was mentioned in your letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 1)
I do not wish anything done that will call attention to myself. All I desire is that a disinterested effort be made to sell my books. They are needed by the people, and their sale should bring me financial relief.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 2)
I do not wish any plan adopted that will bring in confusion. I do not wish anything done that will draw the attention of our people from the sale of Object Lessons. I regard the plan for the sale of Object Lessons as of God’s devising—a precious, sacred plan of His, to teach His people important lessons in regard to how to do missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 3)
I would not have Education handled as Object Lessons was handled. This would spoil the pattern. And more than this I do not want any effort made to raise money for me. I do not want one penny as a gift. I am opposed to receiving money as a gift for the settlement of my debt. I can carry this debt.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 4)
Ten thousand dollars of this debt was incurred before I went to Australia. I went to large expense in bringing out the illustrated editions of Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets and in making four sets of plates of each. This was done with the expectation of large sales. But these books were allowed to fall almost dead from the press, and for nearly three years little was done with them.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 5)
I pledged a thousand dollars to the Chicago mission, with no thought but that I could pay this from the royalties on my books. But in order to pay this pledge, I had to hire money from a brother in the west, and on this I paid seven percent interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 6)
So heartless a course was pursued toward me by some in the Review office that I was sorely wounded. At one time, when I sent to the office for money, they returned word that I had overdrawn. Henry Kellogg was in the office at the time, and he was so indignant that he came directly to my house, and with tears running down his face handed me a roll of bills. But I refused to take them. Afterward the money that I asked for was sent me from the office.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 7)
To release Edson from financial embarrassment, so that he could engage in evangelistic work, I incurred large debts at the Review and Herald office. I think the amount was about six thousand dollars. While I was in Australia, I went to large expense in bringing out Desire of Ages. And I used my money freely for the advancement of the work. As a result of these things, my debt has grown.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 8)
For the past few years my books have not been selling very rapidly in this country. And the cost of publishing my recent books has been large. But I am not at all worried. I hope to settle all my debts.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 9)
I have told you why I am so deeply in debt because I thought it right that you should know. Now I wish to say that I do not want you to make one move to raise money for me. I am in debt, it is true, but I will not consent to be helped by any fund. When my books are handled disinterestedly, I think that I shall be able to settle my debts.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 10)
In my will, I have left my books to my two boys, as a sacred treasure to be used for the advancement of the cause of God. I wish one other man to be connected with my sons as a counselor, to help to decide where the means accruing from the sale of the books shall be used.
(18LtMs, Lt 237, 1903, 11)
Lt 238, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 1, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PM 175-176; 5Bio 301. Elder A. G. Daniells
Washington, D.C. My dear Brother,—
I wish to write a few words about the letters and manuscripts that were sent you during the council. Shortly before I sent the testimonies that you said arrived just in time, I had read an incident about a ship in a fog meeting an iceberg. For several nights I slept but little. I seemed to be bowed down as a cart beneath sheaves. One night a scene was clearly presented before me. A vessel was upon the waters, in a heavy fog. Suddenly the lookout cried, “Iceberg just ahead!” There, towering high above the ship, was a gigantic iceberg. An authoritative voice cried out, “Meet it!” There was not a moment’s hesitation. It was a time for instant action. The engineer put on full steam, and the man at the wheel steered the ship straight into the iceberg. With a crash she struck the ice. There was a fearful shock, and the iceberg broke into many pieces, falling with a noise like thunder upon the deck. The passengers were violently shaken by the force of the collision, but no lives were lost. The vessel was injured, but not beyond repair. She rebounded from the contact, trembling from stem to stern, like a living creature. Then she moved forward on her way.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 1)
Well I knew the meaning of this representation. I had my orders. I had heard the words, like a living voice from our Captain, “Meet it!” I knew what my duty was and that there was not a moment to lose. The time for decided action had come. I must without delay obey the command, “Meet it!”
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 2)
This is why you received the testimonies when you did. That night I was up at one o’clock, writing as fast as my hand could pass over the paper.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 3)
We have all stood at our posts like faithful sentinels, working early and late to send to the council instruction that we thought would help you.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 4)
I have other testimonies to present that contain excellent instruction for ministers, medical missionary workers, and all church members. You shall have this matter as soon as it can be prepared.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 5)
We have made a collection of some of the letters that I have written to our physicians during the last fifteen years. These letters I read over the other day, and I think that they ought to be printed. They are right to the point and contain instruction that our younger physicians ought to have. As soon as possible, we shall send some of this matter to the Pacific Press for publication.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 6)
Last night I did not sleep after half past ten. The burden of the work rests heavily upon me. How strange it is that Dr. Kellogg’s associates seem to be so completely blinded by the enemy. I see with amazement how dangerous it is to trust in man and make flesh our arm. Often I think of Moses and Aaron standing before Pharaoh, casting their rods to the ground, while the magicians did the same. In the Lord’s power Moses and Aaron gained a victory over the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 7)
We must now take a decided stand for truth and righteousness. I am anxious to see what course Dr. Kellogg’s close associates will follow. I feel so sorry for them. But their time of test and proving has come. How strange it is that with all the warnings there are in the Word of God, men should allow themselves to be led by their fellow men.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 8)
I am glad that I am alive to meet the danger and if possible to avert it. The experience that I have had in the past is a help to me at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 9)
Again and again I have been shown that the past experiences of God’s people are not to be counted as dead facts. We are not to treat the record of these experiences as we would treat a last year’s almanac. The record is to be kept in mind; for history will repeat itself. The darkness of the mysteries of the night is to be illuminated with the light of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 10)
If we watch and pray and trust God’s living Word, we shall gain victories. “Watch and pray,” Christ said, “that ye enter not into temptation.” [Matthew 26:41.] The day dawns. We must enter each battle with full faith that through Christ we shall be more than conquerors. As faithful watchmen we must diligently watch for the dangers threatening God’s people. Other chapters will open before us, and in order to discern their meaning, we shall need keen perception. We are not to be depressed or discouraged, but filled with holy boldness. We are not to be disheartened by the prevalence of sin nor by the difficulties that arise on the right hand and on the left. We must put on the whole armor of God and stand firm for the right. In the future, Satan’s superstitions will assume new forms. False theories, clothed with garments of light, will be presented to God’s people. Thus Satan will try to deceive if possible the very elect. Our watchword is to be, “To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 238, 1903, 11)
Lt 239, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 28, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 26-27; 2MR 156; 12MR 60; 6Bio 97-98. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg
Battle Creek, Michigan My dear Brother,—
I have received your letter, written on the way to Melrose. I am very thankful for this letter. I am hoping and praying that your eyes may be fully opened, that you may see your great danger and the meaning of your past and present experiences.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 1)
The burden resting upon me has been so heavy that for weeks I have been unable to sleep past one or two o’clock. Today I have been looking over some of the letters that I wrote you in years past. In one letter, written from Christiania, Norway, to the directors of the Battle Creek Sanitarium, I read, “I was shown that Dr. Kellogg has been in great danger of making shipwreck of faith by exalting science above the God of science. He has not a clearly defined position in regard to his faith and should be guarded, or he will certainly wander in the mazes of skepticism.”
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 2)
Faithful counsel has been given you. But for a long time the enemy has been sowing his tares—thoughts of skepticism in regard to the truth—in your mind. These matters I must present to you in clear lines as they have been presented to me. I shall not keep silent, as I have done in the past.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 3)
Repeatedly it has been shown me that in many cases you have worked upon minds to undermine confidence in the testimonies. The evil leaven that you have placed in these minds has destroyed their faith in the principles of the truth and in the testimonies. Since the reopening of the Sanitarium, you have placed this leaven in many minds, and it will do its work. One thing that can now be done to undo this work is for me to present to our people the testimonies as they have been given me, that others may not go on undermining the faith of their associates. They must not be left to retain the impressions that have been made on their minds as, after receiving a testimony of reproof from me, you have said, “Somebody has told her these things, but they are not so.”
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 4)
Over and over again you have told others how I once sent you a testimony reproving you for erecting a large building in Chicago, before any such building had been erected there. In the visions of the night a view of a large building was presented to me. I thought that it had been erected and wrote you immediately in regard to the matter. I learned afterward that the building which I saw had not been put up.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 5)
When you received my letter, you were perplexed, and you said, “Some one has misinformed Sister White regarding our work.” But no mortal man had ever written to me or told me that this building had been put up. It was presented to me in vision. If this view had not been given me, and if I had not written to you about the matter, an effort would have been made to erect such a building in Chicago, a place in which the Lord has said that we are not to put up large buildings. At the time when the vision was given, influences were working for the erection of such a building. The message was received in time to prevent the development of the plans and the carrying out of the project.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 6)
You should have had discernment to see that the Lord worked in this matter. The very feature of the message that perplexed you should have been received as an evidence that my information came from a higher source than human lips. But instead, you have over and over again related your version of the matter, saying that some one must have told me a falsehood.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 7)
Many other scenes connected with your case have been presented to me. At one time you were represented to me as trying to push a long car up a steep ascent. But this car, instead of going up the hill, kept running down. This car represented the food business as a commercial enterprise, which has been carried forward in a way that God does not commend.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 8)
At another time you were represented to me as a general mounted on a horse and carrying a banner. One came and took out of your hand the banner bearing the words, “The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus,” and it was trampled in the dust. [Revelation 14:12.] I saw you surrounded by men who were linking you up with the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 9)
Again, I saw two armies in terrible conflict. One army was led by banners bearing the world’s insignia; the other was led by the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Standard after standard was left to trail in the dust as company after company from the Lord’s army joined the foe; and tribe after tribe from the ranks of the enemy united with the commandment-keeping people of God. An angel flying in the midst of heaven put the standards of Emmanuel into many hands, while a mighty general cried with a loud voice, “Come into line. Let those who are loyal to the commandments of God and the testimony of Christ now take their position. Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean, and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters. Let all who will come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [See Revelation 12:17; 2 Corinthians 6:17, 18; Judges 5:23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 10)
The battle raged. Victory alternated from side to side. Now the soldiers of the cross gave way, “as when a standard bearer fainteth.” [Isaiah 10:18.] But their apparent retreat was but an effort to gain a more advantageous position. Shouts of joy were heard. A song of praise to God went up, and angel voices united in the song, as Christ’s soldiers planted His banner on the walls of fortresses till then held by Satan. The Captain of our salvation was ordering the battle and sending support to His soldiers. His power was mightily displayed, encouraging them to press the battle to the gates. He taught them terrible things in righteousness, as He led them on step by step, conquering and to conquer.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 11)
At last the victory was gained. The army following the banner with the inscription “The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus” was gloriously triumphant. [Revelation 14:12.] The soldiers of Christ were close beside the gates of the city of God, and with joy the city received her King. The kingdom of peace and joy and everlasting righteousness was established. God’s will was done on earth, as it is done in heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 12)
Now the church is militant. Now we are confronted with a world in midnight darkness, almost wholly given over to idolatry. But the day is coming when the battle will have been fought, the victory won. The will of God is to be done on earth as it is done in heaven. Then the nations will own no other law than the law of heaven. All will be a happy, united family, clothed with the garments of praise and thanksgiving—the robe of Christ’s righteousness. All nature, in its surpassing loveliness, will offer to God a constant tribute of praise and adoration. The world will be bathed in the light of heaven. The years will move on in gladness. The light of the moon will be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun will be sevenfold greater than it is now. Over the scene the morning stars will sing together, and the sons of God will shout for joy, while God and Christ will unite in proclaiming, “There shall be no more sin, neither shall there be any more death.”
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 13)
This is the scene that is presented to me. But the church must still fight against seen and unseen foes. Satanic agencies in human form are on the ground. Men have confederated to oppose the Lord of hosts. These confederacies will continue until Christ shall leave His place of intercession before the mercy seat and shall put on the garments of vengeance. Satanic agencies are in every city, busily organizing into parties those opposed to the law of God. Professed saints and avowed unbelievers take their stand with these parties. This is no time for the people of God to be weaklings. We cannot afford to be off our guard for one moment.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 14)
“Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the enemy. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:10-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 15)
“This I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God....
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 16)
“Let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ; ... stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries; which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. For unto you it is given in behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake.” [Philippians 1:9-11, 27-29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 17)
There are revealed in these last days visions of future glory, scenes pictured by the hand of God, and these should be dear to His church. What sustained the Son of God in His betrayal and trial? He saw of the travail of His soul and was satisfied. He caught a view of the expanse of eternity and saw the happiness of those who through His humiliation should receive pardon and everlasting life. He was wounded for their transgressions, bruised for their iniquities. The chastisement of their peace was upon Him, and with His stripes they were healed. His ear caught the shout of the redeemed. He heard the ransomed ones singing the song of Moses and the Lamb.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 18)
We must have a vision of the future and of the blessedness of heaven. Stand on the threshold of eternity, and hear the gracious welcome given to those who in this life have co-operated with Christ, regarding it as a privilege and an honor to suffer for His sake. As they unite with the angels, they cast their crowns at the feet of the Redeemer, exclaiming, “Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing.... Honor and glory and power be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.” [Revelation 5:12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 19)
There the redeemed ones meet and greet those who directed them to the uplifted Saviour. They unite in praising Him who died that human beings might have the life that measures with the life of God. The conflict is over. All tribulation and strife are at an end. Songs of victory fill all heaven as the redeemed stand around the throne of God. All take up the joyful strain, “Worthy, worthy is the Lamb that was slain, and lives again, a triumphant Conqueror.”
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 20)
“I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.” [Revelation 7:9, 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 21)
“These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple; and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.” [Verses 14-17.] “And there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away.” [Revelation 21:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 22)
Will you catch the inspiration of the vision. Will you let your mind dwell upon the picture? Will you not be truly converted, and then go forth to labor in a spirit entirely different from the spirit in which you have labored in the past, displacing the enemy, breaking down every barrier to the advancement of the gospel, filling hearts with the light and peace and joy of the Lord? Shall not the miserable spirit of faultfinding and murmuring be buried, never to have a resurrection? Shall not the incense of praise and thanksgiving ascend from hearts purified and sanctified and glorified by the presence of Christ? Shall we not in faith lay hold of sinners, and bring them to the cross?
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 23)
Who will this day consecrate themselves to the service of the Lord? Who will now pledge themselves not to affiliate with the world, but to come out from the world and be separate, refusing to pollute the soul with the worldly schemes and worldly practices that have been placing the church under the enemy’s influence?
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 24)
We are in this world to lift the cross of Calvary. As we lift this cross, we shall find that it lifts us. Let every Christian stand in his lot and place, catching the inspiration of the work that Christ did for souls while in this world. We need the ardor of the Christian hero, who can endure the seeing of Him that is invisible. Our faith is to have a resurrection. The soldiers of the cross are to exert a positive influence for good. Christ says, “He that is not with Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Indifference in the Christian life is a manifest denial of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 25)
Should we not see in the world today medical missionaries who in all features of their work are worthy of the name they bear, who aspire to the doing of deeds worthy of valiant soldiers of Christ? We are living near the close of the great conflict, when many souls are to be rescued from the slavery of sin. We are living in a time when to Christ’s followers the promise specially belongs, “Lo, I am with you alway.” [Matthew 28:20.] He who commanded light to shine out of darkness, He who has called us out of darkness into His marvelous light, bids us let our light shine brightly before men, that they may see our good works, and glorify our Father who is in heaven. In such rich measure has light been given to God’s people that Christ is justified in telling them that they are to be the light of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 26)
To our physicians and ministers I send the message, Lay hold of the Lord’s work as if you believed the truth for this time. Medical missionary workers and workers in the gospel ministry are to be bound together by indissoluble ties. Their work is to be done with freshness and power. Throughout our churches there is to be a reconversion and a reconsecration to service. Shall we not, in our work in the future, and in the gatherings that we hold, be of one accord? Shall we not wrestle with God in prayer, asking for the Holy Spirit to come into every heart? The presence of Christ, manifest among us, would cure the leprosy of unbelief that has made our service so weak and inefficient. We need the breath of the divine life breathed into us. We are to be channels through which the Lord can send light and grace to the world. Backsliders are to be reclaimed. We are to put away our sins, by confession and repentance, humbling our proud hearts before God. Floods of spiritual power are now to be poured forth upon those prepared to receive it.
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 27)
Let us now consecrate ourselves to the proclamation of the message, “Prepare ye the way of the Lord. Make straight in the desert a highway for our God.” [Isaiah 40:3.] Divine and human instrumentalities are to unite for the accomplishment of one great object. “The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 28)
“They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” [Daniel 12:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 239, 1903, 29)
Lt 240, 1903
Medical Students and Nurses NP November 5, 1903 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in UL 323; MM 94-96. +
A Warning Against False Theories
To Medical Students and Nurses,—
There is a burden upon my mind in regard to the temptations and perils that surround medical students, and those in training for medical missionary work at our sanitariums, and especially in regard to those who are studying at Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 1)
There are teachers who do not daily bring the Word of God into their lifework. They have not a saving knowledge of God or of Christ. It is those who do not live the truth who are most inclined to invent sophistries, to occupy the time and absorb the attention that ought to be given to the study of God’s Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 2)
Christ, the great Medical Missionary, came to this world at infinite sacrifice, to teach men and women the lessons that would enable them to know God aright. He lived in this world a perfect life, setting an example that all may safely follow. Let our medical students and other young people study the lessons that Christ has given. It is essential that they should have a clear understanding of these lessons. It would be a fearful mistake for them to neglect the study of God’s Word for a study of theories that are misleading, diverting minds from the words of Christ to fallacies of human production.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 3)
When our physicians and ministers are diligent students of the Scriptures, when thy live in accordance with the teaching of the Word of God, making this Word their textbook, God will be able to bestow on them rich blessings.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 4)
The teaching regarding God that is presented in Living Temple is not such as our students need. Those who seek to define God are on forbidden ground. We are to enter into no controversy regarding God—what He is and what He is not. He, the Omniscient One, is above discussion. Those who express such sentiments regarding Him show that they are departing from the faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 5)
Christ has revealed God. Let those who desire to know God study the work and teaching of Christ. To those who receive Him and believe on Him, He gives power to become the sons of God. He says, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 6)
O that ministers and physicians would come to Christ, and learn of Him! O that they would guard carefully their thoughts, words, and deeds, that their lives might reveal them to be sons of God! We are living in perilous times, when men will exalt themselves and their capabilities. The work of those who do this is recorded in the books of heaven as foolishness. It bears not the fragrance of the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 7)
Let us diligently study the words that Christ spoke to His disciples in the upper chamber a little while before His crucifixion. He was nearing His hour of trial, but His thoughts were not of His own suffering and death. He sought for words of consolation to speak to His disciples who were soon to be so severely tempted and tried. “Little children, yet a little while am I with you,” He said. “Ye shall seek Me; and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:33-35.] This is the great lesson that all need to learn.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 8)
“Let not your heart be troubled,” Christ continued; “ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions; if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go, ye know, and the way ye know.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 9)
“Thomas saith unto Him, Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way? Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me. If ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also; and from henceforth ye know Him, and have seen Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 10)
“Philip saith unto Him, Lord, show us the Father, and it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father.” [John 14:1-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 11)
I call upon our ministers, physicians, and all church members to study the lessons that Christ gave His disciples just before His ascension. These lessons contain instruction that the people of God need. When our physicians understand this instruction, they will realize that the Holy Spirit will never lead them to speak or write that which is at variance with the teachings of the Word of God. Take the Bible as your study book. It contains the Alpha and Omega of knowledge. All can understand the instruction that it contains.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 12)
Let no one teach things that the Redeemer, He who owns man, body, soul, and spirit, has not taught. We need not any fanciful teaching regarding the personality of God. What God desires us to know of Him is revealed in His Word and His works. The beautiful things of nature reveal His character and His power as Creator. They are His gift to the race, to show His power and to show that He is a God of love. But no one is authorized to say that God Himself in person is in flower or leaf or tree. These things are God’s handiwork, revealing His love for mankind.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 13)
But to take the works of God, and represent them as being God, is a fearful misrepresentation of Him. This representation I was called upon to meet at the beginning of my work, when in my youth the Lord commissioned me to go forth and proclaim what He should command me to proclaim. And as the Lord shall direct me, I must now do what I can to counteract all such teaching and the theories which lead to such views. Those who hold these theories do not know whither their feet are tending.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 14)
What we most need is an experimental knowledge of God as He is revealed in His Word. Such knowledge would enable us to see our imperfection of character and our ignorance of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, and we would be afraid even to touch the subjects that are handled blindly in Living Temple.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 15)
Human talent and human conjecture have tried by searching to find out God. Many have trodden this pathway. The highest intellect may tax itself until it is wearied out in conjectures regarding God; but the effort will be fruitless, and the fact will remain that man by searching cannot find out God. This problem has not been given us to solve. All that man needs to know and can know of God has been revealed in the life and character of His Son, the great Teacher. As we learn more and more of what man is, of what we ourselves are, in God’s sight, we shall fear and tremble before Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 16)
To those who would represent every man as born a king; to those who would make no distinction between the converted and the unconverted; to those who are losing their appreciation of their need of Christ as their Saviour, I would say, Think of yourselves as you have been during the period of your existence! Would it be pleasant or agreeable for you to contemplate feature after feature of your lifework in the sight of Him who knows every thought of man and before whose eyes all man’s doings are as an open book?
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 17)
I call upon all who are engaged in the service of God to place themselves fully on Christ’s side. There are dangers on the right hand and on the left. Our greatest danger will come from men who have lifted up their souls unto vanity, who have not heeded the words of warning and reproof sent them by God. As such men choose their own will and way, the tempter, clothed in angel robes, is close beside them, ready to unite his influence with theirs. He opens to them delusions of a most attractive character, which they present to the people of God. Some of those who listen to them will be deceived and will work in dangerous lines.
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 18)
The Lord calls. Will men and women hear His voice? He gives the warning. Will they heed it? Will they listen to the last message of mercy to a fallen world? Will they accept Christ’s yoke, and learn from Him His meekness and lowliness?
(18LtMs, Lt 240, 1903, 19)
Lt 241, 1903
Medical Missionaries “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 17, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in CH 369-372.
Words of Counsel
To our medical missionaries,—
God would have all who profess to be gospel medical missionaries learn diligently the lessons of the great Teacher. This they must do if they would find peace and rest. Learning of Christ, their hearts will be filled with the peace that He alone can give.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 1)
The one book that is essential for all to study is the Bible. Studied with reverence and godly fear, it is the greatest of all educators. In it there is no sophistry. Its pages are filled with truth. Would you gain a knowledge of God and Christ, whom He sent into the world to live and die for sinners? An earnest, diligent study of the Bible is necessary in order to gain this knowledge.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 2)
Many of the books piled up in the great libraries of earth confuse the mind more than they aid the understanding! Yet men spend large sums of money in the purchase of such books, and years in their study, when they have within their reach a book containing the words of Him who is the Alpha and Omega of wisdom. The time spent in a study of these books might better be spent in gaining a knowledge of Him whom to know aright is life eternal. Those only who gain this knowledge will at last hear the words, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 3)
Study the Bible more and the theories of the medical fraternity less, and you will have greater spiritual health. Your mind will be clearer and more vigorous. Much that is embraced in a medical course is positively unnecessary! Those who take a medical training spend a great deal of time in learning that which is merely rubbish. Many of the theories that they learn may be compared in value to the traditions and maxims taught by the scribes and Pharisees. Many of the intricacies with which they have to become familiar are an injury to their minds.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 4)
These things God has been opening before me for many years. In our medical schools and institutions we need men who have a deeper knowledge of the Scriptures, men who have learned the lessons taught in the Word of God and who can teach these lessons to others, clearly and simply, just as Christ taught His disciples the knowledge that He deemed most essential.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 5)
If, during the remainder of this year, our medical missionary workers would follow the great Physician’s prescription for obtaining rest, a healing current of peace would flow through their souls. Here is the prescription:
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 6)
“Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 7)
When our medical missionary workers follow this prescription, gaining from the Saviour power to reveal His characteristics, their scientific work will have greater soundness. Because the Word of God has been neglected, strange things have been done in the medical missionary work of late. The Lord cannot accept the present showing.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 8)
Study the Word, which God in His wisdom and love and goodness has made so plain and simple. The sixth chapter of John tells us what is meant by a study of the Word. The principles revealed in the Scriptures are to be brought home to the soul. We are to eat the Word of God, that is, we are not to depart from its precepts. We are to bring its truths into our daily lives, grasping the mysteries of godliness.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 9)
Pray to God. Commune with Him. Prove the very mind of God, as those who are striving for eternal life and who must have a knowledge of His will. You can reveal the truth only as you know it in Christ. You are to receive and assimilate His words; they are to become part of yourselves. This is what is meant by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. You are to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God—that is, what God has revealed. Not all has been revealed; we could not bear such a revelation. But God has revealed all that is necessary for our salvation. We are not to leave His word for the suppositions of men.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 10)
Obtain an experimental knowledge of God by wearing the yoke of Christ. He gives wisdom to the meek and lowly, enabling them to judge of what is truth, bringing to light the why and wherefore, pointing out the result of certain actions. The Holy Spirit teaches the student of the Scriptures to judge all things by the standard of righteousness and truth and justice. The divine revelation supplies him with the knowledge that he needs.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 11)
And the needed knowledge will be given to all who come to Christ, receiving and practicing His teachings, making His words a part of their lives. Those who place themselves under the instruction of the great Medical Missionary, to be workers together with Him, will have a knowledge that the world, with all its traditionary lore, cannot supply.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 12)
Make the Bible the man of your counsel. Your acquaintance with it will grow rapidly if you keep your mind free from the rubbish of the world. The more the Bible is studied, the deeper will be your knowledge of God. The truths of His Word will be written in your soul, making an ineffaceable impression.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 13)
Not only will the student himself be benefited by a study of the Word of God. His study is life and salvation to all with whom he associates. He will feel a sacred responsibility to impart the knowledge that he receives. His life will reveal the help and strength that he receives from communion with the Word. The sanctification of the Spirit will be seen in thought, word, and deed. All that he says and does will proclaim that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. Of such ones the Lord Jesus can indeed say, Ye are laborers together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 241, 1903, 14)
Lt 242, 1903
Physicians and Ministers “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpTB #7 36-42.
Decided Action to be Taken Now
To our physicians and ministers,—
During the night the Spirit of God has been presenting many things to my mind. The experience that was given us at the General Conference held in Battle Creek early in 1901 was of God. Had Dr. Kellogg at that time done thorough work, the terrible experience through which we are now passing would never have been.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 1)
God has permitted the presentation of the combination of good and evil in Living Temple to be made to reveal the danger threatening us. The working that has been so ingeniously carried on He has permitted in order that certain developments might be made and that it might be seen what a man can do with human minds when he has obtained their confidence as a physician. God has permitted the present crisis to come to open the eyes of those who desire to know the truth. He would have His people understand to what lengths the sophistry and devising of the enemy would lead.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 2)
Men have given to our leading physician allegiance that is due to God alone; and he has been permitted to show what self-exaltation will lead men to do. Scientific, spiritualistic sentiments, representing the Creator as an essence pervading all nature, have been given to our people and have been received even by some who have had a long experience as teachers of the Word of God. The results of this insidious devising will break out again and again. There are many for whom special efforts will have to be put forth to free them from this specious deception.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 3)
I am now authorized to say that the time has come to take decided action. The development seen in the cause of God is similar to the development seen when Balaam caused Israel to sin just before they entered the promised land. How dangerous it is so to exalt any man that he becomes confused and confuses the minds of others in regard to the truths that for the last fifty years the Lord has been giving His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 4)
Few can see the meaning of the present apostasy. But the Lord has lifted the curtain and has shown me its meaning and the result that it will have if allowed to continue. We must now lift our voices in warning. Will our people acknowledge God as the supreme Ruler, or will they choose the misleading arguments and views that, when fully developed, make Him, in the minds of those who accept them, as nothingness?
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 5)
These words were spoken to me in the night season. The sentiments in Living Temple regarding the personality of God have been received even by men who have had a long experience in the truth. When such men consent to eat of the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, we are no longer to regard the subject as a matter to be treated with the greatest delicacy. That those whom we thought sound in the faith should have failed to discern the specious, deadly influence of this science of evil should alarm us as nothing else has alarmed us.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 6)
It is something that cannot be treated as a small matter, that men who have had so much light and such clear evidence as to the genuineness of the truth we hold should become unsettled and led to accept spiritualistic theories regarding the personality of God. These doctrines, followed to their logical conclusion, sweep away the whole Christian economy. They estimate as nothing the light that Christ came from heaven to give John to give to His people. They teach that the scenes just before us are not of sufficient importance to be given special attention. They make of no effect the truth of heavenly origin and rob the people of God of their past experience, giving them instead a false science.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 7)
During the past night, I have been shown more distinctly than ever before that these sentiments have been looked upon by some as the grand truths that are to be brought in and made prominent at the present time. I was shown a platform braced by solid timbers—the truths of the Word of God. Some one high in responsibility in the medical work was directing this man and that man to loosen the timbers supporting this platform. Then I heard a voice saying, “Where are the watchmen that ought to be standing on the walls of Zion? Are they asleep? How can they be silent? This foundation was built by the Master Worker and will stand storm and tempest. Will they permit this man to present doctrines that deny the past experience of the people of God? The time has come to take decided action.”
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 8)
I was instructed to call upon our physicians and ministers to take a firm stand for the truth. We are not to allow atheistic, spiritualistic sentiments to be brought before our youth. God has led us in the past, giving us truth, eternal truth. By this truth we are to stand. Some of the leaders in the medical work have been deceived, and if they continue to hold fanciful, spiritualistic ideas, they will make many believe that the platform upon which we have been standing for the past fifty years has been torn away. These men need now to see with anointed eyes, with clear spiritual vision, that in spite of all man can do, “the foundation of God standeth sure,” and “the Lord knoweth them that are His.” [2 Timothy 2:19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 9)
The message to the Laodicean church comes to us at this time with special meaning. Read it, and ask God to show you its import. Thank God that He is still sending us messages of mercy. Those accepting the theories regarding God that are introduced in Living Temple are in great danger of being led finally to look upon the whole Bible as a fiction; for these theories make of no effect the plain Word of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 10)
The tempter is working to gather together at Battle Creek as large a number as possible, hoping that they will receive false ideas of God and His work, and thus make of no effect the impression that God would have made on the minds of those engaged in the medical missionary work and in the gospel ministry. God abhors the great swelling words of vanity that have been spoken by some connected with the Sanitarium. The judgments of God have been visited upon Battle Creek, and these judgments call for humiliation rather than for proud boasting and self-exaltation.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 11)
The heavenly messenger turned to those professing to be medical missionaries, and sad, “How could you allow yourselves to be led blindfold? How could you so misrepresent the name you bear? You have your Bibles. Why have you not reasoned from cause to effect? You have accepted theories that have led you away from the truths that are to stamp their impress upon the characters of all Seventh-day Adventists. Your leader has been removing the foundation timbers one by one, and his reasoning would soon leave us with no certain foundation for our faith. He has not heeded the testimonies that God through His Spirit has given. The books of the Bible containing most important instruction are disregarded because they say so much about a personal God. He has not known whither his feet were tending. But in his recent writings, his tendencies toward pantheism have been revealed.”
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 12)
The enemy of souls has sought to bring in the supposition that a great reformation was to take place among Seventh-day Adventists, and that this reformation would consist in giving up the doctrines which stand as the pillars of our faith and engaging in a process of reorganization. Were this reformation to take place, what would result? The principles of truth that God in His wisdom has given to the remnant church would be discarded. Our religion would be changed. The fundamental principles that have sustained the work for the last fifty years would be accounted as error. A new organization would be established. Books of a new order would be written. A system of intellectual philosophy would be introduced. The founders of this system would go into the cities and do a wonderful work. The Sabbath, of course, would be lightly regarded, as also the God who created it. Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of the new movement. The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice; but God being removed, they would place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is worthless. Their foundation would be built on the sand, and storm and tempest would sweep away the structure.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 13)
Who has authority to begin such a movement? We have our Bibles. We have our experience, attested to by the miraculous working of the Holy Spirit. We have a truth that admits of no compromise. Shall we not repudiate everything that is not in harmony with this truth?
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 14)
A mind trained only in worldly science fails to discern the deep things of God, but the same mind, converted and sanctified, would see the divine power in the Word. Only the mind that is cleansed by the sanctification of the Spirit can discern heavenly things.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 15)
The Scriptures, given by inspiration of God, are “profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.” [2 Timothy 3:16, 17.] Let us go to the Word of God for guidance. Let us seek for a “Thus saith the Lord.” We have had enough of human methods. Brethren, awake to your God-given responsibilities. Your judgment, unless perverted by a long practice of false principles, will discern the deep things of God, given by His Holy Spirit, and your hearts will be made susceptible to the teaching of the Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 16)
May God bring His people under the deep movings of His Spirit. The Spirit makes efficient the ordinary means of grace. God teaches that His kingdom is to be established in the earth “not by might, nor by power,” but by His Spirit. [Zechariah 4:6.] The Spirit is the efficiency of His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 17)
I am instructed to say that those who would tear down the foundation that God has laid are not to be accepted as the teachers and leaders of His people. We are to hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end. Words of power have been sent by God and by Christ to this people, bringing them out from the world point by point, into the clear light of present truth. With lips touched with holy fire, God’s servants have proclaimed the message. The divine utterance has set its seal to the genuineness of the truth proclaimed.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 18)
The Lord calls for a renewal of the straight testimony borne in years past. He calls for a revival of spiritual life. The spiritual energies of His people have long been torpid, but there will be a resurrection from apparent death.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 19)
In the future, God will call for the gifts and talents of men not now actively engaged in His service. Let these respond to His call, putting their trust in the great Medical Missionary. The power that is the life of the soul has not been seen as it must be. It has been smothered for want of spiritual ventilation—the blending of human effort and divine grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 20)
God is calling upon His people to work. He comes to them as they idle away the precious, golden moments, and says, “Go work today in My vineyard.” [Matthew 21:28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 21)
By prayer and confession of sin we must clear the King’s highway. As we do this, the power of the Spirit will come to us. We need the Pentecostal energy. This will come; for the Lord has promised to send His Spirit as the all-conquering power.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 22)
Men may still learn the things that belong to their peace. Mercy’s voice may still be heard, calling, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] It is only when spiritual life is given that rest is found and lasting good secured. We must be able to say, in storm and tempest, “My anchor holds.” He who builds upon any other foundation than that which has been laid builds upon shifting sand. God calls for a reformation. But he who seeks to bring about a reformation without the aid of the Holy Spirit’s reviving power will find himself adrift. Those who turn from human foolishness and frailty, from man’s seductive arts, from Satan’s planning, to Christ, the shepherd and bishop of our souls, will stand secure upon the platform of eternal truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 242, 1903, 23)
Lt 243, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California May 11, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 294-297. + Dear Sister Hall,—
I have been so busily employed in writing day after day that I have failed to write to you. I have been expecting and hoping that you would soon return to California, to be a member of our family. Your presence is worth much to me. I hope that you will soon be free to come back to us.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 1)
Marian, Sara, Dores Robinson, Clarence Crisler, Helen Graham, and Maggie attended the General Conference. We rented a furnished house, and all except myself took their meals at the restaurant.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 2)
We decided not to take a horse and carriage to Oakland, thinking that it would be better to hire a conveyance there. We went out once for a ride of about two hours and paid two dollars. This I could not consent to do again.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 3)
In a furniture store Sara found an easy wheelchair with good springs. This she rented, and in it I was taken to and from the meetings. Sometimes I was wheeled by Sara and sometimes by Dores Robinson. The chair was an excellent one, and after the Conference we purchased it, paying fourteen dollars for it.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 4)
Since the Conference I have carried very heavy burdens, and this has worn upon me. I am still hoping and praying that the Lord will bring peace and unity into the church. If our church members cannot live in harmony here, how can they live in harmony in heaven?
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 5)
I am writing much in regard to several matters. The suggestion has come from our canvassers that, after the Relief of the Schools Campaign is finished, Christ’s Object Lessons be made a subscription book. They are sure that it would have a large sale all over the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 6)
When Willie told me of this suggestion, the thought at once came into my mind that the plan suggested might perhaps be best. If it were carried out, my royalty on the copies sold would help to settle my debts.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 7)
While these thoughts were passing through my mind, it was distinctly represented to me that Object Lessons was, in the plan of God, given to help our schools to roll away the terrible burden of debt. I saw clearly that the way in which the book had been handled was the Lord’s plan and that it was accomplishing great good.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 8)
I turned to Willie, and said, “I made of that book an offering to the Lord, and I cannot take it off the altar of sacrifice. As long as I live that book is to be handled as none of my other books have been handled. And when I am no longer with you, you must see that this book is kept on the altar of sacrifice. I will not change a plan that has already brought to the cause of God, for the relief of our schools, two hundred thousand dollars.”
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 9)
Willie’s lips quivered. Tears came into his eyes, and he said, “Yes, mother, the matter is settled now, never to be changed.”
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 10)
But I have written fully on this subject elsewhere, so I will not give you any more particulars, but will send you a copy of what I have written to our leading brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 11)
Many schools, large and small, are to be established in country places, and the proceeds from the sale of Object Lessons will be needed in this work. The sale of this book is under the Lord’s supervision. He will continue to make it a blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 12)
I feel an intense desire that more shall be done to warn the world of the coming of the Son of man in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. I want to do all in my power to arouse our brethren to resist the temptation to erect many food factories and food stores for the manufacture and sale of health foods. There is danger that the minds of those engaged in the health food work will become absorbed in commercial interests. The attention of young and old will be given to these interests, and the proclamation of the gospel message will be neglected. At this time we need men who are filled with zeal for the circulation of our larger books. Our young men should enter the field as canvassers, evangelists, and physicians. As they go forth, they will gain a knowledge of how to do medical missionary work and of how to present the message of truth. If the talents of men and women and youth are to be bound up in food factories, food stores, and hygienic restaurants, where are the workers for other branches of the cause to come from?
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 13)
We are now to prepare for the marriage supper of the Lamb. We are to give the message everywhere, in the highways and the hedges, to high and low, rich and poor. House-to-house work is to be done. I am becoming afraid as I see how little soul-saving work is done by our restaurants. As I think of these things, I am instructed that unless the restaurant work is managed in such a way as to save souls, the young people engaged in it will be in danger of losing their interest in present truth. God would have us make decided plans to keep as far as possible from the snares that await those who enter largely into food speculations. We must pray and watch unto prayer, and we must find out the real results of the restaurant work.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 14)
The Lord calls for men and women to stand on the watch tower and sound the warning as they see many things coming in to absorb the mind and call the attention from eternal things. We are to be getting ready to move to the better country, to the mansions that Christ is preparing for those who love Him. We have a special message to give. We cannot be silent now. We must arouse from our lethargy and, realizing our danger, prepare for eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 15)
Tuesday morning
This morning we received an excellent letter from Sister Haskell. I am sure that a good work is being done in New York, and I wish that the work there were a hundredfold stronger than it is.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 16)
Dr. Kellogg has written me an excellent letter. I wish that he could unload from the many burdens that he should not be carrying; for while he carries these burdens, he cannot do justice to himself or to the medical missionary work, in which he acts so important a part.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 17)
I know that God will give us light if we will be humble and contrite. But my soul is greatly troubled for many who are in partial blindness. There are those who refuse to see the meaning of the destruction of two of our largest institutions. God has borne long with these men. When He saw that they were determined to disregard His counsels, He spoke in judgment. He will not be dishonored, and make no sign.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 18)
We are warned that the Lord will come suddenly, surprising the world in their idolatrous wickedness. But I sincerely hope that our people will see the necessity of drawing near to God. We need at this time clear, decided testimonies, which are right to the point. The end of all things is at hand. I may see it myself. May God help me to do my work faithfully, that I may be ready to meet Him—watching, waiting, and praying. Only a little while longer, and we shall see the King in His beauty.
(18LtMs, Lt 243, 1903, 19)
Lt 244, 1903
Sanitarium Managers/Parents NP November 5, 1903 [typed] Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 229.
Words of Warning
To Sanitarium managers and to parents,—
We are living in a time of special peril to the youth. Satan knows that the end of the world is soon to come, and he is determined to improve every opportunity for pressing young men and young women into his service. He will devise many specious temptations to lead them astray. We need now to consider the words of warning written by the apostle Paul and to preserve our youth from seeing and hearing many things that are sinful and from living in an atmosphere that is largely irreligious.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 1)
In the second epistle to the Corinthians we read: “Be not unequally yoked together with unbelievers; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? and what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God: as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:14-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 2)
Special light has been given me in regard to why we may accomplish much more for the Master by the establishment of many small sanitariums then by the building up of a few large institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 3)
In these large medical institutions there will be gathered together many who are not very sick, but who, like tourists, are seeking rest and pleasure. These will have to be waited on by our nurses and helpers. Young men and young women, who from their earliest years have been shielded from evil associations, are thus brought into contact with all classes of worldlings and are influenced to a greater or lesser extent by what they see and hear. They become like those with whom they associate, losing the simplicity and modesty that Christian fathers and mothers have guarded and cherished by careful instruction and earnest prayers.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 4)
Among the many unbelievers who patronize our large sanitariums, a few may come to a knowledge of the truth; but there is great danger that much more will be lost than gained, because our youth, in their association with men and women who fear not God, will meet with seductive influences that are almost irresistible. Satanic agencies will make every effort possible to destroy the purity of mind and soul, and many of these youth will never free themselves from the snare of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 5)
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. Something decisive must be said to warn our people against the danger of permitting their children, who need parental care and instruction, to leave the influence of home life, where they have been kept from the evil of the world, to go to places where they will be employed to act as servants to pleasure-loving and irreligious worldlings.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 6)
In many homes the father and mother have allowed their children to rule. Such children are in far greater danger than are those who have learned to obey. Not having received the necessary disciplinary training, they suppose that they may do as they please. Their parents have not done diligent, faithful work in the home and have failed of imparting to them a knowledge of obedience, which would have strengthened them to resist temptation. When these undisciplined children enter an immense institution, where there are many influences that tend to destroy spirituality, they are in grave peril; and often their stay in the institution is an injury rather than a blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 7)
I would say to parents, Make every reasonable effort to keep your children near you. Do not separate them from you, sending them hundreds of miles away, to places where there may be sown in their minds the seeds of unbelief and error. Send them to the schools and sanitariums nearest you. I shall not be free until I warn parents against sending their children to the Battle Creek Sanitarium or any other place where the helpers must mingle with a great company of unbelievers and where the forces of the enemy are strongly entrenched.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 8)
We do not say that there are not many worthy people among those who are guests at the Battle Creek Sanitarium; for there are. But while we know that there are a number whose hearts are true and who are benefitted spiritually by their visit to the institution, we know, too, that there are many others whose influence over inexperienced helpers will lead them into temptation. Let a decided effort be made by the managers to employ older persons for helpers in our large sanitariums.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 9)
In the visions of the night, I was in a large assembly where this matter was up for consideration. One of authority said with great solemnity, “Dare you venture to make the experiment? The salvation of the souls of your children is of more value than the education they receive in this place where they are constantly exposed to the influence of unbelievers. Many who come to this institution are unconverted. They are filled with pride and have no connection with God. Many of the young men and young women who wait on these worldlings have had but little Christian experience and easily become entangled in the snares that are laid for their feet.”
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 10)
“What can be done to remedy this evil?” some one present asked. The Speaker answered: “Since you have placed yourselves in this position of peril, let Christian men and women of mature years and established character be brought into the institution to exert a counter influence for the right. The carrying out of such a plan would increase the running expenses of the Sanitarium, but it may be an effective means of guarding the fort and of shielding the youth in the institution from the contaminating influences to which they are now exposed.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 11)
“Fathers and mothers are held responsible by God for the salvation of their children. After souls become obedient to the truth, have they no need of further watchcare? How difficult it is for the believing youth to maintain their consecration to God in the midst of the worldly influences which exist at the Battle Creek Sanitarium!”
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 12)
The heavenly Instructor continued: “Parents, guardians, place your children in training schools where the surrounding influences are similar to those of the home school; schools in which the teachers will carry them forward from point to point and in which the spiritual atmosphere is a savor of life unto life.”
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 13)
In the days of the Israelites, the parents were directed to gather their children into their houses with them and to strike the lintel of the doorpost with blood. And in the time in which we are living, it is unsafe to break down the barriers that the truth builds as a fortress about God’s people. It is unsafe to think that our children may be permitted to associate with unbelievers as freely as with Christians. Whether or not our youth, who have received wise instruction and training from godly parents, will continue to be sanctified through the truth depends largely upon the influences that, after leaving their homes, they meet among those to whom they look for Christian instruction.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 14)
Every one is now on trial. Every one will be weighed in the balances of the sanctuary. Those only who in this world are fully prepared for heaven will at last be numbered with the heavenly family in the courts above. Let us think seriously upon the nature of the impressions that will be left upon the susceptible minds of the youth who are being brought into daily association with worldly, irreligious men and women.
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 15)
The words of instruction and warning that I have written in regard to our youth going to Battle Creek to receive a training for service in the Lord’s cause are not idle words. Some God-fearing youth will stand the test, but it is not safe for us to leave even the most conscientious ones without our best care and protection. I am instructed to repeat to our brethren and sisters the warning and the exhortation that Paul sent to the church at Thessalonica:
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 16)
“The mystery of iniquity doth already work; only he that now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall that wicked be revealed whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of His coming; even him whose coming is after the working of Satan, with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish: because they received not the love of the truth that they might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusions, that they might believe a lie; that they all might be damned who believe not the truth, but have pleasure in unrighteousness. But we are bound to give thanks always to God for you, brethren, beloved of the Lord, because God hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth; whereunto He called you by our gospel, to the obtaining of glory by our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, brethren, stand fast, and hold the tradition which you have been taught, whether by word, or by our epistle. Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself, and God, even our Father, which hath loved us, and hath given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace, comfort your hearts, and establish you in every good word and work.” [2 Thessalonians 2:7-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 244, 1903, 17)
Lt 245, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 5, 1903 See variant Lt 245a, 1903. Previously unpublished. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg
Battle Creek, Michigan My dear brother,—
I should be unfaithful to my trust as a shepherd, as a watchman on the walls of Zion, were I to keep silent at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 1)
I supposed that after the council meeting in Battle Creek, following the Oakland General Conference, your spirit would change. In every way I had tried to bring about unity between the medical missionary workers and the churches. I had told my brethren and sisters to be very careful in regard to the words they spoke concerning you; and I had cautioned them not to criticize you, thus leading you to suppose that they were your enemies.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 2)
It was due that hearty confessions be made by you, but in this you did not do thorough work. And this is the reason that no reformation has taken place. I heard of the work being done in Battle Creek. My anxiety was anticipated, and a telegram was sent me saying that peace had been established between the General Conference brethren and the Sanitarium brethren. A letter followed saying that in a most wonderful manner the Holy Spirit had been manifested in the work of uniting ministers with medical missionaries as one in spirit and purpose. But I was instructed by the Lord that thorough work had not been done.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 3)
My brother, you have been greatly honored by the Lord. You have been designated as the Lord’s appointed medical missionary, but while standing in this exalted position, you have many times shown yourself to be unworthy of the trust. You have been mingling with worldlings and in spirit have become one with the world. It was while men slept that the enemy sowed tares. This has been presented to me again and again in connection with your experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 4)
In connection with the matter of issuing bonds with which to raise means for the completion of the Sanitarium, you indulged in a spirit of boasting. This plan for raising means is not endorsed by God. It has been accepted by men, but there will be disappointment.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 5)
You have not a true understanding of yourself. As Christ said to Nicodemus, so I am instructed to say to you, “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he can not enter the kingdom of God.” [John 3:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 6)
You have received many letters from me—testimonies in which you have been warned, reproved, and instructed; but because of your great confidence in your own plans and opinions, you have not accepted all these messages. You have been in company with one who has been misleading you.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 7)
There is one thing that I must insist upon, namely, that you shall not bring into the company of believers at Washington your spirit, your ambitions, your prejudices, your feelings of envy and jealousy, by endeavoring to establish or control the medical missionary work in that city. The Lord will be pleased to have you stand aside and let the work that He has commissioned His servants in Washington to perform be done without your stamp being placed upon it.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 8)
I have borne to you messages of truth in regard to the manner in which you have been carrying on the medical missionary work; and now, if you desire to continue the course that you have been pursuing, please keep out of the way of those whom you think have abused you. Devote your energies to your own work.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 9)
On several occasions I have seen one in disguise linked up with you and presenting matters before you in a perverted light. In the future he will work more decidedly upon your mind, unless you choose to be transformed by being born again. When you are under the spiritualistic influence of the wily foe, you are liable to say strange things; for the enemy speaks through you. When the spell under which you have made false representations is broken, and others repeat to you the words that you have uttered, you deny everything. But in the visions of the night I have heard you speak for effect some of the words that you deny having spoken—words which are untrue, but which you cannot help speaking when you are under evil influences. At such times you have no control over mind or spirit and are as fully under the influence of evil agencies as the converted are under the influence of the Holy Spirit. You do not resist the enemy. By him you are led to do many things that are an abomination in the sight of God, but of the nature and character of which you have no real knowledge and never will have until you are truly converted.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 10)
At the beginning of the General Conference of 1901, I spoke of the evils that had come into our work and of the reformation that must take place. Those who heard the messages that were given me for the Conference, especially the first three talks, felt impressed that I was speaking under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. But you have intimated that it was you who gave me that inspiration.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 11)
My brother, you know that there is no truth in such an insinuation. We had no important conversation in regard to the matters concerning which I spoke until after my testimony had been borne. If you had talked with me before about these matters, you would have broken your agreement. I had brief talks with you about commonplace matters, but you know that you did not impart to me the thoughts brought out in my talks to the General Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 12)
You have given the enemy the advantage over yourself, and at times you act in a manner that is unbecoming to a Christian. You feel that you are abused; and so you are—but chiefly by yourself. You convey to others the impression that your brethren greatly abuse you; but in this you are deceived. There are times when you have not dealt openly and righteously with your brethren, but deceptively.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 13)
Under the influences of evil, your deceptive powers have been sharpening. The sentiments that you entertain and advocate are in some ways similar to and even more dangerous in their results than the sentiments in regard to “holy flesh,” which I rebuked while at the General Conference of 1901. You need to heed the testimonies given you before it is everlastingly too late.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 14)
If those who sustain you only knew how near the brink of ruin you are, some would nobly take their stand on the Lord’s side and would strive manfully to save their own souls and also to save your soul. I pray that those who by their blindness have helped you along in the downward way may now seek the Lord most earnestly for divine enlightenment, that they may know how to help you to break the spell of skepticism and unbelief that has been upon you.
(18LtMs, Lt 245, 1903, 15)
Lt 245a, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 5, 1903 Variant of Lt 245, 1903. Previously unpublished. Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
I should be unfaithful to my trust as a shepherd, as a watchman on the walls of Zion, were I to keep silent at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 1)
I supposed that after the council meeting in Battle Creek, following the Oakland General Conference, the spirit within you would change. In every way I had tried to bring about unity between the medical missionary workers and the churches. I had told our brethren and sisters to be very careful in regard to the words they used concerning you; and I had cautioned them not to lead you to suppose that they were your enemies by criticizing you.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 2)
I expected that some confessions would be made by you, but none were made. And this is the reason that no reformation has taken place. I heard of the work being done in Battle Creek. My anxiety was anticipated, and a telegram was sent me saying that perfect peace had been established between the General Conference brethren and the Sanitarium brethren. A letter followed, representing that in a most wonderful manner the Holy Spirit had been manifested in the work of uniting ministers with medical missionaries as one in spirit and purpose; that now the ministers of the General Conference were just as verily medical missionaries in heart and in influence as were those whose lives were devoted wholly to so-called medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 3)
My brother, there is no other man who has claimed to be a worker for the Lord who has caused me as much heart anguish as Dr. Kellogg has; because, while standing in an exalted position, you have many times not been worthy of bearing the name of God’s appointed medical missionary worker. This has been presented to me again and again. You have been mingling with worldlings and in spirit have become one with the world. It was while men slept that the enemy sowed tares.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 4)
When there was devised the plan of issuing bonds with which to raise means for the completion of the Sanitarium, you indulged in a spirit of boasting and rejoicing. This plan is not endorsed by God. It has been accepted by men, but they will be disappointed.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 5)
Dr. Kellogg, you are not regarded by God as a converted man. As Christ said to Nicodemus, so I am instructed to say to you: “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.” [John 3:5.] You have not a true understanding of your individual self.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 6)
You have received many letters from me—testimonies in which you have been warned, reproved, and instructed; but because of your great self-assurance, you have not accepted all these messages. You have been in company with one who has been misleading you.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 7)
There is one thing that I will urge; namely, that you shall not bring into the company of believers at Washington your spirit and prejudices, your feelings of envy and jealousy, by endeavoring to establish the medical missionary work in that city. We ask you kindly to stand aside, and let the work that God has commissioned us to do be done without the stamp of Dr. J. H. Kellogg being placed upon it.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 8)
I have told you the truth in regard to the manner in which you have been carrying on the medical missionary work; and now, if you desire to continue the course that you have pursued, please keep out of the way of those whom you think have abused you. Take care of your own work.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 9)
In the visions of the night I am still instructed in the same way in which I was instructed when there was presented before me the large building in Chicago, with embellishments. I supposed this building had been erected, and I wrote immediately in regard to the matter. Afterward, I learned that no such building had ever been erected there.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 10)
When the letter was received, Dr. Kellogg said, “Somebody has told her a falsehood.” I wrote the message as something that the Lord had revealed to me. And if a view of this building had not been presented before me in vision, it would be standing today in Chicago, a place where God has forbidden us to erect large buildings.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 11)
This matter was explained to me by one in whom we have confidence. He said that although Dr. Kellogg used this testimony as a proof that what Sister White writes is not always true, specifications had been written out and a drawing made of a large building to be erected in Chicago, which building exactly answered the description of the one shown me in vision; and that as soon as my testimony was received, all these plans were at once laid aside and the project abandoned.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 12)
Should not these facts be regarded as positive evidence that the Lord represented this building before me in time, so that the plan should not be executed? The message that was sent to meet the situation arrived just in time to prevent our brethren from erecting a large, expensive building in Chicago. As soon as the letter reached them, to their credit be it said, they stopped planning to put up the building. This experience throws light on the design of God to prevent things that should not be.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 13)
Fearing lest you might again repeat the story in regard to the so-called error in the message received concerning the great building in Chicago, I make this statement of facts as they have been told me.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 14)
In answer to your charge in regard to the testimonies—“somebody has told her”—I will say, Yes; somebody has—One who never makes a mistake. It is this One who told me of the building in Chicago concerning which I wrote. But I leave this matter with you. I will not trouble my mind about it.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 15)
At the beginning of the General Conference of 1901, I spoke of the evils that had come into our work and of the reformation that must take place. One or two have told me that in conversing with you in regard to my speaking under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit while bearing the first three messages at the opening of the Conference, you remarked, “It was I who gave Sister White that inspiration.” My brother, you may be assured that you will have to meet this statement in the judgment. I know not to how many you have repeated it.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 16)
We agreed that if I lived in your home during the Conference, no words should pass between us, lest some one might be tempted to say that I was in any way influenced or informed by you. We had no conversation in regard to the matters concerning which I spoke until after my testimony had been borne. If you had talked with me before, you would have broken your agreement. I may have spoken some words to you about commonplace matters, or I may not; for I was determined not to give the least occasion to any one for stumbling. And to think that you would make such a statement as you have made, after the messages had been borne under the inspiration of the Spirit of God!
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 17)
My brother, I will not make any charges against you, or attach any blame to you. I will let the Lord handle your case. But you certainly have not told the truth; and your lack of truthfulness is a trait in your character that is contemptible in God’s sight.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 18)
On several occasions I have seen one in disguise linked up with you and presenting matters before you in a perverted light. In the future he will work more decidedly upon your mind, unless you choose to be transformed by being born again. When you are under the spiritualistic influence of the wily foe, you are liable to say anything about any one; for the seducer uses you as an agent through whom to voice his words, as in the garden of Eden he used the serpent through which to address our first parents.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 19)
When under Satan’s power, you make false representations. After the spell is broken, and others repeat to you the words that you have uttered, you deny everything; whereas the very words spoken are the words that in the visions of the night I have heard you speak for effect—words that are untrue, but that you cannot help speaking when you are under the influence of satanic agencies. At such times you have no control over mind or spirit and are as fully under the influence of evil agencies as the converted are under the influence of the Holy Spirit. You do not resist the enemy, that he may flee from you. By him you are led to do many things that are abominations in the sight of God, but of which you have no knowledge and never will have unless you shall be converted.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 20)
I am not at all desirous of having any connection with you; for you have given Satan the advantage over yourself and at times act in a manner unbecoming a Christian in every way. You claim that you are abused; and so you are—by yourself. You convey to others the impression that your brethren abuse you; but this is untrue. You have not dealt openly and righteously with your brethren, but deceptively.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 21)
Under the discipline of satanic agencies, your deceptive powers are sharpening. The sentiments that you entertain and advocate are similar to and even more dangerous in evil results than were the sentiments in regard to “holy flesh,” which I rebuked while at the General Conference of 1901. Our brethren from Indiana were sincere in their belief; you are not honest in your deceptions. You need to open your eyes, and heed the testimonies given you, before it shall be everlastingly too late.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 22)
If those who sustain you only knew how near the brink of ruin you are, some would nobly take their stand on the Lord’s side and save their own souls, even if they could not save your soul. Let those who have helped you along the downward way by their own blindness now seek the Lord most earnestly for divine enlightenment, that they may know how to break the spell of skepticism and unbelief that is upon you.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 23)
*****
After his fall from heaven, Satan’s enmity against God found a new field in plotting the ruin of the human race. He determined to incite the holy pair in Eden to disobedience and bring upon them the guilt and penalty of sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 24)
Like the angels, the dwellers in Eden had been placed upon probation; their happy estate could be retained only on condition of fidelity to the Creator’s law. They could obey and live or disobey and perish. God had made them the recipients of rich blessings; but should they disregard His will, He who spared not the angels that sinned could not spare them; transgression would forfeit His gifts and bring upon them misery and ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 25)
The angels warned them to be on their guard against the devices of Satan; for his efforts to ensnare them would be unwearied. While they were obedient to God, the evil one could not harm them; for, if need be, every angel in heaven would be sent to their help.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 26)
The tree of knowledge had been made a test of their obedience and their love to God. The Lord had seen fit to lay upon them but one prohibition as to the use of all that was in the garden; but if they should disregard His will in this particular, they would incur the guilt of transgression. Satan was not to follow them with continual temptations; he could have access to them only at the forbidden tree. Should they attempt to investigate its nature, they would be exposed to his wiles. They were admonished to give careful heed to the warning which God had sent them and to be content with the instruction which He had seen fit to impart.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 27)
In order to accomplish his work unperceived, Satan chose to employ as his medium the serpent—a disguise well adapted for his purpose of deception. The serpent was then one of the wisest and most beautiful creatures on the earth. It had wings and while flying through the air presented an appearance of dazzling brightness, having the color and brilliancy of burnished gold. Resting in the rich-laden branches of the forbidden tree, and regaling itself with the delicious fruit, it was an object to arrest the attention and delight the eye of the beholder. Thus in the garden of peace lurked the destroyer, watching for his prey.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 28)
The angels had cautioned Eve to beware of separating herself from her husband while occupied in their daily labor in the garden; with him she should be in less danger from temptation than if she were alone. But absorbed in her pleasing task, she unconsciously wandered from his side. On perceiving that she was alone, she felt an apprehension of danger but dismissed her fears, deciding that she had sufficient wisdom and strength to discern evil and to withstand it. Unmindful of the angels’ caution, she soon found herself gazing with mingled curiosity and admiration upon the forbidden tree. The fruit was very beautiful, and she questioned with herself why God had withheld it from them. Now was the tempter’s opportunity. As if he were able to discern the workings of her mind, he addressed her: “Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?” [Genesis 3:1.] Eve was surprised and startled as she thus seemed to hear the echo of her thoughts. But the serpent continued, in a musical voice, with subtle praise of her surpassing loveliness; and his words were not displeasing. Instead of fleeing from the spot, she lingered wonderingly to hear a serpent speak. Had she been addressed by a being like the angels, her fears would have been excited; but she had no thought that the fascinating serpent could become the medium of the fallen foe.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 29)
To the tempter’s ensnaring question she replied: “We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden; but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die; for God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.” [Verses 2-5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 30)
By partaking of this tree, he declared, they would attain to a more exalted sphere of existence and enter a broader field of knowledge. He himself had eaten of the forbidden fruit and as a result had acquired the power of speech. And he insinuated that the Lord jealously desired to withhold it from them, lest they should be exalted to equality with Himself. It was because of its wonderful properties, imparting wisdom and power, that He had prohibited them from tasting or even touching it. The tempter intimated that the divine warning was not to be actually fulfilled; it was designed merely to intimidate them. How could it be possible for them to die? Had they not eaten of the tree of life? God had been seeking to prevent them from reaching a nobler development and finding greater happiness.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 31)
Such has been Satan’s work from the days of Adam to the present, and he has pursued it with great success. He tempts men to distrust God’s love and to doubt His wisdom. He is constantly seeking to excite a spirit of irreverent curiosity—a restless, inquisitive desire to penetrate the secrets of divine wisdom and power. In their efforts to search out what God has been pleased to withhold, multitudes overlook the truths which He has revealed and which are essential to salvation. Satan tempts men to disobedience by leading them to believe they are entering a wonderful field of knowledge. But this is all a deception. Elated with their ideas of progression, they are, by trampling on God’s requirements, setting their feet in the path that leads to degradation and death.
(18LtMs, Lt 245a, 1903, 32)
Lt 246, 1903
Sanitarium Family and the Battle Creek Church “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 3MR 38-39; SpTB #6 20. + To the Sanitarium family and the Battle Creek church,—
The work that the believers in Battle Creek can do is at their hand. Let them distribute our literature. Let them make the most of every opportunity to arrest the attention of unbelievers. Let those who have been reproved for serving self rather than Christ arouse themselves and zealously repent. Let them put literature into every hand that will receive it, and let no one say, “Why do ye so?” In different ways a warning message is to be borne to high and low. Let all put on the gospel armor and stand firm for the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 1)
My brethren and sisters, there will come to your city many who have never heard the truth for this time. These men and women may come from cities which through your neglect have never been warned. As they come to where you are, neglect not your duty. By wise, Christlike movements, disappoint the enemy. Now is your opportunity, just now, to tell them of what is coming upon the world. In great wisdom present the truth as it is in Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 2)
During the summer let a large tent be pitched in the most favorable location, and let a series of meetings be held. In behalf of those who come to Battle Creek, let us do everything in our power to magnify the law and make it honorable. Let the Lord God of Israel be exalted as the great Medical Missionary.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 3)
Be Earnest Temperance Workers
A decided warning is to be borne against intemperance. Many of the terrible crimes that are becoming so common in our world, many of the murders, the robberies, the railroad accidents, that are so rapidly increasing, may be traced to the use of intoxicants. Many of the men and women who fill our insane asylums and prisons are there because of the influence of alcohol.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 4)
And yet this cruel traffic, the fearful results of which may be seen on every hand, is legalized by the laws of the land. And Satan stands by exulting.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 5)
God calls for an army to be formed against the sale of the drugged liquor that is making men mad. As yet the contest has scarcely begun. Who will put forth a determined effort against this terrible evil? Soon we shall see its fearful results as we do not see them now.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 6)
Appeal to ministers of the gospel to set a worthy example. Plead with them to be temperate in all things. Ask them to reckon up how much of the Lord’s money thy have spent during their life time for tobacco. Do they realize that men formed in the image of God are daily using that which is paralyzing their reasoning faculties and robbing them of their power rightly to estimate eternal realities? No human being needs tobacco, but many human beings need the money spent for this health-destroying indulgence.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 7)
Many men spend their hours in God-dishonoring ways, at the racecourse, in the gambling den. Thousands gather to witness a pugilistic contest—an exhibition of animalism revolting to Him who gave His life to uplift and ennoble human beings.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 8)
The record of the corruption in our cities cannot be traced by human pen. Political strife, bribery, fraud are seen on every hand. Men seem determined to rule or ruin. They are ready to ill-treat and even to kill those who will not be ruled by them. Who can doubt but that the evils which existed before the flood exist today?
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 9)
Poverty is created by wealthy men who form trusts controlling certain articles of merchandise and then sell these things at their own prices.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 10)
And while the world is filled with these evils, the gospel is presented in a heartless, indifferent way that accomplishes very little good.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 11)
I tremble for the men in positions of trust who put the wineglass to their lips. He who places himself under the influence of strong drink has for the time being destroyed his reason. He has lost the power of self-control, and he is not fitted to stand in a position of trust. How can the Lord of heaven co-operate with such a man?
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 12)
O that those who are rulers of nations would realize the responsibility resting upon them to be representatives of God, to set a right example, to shun the use of intoxicating liquor, that they may never be found off their guard. Judges, lawyers, senators should give evidence to those who look to them for guidance that they acknowledge themselves to be under the control of a supreme Ruler, even Christ. They are to heed the invitation, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] No man who ignores his obligations to God has succeeded, or can succeed.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 13)
We are in this world to lift the cross of Calvary. As we lift this cross, we shall find that it lifts us. Let every Christian stand in his lot and place, catching the inspiration of the work that Christ did for souls while in this world. We need the ardor of the Christian hero, who can endure the seeing of Him that is invisible. Our faith is to have a resurrection. The soldiers of the cross are to exert a positive influence for good. Christ says, “He that is not for Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Indifference in the Christian life is a manifest denial of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 14)
Should we not see in the world today medical missionaries who in all features of their work are worthy of the name they bear, who aspire to the doing of deeds worthy of valiant soldiers of Christ? We are living near the close of the great conflict, when many souls are to be rescued from the slavery of sin. We are living in a time when to Christ’s followers the promise especially belongs, “Lo, I am with you alway.” [Matthew 28:20.] He who commanded light to shine out of darkness, He who has called us out of darkness into His marvelous light bids us let our light shine brightly before men, that they may see our good works, and glorify our Father who is in heaven. In such rich measure has light been given to God’s people that Christ is justified in telling them that they are to be the light of the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 15)
To our physicians and ministers I send the message, Lay hold of the Lord’s work as if you believed the truth for this time. Medical missionary workers and workers in the gospel ministry are to be bound together by indissoluble ties. Their work is to be done with freshness and power, and throughout our churches there is to be a reconversion and a reconsecration to service. Shall we not, in our work in the future, and in the gatherings that we hold, be of one accord? Shall we not wrestle with God in prayer, asking for the Holy Spirit to come into every heart? The presence of Christ, manifest among us, would cure the leprosy of unbelief that has made our service so weak and inefficient. We need the breath of the divine life breathed into us. We are to be channels through which the Lord can send light and grace to the world. Backsliders are to be reclaimed. We are to put away our sins, by confession and repentance, humbling our proud hearts before God. Floods of spiritual power are now to be poured forth upon those prepared to receive it.
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 16)
Let us consecrate ourselves to the proclamation of the message, “Prepare ye the way of the Lord. Make straight in the desert a highway for our God.” [Isaiah 40:3.] Divine and human instrumentalities are to unite for the accomplishment of one great object. “The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 17)
“They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” [Daniel 12:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 246, 1903, 18)
Lt 247, 1903
Leaders in our Medical Missionary Work “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 96. To the leaders in our medical missionary work Dear Brethren,—
I cannot rest. Your opportunities and your perils are repeatedly presented to me. I call upon you to seek the Lord, to be reconverted, and to come into line. The Lord is not dependent upon any human agency; but He has chosen men to carry forward His work of soul-saving. The co-operation of divine and human agencies has ever been His plan. He works through human instrumentalities, but it is only by co-operating with Him that men can gain real success. However great a man’s talents or self-confidence, he can do nothing apart from God. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] If men will allow themselves to be out of harmony with Bible truth, if they will allow the enemy to come in to deceive the people of God with his sophistries, the Lord’s rebuke will rest upon them.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 1)
I am instructed to say to those who have entertained scientific, speculative theories regarding God: It would be far better for you to seek to understand your duty before God than to enter into speculations regarding His personality. By allowing your minds to be led into such scientific speculations, you place yourselves where you will know less and less concerning your Creator.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 2)
Your knowledge of God and of His attributes has been lessened since you have begun to theorize regarding His nature and prerogatives. Your attempts to explain Him reveal to the heavenly host how little you really know of Him. The word of the Lord to you is, “I will no more be with you, unless you return to your first love. I will remove your candlestick out of its place, except you repent. I will turn My back to you, and not My face. You have greatly dishonored and belittled Me. All these things hath Mine eye seen.”
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 3)
Repentance and conversion is the only way to salvation. When your eyes are opened, you will see the danger of the sentiments that you have been entertaining. You have been eating from a dish of truth and error, of good and evil. As you place yourselves where the Lord can use you as men of spiritual intelligence, as laborers together with Him, you will realize how far you have been departing from Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 4)
My brethren, will you not be soundly converted and no longer trifle with God? Satan has desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat. But it is not too late for wrongs to be righted. If you will come to Christ with humble, contrite hearts, He will receive you and will help you to purify your souls from the sophistry of Satan’s devising. It is against the Lord God of heaven that you have sinned, He who in a marvelous manner has led His people on step by step, preparing the way, giving them the great, grand truths that are to be proclaimed in the closing days of this earth’s history.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 5)
The church is now engaged in a warfare that will increase in intensity on the very point on which you have been misled. Not one pillar of our faith is to be moved. Not one line of revealed truth is to be replaced by new and fanciful theories.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 6)
In clear lines truth has been given us. Under the guidance of God, books have been prepared which state clearly the truth for this time. If you will not believe these evidences, neither would you believe if one rose from the dead.
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 7)
You must make thorough work for repentance. Come before God in humiliation and contrition. There must be harmonious working among God’s people. We must know who is going to follow the light. “If the Lord be God, follow Him; but if Baal, then follow him.” [1 Kings 18:21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 247, 1903, 8)
Lt 248, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 13, 1903 Previously unpublished. + My dear Son Edson,—
I have received your letter in which you speak of your desire to raise means by the sale of The Story of Joseph and asking me to telegraph my endorsement of your plan. I heartily approve of your plan, as stated in your letter, and sent you a telegram, as you requested.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 1)
I have a long letter written to you, but shall not be able to send it this week. I did not realize that it is Friday and could hardly believe it when I was told. I shall not be able to get the letter copied today, but will send it to you later.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 2)
I have been very, very busy with my writing. I have written much in regard to the misleading theories contained in Living Temple. This book is certainly a strange production to come from the pen of one who has a knowledge of the truth that for so long we have held sacred. The presentation of the errors in this book should be a warning to us not to trust in man and not to make flesh our arm. We cannot place the least dependence on finite men. Let us trust in the Lord. He is too wise to err and too good to do us harm.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 3)
I thank God that I was alive to meet this crisis and that He preserves my reason and gives me strength to bear my testimony.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 4)
I am perplexed over financial matters. I am at present hiring money from the bank and paying a high rate of interest. But the Lord will surely open the way for the advancement of His work. We must pray and believe and work.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 5)
Sunday
I have been unable to write much to you lately. The thought of the seductive theories that have been creeping in among us has weighed upon me so heavily that for weeks I have not slept past one and two o’clock. I have written much in an effort to counteract the influence of these errors. While writing these things I feel very sorrowful. My feelings are so wrought upon that I do not take sufficient breath. Then I get sick. Exhaustion and great distress come upon me.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 6)
Willie has spoken to me about the article that you wish, calling for means for the publishing house. We will do all we can, though our own work is delayed. Why is it, Edson, that you do not read the collection of matter sent you on the work in the Southern field? We have taken every pains to get this matter together and to place it in your hands; and if you wish an interest awakened in the Southern field, why do you not read and study this matter, and send us your suggestions regarding its publication? We desire to publish it in book form as soon as we can get at it. Please give it attention, even though you have to neglect some other things.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 7)
In regard to the appeal for means for the publishing house, I must tell you, my son, that I have not been appointed by God to beg for all the institutions that are established. I will do all in my power to help these institutions, but it is not my duty to take the responsibility of carrying the beggar’s load. I think that I have served my time at this. Do you not think so?
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 8)
Recently I borrowed one thousand dollars. I was in great need of this money, and it was a serious question with me whether I should use it myself, or let you have it. I let you have it, and later, I sent you two hundred dollars more that I had borrowed. As a result, I am now hiring money from the bank and paying eight per cent interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 9)
I am receiving very little from my books. And the cost of publishing my new books is heavy. I am glad that the old debt at the Review and Herald is settled.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 10)
Edson, I am convinced that it would not be the proper thing for you to undertake to bring out a new edition of Patriarchs and Prophets. You have your hands full. We will release you from this burden; for it would be a heavy tax on you. I have just learned that a new edition of this book will soon be needed. When this edition is brought out, the necessary changes can be made by Pacific Press.
(18LtMs, Lt 248, 1903, 11)
Lt 249, 1903
Magan, P. T.; Sutherland, E. A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 11, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in SpM 339-341. Dear Brethren Magan and Sutherland,—
Brother Magan left with Willie copy written for a circular regarding the Berrien Springs School. In it there are some things that I think would be better left out. Let us not dwell on the dark chapters in the experience of Seventh-day Adventists. They bring up a discouraging, depressing picture, and it would seem as if Christ, the Light of the world, had not been near to help. There was no need of the dearth of knowledge, no reason why mistakes should have been made. Christ was then, as He ever will be, the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He was ready to help, and no one need have made grave mistakes or errors.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 1)
The time to which you have referred, a time dark, perplexing, and discouraging—let it stay in the past. Do not talk of it unless forced to. To make reference to the worst features in the experience of those now in positions of trust in the work of God does not benefit any one. Let us not call up the dark shadows of the past. Let the past lie where it is, with all its objectionable features. Into the present we are to bring pleasantness, hope, and courage.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 2)
If there are those who are allowing the enemy to obtain an advantage over them, tempting him to tempt them and carrying out his plans, let not this appear. And do not bring up the dark, unchristlike deeds of the past. The dear Saviour was all the time inviting those who did these deeds to cease to dishonor God and to turn to Him for help to do right.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 3)
At the present time we have plain evidence of the specious, artful working of Satan on human minds. We have to meet this working with determined effort. But let the dark pictures of the past be buried, and let them stay buried. Let us not cloud the mind of any one by bringing up these representations. Let us at this time bring in all the light possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 4)
Few realize the dangerous character of the sentiments that we are having to meet. I have been over the ground. I have been given plain words to speak concerning these specious, bewitching sentiments. If they are not most decidedly met and reproved, souls will be lost. We cannot afford to be deceived. We must point our people to the old landmarks. We are to obtain strength and courage from on high, that we may obey the command given me, “Meet it.”
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 5)
“Ye are the children of the light and of the day. We are not of the night, nor of darkness.” [1 Thessalonians 5:5.] Christ is the way, the truth, and the life. The trouble with us is that we do not press on in the way illuminated by the Sun of righteousness. In order to walk in this way, we must receive strength from the Life-giver. As we move forward in obedience to Christ’s commands, His light shines on our way, and His strength sustains us. Thus we go forward from strength to strength, from grace to grace, by obedience becoming more and more Christlike.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 6)
We are not to follow human leading. Christ is our leader. At all times and in all places, in every time of need, we shall find Him a present help. Because there are those professing to be Christians who dishonor Christ in thought, word, and deed, we are to give plainer evidence than ever before of our completeness in Him. We are to walk in the light of His countenance. We can each show that Christ is light and that in Him is no darkness at all. If we will submit to His guidance, He will lead us from the low level on which sin has left us to the loftiest heights of grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 7)
We are not to darken our lives by talking of our own imperfections or of the imperfections of others. We are to be all light in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 8)
From Christ all truth radiates. Apart from Christ, science is misleading, and philosophy is foolishness. Those who are separated from the Saviour will advance theories which originate with the wily foe. Christ’s life stands out as the contrast of all false science, all erroneous theories, all misleading methods.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 9)
Pretenders will arise with theories that have no foundation in the Word of God. We are to hold aloft the banner bearing the inscription, The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. We are to hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. Let no one attempt to dilute truth with a mixture of sophistry. Let no one attempt to tear down the foundation of our faith or to spoil the pattern by bringing into the web threads of human devising. Not one thread of pantheism is to be drawn into the web. Sensuality, ruinous to soul and body, is always the result of drawing these threads into the web.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 10)
“Let us who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet the hope of salvation. For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with Him. Wherefore comfort yourselves together, and edify one another, even as also ye do.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 11)
“And we beseech you, brethren, to know them which labor among you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; and to esteem them very highly in love for their work’s sake. And be at peace among yourselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 12)
“We exhort you, brethren, ... comfort the feebleminded, support the weak, be patient toward all men. See that none render evil for evil unto any man; but ever follow that which is good, both among yourselves and to all men. Rejoice evermore. Pray without ceasing. In everything give thanks; for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you. Quench not the Spirit. Despise not prophesyings. Prove all things; hold fast that which is good. Abstain from all appearance of evil. And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful is He that calleth you, who also will do it.” [Verses 8-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 249, 1903, 13)
Lt 250, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 16, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 334. + My dear Edson,—
I have begun several letters to you, but after writing a few lines, have left them to take up some other subject that seemed to demand immediate attention.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 1)
A heavy burden has been laid upon me because of the perils that have been brought in by some of our medical missionary leaders. I have had to write much concerning the strange doctrines and theories expressed in Living Temple. Were these theories accepted by our people, the strong pillars of our faith and the truths that have made Seventh-day Adventists what they are would be swept away. I have had to show the fallacy of these doctrines, presenting them as a species of last-day heresy. We are told by the Word of God that just such teaching will be brought in at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 2)
Neither Christ nor the apostles taught the doctrines that are found in Living Temple. They taught clearly the truth of the existence of a personal God. Paul speaks of Christ as “the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature.” [Colossians 1:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 3)
No man can explain the mysteries of God. His glory is hidden from the world. Of what value are the surmisings and speculations of men concerning His personality. The Creator is belittled by some of the ideas regarding Him that are expressed in Living Temple. Christ is the representative of the Father, “the express image of His person.” [Hebrews 1:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 4)
Creation speaks to us of the skill and power of God. In His goodness God has placed on the earth beautiful flowers and trees, wonderfully adapted to the countries and the climate in which they grow. And though sin has marred the form and beauty of the things of nature, though on them there may be seen traces of the work of the prince of the power of the air, yet they still speak of God, and still reveal some of the beauty of Eden.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 5)
In the heavens above, in the earth, in the broad waters of the ocean, we see the handiwork of God. All creation testifies of His power, His wisdom, His love. Yet not from the stars or the ocean or the cataract can we learn of the personality of God. This Christ came to reveal.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 6)
God saw that a more powerful revelation than nature was needed to portray His personality and His character. He sent His Son into the world to reveal, so far as could be endured by human sight, the nature and the attributes of the invisible God.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 7)
Christ came to reveal to a fallen race the love of God. He, the Light of the world, veiled the dazzling splendor of the brightness of His divinity and came to live on this earth as a man among men, that they might, without being consumed, become acquainted with their Creator. No man has seen God at any time, except as He is revealed through Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 8)
Because of frequent triumphs, Satan is becoming more bold and defiant in his rebellion against God. The rapid development of evil, the confusion among the laboring classes reveal that men are rapidly taking sides. They are being bound up in bundles to be burned. The labor unions are quickly stirred to violence if their demands are not complied with. Plainer and plainer is it becoming that the inhabitants of the world are not in harmony with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 9)
No scientific theory can explain the steady march of evil workers under the generalship of Satan. In every mob wicked angels are at work, rousing men to commit deeds of violence. Satan seems to have taken control of the minds of men. Murder, robbery, wickedness of every kind reveal the leadership of the great enemy of souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 10)
In the days of Noah, violence filled the land; and thus Christ has told us that it will be in the last days. The history of the old world is to be repeated. The perversity and cruelty of men will reach such a height that God will reveal Himself in His majesty. Very soon the wickedness of the world will have reached its limit, and as in the days of Noah, God will pour out His judgments.
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 11)
But even when wickedness is at its height, we may know that our Helper is close by our side. Let us have faith and confidence in God. The promise is, “Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 250, 1903, 12)
Lt 251, 1903
Wessels, John “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. + Dear Brother John Wessels,—
I expected to send you another letter before sending the letters written to your mother and your brother Andrew; but before I had written your letter, a wonderful work and a heavy burden were laid upon me in regard to the recent book Living Temple. In this book there are spiritualistic ideas in regard to God. He is represented as being Himself personally in flower and leaf and tree. Ever since I was seventeen years old, I have had this fallacy to meet. The effort to introduce these misleading theories among God’s people is one of the most subtle schemes of the enemy. The Lord laid upon me the burden of showing that the sentiments expressed in Living Temple regarding God are a deception; and I have written more than a hundred pages bearing on this subject. One article was printed in the Review a week or two ago, and you will soon see other things in print; so I shall not take time to say all that I might about this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 1)
A most wonderful experience has been the result of moving our work to Washington. I am not prepared to tell you all that has taken place. We hope that what has happened will exert a saving influence upon Dr. Kellogg, leading him into the light. We desire to do all we possibly can to bring about a union between the workers in the gospel ministry and in the medical missionary work. I want to do all in my power to advance the cause of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 2)
I cannot but think of the great Master-worker, who is laboring in behalf of truth and righteousness. He Himself summons the church to action. We are called to diligent study of the Scriptures. We are called upon to awake to the responsibilities resting upon us. The first, second, and third angels’ messages are to be proclaimed and explained. The holy influence of truth and righteousness is to be brought into our work, which is to be carried forward with zeal and determination.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 3)
“I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come; and worship Him that made heaven and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.” [Revelation 14:6, 7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 4)
“And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 5)
“And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb; and the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever; and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 6)
“Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.” [Verses 8-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 7)
“And I saw another sign in heaven great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God. And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire, and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 8)
“And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints. Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name; for Thou only art holy; for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 9)
“And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony was opened; and the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles. And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth forever and ever. And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from His power; and no man was able to enter the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.” [Revelation 15:1-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 10)
The judgments of God are in the land. Divinity and humanity are to combine in the carrying out of God’s great plan for the recovery of sinners. God has given us His truth, that we may act our part in the accomplishment of the grand object for which the plan of redemption exists.
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 11)
“I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 12)
In this time, the last days of this earth’s history, the people of God are to be invested with all power. Angels as well as men are to take part in the great closing work. All heaven is interested. God and Christ and the angels have united with human instrumentalities in proclaiming the truth for this time. And every one who comes to the water of life is laid under contribution by God to give the invitation to others. Every church, every institution, every church member is to give the invitation, “Come to the marriage supper of the Lamb.” [See Revelation 19:9.] The angels have received command to unite with human beings in giving the message, “Come; for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 251, 1903, 13)
Lt 252, 1903
Burden, Brother and Sister [J. A.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 16, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 103. + Dear Brother and Sister Burden,—
I wish to write you a few lines. In the night season I was talking with you both, speaking words for your encouragement. Lift your eyes to Jesus. Nothing that we do is of any worth unless we cherish the sweet spirit of Jesus. Walking in Christ and living for Christ, we live by the Word of God; and perfect obedience to this Word never brings bondage. Do not look on the dark side, but on the bright side. Do not keep your mind fixed on the disagreeable things of life. Gather up all the pleasant things possible. This you must do in order to have health and peace and joy in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 1)
The path to heaven is so plain that the wayfaring man need not err therein. The captious critic, marking out a way for others, will make crooked paths for his feet, and his way will be dark; but the one who loves Jesus supremely and his neighbor as himself will bring brightness into his path, as he follows on to know the Lord, and those connected with him will not stumble.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 2)
Individually we want to know the way to heaven. Let us study the chart that shows the way, pointing out the waymarks. Follow the directions closely. Let your prayer be, “Open Thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy law.” [Psalm 119:18.] Looking to Jesus, you will by beholding become changed into His image. Look; and the glory of the Redeemer will shine upon you, to be reflected by you to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 3)
But if you look at the imperfection of your fellow beings, you will become changed into the likeness of imperfection. My brother, my sister, look to Jesus, that you may become changed into His likeness.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 4)
We are to live, not to please ourselves, but to please the Lord. Gather to your souls the divine rays of light. Talk faith, live faith. Bring into the daily life the brightness of Christ’s life.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 5)
“God is love, and he that dwelleth in God dwelleth in love.” [1 John 4:16.] It is your privilege to declare that you know by experience that the Lord is gracious. Jesus loves you. Only believe this, and your cheerfulness will represent Him. Talk faith, and you will have faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 6)
Many obstacles will be placed in our pathway as we journey heavenward. Satan will place things before us in a false, disagreeable light, if we give him the least encouragement. Then, looking upon these things in his light, we shall reflect the unpleasantness to others. God says to us, “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire.” [Revelation 3:18.] He desires us to gain a precious, valuable experience. The way in which He asks us to gain this experience may not be the way that we would choose, but it is the way of God’s choosing. Thus He is proving and trying us.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 7)
Dear friends, should you not shine as lights in the world? Look up! look up! Talk faith; talk brightness. Rebuke the enemy, who is seeking to throw over you a cloud of disagreeable misrepresentations. He would have you think that this cloud is caused by your best friends. Pray; and believe that He who is the fountain of light will give you light. Let the bright rays of the Sun of righteousness shine into your hearts.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 8)
I have had most trying scenes to pass through recently. At times it has seemed that our brethren were blind. Many of them talked and acted like blind men. When my message sent by God came to them, they did not heed it, but went on just as before. Again and again this has occurred. It has caused me great anguish. I have been kept so busy writing out instruction that would guard against the evils coming in that I have not had time to write, as I very much desired, on Old Testament history from the time of Solomon.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 9)
But the Lord knows. He brought me from Australia to meet this crisis, and He will not leave me to die under the burden. It has been a constant conflict. But in our home we have no dissension, no words of impatience. My workers are different in temperament, and their ways and manners are different, but we blend in action and stand united in spirit, seeking to help and strengthen one another. We know that we cannot afford to be at variance because we differ in temperament. We are God’s little children, and we ask Him to help us to live, not to please ourselves and to have our own way, but to please and glorify Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 10)
As you and I were talking together in the night season, we spoke in regard to Brother Sharp. The question was asked, “Ought he to be retained in his present employment?” I said, “Brother Sharp’s case was presented to me many years ago, when he first took his position on the side of truth. He was at that time holding a position of trust, but his employer would not allow him to stay and keep the Sabbath. He fought a severe battle over this question. We carried his case to the Lord, and he took his position firmly on the side of right.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 11)
“He was discharged. One day a gentleman entered the store where he had been employed, and asked, ‘Where is Mr. Sharp?’ On being told that he had been discharged, he asked, ‘Was not his work satisfactory?’‘He was trustworthy in every respect,’ his employer answered, ‘but he wanted to keep the seventh day as the Sabbath. That is why he was discharged.’ Said the other man, ‘I fear that you will not find another so true and conscientious to take his place.’ He then took Brother Sharp’s address.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 12)
“Sister Sharp had not at this time taken her position on the side of truth, and when she heard of her husband’s discharge, she could not control her feelings. She could not see how their family would be supported. She was in feeble health, and her feelings were so highly wrought upon that she fell to the floor in a faint. The physician was called, but it was a long time before she came to herself. They feared that she would never recover. The physician said that it was a very close call.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 13)
“Brother Sharp was afterward employed by the man who had inquired about him from his former employer. He worked very hard, having oversight of all the business accounts, and his brain was overtaxed. His employer had him leave his work for a time and paid him his wages during his absence.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 14)
“I believe Brother Sharp to be an honest, conscientious man of the best of principles. His experience in the Summer Hill Sanitarium, in connection with Dr. Caro, was no help to him. But I sincerely hope that he will be given some place in the work where he will feel that he is doing the will of the Lord. The light given me in regard to him is that he puts his whole being into his work and that he must be guarded. He must not be allowed to do too much sedentary or brain-taxing work. He has a little flock to watch over, and they need a father’s wise instruction.”
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 15)
I write you this for fear that unwise moves, which the Lord cannot approve, will be made. Every soul is precious in God’s sight. I highly respect Brother Sharp. I would not have him put in a hard place. We must all try to help one another, making the path of our fellow workers as pleasant as possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 16)
Brother Burden, if you feel that your duty in Australia is done, and that you cannot be free and happy there, would you feel inclined to come to California? There is a work to be done in Southern California. But I have no special light in regard to this. I cannot see why you cannot find freedom in carrying forward the work of the Lord in Australia. If you will only keep your mind free from petty things, not allowing them to depress you, you will find that in learning of Christ, there is rest and peace. It is in the place in which God puts us that we can best learn to be workers together with Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 17)
Last night I prayed to the Lord for understanding in regard to some things that were perplexing me. The great Teacher presented matters so clearly that as soon as I awoke I wrote out the instruction given me. It is as follows:
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 18)
“Not all who in the providence of God are associated together have the same stamp of character. His workers have different likes and dislikes. They have inherited different traits of character. To every one will come, in some form, a crucial test. One may be tried because others do not seem to appreciate his gifts and do not think and act in harmony with his ideas. It seems difficult for some to blend with those who are different from them. If one clings to his own hereditary and cultivated traits and his own special ideas, he will find that others are just as tenacious of their peculiarities and their special way of doing things. He who holds with a firm grip his own opinions and way of thinking, refusing to change his course in order to blend in harmonious action with others who, as verily as himself, are conscientiously serving God, needs to examine himself critically and place himself under the discipline of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 19)
The prayer that the Saviour offered for His disciples just before His crucifixion contains precious lessons, which all are to heed. “I sanctify Myself,” Christ said, “that they also may be sanctified.”“Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.” [John 17:19, 17.] Truly agreeing on the principles of the Word, we shall not allow differences of opinion to become mountains of difficulty. We shall not hold to our own preferences, our own ways and ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 20)
We gain a real Christian experience by putting Christian religion into practice. The Bible is our director, our lesson book. Study and practice its teachings, bringing them into all the details of life. Thus, Christ declares, we are to be His witnesses before a world lying in sin and ignorance.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 21)
We know, my dear brother and sister, that you have had a rich experience in practical self-denial. Thank God for this. You have stood bravely in your lot and place, lifting heavy burdens of responsibility. This was a training school for you, and what you have done has made you witnesses to practical godliness. The establishment of the Sanitarium as it now is is largely owing, under God, to the unselfish efforts put forth by you, Dr. M. G. Kellogg, and others united with you. The time of reaping will come. Good results have already begun to appear. Converts have been made to the truth, in their turn to convert others. This should bring joy to the hearts of those who had a part in the establishment of the institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 22)
If you will just take hold with your fellow workers, not cherishing differences, but blending as Christians, you will gain an experience that will be more precious than gold. You may indeed be co-laborers with Christ. We love to think of you in connection with the Sanitarium farm. Outdoor employment and freedom from heavy responsibilities are best for you. You will win if you learn from Christ, not trying to carry burdens that are too heavy for you. I most earnestly desire that you shall both be genuinely brave, that your hearts may be filled with fortitude and courage.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 23)
Do not suppose that you will ever be situated, in this world, where there is nothing hard or trying.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 24)
In the Christian life there are triumphs to be gained, not triumphs that will bring human ovations and praise, but triumphs that God alone will recognize. Everything depends on your possessing the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Perfect faith is a loyal, tested faith, and it makes perfect the possessor.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 25)
I must [close] now, for the mail goes today; and there are others to whom I wish to write. May the Lord give you His grace, my dear friends. We will all unite with you in pressing the battle to the gates. We love you both in the Lord. Christ loves you with a love that is more precious than gold or silver or precious stones. Walk by faith, not by sight. Bring uplifting, sanctifying grace into your own lives and into the lives of others. Then you will be all light in the Lord. Close the windows of the soul earthward and open them heavenward. “Rejoice in the Lord alway; and again I say, Rejoice.” [Philippians 4:4.]
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 26)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 252, 1903, 27)
Lt 253, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 20, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 4MR 57-61; 11MR 314-315. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg
Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother,—
I must tell you that your ideas in regard to some things have been decidedly wrong. I would that you could see your errors. The book Living Temple is not to be patched up, a few changes made in it, and then advertised and praised as a valuable production. It would be better to present the physiological parts in another book under another title. When you wrote that book, you were not under the inspiration of God. There was by your side the one who inspired Adam to look at God in a false light. Your whole heart needs to be changed, thoroughly and entirely cleansed.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 1)
My brother, do not allow yourself to be alienated from your ministering brethren who tell you of your dangers. Those who faithfully and frankly tell you of your errors are your best friends. I am sorry, very sorry, for your medical associates. They have been unfaithful to God and untrue to you in failing to tell you kindly but firmly where you were not working righteously.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 2)
There are many things that you must overcome before you can be saved. In the heart that is not led by God, there is a something that leads it to desire to be sustained in its wrong course. The men who faithfully tell you the truth, pointing out your mistakes, you have regarded as your enemies. But often they are your best friends and, in telling you wherein you were walking in strange paths, were doing a very disagreeable duty. The Lord’s servants are not to flatter your pride; they are not to stand silent, fearing to say, “Why do ye thus?” They are faithfully to warn you of your danger.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 3)
My husband, Elder Joseph Bates, Father Pierce, Elder Edson, and many others who were keen, noble, and true were among those who, after the passing of the time in 1844, searched for truth. At our important meetings, these men would meet together and search for the truth as for hidden treasure. I met with them, and we studied and prayed earnestly; for we felt that we must learn God’s truth. Often we remained together until late at night, and sometimes through the entire night, praying for light and studying the Word. As we fasted and prayed, great power came upon us. But I could not understand the reasoning of the brethren. My mind was locked, as it were, and I could not comprehend what we were studying. Then the Spirit of God would come upon me, I would be taken off in vision, and a clear explanation of the passages we had been studying would be given me with instruction as to the position we were to take regarding truth and duty. Again and again this happened. A line of truth extending from that time to the time when we shall enter the city of God was plainly marked out before me, and I gave my brethren and sisters the instruction that the Lord had given me. They knew that when not in vision, I could not understand these matters, and they accepted as light direct from heaven the revelations given me. Thus the leading points of our faith as we hold them today were firmly established. Point after point was clearly defined, and all the brethren came into harmony.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 4)
The whole company of believers were united in the truth. There were those who came in with strange doctrines, but we were never afraid to meet them. Our experience was wonderfully established by the revelations of the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 5)
For two or three years my mind continued to be locked to the Scriptures. In 1846 I was married to Elder James White. It was some time after my second son was born that we were in great perplexity regarding certain points of doctrine. I was praying to the Lord to unlock my mind, that I might understand His Word. Suddenly I seemed to be enshrouded in clear, beautiful light, and ever since, the Scriptures have been an open book to me.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 6)
I was at that time in Paris, Maine. Old Father Andrews was very sick. For some time he had been a great sufferer from inflammatory rheumatism. He could not move without intense pain. We prayed for him. I laid my hands on his head, and said, “Father Andrews, the Lord Jesus maketh thee whole.” He was healed instantly. He got up and walked about the room, praising God, and saying, “I never saw it on this wise before. Angels of God are in this room.” The glory of God was revealed. Light seemed to shine all through the house, and an angel’s hand was laid upon my head. From that time to this I have been able to understand the Word of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 7)
After the passing of the time, we were opposed and cruelly falsified. Erroneous theories were pressed in upon us by men and women who had gone into fanaticism. I was directed to go to the places where these people were advocating these erroneous theories, and as I went, the power of the Spirit was wonderfully displayed in rebuking the errors that were creeping in. Satan himself, in the person of a man, was working to make of no effect my testimony regarding the position that we now know to be substantiated by Scripture.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 8)
Just such theories as you have presented in Living Temple were presented then. These subtle, deceiving sophistries have again and again sought to find place amongst us. But I have ever had the same testimony to bear which I now bear regarding the personality of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 9)
In (Early Writings, 60, 66, 67), are the following statements:
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 10)
“May 14, 1851, I saw the beauty and loveliness of Jesus. As I beheld His glory, the thought did not occur to me that I should ever be separated from His presence. I saw a light coming from the glory that encircled the Father, and as it approached near to me, my body shook and trembled like a leaf. I thought that if it should come near me, I would be struck out of existence; but the light passed me. Then could I have some sense of the great and terrible God with whom we have to do.”
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 11)
“I have often seen the lovely Jesus, that He is a person. I asked Him if His Father was a person, and had a form like Himself. Said Jesus, ‘I am the express image of My Father’s person!’ [Hebrews 1:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 12)
“I have often seen that the spiritual view took away all the glory of heaven, and that in many minds the throne of David and the lovely person of Jesus have been burned up in the fire of spiritualism. I have seen that some who have been deceived and led into this error, will be brought out into the light of truth, but it will be almost impossible for them to get entirely rid of the deceptive power of spiritualism. Such should make thorough work in confessing their errors, and leaving them forever.”
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 13)
*****
There is a strain of spiritualism coming in among our people, and it will undermine the faith of those who give place to it, leading them to give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. Errors will be presented in a pleasing and flattering manner. The enemy desires to divert the minds of our brethren and sisters from the work of preparing a people to stand in these last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 14)
I am instructed to warn our brethren and sisters not to discuss the nature of our God. Many of the curious who attempted to open the ark of the testament, to see what was inside, were punished for their presumption. We are not to say that the Lord God of heaven is in a leaf, or in a tree; for He is not there. He sitteth upon His throne in the heavens.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 15)
The work of the Creator as seen in nature reveals His power. But nature is not above God, nor is God in nature as some represent Him to be. God made the world, but the world is not God; it is but the work of His hands. Nature reveals the work of a positive, personal God, showing that God is, and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 16)
*****
I could say much regarding the sanctuary; the ark containing the law of God; the cover of the ark, which is the mercy seat; the angels at either end of the ark; and other things connected with the heavenly sanctuary and with the great day of atonement. I could say much regarding the mysteries of heaven; but my lips are closed. I have no inclination to try to describe them.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 17)
I would not dare to speak of God as you have spoken of Him. He is high and lifted up, and His glory fills the heavens. “The voice of the Lord is mighty; it shaketh the cedars of Lebanon. The Lord is in His holy temple; let all the earth keep silence before Him.” [See Psalm 29:5; Habakkuk 2:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 18)
My brother, when you are tempted to speak of God, where He is, or what He is, remember that on this point silence is eloquence. Take off your shoes from off your feet; for the ground on which you are placing your careless, unsanctified feet is holy ground.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 19)
I am instructed to say that there is nothing in the Word of God to substantiate your spiritualistic theories. Will you not renounce these theories at once? Upon them your mind has been dwelling for a long time, but they have had no sanctifying, refining, ennobling influence upon your life. The Lord has no use for these theories, and He would not have His people vindicate or propagate them.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 20)
The Father, the omniscient One, created the world through Christ Jesus. Christ is the light of the world, the way to eternal life. He, the anointed One, God gave to make an atonement for the sins of the world. You need to understand that unless you believe in that atonement, and know that you are bought with the price of the blood of the only begotten Son of God, you will assuredly be bound up with the wicked one. If you continue to cherish the theories that you have been cherishing, you will be left to become the sport of Satan’s temptations. He is playing the game of life for your soul. Remain for a little longer linked up with him, and be assured that you will lose your soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 21)
By declaring that our institutions are undenominational, you have put our people and our work in a false position. You have been led over a terrible path, the dangers of which you have not known, but may sometime see. It is not yet too late for wrongs to be righted. There is hope for you. You have followed the enemy step by step, striving to look into mysteries too high and holy for your comprehension. Then in your teaching the Holy One has been brought down to man’s scientific, spiritualistic ideas. You have been walking in crooked paths. You have lost the moral image of God. But there is hope for you. You may still turn your feet into the right path. Will you not now make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way? Will you now refuse to sow one more seed of skepticism and sophistry in the minds of others? Will you now come to Christ and be healed?
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 22)
I have hesitated and delayed about the sending out of that which the Spirit of the Lord has impelled me to write. I did not want to be compelled to present the satanic influence of these sophistries. But unless there is a decided change, in yourself and your associates, I shall have to do this, to save others from following the path that you have been following. I shall have to obey the command given me of God, “Meet it.” This is the only thing that I can do.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 23)
I present to you the things that the Lord has presented to me. There is a great work to be done. We are to take hold of the work understandingly, praying, believing, and receiving the Holy Spirit. Thus only can we do the work given us. I am required by God to bear testimony against Living Temple. Whatever your associates may say concerning this book, I take the position now and forever that it is a snare. No union will be formed by our people as a whole upon the theories that you have begun to present in that book. You may regard this as forever decided. As a people we shall stand firm on the platform that has withstood test and trial. We shall hold to the sure pillars of our faith. The principles of truth that God has revealed to us are our only foundation. They have made us what we are. These new, fanciful theories are fascinating and misleading. They endanger the eternal interests of the soul. The Scriptures do not sustain them. Clothed with the Christian armor, shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, we shall stand firm against these misleading theories. You may turn and wrest the Word of God to your own destruction, but I entreat you not to do this.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 24)
Heaven is not a vapor. It is a place. Christ has gone to prepare mansions for those who love Him, those who, in obedience to His commands, come out from the world and are separate. The principles of heaven must be brought into our experience, that we may be distinguished from the world. There must be a marked contrast between us and the world; for we are God’s denominated people.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 25)
The Lord has given you an opportunity to make things right. I rejoice that you have made a beginning. Do not think that we have no right to try to correct your errors and the results of these errors. As long as God gives me breath, and commissions me to use pen and voice in beating back this evil thing that has come in among us, I shall act my part in the warfare. Ever since I was seventeen years old, I have had to fight this battle against false theories, in defense of the truth. The history of our past experience is indelibly fixed in my mind, and I am determined that no theories of the order that you have been accepting shall come into our ranks. If you refuse to change, and labor to lead your associates after you, and they venture to follow your leading, the accountability rests with you and with them, not on my soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 26)
I speak decidedly, in order that you may know, that unless there is a decided change in you, there can be no hope of a union between you and those who are holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. You have made the division. We must stand firm for the truths that the Lord has given us as the pillars of our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 27)
I entreat you to turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart, before it is forever too late. Separate yourself from the influences which have separated you from your brethren who are engaged in the gospel ministry and from the people whom God is leading. Patchwork theories cannot be accepted by those who are loyal to the faith and to the principles that have withstood all the opposition of satanic influences.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 28)
If you will empty yourself of all that has separated you from Christ, and receive the Saviour into your heart, you will be transformed in character. Lay off responsibilities for a time, and go away somewhere with a few of your brethren, and with them search the Scriptures. Humble your heart before the Lord, and make thorough work for repentance. The religion of Christ is the spiritual leaven that is to be introduced into the heart. This changes the life and character. This religion is a heavenly principle, seen in the Christian’s life and conversation. It is revealed in Christian purity. The love of Christ is seen in the tenderness and grace of sanctified humanity. It is by the Word made flesh that we are saved. Our redemption was wrought out, not by the Son of God’s remaining in heaven, but by the Son of God’s becoming incarnate—taking humanity upon Him and coming to this world. Thus eternal life was brought to us. That which authority, commands, and promises could not do, God did by coming to this world in the likeness of sinful flesh.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 29)
Christ came to the earth to live as a man among men, not to be spoiled by human frailty, but to place in the minds of men principles of truth that could never be obliterated, because they are eternally true. He came to bring a new life to fallen human beings—an excellence that could not be stained or deteriorated by sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 30)
My brother, I must tell you that you have little realization of whither your feet have been tending. You have been binding yourself up with those who belong to the army of the great apostate. Your mind has been as dark as Egypt. If you will fall on the Rock and be broken, Christ will accept you. But you have been standing on the enemy’s ground, doing his work. The religious world is fast going over the same road that you have been following. If you continue to follow this road, you will have plenty of company. But what will the end be?
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 31)
So long have you been walking in darkness, so long have you followed your own way, that you may be strongly tempted to resist this appeal that I make. If it were not that your eternal interests are involved, I would not speak to you on this subject. It would seem that I have written enough, that there is no need of my urging this subject upon you further. But I tell you in truth that I clearly understand what I am doing. Sufficient light has been given you. But for several years you have not heeded this light. If you had wished to know what the Lord has said, you could have known; for you have the books that have been written under the guidance of His Spirit. You have had all the directions that could be asked for to point out the right way. Direct light has been sent you. But you have looked upon this as of less importance than your own plans and devisings. If you had heeded the testimonies sent you, Living Temple would never have been written.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 32)
Will you not make a thorough, determined, Christlike effort to break the spell that Satan has cast over you? He has had great power over your mind and has swayed you in wrong lines. He thinks that he can hold you now. Will you not defeat and disappoint him?
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 33)
I write to you as I would to a son. Break away from the enemy—the accuser of the brethren. Say to him, “Get thee behind me Satan. I have committed a grievous sin in heeding your suggestions. I will no longer listen to them.” I beg of you, for your soul’s sake, to resist the tempter, that he may flee from you. Draw near to God, and He will draw near to you. You will lose heaven unless you fall on the Rock and are broken.
(18LtMs, Lt 253, 1903, 34)
Lt 253a, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 18, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #7 46-51. Dr. J. H. Kellogg,—
I cannot sleep after half-past eleven o’clock. My soul is much burdened. My brother, I have read your letter, and I long to say the things to you that would please you, but I cannot say that I have confidence in you as one whom the Lord is leading. You have sold yourself to the world in speech and in spirit. God took you at your word. His people have been misrepresented. You have done us, as a people, great harm by the course of action you have followed with lawyers in your business transactions. You have hurt us in the estimation of the world. You have so mixed matters with worldly policy, that God’s people do not stand on vantage ground, and the Lord is greatly displeased with and dishonored by your work.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 1)
You deny that you have been scheming. I can only say, Then your eyes have been blinded. Your works are not standing before you as they are in fact. Dr. Kellogg, if you rightly interpret the sense of the word “scheming” as I understand it, you will realize that there has been much of it carried on all through the years of your late experience. Even with unbelievers you were spoiling your record.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 2)
God designed that the General Conference of 1901 should influence you to make a decided change in your life purposes. The testimonies borne before vast numbers of people have as much of a bearing on your life as on any one else connected with the cause and work of God. There were things that you might have righted up on that occasion. These things were presented to me in the light in which heaven viewed them. But you did not change your sentiments. You did not humble your heart and confess and become converted. You did not make any radical change in your course of action. I was working hard to bring about an honest change in regard to the work with which you were connected, and in regard to yourself, fully believing that your future course of action would sustain the impression I was endeavoring to make. I fully believed that if you were an honest man, you would see the need of pursuing an entirely different course of action, that you would accept the light coming to you in the messages that had been given and work out a thorough change in yourself.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 3)
But instead of taking a right position, when something came that did not harmonize with your views, you said, “Somebody has told her.” Thus it has been when anything has come that cut across your track.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 4)
But I hoped and hoped that you would change, until I was instructed that the words meant to encourage you to take the right stand were exerting the opposite influence on you. A condition of things has come about that has opened the door to the enemy. Old thoughts, which were never killed, have had a resurrection, and the ideas set forth in Living Temple are the result.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 5)
The only course that I could pursue in order to stand in a correct light before the people was to let all know that the Lord had been sending you messages all along the line, from your first connection with the Sanitarium; that your errors had been reproved by the Lord; that you had been warned that your course of action in disparaging the ministers of the gospel was against Jesus Christ, who gave them their work to do. Your true position has been laid out distinctly, but in the past the members of the Medical Missionary Association have known little of this.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 6)
Instruction has been given me that the light should now come in clear lines to those associated with you, lest they be led astray. It was presented before me that when you did things which your associates knew were not right, they did not act as faithful shepherds, to tell you your mistake, because you would not acknowledge that your course of action was wrong and would not receive anything that did not harmonize with your ideas.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 7)
When messages have been placed in your hands to correct your course of action, you failed to give your associates the benefit of the instruction received. You yourself have not been left in darkness, but your associates have been in regard to your being out of the way. Your wrongs were reproved, but they were none the wiser.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 8)
I am now instructed to place before our people the warnings given in regard to the medical missionary work—that this work was not to be a separate work, but was ever to be the helping hand of the gospel. The enemy influenced men to devise special documents to be signed. This was a snare to those who signed, to the institutions connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium, and to yourself. You were acting in the capacity of one of authority and of chief influence, having oversight of these institutions. There was no need for the warnings on this point to be given more than once, but they had to be repeated over and over again. The light given, unheeded, had to be repeated, more and still more forcibly, that it might be shown that these methods and plans were not after the Lord’s order.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 9)
You had your post of duty in the medical missionary work, but you were embracing responsibilities that God had not laid upon you; and men who should have obtained an experience for themselves were being encouraged to bind themselves up with you and to lean their weight upon you in the place of leaning upon the great Medical Missionary whom all physicians should make their strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 10)
*****
Dr. Kellogg is an erring, finite man, and he often made mistakes—and some of a grievous character in regard to other physicians who should have moved out on their own responsibility as they had a perfect right to do. They should have stood independent of Dr. Kellogg, yet united as children of God, counseling together. Through misconceived ideas, excellent physicians have been treated harshly, and the Lord marked every one of these men driven away by oppression and mismanagement.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 11)
These things were wrong and were making Dr. Kellogg a weak man in dealing with those who differed with him. He has erred greatly in this respect. Among the physicians associated with Dr. Kellogg, some have served as subjects would serve a king. This was not the purpose of God. They should have made God their power and trust. The physicians were taught to believe that our ministers were not all in sympathy with the medical missionary work. In some cases this was true, but in other cases it was not true. There has been growing up a spirit of criticism and a lack of faith in the gospel ministry, and this has continued until the present time. Now the publication of Living Temple has brought about a crisis. If the ideas presented in this book were received, they would lead to the uprooting of the whole construction of the faith that makes Seventh-day Adventists a chosen, denominated people.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 12)
The light that has been given, I dare not withhold. The Lord has appointed me as His messenger, and I must speak the words He gives me. The testimonies that have been given by the Lord for nearly half a century in regard to the ministerial work and the management of our sanitariums must come before the people, that our brethren and sisters in the faith shall understand the light that God has been pleased to give regarding the different branches of the work to be carried on at this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 13)
Pantheistic ideas regarding God in nature are framed by Lucifer, the fallen angel. The strange part of the matter is that these ideas have been accepted by so many as beautiful truth. But that which they think is light will lead them into dense darkness. It is a distinguishing feature of the experience of Seventh-day Adventists to give glory to God. When we give glory to human agencies, when we have unlimited confidence in man, speaking of the excellence that we suppose him to possess, we worship we know not what. Let God be exalted. Let frail, erring human beings humble themselves before Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 14)
The time will come when I must speak much more plainly and warn our brethren in plain tones not to be led astray with the false theories of Living Temple. I have been shown the seductive nature of the sentiments it contains, and that which has been declared over and over again I need not repeat. These representations are said to be in harmony with the sentiments in Sister White’s published works. Those who make statements such as this are doing my books great injustice. Let all bear in mind that statements from my books may be taken out of their setting and placed in such connection as to make it appear that the sentiments in Living Temple are sustained by Sister White’s very words.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 15)
A sense of duty to my Lord leads me to speak. The time for action has come. I have had much to say of the glory of God as seen in His created works, but never have I left the impression that our God Omnipotent, who ruleth in the heavens and fills all the heavens, is to be found in flower and leaf and tree. What I have said of God’s works in nature was meant to lead the mind from nature to nature’s God, to show that all the glory should be given to Him who ruleth in the heavens, controlling all things in heaven and in earth. Men are to discharge their duty to God. They are to have reverence for and a knowledge of a personal God. They are to praise and glorify His name as the One who has placed many beautiful things in this sin-corrupted earth, that from the child to the man and woman of mature years, all may see that God loves His family here below. He so loves us that He gave us a tangible proof of His love by sending His only begotten Son to bear the sin of the world, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. God desires us to think of the height and depth and breadth of His measureless love, which is without a parallel, and to remember that we are his purchased possession. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are His.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] We are to act as in the sight of the heavenly universe, conscientiously discharging our obligations to our Creator.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 16)
The world is to be taken captive by Satan’s deceiving representations. Where then is our security? How shall we guard against Satan’s bewitching artifices? By reading the Word of God with an intensity of desire to know Him in the light of revelation which He has left on record of Himself; by meditating upon his precepts diligently. We are to obey His commands, afraid to venture out of the path of divine revelation and to indulge in fallacious reasoning.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 17)
We are to realize that if we work the works of Christ, we will not unite with the world. The Holy Spirit will give us a clear, distinct message to the world. If we will come into close relation to Christ, we shall have a part to act in carrying forward the work of present truth for this time. We are to co-operate with the three highest powers in heaven—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; and these powers will work through us, making us workers together with God. But when a man goes forth in human sufficiency, then the enemy comes in and inspires him, and he knows not what manner of spirit he is of. The Lord saw this and instructed me that, at the General Conference held in Oakland, I should hold no conversation with you.
(18LtMs, Lt 253a, 1903, 18)
Lt 254, 1903
Medical Missionaries “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 30, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 8T 201-205. +
Christ Our Example in Medical Missionary Work, No. 1
To medical missionaries,—
Christ, the great Medical Missionary, came to our world as the ideal of all truth. Truth never languished on His lips, never suffered in His hands. Words of truth fell from His lips with the freshness and power of a new revelation. He unfolded the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, bringing forth jewel after jewel of truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 1)
Christ spoke with authority. Every truth essential for the people to know, He proclaimed with the unfaltering assurance of certain knowledge. He uttered nothing fanciful or sentimental. He presented no sophistries, no human opinions. No idle tales, no false theories clothed in beautiful language came from His lips. The statements that He made were truths established by personal knowledge. He foresaw the delusive doctrines that would fill the world, but He did not unfold them. In His teaching He dwelt upon the unchangeable principles of God’s Word. He magnified the simple, practical truths that the common people could understand and bring into the daily experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 2)
Christ might have opened to men the deepest truths of science. He might have unlocked mysteries that would have required centuries of toil and study to penetrate. He might have made suggestions in scientific lines that would have afforded food for thought and stimulus for invention to the close of time. But He did not do this. He said nothing to gratify curiosity or to satisfy man’s ambitions by opening doors to worldly greatness. In all His teaching Christ brought the minds of men in contact with the infinite mind. He did not direct the people to study men’s theories about God, His Word, or His works. He taught them to behold Him as manifested in His works, in His word, and as manifested by His providences.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 3)
Christ’s Victory; Our Unbelief
While upon this earth, the Son of God was the Son of man; yet there were times when His divinity flashed forth. Thus it was when He said to the paralytic, “Be of good cheer; thy sins be forgiven thee.” [Matthew 9:2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 4)
“But there were certain of the scribes sitting there,” who “began to reason,” not openly, but “in their hearts,”“saying, Who is this which speaketh blasphemies? who can forgive sins, but God alone?” [Mark 2:6; Luke 5:21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 5)
“And Jesus, knowing their thoughts, said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is it easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (then saith He to the sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house.” [Matthew 9:4-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 6)
The great Medical Missionary took away the sins of the paralytic and then presented him to God as pardoned. And He gave him also physical healing. God had given His Son power to lay hold of the eternal throne. While Christ stood forth in His own personality, He reflected the luster of the position of honor that He had held within the enriching light of the eternal throne.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 7)
On another occasion Christ made the request, “Father, glorify Thy name.” And in answer there came a voice from heaven, saying, “I have both glorified it, and will glorify it again.” [John 12:28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 8)
If this voice did not move the impenitent, if the power that Christ manifested in His mighty miracles did not cause the Jews to believe, we should not be greatly surprised to find that medical missionary workers today are in danger, through continual association with those who are incredulous, of manifesting the same unbelief that the Jews manifested and of developing the same perverted understanding.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 9)
I am made unutterably sad as I consider the condition of things that has been opened before me. In the past, when matters have been shown to be wrong, there has been a realization of the wrong, and this has been followed by confession, repentance, and thorough reformation. But of late there have not been faithful stewards to repress the evils that needed to be repressed. Can we, then, be surprised that there is great spiritual blindness?
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 10)
Those engaged in the gospel ministry need to learn of Christ His meekness and lowliness and to be thoroughly converted, that their lives may testify to a world dead in trespasses and sins, that they have been born again. Medical missionary workers, also, need to be converted. When they are converted, their influence will be a power for good in the world. They will be willing to receive counsel and help from their brethren, because they have been sanctified through the truth. Daily they will receive rich supplies of grace from heaven to impart to others.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 11)
To every one of His appointed agencies the Lord sends the message, “Take your position at your post of duty and then stand firm for the right.” To all I am instructed to say, “Find your place. Receive not the fanciful sentiments of men who are not taught by God. Christ is waiting to give you insight into heavenly things; waiting to quicken your spiritual pulse into renewed activity. No longer subordinate the claims of future, eternal interests to the common affairs of this life. ‘Ye cannot serve God and mammon.’ [Matthew 6:24.] Wake up, brethren, wake up.”
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 12)
Medical missionary work is called for in a broader sense than is now understood. The work is needed that is outlined in the commission which Christ gave to His disciples just before His ascension. “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth,” He said. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 13)
These words point out our field and our work. Our field is the world; our work the proclamation of the truths that Christ came to our world to proclaim. Men and women are to have opportunity to gain a knowledge of present truth, an opportunity to know that Christ is their Saviour, that God “so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 14)
A Warning Against Centralization
Christ embraced the world in His missionary work, and the Lord has shown me by revelation that it is not His plan for large centers to be made, for large institutions to be established, and for money to be gathered from all parts of the world to support these large institutions. Plants are to be made in many places. First one and then another part of the vineyard is to be entered, until all has been cultivated. Efforts are to be put forth first wherever the need is greatest. But we cannot carry on this aggressive warfare and at the same time make an extravagant outlay of means in a few places.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 15)
The Battle Creek Sanitarium is too large. A great many workers will be required to care for the patients who come. A tenth of the number of patients who come to that institution is as many as should be cared for in one medical missionary center. Centers should be made in all the cities that are unacquainted with the great work that the Lord would have done to warn the world that the end of all things is at hand. “There is too much,” said the great Teacher, “in one place.”
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 16)
Let those who have fitted themselves to engage in medical missionary work in foreign countries go to the places that they expect to make their field of labor and begin work right among the people, learning the language as they work. Very soon they will find that they can teach the simple truths of God’s Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 17)
A Neglected Field Near Us
There is in this country a great, unworked field. The colored race, numbering thousands upon thousands, appeals to the consideration and sympathy of every true, practical believer in Christ. These people do not live in a foreign country, and they do not bow down to idols of wood and stone. They live among us, and again and again, through the testimonies of His Spirit, God has called our attention to them, telling us that here are human beings neglected.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 18)
Missionaries are needed to work for the colored people, and missionaries are needed also to work for the poor white people of the South. This broad field lies before us unworked, calling for the light that God has given us in trust.
(18LtMs, Lt 254, 1903, 19)
Lt 255, 1903
Medical Missionaries “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 30, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 8T 206-212. +
Christ Our Example in Medical Missionary Work, No. 2
To medical missionaries,—
That which is most needed by medical missionary workers is the guidance of the Spirit of the Lord. Those who labor as Christ, the great Medical Missionary, labored must be spiritually minded. But not all who are doing medical missionary work are exalting God and His truth. Not all are submitting to the guidance of the Holy Spirit. Some are bringing to the foundation wood, hay, and stubble—material that will not bear the test of fire.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 1)
I pray that I may have wisdom and power from God to present to you that which constitutes gospel medical missionary work. This is a great and important branch of our denominational work. But many have lost sight of the pure, ennobling principles underlying acceptable medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 2)
In my diary I find the following, written one year ago:
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 3)
October 29, 1902
This morning I woke early. After praying most earnestly for wisdom and clearness of mind, that I might properly express the matters urged upon my attention, I wrote out about ten pages of instruction. I know that the Lord helped me to trace on paper the important matter that should come before His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 4)
When writing thus, I feel intensely, but after the instruction has been recorded, relief comes to my mind; for I know then that the subject matter presented to me will not be lost, even though the subject may pass from my mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 5)
Those only who realize that the cross is the center of hope for the human family can understand the gospel that Christ taught. He came to this world for no other purpose than to place men on vantage ground before the world and the heavenly universe. He came to bear testimony that fallen human beings, through faith in His power and efficacy as the Son of God, may become partakers of the divine nature. He alone could make an atonement for sinners and open the gates of Paradise to the fallen race. He took on Himself, not the nature of angels, but the nature of man and in this world lived a life untainted by sin. “The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.”“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:14, 12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 6)
By His life and death Christ taught that only in obedience to God’s commandments can man find safety and true greatness. “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] God’s law is a transcript of His character. It was given to man in the beginning as the standard of obedience. In succeeding ages this law was lost sight of. Hundreds of years after the flood, Abraham was called, and to him was given the promise that his descendants should exalt God’s law. In course of time the Israelites went into Egypt, where for many years they suffered grievous oppression at the hands of the Egyptians. After they had been in slavery for nearly four hundred years, God delivered them by a wonderful manifestation of His power. He revealed Himself to the Egyptians as the Ruler of the universe, one greater than all heathen deities.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 7)
At Sinai the law was given a second time. In awful grandeur the Lord spoke His precepts and with His own finger engraved the decalogue upon tables of stone.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 8)
Passing down through the centuries, we find that there came a time when God’s law must once more be unmistakably revealed as the standard of obedience. Christ came to vindicate the sacred claims of the law. He came to live a life of obedience to its requirements and thus prove the falsity of the charge made by Satan that it is impossible for man to keep the law of God. As a man He met temptation and overcame in the strength given Him from God. As He went about doing good, healing all who were afflicted by Satan, He made plain to men the character of God’s law and the nature of His service. His life testifies that it is possible for us also to obey the law of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 9)
Never did Christ deviate from loyalty to the principles of God’s law. Never did He do anything contrary to the will of His Father. Before angels, men, and demons He could speak words that from any other lips would have been blasphemy: “I do always the things that please Him.” [John 8:29.] Day by day for three years His enemies followed Him, trying to find some stain in His character. Satan, with all his confederacy of evil, sought to overcome Him; but they found nothing in Him by which to gain advantage. Even the devils were forced to confess, “Thou art the holy One of God.” [Mark 1:24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 10)
Self-Sacrifice
What language could so forcibly express God’s love for the human family as it is expressed by the gift of His only begotten Son for our redemption? The Innocent bore the chastisement of the guilty. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”“For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned; but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed on the name of the only begotten Son of God.” [John 3:16-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 11)
Christ gave Himself, an atoning sacrifice, for the saving of a lost world. He was treated as we deserve, in order that we might be treated as He deserves. He was condemned for our sins, in which He had no share, that we might be justified by His righteousness, in which we had no share. He suffered the death which was ours, that we might receive the life which was His. “With His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 12)
Christ was tempted in all points like as we are, by the one who once stood in loyalty by His side in the heavenly courts. Behold the Son of God in the wilderness of temptation, in the time of greatest weakness assailed by the fiercest temptation. See Him during the years of His ministry, attacked on every side by the forces of evil. See Him in His agony on the cross. All this He suffered for us.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 13)
Christ’s earthly life, so full of toil and sacrifice, was cheered by the thought that He would not have all His travail for nought. By giving His life for the life of men, He would win the world back to its loyalty. Although the baptism of blood must first be received; although the sins of the world were to weigh upon His innocent soul; yet for the joy that was set before Him, He chose to endure the cross and despised the shame.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 14)
Study Christ’s definition of a true missionary: “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] Following Christ as spoken of in these words is not a pretense, a farce. Jesus expects His disciples to follow closely in His footsteps, enduring what He endured, suffering what He suffered, overcoming as He overcame. He is anxiously waiting to see His professed followers revealing the spirit of self-sacrifice.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 15)
Those who receive Christ as a personal Saviour, choosing to be partakers of His suffering, to live His life of self-denial, to endure shame for His sake, will understand what it means to be a genuine medical missionary.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 16)
When all our medical missionaries live the new life in Christ, when they take His Word as their guide, they will have a much clearer understanding of what constitutes genuine medical missionary work. This work will have a deeper meaning to them when they obey the law engraven on tables of stone by the finger of God, including the Sabbath commandment, concerning which Christ Himself spoke through Moses to the children of Israel, saying:
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 17)
“Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily, My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you.... The children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever.” [Exodus 31:13, 16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 18)
Let us diligently study God’s Word, that we may proclaim with power the message that is to be given in these last days. Many of those upon whom the light of the Saviour’s self-sacrificing life is shining refuse to live in accordance with His will. They are not willing to live a life of sacrifice for the good of others. They desire to exalt themselves. To such ones truth and righteousness have lost their meaning, and their unchristlike influence leads many to turn away form the Saviour. God calls for true, steadfast workers, whose lives will counteract the influence of those who are working against Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 19)
To every medical missionary worker I am instructed to say, Follow your Leader. He is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He is your example. Upon all medical missionary workers rests the responsibility of keeping in view Christ’s life of unselfish service. They are to keep their eyes fixed on Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. He is the source of all light, the fountain of all blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 20)
A Firm Stand for the Right
God calls upon His workers, in this age of diseased piety and perverted principle, to reveal a healthy, influential spirituality. My brethren and sisters, this God requires of you. Every jot of your influence is to be used on the side of Christ. You are now to call things by their right name, and stand firm in defense of the truth as it is in Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 21)
It behooves every soul whose life is hid with Christ in God to come to the front now and to contend for the faith once delivered to the saints. Truth must be defended and the kingdom of God advanced as they would be were Christ in person on this earth. If He were here, He would be drawn out to rebuke many who, though professing to be medical missionaries, have not chosen to learn of the great Medical Missionary His meekness and lowliness. In the lives of some occupying high positions in the medical missionary work, self has been exalted. Until such ones rid themselves of every desire to uplift self, they cannot clearly discern the character of Christ, nor can they do the work that He did.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 22)
When the Holy Spirit controls the minds of our church members, there will be seen in our churches a much higher standard in speech, in ministry, in spirituality than is now seen. The church members will be refreshed by the water of life, and the laborers, working under one Head, even Christ, will reveal their Master in spirit, in word, in deed, and will encourage one another to press forward in the grand, closing work in which we are engaged. There will be a healthy increase of unity and love, which will bear testimony to the world that God sent His Son to die for the redemption of sinners. Divine truth will be exalted; and as it shines forth as a lamp that burneth, we shall understand it more and still more clearly.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 23)
The testing truth for this time is not the fabrication of any human mind. It is from God. It is genuine philosophy to those who appropriate it. Christ became incarnate in order that we, through belief of the truth, might be sanctified and redeemed. Let those who hold the truth in righteousness arouse and go forth, shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, to proclaim the truth to those who know it not. Let them make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 24)
We are now to unify and by true medical missionary work prepare the way for our coming King. But let us remember that Christian unity does not mean that the identity of one person is to be submerged in that of another; nor does it mean that the mind of one is to be led and controlled by the mind of another. God has not given to any man the power that some, by word and act, seek to claim. God requires every man to stand free and to follow the directions of the Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 25)
In every movement Christ’s followers are to reveal their regard for Christian principles—loving God supremely and their neighbor as themselves; reflecting light and blessing on the pathway of those who are in darkness; comforting those who are cast down; sweetening the bitter waters in the place of giving their fellow pilgrims gall to drink.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 26)
Let us increase in a knowledge of the truth, giving all praise and glory to Him who is one with the Father. Let us seek most earnestly for the heavenly anointing, the Holy Spirit. Let us have a pure, growing Christianity, that in the heavenly courts we may at last be pronounced complete in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 27)
“Behold the Bridegroom cometh! Go ye out to meet Him!” [Matthew 25:6.] Lose no time now in rising and trimming your lamps. Lose no time in seeking perfect unity with one another. We must expect difficulties. Trials will come. Christ, the Captain of our salvation was made perfect through suffering. His followers will encounter the enemy many times and will be severely tried; but they need not despair. Christ says to them, “Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 28)
The following lines seem to portray the Christian warfare:
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 29)
I thought that the course of the Christian to heaven
Would be bright as the summer and glad as the morn.
Thou show’dst me the path; It was dark and rough,
All rugged with rock, all tangled with thorn;
I dreamed of celestial rewards and renown;
I asked for the palm branch, the robe, and the crown;
I asked, and Thou show’dst me a cross and a grave.
(18LtMs, Lt 255, 1903, 30)
Lt 256, 1903
International Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October 25, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 86-91. + To the officers of the International Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association Dear Brethren,—
The Lord has instructed me that our people are to establish a sanitarium in Washington, D.C., to co-operate with the publishing house and the school to be established there. In this sanitarium opportunity is to be given to the youth to learn how to conduct sanitarium work in harmony with the instruction that God has sent His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 1)
I was also instructed that in the establishment of the sanitarium at Washington, we are not to unite with Dr. Kellogg, because he knows not where he has been standing as regards his faith in God and in Christ. The truth must be given to the people of Washington very differently from the way in which it would be given were it under the direction of your Association. The Lord would have His work carried on in a different spirit from that manifested by Dr. Kellogg at the Oakland Conference and in Battle Creek since the Conference.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 2)
Several years ago the Lord instructed me that we should establish a sanitarium in Washington and that it should stand separate and independent from the Sanitarium at Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 3)
Ever since my return from Australia, light has been clearly given me that those who are firm in the faith should place themselves decidedly on the Lord’s side, and that they should work with all their God-given power to counteract the centralizing influences that have developed round the medical work in Battle Creek.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 4)
The Lord has plainly instructed me that we must not permit the medical men in Battle Creek to sway the work in Washington, because, unless greatly changed, they would exert a strong influence to thwart the plan of God in that important center. While these men continue to follow principles that God has condemned, how could the Lord be honored by having the Battle Creek mold placed on all our medical institutions? Those who give shape to our medical work in Washington should be sound in the faith, understanding clearly the principles of the truth that in positive terms have been given to us as a people.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 5)
From time to time the Lord has presented many things before me regarding the perils of our physicians who are associated together at Battle Creek. At various times Dr. Kellogg has been presented to me as walking in a false show, desiring to have the credit of being the first in medical missionary work. By his remarks he sometimes gives the impression that he is the author of the medical missionary work. But this honor does not belong to any man. It is the Lord, not man, who is the teacher and leader of His people.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 6)
God has moved upon the hearts of men in different places to engage in this work. He has given them wisdom to plan and devise, and they have carried forward the work that He has laid upon them. It is His purpose that Dr. Kellogg shall give close attention to the work devolving upon him and that he shall leave his brethren free to do their appointed work as the Lord shall direct them.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 7)
For many years the Lord has been sending testimonies of encouragement, instruction, warning, and reproof to Dr. Kellogg, but because of his great confidence in his own plans and work, the doctor has failed to comprehend or to heed many of the counsels which were essential to his welfare. The position that he has taken with men of the world, binding himself up with them, gives evidence that instead of becoming established in the truth, he is departing from the faith. His theology is not sound; his mind is confused, and unless he sees his danger, his foundation will be swept away when the test comes. Unless he sees his danger and makes a decided change, he cannot be endorsed as a safe, all-round teacher for the students who go to Battle Creek to study in medical missionary lines.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 8)
If Dr. Kellogg would link up with his brethren, and receive counsel from them, he would be on safer ground. But he has had great confidence in his own capabilities, and this has led him to take strong positions. Unless he is converted and humbles his heart before God, his high opinion of his wisdom and knowledge will lead to acts which will place him and the truth we cherish as a denomination in disrepute. But if he will walk humbly with God, if he will be teachable, if he will let God work upon his heart, the Lord will use him to advance the medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 9)
But if he is exalted by his associates as the great head of this work, he will bring in a very strange order of things.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 10)
Those who have dared to place such large confidence in a finite man, overlooking his defects, excusing and justifying his mistakes, have done him great injury, and God will call them to account. If Dr. Kellogg is not now entirely beyond help, it is not because he has not been sufficiently praised and sustained and exalted by men. If he escapes an experience similar to that of Nebuchadnezzar, it will be because his soul revolts at his own presumptuous ambitions and his high opinions of his plans and his wisdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 11)
Since the General Conference of 1901, I have carried a very heavy burden. Before I went to the Conference, light was given me that we must do all that we could to help Dr. Kellogg. The Lord said, “He is My physician. But he is himself in need of healing. He has taken upon himself responsibilities that I have not given him.” He was to be given another opportunity to establish his faith in the testimonies that for nearly half a century the Lord has been sending His people. Had he at that Conference fallen on the Rock and been broken, had he come to God in humiliation and contrition, he would have received great light. But he allowed ambitious plans to occupy his mind. He has not taken time to study the Scriptures diligently, and he has not a true understanding of the work for these last days. He has not cherished a true, genuine faith—a faith that would qualify him for the work of God. He has been in a dangerous position. Unless he places himself where he can be worked by the Holy Spirit, he will weave into his talks to the students that which is not true. He has planned to do a great work. But the Lord forbids us as His appointed watchmen, stewards of His grace and shepherds of His flock, to allow him any longer to carry on the work in his own ambitious way. Instead of feeling that it is his work to speak and write about God as he has done, he should go apart for a time and diligently study the Scriptures.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 12)
Dr. Kellogg has taken the position before those not of our faith that the Battle Creek Sanitarium is undenominational and has thus placed our work in a false light. He has made indistinct the line of demarcation between worldlings and those who hold in trust the most solemn truth ever given to mortals. Thus God has been greatly dishonored. The truth that has made us what we are is the same as it always has been. We must now more distinctly define the medical missionary work. As John the Baptist prepared the way for Christ’s first coming, so we are to prepare the way for His second coming.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 13)
Past Warnings
For years the dangers of our medical work have been presented to me. Some of the letters that I have written to the physicians and managers of our older sanitariums will soon be published for the benefit of our younger physicians. But to you who are associated together at Battle Creek, I feel that I must write very plainly; for you need a thorough awakening.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 14)
One year ago I wrote the following, which I will now send you:
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 15)
October 26, 1902
During the past night I have slept but little. I feel grateful to God for goodness and love. I thank Him for permitting me to have a part in the work of preparing the way for His second coming.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 16)
I have spent the greater part of the night praying that the Lord, by some way of His own choosing, will open Dr. Kellogg’s understanding, that he may see that he is departing from the faith. Unless he is led to realize his true spiritual condition, he will walk away from Christ into false paths. I am greatly burdened by the thought that those connected with the doctor in medical missionary work do not see that he is not standing on the platform of Bible truth. Unless there is a change, grave errors will be brought in. These will be rejected by some, but by others they will be accepted. Dr. Kellogg will have a sad account to give unless he sincerely repents for lifting himself up unto vanity and assuming over souls a power that has hurt them spiritually.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 17)
Dr. Kellogg has favored those who have consented to follow his plans, and he has disparaged those who have differed from him in their understanding of what constitutes medical missionary work. Of those who have not shaped their course to suit his devising, it has been declared that they are not in harmony with medical missionary work. But these assertions are not always the truth. No man has the right to attach to the work his own plans and methods and then claim that those who do not in all things act in harmony with his ideas are not medical missionaries.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 18)
Dr. Kellogg has woven so much of himself into some lines of the medical missionary work that it is sick, diseased, needing the care of the great Physician. When he does the work of a true medical missionary, as heaven designs he shall, the showing will be very different from what it now is.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 19)
When the leaders of the medical missionary work see themselves as the Lord sees them, there will be sorrow and humiliation. All who are enlightened by the Holy Spirit will see that self-denial and genuine humility are the first requisites for the success of medical missionary work. God acknowledges only the work that bears His seal.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 20)
Had our brother, who has assumed many responsibilities that God has not laid upon him, devoted his energies to that which for years the Lord has bidden him do, he would now be a much safer man to entrust with large responsibilities. But he does not discern the truth for this time. He has been framing false theories, and by these he governs himself. He thinks and asserts that he is right, but he does not understand the testing truth for this time. Unless he is converted, it will not be safe to accept him as a leader. He who stands as a leader of God’s people should do nothing that will mislead, nothing that will bring in false theories and sentiments.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 21)
It becomes those who are associated with Dr. Kellogg to watch and pray, lest they be found building on sliding sand. It is not safe for any man to interpret the Scripture according to his own ideas. Whoever does this places himself where he is subject to strong temptations.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 22)
The Lord has given me many messages for Dr. Kellogg, to encourage him, to point out his mistakes, and to place him where he would have clear light in regard to the testimonies that the Lord has been giving His people. But he did not take heed. The Lord gave him evidence of the truth of the testimonies that He was sending His people. But Dr. Kellogg has often disregarded the cautions and reproofs given him, when they did not coincide with his own ideas and judgment.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 23)
When, during the General Conference of 1901, light came clearly to him, he should have confessed his mistakes and errors, that he might be converted. But instead of humbling himself, he began to build himself up in his own purposes. The work that he should have done at this meeting was not done. Had he at that time taken his stand as one determined to cleanse his soul from all iniquity, there would have followed a reformation that would have placed the medical missionary work on a proper basis, where it would have been all that the name includes.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 24)
The Lord has a great work to accomplish through His faithful medical missionaries. But in order for them to do this work, they must be converted, body, soul, and spirit. God has made provision for every possible emergency. He will furnish help to all who walk and work in purity of heart. There is no lack to those who walk uprightly.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 25)
Dr. Kellogg occupies a position of great responsibility. Many are looking to him as one able to comprehend the truth. But he often misleads minds in regard to his work. He cannot meet his high responsibilities unless he is converted. That which he most needs is a knowledge of God’s will concerning himself—a knowledge of how to speak, how to teach, how to control his spirit. He needs to learn how to place in the Lord’s ministers the confidence that he desires them to place in him. The Lord calls upon Dr. Kellogg and his associates to step into line with their brethren, to become united in spirit with the ministers and teachers who are carrying forward the work that the Lord has given them to do. Many of these workers are conscientiously trying to serve the interests of the cause of God, and they should have the sympathy and support of the medical workers.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 26)
The rich and wonderful provisions of the gospel embrace the medical missionary work. This work is to be to the third angel’s message as the right arm is to the body. It is not to be made the head. Dr. Kellogg has endeavored to make it the head, but this is not right.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 27)
The Lord reproves those who do not watch unto prayer, those who forget that they are wholly dependent upon Him and amenable to Him. He reproves those who misrepresent the great Medical Missionary, those who do not keep the way of the Lord, doing their utmost to prepare a people to become members of the family of the redeemed. He is dishonored by those whose course leads away from Christ and the truth for this time. The Lord desires that our medical workers shall proclaim the last warning message of the gospel. When they leave out the principles of present truth, skepticism runs through their work, and God cannot endorse it.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 28)
The principles of present truth are to be studied and practiced by our people, that the line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not may be kept unmistakably distinct. A close examination of God’s Word will reveal the riches of the grace of Christ, which are to be received by God’s people, and by them imparted to those in need.
(18LtMs, Lt 256, 1903, 29)
Lt 257, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 102; TDG 339; 7MR 151-152; 12MR 61. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg
Sanitarium
Battle Creek Dear Brother,—
I received a letter from you yesterday and read it carefully. I am very thankful to learn that your eyes are being opened and that you [are] beginning to understand the perilous position in which you have been standing. Nothing will give me so much joy as to know that the Holy Spirit is doing its threefold work in your heart—the work spoken of in John 16:8. “When He is come, He will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment.”
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 1)
With this I am sending you an article I have written on leadership. It is incomplete, but I write it now in order that, should I suddenly be removed by death, those in the world who have any knowledge of Mrs. Ellen G. White may know that she did not engage in controversy with you or with any one else in regard to the leadership of the denomination.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 2)
I will now send you a letter written several days ago relative to the immovable character of the pillars of our faith and a copy of what I have lately written to your associates about Christ as our example in medical missionary work; also an article from my diary written November 17 and 18, which you may read as if written to yourself. I am sending also to yourself and to your associates a caution about any effort to interfere with the Washington work and a caution that they shall not influence you in wrong lines, whereas they should be helping you to get into the light. I am sending you also copy of a letter which I recently wrote to Brother Burden.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 3)
I have an intense longing for your prosperity and the welfare of your soul. I am praying that the Lord Jesus will break down every barrier between you and Him. Learn for yourself how to appreciate Christ. Learn how to glorify Him. Cease to please the enemy by cherishing suspicions of your brethren. Let self be hid with Christ in God. Learn the lesson of rejoicing, and no longer bring suspicion upon the gospel. By performing the work to which you have been appointed, let piety and faith have their natural growth in your life. Let the truth reign in your heart and sanctify your soul. Give room in your thoughts for the gospel. Let Christ dwell in you richly, leading you, guiding you, influencing you. Learn the note of praise and thanksgiving.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 4)
Let the Lord teach you His will and His way. It is a great misfortune for you to have been associated with those who credit all you say, receiving your assertions as the counsel of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 5)
I entreat you not to make surface work, but to make sure work for eternity. Remember that you are God’s by creation and by redemption. “What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.]
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 6)
My brother, I wish to repeat to you the word of God as it was spoken to me for you. One of authority called you by name and said, “You are to avoid the beginnings of sin, else there will be no hope for you in the future. You have mismatched medical missionary work with human philosophy. The medical missionary work is sick, and is not acceptable to God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 7)
If you had heeded the light given you, you would not have ventured to do the work you have done, exalting yourself and trying to bring the medical work under your control. This effort has advanced decidedly since the General Conference of 1901. I have been instructed that had you at that Conference made confessions that would have cleared your soul, had you humbled yourself in the presence of God as a little child, the medical missionary work would stand very much higher than it does today. The reproach would have been rolled away. The power of the Lord would have been exerted to cure the disease of the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 8)
God disciplines His children. He requires from them obedience, full and complete. He will not allow them to have their own way. To this the laws of His kingdom say, No. He expects them always to obey Him, and sometimes without any reasons being given. You have had reasons, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little; but for a long time you have followed your own way, refusing to submit to the Lord’s discipline.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 9)
My brother, as surely as you live, you will have to be very decided and thorough in the changes that you make in your practices if you are numbered at last with the members of the redeemed family. You must reveal to angels and men that you are born of God, living definitely for God, working with an eye single to His glory. You are not to uplift and magnify yourself. Thus saith the Lord, “This people have I formed for Myself; they shall show forth My praise.” [Isaiah 43:21.] To serve and honor God—this is to be our highest object. When it is, the prudence and wisdom of our words and acts will be a constant witness for God. Our lives will reveal Him to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 10)
When this experience is yours, you will understand perfectly that you must speak the truth only, and you will dread anything that would detract from the glory of God. You will realize that those who are engaged in the solemn, sacred work of ministering to the bodies and souls of human beings—a work that means so much to those for whom it is done—are to be separate from the world in spirit, in principle, in character. You will have a deep insight into spiritual things and a comprehension of that which words cannot express—the love that passeth knowledge, the love spoken of in the words, “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 11)
The Son of God does indeed call men, uniting them with Him as brethren, conferring upon them the honor of divine sonship. What wonderful condescension on the part of Christ. He became our elder brother, that we might become the sons and daughters of God. We have been bought with a price, and what a price! Christ volunteered to come to this earth and stand at the head of fallen human beings, who were heirs of guilt, under sentence of eternal death. We must have perished had He not borne our guilt and the wrath of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 12)
My heart aches as I see how faint a realization human beings have of what has been done for them. How I wish they could see as I see what is meant by the punishment of the guilty. The invitation comes to us, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] Those who do not believe in Christ, receiving Him as a personal Saviour, must die in their sins. They must suffer the punishment of the second death. Those who remain in unbelief cannot appreciate the love that Christ has expressed for them, and they will never have an experimental knowledge of the suffering that Christ endured in order that their sins might be pardoned and they be received as children of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 13)
Those who in this earth become sons of God sit together with Christ in the preparatory school, getting ready to be received into the higher school. Day by day we are to make an individual preparation; for in the courts above no one will be represented by proxy. Each one must heed for himself the call, “Come unto Me, ... and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 14)
The Lord Jesus has paid your tuition fees. All that you have to do is to learn of Him. The Christlike politeness practiced in the higher school is to be practiced in this lower school by both old and young believers. All who learn in Christ’s school are under the training of heavenly agencies; and they are never to forget that they are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. They are to represent Christ. They are to help one another to become worthy of admission into the higher school. They are to help one another to be pure and noble and to cherish a true idea of what it means to be a child of God. They are to speak encouraging words. They are to lift up the feeble hands and strengthen the feeble knees. Upon every heart there is to be inscribed the words, as with the point of a diamond, “There is nothing that I fear, save that I shall not know my duty, or shall fail to do it.”
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 15)
We are living in a time when we should seek the Lord most earnestly. I have a longing desire that you shall be true to principle. I do not mean what you have called principle; for your course since the Conference of 1901 bears its testimony that your definition of principle is not safe or correct. Do not allow yourself to be persuaded that the course which you have followed is the course of sound, sanctified, holy principle.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 16)
There are many ways in which human beings can crucify the Son of God afresh and put Him to open shame. The worship of worldly business so confuses the mind that Satan stealthily approaches and insidiously gains entrance. He has many theories by which to lead astray those who will be led. The erroneous views of God that the world is entertaining are skepticism in disguise, preparing the way for atheism. By hasty words and selfish deeds, men often grieve the heart of Christ. Thus Satan works untiringly to lead them to disloyalty. As he gains control of minds, he makes upon them lasting impressions, and the realities of eternity fade away.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 17)
A self-controlled spirit, words of love and tenderness, honor the Saviour. Those who speak kind, loving words, words that make for peace, will be richly rewarded. We are the appointed ministers of Christ, and we are to let His Spirit shine forth in the meekness and lowliness learned of Him. As a result, because we have not exalted ourselves, we shall find the rest that Christ gives.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 18)
Christ took human nature upon Him and bore it, pure and spotless, into the heavenly courts. He will bear this nature through the ages of eternity. In ascending to heaven with a glorified humanity, Christ has declared what man can become if he will do the will of God, but it is only through the mediation of Christ that any human being can overcome. Of the redeemed we read, “They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony.” [Revelation 12:11.] God will honor those who accept Christ, making them witnesses of Him to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 19)
Those who do not lay hold of and appreciate this power stand in their own light, keeping themselves from thorough consecration. My brother, you have been losing a most valuable experience. Study to develop a sensitive appreciation of what Christ has done for you. Examine yourself to see whether you are in the faith. There is danger that your mind will continue to be so filled with business cares that you will not give yourself time to receive the grace of Christ. Your eyes have been so blinded that you have not seen your danger. But it is not too late for wrongs to be righted.
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 20)
Your imperfections are not few, and your failure to obtain the heavenly treasure will make you bankrupt for eternity unless you buy of Christ the pure gold tried in the fire. Keep your eyes fixed on Christ. Study His life—a life filled with goodness, grace, and truth. Follow His example. Ask yourself, Am I, in purpose and character, like Christ? The contemplation of the Saviour will attract you more and more strongly to Him. It is the beholding of the love of Jesus that gives light and life to the soul. Study the excellence of the character of Christ. Remember that to Him has been given all power. This power is for you, if you will have it. As you become a humble, faithful witness for Christ, you will be able to say, “Thy gentleness hath made me great.” [Psalm 18:35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 257, 1903, 21)
Lt 258, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in RY 60. Dear Sister Hall,—
I meant to have written to you long before this. The one hundred dollars that you sent was gratefully received, but I cannot consent to accept it as a gift. You made me a present of a nice velvet sacque. I did not feel as if I ought to take this, but I knew that it was freely given, and I appreciated the gift. But the money has been entered on my books as a loan from you, at five per cent interest. I am hoping that I shall soon have more means. I have recently completed the settlement of an old debt of six thousand dollars at the Review and Herald office.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 1)
The publication of Desire of Ages was a heavy expense, and enough copies of the book have not yet been sold to settle the debt thus incurred. But this debt is gradually being lessened. I paid for plates of this book to send to Australia, that the Echo office might publish an edition. The money that I paid out for these plates will slowly come back to me as the office there disposes of the books.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 2)
Every year thousands of dollars from the royalty on my books goes into new books for this country, and to Europe to help in the translation of books into different languages, and to advance other lines of work. I feel a great satisfaction in this investment.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 3)
I gave Stephen Belden several hundred dollars. I could not let him and his wife suffer for food and clothing. I paid their expenses to and from Norfolk Island.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 4)
I gave one thousand dollars to the Avondale school, to help in the purchase of the estate, and at another time I gave fourteen hundred dollars to the work in Australia. The money was used in the erection of the Cooranbong Retreat, in building meeting houses, and in helping to purchase a large tent in which to hold meetings. While I was in Australia, I was a bank for the workers there.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 5)
I tell you this that you may know that I have not incurred debt needlessly. My debt is a large one, but I am not worried in regard to it. I have no fears but that it will soon be settled. Not long ago, Brethren Magan, Hall, and C. H. Jones laid plans to settle this debt by our people selling Education in something the same way that Object Lessons was sold. I wrote to Elder Daniells that I could not accept one dollar raised in this way; that other enterprises needed the liberalities of our people.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 6)
As for taking money from you, I can assure you, my dear sister, that I will not accept a penny. I have been, and am in a strait place financially, but I am hoping and praying that the Lord will send me means. I have recently borrowed five hundred dollars from the St. Helena Bank, at eight per cent interest.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 7)
But this does not worry me. The only thing that disturbs my mind is the present disjointed condition of the cause of God. It pains me to think that we stand before the world on a low level, when every provision has been made for us to stand before unbelievers on the elevated platform of eternal truth, possessing the advantages that God designed us to possess. Does not Christ say, “Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son”? [John 14:13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 8)
Sometimes, when I am praying for Dr. Kellogg, my heart is bowed down as a cart beneath sheaves. I can scarcely pray for weeping. Sometimes I pray for hours while lying in my bed. Last night I slept for only three hours. My heart was drawn out in earnest prayer to God to help His people to be wise unto salvation. I am assured that a grave responsibility now rests upon Dr. Kellogg. Will he humble his heart before God? Will he make straight paths for his feet? Through his lack of judgment and sound religious faith, he has placed us as a people in a most unenviable position; and I am sore at heart. It seems sometimes as if I could not carry the terrible load for another hour. Must the cause of God be brought into disrepute by those whom He has greatly blessed and honored?
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 9)
I am trying to lay the burden at the feet of Jesus, but I must put certain matters into print, that, should I be suddenly removed by death, and should a similar crisis come, our people would know what course to pursue.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 10)
Dr. Kellogg has written me two very humble letters, but this can not heal the wound that the cause of God has received. Dr. Kellogg urges me to come to Battle Creek and bear my testimony there, but I shall not go without clear instruction from the Lord that this is my duty. I do not wish to leave my work here. We have several books in process of preparation. Marian is at work on the temperance book. The manuscript for this book will soon be ready for the printer, I hope. I have decided to give the proceeds from the sale of this book to our sanitarium work. But we have not yet decided definitely what plans to follow in handling the book.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 11)
Can you tell me when you are coming home? Your presence would be a great comfort to me, but I do not want you to come till your work in the East is finished. I want you to be where you know the Lord wants you. Do what seems to you to be right, and I will raise no objections. You are very precious to me, but the Lord may have a work for you to do in Battle Creek. If He has, do it, and I will pray for you. Just such ones as you are needed in Battle Creek now, yet I had hoped that you could be released.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 12)
We are living in the midst of the peril of the last days, and the Lord calls upon us to look to Him for guidance. We need not take one step in the dark. “He that followeth Me,” Christ says, “shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 13)
I know that you have many trials to bear, and yet I feel that you have an experience that enables you to bear them without murmuring. I know that you seek to comfort every one that you can. If you feel that in this time of peril you can help the workers in Battle Creek, your efforts to do this will have my hearty approval.
(18LtMs, Lt 258, 1903, 14)
Lt 259, 1903
Hall, L. M. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 23, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 336; UL 341; 1BC 1103. + Dear Sister Hall,—
We are safe if we do the will of our heavenly Father. If I have any will of my own, I do not know it. Mark the closeness of the relationship between Christ and His Father. See the entire dependence of the Son on the Father, as shown in the words, “The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do.” Mark the implicit obedience in the words, “For whatsoever things the Father doeth, these things doeth the Son in like manner.” [John 5:19.] No less entire is to be our dependence on Christ, and no less implicit our obedience. Christ’s words regarding this matter are definite. He was standing at the head of humanity, and He set human beings an example of perfect obedience.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 1)
“For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth Him all things that He Himself doeth.” [Verse 20.] It was in our behalf that Christ came to this world to make known the will of His Father, and to show human beings what they must become before they can stand before God in the heavenly courts. It is our work to obey God—to learn and obey the laws of His kingdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 2)
The Leadership of Israel
God chose Israel to be His people, and by His mighty power He delivered them from Egyptian bondage. The Egyptians saw and felt the scourging of God. The whole land bore evidence to the power of Him who ruleth in the heavens. All Egypt was desolated before Pharaoh would submit to God’s will. Thus God worked to lead His people in all future ages to magnify His power and to look to Him as the supreme Ruler.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 3)
The Son of God, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, was the leader of the children of Israel, overseeing every phase of their experience. He educated and disciplined them, often testing their faith. Fleeing from Pharaoh’s host, they found themselves at one time hemmed in by inaccessible mountains, with the Red Sea before them and the enemy following hard after. The command came, “Go forward,” and as they obeyed, the waters parted before them. [Exodus 14:15, 21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 4)
In their journey through the wilderness, the Israelites were led and protected by the pillar of cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night. The stopping of the pillar of cloud was the sign that they were to encamp at the place over which the cloud rested.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 5)
Moses, the visible leader of the Israelites, was admitted into the secret councils of the Most High. The people were given evidence that Moses did indeed talk with God, receiving from Him the instruction given them.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 6)
Christ would have led the people into the promised land by a much more direct route had they shown a willingness to be guided by Him and to place their dependence on Him. Had they obeyed the directions given them by Moses, not one of those who started on the journey from Egypt would in the wilderness have fallen a prey to disease or death. They were under a safe guide. Christ had pledged Himself to lead them safely to the promised land, if they would follow His guidance. They were under His direct leadership. In every one of them He was interested. But they allowed unbelief to enter their hearts and murmured against Moses and Aaron for bringing them out of Egypt, and punishment came upon them. Only two of the adults who left Egypt entered Canaan. The rest died in the wilderness during the forty years of wandering.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 7)
The instructions given to Moses for ancient Israel, with their sharp, rigid outlines, are to be studied and obeyed by the people of God today. God desires His people to study these lessons and not to follow their own judgment, making their own plans. God has shown that there is only one Lord, and that He rules in the heavens and has given laws that all are to obey. Let us study the experience of the children of Israel and the Lord’s dealing with them—His encouragement of the obedient and the punishment that came upon those who were determined to carry out their own devisings, supposing that finite human beings could become an authoritative power, to which all must concede.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 8)
God’s divine philosophy is revealed in the experience of Israel, chosen by Him from all nations to be His peculiar people. From His dealing with them we learn that He must be obeyed, that those who are determined to exalt themselves must be blotted out.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 9)
“In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai.... And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say unto the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine; and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests and an holy nation....
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 10)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him. And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Exodus 19:1, 3-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 11)
This is the great charter by which Israel was received as the Lord’s chosen people.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 12)
The Giving of the Law
Describing the giving of the law, Moses says, “The Lord came down from Sinai, and rose up from Seir; He shined forth from Mount Paran, and He came with ten thousand of saints; from His right hand went forth a fiery law for them. Yea, He loved His people, all His saints are in the midst of Thy hand: and they sat down at Thy feet; every one shall receive of Thy words.” [Deuteronomy 33:2, 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 13)
God purposed to make the occasion of speaking His law a scene of awful grandeur, in keeping with its exalted character. The people were to be impressed that everything connected with the service of God must be regarded with the greatest reverence.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 14)
God showed His contempt for cities and palaces, the work of human hands; and chose a mountain in a great desert as the place from which to proclaim His law. On every side, vast, rugged heights seemed in their solitary grandeur to speak of eternal endurance and majesty. Here the mind was impressed with solemnity and awe. Man was made to feel his ignorance and weakness in the presence of Him who “weighed the mountains in scales and the hills in a balance.” [Isaiah 40:12.] Here Israel was to receive the most wonderful revelation ever made by God to man. Here the Lord gathered His people that He might impress upon them the sacredness of His requirements by declaring with His own voice His holy law.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 15)
Upon Mount Sinai God came down to speak to the people, His glory so concealed that they could hear His voice without being consumed. From a place untouched by human hands, He spoke. When I think of the scenes connected with the giving of the law, I wish that I could say to every human being, “Man is finite; God and Christ are infinite, omnipotent, eternal.” Let not finite human beings attempt to interpret God, making Him only a God revealed in nature. Many have made a great mistake by the way in which they have represented Jehovah.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 16)
The contract, the settlement made by God with Israel, contained no proposition coming from human beings. It was formed by the One who “so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] It is man’s privilege to exercise living faith in the Saviour. John declares, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 17)
I am instructed to say that in the future great watchfulness will be needed. There is to be among God’s people no spiritual stupidity. Evil spirits are actively engaged in seeking to control the minds of human beings. Men are binding up in bundles, ready to be consumed by the fires of the last days. Those who discard Christ and His righteousness will accept the sophistry that is flooding the world. Christians are to be sober and vigilant, steadfastly resisting their adversary the devil, who is going about as a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 18)
Men under the influence of evil spirits will work miracles. They will make people sick by casting their spell upon them and will then remove the spell, leading others to say that those who were sick have been miraculously healed. This Satan has done again and again.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 19)
God will be the sanctuary of His people if they will obey His Word, believing and proclaiming the simple gospel truths that Christ proclaimed when in this world. We need now to pray as we have never prayed before. We are living in the great day of atonement, and we are to confess our sins and make diligent work of repentance. We are to put all our capabilities to work, that we may be delivered from wicked and unreasonable men. Satan comes down as a beautiful angel and presents lovely pictures before the eyes of those who have so perverted their ways before God that they do not see what they are or know what they need. The enemy has come down with great power, to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. God calls for repentance and reconversion.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 20)
John writes, “I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the throne, and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God sent forth into all the earth. And He came and took the book out of the right hand of Him that sat upon the throne. And when He had taken the book, the four beasts and the four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odors, which are the prayers of the saints. And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof; for Thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by Thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation; and hast made us unto our God kings and priests; and we shall reign on the earth.” [Revelation 5:6-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 21)
“And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne, and the beasts and the elders; and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand; and thousands of thousands; saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing.” [Verses 11, 12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 22)
“And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever.” [Verse 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 23)
Now is the time for us to educate our tongues to speak the truth. Now is the time for all prevarication to cease. Now is the time for every man to criticize himself and closely examine his own heart, testing it by the law of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 24)
Night after night scenes are presented to me which lead me to feel that I must cry aloud, and spare not, that I must lift up my voice like a trumpet, and show God’s people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. “Yet they seek Me daily,” God says, “and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God; they ask of Me the ordinance of justice, they take delight in approaching to God.” [Isaiah 58:2.] Read the whole of this chapter, the fifty-eighth of Isaiah, and apply it where it truly belongs. God requires His people, and especially those who dare to accept positions in our institutions, to be pure and holy. He calls upon them to wear His yoke, to suffer no man to bind yokes of human manufacture upon their necks. They are amenable to God, and to Him alone; for they are His blood-bought heritage.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 25)
When the lives of God’s people are cleansed from moral and spiritual pollution, when their eyes are anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, they will see that they are poor, and wretched, and miserable, and blind, and naked. They will come to the fountain that has been opened for Judah and Jerusalem and apply the cleansing blood of Christ to their poor, sin-sick souls. God grant that they may make no delay in securing the advantages that He has prepared for all who love Him and keep His commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 259, 1903, 26)
Lt 260, 1903
Hare, George A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 2, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in PC 12-13. Dr. George A. Hare My dear brother,—
I have just read Elder Daniells’ letter to you and your letter to Elder Daniells. I can heartily endorse all that Elder Daniells has written expressing a desire for you to connect with the sanitarium to be established in Washington.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 1)
We would say to you, Please take up this work as soon as possible. Every day lost is one day less in which to carry forward the work. Some one is very much needed just now to stand at the head of this enterprise, and it will be a great relief if your experience can be brought in. If you will accept this invitation, your action will be greatly appreciated by myself as well as by Elder Daniells.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 2)
We want the Washington sanitarium to be established upon different principles and conducted upon different plans from those that have been followed in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. We shall not, therefore, go to Battle Creek to receive counsel regarding the establishment of this institution. The time has come when we must move under the direction of our great Leader, the divine Commander.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 3)
Please do not delay. Consecrate yourself to God, and He will be to you a present help in time of need. By doing the work that awaits your presence and assistance, depending entirely upon God for guidance and direction, you will obtain an invaluable experience.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 4)
God always has men of His appointment to step into the places where work needs to be done, men with whom and by whom He can work. A special work is committed to each one of God’s workers. To every man the Lord has entrusted talents, gifts that correspond to the needs of some place.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 5)
When help was required for the building of the tabernacle, the Lord said to Moses: “See, I have called by name Bezaleel ... of the tribe of Judah: and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship. And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab ... of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted, I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee.” [Exodus 31:2-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 6)
The Lord will give understanding to every one who will fully connect with His work. We are not left to trust in human wisdom. In the Lord is wisdom, and it is our privilege to look to Him for counsel.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 7)
Again and again recently have these words found in (Exodus 19) been brought to my attention:
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 8)
“Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shall thou say unto the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine: and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 9)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all the words which the Lord had commanded him. And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do.” [Verses 3-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 10)
When the Lord is willing and anxious to justify His people whenever He can do so, should they not respond by keeping His covenant, that they may be His peculiar treasure above all people? It is the privilege of all to obey this covenant. In obedience, we shall more fully understand our duty.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 11)
To no one man is given all the qualifications for every branch of the Lord’s work. We are all members of God’s family, all in a greater or less degree entrusted with God-given talents, for the use of which we are held responsible. Whether our talent be great or small, we are to use it in God’s service, and we are to recognize the right of every one else to use the gifts entrusted to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 12)
Never should we disparage the smallest physical, intellectual, or spiritual capital. Some may trade in pennies and farthings, and by God’s blessing and unwearied diligence, these humble ones may make successful investments and make a gain proportionate to the capital entrusted to them. No one should make light of any humble worker who is filling his place and is doing a work that some one must do, however small that work may seem.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 13)
O how my heart is grieved, as I see men who have had great opportunities, seeking to place in a circumscribed sphere some one, who, with encouragement, might develop to fill a position of great usefulness. The Lord makes use of vessels both large and small. Many whose lives are filled with activity and earnestness need from others counsel and encouragement and words of approval. God looks with pleasure upon the improvement made by His children as they help and encourage one another.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 14)
All, whether entrusted with few or with many talents, are to blend together in unity. We need more of the spirit of the Saviour that we may help those who have been restricted and hindered. How much we may help them in their efforts to rise will never be known till it is made manifest in the judgment. We should have a word of encouragement to speak to all, remembering that there are a diversity of gifts. Some who desire to fill a large place and do some great service overlook the little things that must be done by somebody, and forget that those who do these things need their encouragement.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 15)
If we pray much as we work, we shall gain more than if we give ourselves entirely to seeking for the wisdom that comes by experience. The Master-workman is supervising His workers. When, as I write, a new thought comes into my mind, I reverentially thank God for the appropriate word or sentence brought to my mind.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 16)
I can but realize that the Lord is preparing the way for you to connect with the work in Washington. I believe that you will be greatly blessed of God as you take up the work there, and that you will receive evidence that it is God’s will for you to be His helping-hand in that city. He who fills the position to which you are invited must not only be skilful in relieving the sufferings of humanity, but he must be a man who can give good advice and help in the building up of the institution. And he must be one who will not feel satisfied only with his own plans. He must be willing to receive counsel from others.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 17)
I thank the Lord that the work is begun at Washington. I am glad that the publishing work has been moved from Battle Creek to Washington, and that plans are being laid for the establishment of a sanitarium in Washington. We see the Alpha, and we know that Christ is also the Omega. Trusting in God, we shall have His approval, and He will work with us as we move forward. We have no time to lose. After plans are laid, other men will be brought in to act their part in carrying forward the work.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 18)
I hope that the Lord will prosper you in all your preparations to leave Fresno. I send love to your wife and children.
(18LtMs, Lt 260, 1903, 19)
Lt 261, 1903
Waggoner, E. J. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 30, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder E. J. Waggoner My dear brother,—
I awake in the night, pleading with the Lord in behalf of the workers who have long known the truth, but who are walking apart from their brethren. They are compassed about by the sparks of their own kindling and are taking positions that separate them from their fellow laborers.
(18LtMs, Lt 261, 1903, 1)
Why should men who have been given the clear light of the closing gospel message seek out peculiar theories and exalt them, through them exalting themselves and setting themselves off from their brethren.
(18LtMs, Lt 261, 1903, 2)
This work is not the fruit of righteousness. The Lord is not in it. The experience thus gained is a deceptive one. The Lord calls upon all who have engaged in this work to change their attitude, to move very carefully, to learn the preciousness of the words of Christ, and be content to keep in line with the greatest Teacher that the world has ever known. If they will draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 261, 1903, 3)
As a teacher in one of our training schools for Christian workers, you occupy a position of great responsibility. You are never to forget that it is a great privilege thus to be a co-worker with Christ. You are to co-operate with the purpose of God by working out the divine principles in your own life and also by molding in accordance with these principles the characters of the youth under your charge. Teach these youth to study the simplicity of Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 261, 1903, 4)
I am sending you with this a warning against fanciful doctrines, which you may read to your classes. I am also sending a letter which I wrote to you about the time of your return from Europe. I have not felt free to send this letter till now. I pray that you may shun the dangers in your pathways which you see, and also those which you do not see, against which you are warned.
(18LtMs, Lt 261, 1903, 5)
Lt 262, 1903
Ministers and Other Workers in the South “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 24, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in MM 102-103; 6BC 1067; SpTB #18 9; 5MR 164. + To our ministers and other workers in the Southern states,—
I wish you all to know that I am in full sympathy with you in urging our churches in the North and the South, the East and the West, to immediate action in supplying the present needs of the work in the South. Let all now take up in earnest the work of helping to relieve the pressing necessities of the work at Nashville.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 1)
Nashville has been presented to me as the most favorable center from which to do a general work for all classes in the Southern states. In and near Nashville there are established institutions of learning, which should be respected by our people. Their influence has helped to make it possible for us to carry forward successfully many lines of work from that center.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 2)
How to Meet Trials
Christ, the only begotten Son of God, was given to our world to save perishing souls from eternal death. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] The life of Christ, His humiliation, His untiring missionary efforts are recorded that we may follow His example. In His mission to this earth, He set before us the lessons that we need.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 3)
Christ humbled Himself, bearing the trials and inconveniences that men are called upon to bear. He was the Majesty of heaven, yet He was wounded for our transgressions and bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 4)
In time of trial, be patient. Patience is a precious jewel. It will bring help to mind and heart. “Wait on the Lord,” until He sees that you are ready to receive and appreciate the blessings for which you ask. [Psalm 27:14.] Exercise faith, even though the trial be severe. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.] Of faith, hope is born.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 5)
To accept disappointment meekly and cheerfully requires great self-control. But Jesus understands our need. Every prayer offered to God in sincerity and faith will be answered. In disappointment and trial, let us remember Jesus our Mediator, tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. Talk with Him. He knows whether that for which you ask would be to you a blessing or a curse.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 6)
Let us be always cheerful. Let the language of the soul be, “Jesus knows best. He will fulfil His promises in a way that will not hurt my soul. I will seek to use wisely the blessings that He daily bestows upon me. I will pray and hope, believing that I shall receive the very things that will be for my best good. I will seek to impart to others the blessings that I receive. That which God gives, I will use in His service, asking Him to keep me from becoming elated and self-sufficient. I will be humble and thankful.”
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 7)
Having done your best, refuse to give way to discouragement and despair. The perfection of the Redeemer is your strength. When hedged about with apparently insurmountable difficulties, then is the time above all others to trust in the Lord. We are not to walk in our own strength, but in the strength of the Lord God of Israel. It is folly to trust in man or to make flesh our arm. We must trust in Jehovah; for in Him is everlasting strength.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 8)
Last-Day Delusions
I pray that our people may not fall victims to the snares that Satan has laid to entrap unwary souls. But even now many are bewildered. All need to be independent Bible students. I am writing words of warning, that no one need be deceived by the enemy, to lead others into crooked paths. I have carried a heavy burden because of the publication of Living Temple. I think that the Lord has permitted this matter to develop in order to arouse our people to understand and value aright the fundamental truths that, as a people, we have received from the Word of God. We must know that we have not followed cunningly devised fables. Our Father bids us call to mind the former days, after which, when we were illumined, we endured a great fight of affliction. I have received most precious assurances that our early experiences were of God. I wish that every one of our people might know, as I know, of the sure and certain way in which the Lord led us in times past.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 9)
Brother Amadon knows something of our early experiences. I am sure that he remembers many of the strait places through which we passed. I am glad that Brother Amadon is now engaged in the Southern work. You may strengthen one another in the most holy faith. Each one is to stand in his lot and place.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 10)
It causes me great sorrow of heart to see that there are among our workers those who do not realize the dangerous character of the doctrines that some are entertaining regarding God. I know how dangerous these sentiments are. Before I was seventeen years old, I had to bear testimony against them before large companies. In New Hampshire there were men who were active in disseminating false ideas regarding God. Light was given me that these men were making the truth of no effect by their ideas, some of which led to freelovism. I was shown that these men were seducing souls by presenting speculative theories regarding God.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 11)
I went to the place where they were working and opened before them what they were doing. The Lord gave me strength to lay before them plainly the danger of their course. Among other things, they held that those once sanctified could not sin, and this they were presenting as gospel food. Their false theories, with their burden of deceptive influence, were working great harm to themselves and to others. They were gaining a spiritualistic power over those who could not see the evil of these beautifully clothed theories. Great evil had already resulted. The doctrine that all were holy had led to the belief that the affections of the sanctified were never in danger of leading astray. The result of this belief was the fulfilment of the evil desires of hearts which, though professedly sanctified, were far from purity of thought and action.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 12)
This is only one of the instances in which I was called upon to rebuke those who were presenting the doctrine of an impersonal God, diffused through nature, and the doctrine of holy flesh.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 13)
Now, when I am seventy-six years old, history is being repeated; and day after day, from morning till night, I use my pen in meeting the same dangerous sophistries and fables that we were called to meet so many years ago. In His providence, God has spared me to meet these issues. The Lord has let His Holy Spirit rest upon me, and I am still strengthened and sustained.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 14)
The day before yesterday, I felt as if I had reached the end of my labor. I was unable to write. It seemed that an unseen agency was pressing the life from me. I was shut in with a depression that I cannot describe. But yesterday deliverance came, and I wrote during the whole day.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 15)
A class of men will arise who will do the work outlined in the words:
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 16)
“The wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them. For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead, so that they are without excuse; because that when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imagination, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and to fourfooted beasts, and creeping things.” [Romans 1:18-23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 17)
False science is one of the agencies that Satan used in the heavenly courts, and it is used by him today. The false assertions that he made to the angels, his subtle, scientific theories, led many of them from their loyalty. Having lost their place in heaven, they prepared temptations for our first parents. Adam and Eve yielded to the enemy, and by their disobedience humanity was estranged from God, and the earth was separated from heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 18)
Christ pledged Himself to bridge the gulf that sin had made, to reunite that which had been separated. Thus He became the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He shows us the path that leads to heaven and promises to impart His efficiency to every one who believes on Him. He came to our world to reveal, not a mixture of truth and error, but the pure truth of God. All error is misleading, even though clothed with garments of heavenly beauty.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 19)
Christ says, “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life.”“He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 14:6; 8:12.] He who accepts Christ enters upon a pathway illuminated by the splendor of the Son of the true and living God. The truth that he believes sheds light on every step of the way. God’s chosen ones will advance from strength to strength, from grace to grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 20)
We need not seek to know, by scientific methods, what God is. “Who by searching can find out God?” [Job 11:7.] As we follow in the footsteps of Christ our Saviour, we shall learn from Him all that we need to know of God. By the revelation of His life and teaching, He leads men from the lowest depths of sin to the highest place in the heavenly courts, even to a seat upon His throne. In Him all may be made complete.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 21)
New, false interpretations are being given to the truths of the Word, in order that deluded minds may be pleased. Error is made to appear as truth. I am instructed to bear a decided testimony against these misleading theories. I am charged with a message opposed to the heresies and sophistries that are being propagated by Satan. The life and teachings of our Lord give no place to these cunningly devised fables. The loss of eternal life is the price that must be paid for continuing to honor superstition and falsehood above the Word of God, making His teaching of no effect.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 22)
The character and power of God are revealed by the works of His hands. In the natural world are to be seen evidences of God’s love and goodness. These tokens are given to call attention from nature to nature’s God, that His “eternal power and Godhead” may be understood. [Romans 1:20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 23)
Pantheistic theories are not sustained by the Word of God. The light of His truth shows them to be soul-destroying agencies. Darkness is their element; sensuality their sphere. They gratify the natural heart and give leeway to inclination. Separation from God is the result of accepting them.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 24)
A World-Wide Work
The words of Paul in the closing chapter of Acts seem to outline our present situation:
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 25)
“Well spake the Holy Ghost by Esaias, the prophet, unto our fathers, saying, Go unto this people, and say, Hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and seeing ye shall see, and shall not perceive; for the heart of this people is waxed gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and I should heal them. Be it known unto you, therefore, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and that they will hear it.” [Acts 28:25-28.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 26)
“And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves. And Paul dwelt two whole years in his hired house, and received all that came in unto him, preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him.” [Verses 29-31.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 27)
Our work is not to be confined to believers. In many important outposts, evangelistic and medical missionary work is to be done. A special work is to be done in Nashville and in Washington. I am heavily burdened in regard to the neglected fields, which have waited so long for the message. I think of the number of believers collected in the places where our largest churches are. Many of those living in these places ought to be out in the field, doing evangelical work. When many interests are kept in a few places, the work in many places cannot be carried forward as it should be.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 28)
Paul thus commands the church at Rome: “I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all, that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world.” [Romans 1:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 29)
These words might today be spoken of Seventh-day Adventists, if they would abide in Christ. If they would make the Saviour’s words a part of their lives, bringing them into the daily experience, they would reveal the virtues of His character. They would be united in the bonds of Christian fellowship. When the people of God are thus united to Christ and to one another, evidence will be borne to the world that God sent His Son to save men from sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 30)
Paul continues:
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 31)
“I am debtor both to the Greeks and to the barbarians; both to the wise, and to the unwise. So, as much as in me is, I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also. For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ; for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith; as it is written. The just shall live by faith. For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness.” [Verses 14-18.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 32)
In what sense was Paul debtor both to the Jew and to the Greek? To him had been given the commission, as it is given to every disciple of Christ, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] In accepting Christ, Paul accepted this commission. He realized that upon him rested the obligation of laboring for all classes of men—for Jew and Gentile, learned and unlearned, for those occupying high positions and for those in the most lowly walks of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 33)
An Assurance of Success
The seventy disciples sent out by Christ on a missionary tour returned with joy, saying, “Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through Thy name. And He said unto them, I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven. Behold, I give you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy; and nothing shall by any means hurt you.” [Luke 10:17-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 34)
Should we not find encouragement in this assurance? But Jesus wishes to draw our minds higher than the contemplation of earthly blessings. “Notwithstanding in this rejoice not,” He said, “that the spirits are subject unto you; but rejoice that your names are written in heaven.” [Verse 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 35)
“In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, and said, I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes; even so, Father; for so it seemed good in Thy sight. All things are delivered to Me of My Father; and no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father; and who the Father is, but the Son, and he to whom the Son will reveal Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 36)
“And He turned Him unto His disciples, and said privately, Blessed are the eyes that see the things that ye see; for I tell you that many prophets and kings have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them.” [Verses 21-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 37)
Those who today work for God must be sanctified through the truth. The Lord calls for men upon whom He can depend, men who will not lead His people into strange paths. Those who do not take Christ as their Leader will surely fail. In His power alone can we gain success. “Without Me,” He declares, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 262, 1903, 38)
Lt 263, 1903
Physicians and Nurses “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 12, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 325; 1MR 116. + To physicians and nurses,—
Be Not Deceived
Not all of those called medical missionaries appreciate the sacredness of the work in which they are engaged or deserve the name they bear. Many have failed to realize that they must stand before God in their own individuality. No human being is to be their wisdom. In the past they have depended on a man for guidance and have followed his leading. Our medical missionary workers should learn to stand in their lot and place, realizing their personal responsibility. I wish they could learn what this means, “They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 1)
My brethren and sisters in the medical missionary work, when you depend on the wisdom of men, instead of on the wisdom of Christ, you are leaning on a broken reed. “Cease ye from man whose breath is in his nostrils, for wherein is he to be accounted of.” [Isaiah 2:22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 2)
During the General Conference recently held at Oakland, it was plainly revealed that two powers were at work there. But the eyes of many of the medical men at the Conference were blinded. Their spiritual perceptions were clouded, and they accepted the artifices of the enemy as the outworking of righteous plans. Had not the plans of leading medical men been hindered, the Seventh-day Adventist people would today be accepting theories which would gradually have led them to discard the experience of the past fifty years and to leave the platform on which the Lord placed their feet for the insecure platform built by those who are following the impulses of an unsanctified heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 3)
The truth must now stand forth as it is. God will not have His people misled. If the leaders in the medical missionary work are determined to accept the fallacies presented in Living Temple, I shall proclaim the message, “Be not deceived; God is not mocked.” [Galatians 6:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 4)
Religion, pure and undefiled, is a mystery of godliness. The learned men of the world, who are wise in their own human wisdom, are ignorant of the mysteries of God and of Christ and of divine truth. Many spend time and strength disputing and reasoning in regard to theories that are but the seductive falsehoods of the enemy. Had they used their powers of mind and body in running the race of eternal life, they would have seen that practical holiness means wholeness in the service of God. Sanctified science will be better understood when the Holy Spirit makes its powerful influence felt in the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 5)
O how much the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit is needed! My brethren and sisters, you cannot afford to draw into the web the beautiful, silky threads of the theories expressed in modern philosophical theology. You must become acquainted with the living God. You cannot afford to accept a semblance of Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 6)
God sees the struggle that is to take place in our world, the whole progress and outcome of which has been traced in the pages of His Word. He sees also the diseased, defective spiritual eyesight of His people, which prevents them from discerning their own deficiencies and from taking an earnest interest in the things of eternity. Christ calls upon the members of His church to cherish the true, genuine hope of the gospel. He points them upward, distinctly assuring them that the riches that endure are above, not below. Their hope is in heaven, not on the earth. “Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness,” He says, “and all these things”—all that is essential for your good—“will be added unto you.” [Matthew 6:33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 7)
With many, the things of this world obscure the glorious view of the eternal weight of glory that awaits the saints of the Most High. Worldly-minded, spiritually diseased, the eyes of their understanding are blinded. They cannot distinguish the true, the real, the enduring substance from the false, the counterfeit, the passing shadow. Christ urges them to remove from before their eyes that which is obscuring their view of eternal realities. He insists upon the removal of that which causes them to mistake phantoms for realities and realities for phantoms. Learned men, supposed great men, are practicing upon themselves a fearful deception. They are working in partnership with the deceiver who, by an endless succession of delusions, is trying to cheat them out of eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 8)
I wish you could hear, as I have heard, the urgency of the message to sweep away the fanciful for the genuine. God entreats His people to give the strength of body, mind, and soul to the service that He expects them to perform. He calls upon them to be able to say for themselves that the gains and advantages of this life are not worthy to be compared with the riches that are reserved for the diligent, rational seeker for eternal life.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 9)
In urging us to lay up treasure in heaven, Christ consults our best good. He does not leave us in ignorance of what is before us. He shows us the vast confederacy of evil arrayed against us. He tells us plainly that we are battling against a mighty foe. But He assures us that we shall not be left to fight alone. Angels are in the ranks of God’s soldiers. And One more powerful than angels is there. The Captain of our salvation leads the way, saying, “Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 10)
Never was there greater need than there is now for us to look away from men to God. Those who look to men and make flesh their arm will surely fall into the snare of Satan. God declares, “I will turn and overturn,” until men shall realize that they are but finite erring creatures, in need of humbling their hearts before God.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 11)
Our Work
I have been instructed to direct the minds of our people to the fifty-sixth chapter of Isaiah. This chapter contains important lessons for those who are fighting on the Lord’s side in the conflict between good and evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 12)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it, that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil.” [Verses 1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 13)
It is the doing of the will of God that is to be our strength and influence.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 14)
“Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself to the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. Thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant; even to them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and daughters. And I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off. Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer; their burnt offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called a house of prayer.” [Verses 3-7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 15)
The message contained in this Scripture is to be received by our people as a message for today. The glad tidings of salvation are to be taken to those who have not yet heard them. Satan is determined to place God’s people in a false light before the world. He is pleased when their lives reveal defects, when they cherish objectionable traits of character. These traits of character he uses in his service. He tries to keep God’s people in a continual state of uncertainty by bringing in false theories and false science. He seeks to deceive them as he deceived Adam and Eve. He would lead them to depart from God, their true counselor, and accept his spiritualistic sophistries. With these sophistries clothed in the garments of light, he seeks to deceive if possible the very elect.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 16)
Many yield to his temptations, and the time and influence of God’s servants, which should be used in making known to unbelievers the truth for this time, are used in efforts to recover professing believers from Satan’s snares. Thus the way of the advancement of the truth is blocked. It is no easy matter to clear the King’s highway while men trust in themselves and make flesh their arm.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 17)
“And taketh hold of My covenant.” [Verse 6.] This is the covenant spoken of in the following Scripture:
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 18)
“Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say unto the house of Jacob, and all the children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed”—in truth, earnestness, and sincerity—“and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me; for all the earth is Mine; and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 19)
“And Moses came, and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him. And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do.” [Exodus 19:3-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 20)
This is the pledge that God’s people are to make in these last days. Their acceptance with God depends on a faithful fulfilment of the terms of their agreement with Him. God included in His covenant all who will obey Him. To all who will do justice and judgment, keeping their hand from doing any evil, the promise is, “Even to them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and daughters; I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off.” [Isaiah 56:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 21)
Among the people of God there is to be no colonizing. The word of the Lord to them is, “Thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left.” [Isaiah 54:3.] They are to make plants in all places. Everywhere the truth for this time is to be proclaimed. Those into whose hearts the light has shone are to remember that they are God’s workmen, His witnesses. To serve and honor Him is to be their science. They are to call upon others to keep His commandments, and live. Obedience to the law of God is the question that is to test the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 22)
“The Lord God which gathereth the outcasts of Israel, saith, Yet will I gather others to Him, beside those that are gathered unto Him.” [Isaiah 56:8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 23)
These words outline our work. To all peoples and nations and kindreds and tongues the truth is to be proclaimed. The time has come for much aggressive work to be done in the cities and in all neglected, unworked fields. This the enemy knows, and he tries to keep the minds of those to whom this work has been committed occupied with the sophistries of men. Thus he tries to make them neglect the precious opportunities that come to them to present the truth to those who know it not.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 24)
Shall those who know the truth, and who ought to be filled with zeal for its advancement, give heed to seducing spirits and misleading doctrines in the very last days of this earth’s history? Shall they allow Satan to fill their minds with his fables, turning their thoughts from the great truth that has been given them to give to others? If the enemy can fill with his sophistry the minds of those who ought to be proclaiming the truth for this time, he will have gained here the victory that he could not gain in heaven. This he is trying to do. In a masterly manner, with entrancing pictures, he is presenting his temptations to those who know the truth. Some are yielding to him and under his influence are becoming filled with thoughts of their own importance. God abhors their course, but His hand is stretched out still in mercy. He will pardon them if they will humble their hearts before Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 25)
A Warning of Present Danger
To some who are attempting to teach others, God says, Wait until you have learned of the One who can forgive transgression and sin, the One who has a controversy with all who have set themselves to study the science of Satan’s inventions. You need to learn the first principles of truth and righteousness. Then you will not accept the suggestions that Satan presents to you. Study the simple truths that are a savor of life unto life to those who receive and practice them.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 26)
A sad and alarming chapter in our experience has for years been opening before us, and much of its record needs to be blotted out with the blood of redeeming love. There are some who are betraying the truth and betraying their Saviour. Let them dismiss from their minds the theories of the great deceiver. Let them humble their hearts before God. Let them fix their minds on the science of truth contained in His Word. In the books of Daniel and the Revelation they will find truths to understand which will tax the mind to the utmost.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 27)
The Lord has laid upon me the burden of directing the people to the pure words of life. Christ says, “I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.”“The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:51, 63.] Read the sixth chapter of John. Study the lessons that it teaches. Receive His words, obey them, and you will have eternal life. Many of you, by your scientific study, have placed yourselves in the snare of Satan. The truth that he is tempting you to discard for his deceptive theories means eternal life to you if it is accepted. Exercise faith in the Son of God. Avail yourselves of the efficacy of His blood. Thus only can you be kept from Satan’s power.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 28)
Through self-sufficiency and pride, Satan fell from his high position as covering cherub; and as he fell, so those today will fall who follow the same course that he followed. His sophistry tells us that this is a time of peace and safety. Christ tells us that sudden destruction is coming, but He declares that the righteous will be kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 29)
I lift my voice in warning. Teachers of Israel, get out of self. Place yourselves, I beseech you, on Christ’s side, that in the day of trial just before us you may be found accepted of Him. There are many who do not see any need of the danger signal. They see nothing to be alarmed about. A great obstacle has arisen between them and their eternal interests, but they cannot see it. So long have they been absorbed in self that they cannot see that the danger signal needs to be lifted.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 30)
God is about to rise out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity. Then the earth will disclose her blood and no more cover her slain. We cannot afford to show an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. “Woe unto them that go down into Egypt for help; and stay on horses and trust in chariots, for they are many; and in horsemen, because they are very strong; but they look not unto the Holy One of Israel, neither seek the Lord! Yea He also is wise, and will bring evil, and will not call back His words; but will arise against the home of the evildoers.” [Isaiah 31:1, 2.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 31)
Those who in trouble honor God with the full conscience of their souls will receive from Him according to their faith. Their hearts will be filled with peace, because they have repented, and the Lord has forgiven their sins. But for those who refuse to give God their confidence, who refuse to surrender their souls to His keeping, the enemy has temptations prepared, and their destruction will surely come.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 32)
The Lord has not left our medical workers unwarned. He has desired to keep every one. His word has followed them in faithful admonitions. God has called long for repentance and confession and for works meet for repentance, that He might grant forgiveness and show favor. If they had faithfully heeded the instruction, the Lord would have brought them out into a wide place. Repentance and fruit meet for repentance would have saved them from falling into the snare prepared by the enemy. But the gospel of Christ has not been respected.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 33)
God’s favor is worth everything to us. He deals with His people as a God. We are to appreciate the favors that He grants us. He will deal with us in a way that will prevent all self-exaltation. He desires to show us the vanity of all earthly resources. His power is omnipotent, immutable, infallible. When men learn to place their confidence in Him, He sends them His salvation. From the beginning to the end of time, Christ is the science of salvation. He is the source of strength and life and wisdom and salvation. From Him alone are the leaders in Israel to be daily supplied with grace. Thus supplied, they will give evidence that they are taught of God, who ruleth in the heavens. The work given them, they will do in wisdom and righteousness, to the glory of God. By Him they will be strengthened and sustained as they proclaim the most sacred truth ever entrusted to mortals.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 34)
God’s people are to keep ever before them the need of having the affections of the heart purified by the blood of Christ. The heart must be pure; then it will be peaceable. Those whose hearts are purified by the presence of Christ will have wisdom to repudiate the errors that are prevalent at this time. They will gain a knowledge of God that will lead them to regard Him with reverence and fear and love. They will correctly estimate the sophistry that would bring God down to nothingness. But when men give themselves up to reasoning that is opposed to God’s commandments, they are open to the delusions and fancies of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 35)
The gospel, preached in its simplicity, will lead men to judge correctly of moral principles. By Christlike actions they will reveal that they are guided by principles of heavenly extraction. But principles framed by men, according to their own human wisdom, are worthless and misleading. They are as far from the principles framed in the heavenly courts as the heavens are higher than the earth.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 36)
Is it not time for men to become wise in regard to their future? Is it not time for them to repent and be converted, and no longer lead others in strange paths? To those professing to be medical missionaries, I am instructed to say, Look well to the principles by which you are guided, lest they should be formed to meet your own convenience.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 37)
Remember that God reads beneath the surface. He sees the motives that prompt to action. Follow true principles—principles that are in accordance with the law of God. Thus only can you see the glory of God. “Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees.” [Isaiah 35:3.] Do the work that Christ has commissioned His followers to do. God will soon execute His judgments on those who cause the weak to stumble.
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 38)
“Seek ye out of the book of the Lord, and read.”“In that day there shall be a root of Jesse, which shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek; and His rest shall be glorious. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set His hand the second time to recover the remnant of His people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And He shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth.” [Isaiah 34:16; 11:10-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 39)
“In that day thou shalt say, O Lord, I will praise Thee; though Thou wast angry with me, thine anger is turned away, and thou comfortedst me. Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be afraid; for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation. Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation. And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon His name, declare His doing among the people, make mention that His name is exalted. Sing unto the Lord; for He hath done excellent things; this is known in all the earth. Cry out and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion; for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee.” [Isaiah 12:1-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 40)
“Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel, both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate; and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light; the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible. And I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Isaiah 13:9-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 263, 1903, 41)
Lt 264, 1903
Wessels, John “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 7, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 87-92. + Dear Brother John Wessels,—
I have recently sent several letters to different members of your family and had one written to you that I thought had been copied. But I find I did not give it to my workers. I will now write you again.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 1)
At Battle Creek there are a large number of our people assembled, and many think that a great work is being done there. I am hoping that all will humble themselves before God and confess their sins, so that the Lord can impress upon their hearts the truth for this time. I greatly desire to see those to whom the Lord has sent repeated warnings take heed to His word.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 2)
“Blessed be God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of mercies, and the God of all comfort; who comforteth us in all our tribulations, that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble, by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God. For as the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ. And whether we be afflicted, it is for your consolation and salvation, which is effectual in the enduring of the same sufferings which we also suffer; or whether we be comforted, it is for your consolation and salvation.” [2 Corinthians 1:3-6.]
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 3)
My brother, I am pleased to see by your letters that you are obtaining a valuable experience. May the Lord lead you step by step forward and upward. If, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, you obtain an experience for yourself in the Christian life, that experience will be of more value to you than gold or silver or precious stones; for such an experience will be to you an education which you may take with you into the future life.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 4)
In heaven the redeemed will enter the higher school to continue their education. Think what it will mean to study through the eternal ages under the personal instruction of Christ! Amidst the present conflicts and temptations, in this our day of probation, we are to form characters that will prepare us to obtain a life that measures with the life of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 5)
Our Saviour came to this world to endure in human nature all the temptations wherewith man is beset. In His life He measured the power of the wily foe to deceive, to allure, and to destroy. As the Redeemer of the race, He warns humanity against seeking after those things that will lead away from the narrow path. He has cast up a glorious highway for those who are traveling toward the heavenly mansions that He has gone to prepare for all who will prepare themselves to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 6)
With His life Christ has purchased every human being. He died a cruel death to save human beings from eternal death. He gave His sinless life to obtain for the sinner a life that measures with the life of God. Through His death, He provided a way whereby man may break with Satan, return to his allegiance to God, and through faith in the Redeemer obtain pardon. O how wicked, how ungrateful are those who refuse to accept the mercy that at such infinite cost is offered them!
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 7)
He who has all power in heaven and earth will restore every repenting, believing soul. To as many as receive Him He gives power to become the sons of God. He has a deep interest in every soul, for He paid the price of His own life that no one should be eternally lost. He wishes every son and daughter of Adam to return to his allegiance to God.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 8)
Christ, the Light and the Life
John says of Christ, “He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not.... But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:10, 12-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 9)
“In Him was life; and the life was the light of men.” [Verse 4.] The words of John show that all spiritual light is also spiritual life. The Word is the light and the life of men. And since all light and life come from Christ, should we not realize our dependence upon Him?
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 10)
Those who do not receive and walk in the light are dead in trespasses and sins. As their Substitute and Surety, He makes them alive to God. He suffered the penalty of sin that He might enlighten and give life to the sinner. The gifts of light and life come to us together.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 11)
“The light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.” [Verse 5.] What sadness this brings to the heart of our Lord Jesus Christ! He sheds His bright rays among the spiritually ignorant and depraved, the debased and the wretched, and they comprehend it not! They do not understand that the greatest blessing possible is offered to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 12)
Some thought that John was the Light, and he said of himself, “He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light.” [Verse 8.] He would not receive the glory that did not belong to him.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 13)
Christ referred to John in the following words: “There is another that beareth witness of Me; and I know that the witness which he witnesseth of Me is truth.... But I receive not testimony from men: but these things I say, that ye might be saved. He was a burning and a shining light: and ye were willing for a season to rejoice in his light.” [John 5:32, 34, 35.]
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 14)
All the light that John received came from that Word which was made flesh and dwelt among men. Christ alone is the true Light, and He is the only source of light and life to sinful men. By creation and by redemption we belong to Him. He came to His own, and they received Him not. The nation that He had chosen to be His peculiar people did not believe in Him. They rejected and crucified Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 15)
But those who receive Him and believe in Him become the spiritual children of God. They are adopted into the royal family, and as they seek to do the will of God, they become conformed into His image.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 16)
What condescension is seen in the sacrifice of Christ for fallen man! Why do so many choose to live in sin, taking pleasure in unrighteousness and sinful indulgence, carrying with it as a sure result present wretchedness and unhappiness and the loss of eternal life?
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 17)
Lay up Treasures in Heaven
How precious is the knowledge that we have a faithful Friend, One who will impart to us a noble, elevated character, which will fit us for the companionship of the heavenly angels in the courts above! His guardianship is over all His children. They have a peace that the world can neither give nor take away. The loss of earthly treasures does not make them hopeless or homeless. Just before He left His disciples, to tread the painful, humiliating path of sorrow, He said to them:
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 18)
“Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 19)
Christ beholds the world, full of activity in seeking for earthly treasures. He sees many eagerly trying first one thing and then another in their efforts to obtain the coveted earthly treasure which they think will satisfy their selfish greed, while in their eager pursuit they pass by the only path that leads to the true riches.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 20)
As One having authority Christ speaks to such ones, inviting them to follow Him. He offers to lead them to the riches that are as enduring as eternity. He points them to the narrow path of self-denial and sacrifice. Those who press on in this path, surmounting every obstacle, will reach the land of glory. In lifting the cross they find that the cross lifts them, and they will at last gain the imperishable treasure.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 21)
Many think to find security in earthly riches. But Christ seeks to remove from their eye the mote that obscures the vision, and thus enable them to behold the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. They are mistaking phantoms for realities and have lost sight of the glories of the eternal world. Christ calls upon them to extend their view beyond the present and add eternity to their vision.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 22)
The lives of the inhabitants of this world bear evidence to the character of their worship. The religion of the churches is mingled with worldly greed. Men practice murder, violence, and wickedness of every kind in order to obtain advantage over one another. Could those who compose this vast army see who is their leader, they would refuse to advance under his leadership. Satan now knows that his time has come. He has deceived the world until his image and superscription are stamped upon all their ambitious projects. Whatever their object for wishing to gain the supremacy, men are willing to sell their souls to Satan in order to obtain the highest place.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 23)
Christ sees the termination of the conflict. The battle is waging more and more fiercely. Soon He will come whose right it is and will take possession of all earthly things. All the confusion in our world, all the violence and crime, are a fulfilment of the words of Christ. They are signs of the nearness of His coming.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 24)
In that day of His coming, Christ will preserve those who have followed Him, the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He has pledged Himself to be their sanctuary. He says to them, Enter thou into a safe retreat for a little moment, and hide thee until I shall cleanse the earth from her iniquity.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 25)
Those who have lavished their affection on earthly treasures without regard to the heavenly riches will soon receive their reward. They will lose the earthly treasures to obtain which they have sold their souls to Satan. They are without God and without hope in the world. By following the desires of their unconsecrated, unconverted natures, they have robbed themselves of an eternity of bliss. They have united with Satan, who has played the game of life for their souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 26)
Will those who have not yet fully yielded themselves to the great rebel now come over to the Lord’s side?
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 27)
Will they, before it is everlastingly too late, leave the works of wickedness and stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel?
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 28)
A Call to Self-denial
Brother Wessels, God is calling upon His people to deny self. We appeal to men, women, and children to deny themselves every indulgence and use in God’s service the money thus saved through self-denial. Let every one pray earnestly to God for complete victory over self-indulgence and self-worship. If Christ, the Majesty of heaven, gave up so much for us, shall we withhold our lives from Him and tread a path of selfish indulgence and gratification?
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 29)
I repeat the words of our Lord: “Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness!
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 30)
“No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” [Matthew 6:19-24.]
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 31)
This is plain truth and we need make no mistake as to the meaning of these words. There is no place on earth where treasure is secure from loss. But there is a city that has foundations, whose builder and whose maker is God. Christ seeks to draw the attention away from unwise investments in perishable riches, warning men to lay up their treasures in heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 32)
Day by day, the Lord cares for mankind, giving them sunshine, rain, and dew, increasing the vegetation, bringing forth the variety of fruits each in its season, all as a continual blessing to mankind. Should not those who receive so bountifully from the hand of God become producers as well as consumers? Should they not return to Him His own in tithes and offerings? By putting their talents out to a wise use, men increase their blessings. By putting their money to use in the Lord’s work of soul-saving, they may lay up treasure in the heavens. Our Redeemer seeks to strengthen the desire of every one to seek the heavenly, the eternal treasure. And He is not unmindful of our peace and comfort in this world.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 33)
By employing their time in useful ways, all may have something to lay upon the altar of God to be used in advancing the knowledge of Him in the earth. All may become laborers together with God by denying themselves of every injurious indulgence and returning to God the pennies, the shillings, and the pounds that would otherwise be spent for alcohol, tobacco, tea, coffee, flesh meats, or other indulgences which destroy the powers that should be used to the glory of God. Thus the higher powers will be brought into healthful action, and temperance in all things will be practiced. By example as well as by precept men may lead others to practice self-denial. Thus they do a work for themselves and gain a preparation to work for others.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 34)
Let not precious time be spent merely in selfish pleasure. Those who spend their time wisely will receive the true happiness. Those who use their means wisely for God will have the satisfaction of knowing that they are agents in the hands of God to do His work, and that they are placing their means where it will not be lost.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 35)
By wise calculation you may always have a reserve of strength and of means to impart as a willing offering to the Lord’s work in destitute fields, to help to build meeting houses, schools, and health institutions. Thus you may lay up treasure beside the throne of God. You will put in operation agencies, the results of whose work will reach beyond the present and will be seen in souls saved in the kingdom of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 36)
Will you not, wherever you go, act as my agent in missionary work for the Lord? I send you with this some letters from Nashville, outlining a plan for family collections. Will you please see how many families you can induce to take these boxes. We think that these little messengers will be the means of gathering means for the advancement of the cause of God. Let us take hold earnestly to set in action an agency that may bring in much means to the Lord’s treasury.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 37)
We have great need of means just now for the work in Washington. We desire to establish a sanitarium in that place. May the Lord bless you and your brothers and sisters and help you to take hold of His work. Invite both believers and unbelievers to separate from injurious habits, and give the money thus saved to the work in Washington and in Nashville.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 38)
My brother, make it your business to serve the Lord. Resolve that you will spend some time each day in helping and blessing others. I know that the Lord has led me to write these things to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 39)
In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 264, 1903, 40)
Lt 265, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. and associates “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 11MR 247-253. + To Dr. Kellogg and his associates,—
The difficulties that have arisen have been very hard to meet, and they are far from being settled yet. One, and another, and still another are presented to me as having been led to accept the pleasing fables that mean the sanctification of sin. Living Temple contains the alpha of a train of heresies. These heresies are similar to those that I met in my first labors in connection with the cause in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, then in Boston, Roxbury, New Bedford, and other parts of Massachusetts. Through them the evil one worked upon the minds of men and women.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 1)
There was a Mrs. Minor, who had been to Jerusalem. When she returned she advocated some of these sentimental, spiritualistic sophistries. She invited me to visit her and relate what the Lord had shown me. Brother Nichols took my sister and myself to her home in Roxbury, where we found a company of about twenty assembled. Among them were brethren and sisters whom I loved and highly esteemed. They had believed the testimonies that I had borne to the people. But they had been led astray by spiritualistic ideas which were nothing less than a love-sick sentimentalism.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 2)
The power of God came upon me as I warned them of their dangers, and some said they had never expected to see so much of the blessing of God this side of the Eden above. I bore them a message similar to the message I have been bearing for the last two months. I was instructed that the ideas they had accepted were but the alpha of a great deception. I had to meet similar delusions in Portsmouth and in Boston.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 3)
These doctrines led to freelovism, and my heart was sorely grieved as I saw the result they brought to those who accepted them. One family who for years had lived happily together was broken up. A man and his wife well advanced in years were separated. The husband left his wife and children and established other family relations. We seemed to be able to do nothing to break the spell upon these persons. The precious truths of the Bible had no influence over them.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 4)
This same hypnotic influence is seen working among our people today. Ever since my return to America a heavy burden has rested upon me. Everywhere I see the powers of the enemy. Were it not for the armies of the Lord’s host, led by Michael, the destruction that Satan would be pleased to witness would come to the people of God. They would be discomfited and brought to shame. But the Lord will work for His people. He will not suffer them to be defeated.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 5)
We have a most solemn work to do. I have been instructed that some of our ministering brethren are working with clouded vision. They see men as trees walking.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 6)
Unless Brethren Jones, Tenney, Waggoner, and others, who have been flattered by the leaders of the medical work, are especially worked by the Holy Spirit, they will never see things as they are. It is hard for those who have been charmed by seductive, flattering, soul-destroying theories to see where these theories will lead or to discern wherein their spiritual eyesight has been defective.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 7)
Dr. Kellogg has been beguiled by beautiful, philosophical theories that are contrary to the truth. He is standing as a guide and instructor of youth. But for a long time he has been presented to me as a man walking in strange paths. He has not been working with the Lord. If his blind eyes could be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, and he would then look at himself in the moral looking glass, he would see his sad condition and understand that unless he breaks his heart before God and makes an entire reformation, he will surely receive of the judgments of God. The Lord will not forever bear with his perversity.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 8)
I am instructed to say that Dr. Kellogg is not yet soundly converted, and cannot be until by genuine faith he receives Christ as his Saviour. He needs to feel the divine power that will work in him the change of heart represented in the Scriptures as the new birth. Neither his words nor his actions can be depended on. He is surrounded by circumstances that tend to stimulate his pride and increase his vanity. He does not see his peril, nor does he see the dangerous path which he has been following.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 9)
If he were openly united with the world, his course would be less dangerous to the people of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 10)
God reads the heart. He understands the motives, which cannot be discerned by men. The question was asked by one of authority, “How can God accept such a man, though his professions and his assertions be ever so strong?” For a long time he has been deceived by the enemy. After the South Lancaster Conference, he was for a time in the valley of decision, but since he decided what course he would pursue, he has been making many false paths for his feet.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 11)
His course in urging the adoption of binding agreements, and in leaning upon the arm of the law instead of upon the arm of God, has led him further and further from the truth. Yet the Lord says, “Let him now accept My Word. If he will wear My yoke he shall be My chosen physician, My human helper.”
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 12)
At the time of the General Conference in Battle Creek, the Lord mercifully gave him another opportunity to change his course. He has waited for him to humble his heart. All obstructions were removed, even those that his own course had built up. But he was again deceived by the flatteries and sophistries of the enemy. Last spring he began a work of repentance. But he did not make thorough work.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 13)
The Lord has a message for Dr. Kellogg. Holding up the Bible, one of authority said to him: “On this book shalt thou meditate day and night. Then you will have much less confidence in your own wisdom and methods and in the agreements and arrangements that you have formulated. You have greatly dishonored God. But He gives you another invitation. If you hear and obey His Word, you will have power to become one of the sons of God. Make straight paths for your feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Unless in the cares of your accumulated responsibilities, you take God as your guide, you will continue to act a part displeasing to God, and the blood of souls will be charged to your account.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 14)
“The Word of God is to be a lamp to your feet. That precious, sacred Word is not to be appealed to to uphold any spiritualistic, philosophical views regarding God, for He is dishonored by such views.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 15)
“No greater deception could be presented to the minds of men than the representation you have made of God in the pleasing fables you have advocated. Souls will be lost through the sowing of the sentiments found in Living Temple. In presenting error you have united with the prince of darkness in his work of seducing souls to eternal ruin.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 16)
“The influence you have obtained with worldlings is not the credit to you that you have supposed it to be. Unless you change, decidedly change, your life will be a savor of death unto death instead of a savor of life unto life.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 17)
“Make the Word of God the man of your counsel. It will be a lamp unto your feet and a light unto your path. Study the Word to see what God has revealed in regard to who He is. He is ‘the Almighty,’‘from everlasting to everlasting,’ an unerring Guide. [Psalm 90:2.] Upon whom else would you venture to depend in times of difficulty? What folly could be greater than to set aside the wisdom of God and accept the wisdom of him who fell from his exalted position in heaven as a covering cherub and who has become the head of an apostate race? Will you unite with the archdeceiver? Will you receive his deceptive falsehoods? Shall it continue to be said of you, ‘Thou art weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, and art found wanting’?” [Daniel 5:27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 18)
My brother, heed the invitation of Christ, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Your safety depends on linking up with Christ and learning from Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 19)
You have much to unlearn. Your example has not been in harmony with the example of Christ. You could do nothing more objectionable than to put aside the wisdom of God and set up your own ideas as of greatest merit for healing diseased bodies and souls, belittling and disparaging the remedy prescribed by the eternal God and superseding the divine instructions.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 20)
God is in earnest with you. You have sought to set aside God’s revealed will, teaching for doctrine the opinions and the speculations of finite human agencies through whom Satan works to destroy. Let the Word of God be your lesson book. Guided by it, you will be led to think wisely, you will reveal steadfastness of purpose, and you will build upon the true foundation.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 21)
If you are transformed, and your character is formed after the character of Christ, it will be pleasing to God for you to remain in a position of responsibility. If you refuse to be transformed, if you look to men of the world and cherish worldly ambition, turning from God to human beings, you will become an instrument of deception in the hands of Satan until at last you will have no power to break away from the snare. If you continue to work as you have been working, you will become one of the chief of sinners. But the eternal God has thoughts of mercy toward you, and He will abundantly pardon you through Jesus Christ if you will repent and turn to Him with full purpose of heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 22)
Christ does not want you to lose your soul. He wants you to take hold of His saving grace, that He may do a thorough work in your heart. Now is your opportunity to decide whether you will have eternal life or eternal death. It will be a tremendous struggle for you to make a thorough work of repentance. Those who have not seen the inwardness of your character will flatter and sympathize with you, seeking to establish you in your sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 23)
To such a man as Dr. Paulson the reception of spiritualistic ideas means much more than it can ever mean to you. When he realizes how near he has come to making shipwreck of his faith, when he sees that he has been giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, it may cost him his life. He will ever feel the wound. It is hard for you, but tenfold harder for such men as Dr. Paulson to recover from the shock.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 24)
My heart is heavily burdened over these matters. The knowledge of what these things will mean to you unless you change has induced me to urge you to become intelligent in regard to your condition and to take your position for the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 265, 1903, 25)
Lt 266, 1903
Tenney, G. C.; Jones, A. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 3, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in BCL 92-96. Dear Brethren G. C. Tenney and A. T. Jones,—
I am charged with a message for you. Now is the time to do decided work. There must be no daubing the wall with untempered mortar. But you are not half awake. You need to be thoroughly aroused before you can give true instruction to those you are supposed to be helping. Your own hearts need to be worked by the Holy Spirit, else you will not be able men, imbued with a clear sense of what you need, keeping strict guard over yourselves. You need to work deeper, and cleanse your souls most thoroughly from every impurity. You are not now prepared to give the trumpet a certain sound. Self, unsanctified self, receives altogether too much respect from you.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 1)
Remember that your actions, words, looks, and thoughts are to be carefully guarded, else you will come short. Neither of you are developing as you ought the traits of character that would make you safe guardians of souls. The Word of God is to be something more to you than you make it. You need to have done in your hearts the purifying, cleansing, reformatory work of the Spirit of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 2)
You may repeat the words of life many, many times and yet fail to make them a life-saving power to your souls. The eyes of both of you need to be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, else your words and your example will mislead. When you closely and critically examine yourselves, you will find that you have a work to do for yourselves before you can skilfully apply the gospel remedy to such a man as Dr. Kellogg.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 3)
God is in earnest with you, with Dr. Kellogg, and with every one. My brethren, your spiritual welfare is at stake. You both need the cleansing of the refining furnace. Your standing before God is not what it may be through the grace which Christ supplies. You both need to take heed to yourselves, to cleanse your souls from everything that defiles, and to take your position on a much higher plane.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 4)
Do not, I beg of you, neglect this word of warning. The salvation of your souls is in peril. Unless your eyes are anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, you will lose the clear discernment that you must have in order to be faithful watchmen, able to discern between good and evil.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 5)
You need to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. This you must do in order to have the life of Christ. You are not living wholly by the Word of God. You do not fully realize what is meant by eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. When you understand what this means, you will see the need of the crucifixion of self. You will see your need of the pure, ennobling, sanctifying principles of God’s Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 6)
God calls upon you to look at yourselves in the mirror of His holy law. And you are not, after doing this, to go away and forget what manner of men you are.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 7)
You are both occupying positions of grave responsibility. The Word of the living God must lead you to crucify self, if it becomes to you eternal life. You both need to drink deeply of the well of Bethlehem. Be very particular how you deal with and explain the Word of God. It cannot be to you spirit and life unless you practice it.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 8)
You are both in need of the softening, subduing influence that makes the heart of a man as the heart of a little child. Brother Jones, you are sometimes abrupt and make sad mistakes. In trying to deal with certain errors and sins as a faithful shepherd, you are often so abrupt that you spoil your efficiency. Then, on the other hand, there are evils which you pass over, neglecting to correct them, failing to call evil, evil, and good, good.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 9)
While you are never to cloak evil or lessen the sense of wrong, you should always be filled with the Spirit of the great Medical Missionary. Your words are not to be harsh or abrupt. In a Christlike manner you should reprove those who need reproof. Never should your efforts have a corroding, destructive influence upon minds. You need to cherish the gracious, sanctifying, ennobling influence of the Saviour, else the food you offer to the people will taste so strongly of the human dish that it will be unpalatable.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 10)
Again and again this has been presented to me in connection with your case, and very recently I was instructed that your influence will be greatly weakened unless you heed these words.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 11)
Had you stood in the light, you could have been a power in presenting the truths of the Word of God. But you do not see things clearly. You are not walking in the clear light of truth. How can you, then, help Dr. Kellogg? He has not yet come fully to the light. When he does see the way in which he should go, he will realize how thoroughly he has mingled unsanctified self with his medical missionary work. If this evil should end with the ruin of his own experience, it would be bad enough. But for years his life has had a misleading influence over others, and it is time that there was a renovation, a reformation.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 12)
For some time our poor brother has not known what pure, practical godliness is. He has taken himself into his own hands and has refused to respond to the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 13)
I long to be able to rest, but the burden continues to weigh heavily upon my soul, as night after night I am calling upon our medical missionary workers to seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. I am instructed to say that the teachers of our people need to have a work done for themselves. Their spirit needs to be brought under the control of God. Those who have a knowledge of the truth should live the truth. Our ministers and physicians need real conversion of soul, that they may be imbued with power from on high. They need to rend their hearts before God. A thorough work needs to be done in the hearts of the workers in every line of the cause of God. I call upon them to awake, while they still have opportunity to repent, and prepare to meet their God.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 14)
Over and over again I am instructed that our ministers and physicians need to have a decided work done for them. I beg of them not to flatter themselves that they know how to carry forward the work of the Lord. They need a reformation, a real conversion. When they get a glimpse of their need of God, there will come to them a humiliation of heart that will be a savor of life unto life.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 15)
God calls upon the men in charge of His work to arouse themselves. They are not now awake. Their hearts need to be changed. Their human desires and inclinations need to be brought under the control of the Holy Spirit.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 16)
I heard the voice of a mighty general crying in trumpet tones, “Prepare to meet thy God. Prepare for the great conflict before you. Quit yourselves as brave soldiers of the Lord’s army. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the enemy. We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, [and the sword of the Spirit,] which is the word of God.” [See Amos 4:12; 1 Corinthians 16:13; Ephesians 6:11-17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 17)
I seemed to see a company bowed in prayer. Confessions of sin were made that till then had been withheld. Then one of authority arose and with deep feeling read the following Scripture:
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 18)
“If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, if any bowels and mercies, fulfil ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others. Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took unto Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.” [Philippians 2:1-8.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 19)
“The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hands.” [John 3:35.] “It pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell.” [Colossians 1:19.] “God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:9-11.] “For by Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers; all things were created by Him, and for Him; and He is before all things, and by Him all things consist.” [Colossians 1:16, 17.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 20)
“Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.” [Romans 14:9.] “In Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:9, 10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 21)
I am instructed to warn our physicians and ministers not to become exalted, but to walk as children, wholly consecrated to God’s service, wholly dependent on Him. My brethren, my prayer for you is “that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him; the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of His mighty power, which He wrought in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead, and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places, far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come.” [Ephesians 1:17-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 22)
You are God’s husbandry, God’s building. You are to be laborers together with Him. Will you not remember that word “together”? [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Keeping it ever in mind sanctifies the soul. You come far short of appreciating the advantages that are for those who are called and chosen. Will you not walk worthy of the high honor that God will place upon you if you are faithful? You must walk humbly before Him. Put away all abruptness of speech and action.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 23)
I ask you, Brother Tenney and Brother Jones, to do all in your power to lead Dr. Kellogg to the platform of eternal truth. Work in unity. Press together. Let each one stand in his place. Speak the truth plainly, but in love. Keep the standard of truth uplifted.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 24)
May God help you to heed these words.
(18LtMs, Lt 266, 1903, 25)
Lt 267, 1903
Brunson, John A. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 16, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear Brother Brunson,—
My heart is burdened for you. I hope that you will receive the message that I have been instructed to give you. Last night I was praying for you, and after sleeping for a time I was instructed to call your attention to some passages of Scripture!
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 1)
“Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it (His commandments) that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increase mightily, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey. Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might. And these words, which I command thee this day shall be in thine heart: and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates.” [Deuteronomy 6:3-9.]
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 2)
The figurative language here used reveals the necessity of our minds’ dwelling continually upon the words that reveal the will of God. Obedience to the law includes refraining from unnecessary labor on the Lord’s holy day. And every member of the family should be made acquainted with the requirements and restrictions that God has given in His law.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 3)
The spirit of restraint is being removed from the transgressors in the earth. The deceptive powers are at work to take the world captive. Men do not recognize the influence of [the] author of sin and rebellion. We know that the end is near. Soon the world in her iniquity will pass beyond God’s mercy.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 4)
As we look at the awful condition of the inhabitants of our world today, we see the results of transgressing the law of God. His commandments were given in love, to prevent the sorrow and misery that come because of sin. Obedience to their requirements leads to temperance, industry, economy, and all the virtues that are conducive to long life, health, happiness, and peace. We are under obligation to God to become familiar with His law. For our own happiness and for the good of society, we should be a living testimony to the fact that the law of God’s kingdom is life and health and prosperity to the obedient.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 5)
God knows what is for the best good of His children. Would you not feel sad if your children should leave you and refuse to obey your words? Then remember that you are one of God’s little children. He longs to have you turn fully to Him. He wants to embrace your whole family in His tender, compassionate love.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 6)
Adam and Eve fell under the sophistry of the enemy. But “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him might not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] In view of this great sacrifice made on our behalf, shall we not accept the terms of God’s mercy? Eternal life is worth more than anything in this world. The Lord is looking with compassion upon you, my brother. Will you not take time to study the precious Word of God?
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 7)
Children are the property of God. Fathers and mothers are carefully to train them to obey every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. They are to do their duty as faithful instructors. If they themselves set an example of disobedience, their children will be led to transgress the law of God that was given for their life.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 8)
Parents should become familiar with the truths of God’s Word, that when the inquiring minds of children seek to understand duty, the parents may teach them and guard them and lead them step by step in all the instruction of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 9)
The father is to be the priest and house-band; the mother, the teacher of the children. She is to lean upon the large affections of her husband. And both should be united in the faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 10)
“Thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because you were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations; and repayeth them that hate Him to their face, to destroy them: He will not be slack to him that hateth Him, He will repay him to his face. Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them.” [Deuteronomy 7:6-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 11)
I feel a special interest that you shall understand the truth and not be led astray by the enemy. If you separate from the Seventh-day Adventist people, it will be sad indeed. You can do a good work, if you will see and turn away from your errors. You may yet recover yourself. But obedience to God is the only hope of your salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 12)
The Lord knows all about your perplexities. If you will trust fully in Him, He will be to you a sanctuary. But do not try to maintain the interpretations of the Word that you formerly held, for they are not truth. Set yourself to work in co-operation with God. You need to come to the light, and then your views will be altogether different from those you now hold. Pray to your heavenly Father in the name of Jesus. He loves you, but He wants you to give up the theories and doctrines you hold that are contrary to His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 13)
My brother, you need to care for your health. Do not preach too long at a time. You should make some changes in your diet. Light physical exercise in the open air will be a great blessing to you. Carefully abstain from everything that you know will work an injury to your body.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 14)
Lay your case before the great Physician, and He will have compassion on you. Put your trust in the Lord. Cast your helpless soul upon Him who gave His precious life for you. Temporal as well as spiritual blessings are the gift of God. We want you to live and to improve in health, that you may be a help to your family.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 15)
I would gladly do anything in my power for the improvement of your health. And if I feel sympathy and love for you and your family, think how much greater is the love of Christ, whose you are by creation and by redemption. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price.” It is for your present and eternal good that under all circumstances you “glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 16)
“And now, Israel, what doth the Lord thy God require of thee, but to fear the Lord thy God, to walk in all His ways, and to love Him, and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul, to keep the commandments of the Lord, and His statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good? Behold, the heaven and the heaven of heavens is the Lord’s thy God, the earth also, with all that therein is.... For the Lord your God is God of gods, and Lord of lords, a great God, a mighty, and a terrible, which regardeth not persons, nor taketh reward; He doth execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger, in giving him food and raiment. Love ye therefore the stranger: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God; Him shalt thou serve, and to Him shalt thou cleave, and swear by His name. He is thy praise, and He is thy God, that hath done for thee these great and terrible things which thine eyes have seen.” [Deuteronomy 10:12-14, 17-21.]
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 17)
These words are spoken to you as verily as to oft-backsliding Israel. The most important work you can do at present is to become acquainted with God’s Word, that you may obey His commandments. The ten commandments are an expression of the character of God, and they reveal His will for you. If you seek Him, the grace of Christ will be given that you may stand on vantage ground.
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 18)
I leave this message with you, and pray that God will cause you to know where you are standing, that you may walk in the light. The Lord says to you, Go labor in My vineyard. Give Me your heart’s best service, and I will bestow upon you My grace and My love. Satan has tried to lure you into false paths. Will you not close your heart to his subtle temptations and plant yourself firmly upon the platform of eternal truth?
(18LtMs, Lt 267, 1903, 19)
Lt 268, 1903
Paulson, David “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 17, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 365. + Dr. David Paulson My dear brother,—
We must not for one moment give way to the enemy. I have read your letter and will say that you will never be safe until you learn to look away from man and learn only of Christ. There is safety in learning and obeying His words. His methods of teaching are far above men’s methods. Faith in His name is worth everything. It has a power that time cannot exhaust.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 1)
I am instructed that every part of our work must stand in the full faith and recognition of every step wherein the Lord has led us as a people. Our workers are to be strengthened and settled in the truth; they are to stand as firm as a rock to the old landmarks. Those who give place to the sophistries of the enemy will be kept busy doing his work until the end of time.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 2)
I have a message for you. Like many others of our medical missionary workers, you have placed too much confidence in the judgment of an erring, fallible man. While you were in Oakland, I was directed to warn you against following the steps of Dr. Kellogg, and again I am instructed to say to you, Seek the Lord for yourself. You are not to make Dr. Kellogg your chief counselor. His words, his methods, and his plans need to be tested in the crucible of God’s Word and cleansed from the dross that has been mingled with them. All our thoughts, words, and acts will be tried by fire, and the worthless will be consumed.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 3)
For years I have carried on my soul a burden for Dr. Kellogg. I know that unless he is converted, he will continue to look at matters in a wrong light and will ever be a hindrance to the work of God. He makes positive assertions, as if he were sure that he knows the truth. But there are many things that he needs to unlearn.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 4)
I have had much confidence in you, my brother, as one who would lean his whole weight on the Lord, looking to Him in faith and confidence. But I have been more deeply pained than I can express to see the judgment of men in perception and discernment swayed in the wrong direction, when they should guard themselves closely against every phase of error. God would have you walk in the footsteps of Jesus. You should be able to discern errors, even though they do not appear on the surface, and you should be decided in their exposure.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 5)
In the conduct of the one in whom you have had such confidence, there have been objectionable features, which should have awakened in your mind fears that he was not being led by God. How can I place confidence in men who give such plain evidence that they are being worked, not by the Spirit of God, but by another spirit?
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 6)
You say that you have read many of the testimonies and warnings that have been sent to Dr. Kellogg. I ask, Why were you not, then, placed on your guard? Did you regard these testimonies as idle tales, that they should have no weight with you? Dr. Kellogg has occupied an important position. His associates should have been watchful and prayerful. They should have carried a burden on their souls for him, lest he do injury to the cause of God. Having seen his mistakes, they have been unfaithful to him by keeping silent. Dr. Kellogg should have been given to understand that his associates did not endorse all his actions. It is the duty of Christ’s disciples to be true and faithful to one another. They are not to suffer wrong without calling the attention of the one who does wrong to his error.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 7)
The Lord Jesus does not excuse you from guilt in your association with Dr. Kellogg. I know that you have seen in him many things that were not right. You should have told him kindly, but plainly, that his course was not such as to promote the principles of truth and righteousness.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 8)
Medical missionary workers need to stand on higher and holier ground, in harmony with the name they bear. There must be a decided change among them if they are to stand in their lot and place. They are not to lean upon one another, nor are they to follow suggestions simply because these suggestions come from one whom they are accustomed to follow. They have been too willing to follow one man’s judgment.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 9)
They have done him great harm by so freely accepting his theories.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 10)
My brother, the Lord has not led you thus far in Christian knowledge and experience that you should now become the sport of Satan’s temptations. Do not look to man for guidance. The assertions of men are worthless. Look to God. Receive your education from His Word. Hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 11)
We are living in a very solemn period of this earth’s history. We know not the exact time of our Lord’s coming. But whether it be this year, or next year, or in several years, Christ has told us that He will come as a thief in the night. He says unto all, “Watch.” [1 Thessalonians 5:2; Matthew 24:42, 43.] To very, very many, He will come in such an hour as they think not. At the time of His coming, men will be asking, “Where is the promise of His coming?” [2 Peter 3:4.] The signs of the last days are thickening around us. The wickedness of the wicked is increasing.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 12)
When Christ comes, the righteous dead will rise from their graves and together with the living saints shall be caught up to meet the Lord in the air.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 13)
“Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” [Daniel 12:10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 14)
Satan, the originator of evil, is now revealing his power in the children of men. This is his hour and the power of darkness. Apparently he controls the world. The gospel messenger will find that there is a power moving the world to greater and still greater opposition to Christ and His message. The last great conflict between the forces of good and evil is spoken of as “a time of trouble such as never was.” [Verse 1.] The violence which fills the earth will exceed that which existed before the destruction of the old world.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 15)
Satan is working with all his power to hinder the work of God. If God’s people occupy a portion of their time in teaching the delusive sentiments of Satan, the kingdom of evil will rejoice. When those having a knowledge of the path over which God has led us give heed to seducing spirits, and depart from the faith, the time and effort required to correct the evils that follow are so much time and effort taken from the work of proclaiming the gospel message. We must warn our brethren and sisters not to give heed to false theories, and to beware of those who have allowed themselves to be ensnared.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 16)
If ever God’s watchmen needed to be on their guard, it is now, just before the time which is to be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation. The trumpet must give a certain sound. There will be a general proclamation of truth, the whole earth will be lightened with the glory of God, but those only will recognize the light who have sought to know the difference between holiness and sin.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 17)
When Satan shall have accomplished his work of ensnaring all who will subject themselves to his deceptive influence, when he shall have finished his work of scattering abroad, Christ will rise up and bring deliverance to every one whose name is found written in the book of life. Satan and his followers will be destroyed. Then “they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” [Verse 3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 18)
My brother, if you take no heed to these words, if you continue to look to man, instead of looking to Christ, you will be among those who will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 19)
Satan does not willingly give up his dominion over one soul. Every effort must be put forth to proclaim the gospel of Christ with its life-giving power. Those who engage in the work of warning sinners will receive a rich reward. Canvassers, evangelists, and Bible workers, laboring from house to house, will find work that needs to be done in winning souls to Christ. There is to be no binding up in any part of the work. Every one is to be left free to hear the call of God and to do his heaven-appointed work.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 20)
Faith in God’s Word gives evidence of man’s connection with God. When one makes a statement or a promise, those who hear know whether or not they believe the words spoken. Christ is the Word of God. His life and His works testify that He is the true Life. “I am the Bread of Life,” He said, and we must eat His flesh and drink His blood, if we are to live a Christian life. [John 6:35, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 21)
I present the sixth chapter of John to our medical missionaries for their study. With five loaves of bread, and two small fishes, Jesus had fed a multitude of five thousand men, besides women and children. All ate “as much as they would.”“And when they were filled, He said unto His disciples, Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost. Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves which remained over and above unto them that had eaten. Then those men, when they had seen the miracle that Jesus did, said, This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world.” [Verses 11-14.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 22)
Jesus then crossed the lake with His disciples. “When the people therefore saw that Jesus was not there, neither His disciples, they also took shipping and came to Capernaum, seeking for Jesus. And when they had found Him on the other side of the sea, they said unto Him, Rabbi, when camest Thou hither? Jesus answered them, and said, Verily, verily I say unto you, Ye seek Me not because ye saw the miracles, but because ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled.” [Verses 24-26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 23)
They sought Christ only for the temporal blessings. With all that Christ longed to give them, they were satisfied with that which Christ miraculously provided to satisfy their physical hunger.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 24)
“Labor not for the meat that perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for Him hath the Father sealed.” [Verse 27.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 25)
“Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily I saw unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live forever.”“It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are Spirit, and they are life.” [Verses 53-58, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 26)
To eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God means to receive and practice His words, which are Spirit and life to the receiver.
(18LtMs, Lt 268, 1903, 27)
Lt 269, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 14, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 10MR 356-357. + Elder A. G. Daniells,—
I sincerely hope that you will give the matter of attending the Nashville meeting your favorable consideration. Do not try to beg off, but go, and the Lord will be with you. This is a critical time for the work in the South. The laborers must be aroused to see the necessity of more efficient, persevering effort.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 1)
From the light given me, I am confident that you ought to attend the Nashville meeting. Holding the position that you do, your voice should be heard in the South.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 2)
I am glad that Elder Haskell will be at the meeting. His labors are needed in the South. You and Elder Butler and Elder Haskell will all be needed at that important meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 3)
There is another matter upon my mind about which I must speak to you. I have often been warned against overstrained ideas of sanctification. They lead to an objectionable feature of experience that will swamp us, unless we are wide-awake.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 4)
Extreme views of sanctification which lead men to criticize and condemn their brethren are to be feared and shunned.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 5)
During the General Conference of 1901, the Lord warned me against sentiments that were then held by Brethren Prescott and Waggoner. these sentiments have been as leaven put into meal. Many minds have received them. The ideas of some regarding a great experience supposed to be sanctification have been the alpha of a train of deception Because of some overdrawn expressions frequently used by Brother E. J. Waggoner at the Conference, I was led to speak words intended to counteract their influence.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 6)
If ever there was a time when our brethren should blend in unity, it is now. You are engaged in an important work in Washington. I am very anxious that the work in that place shall be carried forward exactly as the Lord would have it.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 7)
We have had very good meetings in this neighborhood during the week of prayer. Dores Robinson visited the Napa church last Sabbath, and although the attendance was not large, they had very interesting meetings. One man who gave up the truth about a year ago confessed his sins and again took his stand for the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 8)
At the Sanitarium last Sabbath, the offerings amounted to about $1,250. At Napa twenty-five dollars was given. We have not heard the amounts received in Healdsburg or in St. Helena. I will send you a copy of the encouraging report I received from Brother Walter Harper concerning the meetings at Healdsburg. The work of the Spirit of God has been manifest in all these places.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 9)
W. C. White left for Oakland this morning. We have heard no report from that church in reference to the week of prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 10)
Rain fell continuously during the week of prayer, and I did not dare attend any of the meetings. The rain was gentle, and there have been no floods. We praise the Lord for this rain; for it is a great blessing.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 11)
I have been obliged to do much writing on the books that are soon to be published and in answer to correspondence; I feel weary, but I trust in the Lord and will wait upon Him, asking Him to renew my strength. I believe that He will strengthen me. This morning I was up at half-past three and wrote many pages before breakfast. I will send you a copy of what I wrote when it is copied.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 12)
Please excuse this short letter; I cannot write more now. I hope that you will attend the Nashville meeting.
(18LtMs, Lt 269, 1903, 13)
Lt 270, 1903
White, J. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 21, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in UL 369. + My dear son Edson,—
I am drawn out to write to you not to fail or become discouraged. You are too anxious and too much troubled in regard to the many things that you wish to have done. You must now lay aside your anxiety, and work and worry less. You are sacrificing too much if you sacrifice your health and place yourself where you can not work at all. Then, you see, none of your work would be done. Will you not now unload and take things more easily, saying, “Each day I will do only what I can do calmly and well, and I will let the rest wait. I must preserve the powers of my mind.”
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 1)
You would better meet with loss in some things than by imprudence to lose your power to work. I am instructed to say to you, Brace up in the strength of the Lord to do what you can without overtaxing your physical or mental powers.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 2)
You are now warned. One of the reasons why I would not let you take the burden of getting out a new edition of Patriarchs and Prophets was that you were wearing out your strength by trying to do things that you should let others do. The Lord has given you your work. It is the preaching of His Word by pen and voice; and He will sustain you as you do this work. He has a message for you to hear, and He bids me say to you that you cannot do justice to your work as a minister of the gospel while you are kept weighed down with perplexities that others should carry. Unload, and place the burden of so much secular responsibility upon those who have been given that line of work. You should not carry the burdens that you have been carrying. They worry and perplex you. With so many responsibilities to carry, you cannot do justice to the work of soul-saving. You must have rest.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 3)
In regard to paying me the money that I paid out on the debt at the Review and Herald, make no account of it, and worry no more over it. I shall not consent to receive anything from you on this debt. I made up my mind to tell you not to do as you have been doing. I determined to take the responsibility, as your mother, of saying that it must not be. I wrote a letter to this effect two months ago, but laid it away, and now I cannot find it. I have now a higher authority for saying that you must make a change—the word of the Lord. Your health and life are precious in His sight, and He will help and strengthen and bless you. But you are not to sacrifice your health, placing yourself where you are unable to do the work that the Lord has given you.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 4)
God will make your mind fruitful in explaining His Word if you will lay off the many burdens that you are carrying. You must do this, even if some work be left undone. The Lord says to you, “Come apart from these constant perplexities, and let others take up the work. You must stand in your place.” Vigor will reward the efforts and the sacrifices made to press toward the mark of the prize of our high calling in Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 5)
Worldly attractions will be presented to draw the attention from the Lord Jesus, who is anxiously watching, longing to encourage the heart of the striving ones. “Ye are the light of the world.” [Matthew 5:14.] To the world, to angels, and to men you may show that the hope of seeing the face of God is worth all the efforts and the sacrifices that the attainment of the hope demands. Let every striving soul remember that he must meet evil with good, and place heavenly advantages before earthly attractions.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 6)
In the games in which in ancient times men strove for the ascendancy, only one received the prize. Only one hand could grasp the coveted garland. However eagerly and earnestly the other competitors had striven, they were disappointed. It is not so in the heavenly contest, the race for eternal life. Each one who does his best will receive the crown of immortality.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 7)
“And every man that striveth in the games exerciseth self-control in all things. Now they do it to receive a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.” [1 Corinthians 9:25.] As we engage in the great struggle, let us think of what we shall lose if we fail. We shall lose the eternal life purchased for us by the blood of the Son of God. Shall we, then, grudge the toil of eternal vigilance? If we do all in our power to resist evil and surmount obstacles, we shall gain the victory. Holy angels co-operate with us as we work out our own salvation with fear and trembling. With unswerving faith we are to stand at our post of duty, refusing to dishonor God by giving up the conflict, quitting ourselves as brave soldiers before the world and before the heavenly angels who have an intense longing that we shall not fail or become discouraged.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 8)
As man strives to overcome the evil in his nature, trusting wholly in God, the Lord works in him, to will and to do of His good pleasure. Striving for the crown of life has an uplifting influence upon the one who strives, animating him with holy zeal, leading him to see the excellence of the promised reward. He is privileged to see by faith Him who is invisible.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 9)
The prayer that Christ offered just before His trial shows what we are to be in the wold. Do we comprehend this prayer?
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 10)
“Neither for these only do I pray,” Christ said, “but for them also that believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, even as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou didst send Me.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 11)
“And the glory which Thou hast given Me I have given unto them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be perfected into one; that the world may know that Thou didst send Me, and lovedst them, even as Thou lovedst Me.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 12)
“Father, I desire that they also whom Thou hast given Me be with Me where I am, that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world knew Thee not, but I knew Thee; and these knew that Thou didst send Me; and I made known unto them Thy name, and will make it known; that the love wherewith Thou lovedst Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:20-26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 13)
Paul draws a contrast between our present and our future state. “You hath He quickened,” he says, “who were dead in trespasses and sins; wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience; among whom we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling the desires of the flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 14)
“But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, ... and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus; that in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus. For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves; it is the gift of God; not of works, lest any man should boast. For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them.” [Ephesians 2:1-10.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 15)
The Lord is preparing His people to know what it means to have an abiding Christ. This experience will be theirs if they will turn to Him with full purpose of heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 16)
“He is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us.”“For through Him we both have access by one Spirit unto the Father. Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the household of God; and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone; in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord; in whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” [Verses 14, 18-22.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 17)
“What things were gain to me,” Paul declares, “these have I counted loss for Christ. Yea, verily, and I count all things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but refuse, that I may gain Christ, and be found in Him, not having a righteousness of mine own, even that which is of the law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which is from God through faith; that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, becoming conformed unto His death; if by any means I may attain unto the resurrection from the dead.” [Philippians 3:7-11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 18)
“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love.” [Ephesians 1:3, 4.] God has chosen us to obtain in this life an experience that will fit us for the future life. Pastors and teachers should keep ever before their hearers, young and old, the instruction that will help them to gain this preparation. Each one has a positive work to do. We are not to depend on feeling. Our obedience is to reveal our faith in God’s Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 19)
We have a wise, loving, heavenly Father, who hears the prayers of His children. But He does not always give them what they desire. He withholds that which He sees would not be for their good. But He bestows on them all that they need. He gives them that which is necessary for growth in grace. When we pray we should say, “Lord, if what I ask for is for my good, give it to me, but if it is not, withhold it, but give me Thy blessing.” The Lord hears our petitions. He understands our situation; and He will supply the very thing we need. He will strengthen our faith and increase our spirituality. The Lord is good and merciful, perfect in understanding and infinite in wisdom.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 20)
There are those who pray for temporal blessings which they think will bring them worldly prosperity. God sees that such blessings would spoil their spiritual life. He gives them an understanding mind, showing them that it is not best for them to have riches, and that they must be satisfied with His grace and peace and love.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 21)
God, who knows the end from the beginning, jealously guards the welfare of His children. In answering their prayers, He will give them that which will be continually fitting them to be partakers of the divine nature and to overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 22)
We must submit our will to God’s will. We must have confidence in His love, His wisdom, His faithfulness, His keeping power.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 23)
The Lord has instructed me that the time has come when there should be unity in the ranks of His people. If there are those who have not faith in the messages that have come to us from God by His Word and by the testimonies of His Spirit, they need to know for themselves what is the faith once delivered to the saints. The representation made shows that there are some who have lost their bearing. Let us have an understanding in regard to the points on which we must unify. Let us not leave those who have been unsettled to remain still unsettled, to go over the same objectionable matters when a favorable time shall come.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 24)
The last chapter of Matthew contains the minister’s commission: “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 25)
Christ’s ministry is to be the ministry of His followers. To branch off into spiritualistic ideas is to depart from the faith, giving heed to doctrines of deception.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 26)
The messages that God has given through His servant John are now to be proclaimed as of special importance. This is our work—to revive the sacred truths that called us out from the world and made us what we are. We are not to yield up one feature of the faith, but are to hold our confidence firm unto the end. We are to give no place to doctrines that are not in harmony with the truth for this time.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 27)
Christ has stated the truth too plainly for it to be misunderstood. “I am the bread of life,” He declares. “He that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst.... This is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life; and I will raise him up at the last day.”“As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father; so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:35, 40, 57, 63.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 28)
When we understand these words, much less of self will be brought into our work. When we receive and assimilate the words of Christ, a deep, fervent piety will animate us. We need far more of Christ and nothing of the deceptive sentiments of the enemy.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 29)
Read and study the sixth chapter of John, and let there be an emptying of the heart of all selfishness. Let the messages be proclaimed that will arouse people to stand in the day of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 30)
There were some who, when they heard the doctrine of unreserved consecration, declared that Christ’s words were hard sayings, and they walked no more with Him. They turned from Him who, had they believed on Him, would have been to them the light of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 31)
Just such things will be seen today. Paul says, “The Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.... Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them; for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself, and them that hear thee.” [1 Timothy 4:1, 16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 270, 1903, 32)
Lt 271, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 17, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 2MCP 771. + Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
I have received your letters. Thank you for writing. I have written no fewer than three letters to you, but have not been able to get them copied, so you did not receive them. I will now write you a few lines and will send the letter in my own handwriting. I hope that you will be able to read it.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 1)
I have just finished a letter to Brother Brunson. I shall send a copy of this letter to you and Elder Butler. If you think that there is any part of it that he is not prepared to receive, let it wait until another time. I am not always anxious to place all matters before the ones I wish to help. When an express charge is given, then I send the instruction as quickly as possible.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 2)
I should like to see you and talk with you. There is much that I might write, but I do not want to write anything of a disagreeable nature unless I am obliged to. I want to let disagreeable matters alone if I can. I do not wish to disturb your mind as mine has been disturbed ever since I returned to America. I have carried a very heavy burden almost all the time since coming from Australia.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 3)
Last night the Lord gave me victory, as He has again and again in times of trouble and difficulty. I had a most precious experience in bringing the perplexities on my mind to the Burden-bearer. I thank the Lord for the relief that I obtained. I have been so greatly relieved that I will not now tell you of the difficulties that I have had to meet. In the future, I may write to you of these things, if I think it best to do so. I am of good courage in the Lord. While He spares my life, I will not dwell on matters that cannot bring relief to any one.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 4)
Let us try to keep standing in the brightness of the Sun of righteousness. Let every word we speak be uplifting. The Lord is my sun and my shield, and I have comfort and peace in Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 5)
I have been enabled to say some very plain things to those who have become confused. I dared not do otherwise than to tell them the truth, because a message was given me for them.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 6)
I am convinced that the more we dwell upon the high, elevating themes of truth, the more clearly shall we discern what is truth. The Lord has a whole heaven full of blessings for us, and He says, “Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] Then let us cease talking unbelief and in love speak the words of promise. Even when called upon to utter the plainest things, we must speak in a way that will not offend. We must talk faith, and pray in faith, and receive by faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 7)
A Song of Trust
“Now therefore,” God said to Moses, “write ye this song for you, and teach it the children of Israel: put it in their mouths, that this song may be a witness for Me against the children of Israel....
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 8)
“Moses therefore wrote this song the same day, and taught it the children of Israel. And he gave Joshua the son of Nun a charge, and said, Be strong, and of good courage; for thou shalt bring the children of Israel into the land which I sware unto them; and I will be with thee.” [Deuteronomy 31:19, 22, 23.]
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 9)
“Give ear, O ye heavens; and I will speak; and hear, O earth, the words of my mouth. My doctrine shall drop as the rain, my speech shall distill as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender herb, and as the showers upon the grass: because I will publish the name of the Lord: ascribe ye greatness unto our God.” [Deuteronomy 32:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 10)
Let us speak of God’s goodness and tell of His power, according to His wondrous works. Let there be from henceforth an unreserved consecration of the talent of speech to God’s service. There is a cheapness in our words that misrepresents God. Let us speak words that will honor His name.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 11)
“He is the Rock; His work is perfect; for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth, and without iniquity: just and right is He.” [Verse 4.] This is the first time in the Scriptures that God is called a rock. The name signifies the everlasting nature of His character. Building upon the Rock, we build upon a sure foundation. If we keep His commandments, we may know that we are in the path of safety. In trouble, we may place ourselves upon this Rock and know that we shall stand secure.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 12)
“The way of transgressors is hard.” [Proverbs 13:15.] Then let us turn from our natural and cultivated tendencies to wrong. Let men and women turn to the Lord. Let every one change his unchristlike spirit and words and acts. Let there be no more criticism, no more drawing apart.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 13)
The seventeenth chapter of John and many other precious things in the Word should be formed into song and sung by the people of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 14)
If the Lord be with us, we are secure; for He is the Rock. He will protect those who do as He commands.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 15)
The first four verses of the thirty-second chapter of Deuteronomy should be often repeated. When will men learn that no dependence can be placed on the human heart without the keeping power of God? However great His mercies, the natural heart will prove itself deceitful and desperately wicked. We can advance the cause of God only as we make the Lord our trust and our dependence. Earthly subterfuges are worthless; and worthless also is dependence on human methods and on the wisdom of men who do not respect and honor God enough to keep His commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 16)
“This day the Lord thy God hath commanded thee to do these statutes and judgments; thou shalt therefore keep and do them with all thine heart and with all thy soul. Thou hast avouched the Lord this day to be thy God, and to walk in His ways, and to keep His statutes, and His commandments, and His judgments, and to hearken unto His voice; and the Lord hath avouched thee this day to be His peculiar people, as He hath promised thee, and that thou shouldest keep all His commandments; and to make thee high above all nations which He hath made, in praise, and in name, and in honor; and that thou mayest be an holy people unto the Lord thy God.” [Deuteronomy 26:16-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 17)
Nothing displeases the Lord more than for His people to be so ready, as some are, to affiliate with the world. Many are the warnings that have been given, testifying to the danger of going to worldly lawyers and leaning upon them, introducing into God’s work things that they have framed. But for years there seems to have been a determination to lean upon worldly counsel and to bind up with the world. This seems to have become a settled determination on the part of some of our physicians.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 18)
“Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through and steal; for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. The light of the body is the eye; if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness. No man can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” [Matthew 6:20-24.] When will men come to think rationally and sensibly? There are those who are certainly acting very foolishly. Why?—Because they are not daily converted, as vessels unto honor. Self swells to large proportions. As soon as men are placed where they can exercise power over others, they seem to be as those bereft of common sense. I speak thus because I have seen the outcome of the self-importance of certain ones. I wish to present this matter just as the Lord has presented it to me. Their swelling pride and self-sufficiency make it necessary to move them from their position of trust.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 19)
How sad it is that human beings so soon forget that they are to be laborers together with God, working as Christ worked, studying His life, keeping in mind the words of caution that He spoke.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 20)
“I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth in Me and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 21)
Let us never forget these words. What is the consequence when one in a position of responsibility becomes so highly exalted in his own estimation that he feels that he no longer needs counsel? He does not abide in Christ, but is cast forth as a branch and is withered. Christ is man’s only efficiency. He who trusts in himself becomes self-sufficient and does many foolish things. Christ cannot give him His co-operation.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 22)
“If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verse 7.] These are the conditions of receiving blessing. You are not to run ahead of Christ, supposing that He will follow the one who should follow Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 23)
Let not human beings be so presumptuous as to run ahead of Christ. Let every one walk prayerfully, humbly, realizing that without Christ, he can do nothing.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 24)
“Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verses 8-12.]
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 25)
Who is fulfilling the conditions laid down in these words? Who is loving others with the unselfish, self-sacrificing love that Christ revealed in His life? When we believe and live the words of the Lord, our fruit-bearing will be tenfold what it is now.
(18LtMs, Lt 271, 1903, 26)
Lt 271a, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 18, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 302-303. Elder A. G. Daniells Dear Brother,—
I received your letter today noon, and read it aloud to the family. They were much interested. You need have no fear of wearying me by your letters; for I am deeply interested in everything that is connected with the advancement of the great and important work which we are all so earnestly endeavoring to carry forward. The Lord is at the door. We have a work to do, and we are not to allow our minds to be diverted from this work by any side issues.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 1)
I will at once write a few lines in reply; and I hope to write more fully soon. A short time after Dr. Kellogg was connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium as a physician, he had much to say along lines similar to his teachings at the present time. He presented another phase of error; but it was similar to his later theories, in that it was a spiritualistic idea of God. He communicated his ideas to Dr. Sprague and to Dr. Fairfield.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 2)
The Lord presented this matter to me, revealing that the result of such teaching was a subtle beguiling of the mind, and that the Doctor himself did not foresee this result of his extreme views in regard to God in nature. These ideas were presented in an attractive, alluring form. I told him that the Lord was greatly dishonored by being thus represented, and that such ideas would lead the people into spiritualism. I bore a very plain testimony on this point.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 3)
Dr. Kellogg acknowledged that he saw his danger, and he had no more to say in regard to these ideas. But they had been communicated to his fellow physicians. The three had been enthusiastic over the theory, clothed, as it was, in a beautiful garb. And although Dr. Kellogg received my testimony, Dr. Sprague and Dr. Fairfield, once conscientious Christians, were bewildered and unsettled in the faith. They both gave up the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 4)
Since Dr. Kellogg has devised documents binding all our medical institutions to the central organization in Battle Creek, and has done everything in his power to induce our brethren to sign these documents, I have received from the Lord testimony after testimony that placed this matter in the light in which God viewed it. God endorsed no such effort. He forbade his people from signing any such documents. Regardless of this light, a determined effort has been made to carry these manmade plans through.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 5)
When I learned that the Lord had manifested His displeasure by letting His judgments fall upon the Sanitarium, sweeping it away by fire, I knew that this was a decided warning to the workers there, and especially to Dr. Kellogg. He would not heed any testimony that was given.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 6)
By representations and warnings, I was instructed by the Lord that Dr. Kellogg was being led into a very specious, attractive delusion—extreme views in regard to God in nature. These views were similar to the old ones he advocated, but they were presented in a more deceptive way and were more liable to mislead minds. I was instructed that the one who was operating his mind was the one who once was an exalted angel in the heavenly courts—the one who was a covering cherub. He, the originator of sin, worked with all his deceptive powers and satanic subtlety to become equal with God in heaven, as the Son of God was. Then, he thought, he could sway the heavenly angels as he desired. This specious, deceptive work was carried on secretly. The archdeceiver himself concealed his identity, so far as was possible, and the Lord permitted this rebellion to develop before anything was done to save the angelic host from apostasy.
(18LtMs, Lt 271a, 1903, 7)
Lt 271b, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California September 18, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 303. Elder A. G. Daniells Dear Brother,—
I have written a short letter to you this afternoon, but I wish to add a few more words.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 1)
The enemy has put into Dr. Kellogg’s mind the very words that I speak, so that his ideas can be sent forth as ideas exactly similar to those I have taught. Thus it is claimed that the teachings of the book The Living Temple are in accordance with the teachings of my writings. There is a similarity of expressions, it is true, and many of the words are the same as the words used by me in writing out the instruction that God has given me in regard to “God in nature.” And the positions taken in this book can be interpreted by a mind under the deception of Satan to be exactly the same as the positions taken in my writings. But this is not so. My words are interpreted to mean almost the opposite of their real meaning. This confuses the minds of the brethren and sisters in our churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 2)
Dr. Paulson’s mind is becoming confused. He thinks he understands Dr. Kellogg’s teachings; but he does not discern who is Dr. Kellogg’s instructor. I am bidden to say to our people, Do not confound the words of Sister White with the deceptive fallacies of the enemy. Extreme views of “God in nature” undermine the foundation truths of the personality of God and the ministration of angels. A confused mass of spiritualistic ideas takes the place of faith in a personal God. I take no stock whatever in some of the principles that are now being advocated.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 3)
For advocating similar ideas, Dr. Kellogg was reproved shortly after he connected with the Sanitarium. Let Dr. Paulson take heed that he be not deceived. He may say, “Sister White’s own words are repeated in Dr. Kellogg’s teachings.” True; but misinterpreted and misconstrued. God forbid that I should be misrepresented by any one in this matter. Dr. Kellogg is not using the holy fire, but common fire, by advocating these deceptive, spiritualistic ideas. He has been inspired by the mind that caused the fall of our first parents.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 4)
Brother Daniells, I earnestly desire that this matter shall be dealt with in God’s own way. Be very cautious; do not precipitate a crisis; work silently. I am bidden by the Lord not to converse with Dr. Kellogg or to write to him direct; for his mind, controlled as it is by Satan, is in such a condition that he is liable to put a wrong construction on my words. To you, Brother Daniells, and to your fellow laborers, I would say, Quit you like men; be strong. Make no raid against any one; for you are warring not against men, but against principalities and powers.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 5)
Put on the whole armor of God, not forgetting the gospel shoes. Keep close to the Lord; cling to the standard; pray and strive for victory.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 6)
I would write more, but the Sabbath is almost upon us.
(18LtMs, Lt 271b, 1903, 7)
Lt 272, 1903
Brn-Srs. Gathered in Council at Nashville “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 20, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, 01/19/1904. + My dear brethren and sisters,—
I have an intense interest in the work in which the people of God are engaged. My prayer is that this work shall no longer be delayed and hindered. A great hindrance to the advancement of the work has been brought by church members who, though knowing the truth, have not been sanctified by the truth. It is through sanctification of the truth that we are enabled to appreciate the teachings of Christ, given to guide men and women in all the conduct of life.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 1)
The work of sanctification must begin in the home. It is God’s purpose that the families of His people shall be symbols of the family above. Those who are Christians in the home will be Christians in the church and in the world. Many do not grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth because they fail of cultivating home religion.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 2)
In the family the spirit of criticizing and faultfinding should have no place. The peace of the home is too sacred to be marred by this spirit. But how often, when seated at the meal table, the members of the family pass round a dish of criticism, faultfinding, and scandal. Should Christ come today, would He not find many of the families who profess to be Christians cherishing the spirit of criticism and unkindness? The members of such families are unready to unite with the family above. I am instructed to say to them, “Prepare to meet thy God.” [Amos 4:12.] Discord in families leads to discord in the church. The unruly tongue creates mischief of all kinds.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 3)
God expects His children to use the talent of speech in a way that will honor the Saviour. Let the heart be cleansed from all evil thinking and evil speaking. Let this be put away as evil leaven that will produce contention, alienation, and strife. Let the unruly tongue be brought under the control of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 4)
The brotherhood that is the outworking of Bible religion is to be more manifestly revealed in the lives of God’s people today. In the family an education is to be given that will create a pure, elevating atmosphere. A high standard is ever to be kept uplifted. No harsh, passionate word is ever spoken without grieving the Lord Jesus and hurting the heart of speaker and hearer. From the Christian home all angry or trifling speeches will be excluded; for nothing of this kind finds entrance into the home above.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 5)
Parents, be sure to spend some time each day in private prayer, asking the Lord for wisdom, lest self-importance take possession of your hearts, and you give the talent of speech unto the control of satanic agencies. The members of the church are to be ever on their guard against unadvised words. Sound words, seasoned with the grace of Christ, will produce correct practices. In the home circle, generous, gracious, Christlike words are of more value than any earthly treasure.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 6)
Remember that your children will follow closely the example that in word and deed you set them. Live lives that will help them to prepare for translation into the courts above, when the last trump shall sound, and Christ shall come to gather His faithful ones to Himself. Do not neglect your children. They are your first care. The home is to be their first school. And in this school you yourselves are to learn lessons that will prepare you better to work for their salvation and for the salvation of others. These lessons will be of the highest value to you in your religious experience. As you labor successfully for your children,you are working out your own salvation, and God is working in you, to will and to do of His good pleasure.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 7)
Kindly, but firmly, correct every inclination to wrong that may appear in the lives of your children. But when you are obliged to correct a child, do not raise the voice to a sharp key, bringing into it that which will arouse the worst passions of the child’s heart. Do not lose your self-control. The parent who, when correcting a child, gives way to anger is far more guilty than the child.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 8)
Restrain every hasty speech that struggles for utterance. Before you speak that fretful, impatient word, stop and think of the influence that, if spoken, it will exert upon others.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 9)
Remember that the ears of children are quick to hear every word and to mark every intonation of the voice. Remember, too, that angels hear the words you speak. You are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Follow a course that will be an honor to Jesus, a course that will bring holy angels to your side. Let your home life be such that Christ can enter your dwelling as an abiding guest. Let it be such that people will take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus and have learned of Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 10)
Husband and wife are to be closely united in their work in the home school. They are to be very tender and very guarded in their speech, lest they open a door of temptation through which Satan will enter to obtain victory after victory. They are to be kind and courteous to each other, acting in such a way that they can respect one another. Each is to help the other to bring into the home a pleasant, wholesome atmosphere. They should not differ in the presence of their children. Christian dignity is ever to be preserved.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 11)
To the man who is a husband and a father, I would say, Be sure that a pure, holy atmosphere surrounds your soul. As priest and house-band of your family, you are to learn daily of Christ. Never, never are you to show a tyrannical spirit in the home. The man who does this is working in partnership with satanic agencies. Bring your will into submission to the will of God. Do all in your power to make the life of your wife pleasant and happy. Take the Word of God as the man of your counsel. In the home live out the teachings of the Word. Then you will them live them out in the church and will take them with you to your place of business.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 12)
The principles of heaven will ennoble all your transactions. Angels of God will co-operate with you, helping you to reveal Christ to the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 13)
Necessarily, a large share of the training of the children falls to the mother. She is to teach her children from their babyhood the lesson of obedience. The reins of control are not to be placed in their hands. The children are to be taught to regard their mother, not as a slave, whose work it is to wait on them, but as a queen, who is to guide and direct them, teaching them line upon line, precept upon precept.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 14)
Mothers, however provoking your children may be in their ignorance, do not give way to impatience. Teach them patiently and lovingly. Be firm with them. Do not let Satan control them. Discipline them only when you are under the discipline of God. Christ will be victor in the lives of your children if you will learn of Him who is meek and lowly, pure and undefiled.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 15)
Parents, live the Christ life. Place yourselves where you can co-operate with God. There are many whose minds and hearts need to be ennobled and refined by the grace of heaven. Christianity is to preside in the heart and in the home. The counsel of God is to control in the home. Let us remember this and become familiar with the directions that He has given in His Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 16)
The Word of God is to be our lesson book. We are not merely to read it, and say that we believe the truth for this time. This profession must be accompanied by an earnest, faithful practice of the teachings of the Word of God. Under its hallowed power, the tenderest and most sanctified dispositions are to be developed in the home circle.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 17)
Let every one attend most critically to himself. “Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves.” [2 Corinthians 13:5.] Body and mind must be carefully and strictly dealt with, that unchristlike traits of character and tendencies to wrong may not bear sway. Unless a strict watch is kept over the heart, wrong principles will prevail in the life, and great unhappiness will be wrought. Every departure from righteousness becomes a force that works against the Lord Jesus. When right words and deeds are left out of the home life, there come in unchristlike words and deeds. Parents and children work at cross purposes with God. The family is placed where Christ will pronounce against it the woe pronounced against Chorazin and Bethsaida.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 18)
I appeal to parents to prepare themselves and their children to unite with the family above. Get ready, for Christ’s sake, get ready to meet your Lord in peace. Begin to work in your family on right lines. Get down to the root of the matter. Bring the truth into your homes, to sanctify and purify them. Do not keep it in the outer court. How blind many professing Christians are to their own interests! How utterly they fail to see what Christ would do for them were He admitted into their homes. Let Christians work as earnestly to win the crown of life as worldlings work to win earthly advantages, and the church of God will certainly move forward with power.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 19)
A deeper and more successful work will be done in the church when the families composing it stand in right relation to God. The church will then reap the advantage of the Christlike influence exerted in the homes of the members.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 20)
The Holy Spirit produces actions that are in harmony with the law of God. The regenerating work of the Spirit will be seen in families where painstaking efforts are put forth to manifest kindness, patience, and love. Almighty power is at work, preparing minds and hearts to submit to the molding influence of the Holy Spirit, leading parents to sanctify themselves, that their children also may be sanctified.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 21)
The home in which the members are polite, courteous Christians exerts a far-reaching influence for good. Other families will mark the results attained by such a home and will follow the example set, in their turn guarding the home against satanic influences.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 22)
The angels of God will often visit the home in which the will of God bears sway. Under the power of divine grace such a home becomes a place of refreshing to worn, weary pilgrims. By watchful guarding, self is kept from asserting itself. Correct habits are formed. There is a careful recognition of the rights of others. The faith that works by love and purifies the soul stands at the helm, presiding over the whole household. Under the hallowed influence of such a home, the principle of brotherhood laid down in [the] Word of God is more widely recognized and obeyed.
(18LtMs, Lt 272, 1903, 23)
Lt 272a, 1903
Wessels, Peter and Family “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California October, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother Peter Wessels and family,—
My heart is drawn out after you. The Lord wants you to come into active working order with Himself. You have, my dear brother, no time to lose. “What is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away?”“Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Luke 9:25; Matthew 16:26.]
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 1)
Christ was a true medical missionary. He healed the sick, rebuked satanic agencies, and taught the people. He ministered to both soul and body. His labors were incessant. And His work was made harder by the frequent interruptions of the scribes and Pharisees, who sought to divert and confuse the minds of the hearers. Notwithstanding their repeated failure to entangle Him in His speech, they continue to annoy Him, hoping to induce Him to say something that would give them an opportunity to accuse Him before the Roman authorities.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 2)
Such exertions were exhausting to the physical powers of Christ. With great anxiety His friends and relations looked upon His pale face and wearied countenance. They besought Him to hide Himself for a time from the multitudes which continually pressed around Him. So great was the multitude that sought to hear Him that the Pharisees exclaimed, “The whole world is gone after Him.” [John 12:19.] As with compassion He beheld the needs of the people who flocked to Him, it seemed to Him impossible to withhold from them the healing leaves of the tree of life. Apparently there was no respite for Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 3)
After a day of toil, one evening, realizing the need of retirement and rest, He “departed thence by ship into a desert place apart.” [Matthew 14:13.] While the attention of the multitude was for a few moments diverted, He entered a fishing boat and sailed to the eastern side of the lake.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 4)
It was hard for Him to tear Himself away from the multitudes to whom He longed to minister. The urgency of the work was great, yet He was physically exhausted, and He sought in retirement an opportunity to gain strength, that He might be better fitted to take up His work again. In all things He was an example to His workers. No one is to continue to tax his physical powers until nature can no longer sustain the system in health.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 5)
The gentle movement of the boat had a soothing influence upon the Saviour, and He slept. Never did boat carry a more precious burden. He was our Saviour. The salvation of a sinful world depended upon Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 6)
The sea of Galilee was the scene of much of Christ’s ministry. On the eastern side the shore rises to a great height. The surrounding country was a lonely region. There were desolate hills and barren rocks where there was neither cultivated land nor houses. To this place Jesus came, that He might be alone to commune with His heavenly Father.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 7)
When they had arrived at the other side of the lake, Jesus went a little way from His disciples and spent the remainder of the night in agonizing prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 272a, 1903, 8)
Lt 273, 1903
Kellogg, J.H. Refiled as Lt 245a, 1903.
Lt 274, 1903
NA [Brother] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 30, 1903 Previously unpublished. My dear Brother,—
I wish that I could make all understand that many times the obstacles and difficulties that seem to hedge up their way are of their own creating. I have an intense desire that day by day the Lord’s people shall learn more of Jesus and trust Him more fully. I want to see them triumphing over sin. I want to see them standing firm in God.
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 1)
Set your standard high, and live in constant communion with God. Do not allow the enemy to spoil your experience. Do not complain. Do not reveal a dictatorial spirit. Put on courage and strength. You are not forsaken by God.
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 2)
We must not talk unbelief because appearances are against us. We are in a world of iniquity. We shall feel pressure for want of means, but God will hear and answer our petitions for help. Let your watchword be, “The Lord God will help me; therefore shall I not be confounded; therefore have I set my face like a flint; and I know that I shall not be ashamed.” [Isaiah 50:7.]
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 3)
Do not dwell upon things that are of no profit. Be free in the Lord, be free. Look on the bright side. If the work is hindered, be sure that it is not your fault, and then rejoice in the Lord, even though the experience through which you are called to pass is hard and grievous.
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 4)
Do not let your lips utter perverseness. Do not talk unbelief; talk hope. “For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven; and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower and bread to the eater, so shall My word be that goeth forth out of My mouth. It shall not return unto Me void, but it shall accomplish the thing whereto I sent it.” [Isaiah 55:10, 11.]
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 5)
Let every worker hold up the hands of his fellow worker. Let no one talk discouragement. “For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace. The mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree, and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 6)
Wait patiently for the Lord, trusting in Him to work everything out to His glory. If His reproof is upon you, humble your soul before Him, and say, Amen. Never murmur or complain. The Lord lives and reigns. Be strong in Him. Trust in Him. Walk before Him in faith and hope and righteousness, and He will bring you off more than a conqueror.
(18LtMs, Lt 274, 1903, 7)
Lt 275, 1903
Brn. Laboring in Battle Creek “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 19MR 356-365. To my brethren laboring in Battle Creek,—
I have been wondering why we do not hear from any of you. You must know that we are very anxious to hear regarding the spiritual interests of the work in Battle Creek. I do not understand why you are so silent. If any real change has taken place, we should surely hear from you.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 1)
I hope that you will be true and faithful to help Dr. Kellogg. He is in a perilous condition. His case is a heavy burden on my soul. It would be a great relief to me to hear that he is reaching a place where he can see the terrible mistakes he has made. He needs to understand the simplicity of truth. He needs to realize that the Lord will not accept him unless he sees the mistake that he has been making and turns to the Lord with full purpose of heart. How can a man who has had such great light link up with evil angels? And while he does this, how can he be accepted as a guide of our people to stand at the head of the medical missionary work?
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 2)
I often think of how wonderfully the Lord has guided Dr. Kellogg, by reproof, by counsel, by encouragement. Letter after letter has been sent to him. The portions that spoke in commendation of him, he would read to his fellow workers, but he did not read the portions that pointed out his errors.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 3)
Instruction has now been given me that I must place in the hands of our ministers and physicians the light given me for Dr. Kellogg, or they will make mistakes similar to the mistakes that he has made.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 4)
Our medical missionary workers know scarcely anything of the instruction that for the past twenty years the Lord in mercy has been sending him. He has had testimony after testimony in regard to the danger of centering so much in Battle Creek, and the necessity of opening new fields, making plants in many places. Again and again the Lord has declared that it was His will that the company of workers collected in Battle Creek should be broken up into several companies; but no change has been made.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 5)
If Dr. Kellogg would stand solidly with his ministering brethren, they could help him, and he could help them. But he has started on a track which if followed will lead to the tearing down of the foundation upon which our faith is based. Spiritualistic sentiments have been presented in so plausible a manner that our medical missionary workers have been fascinated by them. I pray that they will not continue to foster these ideas. Their work is now to put away from them these pleasing fables.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 6)
My brother, I cannot understand how you could tell me that there is in Living Temple nothing that is not in harmony with what we as a people believe. I thought you a true watchman, quick to see when evil from the enemy was stealing into our ranks. I thought you would be wide-awake to discern the approach of the enemy and give the alarm. The rebuke of God rests upon you because you did not discern the dangerous character of the fables that were being circulated. The rebuke of God is upon every minister and every medical missionary leader who has been asleep on the walls of Zion, when as vigilant watchmen they should have warned the people of the Lord against the dangers threatening them.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 7)
Wonderful scenes, with which Satan will be closely connected, will soon take place. God’s Word declares that Satan will work miracles. He will make people sick and then will suddenly remove from them his satanic power. They will then be regarded as healed. These works of apparent healing will bring Seventh-day Adventists to the test. Many who have had great light will fail to walk in the light, because they have not become one with Christ. His instruction is not palatable to them.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 8)
Let us study the Word of God. Let us make it a part of our lives, bringing its teachings into the daily experience. Thus only can we gain the knowledge that will enable us, in these days of peril, to distinguish the true from the false. Study the sixth chapter of John. It contains instruction that is indeed the mystery of godliness. “Search the Scriptures,” Christ said; “for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me.” [John 5:39.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 9)
“Ye will not come unto Me that ye might have life,” Christ continued. [Verse 40.] This is the trouble with some who have had great light. God has honored them, but they have not reflected His glory.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 10)
“I receive not honor from men. But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in you. I am come in My Father’s name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive.” [Verses 41-43.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 11)
History will be repeated. The time will come, Christ tells us, when many deceivers will go forth, declaring themselves to be the Christ. The Saviour says, “Go ye not after them.” [Luke 21:8.] We need not be deceived.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 12)
“How can ye believe, which receive honor one of another, and seek not the honor that cometh from God only? Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father; there is one that accuseth you, even Moses, in whom ye trust. For if ye had believed Moses, ye would have believed Me; for he wrote of Me. But if ye believe not his writings, how shall ye believe My words?” [John 5:44-47.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 13)
The Great Medical Missionary
“After these things, Jesus went over the Sea of Galilee, which is the Sea of Tiberias. And a great multitude followed Him, because they saw the miracles which He did on them that were diseased. And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there He sat with His disciples.” [John 6:1-3.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 14)
He had retired to a secluded place with His disciples, but this rare season of peaceful solitude was soon broken. Some among the multitude they had left had noticed the direction in which they had gone. Many went by land to meet them, while others followed in their boats across the water. Before Christ reached the shore, a multitude was waiting for Him. But He landed unobserved by them and spent a little time apart with His disciples.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 15)
From the hillside He looked upon the moving multitude, and His heart was stirred with sympathy. Interrupted as He was, and robbed of His rest, He was not impatient. He saw a greater necessity demanding His attention as He watched the people coming and still coming. He was “moved with compassion toward them, because they were as sheep not having a shepherd.” [Mark 6:34.] Leaving His retreat, He found a convenient place where He could minister to them. They received no help from the priests and rulers, but the healing waters of life flowed from Christ as He taught the multitude the way of salvation.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 16)
The people listened to the words of mercy flowing so freely from the lips of the Son of God. They heard the gracious words, so simple and so plain that they were as the balm of Gilead to their souls. The healing of His divine hand brought gladness and life to the dying and ease and health to those suffering with disease. The day seemed to them like heaven upon earth, and they were utterly unconscious of how long it had been since they had eaten anything.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 17)
At length the day was far spent. The sun was sinking in the west, and yet the people lingered. Jesus had labored all day without food or rest. He was pale from weariness and hunger, and the disciples besought Him to cease from His toil. But He could not withdraw Himself from the multitude that pressed upon Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 18)
The disciples finally came to Him, urging that for His own sake the people should be sent away. Many had come from far and had eaten nothing since morning. In the surrounding towns and villages they might be able to buy food. But Jesus said, “Give ye them to eat,” and then, turning to Philip, questioned, “Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat?” [Mark 6:37; John 6:5.] This He said to test the faith of the disciples. Philip looked over the sea of heads and thought how impossible it would be to provide food to satisfy the wants of such a crowd. He answered that two hundred pennyworth of bread would not be nearly enough to divide amongst them so that each might have a little. Jesus inquired how much food could be found among the company. “There is a lad here,” said Andrew, “which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes, but what are they among so many.” [Verses 8, 9.] Jesus directed that these be brought to Him. Then He bade the disciples seat the people on the grass in parties of fifty or a hundred, to preserve order, and that all might witness what He was about to do. When this was accomplished, Jesus took the food, “and looking up to heaven, He blessed, and brake, and gave the loaves to His disciples, and the disciples to the multitude.” [Matthew 14:19.] “And they did all eat, and were filled. And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments and of the fishes.” [Mark 6:42, 43.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 19)
Christ, the Son of God, was appointed by the Father to come to this world as the Way, the Truth, and the Life, and great Medical missionary. He was not only to heal the sick, but was also to take away sin and raise the dead. He came as the Life-giver.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 20)
How much He will be to those in our medical institutions who truly believe in Him as the great Healer. How much he will do for the sick and suffering who come to these institutions, if the physicians and nurses point them to Him as the Life-giver, telling them that if they will commit themselves to His keeping, He will take away their suffering of mind and give them rest and peace.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 21)
There is no work in which the workers need a closer fellowship with Christ than the medical missionary work. O how greatly the physician, as he stands at the bedside of a sufferer, needs an intimate acquaintance with Christ. The one to whom he is ministering may be losing his hold on this life. Can he, with tenderness and simplicity, and with the assurance of certain knowledge, speak to him of the One who died that He might say to every sinner, “Thy sins be forgiven thee”? [Matthew 9:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 22)
The physician is to stand in Christ’s stead, bearing to the sick the gospel of physical and spiritual healing. Physicians should be men conversant with God, one with Christ. To souls on the brink of the grave, they will be called on to speak the words of life, fresh and healing.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 23)
In order to be truly successful, the physician must live in close relation to Christ. He must cherish a constant sense that he is one of the Lord’s chosen instruments appointed to bear to the sick the word of life, to declare to them that if they receive Christ as a personal Saviour, they will be given power to become the sons of God. It is in the power of every physician, in his work for the sick, to be a gospel teacher, bearing to those to whom he ministers the sure cure for sin, pointing them to the Lamb of God who alone can make successful the physical treatment given. In the simplest of language he is to speak of the Saviour, his heart filled with a longing for the salvation of the one to whom he is speaking.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 24)
Our physicians need a deeper insight into the evangelistic work that God expects them to do. Let them remember that if they do not work for the healing of the soul as well as for the healing of the body, they are not following the example of the great Medical Missionary. Let them study the Word of God diligently, that they may be familiar with its promises and may be able, in tenderness and love, to point sinners to the great Healer.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 25)
It was to bring spiritual as well as physical healing to the sick that our sanitariums were established. If physicians only realized it, they could often do more to restore the sick to health by ministering to the needs of the soul than by confining their efforts to the body.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 26)
The physician is to be a constant receiver of the grace of Christ. Constantly he is to be under the control of God’s holy law. He is to remember that Christ has authorized the God-fearing physician to regard himself as a laborer together with God.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 27)
When Christ sent His disciples out on their first missionary journey, He said to them, “As ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.” [Matthew 10:7, 8.] And when at the close of His earthly ministry He gave them their commission, He said, “These signs shall follow them that believe; In My name they shall cast out devils, they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover....
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 28)
“And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:17, 18, 20.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 29)
The words spoken to the disciples are spoken to us also. None need think that the day for working as the apostles worked is past. Men and women can today work as Christ has given them example. To all will come opportunities to minister to sin-sick souls and to those in need of physical healing.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 30)
Physical healing is a science of heavenly birth, bound up with the gospel commission.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 31)
We have a work to do that we have not done. Our faith is to be broader, deeper, more trustful than it has been. We are to bring all our necessities to Christ, knowing that He will supply our need. Since one soul is of more value in God’s sight than the whole world, let us act as genuine medical missionaries. Christ has given us our work. The deeper our appreciation of His love, the keener will be our sense of need, and the stronger our faith. And we shall receive according to our faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 32)
Our belief in Christ is not to be a casual belief, but a belief that enters into every part of the life. Such a belief leads us to ask Him to supply our need because we realize that He is our only dependence. A casual belief admits that He is the Redeemer, but does not honor Him by receiving Him as a friend, a helper. Those who have such a belief do not know the meaning of the words, “Without me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] They work without taking Christ into their confidence.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 33)
The Saviour is willing to help all who call upon Him for wisdom and clearness of thought. And who needs wisdom and clearness of thought more than the physician, upon whose decisions so much depends?
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 34)
The Lord would have our physicians co-operate with Him in their treatment of the sick, showing more faith and using fewer drugs. Let us rely upon God. Our faith is feeble, and our hearts remain unchanged. God would have a change take place. He says, “A new heart also will I give you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] When this promise is fulfilled to the people of God, the condition of things will be very different from what it now is.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 35)
The newborn soul is to follow on to know the Lord until he knows that his going forth is prepared as the morning. This is a science that you can afford to study. It will bring you peace and assurance. As you draw near to God, you will realize that He is drawing near to you.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 36)
Shall not our workers avail themselves of their high privilege in Christ—sanctification through the truth? O how much our souls need to be revived, quickened, spiritualized, filled with a love for the Lord that leads them to choose His society, saying with real satisfaction, “In the Lord will I rejoice. His Word is my comfort and guide.” A constant reliance upon Christ for success gives an abiding satisfaction. It is a source of peace that the world can neither give nor take away.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 37)
Into the medical missionary work there must be brought more of a yearning for souls. It was this yearning that filled the hearts of those who established our first medical institution.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 38)
Christ is to be present in the sickroom, filling your heart with the sweetness of His love. When your life is such that Christ can go with you to the bedside of the sick, there will come to you the conviction that He, the compassionate Saviour, is in the room, and this conviction will do much to restore them to health.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 39)
In word and deed the physicians and nurses in our medical institutions are to say, so plainly that it cannot be misunderstood, “God is in this place,” to save, not to destroy. [See Genesis 28:16.]
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 40)
Christ invites our physicians to become acquainted with Him. When they respond to His invitation, they will know that they receive the things they ask for. Their minds will be enlightened by wisdom from above. Constantly beholding the Saviour, they will become more and more like Him, till at last it can be said of them in the heavenly courts, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.] Christ has pledged Himself to give His disciples what they ask for in His name. As they labor in harmony with Him, they can ask Him to aid them in every time of need.
(18LtMs, Lt 275, 1903, 41)
Lt 280, 1903
Brethren and Sisters Refiled as Lt 1, 1904.
Lt 281, 1903
Kellogg, J.H. Refiled as Lt 23, 1904.
Lt 282, 1903
Haskell, S.N. Refiled as Lt 39a, 1903.
Lt 283, 1903
Haskell, Brother and Sister [S. N.] “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 26, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell,—
At this time two years ago, I was in South Lancaster. As the result of a ride between South Lancaster and Clinton in cold weather I was taken very sick. I should then have gone direct to Battle Creek instead of going around by New York. The results of that journey nearly cost me my life. But the Lord preserved me, and I have been engaged in the conflict ever since.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 1)
I wish I could see you, but I dare not say to you what I would like to say. I would like to invite you to come and spend some time with us. But I dare not urge you to do this. They need you in the South. Dr. Kellogg writes me that he has asked you to come to Battle Creek. We need more laborers in Washington to help in establishing the work in that new and important center. I dare not say one word as to what you ought to do. I leave you to be taught of God. Let the Lord, the Captain of your salvation, give you your orders.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 2)
Be careful not to overwork. Do not take on burdens that you should avoid. We want the aged men of experience preserved to us. We need them especially at this time to bear earnest, decided testimony to the faith once delivered to the saints.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 3)
Our people need to understand the reasons of our faith and our past experiences.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 4)
How sad it is that so many of our people apparently place unlimited confidence in men who present theories tending to uproot our past experiences and to remove the old landmarks! Those who can be so easily led by a false spirit show that they have been following the wrong captain for some time—so long that they do not discern that they are departing from the faith, or that they are not building upon the true foundation. We need to urge all to put on their spiritual eyeglasses, to have their eyes anointed that they may see clearly and discern the true pillars of the faith, and say, “Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are His.” [2 Timothy 2:19.] We need to revive the old evidences of the faith once delivered to the saints.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 5)
Every conceivable fanciful and deceptive doctrine will be presented by men who think that they have the truth. Some are now teaching that children will be born in the new earth. Is this present truth? Who has inspired these men to present such a theory? Did the Lord give any one such views? No; those things which are revealed are for us and for our children, but upon subjects not revealed, and having naught to do with our salvation, silence is eloquence. These strange ideas should not even be mentioned, much less taught as essential truths.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 6)
We have reached a time when things are to be called by their right name. As we did in the earlier days, we must arise and, under the Spirit of God, rebuke the work of deception.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 7)
Some of the sentiments now expressed are the alpha of some of the most fanatical ideas that could be presented. Teachings similar to those we had to meet soon after 1844 are being taught by some who occupy important positions in the work of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 8)
In New Hampshire, in Vermont, and in other places, we had to resist the stealthy, deceptive work of fanaticism. Presumptuous sins were entered into, and unholy lusts were freely indulged by some under the cloak of sanctification. The doctrine of spiritual free-love was advocated. We saw the fulfilment of the Scripture, “that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.]
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 9)
Will those who have been deceived by the art of the great deceiver now make a decided change? O that they might realize how they have dishonored God? Men standing in responsible positions have presented in subtle scientific words their human ideas of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 10)
But I take no pleasure in dwelling upon these matters. The Lord has a care for His sheep, and He will not permit them to be deceived and destroyed. We must all make a determined effort to save the souls of those who have been deceived.
(18LtMs, Lt 283, 1903, 11)
Lt 284, 1903
Butler, G.I. Refiled as Lt 43, 1904.
Lt 285, 1903
Haskell, S.N. Refiled as Lt 51, 1904.
Lt 286, 1903
Leading Medical Workers Refiled as Lt 57, 1904.
Lt 287, 1903
White, J. E.; White, Emma Refiled as Lt 101, 1904.
Lt 288, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 23, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
I do not expect to get this copied but will write a few lines. We shall be glad to see you back again. I wish this communication sent in behalf of England will be considered as facts concerning the providence of God in placing property within your reach at Los Angeles and San Diego, but I have said my say respecting those places. You must do as in your judgment you shall deem best. Why I write is this: the creating of funds to purchase in England need not close the door to creating funds for the Southern California field. I can write but little but will just put a few words in the mail today.
(18LtMs, Lt 288, 1903, 1)
Elder Daniells has written for me to write something like an appeal for the sanitarium in England. I said, I will take no responsibilities to call for funds for England when the distressed condition of the work in America, that should have earnest work done just as verily as in any foreign field, [is before me]. God is displeased that this state of things continues with our people who know the truth, slumbering and sleeping like the foolish virgins, while souls are going to ruin. And if any attempt to do anything in the Southern field, hands are spread out to grasp it for the foreign fields. Souls that have been left without care in America are just as much to be cared for as those in other countries. I have sent a letter to Elder Daniells. I wish you to see it.
(18LtMs, Lt 288, 1903, 2)
I meant to have written more but I have not time. I am writing some things when I can. May the Lord help me, for I have but little courage now as to the proper state of things’ being established when the leading men are blind as to the moves they make. I fear greatly for the sheep of the Lord’s pasture. I never, never remember of having such a hopeless presentation in regard to the future. My soul is sad and sick; but I will stop this kind of pen talk.
(18LtMs, Lt 288, 1903, 3)
I must close my letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 288, 1903, 4)
Lt 289, 1903
Belden, F. E. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Nephew Frank Belden,—
Your bundle of letters was placed in my hand, but I could not possibly read them. I had a very intense experience in regard to many matters concerning the school at Berrien Springs, concerning the Southern field, concerning the Sanitarium in Battle Creek, concerning the Review and Herald office. And while their council was in session, I was sending in matters that they should have; but since the camp-meeting at Fresno, matters have opened before me in such an intense light [that] for eight weeks I could not sleep past 12 o’clock and was writing.
(18LtMs, Lt 289, 1903, 1)
My eyes troubled me and I was afraid I was sacrificing them, and yet I kept on. The last two weeks of December were the most agonizing weeks I have ever experienced, and I begged the Lord to relieve me from the awful pressure. But one thing after another rolled upon me, responsibilities that I could not bear. It seemingly would cost me my life, and I could not tell any one anything for they cannot see. Said my Instructor, They cannot understand these things. Then I wrote with all my might day and most of the night to that council, and I carry the load still. I at last had a collapse and could do no more. I had written all the warnings and cautions that were essential, and now I shall, I hope, be free.
(18LtMs, Lt 289, 1903, 2)
But I have not that hope, now that I have tried to keep alive, that you would sometime come to your senses and humble your heart and learn from your past experience that the Lord would [not] and could not endorse your spirit or actions. His name was not glorified.
(18LtMs, Lt 289, 1903, 3)
The Lord has a path marked out for you which is apparently so humble you refuse it. No, no, I cannot, I cannot encourage you. I have not the light that I can bind up your interest with ours. The choice you have made all the way along is not to glorify God. When the hand of the Lord and His voice are recognized, then you will understand you are not to wait until the Lord humbles you, as He has done again and again, but that you will humble yourself under His mighty hand. When you see that you have not that sanctified wisdom that will set you among princes, then you may with your whole heart, mind, and soul seek the Lord; and when you study the life of Christ with sanctified vision, then you will accept the ways of the Lord and glorify Him.
(18LtMs, Lt 289, 1903, 4)
Lt 290, 1903
White, W. C. Refiled as Lt 172, 1903.
Lt 291, 1903
Leaders in the Medical Work NP August 4, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in TMK 199, 281.
Testimony to the Church
To the leaders in the medical work,—
I have a message for you. I am instructed to say that not all the arrangements connected with the management of the medical missionary work are to originate in Battle Creek. The medical missionary work is God’s work, and every church bears its individual responsibility to read and understand the Word of God. We are to take a decided stand against allowing this work, sacred in its origin as a medical missionary work to be carried to all parts of the world in publications and in personal missionary effort, to be selfishly controlled.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 1)
One man is not to think he can be conscience for all medical workers. Human beings are to look to the Lord God of heaven alone for wisdom and guidance in establishing medical institutions. Our brethren must not be asked to work in accordance with the plans of a kingly, ruling power. A change must be brought about. The plan to fasten every medical institution to the central organization at Battle Creek must not be longer advocated, but be relinquished. This plan God forbids.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 2)
For years I have been instructed that there is danger, constant danger, that our brethren will be taught to look to their fellow men for permission and for guidance to do this or that work in the place of looking to God. Thus they become weaklings, and all such restrictions are disapproved of God. All men are bought with a price. The Lord can impress the minds and consciences of all who serve Him and do His work under bonds to God and in a spirit of fraternity that is in accordance with the principles of His laws.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 3)
God is acquainted with the future. He is the one to whom we are to look for guidance. If the practice comes in to look to one another for guidance, we will be misled—adrift—and the mischief is done. They lose confidence in God, and they cannot depend on human wisdom. This sentiment has now come in, the result of which will be placing man where God should be, ever and under all circumstances. Christ is our wisdom, our sanctification, our refiner, our dependence, now and forever and forever. The words were spoken, “Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils.” [Isaiah 2:22.] Let your words and all your plans be under the divine direction.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 4)
The service of Christ is a heavenly and holy and blessed thing. The Word is to be diligently searched, for the ministry of the Word discovers the imperfections in our characters and teaches us that the sanctification of the Spirit is a work of heavenly devising, presenting in Christ Jesus the true perfection that if maintained will become a perfect whole in behalf of every soul. We are educated in Bible lines to become complete in Christlikeness and to see His Father’s face in Him who gave His own life for the saving of the soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 5)
Let every church member consider the breaking up of the fallow ground, the careful cleansing of the soil, and the depositing and harrowing of the seed, which is the laborious work of the husbandman. It is a rough and searching process. The harrowing of the seed is not always pleasant to the receiver, and sometimes disabling to him because he does not sense the virtue of the Word and becomes submissive under the tilling process in spiritual life. The sins committed require the sincere repentance that needeth not to be repented of; but when the hard soil is broken up and the stubborn clods are broken to pieces, then the precious seed can be sown and harrowed into the soil. This represents the severe discipline of God. Often rebellion is manifested, and the discipline of God must continue until the determined will is broken and the end is gained.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 6)
In things spiritual as well as natural this work must be done. Often severity is needed to bring in the spiritual harvest. It is God’s great law that without the proper sowing of seed and the tillage there will be no harvest in sheaves. An experience is lacking. Divine blessings wait only for human spiritual working of the soil of the heart and the industry to care for the soil while the Lord is sowing His seed.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 7)
As a man soweth, he shall also reap. All who study the Word with full purpose to cleanse away from the life all sin, and who search the Scriptures to learn what is truth, will welcome the truth of the Word as a Thus saith the Lord. They will repent under the sharp reproofs of Bible truth, fully aware that truth never changes to adapt itself to any person that lives. If a man sow true repentance, he will reap the reward of sound, good works. If he continues in the faith, he reaps peace. If he becomes sanctified and cleansed from his appetite for cheapness and folly, he shall—if he continues to sow in faith and repentance and hope—reap righteousness and perfect love. If he continues to sow faith, he shall reap. He subordinates himself to an entirely different experience, accepts daily the sanctifying processes, and a continuance in the well-doing in overcoming makes him a daily victor because he keeps the mark of Christ’s perfection ever before him.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 8)
Now any profession you make will be of little advantage to you unless you keep in view that you are running a race in hope of receiving an everlasting spiritual victory, which is essential if you are worthy to share the life with Christ and the fulness of the immortal inheritance. The daily fructifying influence of the Holy Spirit of God must quicken into life and productiveness your purposes, else you will fall into the same channel as that of your past life.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 9)
Now, my brother, will you work to a purpose to prepare yourself for the inheritance of the saints in light? You never yet have felt the sinfulness of your own past course. Life is short. A life is presented to you to obtain that is as enduring as the life of God. Will you consider and think and have the true heavenly manliness to do the work that Christ invites you to do now? It is fructifying with Christ. He laid aside His royal crown and His kingly robe and came to meet the powers of darkness in humanity just as you are required to meet the satanic influences. Will you accept the invitation of Christ: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart”? [Matthew 11:28, 29.] This is the very lesson every one of the human family will have to learn, else they can never become sons and daughters of God and be numbered with the royal family. It rests with every one. Will you take His yoke? Will you give up every inducement and attraction of the world? Will you fully come to your Saviour and say, “I accept the terms; I take the yoke of Christ”?
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 10)
You need to become not a novice, but an intelligent, converted Christian, by copying the example of One who gave His life to a life of persecution. All manner of evil was spoken against Christ. They said that He had a devil, and what sufferings He endured in your behalf that you should not perish! There is limit to wilful transgression. You cannot continue in sin, and grace abound. You and I and all who have sinned may pray to God, not that He would change natural laws, but that He will make the heart wise in choosing to conform the life and character to vindicate and sustain all the wise and true laws God has given. I write these things to you. I greatly desire that you should have an entirely different history in the future than in the past.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 11)
I am so sorry that, in your association in Battle Creek, you have been passing over the same ground that many have passed over, trusting to their own individual selves. You need to make a decided change in yourself, answering to conversion. Your Saviour invites you, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Verses 29, 30.] Here is your work, and will you grieve the Holy Spirit of God?
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 12)
Please tell me what [?] you made with the people in Battle Creek. How much money have you expended, and how much have you gained in educational lines? What have you still in hand of money? I think if you should go to Washington, it will be a much safer place for you to obtain an education. If you would only heed the counsel the Lord has given! It is your only safety. As I have had your case opened before me I have thought much. If you had a genuine experience in the knowledge of the truth, what a happy influence would be created in the perfection of Christian life.
(18LtMs, Lt 291, 1903, 13)
Lt 292, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 6, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie,—
I thank the Lord that you are moving like men who have not a blinder before your eyes. I praise the Lord that I am in very good health. My heart is cheerful and I am pleased with the settlement of [A. R.] Henry. I hope you will carry through all matters as men under the direct influence of the Holy Spirit and unmoved by all the subterfuges of Satan to bind yokes upon God’s people. The gospel ministry and pure, true missionary work clasp hands firmly; one is not independent of the other. None of us wants to be whitewashed by the interpretation of medical missionary work that is not medical missionary work at all. It is not healing; it is not saving; it is not unto eternal life in practicing. As a people we must take up medical missionary work.
(18LtMs, Lt 292, 1903, 1)
Lt 293, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 16, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Son Willie C. White,—
I am very grateful to my heavenly Father that my health is quite good. While I feel the affliction again and again, my heart thanks the Lord that I am yet active and really suffer no more, as I consider, than I have all through my lifetime. I never have done more work in writing, and I have not one word of repining.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 1)
I will not be depressed, although I am not receiving much in line of means. The London office sent me three hundred and forty-seven dollars. The Pacific Press owes the London office, the London office wants Pacific Press—if they have my consent—to make some turn to pay me, and they consent to take this money. I owe the Pacific Press one thousand dollars, and this exchange will help lessen the debt. So I consent and will hope from some source to receive money for books. We are planning, I and my workers, not to lay out means, and I hope to have something come in. I sent letter to Sister Stickney or her daughter Perkins, a widow, to lend me, but answer came they had it not. She wrote me a very nice letter. I shall write the two women, both widows, again as soon as I can conveniently. I am of good courage in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 2)
Shall not attend any camp-meeting this season unless I am especially drawn out to write Los Angeles, and I do not consider it my duty. I want to be in a prepared state when you shall arrive from your long journey, that we shall consult together and decide in regard to the publications of books. And never, never shall books go through several hands from me at any future time. I need the profits on my books and must have them, and my donation that the Lord signified I should make I have tried to do thoroughly, whole-heartedly.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 3)
I have asked H. W. Kellogg to loan me at least one thousand dollars in behalf of Edson. I have told Edson to not rush matters, but bind himself to no such propositions as have been proposed. He has had enough such work to do and suffered for it.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 4)
God knows just how we are situated, and I mean to trust in God and not disregard the light God has given me before we went to Australia, that if the parties managing the Review and Herald could get my books published and I have nothing, no protest would be made by them. I have a copy of a letter that I will send you that I wrote at that time. I am immovably fixed that I will not be controlled in this matter of price of books any longer. I have a little prospect of getting free from debt to the Pacific Press; light has been given me over and over again on this point and I shall heed it. If I am worth what I know the Lord would have me be to His cause, I must take my business in my own hands and refuse this screwing me down to the lowest sum, and I have not money to pay my workers. It cost me something more than selfish minds will take in, but I am now in good spirits, have not lost my mind, and I will not place myself under the harrow because men solicit me to. I have now come to where I will prefer to take my books to unbelievers to handle rather than to have the past experience repeated. There now, I have done with that.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 5)
I have had a talk with Elder A. T. Jones, and I have told him facts in regard to establishing a school of higher classics that the Lord has no call for whatever. The great day of the Lord is near and hasteth greatly. We have no call, no duty to establish a college in Battle Creek. A. T. Jones came to call for money to help the acre fund and, I think, the college too. I told him plainly the Lord sent him on no such errand. If he had any zeal or interest in collecting money, let him bear in mind there was a sanitarium to be created, there was an orphanage to be established in California, there was a debt on the Sanitarium, and he might have expended his zeal in setting this Sanitarium in a better condition; but to come from Battle Creek and begin to gather up money from our churches—I protested against it, in the name of the Lord, that the Lord had never put that work upon him.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 6)
Again I told him I had been shown that Dr. Kellogg was trying to use him to oppose the very things the Lord had been trying to do, for Dr. Kellogg was in no state of mind to give that kind of education the students needed and to exert that influence that would be a savor of life unto eternal life. The man is in no spiritual condition to do the work in the Sanitarium, even, and his course of action has been of that character that God forbids our young people should be educated to study under him. He is working to have the school one year in Battle Creek, get the school there one year for the sake of their obtaining degrees; and it will be opposed to the light God has given by testimonies and the wiping out of these two great principal institutions.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 7)
I told A. T. Jones that Dr. Kellogg was not to have his way in everything he proposes for worldly policies and worldly plans in education—which the Lord had been leading us away from—in the place forming such a school now in Battle Creek. It seems Dr. Kellogg is determined to counterwork God’s plans.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 8)
I have not seen A. T. Jones since. He may be at the Sanitarium. I did not go anywhere to speak on Sabbath. I felt like shutting myself away, where I would not become distracted with the confused working and counterworking at Battle Creek. I am thinking I do not know what it is best to do. I wish I had seen him. I told him Sabbath morning some plain, straightforward things, but what course he will now pursue I know not. I told him that J. H. Kellogg was acting a part in connection with the cause of God that would unsettle many souls. He has gone directly against the testimonies of the Spirit of God, and how long his brethren were to sustain him in his deceptive course I could not determine; that A. T. Jones was acting like a man with his eyes put out. That piece in the paper he would have to explain to make a consistency in his own case, and then he would put a wrong construction on the matter, and thus the matter stands. He did not come to see me again; left this morning.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 9)
I have strong feelings in regard to his coming on the Pacific Coast to raise money to build up interests in Battle Creek. I understand A. T. Jones will be in Healdsburg till the last of this week. I may decide to go to Healdsburg and read him further testimony. Oh, that our brethren would open their eyes to see all things clearly!
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 10)
I was going to see A. T. Jones this day, but he left this morning.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 11)
Whatever may be decided in reference to my books, I must have not so many handling them that I get hardly any income after paying the printers and the material—but there, I have said enough. May the Lord strengthen and bless me and help me to hold fast my hope and trust in God.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 12)
When Dr. Kellogg takes the lines, he does it with a purpose. If he could only glorify God it would be well, but when it is the human agency that works without he Holy Spirit, I am agonized at the thought. Now I shall call your attention to this letter written so long ago. You see how it reads. I came across it by accident. I have another letter on the point somewhere. It may come to me as this has done. I copy the letter just as it was written.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 13)
When your work is done, please to come home. I want to see you, and we all want to see you. Be of good courage. We can pray and commit all our difficulties to God. I will not look on the dark side.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 14)
In love.
(18LtMs, Lt 293, 1903, 15)
Lt 294, 1903
Magan, P. T. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California November 10, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in 13MR 157-158. Dear Brother [P. T.] Magan,—
I received your letter. I was up [at] half-past [four] this morning and found it in my room awaiting me. I think we have sent to you some few days ago the exact thing you call for in regard to [Missionary] Acre Fund. I read it over carefully and it seems to me the right thing. And now comes the long letter from you, which I highly appreciate.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 1)
Not one word comes from Battle Creek to any of us. Why is this? I think they must know I should highly appreciate some word that gives my heart a spring of joy.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 2)
I am sad indeed for your wife, but continue to place her by faith in the arms of our Saviour and believe whatever the Lord hath said He means, and He would have us believe every word in promise.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 3)
I would say, Do let us, if possible, bury the dead carcasses of the past, and let not the enemies have anything to triumph over. I hope there will be a thorough understanding of the foundation Rock upon which we can all stand in unity. Nearly two thousand years ago a voice was heard of strange and mysterious import, because it came from the throne of God, “Sacrifice and offering thou wouldst not, but a body thou hast prepared me.”Hebrews 10:5. “Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of Me, I delight to do Thy will, O My God: yea, Thy law is within My heart.”Psalm 40:7, 8. We are now to understand matters aright by bringing self into unity with Jesus Christ.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 4)
I was not able to comprehend the plan in regard to helping me out of debt, but I have become so that I have less burden to carry, and now I understand better; and I will tell you, Brother Magan, I want not that one of my burdens shall rest on you. I do not think, under the circumstances, you should create burdens to bear for me or any living soul. Relieve yourself; unload; and as to my taking one gift or one dollar from the conference, God forbid.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 5)
As to putting the book Education into some such way of circulation as Object Lessons, I do not expect anything of the kind. Let this book have its course, but my books are not to pass through the many hands that they have done. I have protested against it for many years. The tract societies are not helping me, but are detracting from the profits I should have. I have not and will not consent to have any donations made for me. I will not consent for my care to come in as one bit of an item to make you rally to work for me. You have got all on your hands that you should have and can possibly carry.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 6)
May the Lord help your wife, as the Great Physician only can, and may the Lord give you wisdom to preserve yourself in your difficulties from so many burdens, and to unload every burden possible. May the Lord God give courage, but shun many responsibilities; shun all that you can. Walk circumspectly before God, which I believe you will do. Walk by faith. Cling to the Mighty One every moment and do not let go. There is a great work to be done. If you will work slowly and considerately and not become confused, then you will not work unwisely, but you will gain nothing by overloading yourself.
(18LtMs, Lt 294, 1903, 7)
Lt 295, 1903
Kellogg, J.H. Refiled as Lt 256, 1904.
Lt 296, 1903
White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 11, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Daughter, Emma White,—
I am very thankful to the Lord that you have returned home safely and have met with no accident and harm. I received the black headgear and wear it and shall enjoy it. I have been very, very much burdened to place things in a proper light to be prepared for the Graysville meeting, and I hope that everything will be prepared, as far as human power can do this, that there will be no exhibition of hasty spirit, whatever may come up to appear inconsistent. The grace of Christ is a wonderful soother of the nerves.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 1)
I wish to say that I am considering, since the burning of the Sanitarium and Review and Herald office, how things will now shape themselves. I feel now it is my duty to take the testimonies, some that have been printed in tract form, in warning them which warnings have been disregarded. It is a thing I have felt reluctant to do, but I think I must do it in order to clear my soul. I have been reading them over today and yesterday—the most plain matters in regard to the perverted principles in the publishing house in Battle Creek. The Lord has commenced His work of cleansing.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 2)
I have written letters to Battle Creek, and I have sent the same to yourself, W. C. White, and to the ones I thought should have them. If they will take heed to these reproofs and repent and be converted, there will be a cleansing of the temple to some purpose.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 3)
Oh, when we consider we are framing characters for eternity, what an enormity it gives to human life! And then to see what power Satan has over the churches to create discord and strife! What is coming upon our earth now is little understood. We have not as peaceable times to expect from the powers that be as would make our future a peaceful work in warning the world. May the Lord pity those who have hindered the work of advance!
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 4)
The persecuting powers of Rome will unite with the Protestant powers. For years and years those who have had the light have not followed the light God has sent them, but they have preferred to walk and work in their own counsels. May they see, may they understand and prepare for what is before them.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 5)
I have much to say. I have said much. The question of the greatest importance is: Shall I be prepared to meet the issues that are coming up, and shall I have the robe of Christ’s righteousness? Let the grace of God come into our hearts, and let them be full of His love. I want to see Jesus. I long to meet my Saviour in peace.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 6)
Children, keep the windows of the soul open heavenward and the windows closed earthward. We are praying for you every day, that the Lord will lead you both in straight paths. Press your way through every difficulty, trusting in the Lord.
(18LtMs, Lt 296, 1903, 7)
Lt 297, 1903
Daniells, A. G. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 5, 1903 Previously unpublished. Elder Daniells,—
I have your letter. I sent some yesterday and will send some today and will have to take time to collect matters, but I think this will suffice for the present.
(18LtMs, Lt 297, 1903, 1)
I have expected this for some time. Dr. Kellogg has been repeatedly warned that he would represent Nebuchadnezzar; if he exalted himself God would humble him. If he has not been doing this what can he do more? He has been faithfully warned not to keep the medical missionary work exalted above the gospel message, but he pays not the slightest heed to the testimonies that have been coming to him over a period of years. He has been steadily marching on in self-exaltation till he would order and direct everything, as one competent, when he has divorced himself from the position of being one of God’s denominated people before unbelievers; but he denies saying the very words to unbelieving reporters [that he did say] and making the very expressions he made. When he is worked by the satanic agencies, he does not know what spirit has got hold of him and controls him. He has been disloyal to the truth for some time.
(18LtMs, Lt 297, 1903, 2)
I have hoped and prayed, and continue hoping, that he will break with satanic agencies, and from being a tool in the hands of Satan, but I have little hope now. This boldness and exaltation and kingly power that have been rebuked by the Lord, that would come in among our people, are developed in him in the very largest measure. He is deceived and considers he will ride high; and the more concessions that are made, the worse has been the influence upon him. He feels he has the power in his human hands, but let me tell you I am now convinced that we must move standing in the light of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 297, 1903, 3)
Brother A. T. Jones assured me he received and believed the testimonies. He is under the power of a satanic delusion; and now for the sake of the people of God we must all move calmly without excitement, but solidly and surely, giving no encouragement to any of our people to sustain him in the documents and binding up with the cords to his devisings and his propositions. Now the stand must be taken. God has true, sincere, devoted gospel medical missionary workers. We must now pray and believe and follow the convictions of our own consciences. Do nothing, say nothing that will irritate if you can avoid it. Let him make his speeches, then go right forward on the platform of truth we have ever maintained. If you shall speak words that he can make a handle of, he will do his worst, but our people must be called now to see who will stand on the Lord’s side. He will make it as hard for the people who are desirous to do right as possible, by mistaking, misapplying [remainder missing]
(18LtMs, Lt 297, 1903, 4)
Lt 298, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 18, 1903 Previously unpublished. [W. C. White,—]
I am unable to be free in mind. I think I should be at Healdsburg and have an interview with Brother A. T. Jones. But the much writing must be done, and I do not know how to get the matter satisfactorily adjusted. After much trouble and anxiety of mind, I am decided to start out and try it, if I cannot go farther than Calistoga.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 1)
August 19
We left with our two working farm horses and our large covered carriage, and we were very comfortable. We left at five o’clock. Designed to leave at four o’clock. I was up at two o’clock. We rode to within twelve miles of Healdsburg, then halted and fed the faithful workers, Stormy and Dolly. We ate our simple lunch of fruit and bread and enjoyed our refreshment. Tarried one hour and a half, and we were all refreshed. Arrived at Healdsburg at eleven a.m. Our room is up in the third story. We enjoy being where we can look out on the landscape and mountains. I endured the journey well, and I slept while riding several miles.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 2)
I have spoken this morning to a few students, about thirty. I tried to tell them a few things of what constitutes true education. The words were such as to lead them to think and act as responsible moral agents. Romans 12. God will never fail. He will act His part; and if the human agent will, in humble meekness, act his part appointed him of God, he will be a “laborer together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] The weak human agency is to submit to the divine, yet act his part. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling” lest you shall not act becomingly in co-operation with the divine helper. “For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.]
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 3)
We are to pray much. We need to appreciate the scattered rays of light, blend every precious ray with each succeeding ray, and let it shine in and let it shine forth to others. Truth appreciated will be an abundant consolation. It is the bread of life to the hungry, starving soul. Truth, ever fresh and with increased force, will be plainly revealed. This is your course—to ask, to believe, and to receive by faith the heavenly grace. The golden grains of truth are scattered all through the precious field of the gospel.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 4)
But I find the mail goes soon, and I have had no time to write you. I have had two talks with Brother Jones, and he understands the situation. Clarence will write. If the letter does not come to you in this mail, it will soon—the next mail. But do not any one talk or make any movement in reference to the school at Battle Creek. We are not to let the medical students or any parties be left to the temptations and snares of the enemy if we can prevent it.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 5)
I have had things presented to me. As faithful watchmen we must guard the sheep and lambs that they shall not be led astray. We must secure every chance to preserve the youth. [Some] do not know and understand the dangers that beset us on every side. I shall write you more tomorrow. The Lord is not going to have His cause and work extinguished and those who love and serve Him distressed and afflicted. There are men who must be on the ground at Battle Creek and take advantage to fish and hunt for souls—to uphold the truth before the multitudes. So we will take the very best view of the situation from our standpoint.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 6)
A. T. Jones, I think, will guard the fort. He says that is all he goes to Battle Creek for—to present our position, straight and plain, from the Bible, and when he cannot do this he will not remain. But it is best that every advantage shall be laid hold of to reach the worldlings anywhere, and there will be true-hearted Christians to reach and the poor, unsuspecting medical missionary students be helped. All these must be helped and every ray of light shine forth. The truth must stand as truth, Bible truth, and Dr. Kellogg himself may come to see his spiritual defection. This was the way the matter should be tried and everything tested.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 7)
Let all keep silence and make no movement of their own human self. God works, and no man can hinder Him. Looking unto Jesus, we have a Friend at court.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 8)
I felt at one time I could not endure the thought of the presentation. But we are to labor together with God, to defeat the enemy and change the presentation. I may have to go to Battle Creek, but I mean that that medical missionary company shall not be ensnared, for the Lord will help us to do His work in a way that will be recognized of heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 9)
I will write tomorrow. In love.
(18LtMs, Lt 298, 1903, 10)
Lt 299, 1903
White, W. C. Healdsburg, California August, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Son, W. C. White,—
I have just read the little pamphlet issued from Washington, D.C. Elder Daniells sent me a copy of a letter sent to you. I am very much gratified to read it. He wrote me one page which I appreciate. I send this letter with the one before it to you. I do not care to copy for it is hardly worth copying. All that I have written to you is correct, that the enemy has come down in great power, but he put on angel garments; and some who have persistently followed their own devising will not recognize the companion whose arm he has accepted. For this reason there must be a counterworking.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 1)
I shall furnish some one in whom I can trust with copies of the very things essential for them to have, that all may not voice the words of Dr. Kellogg and all accept his influence. We need watchmen upon the walls of Zion to keep guard resolutely, determinedly, and not be found sleeping at their post of duty.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 2)
I had a conversation Sabbath morning last with A. T. Jones. I told him if he would at any time allow his own mind to take in all the Doctor’s propositions, he would find himself ensnared. Well, I had much to say, and I have continued to pray for Dr. Kellogg. He may after a time be afflicted bodily, and if he is it may be the salvation of his soul.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 3)
I have felt at times a swelling indignation that we are obliged to be so perplexed to understand how to deal with him. I shall never venture to speak one encouraging word that he can use to lift himself up, whatever may be my opinion of Brother John Kellogg. The last encouragement I gave him filled his poor weak soul with vanity. We stand where I fear one word of appreciation would have the [same] results. May the Lord just help me to express myself in few words, if I have to speak with him and converse with him.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 4)
I have not an idea that the doctor can understand what is genuine truth, for his heart is unrenewed with grace. The mind, heart, and moral principles of the man have been revealed so fully that it is impossible for me to speak words in his favor, but that he should flourish himself about and threaten the law of men that he supposes will say something in reference to him; [all this] evidences that he is not a Christian, whatever he may profess; and unless he shall greatly humble his soul before God and repent, his candlestick will be removed out of his place. God forbid we should [see] any more exhibitions of his poor, human, foolish self.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 5)
We need men now who are truly converted, then all the wonderful secret working will end; conniving and double-dealing will come to an end. There are those who act very much as Lucifer acted in the heavenly courts, who boast of being rich and increased with goods and having need of nothing. I do not wonder that Christ pronounces them poor, wretched, blind, and miserable and knowing it not. They are full of knowledge and satanic craft and art; they are neither cold nor hot. Christ says, “I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] He will not [take] such names on His lips.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 6)
Oh, how verily blind are the souls who are pompous and demerit the good and the true and the righteous! They cannot appreciate true virtue. God wants the souls He has purchased with His own blood to be in every respect valuable according to the purchase money paid. “Ye are not your own.”“Ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] Every provision has been made. “I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir;” that is, every man who will submit to become, through the grace of God, refined, ennobled, sanctified. [Isaiah 13:12.] If he chooses his own defective, objectionable traits of character, the devil will surely be accepted and honored as his god. His schemes, his intricacies, his resentment—if all his propositions are not entered into as the superior wisdom, and if opposed—the wicked one will be sure to reveal himself as one who has knowledge and has power, but not the wisdom to use his smartness, abusing it and making him disgusting to the Lord Jesus.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 7)
“I would,” Jesus says, “thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and nether cold nor hot I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] This condition represents the Laodicean Church. And the representation is correct, for Christ Himself hath given the description. Will a man leave the snow of Lebanon to drink of the murky, befouled waters of the valley? Will human beings care so little about their behaviour as to threaten taking them before Caesar’s judgment seat? And if their case is not so disgusting to the heavenly [Father] that He takes life away, he will in that great day never know how he cast himself wholly on Satan’s side. But they who will do the opposite of this man will have the overcomer’s reward. A soul converted, unless he stay converted, will be left outside of heaven. The Lord says He would be mind and judgment, for even the mind of God and the Lord has no place for him. He would, if in heaven, educate himself to be an accuser of his brethren, and this class will never, never enter heaven to spoil the happiness of the whole heavenly host.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 8)
I must now stop; only I will say, Talk about Jesus, for His life will shine. He has goldened every page of the Word of God to aid the soul in partaking of the water of life. I must stop for I cannot hold my eyes open. Will write more soon. This must stop now if it goes into the mail.
(18LtMs, Lt 299, 1903, 9)
Lt 300, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 16, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 292. Dr. Kellogg,—
I have read your letter. It makes my heart very sad to consider the way you are placed before me, and this is the reason I have not for a time felt that I could write to you. My heart is very sad over your case. I cannot possibly answer your letter.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 1)
I hoped very much for you after the General Conference. I tried in every way to encourage the brethren to do all in their power to remove everything possible from your path and to co-operate with you; but I am very sorry now that I labored so unremittingly to place your case as one who would place your feet on the right platform and would yet see where you have made your mistakes in the past. As long as you sustain yourself in your actions, you are only planning more extensively to set your food business in operation in every place. You will work by wrong methods, and commercial things will be your ambition. You will carry your own way, when your way is not God’s way.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 2)
I have been instructed that when you shall be worked by the Holy Spirit will be when you have a new heart and are born again. I supposed that the conference meeting in Battle Creek would be the time of your entire conversion, but your heart is not right with God. The Spirit of God is not working you. You need now not to rush and drive, but to be converted. You are not sound in the faith. The work which is essential to be done for our people, our youth, is to educate them to believe the truth that has made our people what they are in numbers and in strength. This is the work for this time and is to be acknowledged and not denied as you have and are denying the faith.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 3)
You are not sound in the truth. Your statements made to believers and unbelievers misrepresent us as a people who have not changed the truth for error. They detract from the influence God would have us possess before the world in revealing in plain, unmistakable language that we are true to the principles of our faith and that we hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. We are strictly denominational. We believe in 1903 the same truths we did believe when we established the Sanitarium and the College in Battle Creek, and we know that we had no ifs or ands about this matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 4)
While you have told the things that you have and made the statements you have before unbelievers, my heart has been sad indeed. You have evidenced that you have departed from the faith. The very statements you have made before worldly men of influence, as the papers have reported your words, have been presented to me distinctly from your lips as you have spoken them. We cannot labor to give you influence as one whom we can trust with the sacred work connected with our institutions, for you need first to be converted and led.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 5)
You are not sound in the faith. I have stated this in my diary months ago. You have certainly placed the people of God, whom the Lord has led step by step in the ways of truth and placed upon a solid foundation, in a false showing before unbelievers. Some have departed from the faith and will continue to misrepresent the work God has given me.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 6)
The sanctuary question is a clear and definite doctrine as we have held it as a people. You are not definitely clear on the personality of God, which is everything to us as a people. You have virtually destroyed the Lord God Himself.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 7)
Why should you take the liberty to make the statements which you have made, as though you had authority for thus stating, when they are falsehoods? You have made the facts of our faith of none effect before unbelievers, and the truth which should ever be kept prominent and exalted with this people you have virtually denied and ignored in your many statements. How dared you to do this? It necessitates us now to present our true position which constitutes us Seventh-day Adventists. Whatever influence God has given you in the past has been in mercy to you, letting the light shine upon you.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 8)
We cannot for a moment have any misrepresentation upon these solemn and important subjects of truth which have been the faith of our people since 1844. This means much to us. The Lord would have me say to you that the enemy has, through his specious deceptions, placed his unbelief in your mind, and you have been working it out. All who receive your presentations will enter upon strange paths if they connect with you. You are bringing in strange, common fire, but not the fire of God’s own kindling; and now I must speak plainly to our people that the Lord has led us step by step and shown us clear light upon the heavenly sanctuary in the most holy of holies where God revealed Himself to His appointed ones.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 9)
*****
Now I cannot state half that I wish, but we must have no controversy with you. God has brought out a people, and His Holy Spirit has opened to them His Word, clear and conclusive. We are to be lightbearers to the world. All are to be a unit and follow step by step as led by the Lord. We are not to go back, denying our past experience, but to press forward and upward and make straight paths for our feet lest the lame—the weak in faith—be turned out of the way.
(18LtMs, Lt 300, 1903, 10)
Lt 301, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. NP April 5, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in 5Bio 292. Dr. Kellogg,—
It has been presented to me that we are not to become represented to the world as a people forsaken of God. They will put the worst constructions upon our people now, if there is not the wisest management. We stand before the world, Dr. Kellogg, as you have misrepresented us as a people; and our leading brethren will not be clear until they have given the facts, that the work and cause of God have been greatly misrepresented by those who have placed the grand soul-testing message as nothingness, as without weight.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 1)
The Lord inquires, Who has given you this work to do? Our brethren would have felt called upon to do something in this line had I spoken long ago the things I knew. I supposed you would rally yourself and make matters straight, but I have been instructed that we must correct this error and this false light in which you have placed us as a people before the people who know not the truth.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 2)
There was one by your side working you. It was the one who was the prince of the power of the air, and you were represented as linked up with him—your arm in his, his mind molding your mind, and putting us, the remnant people of God, in a false light before Seventh-day Adventists and the world, while representing yourself in a false light as the great power of God. This stands against you in the books of heaven. “False, false,” said the heavenly messenger. You were weighed in the balance and found wanting. When any message and warning has been unheeded, your excuses have been framed by one who was by your side. The specious, scheming representations of God in nature carry their charming, soothing influence as a peace and safety pill to give to the people in the spiritualistic views that Satan has instituted in your theories.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 3)
These words were spoken with great force, in a loud voice, “What is the chaff to the wheat?” [Jeremiah 23:28.] The churches need now the winnowing process, the cleansing of the soul temple from all these pleasant pictures Satan has been devising, ready to frame in the imagination.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 4)
I am now to lift the note of warning and give the trumpet a certain sound. Wake up, brethren; wake up from your peace and safety attitude and seek the Lord while He may be found; call ye upon Him while He is now nigh, in every church, with fasting, with confession and true repentance of heart. I am instructed to say that those who, “being often reproved,” hardeneth their hearts, “shall suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy,” meaning that there will be no chance for repentance, no chance to redeem the past. [Proverbs 29:1.] They are passed beyond the time, and the word is given, “Ephraim is joined to idols: let him alone.”Hosea 4:17.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 5)
It is written, “My house shall be called the house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves.”Matthew 21:13. This is applicable to many of the devisings and plannings under the suggestions of the power of him who is called the prince of the power of the air. As God sends warnings, and these warnings have had no influence, then the prince of the power of the air has some wonderful, successful thing to present in beautiful pictures and soft, smooth sayings—words that please the fancy of the human mind. Nought but the clear discernment of the Holy Spirit of God can perceive the genuine track of truth. Solid, eternal truth is our only safety now from specious errors dressed in the angelic robes of science.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 6)
***** April 7, 1903 St. Helena
I have many things to say. The track of error lies close beside the track of truth, and at first sight many feet will be led astray, supposing they are in the very exalted way cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in; but that deceptive track widens more and more until all kinds of makeshifts and delusive, beautiful things, professedly called the truth, enter upon it.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 7)
The Lord presented before me one year ago that even in the medical missionary work Satan will weave in his specious devising, seeming to be very plausible and beautiful. The instruction given me was that this very thing has been taking place, and the warning was given: Ye shall be cast out, smitten and taken unawares, all ye that say, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.” [Jeremiah 7:4.] All those fine angel garments that clothe the errors in splendid representations will I strip from them, and they shall appear in their true characters, for deception and apostasy will certainly be developed unless the people are warned.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 8)
***** April 28, 1903 St. Helena
I could not close my eyes to sleep until half-past one o’clock. Scene after scene passed before me in the night season, the 26th, and my sleep, although it was more than my usual hours, seemed to do me no good. I was talking to our people in Battle Creek and labored most earnestly in relating the positive dangers that would come upon us. I seemed to have no rest. I rode out, hoping the change would help me, but it did me no good. I was not able to sit up, for in the carriage I would fall asleep; but when night came there was no sleep for me until half-past one o’clock. The scenes I had passed through, the labor in prayer and in bearing my testimony, were so oppressively before me that I could not sleep.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 9)
I was writing on some things through the day. Last night again I was in conference meeting with my brethren and laboring most earnestly. One said in our midst, You suppose you have gained great victories but you will certainly have severe conflicts, for you have an opposing force that you have taken great pains to establish in the confidence of the churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 10)
Dr. Kellogg was making propositions to establish food factories in many places, and here again mistakes would be made. This matter, as a commercial business, will be carried in worldly policy lines. Our overworked men will be fastened in this business, drawn away from higher work—from teaching the truth and canvassing for the books that are to go forth to the world—by the offer of higher wages. This is Satan’s plan that will take men who have had a hard time to be bought and sold.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 11)
The end of all things is at hand. The Lord is looking upon all these plans and says, Beware lest business matters shall entice men—who should now be working for the Master as evangelists and canvassers and ministers, or qualifying themselves as physicians or to fill responsible positions in our printing plants—and tempt them to neglect the work of presenting the truth for the last days. Ministers are needed to enter new places. Dr. Kellogg, your plans may change somewhat, but in some respects the same hay, wood, and stubble will be piled upon the foundation as have been for years; and the work Christ has ordained to be done will be left, through your temptations, for better commercial, business advantages to secure gain.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 12)
Watchman, what of the night? Watch unto prayer. Men who are and have been doing a good work in their positions of trust will have obtained an experience to do a work for God’s name and glory. The Lord has sent messages to them to fit them up with a experience, but if they carry out the policy that will be brought in, the work of the Lord will be far behind what it should be in the year to come. Now let all our leading men, gospel ministers and medical missionaries, consider that the work of reformation does not consist in cooking and eating and drinking.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 13)
Dr. Kellogg was addressed. The word spoken to him was that he must consider he had not been making straight paths for his feet, and any wonderful outspread in the line of restaurants and food stores, as he shall outline, must not be. He is not in the light. Snares and pitfalls will take many souls.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 14)
Should the work be carried out because Dr. Kellogg places it in a favorable showing, where men have started food stores by the hardest effort to accomplish a standing, let them now understand that this may become altogether too absorbing, as some other enterprises have been. There is too much business and too little solid principle. This is not the great missionary work for this time, and the very work which would prove a benefit if rightly handled may become a real decoy, a curse, unless believers are wide awake and shall be most thoroughly baptized with the Holy Spirit. This is their only safeguard for these last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 301, 1903, 15)
Lt 302, 1903
Kress, Brother and Sister San Diego, California November 22, 1903 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Kress,—
I have been so full of labor that I could not write those things I would be glad to write to you. I might if I would write those things which might disturb your mind. I do not want to do this. We must all be in position to appreciate one another [even] if they may not be led just as we are, but let us all try to harmonize. You mention some questions you asked of me in regard to the time, I think, of taking meals in sanitariums. I am not on the ground, but from the light given me, you are in the habit of preparing diet on the retrenching line too much. You do not make all that consideration essential for those who know little or nothing of the reasons of our faith. Now there is to be great care with you both lest you consider your plans in preparing meals is as if you would be a criterion. I have written letters on this point.
(18LtMs, Lt 302, 1903, 1)
You are in danger of the abstemious plans when they would not be a blessing to the ones who leave off too suddenly their hearty meals and change too abruptly to food that they cannot relish. If you should have a more liberal diet, it would be for the good of those who patronize the Sanitarium. It would be far better to err on the side of greater liberality than be in error on the restricted order, for it means much to the Sanitarium whether we carry things precisely our own way because it has worked well in some ways with yourselves, but not always well with yourselves.
(18LtMs, Lt 302, 1903, 2)
You came near dying from your erroneous carrying out of the restricted diet too far. You will have [to] study this yourselves. Brother Kress and Sister Kress have overstrained matters on the diet question, and therefore life had almost gone out. You felt and expressed in letters that point in your experience was made much of because others, you thought, misstated you.
(18LtMs, Lt 302, 1903, 3)
Now, my dear and much loved brother and sister, I write this to you especially. I have no copy of this letter and no others have a copy of it, and therefore I keep no copy. But I am sincerely your friend and tell you how these things are presented to me. We can be overstrenuous, but ought not to be, but place ourselves in our experience in their position. Never having had the light, how carefully should the changes be made. Meat may have been their bill of fare, but take that away you must take extra efforts to show them that we can have good, excellent dishes out of the productions from the ground, fruit from the orchard, and everything prepared in the nicest way because we want them to carry away with them a good report; and with many of these patients leaving their hearty food [they] may feel really a need of something more stimulating in diet. I speak of these things because the third meal may be the more profitable to the patients than to have them miss that meal. Please consider these things on both sides of the question. We want that the painstaking effort should be made intelligently.
(18LtMs, Lt 302, 1903, 4)
I am afraid you cannot read this; if not, let me know in your next letter. I will say I write this because I wish you to be successful, but I write as the matter is represented to me and the impressions made are not the best. The Lord help and bless you is our prayer. In much love.
(18LtMs, Lt 302, 1903, 5)
Lt 303, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California August 29, 1903 Portions of this letter are published in CTr 227. + Dr. J. H. Kellogg My dear Brother,—
Recently I have been wrought upon by the Spirit of God to say to you some things that I did not say at the General Conference in Oakland because I felt that that was not the proper time or place to mention them. I have hoped that you would give heed to the messages borne to you, and humble your heart before God. But you have not done this.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 1)
Last Tuesday, in the early morning hours, your case was presented before me in such a way that now, for your own soul’s sake, I will mention some things, but not all. I am instructed to bear a message to you, and to our brethren who claim to believe the truth as revealed in the messages that Christ came to the Isle of Patmos to give to John while this apostle was in exile—the messages portraying the events that will occur in the last days of this earth’s history. John was directed to communicate these messages to the churches.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 2)
“The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John.” [Revelation 1:1.] “Which must shortly come to pass.” If at the time these things were revealed, it could be said that they would “shortly come to pass,” they must be very nigh now. It is of far greater importance to us that we understand this solemn revelation, which concerns our temporal and eternal interests, than that we study Latin, or Greek, or the science of drug medication. We do not need these branches of learning. If we had needed them, the great Medical Missionary would certainly have given us some instruction in regard to the matter.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 3)
At this time, when the inhabitants of the whole world are being worked with an intensity by Satanic agencies, we are to gain an understanding of the one thing needful that will make it possible for us to secure eternal life. The one thing positively needful now, in this last remnant of time, is that we should love God supremely and our neighbors as ourselves. When practical godliness of this sort shall come into the church, Heaven’s signature will be attached to the work done to reveal to the world the true Medical Missionary. Christ came to this earth to ennoble and refine and sanctify humanity. By His words and works in behalf of the fallen race, He evidenced to men and women what they can become by cooperating with their Creator.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 4)
The desecrated and defiled order of beings, united with the great deceiver, work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. Satanic agencies, working through human minds, devise and plan wonderful things that are not acceptable to God nor in harmony with His purpose.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 5)
We see Satan’s work constantly growing in intensity, as manifested in increasing deception, violence, and crime. How can the false and cruel work of apostasy and rebellion be dealt with, both for the destruction of evil and the restoration of the evil-doers? During the entire experiment the remedial agencies must stand forth pure and undefiled.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 6)
All our medical missionary work is to bear the marks of heavenly, denominated power. It is to be free from stain and corruption and defilement. When Christ was engaged in medical missionary work, He declared to His disciples, “My meat is to do the will of Him that sent Me, and to finish His work.” [John 4:34.] If this was His plan in doing this line work, if the Lord of life and glory thus resigned Himself in conformity to the divine will in order to give to the world an example of self-denial and self-sacrifice, how it does put to shame our human preferences, our human exaltation!
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 7)
If man will not accept Christ’s terms and reform, the seeds of rebellion will take root, spring up, and bear fruit, whereby many will be deceived and defiled. Rebellion will never cure itself. God alone can conquer it by reproof, by correction in righteousness, through His appointed agencies. But some will not be cured, for they will never confess their sins and become vessels unto honor.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 8)
Our adversary, Satan, will work in every conceivable way to prevent erring, sinful man—especially one who occupies a leading position of responsibility—from making straight thorough work for time and for eternity.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 9)
The Lord has entreated, reproved, encouraged, invited, and drawn by the cords of His love, the erring ones; but they change not their course. “Come unto Me,” He says, “that ye might have life, and through humiliation and repentance have it more abundantly.” But the adversary to God and man has exercised his power over these experienced leaders, and wrought through them, doing many things contrary to the teachings of Jesus of Nazareth, and Satan will hold them captive as long as they have any inclination to continue in his service.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 10)
Let us obey the Captain of our salvation. His title is, The Lord of Hosts. By His sufferings and humiliation He has purchased every soul. “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:21.] These are the terms of salvation. And may God forbid that poor, weak, erring, finite man should build up barriers around himself to maintain his dignity, for such a man, and all who follow his example, will lose everything of value in this life, as well as the eternal weight of glory granted to the overcomer.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 11)
Never will the human family—redeemed by the example of the Sent of God, the only begotten of the Father—understand and fully comprehend the terrible conflict waged with deceptive, alluring power and concealed, deadly hatred by Satan against our Lord when He lived among men. After the battle of the great day of God shall take place, when the power of rebellion is forever broken, and Christ’s mediatorial work in its magnitude is represented so plainly that all the redeemed of God’s family shall with clear comprehension understand the mission of His Son as the mediatorial remedy to make of the fallen race a repentant, humble, meek, reclaimed order of beings—then there will be seen developed the difference between that serveth God and him that serveth Him not.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 12)
Rebellion will exist in our world until in heaven are spoken the words, “It is done.” [Revelation 16:17.] Rebellion in the church is caused by its members feeling opposed to God and to His terms of salvation. Man wants abundant room to express himself and to attract attention. He does not know or understand that he is working out the plans of Satan. If he refuses to see and to become enlightened, if he refuses to be instructed, he rejects the mediatorial remedy that has been given to save the sinner not in his sin but from his sin. For the express purpose of saving sinners, was the remedial work of Christ planned.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 13)
When Christ first announced to the heavenly host His mission and work in the world, He declared that He was to leave His position of dignity and disguise His holy mission by assuming the likeness of a man, when in reality He was the Son of the infinite God. And when the fullness of time was come, He stepped down from His throne of highest command, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth to exemplify what humanity must do and be in order to overcome the enemy and to sit with the Father upon His throne. Coming, as He did, as a man, with all the evil tendencies to which man is heir, , He made it possible for Himself to be buffeted by human agencies inspired by Satan, the rebel who had been expelled from heaven.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 14)
As the head of humanity, Christ lived on this earth a perfect, consistent life, in conformity with the will of His heavenly Father. When He left the courts of heaven, He announced the mission that He designed to fulfill. “Lo, I come,” He declared. “In the volume of the book it is written of Me, I delight to do Thy will, O My God.” [Psalm 40:7, 8.] Always uppermost in His mind and heart was the thought, “Not My human will, but Thy will, be done.” [Luke 22:42.] This was the infallible principle that actuated Him in all His words and works, and that molded His character.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 15)
Born in poverty in a stable, reared and trained in seclusion in the humbler walks of life, the Saviour of mankind was not recognized as a superior being, but He who was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, uttered no complaint in regard to His humble station in life. He was reproached even by His own brethren, because He would not take part with them in their sins. He conformed His will to the will of His Father, as all the human family should do.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 16)
Christ Jesus our Lord was a faultless character, a perfect example of heavenly grace and lowliness. From His birth to His death He gave us an example of what men and women must be, if they are accepted as His disciples, and hold the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. In the first period of His human existence, He did not deviate from what every child should be educated to be. He preserved His honesty, truthfulness, and integrity. He was a specimen of heaven here on the earth—an example of what every child, every youth, may be in the family home in the manifestation of tenderness, kindness, love, perfect obedience. Angels of heaven are appointed to watch over every child that comes into the world.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 17)
Throughout His experience, during the thirty-three years He spent on this earth, Christ was beset with all the temptations wherewith the human family are tempted, yet He was without a stain of sin. He was mocked, derided, spat upon, crowned with thorns, crucified. At the close of His dying agonies on the cross, He had finished His work triumphantly.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 18)
Christ sacrificed Himself in order that He might rescue man from the penalty of sin. “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.] And yet, notwithstanding the Redeemer’s work in our behalf, there are among us today some spiritual leaders who are in need of being led, leaders who are corrupting their way and leading others into false paths through the presentation of perverted principles. Some who have long walked in various forbidden paths will not humble themselves before God, repent and be converted, that their marked errors, their many sins may be blotted out. But God will not be mocked. He cannot, will not, bear much longer with those who make such a showing.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 19)
“God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Ought not the human family consider what the Father and His Son have done to save the human family? And, considering all these things, ought they not to be ashamed of their self-willed indulgences, their self-exaltation as leaders, when at all times they should have pointed away from themselves to Jesus Christ as their Leader, their Redeemer? Oh, that the curtain could be rolled back, and poor, sinful mortals could be enabled to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible! Proud, self-exalted, sinful human beings would change their attitude decidedly. Their wicked boasting would appear in all its contemptibleness; they would understand that their disgusting representations have made Christ ashamed to call them His disciples. And yet they glorify themselves as leaders above Christ and turn away from the example of humiliation that He has given them. They desire not to practice the self-denial and self-sacrifice that He practiced. They will not eat of His flesh and drink of His blood—His Word. They fail to learn the lessons that He desires to teach them.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 20)
Christ’s life was one of continual trial in our behalf. Divinity was hidden under the garb of humanity. But how many poor, sinful mortals endeavor to climb to the highest pinnacle of self-exaltation! Christ turns away in grief. With quivering lips and with weeping He says, “Ye will not come unto Me, that ye might have life.” [John 5:40.] He knows that unless these erring ones reform, they must perish. He has paid a heavy ransom for their redemption; but still they refuse to represent before the world, in word and deed, the meek and lowly Saviour.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 21)
I am instructed to say, It is not now too late to make thorough work for repentance and reformation. There is no excuse for any man to choose to rule others and to exercise a controlling power over human minds. The will of such a man needs to be broken and changed. True leaders are willing to be led in the Lord’s way because they feel that the responsibilities they are carrying are so fearfully solemn, and the results of following a wrong course so terrible that they dare not choose their own way or carry out their own devising, which would be liable to encourage a condition of things that would place them on the side of the great fallen rebel.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 22)
I call upon all who have any desire to be saved: Turn ye, turn ye, for why will you further provoke the wrath of an offended God? Why will you be companions of those who love not the truth and the Word—those who never submit their wills to God’s will; those who in words and theories and worldly maxims deny the faith, and give heed to seducing spirits, misconstruing, yes, perverting, the truth? Are you not afraid of the next reproof from God? Who will now, while it is called today, while Mercy’s sweet voice is still heard calling, repent of their evil course, and follow Him who has said: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.]
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 23)
Man can brace himself in stubbornness and rebellion against the truth. He can exalt himself in sinful acts, as some have repeatedly done. Every such an one needs now to make a determined effort to cut himself loose from Satan’s chariot-car, and no longer do his will.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 24)
The Lord has a controversy with His people. There are some with whom He has borne long, marking out before them again and again the course that they should pursue. And while these may have made some changes, they do not make thorough work because they receive not the love of the truth, that they may be saved. Therefore, very soon the Lord will send them strong delusions, that they should believe a lie.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 25)
Oh, may God forbid that these souls in peril should continue to rebel against the truth and to take pleasure in unrighteousness! Oh, how can so many spoil themselves by their own deceptions!
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 26)
All can see that the day of peril is now upon us. No man’s life is secure. Men will be imbued with the desire to kill, and anyone that crosses their track is unsafe. In the closing days of this earth’s history, Satan seems to have things arranged in his own way. As it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be when the Son of man shall be revealed. Consider the forbearance God manifested toward the Sodomites and their final punishment.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 27)
The Lord lays grave responsibilities on the men who have stood at the head of the rank and file of His people. My brethren, He is trying to call your attention to your own peril. He invites; He presents motives. Who will continue to reject His overtures of mercy? Who will still choose to serve the enemy? If you resist longer, will the Lord God touch your hearts after you have had a more extended experience in regarding your own ideas as supreme? Many of these ideas are brought to the mind by the father of lies and deception.
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 28)
The cross of Christ, with all its record of the Saviour’s humiliation, stands before you. Saith Christ, “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] To all such will He give grace and strength. He will be unto them as One who is compassionate and lovely. He it is who gives the invitation, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.]
(18LtMs, Lt 303, 1903, 29)
Lt 304, 1903
Hughes, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California August 1, 1903 This letter is published in entirety in PCO 87-91. Dear Brother and Sister Hughes,
I have some things to write to the Huntsville School.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 1)
I am hoping, Brother and Sister Hughes, that you will not become discouraged, but let your persevering, patient efforts continue, line upon line. Now, this school in Huntsville is to be a school that shall have special advantages which it does not have now. Everything must be taken up with a determination to bring in with the studies practical lessons of refinement. There must be colored schools that shall be in buildings a representation of what can be done for the colored people—plain, solid, convenient buildings.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 2)
As far as advantages and surroundings are concerned, every effort should be put forth to make all the advance possible in true, straightforward lines. I felt very much pleased that you could take up a work in a school for the colored and not leave the impression on minds that anything will do for the colored race. This is not the mind and will of God. Let the work be marked with a determination that the whole class of the colored race shall be cared for, particularly to redeem the past as much as possible, leading them to work not in a loose, coarse, slovenly way.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 3)
Now, I would say to all in that school, as managers [and] teachers, reach upward in expectation. While you must do nothing to spoil the colored students and helpers with too much indulgence, but let the white teachers be sure you have them learn to be cleanly and to have good, wholesome, durable clothing. How pleased I was at Vicksburg to see those assembled on the Sabbath dressed in neat, cleanly apparel. Let the Huntsville School be a sample of how all colored schools should be. There are many of the colored race that can and will be gaining an education in preparation to enter the field as teachers. If they see their teachers have encouragement in them, being able to teach them [so] that they may become young men and women who will fill their place in God’s plan to become teachers, a great work is done for this depressed race and their degradation is not of their own creating. God designed no such thing.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 4)
Then let all labor to come back to God’s design, and while schools for the white class are having superior advantages, I have a message to bear that a decided influence shall be constantly going forth in Huntsville. As presented to me [it] will make its mark under correct [guidance], kindly but forcibly. I have a message to bear that our white teachers shall encourage the black students in every way possible to have hope of themselves in making this place all it should be, and that it is not the color of the skin that will spoil their record [or] that the Lord will make a special heaven for the whites and another for the blacks. All will receive their reward according to their cleanness of heart.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 5)
If Christ makes the colored race clean and white in the blood of the Lamb, if He clothes them with the garments of His righteousness, they will be honored in the heavenly kingdom as verily as the white, and when the Lord Jesus’ face shall shine upon the righteous black they will shine forth in the very same complexion that Christ has.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 6)
But now, Brother and Sister Hughes, hold fast your courage. We all shall have to be tried to see what material we are of. But I speak to you: Keep your eye single to the glory of God. You are to have a cleanly, uplifting, ennobling faculty to teach the colored people, and they will be what you will make them. There must be no neglect of human beings because of color line. Teach these [that] their souls can be made all white and clean in the blood of the Lamb.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 7)
I have had this matter so presented to me that I would not venture to show that I despised one of these little ones. They need good, wholesome food such as white people have. They may not have been accustomed to it but it will have all the advantages upon brain, bone, and muscles as upon those of the human family whose skin is white. I tell you it is a white, clean heart that is of value with God. Well now, I have said all I will say at this time on this point.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 8)
There are to be schools established in the South for the whites and blacks—separate schools in the South because of the particular prejudice. I will say to every church member, be careful how you keep human minds in a species of slavery because they have a black skin. Will any of you despise the workmanship of God, and depress and trample down those you should try to help up and prepare them through education to have clean, pure souls? We are to call upon all who love God and keep His commandments to unite in Christian Endeavor Societies (even a few in different localities) to see what may be accomplished for the blacks, as a special work God requires to be done.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 9)
The Lord would have His people who love Him to know [that] the converted colored men and women who love God and try to do His will are His property, of as much value in His sight as the white who have not endured the same embarrassments that the colored race have, however educated and talented they may be. Let the white people who ignore the color of the skin be sure to show their appreciation of the same by making their own peace [and] gratitude offerings to God, and by teaching those who are not so highly favored that they will help, that they will restore to them as far as they can what has been lost through the years of privation and slavery.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 10)
But let no Bible-believer think they are doing God service by treating with contempt one who has a colored skin given them of God. They are not responsible for their colored skin. You reproach God. They cannot change or alter their color [even] if they would. The irreligious are prejudiced against color, and they show their ignorance of God’s mind and His work by showing contempt to the human race because [of] color.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 11)
Now, I have other words to say. It is not a proper thing to do to be in defense that the white and black shall intermarry, entailing upon their offspring difficulties their children should not be obliged to carry. Be decided on this subject. And let not, considering the prejudice that exists in the Southern field and with many in the Northern field, the colored field [think] that the color line shall be obliterated. Should this be managed indiscreetly, it would make the work exceedingly hard to manage, and close the door whereby the help should come to the colored race.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 12)
While this is the case existing, we must treat the case judiciously. We need to deal with both parties, white and black, as it is, and act intelligently, with great consideration. We must guard any premature movements, and there should be commencing work where there is the least prejudice, lest that work shall be rudely and abruptly blocked and so treated that there cannot be work done in the places where the white people have created in their own minds and hearts a most decided prejudice against the colored race, and have made their lot so exceedingly hard that oppression and reckless cruelty is the result. And these places, such as Vicksburg and all like unto it, can be worked only by the greatest precautions. Nashville will be a more favorable field (and outpost localities), and yet it is plenty hard enough to get hold.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 13)
The truth should have been proclaimed years ago in the Southern states, from city to city. Health institutions should be arranged in a way that it [the South] will not be so distressingly barren of facilities as in Huntsville. Our people who have a knowledge of how meager were the preparations in some places ought to have done the very things in that locality to raise means to place them in a much more favorable, encouraging situation to work. Why has this not been done? Because of lack of means which they should have had. The Lord has graciously sent Brother and Sister Hughes to that locality, and the softening influence of these workers will put their mould on the work, as it should be in every locality if they have help where work is taken hold of in the South.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 14)
It [Huntsville] is to be an object lesson, and the hope and courage is not to be taken out of the hearts of an abandoned people, but hope is to be inspired by those who have not been educated to consider [that] the colored race will not appreciate the refining, uplifting efforts made in their behalf. It requires patient, earnest, persevering, God-given energy to carry the work forward, step by step, here a little and there a little, and lifting at every step this people to consider that they are not to be treated as if shut up in themselves with no hope of a change in their condition.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 15)
Those who believe Bible truth for this time will consider that there are men to be educated to work for their own colored people as missionaries, and they are not to feel that their sphere of labor must be for the whites, for they are to be educated and trained [to] become missionaries in their own borders. And the very difficulties these people have to contend with, to many of them will seem insurmountable. Yet many will not give up. All who will conscientiously, in the fear of God, set about the work of education of the colored are to be encouraged and helped.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 16)
I mean to devote any book in the future, that will be the most suitable for the school purposes, to sustain the school for colored people. I am to act my part, and I call upon those who have a sense of duty to act your part and show by your works a faith in God and His promises to go forward and lift the banner high and encourage—but not one discouraging word where the work is the most discouraging. Let the workers who have a mind to work be sustained and built up and helped in every way possible. If the white people who have sympathetic hearts will undertake this kind of [work], many will frame excuses why they should not do the work. If others will not [work], do not ease your own conscience by complaints that should never be heard from sanctified lips and from pure hearts who are dependent upon the very same Redeemer that every white and colored soul is dependent upon in order to be saved.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 17)
There is talent in the colored race that will be developed where least expected. [There should be] a softening, subduing influence brought into the school by teachers in all their habits of dress, to be neat and tidy always, because the colored people need this example before them and they are great imitators.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 18)
I am instructed of the Lord that ministers, colored laborers, often are in need of Bible education, to be kind in their own family, and never to practice slavery customs used by slavery masters in harsh speech and their own disorderly habits. Do your best to expect you are to change your own ideas, colored fathers and mothers, if you expect the white to treat you with compassion and sympathy and affection. Put away, ministering colored brethren who have wife and children, your harsh, authoritative practices, for the Lord will not accept your work; but consider “I am now a member of the Lord’s family and I am to sample His family in this world in having my lips [and] manners sanctified, my speech without passion. I am not authorized to be a tyrant because I have witnessed so much tyranny in those masters who have considered the slaves were [their] own flesh, heart, mind, soul and body, when God is their Owner.”
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 19)
All who shall feel at liberty to practice their ingenuity of torture of the body upon those they call their property [must remember that] the one God who created them will deal with the master as He would with the ignorant slave, for they are through education better able to comprehend God’s justice and mercy for all His created subjects.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 20)
The Lord, He is God, and those who shall look on and see families of the colored race exercising taste in dress and refinement of manners should never feel that this is to be rudely dealt with. Never, never, for this shows that the black world of human beings may be cultivated, improved, elevated, ennobled, by change of treatment and change of diet, and everything is to be carried forward with decency and in order.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 21)
Missionaries will be able in the fear of God to help both classes, the colored as well as the whites that are themselves degraded to a level with the colored race. What injury will it do a white sister to sit in church beside a colored woman? Is her heart washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb? Then why should your hereditary tendencies be cherished after you are sanctified and cleansed, and your colored sister sanctified and cleansed?
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 22)
The judgment is so near, when every case will be decided for life and for death, and I will say to the Lord’s missionary workers, make up your minds [that] if you are criticized because you will be laborers together with Jesus Christ to educate and train the very ones who need this work done for them, [you will] not let the criticism that shall work be at all trying.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 23)
When men and women will attend to their own souls’ salvation, and greatly fear lest a promise being left them any should seem to come short of this great reward, there will be more praying, more watching unto prayer. There will be more sincere, earnest, medical missionary work done than now bears the name.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 24)
How shall we labor? If some of these are preparing to be medical missionaries to conduct, after thorough training, the sanitariums for colored people, give every advantage possible to those who are capable of expressing talents of living carefully, [being] instructed [and] encouraged. If these institutions shall be established and a good work accomplished, talent will tell in this work.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 25)
The assistance of white medical missionaries will be needed in many cases, but the Lord God of Israel will be exalted. White teachers in schools are often essential, and why? Because many of the colored have been accustomed to see the cruelty practiced upon the colored. They have it printed in their own minds [that] they must act as they have seen white masters act, with greatest severity. Can you be surprised at this showing? Does it seem that with all the training they have had in brute force exercised upon them that the class of education of brute force will be entirely eradicated? They will manifest something of the same in church membership. The whole mind will have to be changed by the working, moulding influence of the Holy Spirit. And the human mind of a colored person is not particularly different from a white person, and according to their advantages the enemy will work upon human minds to carry out his work of confusion in the minds of the ones who have the best opportunities and do not improve them to the glory of God.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 26)
[In] all the education given in any line to the black class [it] should be ever kept before them by the teacher that they [are] seeking to act their part as the Lord’s missionaries to prepare them for a place in the Lord’s family above, and the Lord would have them act properly according to His ways, and politely because they are to be the members of the royal family and children of the Lord Jesus Christ, their heavenly King. Keep this before the students every day in your schools, and when you do this you cannot speak harshly to them, neither can you be coarse and rough, because you could not harmonize your actions with the Bible principles.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 27)
Brother and Sister Hughes, I have more, much more, written which I will try to look up and send you, for you need all you can get along this line if you [are to] keep heaven and Christ, who has purchased them with His own blood. I am sure you will impress upon the students to do their very best, for God’s eye is upon them. Work as the Lord has specified. They are required to glorify their Redeemer. This you may class [as] a branch of higher education as you advance. I think candidly [that] the [black] leaders are truly determined to do the will of God if they see the meaning of this exemplified in the life and in the character of their teachers. We shall see an excellent work done in the future, after [a] Christlike order. All the time keep before them the neatness and order which is specially to be cultivated by all who shall come into the Lord’s heavenly kingdom. Keep [their] minds hopeful that they can be Christians in words, in deportment, and in all service, and you will gain souls. Tell them, oh tell them, of the love of Jesus, that He taketh away all their sins.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 28)
May the Lord help you, my missionary brother and sister, is my prayer.
(18LtMs, Lt 304, 1903, 29)
Lt 305, 1903
Brother NP Circa 1903 Previously unpublished.
I now address you _____:
(18LtMs, Lt 305, 1903, 1)
You are not keeping the seventh commandment and you have led souls astray. God has a reckoning with you. Do you not know how your wife at times has nearly lost the balance of her mind because of your course of action with more than one? You are standing guilty before God. Every work is to be brought into judgment; and you, standing at the head in a sanitarium, you will take the lead in leading the ones who suppose you are true and good and righteous.
(18LtMs, Lt 305, 1903, 2)
But what shall I call it—taking advantage of your girls and pretending they need treatment and taking them into your office and what kind of treatment did you give them? Now I am so distressed at the scenes that have been presented to me that at Oakland I would not trust myself to give a public rebuke, for I did not want the world to know the things I do know.
(18LtMs, Lt 305, 1903, 3)
You are acting as a wolf in sheep’s clothing. Are you surprised that I did not give the whole history of your diseased life? I know your course of action and shall, when I can be free, say the things you do not think I will venture to say; but the time will come when they will understand.
(18LtMs, Lt 305, 1903, 4)
Lt 306, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. NP Circa 1903 Previously unpublished. Not sent. [To Dr. J. H. Kellogg:]
To regenerate yourself—[that] you cannot do. That God must do if you will obey the commandments of God. Much of your labor has been in vain, for God would not present you to embrace that work [which] you had no fitness or qualifications to do. The money you have misapplied you cannot take in and account for, because you have supposed yourself a perfect whole in undertaking and doing a work that was not appointed to you. [You] have had no orders or directions from Christ. If you had fulfilled the part the Lord had given you to do, that embraced enough without your trying to carry so many things and finding fault with others because they did not help you to accomplish the things God never gave you to do. Your Saviour has not told you to do only that which God could do.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 1)
Your labor has indeed been in vain to carry the business of the documents you have invented that were not given you of the Lord. You have mistaken your duty, and did not learn that you do not have qualifications as financier and designer of plans. You have found your labor has been in vain. Your Saviour did not tell you to do it. You have mistaken your duty in a large degree.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 2)
Christ came not to destroy the law or the prophets, but to fulfill. The Lord does not give you grace to make void the law as you have done repeatedly in leaning upon worldly lawyers. The Word is very explicit in forbidding it. For one jot or tittle to depart from the principles of the law of God to fulfill your own natural propensities is not establishing the law and making it honorable.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 3)
You have spent your labor in vain, grasping responsibilities you had no capabilities to carry. You are to keep in mind what you have no talent to accomplish and learn what you ought not to do, and not spend your powers in vain and in a haphazard way. You are not [to] suppose you can do God’s work and undertake it as you have done again and again. He does not give grace to you to make void His law by tyrannical actions and suppose you are doing the work you should do, for it is a work that you know not how to accomplish.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 4)
When you are pure in heart, mind, and soul, and devote time to study your Bible [while] consuming your magical books that treat on science to perfect your education, you make a great mistake. The Lord holds you accountable for binding about minds to fulfill your will and accomplish your designs whatever the outcome may be. You pass [right] on after doing wrong and your faculties of repentance and confession have never been cultivated. There is only one way for you to save your soul now: take the yoke of Christ. Begin now in His service and consider it is your business to serve—not rule—others’ minds and convert others’ minds.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 5)
J. H. Kellogg, go to your closet and make diligent work for repentance, and on your bended knees repent and continue to repent and reform, for it is your only hope. This would [be] learning lessons that would lead to confession and reformation. Your covenant that you have been [making] for years—that others should pledge themselves to perform—now take that burden on yourself and make a covenant with Christ that you will burn your magical books which has spoiled your mind for the faithful discharge of Christian duties. Begin this work now, bewildered fellow-sinner, for this you are decidedly. There is to be [no] metaphysical mummery about this matter, for it is a life and death question with you to be an honest man in obedience to the law of God. There is [to be] no jargon, no clashing. Should your will be allowed to predominate makes you a tyrant. The Lord has mercy on you.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 6)
The years you have been studying your science that suited your mind to obtain power over minds—all that time you needed—is time you should have spent in most earnest prayer to God. Now give yourself over to Jesus Christ, for you will never learn what is God or what is Christ as you have represented in The Living Temple, for it is a farce Satan has created in your mind. Take Christ’s yoke; adopt His service; break away from J. H. Kellogg.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 7)
I warn my brethren to stand aside and not bolster you up in your own mistaken ideas of yourself, and to give you a chance to stand before the Judge of all the earth. Your path is plain, your work is simple. Break away from J. H. Kellogg. Take the yoke of Christ. Become meek and lowly of heart. You have thought yourself to be something in Christ’s estimation. In your present standing you are nothing but an offense to Him. What is Truth? This is to be your study if you ever see the kingdom of heaven. Put away your sophistries with which you have tried to influence human minds. Test your own character by the Word.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 8)
You are saying to your soul, Peace, because you have been the subject of religious impressions and you flatter yourself that you are a Christian. You have not an earnest, true, spirit of prayer. You take little heed to the commandments of God in your dealing with His work, and in your devisings self has the intriguing faculty. You do many things that lead your brethren to suppose you are honest and true in word and deed, when it is a falsehood. You are performing many things that you suppose are laudable and hold fast the corner of piety, but your mind is constantly active in your ordinary business transactions. Do you have the garments of Christ’s righteousness in your ordinary business contracts?
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 9)
In your negotiations of the loans of means to the Sanitarium do you pay all your contracts? The book of God has a statement of the monies that have passed through your hands. Have you done the honest and just things in all your payments? What will the estimate be in all these private transactions? Do your heart and life respond to the justice, the mercy, and the love of God? Bear in mind the commandments of God holds its claims upon you. God calls you now to put yourself in His scales and be weighed. How stands the measurement? Are you weighed in the balance and found wanting? Do you refuse to comply with the conditions of God’s commandments? Do you inquire day by day, How is it with my soul? The fabric of your hope today is but a bubble. Be not deceived; God is not mocked. If you take not Christ’s yoke, if you put not out of your life every thread of your scientific strategies, your salvation will soon vanish like the mist of the morning. Now, just now, fall on the Rock and be broken. This is your only hope.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 10)
I have not given you up, for hope revives in your behalf. But your pronouncing sentence upon all who do not serve you is not just and cannot be conscientiously done. It [is] a work you have practiced for years, but I cannot and will not deceive souls to hold you up as a man that can be trusted. I know the time is now when the wicked prevail. Many things transpire which [are] positively productions of evil. But the truth is effectual. The truth will bear away the victory. We know that all things work for good to those who love God and keep His commandments.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 11)
I tell you in the name of the Lord, unless you be born again, you will never see the kingdom of God. I write these things for your soul’s sake, for this is a life and death question for you. If you will now be a converted man, peace, hope and the love of God will take possession of your soul. But if heaven is worth anything to you, lay hold of the Almighty arm of Jehovah.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 12)
If all your associate physicians shall bolster you up as a man that loves and obeys the truth as it is in Jesus, I should tell them their estimate of you is defective and if one deceives you on this vital question he has participated in the loss of your soul. I have things sealed up concerning the death of my husband—things that transpired in his treatment—I hope I shall never have to reveal. But I have hoped you would make decided movements to save your soul before it is forever too late. Some sins confess to God alone, for it will not be best to tell how far Satan has led you with his arts. But I have had the words spoken, Let him alone.
(18LtMs, Lt 306, 1903, 13)
Lt 307, 1903
Kellogg, J. H. St. Helena, California March 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Dr. Kellogg:
I am much troubled in regard to your case because I know that from the light given of the Lord you have not, neither are you now, making straight paths for your feet. Read Hebrews chapters 1-4. “For every house is builded by some man; but he that built all things is God. And Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over his own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end. Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: when your fathers tempted and proved me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, they do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways. So I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my rest.)
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 1)
“Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end; while it is said, today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the day of provocation. For some, when they heard, did provoke. Howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that believed not? So we see they could not enter in because of unbelief.” [Hebrews 3:4-19.]
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 2)
I am deeply interested in your case, but all I can do is to pray for you. You are my brother in whom I am deeply interested and concerned, for I know and testify to you in the Lord that you are going over the same forbidden ground and you are not pleasing the Lord in your course of action and in your business transactions. You are not instructed of the Lord in your course of action. You enter into business that God has not appointed you. There is crookedness in your management and it becomes you for your own soul’s present and eternal good to repent and be converted. You need to stand on a different platform than you now occupy. But I will now say for your own soul’s sake, humble your heart before God. I know the perils of the last days are just before us, when everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, but you do not believe this. You are binding up with the world and will receive the reward that will be judged with them unless you shall come out from the world and be separate.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 3)
I write you this because the Lord has instructed me concerning this matter. Dr. Kellogg, the Lord has been your helper in many ways in times past when you walked in His counsel. But you have brought in strange things and what will the outcome of this matter be? You have borne a testimony that the Sanitarium was undenominational. Take that back; you have no right to say such a thing. The disciples of Jesus are the living members of one body and being mutually joined together, united in Christ the living head, mutually dependent upon each other so that if one member suffers all the members suffer with it. Or if one member be honored, all the members are honored, enlightened and rejoice with him.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 4)
Christ is the head and life of each particular member “from whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Ephesians 4:16.] Then ye cannot say of the hand, I have no need of thee, because every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ, for the perfecting of the saints. We all come in the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God (mark the words) unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of Jesus Christ. It is impossible for God to accept your works, my brother, for you have a crooked character. You have not joined in your heart and spirit with the people who [do not] know and understand that God has a people, chosen and precious whom the Lord will bring through trial.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 5)
Your attitude toward anyone who will not come into perfect agreement with you is a matter which has created of itself discord and strife. The same evils will increase as your mind is not under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. It is an introduction of the evil leaven which, unless it is cast out, will ruin your soul and the souls of those who have confidence in you unless they shall repent. The triumphing in any wrong action you may undertake is short. You have come into friendship with the enemies of God, and the peculiar and holy elevation of God’s people is only for those who come out from the world and are separated from its contaminating influence of your own self.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 6)
There is much to be done, and if the watchmen had not been like men blindfolded we should have been in a far different position than we now are. But God lives and reigns and will teach us as a people lessons that will be of advantage. There is no safety in trusting in any man’s wisdom. One man—finite, full of inventions, of schemes and plans, but unconsecrated, unsanctified—becomes the sport of Satan’s gratifying temptations.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 7)
Having a clear and decided confidence in the leadings of God that have brought us out step by step from the world upon the platform of Bible truth, and [that He] is our leader still, everyone should be clear to say, “He that keepeth Israel” [Psalm 121:4]—His individual, personal Israel, that has become grafted into the tame olive tree—will bear fruit of the genuine tree, which is Christ Jesus. His watchcare is continual. His providence embraces all our ways, and looking unto Jesus we shall become like Him. All who will learn of Jesus will have an intelligent faith in the good and perfect government of God. Let no one charge God foolishly, as some are doing, for they will have to give an account, for every deed is written in the books. Let no one man, nor a score of men, dare to take the judgment seat as many have done, and will continue to do, when they lose sight of their own imperfect character and press their own discontented words on their brethren, passing judgment on the ways and works of Christ in the person of His saints.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 8)
There are many fields that appear to be true golden grain, but when the sickle is put in there is found only pretense, it is worthless—no grain in the cluster, straw without meat in the kernel—and it is cast aside as worthless and obnoxious. The great Husbandman is never deceived.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 9)
“All who will come after Me let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] We are amid the perils of the last days.
(18LtMs, Lt 307, 1903, 10)
Lt 308, 1903
Belden, Frank NP 1903 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Frank Belden My dear Nephew,
I commenced a letter to you March 1, acknowledging the receipt of your letters, but I was not in a condition health-wise to handle them. I waited to understand better what I should do. I could not understand. If I read any matters in letters, they may refer to standing difficulties, and then the report will be: “Sister White has been informed in regard to these things.” The very ones who brought the letters will say many things when they are reproved—that someone has told Sister White. But here is a large amount of matter, and as those who claim to believe the truth have no more faith in the Testimonies than their works and walk and attitude reveal, I am instructed to not take on this burden.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 1)
There have been deep wrongs in business transactions. God is highly displeased. After accepting the job of my two books, Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets, which were in the field, they issued a book that was gotten up by several writers and cost a meager sum. They consulted together what they would do—put all the influence possible on Bible Readings—and take the position [that] one book shall occupy the field. They let Patriarchs and Prophets lie on the shelves when a promise had been made that if I would come down from twenty cents to ten, they would push the books most significantly, and I accepted the proposition.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 2)
Then the remark was made they hoped I would say eight cents in the place of ten. I refused to do this but told them I had not rest day nor night because the instruction was given me that these two books would make a very great difference with the sentiments of the people in regard to the exalting of the Sunday law and making Sunday to take the place of the Sabbath. I urged, I entreated, that the books must come to the people.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 3)
Then the Lord presented to me I was not to place my publications in the power of the men who could repress the word of the testimony of the Lord as though it was to have no more force than any other productions, that all this was dishonoring to God. There were thousands that had my testimonies in the large gatherings at our camp meetings and had heard me relate the very positive light given me in these Testimonies.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 4)
Those in the Review and Herald Office handling the books with the distinct, important matters that had been revealed to me who came to me and wished me to suppress, cut out, those things that show so plainly they were received in a vision. I said, No; it is that very point that God would have appear. It would restrain the pen of many who have heard me from signing documents that otherwise they would sign, for there were men so deeply impressed with the relation of these things they have heard from me in public, that the angels of God had impressed upon their hearts. Angels of God would be close by their side to impress their needs.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 5)
In having these books come to the people, [and their] reading them, a far greater work would be done for the one reading by the angel who had given me the light and bid me write them out quickly; for the enemy was having an influence upon minds that had not investigated the Bible to see what positive [instruction] the great I AM had given to His people in the Word. Exodus, chapter 20. The Lord Himself came upon Sinai’s mount and spoke in awful grandeur His law; again He gave directions that Moses should give to the people. Exodus, chapter 31, verses 12-18. And what could be more positive? Well, these two books were in vindication and magnifying of the law of God. The attention of the people would be called to this subject, and angels of God would impress the minds just as minds have been impressed with the book, Christ’s Object Lessons.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 6)
Recently, I could make no more impression on these men than if they were chiseled out of granite. I went to camp meetings and was asked why the canvassing agents had instructed presidents of conferences and churches and canvassers to handle only one book. This was a fraudulent transaction, but men had the power in their hands. When, in agony of soul, I was talking most earnestly and showing Captain Eldridge that they were closing up the way, that the light God had given should not come to the people, he turned from me as Captain, saying, “I will see you when [you] feel better.” I considered this language to me an insult against God in the person of one who had been giving light in testimonies to His people. For two or three years this work was done, and meanwhile, the very work was being done in obtaining signatures for a Sunday law.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 7)
If these books had been in the field, many signatures to those documents would never have appeared, because Bible truth, presented in a clear light, would have occupied their due place. Many testimonies were borne how wonderfully the Lord had blessed them in canvassing, presenting the books that had been shut away from the people by the devising of human agencies, putting before human minds their plans against God’s plan. At that time some things were opened to me. “Not long,” said a voice, “will God permit these officers to handle the books which they do not appreciate and will close their ears and hearts, refusing the precious Testimonies sent of God. They acted the spoiler, and I will spoil them, that they will not practice and prosper. They have an account to settle with God.”
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 8)
While my books were lying dead upon the shelves, I sent to draw some money from the Review and Herald Office and the messenger came back with a refusal. Brother H. K. Kellogg took a roll of bills and pressed them into my hands, and tears were running down his cheeks. I said no, but afterward consented to receive the loan of money. One night a messenger from heaven came to me and said, “You will have to take your books and cut away from all those who believe not the testimony of the Spirit of God but claim that the voice of the General Conference is as the voice of God. No! Now from henceforth shall it be said, ‘The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.’ [Jeremiah 7:4.] Wicked works are carried on, and you will have to remove your books. Take them under your own charge, for there is not strict principle and justice and righteousness.” God sees; God knows. If I had then uncorrupted men to venture, I would have done this work we are now trying to do.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 9)
I was instructed that there were those who made no profession of truth who would do more righteously and justly than the men who claimed to be empowered to act. I did not at that time understand as I now do that had I moved then just as it was presented to me, there would have been a crisis that would have changed all the features of the work, but we kept hoping against hope. The last General Conference in Battle Creek, the Lord presented to me, would be to many an opportunity to discern the movings of the Spirit of God. The Lord’s hand should hold me up, the Lord’s words would be put in the lips of His servant, and decisions would then be made for eternity. Rev. 2:1-5; Rev. 3:1-5, verse 14. Never would there be any greater evidence given than on that occasion. All who did not improve that opportunity would be more and more blinded by the enemy to do strange things. And there will be a new order of things.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 10)
“I will turn and overturn. I will prove and I will try the people who have been following their own pernicious ways, by whom the truth has been misrepresented. I will humble those who have falsified principle if they harden their hearts as did Pharaoh. I will come near unto them in judgment and they shall not know what hour I shall come upon them. I require truth in the inward parts—all the phases of experience that have been contrary to My Word, contrary to the Testimonies I have given. Have no controversy with them. Their strong spirit will wax stronger, their blindness will increase.”
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 11)
The gospel ministry has been depreciated. Every additional truth which the Holy Spirit has revived and brought to the front is to develop additional principles of the Word and the kingdom of God. It is a fresh air time, increasing light in opening to minds the principles of holiness and fresh elements of virtue. It is the bringing upon the highest platform a power of medical missionary work bound up with the gospel ministry. The pride of physical and medical science will be bound up in the gospel, and the Holy Spirit will be the subduing agency through the gospel ministry in a variety of methods of healing, which leads those who will be on the Lord’s side to separate from sin and sinners. It is the power of God unto all who believe. And this power is not in name, neither is it bound up in companies and written vows and pledges and doctoring. It gathers grapes from thorns, and figs from thistles, because of the transforming power of God’s grace.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 12)
The Lord will be revealed, the sick will be healed, and the wrath of man [turned] into a song of praise worthy to awaken the minstrels of heaven. It will pass by the scientist, it will take no notice of the capabilities and arts and skill of man, but it takes the common people and gives them interpretations of principle that closes the mouths of those who have exalted themselves. It is the great power of God unto salvation. The weak shall be as David. The way of obedience is the only path and royal road for the redeemed to travel. There will be those who sit in darkness who will see great light and then the Lord will be magnified by all who have kept the beginning of their confidence firm until the end. The gospel of God unto salvation rescues the wretched from vice and sin and the human agencies who have had the least rays of light become instinct with capabilities and the power of God. The gospel of God unto salvation retains all its original power of development and practical virtue.
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 13)
Any soul would understand the word “principle” is no mixture, it is truth, pure and unadulterated, that has been waiting to develop intensity—earnestness—that is of a value above the pure gold of Ophir to fill the world with the wonders of grace. Do you admire the representation, the practical utility of the Holy Spirit’s working?
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 14)
Christ turns to His humble ones and with deep compassion and love repeats, “Whosoever heareth these sayings of mine and doeth them I will liken him to a wise man who built his house upon a rock and the floods came and the storm beat upon the house and it fell not because it was founded upon the rock.” [Matthew 7:24, 25.]
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 15)
The character of the Christian who practices the truth of the Gospel will be in his simplicity, [representing] monumental truths commemorative of the great saving message for these last days. “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” [John 14:15.]
(18LtMs, Lt 308, 1903, 16)
Lt 309, 1903
White, W. C. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California January 1, 1903 Previously unpublished. Pastor Willie C. White,
Your mother wishes you a happy New Year. If we act our part in willing obedience to our Lord’s requirements, we can but have his happy assurance in our hearts. What great grief it must have been to our Lord Jesus Christ to be misunderstood, misinterpreted—for often the words had scarce gone out of His lips but that a wrong interpretation was placed upon His words, emphasizing some words and misconstruing others so that there was a wrong impression left upon minds.
(18LtMs, Lt 309, 1903, 1)
Well, it is for us that Jesus lived and walked on earth; therefore in His human life He knew by experience [what] all who live will have—an experience that was, in our behalf, of exceeding value to us. He did not take the words of men as verity and truth. No lie is of the truth. When the Lord Jesus sees and hears the speeches of even church members in regard to complaints of each other, it is an encouragement to us that not any man’s supposition or statements will be received by the One who knows, unless it is clean truth, and that when the truth is spoken, the Lord Jesus endorses the truth. Let, then, no false lips utter falsehoods against the truth and let all be glad that [this is] so.
(18LtMs, Lt 309, 1903, 2)
Oh, how willing would Christ be to cleanse away from every soul all that shall offend! We are living for time and our endless hereafter. If faithful and true to our Redeemer, our influence will exert for good, not for evil. I am more than ever convinced—I am certain—that we must find rest and peace in Christ Jesus, which, if we all should have more communion with God and less selfishness to carry our own points, we should have greater blessings.
(18LtMs, Lt 309, 1903, 3)
The Lord Jesus Christ, before leaving His disciples, did not think of Himself, but He thought of the helpless, discouraged, disappointed ones He was leaving. But He knew after all His suffering and the result death, there would be a resurrection to life. When He remained with them for forty days, how tenderly He looked upon them. He was to leave them alone, yet not alone, but now Jesus has assured His disciples that He would be with them in their labors, in their gospel ministry, confirming the word spoken by them.
(18LtMs, Lt 309, 1903, 4)
Oh, let us think of these things. Even the weakest and most helpless disciple is not friendless. Christ is with them if they will be with Christ. I am glad we are so near home. Our work will soon be ended in this world, and we must wait and watch and pray and trust His living word, saying, “I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me” (Philippians 4:13). We may claim the promise, and oh, we may have such rich feasting upon His word.
(18LtMs, Lt 309, 1903, 5)